SP 3000

Distributed by minilablaser.
com
SERVICE MANUAL
DIGITAL MINILAB
FRONTIER 570
SCANNER/IMAGE PROCESSOR
SP-3000
LASER PRINTER/PAPER PROCESSOR
LP5700
Servicing and Electrical Circuit Diagram
System Disk Ver.1.7 or later First Edition

PP3-C1053E
Distributed by minilablaser.com
INTRODUCTION
This Servicing Manual outlines the maintenance and servicing procedures for the Fujifilm Digital Minilab
FRONTIER 570 SP-3000 and LP5700.
This manual is a professional publication provided for qualified service personnel or persons fully trained in
equipment service procedures. All other personnel and operators are restricted from servicing the SP-3000 and
LP5700. When maintenance service is needed, be sure to contact qualified service personnel.
Precautions Generally Applying to All Serving Operations
! WARNING
When servicing internal machine parts, make sure the built-in circuit breaker and the main power supply on the power
distribution board are both set to the OFF position and the scanner’s power supply cord is disconnected from the wall outlet.
If the main power is left ON, electricity will flow as far as the power supply section, and this can cause electric shocks and/or
short-circuiting.
If the power is left on, there is also the possibility for the machine to maybe accidentally activated causing damage to the
machine and/or bodily injury.
! CAUTION
The dryer will be hot to the touch. Wait 15 minutes after turning off the power before commencing with servicing procedures.
• Wear gloves when handling the optical system parts to keep the parts free from fingerprints.
• When mounting machine parts, take care not to sandwich any of the wires.
• Each of the connectors is provided with a symbol indicating what it is to be connected to. Make sure the connectors are
connected to the connectors, harness ends or parts bearing the corresponding symbols.
• The plastic connectors have a locking catch on the plug (male) end. To disconnect one of these connectors, loosen the
catch first; to connect, make sure the catch engages (locks).
Service Manual Appropriations
1. All rights are reserved by the Fuji Photo Film Co., Ltd. (FUJIFILM).
2. Manual usage is restricted to FUJIFILM equipment related technical and service

personnel.
3. This manual contains information relating to FUJIFILM equipment and is therefore

proprietary. Unauthorized disclosure is prohibited.
4. FUJIFILM’s prior consent is required in regard to the following.
K Manual copying in whole or in part.

K Disclosure of manual contents to unauthorized personnel.
K Manual uses for purposes other than technical service.
MENU TABLE 1
MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION 2
MESSAGES AND ACTIONS 3
SOFTWARE INSTALLATION 4
MAINTENANCE MENU 5
OPERATION SECTION 6
FILM CARRIER SECTION 7
SCANNER SECTION 8
SCANNER ELECTRICAL SECTION 9
PAPER SUPPLY SECTION 10
PAPER FEED SECTION 11
EXPOSURE SECTION 12
DISTRIBUTION/PRINTER EXIT SECTION 13
PROCESSOR SECTION 14
PROCESSING SOLUTION CIRCULATION SYSTEM 15
PROCESSING SOLUTION REPLENISHMENT SYSTEM 16
DRYER SECTION 17
PRINT EXIT SECTION/SORTER 18
ELECTRICAL SECTION 19
ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS 20
APPENDIX 21
CONTENTS
1. MENU TABLE........................................................................................................................... 1-1

1.1 Setup and Maintenance Menu Table................................................................................... 1-2
1.2 Printer/Processor Operation Panel Menu Table.................................................................. 1-6
1.2.1 Menu Table ............................................................................................................... 1-6
1.2.2 0 [MENU] Item........................................................................................................... 1-7
1.2.3 1 [STARTUP CHK.] Item ........................................................................................... 1-8
1.2.4 2 [END CHK.] Item .................................................................................................. 1-10
1.2.5 3 [LANGUAGE] Item ............................................................................................... 1-11
1.2.6 4 [CHECK] Item....................................................................................................... 1-12
1.2.7 5 [SELECT FUNC.] Item ......................................................................................... 1-13
1.2.8 6 [PRINT COND.] Item ............................................................................................ 1-14
1.2.9 7 [SPECIAL PRINT] Item ........................................................................................ 1-15
1.2.10 8 [SYSTEM] Item..................................................................................................... 1-16
1.2.11 9 [INSTALLATION] Item.......................................................................................... 1-19
2. MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION ................................................................................. 2-1

2.1 Maintenance Schedule ........................................................................................................ 2-2
2.2 Regular Maintenance and Inspection Table ........................................................................ 2-3
2.3 Maintenance and Inspection Procedures ............................................................................ 2-4
2.3.1 Lens Cleaning ........................................................................................................... 2-4
2.3.2 Mouse Cleaning ........................................................................................................ 2-4
2.3.3 Auto Film Carrier Inspection...................................................................................... 2-4
2.3.4 Carrier Base Slider Rail Cleaning.............................................................................. 2-5
2.3.5 Power Supply Cord Cleaning .................................................................................... 2-5
2.3.6 Carrier Base Slider Guide Replacement ................................................................... 2-5
2.3.7 Floppy Disk Drive Inspection..................................................................................... 2-6
2.3.8 CD-ROM Drive Inspection......................................................................................... 2-7
2.3.9 Printing Function Inspection ...................................................................................... 2-8
2.3.10 Cutter Inspection ....................................................................................................... 2-9
2.3.11 Back Printing Head Inspection .................................................................................. 2-9
2.3.12 Back Printer Head Replacement ............................................................................... 2-9
2.3.13 Registration Section Feed Roller Cleaning ............................................................. 2-10
2.3.14 Nip Release Mechanism (before exposure) Inspection........................................... 2-11
2.3.15 Sub-scanning Section Roller Cleaning.................................................................... 2-11
2.3.16 Cam Follower (Rubber Bearing) Replacement ....................................................... 2-12
2.3.17 Pipe Slider Inspection.............................................................................................. 2-13
2.3.18 Distribution Section Nip Release System/Roller Inspection .................................... 2-13
2.3.19 Processing Rack Helical Drive Gear Lubrication..................................................... 2-14
2.3.20 Crossover Rack/Dryer Entrance Rack Auto Washing Nozzle Inspection................ 2-14
2.3.21 Circulation Pump Inspection.................................................................................... 2-15
2.3.22 Processing Solution Heater Inspection ................................................................... 2-15
2.3.23 Processing Solution Level Sensor Cleaning ........................................................... 2-16
2.3.24 Replenisher Level Sensor Cleaning ........................................................................ 2-17
2.3.25 PS4 Solution Concentration Sensor Cleaning......................................................... 2-18
2.3.26 Waste Solution Level Sensor Cleaning ................................................................... 2-18
2.3.27 PSR Level Sensor Inspection.................................................................................. 2-19
2.3.28 Solution Hose and Clamp Inspection ...................................................................... 2-20
4
2.3.29 Processor Drive Chain Lubrication.......................................................................... 2-21

2.3.30 Dryer Mesh Belt Inspection ..................................................................................... 2-21
3. MESSAGES AND ACTIONS ............................................................................................... 3-1

3.1 Error Indication Outline........................................................................................................ 3-2
3.1.1 Message Number ...................................................................................................... 3-2
3.1.2 Message Icon ............................................................................................................ 3-2
3.1.3 X-#### Actions .......................................................................................................... 3-2
3.2 Messages and Actions ........................................................................................................ 3-3
3.3 Trouble Shooting ............................................................................................................. 3-163
3.3.1 Film Carrier............................................................................................................ 3-163
3.3.2 CTB23 Circuit Board ............................................................................................. 3-164
3.3.3 CTB23 Circuit Board +24V System ....................................................................... 3-165
3.3.4 Replenishment Cartridge Box Malfunction ............................................................ 3-166
3.3.5 Processing Solution Temperature Abnormality ..................................................... 3-168
3.3.6 Dryer Temperature Abnormality ............................................................................ 3-172
3.3.7 Processing Solution Tank Level Lowering ............................................................ 3-176
3.3.8 Replenishment Pump Diagnostics ........................................................................ 3-177
3.3.9 Rack Auto Cleaning System Diagnostics .............................................................. 3-178
3.3.10 P1R Stirring Valve/Replenishment Cartridge Washing Valve Diagnostics............ 3-179
3.3.11 Replenishment Level Sensor Diagnostics............................................................. 3-180
3.3.12 Return Action after Replenishment System Error ................................................. 3-180
3.3.13 Replenishment Cartridge Opening Malfunction..................................................... 3-181
3.4 Restoration of Backup for Refreshing.............................................................................. 3-182
3.5 OS Recovery and Backup for Refreshing........................................................................ 3-184
3.5.1 OS Recovery ......................................................................................................... 3-184
3.5.2 Device Driver Installation....................................................................................... 3-189
3.5.3 Backup for Refreshing........................................................................................... 3-194
4. SOFTWARE INSTALLATION ............................................................................................. 4-1

4.1 Simple Upgrade................................................................................................................... 4-2
4.2 Update ................................................................................................................................. 4-6
4.3 Reinstallation ..................................................................................................................... 4-13
4.4 New Installation ................................................................................................................. 4-26
4.5 Reversion .......................................................................................................................... 4-36
5. MAINTENANCE MENU ......................................................................................................... 5-1

5.1 Operational Procedure ........................................................................................................ 5-4
5.2 System Operation Setup and Check (01)............................................................................ 5-6
5.2.1 Connection to Imaging Controller (0100) .................................................................. 5-6
5.2.2 Image Export Settings (0101).................................................................................... 5-6
5.2.3 Production Information (0120)................................................................................... 5-6
5.2.4 Timer Setup (0121) ................................................................................................... 5-8
5.2.5 Data Backup (0122) .................................................................................................. 5-9
5.2.6 Error Information Check (0123)............................................................................... 5-10
5.2.7 DI Manager Administrative Setting (0124) .............................................................. 5-11
5.2.8 Timer Waiting Time Setup (0125) ........................................................................... 5-12
5
5.2.9 Installation Information Reference (0126) ............................................................... 5-13

5.2.10 Accumulated Production Information (0127) ........................................................... 5-13
5.2.11 Installation Information Setup (0140) ...................................................................... 5-15
5.2.12 Clear Error Log (0141) ............................................................................................ 5-16
5.2.13 Shipping Information Reference (0142) .................................................................. 5-16
5.3 Print Condition Setup and Check (02) ............................................................................... 5-17
5.3.1 Paper Condition Setup (0200)................................................................................. 5-17
5.3.2 Print Size Setup (0220) ........................................................................................... 5-19
5.3.3 Paper Magazine Registration (0221)....................................................................... 5-22
5.3.4 Monitor Adjustment (0222) ...................................................................................... 5-24
5.3.5 Special Film Channel Setting (0223)....................................................................... 5-25
5.3.6 Monotone Correction Setting (0224) ....................................................................... 5-27
5.3.7 Custom Setting Regist/Delete (0225)...................................................................... 5-28
5.3.8 Back Printing Format (0226) ................................................................................... 5-36
5.3.9 Index Conditions (0227) .......................................................................................... 5-38
5.3.10 Image Correction Setup (0240) ............................................................................... 5-39
5.3.11 Fine Adjustment of the Print Mag.Setting (0241) .................................................... 5-39
5.3.12 Paper Condition Method Setup (0242).................................................................... 5-40
5.3.13 Paper Surfaces Display Setup (0243) ..................................................................... 5-41
5.4 Scanner Adjustment/Maintenance (03) ............................................................................. 5-42
5.4.1 Image Scanning Method (0300) .............................................................................. 5-42
5.4.2 Input Check (0320).................................................................................................. 5-43
5.4.3 Focus Position Adjustment (0321) .......................................................................... 5-43
5.4.4 Working Information Display (0322) ........................................................................ 5-44
5.4.5 AF Function Setup (0323) ....................................................................................... 5-45
5.4.6 Dark Correction/Bright Correction (0340)................................................................ 5-47
5.4.7 I/O Check (0341) ..................................................................................................... 5-49
5.4.8 Carrier Inclination Display (0342) ............................................................................ 5-50
5.4.9 CCD Data Display (0343)........................................................................................ 5-51
5.4.10 Lens Registration (0344) ......................................................................................... 5-53
5.4.11 Optical Axis Adjustment (0345) ............................................................................... 5-54
5.4.12 Optical Magnification Calibration (0346) ................................................................. 5-56
5.4.13 Focus Calibration (0347) ......................................................................................... 5-57
5.4.14 Spectral Calibration (0348)...................................................................................... 5-59
5.4.15 LED Light Amount Adjustment (0349)..................................................................... 5-61
5.4.16 Scanner Parameter Check/Update (0350) .............................................................. 5-63
5.4.17 CCD Adjustment (0351) .......................................................................................... 5-65
5.5 Carrier Adjustment/Maintenance (04)................................................................................ 5-69
5.5.1 NC100AY Fixed Feeding Setup (0400)................................................................... 5-69
5.5.2 Mask Position Adjustment (0420)............................................................................ 5-69
5.5.3 NC100AY Input Check (0421)................................................................................. 5-71
5.5.4 MFC10AY Input Check (0422) ................................................................................ 5-72
5.5.5 NC100AY Working Information Display (0423) ....................................................... 5-73
5.5.6 MFC10AY Working Information Display (0424) ...................................................... 5-75
5.5.7 NC100AY Monitor Frame Ratio Setup (0425)......................................................... 5-76
5.5.8 MFC10AY Monitor Frame Ratio Setup (0426) ........................................................ 5-77
5.5.9 NC100AY Sensor Calibration (0440) ...................................................................... 5-78
5.5.10 NC100AY Focus Offset Adjustment (0441)............................................................. 5-79
6
5.5.11 MFC10AY Focus Offset Adjustment (0442) ............................................................ 5-80

5.5.12 NC100AY Sensor Calibration Information (0443) ................................................... 5-81
5.5.13 NC100AY Installation Information Display (0444) ................................................... 5-83
5.5.14 MFC10AY Installation Information Display (0445) .................................................. 5-83
5.5.15 NC100AY Installation Information Setup (0446) ..................................................... 5-84
5.5.16 MFC10AY Installation Information Setup (0447)..................................................... 5-85
5.5.17 NC100AY I/O Check (0448) .................................................................................... 5-86
5.5.18 MFC10AY I/O Check (0449) ................................................................................... 5-88
5.5.19 Film Carrier ID Setup/Delete (0450)........................................................................ 5-88
5.5.20 NC100AY Machine Data Setup (0451) ................................................................... 5-90
5.5.21 NC100AY Magnetic Information Reading (0452) .................................................... 5-91
5.5.22 NC100AY Magnetic Verify (0453) ........................................................................... 5-92
5.5.23 NC100AY Nest Section Operation Check (0454).................................................... 5-93
5.5.24 NC100AY Feeding Operation Check (0455) ........................................................... 5-93
5.6 Printer Adjustment/Maintenance (05) ................................................................................ 5-95
5.6.1 Paper Magazine Feeding Fine Adjustment (0520).................................................. 5-95
5.6.2 G Laser (SHG) Optimal Temperature Setup (0522)................................................ 5-96
5.6.3 Paper Feed (0523) .................................................................................................. 5-97
5.6.4 Printer Temperature Display (0524) ........................................................................ 5-97
5.6.5 Printer Input Check (0525) ...................................................................................... 5-98
5.6.6 Image Position and Tilt Fine Adjustment (0527) ..................................................... 5-98
5.6.7 Printer Function Select (0528)............................................................................... 5-100
5.6.8 Printer I/O Check (0540) ....................................................................................... 5-101
5.6.9 Test Pattern Printing (0541) .................................................................................. 5-102
5.6.10 Laser Exposure Check (0542)............................................................................... 5-104
5.6.11 R Laser (R-LD) Data (0543) .................................................................................. 5-104
5.6.12 G Laser (G-SHG) Data (0544) .............................................................................. 5-104
5.6.13 B Laser (B-LD) Data (0545) .................................................................................. 5-105
5.6.14 Scan/Scan Home Position Parameter (0546) ....................................................... 5-105
5.6.15 Main Scan/Laser Beam Sync. Rough Adjust (0547) ............................................. 5-106
5.6.16 Laser Beam Sync. Fine Adjustment Print (0548) .................................................. 5-107
5.6.17 Laser History Display (0549) ................................................................................. 5-109
5.6.18 Paper Condition Setup Table (LUT) Copy (0550) ................................................. 5-109
5.6.19 Printer Mechanical Fine Adjustment (0551) .......................................................... 5-110
5.6.20 Filter Replacement History (0552)......................................................................... 5-111
5.6.21 Feeding Position Sensor Fine Adjustment (0553)................................................. 5-111
5.6.22 Image Position Initial Setting (0554)...................................................................... 5-112
5.6.23 Sub-scan Feeding Speed Adjustment (0555) ....................................................... 5-113
5.6.24 Sub-scanning Soft Nip Fine Adjustment (0557) .................................................... 5-114
5.6.25 Sensor Calibration (Initial) (0558).......................................................................... 5-115
5.6.26 Sensor Calibration (Daily) (0559) .......................................................................... 5-116
5.6.27 Printer Operation Data Display (0560) .................................................................. 5-117
5.6.28 Data Saving (0561) ............................................................................................... 5-118
5.6.29 Data Download (0562) .......................................................................................... 5-119
5.7 Processor Adjustment/Maintenance (06) ........................................................................ 5-120
5.7.1 Replenisher Pump Output Measurement/Setting (0620) ...................................... 5-120
5.7.2 Auto Cleaning Output Measurement/Setting (0621) ............................................. 5-122
5.7.3 Low Volume Processing Setup (0622) .................................................................. 5-124
7
5.7.4 Processor Temperature Calibration (0623) ........................................................... 5-125

5.7.5 Processor Input Check (0624)............................................................................... 5-127
5.7.6 Processor Operating Condition Setup (0625) ....................................................... 5-128
5.7.7 Processing Temperature Setting (0640) ............................................................... 5-129
5.7.8 Processor I/O Check (0642).................................................................................. 5-130
5.7.9 Processor Operation Data Display (0643)............................................................. 5-131
5.7.10 PS Liquid Concentration Management (0644) ...................................................... 5-131
5.8 Image Processing Section Adjustment/Maintenance (07)............................................... 5-133
5.8.1 Image Processing Section Information Display (0720) ......................................... 5-133
5.8.2 Image Processing Section I/O Check (0740) ........................................................ 5-133
5.8.3 Image Processing Section Function Setting (0741) .............................................. 5-134
5.9 Register/Delete................................................................................................................ 5-135
5.9.1 Shop Logo Regist/Delete (1020) ........................................................................... 5-135
5.9.2 Template Regist/Delete (1021) ............................................................................. 5-136
5.9.3 Holiday File Regist/Delete (1022).......................................................................... 5-136
5.9.4 Custom Button Regist/Save (1023)....................................................................... 5-136
5.10 Help (21)/Self-Diagnostics (Scanner)(22)/Self-Diagnostics (Printer)(23) ....................... 5-139
5.11 Special Operations (99)................................................................................................... 5-139
5.11.1 Paint (9940)........................................................................................................... 5-139
5.11.2 Explorer (9941)...................................................................................................... 5-139
5.11.3 Command (9942) .................................................................................................. 5-140
6. OPERATION SECTION ......................................................................................................... 6-1

Parts Location...................................................................................................................... 6-2
6.1 Monitor................................................................................................................................. 6-3
6.1.1 Monitor Replacement ................................................................................................ 6-3
6.2 Mouse/Keyboard/Light Box (Optional)................................................................................. 6-4
6.2.1 Mouse Replacement ................................................................................................. 6-4
6.2.2 Operation Keyboard Assembly Removal/Reinstallation............................................ 6-4
6.2.3 Operation Keyboard Circuit Board Replacement ...................................................... 6-5
6.2.4 Operation Keyboard Replacement ............................................................................ 6-5
6.2.5 Light Box (Optional) Replacement ............................................................................ 6-6
6.2.6 Light Box (Optional) Switch Replacement................................................................. 6-7
6.2.7 Table Upper Cover Removal/Reinstallation .............................................................. 6-7
7. FILM CARRIER SECTION.................................................................................................... 7-1

Parts Location...................................................................................................................... 7-3
7.1 Auto Film Carrier NC100AY (Pressure Cover Section) ....................................................... 7-9
7.1.1 Pressure Cover Removal/Reinstallation.................................................................... 7-9
7.1.2 MRH23 (Magnetic Reading Head) Circuit Board Replacement ................................ 7-9
7.1.3 MWH20 (Magnetic Writing Head) Circuit Board Replacement................................ 7-10
7.1.4 IX240 Leading End/Trailing End/Bar Code Sensor LED (D116L)/
LEE23 Circuit Board Replacement...................................................................... 7-10
7.1.5 135 Leading End Sensor LED (D101L)/LEE22 Circuit Board Replacement ........... 7-11
7.1.6 135 Downstream Perforation Sensor LED (D103L)/
LEE22 Circuit Board Replacement...................................................................... 7-11
7.1.7 135 Feed Roller Replacement................................................................................. 7-12
8
7.1.8 LBF23 Circuit Board Replacement.......................................................................... 7-13

7.1.9 IX240 Feed Roller Replacement ............................................................................. 7-14
7.1.10 IX240 Dust Removal Roller Replacement............................................................... 7-15
7.1.11 Dummy Head Replacement .................................................................................... 7-17
7.1.12 Magnetic Reading Head (D124) Replacement........................................................ 7-17
7.1.13 Magnetic Writing Head (MG101) Replacement....................................................... 7-18
7.1.14 Pressure Cover Hinge Replacement....................................................................... 7-19
7.1.15 Pressure Mask Replacement .................................................................................. 7-22
7.1.16 Pressure Cover Open/Close Detecting Pin Position Adjustment ............................ 7-23
7.1.17 Flexible Cable (LBF23 to JNC23) Replacement ..................................................... 7-24
7.1.18 Machine Data Writing .............................................................................................. 7-25
7.2 NC100AY Lower Feed Section.......................................................................................... 7-26
7.2.1 Feed Section Unit Removal/Reinstallation .............................................................. 7-26
7.2.2 Winding Unit Removal/Reinstallation ...................................................................... 7-30
7.2.3 Winding Roller Replacement................................................................................... 7-30
7.2.4 Feed Motor (M101) Replacement ........................................................................... 7-32
7.2.5 JNC23 Circuit Board Replacement ......................................................................... 7-36
7.2.6 Feed Roller Rotation Sensor (D135)/SSE23 Circuit Board Replacement............... 7-37
7.2.7 135 Downstream Perforation Sensor (D103)/DTE22 Circuit Board Replacement .. 7-37
7.2.8 Solenoid (S101) Replacement ................................................................................ 7-38
7.2.9 Reading Head Opposite Roller Replacement ......................................................... 7-38
7.2.10 Magnetic Reading Adjustment ................................................................................ 7-39
7.2.11 Writing Head Opposite Roller Replacement............................................................ 7-40
7.2.12 IX240 Lower Dust Removal Roller Replacement .................................................... 7-40
7.2.13 Slide Rail Replacement ........................................................................................... 7-41
7.2.14 Pressure Cover Open/Close Sensor (D128) Replacement..................................... 7-41
7.2.15 Harness Cover Removal/Reinstallation................................................................... 7-42
7.2.16 135 Leading End Sensor (D101P)/DTG23 Circuit Board Replacement.................. 7-42
7.2.17 IX240 Leading End/Trailing End/Bar Code Sensor (D116P)/
DTE23 Circuit Board Replacement ..................................................................... 7-43
7.2.18 DTB23 Circuit Board Replacement ......................................................................... 7-43
7.2.19 DTF23 Circuit Board Replacement ......................................................................... 7-44
7.2.20 DBF23 Circuit Board Replacement ......................................................................... 7-44
7.2.21 Dummy Head Opposite Roller Replacement .......................................................... 7-45
7.2.22 Lane Change Lever/Arm Replacement ................................................................... 7-46
7.2.23 Pressure Cover Lock Lever Replacement............................................................... 7-47
7.2.24 Feed Roller/Belt Replacement ................................................................................ 7-48
7.2.25 Flexible Cable (CYA23 to JNC23) Replacement..................................................... 7-50
7.3 NC100AY Nest Section ..................................................................................................... 7-52
7.3.1 Nest Section Cover Removal/Reinstallation............................................................ 7-52
7.3.2 Left-hand Front Cover Removal/Reinstallation ....................................................... 7-52
7.3.3 Nest Section Unit Removal/Reinstallation............................................................... 7-53
7.3.4 Nest Section/135 Entrance Guide-to-Feed Section Alignment Adjustment ............ 7-56
7.3.5 135/IX240 Lane Change Phase Adjustment ........................................................... 7-59
7.3.6 SSB23 Circuit Board Replacement ......................................................................... 7-61
7.3.7 135 Entrance Guide Removal/Reinstallation........................................................... 7-61
7.3.8 135 Entrance Guide Brush Replacement................................................................ 7-62
7.3.9 Gear Bracket Replacement ..................................................................................... 7-62
9
7.3.10 Supply Motor Home Position Sensor (D122)/SSD23 Circuit Board Replacement .. 7-63
7.3.11 IPI Sensor (D121)/SSA23 Circuit Board Replacement ........................................... 7-63
7.3.12 Cartridge Holder Assembly Replacement ............................................................... 7-65
7.3.13 Spool Gear Replacement ........................................................................................ 7-66
7.3.14 Cartridge Release Lever Assembly Replacement................................................... 7-66
7.3.15 Supply Motor (M102) Replacement......................................................................... 7-67
7.3.16 Keyboard (D131~D134)/MSC22 Circuit Board Replacement ................................. 7-68
7.3.17 Indicator Lamp (L/P101)/LEH23 Circuit Board Replacement.................................. 7-69
7.4 NC100AY Body Section .................................................................................................... 7-70
7.4.1 Carrier Cover Removal/Reinstallation ..................................................................... 7-70
7.4.2 Load Harness Replacement.................................................................................... 7-70
7.4.3 135/IX240 Feed Lane Position Sensor (D129/D130) Replacement........................ 7-71
7.4.4 Plug-in Connector Replacement ............................................................................. 7-72
7.4.5 Bottom Cover Removal/Reinstallation..................................................................... 7-73
7.4.6 CYA23 Circuit Board Replacement ......................................................................... 7-74
7.4.7 NC100AY Unit Replacement................................................................................... 7-80
7.5 Multi-film Carrier MFC10AY (Optional) .............................................................................. 7-81
7.5.1 Right-hand, Left-hand and Circuit Board Cover Removal/Reinstallation ................ 7-81
7.5.2 CYB23Circuit Board Replacement .......................................................................... 7-81
7.5.3 Flexible Cable Replacement ................................................................................... 7-82
7.5.4 MSB23 Circuit Board Replacement......................................................................... 7-84
7.5.5 Solenoid (S480) Replacement ................................................................................ 7-84
7.5.6 Mask Table Slider Position Sensor (D486) Replacement ....................................... 7-85
7.5.7 Mask Cover Gear Replacement .............................................................................. 7-86
7.5.9 Slider Bracket Assembly Replacement ................................................................... 7-89
7.5.10 Mask Table Lock Unit Replacement........................................................................ 7-90
7.5.11 Mask Table Lock Unit Spring Replacement ............................................................ 7-91
7.6 Carrier Base Section ......................................................................................................... 7-92
7.6.2 Carrier Base Assembly Removal/Reinstallation...................................................... 7-94
7.6.3 Carrier Lock Sensor (D208) Replacement .............................................................. 7-96
7.6.4 Carrier Lock Assembly Removal/Reinstallation ...................................................... 7-96
7.6.5 Lock Release Shaft Disassembly/Reassembly ....................................................... 7-98
7.6.6 Roller/Arm Replacement ......................................................................................... 7-99
7.6.7 Lock Release Arm Replacement........................................................................... 7-100
7.6.8 Lock Arm Replacement ......................................................................................... 7-100
8. SCANNER SECTION ............................................................................................................. 8-1

Parts Location...................................................................................................................... 8-2
8.1 Light Source Section ........................................................................................................... 8-3
8.1.1 Light Source Unit Removal/Reinstallation ................................................................. 8-3
8.1.2 CLE23 Circuit Board Replacement ........................................................................... 8-4
8.1.3 135/120 Diffusion Box Sensor (D301/D302) Replacement ....................................... 8-4
8.1.4 Light Source Assembly Removal/Reinstallation........................................................ 8-5
8.1.5 LED Heater (LH311/LH312)/Light Source
Temperature Sensor (D311) Replacement ........................................................... 8-6
8.1.6 LED23 Circuit Board Replacement ........................................................................... 8-7
10
8.1.7 Light Source Section Exhaust Fan (F311) Replacement .......................................... 8-8
8.2 Scanner Section .................................................................................................................. 8-9
8.2.1 Scanner Section Rear Cover Removal/Reinstallation............................................... 8-9
8.2.2 Scanner Section Upper Cover Removal/Reinstallation............................................. 8-9
8.2.3 Scanner Section Front Cover Removal/Reinstallation .............................................. 8-9
8.2.4 Scanner Section Exhaust Fan (F211) Replacement ............................................... 8-10
8.2.5 Scanner Section Cooling Fan (F212) Replacement................................................ 8-10
8.2.6 Scanner Section Bracket Removal/Reinstallation ................................................... 8-11
8.2.7 CTB23 Circuit Board Replacement ......................................................................... 8-12
8.2.8 CPZ23 Circuit Board Replacement ......................................................................... 8-12
8.2.9 CCD Unit Removal/Reinstallation ........................................................................... 8-14
8.2.10 Shutter/Gear Replacement...................................................................................... 8-16
8.2.11 Lens Home Position Sensor (D202) Replacement.................................................. 8-17
8.2.12 Lens Drive Motor (M202) Replacement .................................................................. 8-18
8.2.13 Lens Unit Replacement ........................................................................................... 8-19
8.2.14 Conjugate Length Variable Motor (M201) Replacement ......................................... 8-20
8.2.15 Conjugate Length Variable Section Home Position Sensor
(D201) Replacement ........................................................................................... 8-21
8.2.16 Conjugate Length Variable Gear/Rack Replacement ............................................. 8-22
8.2.17 Program Downloading to Scanner Circuit Board..................................................... 8-25
8.2.18 Fixing Bracket Installation ....................................................................................... 8-29
9. SCANNER ELECTRICAL SECTION................................................................................. 9-1

Parts Location...................................................................................................................... 9-2
9.1 Power Supply Section ......................................................................................................... 9-3
9.1.1 Front Cover Removal/Reinstallation.......................................................................... 9-3
9.1.2 Rear Cover Removal/Reinstallation .......................................................................... 9-3
9.1.3 Start Switch (D214) Replacement ............................................................................. 9-4
9.1.4 Power Supply Unit Replacement............................................................................... 9-5
9.1.5 Power Supply Voltage Adjustment ............................................................................ 9-6
9.2 Image Processing Circuit Board Section ............................................................................. 9-7
9.2.1 Image Processing Circuit Board Box Removal/Reinstallation................................... 9-7
9.2.2 Box Cover and Circuit Board Holder Removal/Reinstallation ................................... 9-9
9.2.3 GSR23 Circuit Board Replacement........................................................................... 9-9
9.2.4 GIA23 Circuit Board Replacement .......................................................................... 9-10
9.2.5 GIE23 Circuit Board Replacement .......................................................................... 9-10
9.2.6 GPA23 Circuit Board Replacement......................................................................... 9-11
9.2.7 GMB23 Circuit Board Replacement ........................................................................ 9-11
9.2.8 Image Processing Circuit Board Expansion ............................................................ 9-12
9.2.9 Image Processing Section Cooling Fan (F321) Replacement ................................ 9-12
9.3 Main Control Unit............................................................................................................... 9-14
9.3.1 Main Control Unit Replacement .............................................................................. 9-14
9.3.2 Main Control Unit Left-hand Cover Removal/Reinstallation .................................... 9-15
9.3.3 Connecting Grounding Wristband ........................................................................... 9-15
9.3.4 Motherboard Backup Battery Replacement ............................................................ 9-16
9.3.5 Hard Disk Replacement .......................................................................................... 9-18
11
10. PAPER SUPPLY SECTION ............................................................................................... 10-1

Parts Location.................................................................................................................... 10-2
10.1 Paper Magazine ................................................................................................................ 10-3
10.1.1 Paper Supply Section Assembly Replacement ....................................................... 10-3
10.1.2 Magazine Roller Release Arm Replacement .......................................................... 10-3
10.1.3 Drive Pulley Replacement ....................................................................................... 10-4
10.2 Upper Paper Magazine Table........................................................................................... 10-5
10.2.1 Upper Magazine Setting Lever Cover Removal/Reinstallation ............................... 10-5
10.2.2 Upper Magazine Setting Lever Removal/Reinstallation .......................................... 10-5
10.2.3 Upper Magazine Setting Lever Lock Arm Replacement ......................................... 10-6
10.2.4 Upper Magazine Table Unit Removal/Reinstallation............................................... 10-6
10.2.5 Upper Slide Table/Bracket Removal/Reinstallation................................................. 10-7
10.2.6 Magazine Moving Cam Roller Replacement ........................................................... 10-7
10.2.7 Upper Magazine Table Slide Lock Replacement .................................................... 10-8
10.3 Lower Magazine Table ...................................................................................................... 10-9
10.3.1 Lower Magazine Setting Lever Cover Removal/Reinstallation ............................... 10-9
10.3.2 Lower Magazine Setting Lever Removal/Reinstallation .......................................... 10-9
10.3.3 Lower Magazine Setting Lever Lock Arm Replacement ....................................... 10-10
10.3.4 Lower Magazine Table Unit Removal/Reinstallation............................................. 10-10
10.3.5 Magazine Table Lift Cam Roller Replacement...................................................... 10-11
10.3.6 Soft Down Damper Replacement.......................................................................... 10-12
10.4 Magazine Drive Unit/Interlock Switch .............................................................................. 10-14
10.4.1 Upper Magazine Drive Unit Removal/Reinstallation ............................................. 10-14
10.4.2 Lower Magazine Drive Unit Removal/Reinstallation ............................................. 10-15
10.4.3 Upper/Lower Magazine Paper Supply Motor (M610/M620) Replacement............ 10-15
10.4.4 Drive Belt Replacement......................................................................................... 10-16
10.4.5 Magazine Door Interlock Switch (D680A/B) Replacement.................................... 10-17
11. PAPER FEED SECTION ..................................................................................................... 11-1

Parts Location.................................................................................................................... 11-3
11.1 Cutter/Feed Section........................................................................................................... 11-6
11.1.1 Left Cover Removal/Reinstallation .......................................................................... 11-6
11.1.2 Cutter/Feed Unit Removal/Reinstallation ................................................................ 11-6
11.1.3 Upper Sensor Bracket Removal/Reinstallation ....................................................... 11-9
11.1.4 Lower Sensor Bracket Removal/Reinstallation ....................................................... 11-9
11.1.5 Upper/Lower Magazine Paper End Sensor (D616/D626) Replacement ............... 11-10
11.1.6 Upper Magazine ID Sensor 1 to 6 (D610 to D615), Open/
Close Sensor (D617/D618), Lower Magazine ID Sensor 1 to 6 (D620 to D625),
Open/Close Sensor (D627/D628) Replacement ............................................... 11-10
11.1.7 Feed Motor 1 (M630) Replacement ...................................................................... 11-11
11.1.8 Drive Gear Replacement....................................................................................... 11-11
11.1.9 Upper Magazine Paper Sensor (D631) Replacement........................................... 11-12
11.1.10 Lower Magazine Paper Sensor (D632P) Replacement ........................................ 11-12
11.1.11 Connector Cover Removal/Reinstallation ............................................................. 11-13
11.1.12 Upper Cutter Unit Removal/Reinstallation............................................................. 11-14
11.1.13 Upper and Lower Common use Guide Plate Removal/Reinstallation................... 11-15
11.1.14 Lower Magazine Paper Sensor LED (D632L) Replacement................................. 11-15
12
11.1.15 Lower Cutter Unit Removal/Reinstallation............................................................. 11-16

11.1.16 Feed Guide Plate Replacement ............................................................................ 11-17
11.1.17 Exit Nip Roller/Lower Magazine Entrance Nip Roller Replacement...................... 11-17
11.1.18 Lower Cutter Feed Roller Replacement ................................................................ 11-18
11.1.19 Upper Cutter Feed Roller Replacement ................................................................ 11-19
11.1.20 Emulsion Surface Side Upper Cutter Exit Guide Plate Removal/Reinstallation.... 11-20
11.1.21 Upper Cutter Nip Roller Replacement................................................................... 11-21
11.1.22 Back Surface Side Upper Cutter Entrance Guide Plate Removal/Reinstallation .. 11-21
11.1.23 Exit Feed Roller Replacement............................................................................... 11-22
11.2 Back Printing Section ...................................................................................................... 11-23
11.2.1 Back Printing/Feed Unit Removal/Reinstallation................................................... 11-23
11.2.2 Feed Section Paper Sensor (D633) Replacement ................................................ 11-24
11.2.3 Nip Release Solenoid 1 (S631) Replacement....................................................... 11-25
11.2.6 Back Printing Entrance/Cutter Exit Feed Roller Drive Gear Replacement............ 11-27
11.2.8 Back Printing Entrance Feed Roller Replacement ................................................ 11-28
11.2.9 Back Printing Middle Feed Roller Replacement.................................................... 11-29
11.2.10 Back Printing Exit Feed Roller Replacement ........................................................ 11-30
11.2.11 Back Printing Exit Guide Plate Removal/Reinstallation......................................... 11-30
11.2.12 Back Printing Middle/Exit Nip Roller Replacement................................................ 11-31
11.2.13 Back Printing Entrance Nip Roller Replacement................................................... 11-32
11.2.14 Back Printing Entrance Guide Plate Removal/Reinstallation ................................ 11-33
11.2.15 Platen Replacement .............................................................................................. 11-34
11.2.16 Back Printing Surface Side Guide Plate Replacement.......................................... 11-34
11.2.17 Back Printing Drive Gear Replacement................................................................. 11-35
11.2.18 Back Printing Head Replacement ......................................................................... 11-36
11.2.19 Back Printing Unit Removal/Reinstallation ............................................................ 11-37
11.2.20 Back Printing Unit Drive Gear Replacement ......................................................... 11-37
11.2.21 Back Printing Head Clearance Adjustment ........................................................... 11-38
11.3 Registration Section ........................................................................................................ 11-40
11.3.1 Registration Unit Removal/Reinstallation .............................................................. 11-40
11.3.2 Nip Release Home Position Sensor 1 (D642) Replacement................................. 11-40
11.3.3 Tilt Home Position Sensor (D641) Replacement................................................... 11-41
11.3.4 Registration Section Paper Sensor (D640P) Replacement................................... 11-42
11.3.5 Registration Section Paper Sensor LED (D640L) Replacement ........................... 11-42
11.3.7 Registration Tilt Motor (M641) /Nip Release Motor1 (M642) Replacement .......... 11-43
11.3.10 Registration Section Feed Roller Replacement .................................................... 11-46
11.3.11 Registration Section Nip Roller 2 Replacement .................................................... 11-47
11.3.12 Registration Section Nip Roller 3/4 Replacement ................................................. 11-48
11.3.13 Exit Side Upper and Lower Guide Plate Replacement.......................................... 11-49
11.3.14 Tilt Unit Removal/Reinstallation ............................................................................ 11-52
11.3.15 Registration Section Feed Roller 1 Replacement ................................................. 11-53
11.3.16 Entrance Guide Plate Removal/Reinstallation ...................................................... 11-53
13
11.3.17 Registration Section Nip Roller 1 Replacement .................................................... 11-54

11.3.18 Feed Roller 1 Drive Gear Replacement ................................................................ 11-55
12. EXPOSURE SECTION ........................................................................................................ 12-1

Parts Location.................................................................................................................... 12-2
12.1 LDD Circuit Board/AOM Driver Section ............................................................................. 12-3
12.1.1 Printer Top Cover Removal/Reinstallation .............................................................. 12-3
12.1.2 Thermohygrometer (HS760) Replacement ............................................................. 12-4
12.1.3 Fan Bracket Removal/Reinstallation ....................................................................... 12-4
12.1.4 Feed Section Cooling Fan 5 (F609) Replacement .................................................. 12-5
12.1.5 Feed Section Cooling Fan 4 (F608) Replacement .................................................. 12-5
12.1.6 Louver Removal/Reinstallation................................................................................ 12-5
12.1.7 LDD/AOM Cooling Fan (F614A/B) Replacement .................................................... 12-6
12.1.8 AOM Driver Replacement ....................................................................................... 12-6
12.1.9 LDD23 Circuit Board Replacement ......................................................................... 12-7
12.1.10 Operation Panel/Keyboard Circuit Board (KEY23) Replacement ........................... 12-8
12.2 Laser Optical Unit ............................................................................................................ 12-10
12.2.1 Laser Optical Unit Air Filter Replacement ............................................................. 12-10
12.2.2 Anti-dust Fan 1/2/3 (F610/F611/F612) Replacement............................................ 12-10
12.2.3 Laser Optical Unit Removal/Reinstallation ............................................................ 12-11
12.2.4 Shutter Solenoid (S673) Replacement.................................................................. 12-14
12.2.5 Shutter Open/Close Sensor (D674) Replacement ................................................ 12-15
12.2.6 Exposure Point Thermometer (TS650) Replacement ........................................... 12-15
12.3 Sub-scanning Unit ........................................................................................................... 12-17
12.3.1 Sub-scanning Unit Removal/Reinstallation ........................................................... 12-17
12.3.2 Frame Removal/Reinstallation .............................................................................. 12-18
12.3.3 Sub-scanning Steel Belt Replacement.................................................................. 12-19
12.3.4 Sub-scanning Feed Motor (M650) Replacement .................................................. 12-21
12.3.5 Timing Belt Replacement ...................................................................................... 12-21
12.3.6 Soft Nip Motor (M651) Replacement..................................................................... 12-22
12.3.7 Rubber Flat Belt Replacement .............................................................................. 12-22
12.3.8 Soft Nip Home Position Sensor (D651) Replacement........................................... 12-24
12.3.9 Exposure Section Entrance Paper Sensor (D650P)/
Exposure Position Paper Sensor (D653P) Replacement.................................. 12-25
12.3.10 Exposure Section Entrance Paper Sensor LED (D650L)/
Exposure Position Paper Sensor LED (D653L) Replacement .......................... 12-26
12.3.11 Soft Nip Pre-turning Belt Replacement ................................................................. 12-27
13. DISTRIBUTION/PRINTER EXIT SECTION ................................................................... 13-1

Parts Location.................................................................................................................... 13-3
13.1 Distribution Entrance Unit.................................................................................................. 13-6
13.1.1 Magazine Door Hinge Opening/Closing .................................................................. 13-6
13.1.2 Distribution Section Connector Cover Removal/Reinstallation ............................... 13-7
13.1.3 Printer Right Inner Cover Removal/Reinstallation................................................... 13-7
13.1.4 Distribution Entrance Unit Removal/Reinstallation.................................................. 13-8
13.1.6 Nip Release Timing Belt (M655 Side) Replacement ............................................. 13-10
13.1.7 Nip Release Motor 2 (M655) Replacement ........................................................... 13-12
14
13.1.8 Nip Roller (M655 Side) Replacement.................................................................... 13-13

13.1.10 Nip Release Timing Belt (M656 Side) Replacement ............................................. 13-15
13.1.11 Nip Release Motor 3 (M656) Replacement ........................................................... 13-16
13.1.12 Nip Roller Replacement ........................................................................................ 13-16
13.1.13 Drive Gear Replacement....................................................................................... 13-17
13.1.14 Upper Guide Plate Removal/Reinstallation ........................................................... 13-18
13.1.15 Feed Roller Replacement...................................................................................... 13-19
13.1.16 Feed Roller Drive Gear Replacement ................................................................... 13-20
13.2 Distribution Unit ............................................................................................................... 13-23
13.2.1 Distribution Unit Removal/Reinstallation ............................................................... 13-23
13.2.2 Nip Release Home Position Sensor (Front: D662/Rear: D663) Replacement ...... 13-24
13.2.3 Nip Release Timing Belt (Front) Replacement...................................................... 13-25
13.2.4 Nip Release Motor 4 (Front) (M662) Replacement ............................................... 13-26
13.2.5 Nip Release Timing Belt (Rear) Replacement ...................................................... 13-27
13.2.6 Nip Release Motor 4 (Rear) (M663) Replacement ................................................ 13-27
13.2.8 Distribution Home Position Sensor (D661) Replacement ..................................... 13-29
13.2.9 Distribution Timing Belt Replacement ................................................................... 13-30
13.2.10 Distribution Slide Motor (M661) Replacement....................................................... 13-32
13.2.11 Distribution Roller Replacement............................................................................ 13-33
13.2.13 Drive Belt Replacement......................................................................................... 13-36
13.2.14 Distribution Section Paper Sensor
(Front: D664P/Center: D660P/Rear: D665P) Replacement.............................. 13-36
13.2.15 Distribution Section Paper Sensor LED
(Front: D664L/Center: D660L/Rear: D665L) Replacement ............................... 13-37
13.2.16 Pipe Slider Replacement....................................................................................... 13-38
13.2.17 Distribution Section Drive Standby Sensor (D669) Replacement ......................... 13-40
13.2.18 Drive Gear with Torque Limiter Replacement ....................................................... 13-40
13.2.19 Nip Roller Guide Plate Removal/Reinstallation ..................................................... 13-41
13.2.20 Exit Side Feed Roller Replacement ...................................................................... 13-42
13.3 Printer Exit Section .......................................................................................................... 13-44
13.3.1 Printer Exit Unit Removal/Reinstallation................................................................ 13-44
13.3.2 Feed Section Cooling Fan Cover Removal/Reinstallation .................................... 13-44
13.3.3 Feed Section Cooling Fan 3 (F607) Replacement ................................................ 13-45
13.3.5 Printer Exit Unit Drive Gear Replacement............................................................. 13-46
13.3.6 Speed Control Section Paper Sensor
(Front: D666P/Center: D667P/Rear: D668P) Replacement.............................. 13-47
LED (Front: D666L/Center: D667L/Rear: D668L) Replacement ....................... 13-47
13.3.8 Speed Control Motor (M664)/Belt (Front) Replacement........................................ 13-48
13.3.9 Speed Control Motor (M665)/Belt (Rear) Replacement ........................................ 13-49
13.3.10 Front Entrance Feed Roller Replacement............................................................. 13-50
13.3.11 Rear Entrance Feed Roller Replacement ............................................................. 13-51
13.3.12 Front/Rear Entrance Nip Roller Replacement....................................................... 13-52
13.3.13 Exit Nip Roller Replacement ................................................................................. 13-53
15
13.3.14 Emulsion Surface Guide Plate Removal/Reinstallation......................................... 13-53

13.3.15 Entrance Back Surface Guide Plate Removal/Reinstallation ................................ 13-54
13.3.16 Exit Back Surface Guide Plate Removal/Reinstallation ........................................ 13-54
13.3.17 Exit Feed Roller/Guide Plate Replacement........................................................... 13-55
14. PROCESSOR SECTION ..................................................................................................... 14-1

Parts Location.................................................................................................................... 14-2
14.1 Crossover Racks ............................................................................................................... 14-4
14.1.1 No.1 Crossover Rack Disassembly/Reassembly .................................................... 14-4
14.1.2 No.2/No.3 Crossover Rack Disassembly/Reassembly ........................................... 14-4
14.1.3 Dryer Entrance Rack Disassembly/Reassembly..................................................... 14-5
14.2 Processing Racks.............................................................................................................. 14-6
14.2.1 P1/P2/PS1/PS4 Upper Guide Removal/Reinstallation............................................ 14-6
14.2.2 PS2/PS3 Upper Guide Removal/Reinstallation....................................................... 14-6
14.2.3 Upper Guide Disassembly/Reassembly.................................................................. 14-7
14.2.4 P1/P2 Roller Replacement ...................................................................................... 14-9
14.2.5 P1/P2/PS1/PS4 Drive Shaft Removal/Reinstallation ............................................ 14-12
14.2.6 PS2/PS3 Drive Shaft Removal/Reinstallation ....................................................... 14-12
14.2.7 PS2/PS3 Roller Replacement ............................................................................... 14-13
14.2.8 PS1/PS4 Roller Replacement ............................................................................... 14-15
14.3 PS Tank Partition Board .................................................................................................. 14-20
14.3.1 PS Tank Partition Board Blade/Seal Replacement ............................................... 14-20
14.4 Processor Drive System .................................................................................................. 14-25
14.4.1 Right Cover Removal/Reinstallation...................................................................... 14-25
14.4.2 Processor Rear Cover Removal/Reinstallation ..................................................... 14-25
14.4.3 Motor Driver Bracket Removal/Reinstallation........................................................ 14-26
14.4.4 Motor Driver Replacement .................................................................................... 14-27
14.4.5 Auto Chain Tensioner Removal/Reinstallation...................................................... 14-27
14.4.6 Processor Drive Motor (M700) Replacement ........................................................ 14-28
14.4.7 Drive Bracket Removal/Reinstallation ................................................................... 14-29
14.4.8 Drive Sprocket/Gear Replacement........................................................................ 14-30
14.4.9 Processor Drive Chain Replacement .................................................................... 14-31
14.4.10 Printer Drive Gear/Sprocket Replacement ............................................................ 14-32
15. PROCESSING SOLUTION CIRCULATION SYSTEM............................................... 15-1

Parts Location.................................................................................................................... 15-2
15.1 Sub-tank Section ............................................................................................................... 15-3
15.1.1 Processor Front Cover Removal/Reinstallation ...................................................... 15-3
15.1.2 Upper Connector Cover Removal/Reinstallation..................................................... 15-3
15.1.3 Processor Inner Cover Removal/Reinstallation....................................................... 15-4
15.1.4 P1 to PS4 Solution Thermometer (TS700 to TS703) Replacement........................ 15-4
15.1.5 Solution Level Sensor (FS700 to FS705) Replacement.......................................... 15-5
15.1.6 PS4 Solution Concentration Sensor (FS706) Replacement.................................... 15-6
15.2 Processing solution Heater/Circulation Pump Section ...................................................... 15-7
15.2.1 Lower Connector Cover Removal/Reinstallation..................................................... 15-7
15.2.2 Heater Cooling Fan (F700 to F703) Replacement .................................................. 15-7
15.2.3 Heater Safety Thermostat (D700 to D703) Replacement ....................................... 15-8
16
15.2.4 Solution Heater (H700 to H703) Replacement........................................................ 15-9

15.2.5 P1/P2 Circulation Pump (PU700/PU701) Replacement........................................ 15-10
15.2.6 PS1 to PS4 Circulation Pump (PU702 to PU705) Replacement........................... 15-11
15.2.7 Processing Solution Tank Exhaust Fan 1 (F704) Replacement............................ 15-13
15.2.8 Processing Solution Tank Exhaust Fan 2 (F705) Replacement............................ 15-13
15.2.9 Hose Connection................................................................................................... 15-14
15.3 Waste Solution System ................................................................................................... 15-15
15.3.1 Waste Solution Level Sensor (FS728) Replacement ............................................ 15-15
15.3.2 Waste Solution Tank Replacement ....................................................................... 15-16
15.3.3 Waste Solution Hose Replacement....................................................................... 15-17
16. PROCESSING SOLUTION REPLENISHMENT SYSTEM ....................................... 16-1

Parts Location.................................................................................................................... 16-2
16.1 Replenisher Cartridge Section........................................................................................... 16-3
16.1.1 Replenisher Box Door Open/Close Detecting Interlock Switch (D724)
Replacement ....................................................................................................... 16-3
16.1.2 Replenisher Cartridge Setting Sensor (D721) Replacement................................... 16-3
16.1.3 Replenisher Cartridge Box Upper/Lower Sensor (D722/D723) Replacement ........ 16-4
16.1.4 Replenisher Cartridge Open Unit Removal/Reinstallation ...................................... 16-5
16.1.5 Replenisher Cartridge Open Cam/Gear Replacement............................................ 16-6
16.1.6 Cartridge Set Box Removal/Reinstallation .............................................................. 16-7
16.1.7 Cartridge Opening Motor (M720) Replacement ...................................................... 16-8
16.1.8 Replenisher Box Door Lock Manual Releasing....................................................... 16-9
16.2 Processing Solution Replenishment System................................................................... 16-10
16.2.1 Replenisher Filter Replacement ............................................................................ 16-10
16.2.2 P1R/P2RA/P2RB Pump (PU721/PU722/PU723) Replacement............................ 16-10
16.2.3 PSR Pump Bracket Removal/Reinstallation.......................................................... 16-12
16.2.4 PSR Pump (PU724) Replacement ........................................................................ 16-13
16.2.5 PSR Pump Valve Replacement ............................................................................ 16-14
16.2.6 PSR Pump Bellows Replacement ......................................................................... 16-15
16.2.7 PSR Filter Replacement........................................................................................ 16-16
16.2.8 PSR Upper/Lower Level Sensor (FS723/FS727) Replacement............................ 16-16
16.2.9 P1R Upper/P2RA/B Upper/P1R Lower/P2RA/B Lower Level Sensor
(FS720/FS721/FS722/FS724/FS725/FS726) Replacement ............................. 16-17
16.2.10 PSR Tank Replacement........................................................................................ 16-18
16.2.11 P1R/P2RA/P2RB Tank Replacement ................................................................... 16-20
16.3 Auto Washing and P1R Stirring System.......................................................................... 16-23
16.3.1 Auto Washing Pump (PU720) Replacement ......................................................... 16-23
16.3.2 Rack Auto Washing Valve/P1WR Water Replenishment Valve
(S720 to S722) Replacement ............................................................................ 16-24
16.3.3 P1R/P2RA/P2RB Cartridge Washing/P1R Stirring Valve
(S728/S729/S730/S731) Replacement ............................................................. 16-25
17. DRYER SECTION ................................................................................................................. 17-1

Parts Location.................................................................................................................... 17-2
17.1 Dryer Belt Unit ................................................................................................................... 17-3
17.1.1 Dryer Belt Unit Removal/Reinstallation ................................................................... 17-3
17.1.2 Dryer Mesh Belt/Roller Replacement ...................................................................... 17-3
17
17.1.3 Dryer Belt Unit Open/Close Detecting Interlock Switch (D762B) Replacement ...... 17-5
17.2 Dryer Rack Section............................................................................................................ 17-6
17.2.1 Dryer Rack Removal/Reinstallation......................................................................... 17-6
17.2.2 Dryer Section Open/Close Detecting Interlock Switch (D762A) Replacement........ 17-8
17.2.3 Dryer Feed Roller Drive Belt Replacement ............................................................. 17-9
17.2.4 Dryer Feed Roller Replacement.............................................................................. 17-9
17.2.5 Dryer Unit Exit Turn Roller Replacement .............................................................. 17-10
17.2.6 Dryer Unit Exit Roller Replacement....................................................................... 17-12
17.2.7 Dryer Unit Lock Assembly Replacement............................................................... 17-13
17.2.8 Exit Feed Belt Replacement.................................................................................. 17-13
17.3 Dryer Fan/Heater Section................................................................................................ 17-14
17.3.1 Dryer Fan Cover Removal/Reinstallation .............................................................. 17-14
17.3.2 Dryer Fan (F760) Replacement............................................................................. 17-15
17.3.3 Dryer Heater Safety Thermostats 1/2 (D760A/B) Replacement............................ 17-16
17.3.4 Dryer Thermometer (TS760) Replacement ........................................................... 17-16
17.3.5 Dryer Heater Assembly (H760 to H767) Replacement ......................................... 17-17
18. PRINT EXIT SECTION/SORTER...................................................................................... 18-1

Parts Location.................................................................................................................... 18-3
18.1 Dryer Exit Unit ................................................................................................................... 18-9
18.1.1 Dryer Exit Unit Right Cover Removal/Reinstallation ............................................... 18-9
18.1.2 Dryer Exit Unit Top Cover Removal/Reinstallation.................................................. 18-9
18.1.3 Dryer Exit Unit Removal/Reinstallation ................................................................. 18-10
18.1.4 Feeding Path Switching Paper Sensor LED (Rear/Center/Front)
(D770L/D771L/D772L)/Lower Exit Paper Sensor LED (Rear/Center/Front)
(D773L/D774L/D775L) Replacement ................................................................ 18-12
18.1.5 Feeding Path Switching Paper Sensor (Rear/Center/Front)
(D770P/D771P/D772P) Replacement............................................................... 18-13
18.1.6 Lower Exit Paper Sensor (Rear/Center/Front)(D773P/D774P/D775P)
Replacement ..................................................................................................... 18-13
18.1.7 Feeding Path Switching Solenoid (S770) Replacement........................................ 18-14
18.1.8 Feeding Path Switch Position Sensor (Large Size)(D776) Replacement ............. 18-15
18.1.9 Dryer Section Drive Motor (M770) Replacement .................................................. 18-16
18.1.10 Feed Roller Drive Belt Replacement ..................................................................... 18-17
18.1.11 Guide Plate Removal/Reinstallation...................................................................... 18-18
18.1.12 Roller Replacement............................................................................................... 18-22
18.2 Print Sending Unit ........................................................................................................... 18-25
18.2.1 Print Sending Unit Removal/Reinstallation............................................................ 18-25
18.2.2 Print Sending Drive Motor (M771)/Belt Replacement ........................................... 18-25
18.2.3 Feed Belt/Feed Belt Drive Roller Replacement..................................................... 18-27
18.3 SU1400AY Transversal Sorter ........................................................................................ 18-29
18.3.1 SU1400AY Transversal Sorter Removal/Reinstallation ........................................ 18-29
18.3.2 Cover/Lower Bracket Removal/Reinstallation ....................................................... 18-29
18.3.3 Transversal Sorter Stop Sensor LED (D813L) Replacement................................ 18-30
18.3.4 Transversal Sorter Stop Sensor (D813P) Replacement ....................................... 18-31
18.3.5 Transversal Sorter Drive Motor (M811) Replacement........................................... 18-31
18.3.6 Feed Belt/Belt Drive Roller Replacement.............................................................. 18-32
18
18.4 SU1400AY Sorter ............................................................................................................ 18-34

18.4.1 SU1400AY Sorter Removal/Reinstallation ............................................................ 18-34
18.4.2 Sorter Cover Removal/Reinstallation .................................................................... 18-34
18.4.3 SWA20 Circuit Board Replacement ...................................................................... 18-35
18.4.4 Sorter Tray Stop Position Sensor (D810) Replacement........................................ 18-35
18.4.5 Sorter Drive Motor (M810) Replacement .............................................................. 18-36
18.4.6 Sorter Full Sensor (D811) Replacement ............................................................... 18-38
18.4.7 Chain Tension Adjustment .................................................................................... 18-38
18.5 SU2400AY Transversal Sorter ........................................................................................ 18-39
18.5.1 SU2400AY Transversal Sorter Removal/Reinstallation ........................................ 18-39
18.5.2 Transversal Sorter Upper Cover Removal/Reinstallation...................................... 18-40
18.5.3 Transversal Sorter Stop Sensor/LED (D813P/D813L) Replacement.................... 18-40
18.5.4 Transversal Sorter Lower Cover Removal/Reinstallation...................................... 18-41
18.5.5 Transversal Sorter Drive Motor (M811) Replacement........................................... 18-41
18.5.6 Print Alignment Motor (M812) Replacement ......................................................... 18-42
18.5.7 Print Alignment Stop Sensor (D814) Replacement ............................................... 18-43
18.5.8 Roller/Feed Belt Replacement .............................................................................. 18-44
18.6 SU2400AY Sorter ............................................................................................................ 18-46
18.6.1 Sorter Right Upper Cover Removal/Reinstallation ................................................ 18-46
18.6.2 Sorter Tray Stop Position Sensor (D810) Replacement........................................ 18-46
18.6.3 Sorter Drive Motor (M810) Replacement .............................................................. 18-47
18.6.4 SWA20 Circuit Board Replacement ...................................................................... 18-48
18.6.5 Sorter Right Lower Cover Removal/Reinstallation ................................................ 18-48
18.6.6 Sorter Left Upper/Lower Cover Removal/Reinstallation........................................ 18-49
18.6.7 Sorter Full Sensor (D811) Replacement ............................................................... 18-50
18.6.8 Chain Tension Adjustment .................................................................................... 18-50
18.6.9 Sorter Tray Step Position Adjustment ................................................................... 18-51
19. ELECTRICAL SECTION ..................................................................................................... 19-1

Parts Location.................................................................................................................... 19-2
19.1 Power Input Section .......................................................................................................... 19-3
19.1.1 Built-in Circuit Breaker Replacement ...................................................................... 19-3
19.2 Power Supply/Electrical Equipment Section...................................................................... 19-4
19.2.1 Power Supply/Electrical Equipment Section Inner Cover Removal/Reinstallation.. 19-4
19.2.2 AC Power Supply Bracket Removal/Reinstallation ................................................. 19-4
19.2.3 PAC23 Circuit Board Replacement ......................................................................... 19-6
19.2.4 PAC23 Circuit Board Bracket Removal/Reinstallation ............................................ 19-7
19.2.5 Auxiliary Power Supply (SPS23 Circuit Board) Replacement ................................. 19-7
19.2.6 Leakage Breaker (LB1 to LB3) Replacement.......................................................... 19-8
19.2.7 Noise Filter (NF1 to NF3)/Capacitor (C1 to C3) Replacement ................................ 19-8
19.2.8 Relay (K1 to K5) Replacement................................................................................ 19-9
19.2.9 Circuit Protector (CP1 to CP6) Replacement .......................................................... 19-9
19.3 Image Control Box........................................................................................................... 19-10
19.3.1 Image Control Box/Cover Removal/Reinstallation ................................................ 19-10
19.3.2 Image Control Section Cooling Fan (F620) Replacement..................................... 19-11
19.3.3 GEP23/GIE23/GPR23 Circuit Board Replacement............................................... 19-12
19.3.4 GMC23 Circuit Board Replacement ...................................................................... 19-13
19.3.5 ATX23 Circuit Board Replacement ....................................................................... 19-14
19
19.3.6 GDM23 Circuit Board Replacement ...................................................................... 19-14

19.3.7 Program Download to GMC23 Circuit Board ........................................................ 19-15
19.4 DC Power Supply Section ............................................................................................... 19-19
19.4.1 Left Lower Cover Removal/Reinstallation ............................................................. 19-19
19.4.2 DC Power Supply Bracket Removal/Reinstallation ............................................... 19-19
19.4.3 PWR23 Circuit Board Replacement ...................................................................... 19-20
19.4.4 DC Power Supply Unit Replacement .................................................................... 19-21
19.5 Control Section ................................................................................................................ 19-23
19.5.1 Printer Rear Cover Open/Close ............................................................................ 19-23
19.5.2 CTL23 Circuit Board Replacement........................................................................ 19-23
19.5.3 Control Circuit Board Bracket Removal/Reinstallation .......................................... 19-24
19.5.4 PDA23 Circuit Board Replacement ....................................................................... 19-29
19.5.5 PDB23 Circuit Board Replacement ....................................................................... 19-29
19.5.6 Control Section Exhaust Fan 1 to 5 (F600 to F604) Replacement........................ 19-30
19.5.7 Power Supply Cooling Fan (F630)/Electrical Equipment Cooling Fan 1/2
(F631A/F631B) Replacement............................................................................ 19-31
19.5.8 Control Section Exhaust Fan Bracket Removal/Reinstallation.............................. 19-32
19.5.9 Left Cover Interlock Switch 1/2 (D681A/D681B) Replacement ............................. 19-32
19.5.10 Power Switch (D684) Replacement ...................................................................... 19-33
20. ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS .............................................................................. 20-1

20.1 I/O Parts Diagrams ............................................................................................................ 20-2
20.1.1 Scanner Section (SP-3000)..................................................................................... 20-2
20.1.2 Auto Film Carrier NC100AY .................................................................................... 20-4
20.1.3 Multi-film Carrier MFC10AY .................................................................................... 20-6
20.1.4 Printer Section (LP5700) ......................................................................................... 20-7
20.1.5 Processor Section (LP5700) ................................................................................. 20-11
20.2 Electrical Parts and Circuit Board Layout Diagrams........................................................ 20-15
20.2.1 Scanner Section (SP-3000)................................................................................... 20-15
20.2.2 Printer Section (LP5700) ....................................................................................... 20-16
20.3 Block Diagrams ............................................................................................................... 20-18
20.3.1 Scanner Block Diagram......................................................................................... 20-18
20.3.2 Image Processing Block Diagram ......................................................................... 20-19
20.3.3 Printer/Processor Block Diagram .......................................................................... 20-20
20.3.4 Printer/Processor Electrical Equipment Block Diagram ........................................ 20-21
20.4 Scanner DC Power Supply Unit and Circuit Boards........................................................ 20-22
20.4.1 DC Power Supply Voltage Adjustment.................................................................. 20-22
20.4.2 DC Voltage Check List .......................................................................................... 20-23
20.4.3 DC Power Supply Unit Fuses and LEDs ............................................................... 20-24
20.4.4 Circuit Board Layout Diagrams ............................................................................. 20-26
20.5 Scanner (SP-3000) Wiring Diagrams .............................................................................. 20-29
20.5.1 Scanner Wiring Diagram ....................................................................................... 20-29
20.5.2 Auto Film Carrier NC100AY Wiring Diagram ........................................................ 20-32
20.5.3 Multi-film Carrier MFC10AY Wiring Diagram......................................................... 20-33
20.6 Printer/Processor DC Power Supply Unit and Circuit Boards ......................................... 20-34
20.6.1 Input Extension Cable Connection ........................................................................ 20-34
20.6.2 DC Voltage Check List .......................................................................................... 20-35
20
20.6.3 “POWER” LEDs on the Operation Panel............................................................... 20-37

20.6.4 DC Power Supply System LED Indication............................................................. 20-39
20.6.5 Circuit Board Layout Diagrams ............................................................................. 20-44
20.7 Printer/Processor Wiring Diagrams ................................................................................. 20-53
20.7.1 AC Power Supply Wiring Diagram ........................................................................ 20-53
20.7.2 PAC23 Circuit Board Wiring Diagram ................................................................... 20-54
20.7.3 PWR23 Circuit Board Wiring Diagram .................................................................. 20-55
20.7.4 CTL23 Circuit Board Wiring Diagram .................................................................... 20-56
20.7.5 JND23 Circuit Board Wiring Diagram .................................................................... 20-59
20.7.6 JNE23 Circuit Board Wiring Diagram .................................................................... 20-61
20.7.7 LDD23 Circuit Board Wiring Diagram.................................................................... 20-63
20.7.8 Image Control Box Circuit Board Wiring Diagram ................................................. 20-64
20.7.9 PDA23 Circuit Board Wiring Diagram ................................................................... 20-65
20.7.10 PDB23 Circuit Board Wiring Diagram ................................................................... 20-67
21. APPENDIX ............................................................................................................................... 21-1

21.1 Adjustment Jigs ................................................................................................................ 21-2
21.1.2 LP5700 .................................................................................................................... 21-4
21.2 Required Adjustments after Parts Replacement .............................................................. 21-5
21.2.2 Scanner ................................................................................................................... 21-6
21.2.3 Paper Supply and Feed Sections............................................................................ 21-7
21.2.4 Exposure Section .................................................................................................... 21-7
21.2.5 Processing Solution Replenishment System........................................................... 21-8
21.2.6 Sorter....................................................................................................................... 21-8
21.2.7 Power Supply/Electrical Equipment/Control Section............................................... 21-8
21.3 Index.................................................................................................................................. 21-9
21
1. MENU TABLE
1
1.1 Setup and Maintenance Menu Table..................................................... 1-2
1.2 Printer/Processor Operation Panel Menu Table .................................. 1-6

1.2.1 Menu Table............................................................................................................... 1-6
1.2.2 0 [MENU] Item .......................................................................................................... 1-7
1.2.3 1 [STARTUP CHK.] Item .......................................................................................... 1-8
1.2.4 2 [END CHK.] Item ................................................................................................. 1-10
1.2.5 3 [LANGUAGE] Item .............................................................................................. 1-11
1.2.6 4 [CHECK] Item ...................................................................................................... 1-12
1.2.7 5 [SELECT FUNC.] Item......................................................................................... 1-13
1.2.8 6 [PRINT COND.] Item ........................................................................................... 1-14
1.2.9 7 [SPECIAL PRINT] Item ....................................................................................... 1-15
1.2.10 8 [SYSTEM] Item .................................................................................................... 1-16
1.2.11 9 [INSTALLATION] Item ........................................................................................ 1-19
1-1
1.1 Setup and Maintenance Menu Table
Password
Laboratory
No. Submenu No. Menu Operator SE
Manager
— 0000 7777
01 System Operation Setup 0100 Connection to Imaging Controller K K K

and Check
0101 Image Export Settings K K K
0120 Production Information K K
0121 Timer Setup K K
0122 Data Backup K K
0123 Error Information Check K K
0124 DI Manager Administrative Setting K K
0125 Timer Waiting Time Setup K K
0126 Installation Information Reference K K
0127 Accumulated Production Information K K
0140 Installation Information Setup K
0141 Clear Error Log K
0142 Shipping Information Reference K
02 Print Condition Setup and 0200 Paper Condition Setup K K K

Check
0220 Print Size Setup K K
0221 Paper Magazine Registration K K
0222 Monitor Adjustment K K
0223 Special Film Channel Setting K K
0224 Monotone Correction Setting K K
0225 Custom Setting Regist/Delete K K
0226 Back Printing Format K K
0227 Index Conditions K K
0240 Image Correction Setup K
0241 Fine Adjustment of the Print Mag. Setting K
0242 Paper Condition Method Setup K
0243 Paper Surface Display Setup K
03 Scanner Adjustment/ 0300 Image Scanning Method K K K

Maintenance
0320 Input Check K K
0321 Focus Position Adjustment K K
0322 Working Information Display K K
0323 AF Function Setup K K
0340 Dark Correction/Bright Correction K
0341 I/O Check K
1-2
Password 1
Laboratory
Manager
— 0000 7777
03 Scanner Adjustment/ 0342 Carrier Inclination Display K

Maintenance
0343 CCD Data Display K
0344 Lens Registration K
0345 Optical Axis Adjustment K
0346 Optical Magnification Calibration K
0347 Focus Calibration K
0348 Spectral Calibration K
0349 LED Light Amount Adjustment K
0350 Scanner Parameter Check/Update K
0351 CCD Adjustment K
04 Carrier Adjustment/ 0400 NC100AY Fixed Feeding Setup K K K

Maintenance
0420 Mask Position Adjustment K K
0421 NC100AY Input Check K K
0422 MFC10AY Input Check K K
0423 NC100AY Working Information Display K K
0424 MFC10AY Working Information Display K K
0425 NC100AY Monitor Frame Ratio Setup K K
0426 MFC10AY Monitor Frame Ratio Setup K K
0440 NC100AY Sensor Calibration K
0441 NC100AY Focus Offset Adjustment K
0442 MFC10AY Focus Offset Adjustment K
0443 NC100AY Sensor Calibration Information K
0444 NC100AY Installation Information Display K
0445 MFC10AY Installation Information Display K
0446 NC100AY Installation Information Setup K
0447 MFC10AY Installation Information Setup K
0448 NC100AY I/O Check K
0449 MFC10AY I/O Check K
0450 Film Carrier ID Setup/Delete K
0451 NC100AY Machine Data Setup K
0452 NC100AY Magnetic Information Reading K
0453 NC100AY Magnetic Verify K
0454 NC100AY Nest Section Operation K
0455 NC100AY Feeding Operation K
1-3
Password
Laboratory
Manager
— 0000 7777
05 Printer Adjustment/ 0520 Paper Magazine Feeding Fine Adjustment K K

Maintenance
0522 G Laser (SHG) Optimal Temperature Setup K K
0523 Paper Feed K K
0524 Printer Temperature Display K K
0525 Printer Input Check K K
0527 Image Position and Tilt Fine Adjustment K K
0528 Printer Function Select K K
0540 Printer I/O Check K
0541 Test Pattern Printing K
0542 Laser Exposure Check K
0543 R Laser (R-LD) Data K
0544 G Laser (G-SHG) Data K
0545 B Laser (B-LD) Data K
0546 Scan/Scan Home Position Parameter K
Main Scan/Laser Beam Sync. Rough

0547 K
Adjustment
0548 Laser Beam Sync. Fine Adjustment Print K
0549 Laser History Display K
0550 Paper Condition Setup Table (LUT) Copy K
0551 Printer Mechanical Fine Adjustment K
0552 Filter Replacement History K
0553 Feeding Position Sensor Fine Adjustment K
0554 Image Position Initial Setting K
0555 Sub-Scan Feeding Speed Adjustment K
0557 Sub-Scanning Soft Nip Adjustment K
0558 Sensor Calibration (Initial) K
0559 Sensor Calibration (Daily) K
0560 Printer Operation Data Display K
0561 Data Saving K
0562 Data Download K
1-4
Password 1
Laboratory
Manager
— 0000 7777
06 Processor Adjustment/ 0620 Pump Output Measurement/Setting K K

Maintenance
Auto Cleaning Output Measurement/
0621 K K
Setting
0622 Low Volume Processing Setup K K
0623 Processor Temperature Calibration K K
0624 Processor Input Check K K
0625 Processor Operating Condition Setup K K
0640 Processor Temperature Setting K
0642 Processor I/O Check K
0643 Processor Operating Data Display K
0644 PS Liquid Concentration Management K
07 Image Processing Image Processing Section Information

0720 K K
Section Adjustment/ Display
Maintenance
0740 Image Processing Section I/O Check K
Image Processing Section Function

0741 K
Setting
10 Register/Delete 1020 Shop Logo Regist/Delete K K
1021 Template Regist/Delete K K
1022 Holiday File Regist/Delete K K
1023 Custom Button Regist/Save K K
21 Help 2140 Trouble Help (SE) K
22 Self-Diagnostics 2240 Image Processing Circuit Board Check K

(Scanner)
2241 Image Data Diagnostics K
2242 Main Control Unit Diagnostics K
2243 NC100AY Magnetic Data Test (IX240) K
2244 NC100AY Feeding Drive Test K
2245 NC100AY Sensor Test K
23 Self-Diagnostics (Printer) 2340 Paper Feed Check K
99 Special Operations 9940 Paint K
9941 Explorer K
9942 Command K
1-5
1.2 Printer/Processor Operation Panel Menu Table
1.2.1 Menu Table
Classification User
Laboratory
No. Main Menu No. Sub Menu Description SE
Manager
1 STARTUP CHK 11 PROC TEMP. K K
12 CALIBRATION K K
13 MEASURE DENS K K
14 CTRL STRIPS K K
2 END CHK. 21 STARTUP TME K K
3 LANGUAGE 31 SET LANG. Language change K K
32 ORG. LANG NO. Required data version K K
33 ADD LAND NO. Loaded data version K K

4 CHECK 41 PROC TEMP Processor temperature K K
indication
5 SELECT FUNC. 51 POWER OFF Power supply OFF K K
6 PRINT COND. 61 CALIBRATION Condition upkeep printing K K
62 MEASURE DENS Density measurement K K
7 SPEC. PRINT 71 TEST PATTERN Pattern printing K K
8 SYSTEM 81 PROC. TYPE Processor type selection K
82 PROC. METHOD Processing method K

selection
83 SORTER TYPE Sorter type selection K
84 NIGHT ALARM Night alarm ON - OFF K

85 SET AREA K
9 INSTALLATION 91 PSR AIR EXT. PSR line air bleeding K
92 MIX REPL. Replenisher preparation K
93 PUMP AIR EXT. Replenishment line air K

bleeding
94 IP ADDR. SET K
95 NET MASK SET K
Key Operation for Menu
User Key Operation
Laboratory Manager MENU MENU MENU and ENTER

, ,
SE MENU MENU MENU MENU MENU and ENTER

, , , ,
1-6
1.2.2 0 [MENU] Item 1
MENU MENU MENU MENU MENU
ENTER
STANDBY $✻ 0 [MENU] 1 [STARTUP CHK]
1 STARTUP CHK. 1 PROC. TEMP. ?
(SeeSubsection
(See Subsection1.2.3)
1.2.3)
0 [MENU] 2 [END CHK]
2 END CHK. 1 CHK START ?
(See
(SeeSubsection
Subsection1.2.4)
1.2.4)
INITIALIZE $✻
0 [MENU] 3 [LANGUAGE]
3 LANGUAGE 1 SET LANG. ?
(See
(SeeSubsection
Subsection1.2.5)
1.2.5)
0 [MENU] 4 [CHECK]
4 CHECK 1 PROC. TEMP. ?
MENU (SeeSubsection
1.2.6)
0 [MENU] 5 [SELECT FUNC.]
5 SELECT FUNC. 1 POWER OFF ?
(See
(SeeSubsection
Subsection1.2.7)
1.2.7)
0 [MENU] 6 [PRINT COND.]
6 PRINT COND. 1 CALIBRATION ?
(SeeSubsection
1.2.8)
0 [MENU] 7 [SPEC. PRINT]
7 SPEC. PRINT 1 TEST PATTERN ?
(See
(SeeSubsection
Subsection1.2.9)
1.2.9)
0 [MENU] 8 [SYSTEM]
8 SYSTEM 1 PROC. TYPE ?
(See
(SeeSubsection
Subsection1.2.10)
1.2.10)
0 [MENU] 9 [INSTALLATION]
9 INSTALLATION 1 PSR AIR EXT. ?
(See
(SeeSubsection
Subsection1.2.11)
1.2.11)
1-7
1.2.3 1 [STARTUP CHK.] Item
0 [MENU]
1 STARTUP CHK.
ENTER
1 [STARTUP CHK.] 11 <PROC. TEMP.>
1 PROC. TEMP. ? P1 30.5 ?
11 <PROC. TEMP.>
P2 30.5 ?
11 <PROC. TEMP.>
PS2 30.5 ?
11 <PROC. TEMP.>
PS4 30.5 ?
11 <PROC. TEMP.>
DRY 30.5 ?
1-8
1 [STARTUP CHK.] 12 <CALIBRATION> 12 <CALIBRATION>
2 CALIBRATION ? 1 89 G F START ?
ENTER
ENTER
12 <CALIBRATION>
PRINTING
*
1 [STARTUP CHK.] 13 <MEASURE DENS> 13 <MEASURE DENS>
3 MEASURE DENS ? START ? ENTER

MEASURING $
ENTER
#Ixxxx
ENTER MEASURE ENTER
13 <MEASURE DENS>
DATA NORMAL #Cancel [YES] ?
LUT UPDATE OK ?
ENTER
13 <MEASURE DENS>
ENTER
LUT UPDATE NG ? MEASURE DATA #Ixxxx
ABNORMAL
#Cancel [NO] ?
MEASURE DATA
RECEPTION
1 [STARTUP CHK.] 14 <CTRL STRIPS> #xxxxx
4 CTRL STRIPS ? START ? [CONDITION NG] #xxxxx

ENTER ENTER
[CONDITION OK]
#Set Holder
#DRIVE [YES] ?
ENTER
14 <CTRL STRIPS>
PROCESSING
*
ENTER
#Set Holder
#DRIVE [NO] ?
1-9
1.2.4 2 [END CHK.] Item
0 [MENU]
2 END CHK.
ENTER
2 [END CHK.] 21 <CHK START> 21 <STARTUP TIME>
1 CHK START ? CHECKING ✻ 07/01/03 09:00 ?
Only the date

rises-descends.
21 <STARTUP TIME>
07/01/04 09:00 ?
ENTER
21 <RACK WASH>
POWER OFF
CLEANING $
ENTER
#M002
#Cancel [YES] ?
ENTER
#M002
#Cancel [NO] ?
1-10
1.2.5 3 [LANGUAGE] Item 1
ENTER ENTER
0 [MENU] 3 [LANGUAGE] 31 <SET LANG.>
3 LANGUAGE 1 SET LANG. ? [English] ?
ENTER
31 <SET LANG.>
[Japanese] ?
ENTER
3 [LANGUAGE] 32 <ORG. LANG No.>
2 ORG. LANG NO. ? 000003
ENTER
3 [LANGUAGE] 33 <ADD. LANG No.>
3 ADD. LANG NO. ? NO LANG LOADED
1-11
1.2.6 4 [CHECK] Item
ENTER
0 [MENU] 4 [CHECK] 41 <PROC TEMP.>
4 CHECK 1 PROC TEMP. ? P1 43.0 $
41 <PROC TEMP.>
P2 43.0 $
41 <PROC TEMP.>
PS2 45.0 $
41 <PROC TEMP.>
PS4 45.0 $
41 <PROC TEMP.>
DRY 31.6 $
1-12
1.2.7 5 [SELECT FUNC.] Item 1
ENTER
0 [MENU] 5 [SELECT FUNC.] 51 <POWER OFF>
5 SELECT FUNC. 1 POWER OFF ? START ?
ENTER
#M0003
#POWER OFF [YES] ? ENTER
POWER OFF
ENTER
#M0003
#POWER OFF [NO] ?
1-13
1.2.8 6 [PRINT COND.] Item
0 [MENU]
6 PRINT COND.
ENTER
6 [PRINT COND.] 61 <CALIBRATION>
1 CALIBRATION ? MAG. [UPPER]
61 <CALIBRATION>
START ?
61 <CALIBRATION>
ENTER
MAG. [LOWER]
61 <CALIBRATION>
PRINTING ✻
ENTER
61 <CALIBRATION>
COMPLETED ?
ENTER ENTER
6 [PRINT COND.] 62 <MEASURE DENS> 62 <MEASURE DENS>
2 MEASURE DENS ? START ? MEASURE $
ENTER
#M0002
#Cancel [YES] ?
ENTER
62 <MEASURE DENS>
LUT UP DATE OK ? MEASURE DATA

NORMAL
ENTER
ENTER
62 <MEASURE DENS> #M0002
LUT UP DATE NG ? MEASURE DATA #Cancel [NO] ?

ABNORMAL
MEASURE DATA RECEPTION
1-14
1.2.9 7 [SPECIAL PRINT] Item 1
ENTER
0 [MENU] 7 [SPEC. PRINT] 71 <TEST PATTERN>
7 [SPEC. PRINT] 1 TEST PATTERN ? MAG. [UPPER]
71 <TEST PATTERN>
MAG. [LOWER]
71 <TEST PATTERN> 71 <TEST PATTERN>
LENGTH [82.5] TYPE GRID
71 <TEST PATTERN>
71 <TEST PATTERN>
TYPE BL Plas
LENGTH [89.0]
71 <TEST PATTERN>
71 <TEST PATTERN>
START ?
71 <TEST PATTERN> TYPE BD Plas
ENTER
LENGTH [127.0]
71 <TEST PATTERN> 71 <TEST PATTERN>
TYPE Pap. Feed PRINTING ✻

71 <TEST PATTERN>
LENGTH [254.0]
71 <TEST PATTERN> ENTER
71 <TEST PATTERN>
TYPE ZIBKPrint
COMPLETED ?
71 <TEST PATTERN>
LENGTH [381.0] 71 <TEST PATTERN>
TYPE LIBKPrint
71 <TEST PATTERN>
71 <TEST PATTERN>
LENGTH [457.0]
TYPE CHBKPrint
71 <TEST PATTERN>
TYPE Grad.
71 <TEST PATTERN>
TYPE Frame
1-15
1.2.10 8 [SYSTEM] Item
0 [MENU] 8 [SYSTEM]
(See 81 [PROC.TYPE].)
8 SYSTEM 1 PROC TYPE ?
8 [SYSTEM]
(See 82 [PROC. METHOD].)
2 PROC METHOD ?
8 [SYSTEM]
(See 83 [SORTER TYPE].)
3 SORTER TYPE ?
8 [SYSTEM]
(See 84 [NIGHT ALARM].)
4 NIGHT ALARM ?
8 [SYSTEM]
(See 85 [SET AREA].)
5 SET AREA ?
81 [PROC. TYPE]
ENTER ENTER
8 [SYSTEM] 81 <PROC TYPE>
1 PROC TYPE ? [LP5700] ?
ENTER
81 <PROC TYPE>
[PRO Entry chk] ?
1-16
82 [PROC. METHOD] 1
ENTER
8 [SYSTEM] 82 <PROC. METHOD>
2 PROC.METHOD ? [FACTORY TEST] ?
82 <PROC. METHOD>
[CP-49E] ?
ENTER
83 [SORTER TYPE]
ENTER
83 <SORTER TYPE>
[NONE] ?
ENTER ENTER
8 [SYSTEM] 83 <SORTER TYPE>
3 SORTER TYPE ? [14 ORDER] ?
ENTER
83 <SORTER TYPE>
[24 ORDER] ?
1-17
84 [NIGHT ALARM]
ENTER ENTER
8 [SYSTEM] 84 <NIGHT ALARM>
4 NIGHT ALARM ? [OFF] ?
ENTER
84 <NIGHT ALARM>
[ON] ?
85 [SET AREA]
ENTER ENTER
8 [SYSTEM] 85 <SET AREA>
5 SET AREA ? [Standard] $
ENTER
85 <SET AREA>
[North America] $
ENTER
85 <SET AREA>
[Europe] $
1-18
1.2.11 9 [INSTALLATION] Item 1
0 [MENU]
9 INSTALLATION
ENTER ENTER
9 [INSTALLATION] 91 <PSR AIR EXT.> 91 <PSR AIR EXT.>
1 PSR AIR EXT. ? START ? EXTRACTING AIR ✻
ENTER
ENTER
9 [INSTALLATION] 92 <MIX REPL.> 92 <MIX REPL.>
2 MIX REPL. ? START ? PREPARING ✻
ENTER
ENTER
9 [INSTALLATION] 93 <PUMP AIR EXT.> 93 <PUMP AIR EXT.>
3 PUMP AIR EXT. ? START ? EXTRACTING AIR ✻
It moves to
a right beam.
ENTER
9 [INSTALLATION] 94 <IP ADDR. SET> 94 <IP ADDR. SET>
4 IP ADDR. SET ? 123000000000 ? 223000000000 ?
Number change
It moves to
a right beam.
ENTER
9 [INSTALLATION] 95 <NET MASK SET> 95 <NET MASK SET>
5 NET MASK SET ? 123000000000 ? 223000000000 ?
Number change
1-19
2. MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION
2.1 Maintenance Schedule ........................................................................... 2-2
2.2 Regular Maintenance and Inspection Table......................................... 2-3 2

2.3 Maintenance and Inspection Procedures............................................. 2-4
2.3.1 Lens Cleaning .......................................................................................................... 2-4
2.3.2 Mouse Cleaning ....................................................................................................... 2-4
2.3.3 Auto Film Carrier Inspection .................................................................................. 2-4
2.3.4 Carrier Base Slider Rail Cleaning .......................................................................... 2-5
2.3.5 Power Supply Cord Cleaning ................................................................................. 2-5
2.3.6 Carrier Base Slider Guide Replacement................................................................ 2-5
2.3.7 Floppy Disk Drive Inspection ................................................................................. 2-6
2.3.8 CD-ROM Drive Inspection....................................................................................... 2-7
2.3.9 Printing Function Inspection.................................................................................. 2-8
2.3.10 Cutter Inspection ..................................................................................................... 2-9
2.3.11 Back Printing Head Inspection............................................................................... 2-9
2.3.12 Back Printer Head Replacement ............................................................................ 2-9
2.3.13 Registration Section Feed Roller Cleaning......................................................... 2-10
2.3.14 Nip Release Mechanism (before exposure) Inspection ..................................... 2-11
2.3.15 Sub-scanning Section Roller Cleaning ............................................................... 2-11
2.3.16 Cam Follower (Rubber Bearing) Replacement ................................................... 2-12
2.3.17 Pipe Slider Inspection ........................................................................................... 2-13
2.3.18 Distribution Section Nip Release System/Roller Inspection ............................. 2-13
2.3.19 Processing Rack Helical Drive Gear Lubrication ............................................... 2-14
2.3.20 Crossover Rack/Dryer Entrance Rack Auto Washing Nozzle Inspection ........ 2-14
2.3.21 Circulation Pump Inspection................................................................................ 2-15
2.3.22 Processing Solution Heater Inspection............................................................... 2-15
2.3.23 Processing Solution Level Sensor Cleaning ...................................................... 2-16
2.3.24 Replenisher Level Sensor Cleaning .................................................................... 2-17
2.3.25 PS4 Solution Concentration Sensor Cleaning.................................................... 2-18
2.3.26 Waste Solution Level Sensor Cleaning ............................................................... 2-18
2.3.27 PSR Level Sensor Inspection............................................................................... 2-19
2.3.28 Solution Hose and Clamp Inspection .................................................................. 2-20
2.3.29 Processor Drive Chain Lubrication ..................................................................... 2-21
2.3.30 Dryer Mesh Belt Inspection .................................................................................. 2-21
2-1
2.1 Maintenance Schedule
Schedule Every Day Every

Every Every Every 3 Every 6 Every
Pre-operational Post-operational Two
Week Month Months Months Year
Item Check Check Years
Diffusion Box/LED Board
Scanner Clean
Cover
Auto Film Carrier
Scanner Clean
NC100AY Feed Lanes
Printer/ Process/
Control Strip
Processor Check
Auto Film Carrier
Scanner NC100AY Magnetic Clean
Heads/Rollers
Printer/
Waste Solution Collect
Processor
Printer/
Crossover Racks Wash
Processor
Printer/
Dryer Entrance Rack Wash
Processor
Printer/ Upper Part of the P1/P2/
Wash
Processor PS1 Processing Racks
Light Source Section Air
Scanner Clean Replace
Filter
Printer/
Printer Section Air Filter Clean
Processor
Printer/ Printer Power Supply
Clean
Processor Section Air Filters
Printer/ Processing Solution
Clean
Processor Cooling Fan Air Filter
Printer/
Dryer Section Air Filters Clean
Processor
Printer/ Dryer Exit Section Air
Clean
Processor Filter
Printer/
P1/P2 Circulation Filters Replace
Processor
Printer/
Processing Racks Wash
Processor
Printer/
Auto-washing Nozzles Clean
Processor
Printer/ Paper Feed Section
Clean
Processor Rollers
Printer/
Dryer Exit Rollers Clean
Processor
Printer/ Dryer Roller/Dryer Rack
Clean
Processor Mesh Belt
Printer/ Exposure Section Cooling
Replace
Processor Air Filter
Printer/
Densitometer White Board Clean
Processor
Printer/ G Laser Optimal
Setup
Processor Temperature Setup
Printer/
PS Processing Solutions Replace
Processor
Printer/
PS Circulation Filters Replace
Processor
Printer/ Paper Magazine Rollers/
Clean (at the time of paper end)
Processor Inside of the Magazine
2-2
2.2 Regular Maintenance and Inspection Table

Implementation Period (Every)
6 months year 2 Years 3 Years 5 Years Refer to
Item
Lens Clean Subsection 2.3.1
Mouse Clean Subsection 2.3.2
Auto Film Carrier Inspect Subsection 2.3.3 2
Floppy Disk Drive Inspect Subsection 2.3.7
CD-ROM Drive Inspect Subsection 2.3.8
Scanner Printing Functions Inspect Subsection 2.3.9
Carrier Base Slider Rails Clean Subsection 2.3.4
Carrier Base Slide Guides Replace Subsection 2.3.6
Carrier Base Plug-in Connector Replace Subsection 7.6.1
Main Control Unit Backup Battery Replace Subsection 9.3.4
Power Supply Cord Clean Subsection 2.3.5
Magazine Rollers Inspect Subsection 5.6.1
Subsection 2.3.10 for
inspection
Subsection 11.1.12
Cutters Inspect Replace for upper cutter
replacement
Subsection 11.1.15
for lower cutter
replacement
Back Printer Head Inspect Replace inspection
replacement
Registration Section Feed Rollers Clean Subsection 2.3.13
Nip Release System (before exposure) Inspect Subsection 2.3.14
Sub-scanning Section Rollers Clean Subsection 2.3.15
Steel Belt Replace Subsection 12.3.3
Rubber Belt Replace Subsection 12.3.7
Cam Followers (Rubber Bearings) Replace Subsection 2.3.16
Distribution Pipe Slider Inspect Subsection 2.3.17
Distribution Section Nip Release Clean Subsection 2.3.18
System/Rollers
Laser Optical Unit Air Filter Replace Subsection 12.2.1
Processing Rack Helical Drive Gears Grease Subsection 2.3.19
P1R, P2RA, P2RB Pump Output/ Inspect Subsection 5.7.1
Leaks
PSR Pump Output/Leaks Inspect Subsection 5.7.1
PSR Pump Bellows/Valve Replace bellows
valve
Crossover Rack Auto Washing Nozzle Inspect Subsection 2.3.20
Printer/ Dryer Entrance Rack Auto Washing Inspect Subsection 2.3.20
Processor Nozzle
PS Tank Separate Plate Blade/Seal Replace Subsection 14.3.1
Circulation Pumps Inspect Subsection 2.3.21
Processing Solution Heaters Inspect Subsection 2.3.22
Processing Solution Level Sensors Clean Subsection 2.3.23
Replenisher Level Sensors Clean Subsection 2.3.24
PS4 Solution Concentration Sensor Clean Subsection 2.3.25
Waste Solution Level Sensor Clean Subsection 2.3.26
PSR Level Sensor Inspect Subsection 2.3.27
Processing Solution Temperature Calibrate Subsection 5.7.4
Sensors
Solution Hoses/Clamps Inspect Subsection 2.3.28
Processor Drive Chain Grease Subsection 2.3.29
Dryer Mesh Belt Inspect Subsection 2.3.30
Drive Timing Belt Tension Dryer rack unit
(Dryer Rack, Dryer Exit and Print Inspect/ Subsection 18.1.10
Sending Units) Adjust for dryer exit unit
print sending unit
Print Sending Feed Belt Tension Inspect Subsection 18.2.3
Sorter Drive Chain Tension Inspect SU1400AY
SU2400AY
SU1400AY/SU2400AY Transverse Subsection 18.3.6 for
Sorter Inspect SU1400AY
Belt Tension Subsection 18.5.8 for
SU2400AY
SU1400AY/SU2400AY Sorter Stop Inspect SU1400AY
Position Subsection 18.6.9 for
SU2400AY
2-3
2.3 Maintenance and Inspection Procedures
2.3.1 Lens Cleaning
1. Wipe the lens surface clean using a lens cleaning

cloth (TORAY TORAYSEE or equivalent). Use a
lens cleaning fluid if it is available.
Lens
Z2498
2.3.2 Mouse Cleaning
1. Turn the mouse ball cover counterclockwise and Mouse Ball Cover
remove it and the ball.
2. Wipe any dirt and dust off the ball using a cloth
moistened with water.
3. Remove any dirt or dust adhering to the ball cavity

using tweezers.
4. Remove any dirt or dust adhering to the rollers

using a cotton swab moistened with alcohol Mouse Ball Cover
solution (mixture of an equal amount of alcohol
and water). Ball
Z2208
5. Reinstall the ball and cover.
2.3.3 Auto Film Carrier Inspection
1. Make sure that the carrier maintenance Blower Brush

operations are executed correctly by the
customer.
2. Clean the sensors on the carrier and check them

for scratches or cracks.
3. Clean the plug-in connector using the blower

brush.
Plug-in Connector
Z2533
2-4
2.3.4 Carrier Base Slider Rail Cleaning
1. Wipe the carrier slider rails clean with a cloth Slider Rails
2
moistened with alcohol solution (mixture of an
equal amount of alcohol and water).
2. Wipe the carrier base slider rails clean with a cloth

Z2580
2.3.5 Power Supply Cord Cleaning
1. Remove any dirt or dust adhering to the power

supply cord using a cloth moistened with water.
2.3.6 Carrier Base Slider Guide Replacement
Removal Left-hand Slider Guide
1. Remove the carrier.
2. Remove two screws each and then the right-hand

and left-hand slider guides.
Installation
Right-hand Slider Guide
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of

Slider Guide
removal. Screws (2 each)
Z2156
2-5
2.3.7 Floppy Disk Drive Inspection
1. Prepare a formatted floppy disk.
2. Insert the floppy disk into the floppy disk drive.
Formatted Floppy Disk

Z2041
3. Proceed to Menu 0122 “Data Backup”.
4. Select “Film Scanner” or “Printer Processor” for

“Destination”.
5. Click the [OK] button.
6. Click the [Cancel] button after backup is

completed.
• Operation returns to the menu screen.
7. Proceed to Menu 9941 “Explorer”.
8. Double-click the “My Computer” and “3.5 inch FD”

icons.
9. Make sure there are the three files in the floppy

disk.
10. Exit the “Explorer” screen.
2-6
11. Remove the floppy disk from the floppy disk drive.
Z2042
2.3.8 CD-ROM Drive Inspection
1. Press the CD-ROM eject button. CD-ROM Eject Button
• The CD-ROM tray is ejected.
CD-ROM Tray
Z2534
2. Press the CD-ROM eject button.
• The CD-ROM tray returns.
NOTE: If the CD-ROM tray does not operate properly

after Steps 1 and 2 are taken, the CD-ROM
drive may be defective.
CD-ROM Tray CD-ROM Eject Button

Z2535
2-7
2.3.9 Printing Function Inspection
1. Perform:
• scanner correction
• print condition upkeep printing
2. Set the paper magazine for the largest size print

available at the lab.
3. Proceed to Menu 0541 “Test Pattern Printing”.
4. Move the cursor to “Test pattern selection” and

select “Grid”.
5. Move the cursor to “Feed length” and enter the

feed length for the largest size print.
6. Click the [Print] button.
• After about three minutes, the print is output to

the large size print tray.
7. Check the color drift for the C, M and Y lines at the

center of the print using a magnifying lens (×20 to
×40).
If the color drift exceeds 1/3 of the color line
thickness, perform the following maintenance
operations.
• Menu 0547 “Main Scanning Position

Adjustment/Laser Beam Sync. Rough
Adjustment” (See Subsection 5.6.15)
• Menu 0548 “Laser Beam Sync. Fine Adjustment

Print” (See Subsection 5.6.16)
• Menu 0554 "Image Position Initial Setting"

(See Subsection 5.6.22).
8. Proceed to the printing screen.
9. Perform test printing several times with known

good negatives and reversals and make sure all
system functions are normal.
2-8
2.3.10 Cutter Inspection
1. Check the edges of prints. If they are rough, 2

replace the unit with a new one (See Subsection
11.1.12 for the upper cutter or 11.1.19 for the lower
one).
2.3.11 Back Printing Head Inspection
1. Check the back printing of prints. If it is abnormal,

replace the ink ribbon cassette with a new one
and check the back printing again.
2. If the back printing is still abnormal, replace the

back printer head (See Subsection 2.3.12).
2.3.12 Back Printer Head Replacement
Removal
1. Open the magazine door.
2. Loosen the screw and move the back printer unit

to the right side. Then retighten the screw.
3. Push the locking tab and remove the ink ribbon

cassette.
4. Remove the screw and then the connector cover. Screw
Connector Cover
L2928
2-9
5. Disconnect the connector. Screws (2)
6. Remove the two screws and then the back printer

head.
Installation

removal. Connector
Printer Head
NOTE: After installation, adjust the printer head clearance
L2929
2.3.13 Registration Section Feed Roller Cleaning
1. Remove the registration unit (See Subsection Rollers

11.3.1).
2. Wipe the feed and nip rollers clean with a cloth

moistened with water while turning the knob or
gear as shown.
Knob
L2930
Rollers
3. Reinstall the registration unit Gear

(See Subsection 11.3.1). L2931
2-10
2.3.14 Nip Release Mechanism (before exposure) Inspection
1. Remove the left cover (See Subsection 11.1.1). Nip Release Solenoids (4)
2
2. Check the four nip release solenoids for smooth
operation by moving them with hand.
3. Reinstall the left cover (See Subsection 11.1.1).

L2932
2.3.15 Sub-scanning Section Roller Cleaning
1. Remove the sub-scanning unit (See Subsection Screws (6)

12.3.1).
Connectors (3)
2. Open the clamp and disconnect the three
connectors.
3. Remove the six screws and then the bracket.
Clamp Bracket
L2933
4. Wipe the lower nip rollers clean with a cloth Lower Nip Rollers
moistened with water while turning the knob.
5. Reinstall the bracket. Knob

L2929
2-11
6. Set the nip rollers and wipe the feed rollers clean
with a cloth moistened with water while turning
the knob.
Feed Rollers
Knob
L2935
7. Wipe the scanning rollers clean with a cloth Paper

moistened with water while feeding a sheet of
paper to turn them.
Cotton Swab
8. Reinstall the sub-scanning unit (See Subsection

12.3.1).
Scanning Rollers
L2936
2.3.16 Cam Follower (Rubber Bearing) Replacement
Removal
1. Remove the sub-scanning unit (See Subsection

12.3.1).
2. Remove the frame from the sub-scanning unit

3. Remove the three screws and then the timing belt

cover.
Screws (3)
Timing Belt Cover
L2436
2-12
4. Remove the two E-rings. Cam Followers (2)
5. Lift the nip roller assembly slightly and remove the 2

two cam followers.
Installation

removal.
E-rings (2)
L21155
2.3.17 Pipe Slider Inspection
1. Open the magazine door. Pipe Slider
2. Open the distribution section guide plate.
3. Check the pipe slider for smooth operation by

sliding it back and forth.
NOTE: If there are scores on the slider shaft caused by the

sliding balls, the pipe slider is no problem if it slides
smoothly.
4. Close the distribution section guide plate.

L2937
2.3.18 Distribution Section Nip Release System/Roller Inspection
3. Check the nip rollers are free from foreign matter

and for smooth operation by turning them.
4. Close the distribution section guide plate. Nip Roller

L2938
2-13
2.3.19 Processing Rack Helical Drive Gear Lubrication
1. Remove the crossover racks.
2. Wipe grease off the helical drive gears fitted on

each rack.
3. Apply recommended grease to the helical drive

GREASE
gears.
Recommended Grease:
Minilab Grease (P/N: 891G02003)
Rack Drive Gears (6)

4. Reinstall the crossover racks.
L2939
2.3.20 Crossover Rack/Dryer Entrance Rack Auto Washing Nozzle

Inspection
1. Open the dryer unit and support it with Stopper 2

(yellow). Auto Washing
Nozzle
2. Remove the No.1 to No.3 crossover and dryer Toothbrush
entrance racks.
3. Check the auto washing nozzles for clogging and

clean them using a toothbrush if necessary.
4. Reinstall the dryer entrance and No.1 to No.3

crossover racks.
Toothbrush
Auto Washing Nozzle

5. Close the dryer unit.
L2940
2-14
2.3.21 Circulation Pump Inspection
1. Remove the processor front cover 2

2. Turn ON the main power supply and the built-in

circuit breaker, then press the START switch to
start up the system.
1) Go to the second page of Menu 0642

“Processor I/O Check”.
3. Click the [ON] - [OFF] buttons for the PU700 to

PU705 circulation pumps and check that the
pumps are operating normally.
4. Reinstall the processor front cover

2.3.22 Processing Solution Heater Inspection
1. Start up the system and open Menu 4 "Processor

Solution Temperature Check" screen in the pre-
operational checks.
2. Check that the temperatures increase normally.
3. If the temperature increases slowly or does not

rise, either the circulation filter is clogged or the
safety thermostat or heater is malfunctioning.
2-15
2.3.23 Processing Solution Level Sensor Cleaning
1. Remove the processor inner cover (See Subsection Screw

15.1.3).
2. Open the replenisher box door.
3. Remove the circulation filter tray.
4. Remove the screw and then the splash-prevention

cover.
5. Open the dryer unit and support it using Stopper 2

(yellow).
Splash-prevention Cover
L21051
6. Remove the screw and then the processing

solution level sensor from the sub-tank.
Solution Level
Sensor
Screw
L21127
7. Wipe dirt off each processing solution level sensor Solution Level Sensor
with a cloth moistened with water.
8. Reinstall the removed parts.
9. Close the dryer unit.

L21128
2-16
2.3.24 Replenisher Level Sensor Cleaning
1. Remove the right cover (See Subsection 14.4.1).

2
Screws (2)
2. Remove the two screws and pull the replenisher
tanks out.
Replenisher Tanks
L21131
3. Remove the two screws and then the level sensor. P1R Replenisher level Sensor
Screws (2)
P2RA P2RB
L21132
4. Wipe dirt off each replenisher level sensor with a Replenisher Level Sensor
cloth moistened with water.

L21133
2-17
2.3.25 PS4 Solution Concentration Sensor Cleaning
1. Remove the processor inner cover PS4 Solution Concentration Sensor

PS4 Solution
Concentration Sensor
2. Loosen the screw and remove the water supply
port inner cover.
3. Remove the screw and then the PS4 solution

concentration sensor.
4. Wipe dirt off the PS4 solution concentration

sensor with a cloth moistened with water.
Screw
L21129
2.3.26 Waste Solution Level Sensor Cleaning
1. Perform the post-operational checks to shut down Screw

the system and turn OFF the built-in circuit
breaker and main power supply.
2. Open the dryer unit and support it using Stopper 2

(yellow).
3. Remove the screw and then the waste solution

level sensor cover.
Waste Solution Level Sensor Cover

L2665
2-18
4. Put the flashlight from above as shown. Flashlight
5. Look through the slits (peep holes) in the right 2

cover and remove the waste solution tank cap.
Connector
Slits (Peep Holes)
Tank Cap
L21191
6. Wipe dirt off the waste solution level sensor with a Waste Solution Tank Cap
cloth moistened with water.
Waste Solution
Level Sensor
L21130
2.3.27 PSR Level Sensor Inspection
1. Open the Menu 0624 "Processor Input Check"

screen.
2-19
3. The PSR level sensor is normal if its level

matches the screen display.
PSR Lower Level Sensor

4. Reinstall the right cover. PSR Upper Level Sensor
L21151
2.3.28 Solution Hose and Clamp Inspection
1. Remove:
• Processor front cover (See Subsection 15.1.1).

• Right cover (See Subsection 14.4.1).
2. Check the processor bottom pan for any sign of

solution leakage.
3. Check the solution circulation system and

replenisher system for:
1) Any sign of solution leakage at each joint.
2) Loose hose clamps.
3) Collapsed, bent or cracked hoses.
4. If necessary, repair or replace parts.
5. Reinstall the removed covers.
2-20
2.3.29 Processor Drive Chain Lubrication
1. Remove all crossover racks. Chain

2
2. Wipe grease off the drive chain and sprockets.
GREASE
3. Apply a sufficient amount of recommended

grease to the drive chain.
Recommended Grease:
Minilab Grease (P/N: 891G02003)
4. Reinstall the crossover racks.
L2941
2.3.30 Dryer Mesh Belt Inspection
1. Remove the dryer belt unit (See Subsection 17.2.1).
2. Check the mesh belt for damage or fouling by

turning it with hand.
• Replace the mesh belt if it is damaged.

• Clean the mesh belt if it is fouling.
3. Reinstall the dryer belt unit (See Subsection 17.2.1).
Dryer Mesh Belt
L21194
2-21
3. MESSAGES AND ACTIONS
3.1 Error Indication Outline.......................................................................... 3-2

3.1.1 Message Number..................................................................................................... 3-2
3.1.2 Message Icon ........................................................................................................... 3-2
3.1.3 X-#### Actions......................................................................................................... 3-2
3
3.2 Messages and Actions ........................................................................... 3-3
3.3 Trouble Shooting ................................................................................ 3-163

3.3.1 Film Carrier .......................................................................................................... 3-163
3.3.2 CTB23 Circuit Board ........................................................................................... 3-164
3.3.3 CTB23 Circuit Board +24V System .................................................................... 3-165
3.3.4 Replenishment Cartridge Box Malfunction....................................................... 3-166
3.3.5 Processing Solution Temperature Abnormality ............................................... 3-168
3.3.6 Dryer Temperature Abnormality ........................................................................ 3-172
3.3.7 Processing Solution Tank Level Lowering ....................................................... 3-176
3.3.8 Replenishment Pump Diagnostics .................................................................... 3-177
3.3.9 Rack Auto Cleaning System Diagnostics ......................................................... 3-178
3.3.10 P1R Stirring Valve/Replenishment Cartridge Washing Valve Diagnostics.... 3-179
3.3.11 Replenishment Level Sensor Diagnostics ........................................................ 3-180
3.3.12 Return Action after Replenishment System Error............................................ 3-180
3.3.13 Replenishment Cartridge Opening Malfunction ............................................... 3-181
3.4 Restoration of Backup for Refreshing.............................................. 3-182
3.5 OS Recovery and Backup for Refreshing ........................................ 3-184

3.5.1 OS Recovery ........................................................................................................ 3-184
3.5.2 Device Driver Installation.................................................................................... 3-189
3.5.3 Backup for Refreshing ........................................................................................ 3-194
3-1
3.1 Error Indication Outline
3.1.1 Message Number

The messages are identified by the following four codes.
Symbol Error
E Trouble (Error requires action of the service representative.)
W Mismatching of condition (Error can be corrected by the operator.)
I Information
X Software trouble
3.1.2 Message Icon

Icon Error
Errors with code “E” (Take measures after turning OFF the power supply.)
Errors with code “E” , “W” or “X” (Error can be recovered.)
For code “I” (Information)
3.1.3 X-#### Actions

X-#### errors (software error)
Take the following actions.
1. Write down the error number.

2. Restart the system.
3. Reinstall the software if the problem persists.
4. Create a report in the specified format.
3-2
3.2 Messages and Actions

No. Message Factor Actions
W-1406 #### not installed or paper end Magazine is not installed.
processing in progress. (Causes of the error message)
1. Magazine not installed. 1. Install magazine.
Install the magazine, and then start 2. ID chip not installed. 2. Install ID chip.
printing. 3. Upper/lower magazine ID 3. Replace upper/lower magazine ID
Install the paper magazine.

sensor(D610 to D615/D620 to
D625) malfunction
sensor(D610 to D615/D620 to
D625).
3
4. Magazine abnormal 4. Replace magazine.
W-1407 The incorrect magazine installed. Printing size width and magazine
paper mismatch.
Press [OK] to change magazine, or (Causes of the error message)
change print size. 1. Print size and magazine 1. Install correct magazine, or
mismatched. change print size.
2. Upper/lower magazine ID 2. Replace upper/lower magazine ID
sensor(D610 to D615/D620 to sensor(D610 to D615/D620 to
D625) malfunction D625).
W-1408 Back print cannot be performed with Back printing is specified with
specified paper. medium weight paper.
Magazine with postcard ID installed.
Press [Continue] to perform printing (Causes of the error message)
without back print. 1. Wrong magazine installed or 1. Install correct magazine, or
incorrect print mode. change mode to postcard print.
Back printing is not applied for 2. Upper/lower magazine ID 2. Replace upper/lower magazine
medium weight paper. sensor(D610 to D615/D620 to sensor(D610 to D615/D620 to
D625) malfunction D625).
W-1417 An error occurred during creating of Error occurred during auto setup.
image. (Causes of the error message)
1. Software failure 1. Restart system, and if problem
Do the pre-scan again. persists, reinstall system software.
(NOTE 1)
2. Hard disk malfunction. 2. Replace the HDD.
3. Main control unit malfunction. 3. Replace main control unit.
W-1418 ##### not installed or paper end Magazine is not installed during the
processing in progress. index format consistency check.
(Causes of the error message)
Install the magazine, and then start 1. Magazine not installed. 1. Install magazine.
printing. 2. Magazine ID chip not installed. 2. Install ID chip.
3. Upper/lower magazine ID 3. Replace upper/lower magazine
sensor(D610 to D615/D620 to sensor(D610 to D615/D620 to
D625) malfunction D625)
W-1419 Selected paper width and index print Paper width mismatch occurred
size mismatched. during the index format inconsistency
check.
Press the [OK] button and replace (Causes of the error message)
magazine, or change the index 1. Index format and magazine 1. Install correct magazine, or
format. mismatched. change index format.
2. Upper/lower magazine ID 2. Replace upper/lower magazine
If you press [Output], an incorrect sensor(D610 to D615/D620 to sensor(D610 to D615/D620 to
index print will be outputted. D625) malfunction. D625).
I-1420 Printer processor is busy, so post- Post-operational check was started Wait until processing is completed.
operational check not performed. while in operating in printer.
Upon completion of printing, perform

“Post-operational check”.
I-1421 Printer processor is busy. (Causes of the error message)
1. Printing is processing. 1. Wait until processing is completed.
Please wait a moment, and then 2. Paper jamming 2. Remove jammed paper.
perform “Post-operational check”.
NOTE 1: The refreshing backup can be restored (see Section 3.4).
3-3

W-1422 A communication error occurred “No response” is received from
between the main control section and printer at the start-up of the post-
printer processor. operational check.
1. Connection error or disconnection 1. Connect cable correctly, or replace
of 1394(interface) cable or it.
grounding wire
2. Abnormal system software 2. Restart the system software. If the
error occurs again, reinstall the
system software. (NOTE 1)
E-1425 Initializing of printer processor failed. (Causes of the error message)
Consult your technical representative. 1. Abnormal system software 1. Reinstall system software.
[S-alone]: Starts only the scanner. (NOTE 1)
[End]: Shuts down the system. 2. Faulty main control unit 2. Replace main control unit.
[Retry]: Retries to initialize the printer.
If you restart the system, please wait

12 seconds and then turn on the
power switch.
Please wait 12 seconds, and then

turn on the system.
W-1427 A communication error occurred Error returned when the printer status
between the main control section and notice registering command is issued
printer processor. at start-up.
Check the connection, and then 1. Connection error or disconnection 1. Connect 1394 cable correctly or
press the [Retry] button. of 1394(interface) cable or replace it.
grounding wire
2. System software failure 2. Restart system, and if problem
persists, reinstall system software.
(NOTE 1)
W-1428 A communication error occurred Error returned when the magazine
between the main control section and status retrieving command is issued
printer processor. to printer at start-up.
Check the connection, and then 1. Connection error or disconnection 1. Connect 1394 cable correctly or
press the [Retry] button. of 1394(interface) cable or replace it.
grounding wire
(NOTE 1)
W-1449 No valid frame detected during frame Number of detected frames was zero
detection. during frame detection.
Do the pre-scan again. 1. Optical path interrupted during 1. Perform scanner correction at pre-
bright correction at pre-operational operational check.
check
2. Lamp burned out. 2. Replace lamp.
3. CCD unit system abnormal 3. Replace the CCD unit.
W-1450 Error occurred while reading Magnetic information reading error
magnetic information. (Causes of the error message)
1. Pressure cover not closed 1. Close cover.
Clean the magnetic head and then try completely.
pre-scan again. 2. Dust or debris collect on the 2. Clean or replace magnetic head.
magnetic head.

3. Connector’s connection error or 3. 

harness disconnection in carrier. 
4. MRH23(read head) circuit board 4.  (See Subsection 3.3.1)

malfunction 

5. CYA23 circuit board malfunction 5. 
NOTE 1: The refreshing backup can be restored (See Section 3.4).
3-4

I-1455 Magnetic data registered on film Magnetic information contents error.
failure. (Causes of the error message)
1. Dust or dirt collected on the 1. Clean the magnetic head and scan
Continue the process ignoring the magnetic head. again.
magnetic information. 2. High-intensity radio wave such as 2. Keep radio wave source far away
from a cell phone near the carrier
3. High power supply noise
form the carrier.
3. Ground the power supply securely.
3
W-1473 Incorrect template. Composite format to the extended
SIP failed.
Delete all templates stored in HD and (Causes of the error message)
register them again. 1. Frontier D-drive full 1. Delete all templates and register
them again.
2. Faulty Frontier hard disk 2. Replace the HDD of the main
control unit.
W-1475 Template and paper widths Template and paper width mismatch Replace the paper magazine or
mismatched. change the print size.
Press the [OK] button, and then

replace magazine.
W-1479 Template image size does not match Template and print sizes specified in
print size. frame/character print do not match.
Confirm print size and template size. 1. Print size does not match 1. Change the print size or template.
template.
2. Faulty magazine ID sensors (D610 2. Replace the sensor.
to D615/D620 to D625).
E-1482 Hard disk failure occurred. Hard disk fault is detected when file is
imported from or exported to the
Consult technical representative. Imaging Controller.
1. Faulty hard disk in main control 1. Replace the HDD of the main
unit. control unit.
E-1483 Index image data cannot be read. Image data file cannot be read out
when editing index print.
Consult technical representative. (Causes of the error message)
1. Faulty Frontier system software 1. Reinstall the software. (NOTE 1)
(A1).
2. Faulty Frontier hard disk. 2. Replace the HDD of the main
control unit.
W-1484 Initializing of printer processor failed. Printer initialization failed at system
start-up.
Press the [S-alone] button, and only (Causes of the error message)
the film scanner will be started up. 1. Printer processor did not start. 1. Start the printer processor.
2. Poor connection of 1394 2. Connect the 1394 cable correctly.
communication cable.
3. Faulty ATX power supply 3. Replace ATX power supply.
W-1487 Selected print size and paper width Print size does not match paper in Replace magazine or change print
mismatched. magazine. size.
Press [OK] to change magazine, or

change print size.
Press [Output] to output forcibly.

W-1488 Template and print widths Template width does not match paper Replace paper magazine.
mismatched. in magazine.
Press [OK] and replace magazine.
Press [Output] to output forcibly.
3-5

W-1492 Carrier not installed. Carrier is not installed.
Install carrier and press [OK]. 1. Carrier is not installed. 1. Install the carrier.
2. Faulty carrier I/O or electric system 2. (See Subsection 3.3.1)
W-1495 Select the correct magazine paper Paper types (emulsion types or Replace magazine so that upper and
type. surface types) different between lower paper types are same.
upper and lower magazines
Press [Output] to output forcibly. regardless of selecting “Auto” for
“Switch magazine”.
I-1501 Selected function cannot be used. This message appears when –
selecting an unsupported function.
I-1502 Insert the floppy disk into the FD This message prompts you to insert –
drive. FD during the data backup.
W-1503 ##### This message appears when FD is
not inserted during the data backup.
Insert the floppy disk into the FD (Causes of the error message)
drive. 1. Floppy disk not set. 1. Insert floppy disk into drive.
2. Floppy disk drive malfunction 2. Replace main control unit.
I-1504 Insert the next floppy disk into the FD This message prompts you to insert –
drive. the next FD during the data backup.
W-1505 ##### This message appears when the
inserted FD is incorrect.
Insert the correct floppy disk into the (Causes of the error message)
FD drive. 1. Floppy disk abnormal 1. Insert correct floppy disk into drive.
2. Floppy drive malfunction 2. Replace main control unit.
E-1506 Reading of control information file This message appears when the files
failed. required to display image cannot be
read.
Couldn’t display the selected screen. (Causes of the error message)
1. Write protected FD 1. Set the FD to the write enable
To use this function, consult your mode.
technical representative. 2. System software failure 2. Restart system, and if problem
(NOTE 1)
3. Main control unit failure 3. Replace the main control unit.
E-1507 Data backup completed abnormally. This message appears when data
backup fails.
1. Faulty FD 1. Replace the FD.
2. Write protected FD 2. Set the FD to write enable mode.
3. Lack of HDD capacity 3. Delete unnecessary files in the
HDD.
4. System software failure 4. Reinstall the system software.
I-1508 Cancel data backup. The data backup processing is Click the [Cancel] button to stop the
cancelled according to operator’s backup.
instruction.
W-1510 Date value exceeds the limit. Set date value exceeds the limit.
(1998/01/01 00:00:00 - 2037/12/31 1. Current date/time entry error 1. Enter correct date/time.
23:59:59) 2. System software failure 2. Restart system, and if problem
Set the correct date. (NOTE 1)
3. Main control unit failure 3. Replace main control unit.
W-1511 Next timer-ON time exceeds the limit. Next timer-ON time exceeds the limit.
Set time value must be changed.
(1998/01/01 00:00:00 - 2037/12/31 (Causes of the error message)
23:59:59) 1. Current date/time entry error 1. Enter correct date/time.
Confirm the present time. persists, reinstall system software.
(NOTE 1)
3-6

W-1512 The FD free space insufficient. Inserted FD is full.
Insert the correct floppy disk into the 1. Inserted floppy disk is full. 1. Insert a blank disk.
FD drive. 2. Faulty floppy disk drive 2. Replace the main control unit.
W-1513 An unsettled order exists. Unsorted prints remain after printing. Press [Sort].
3
Settle the order.
W-1521 PU800B is not turned ON or is Communication error occurred in
disconnected. downloading from PU800B.
Check the connection with PU800B, 1. PU800B turned OFF 1. Turn ON PU800B.
press the [Retry] button. 2. Connection error or disconnection 2. Connect cable correctly, or replace
of PU800B communication cable it.
disconnected. uploading to PU800B.
press the [Retry] button. 2. Connection error or disconnection 2. Connect cable correctly, or replace
disconnected. sending PU800B bill.
press [Retry] to retry. 2. Connection error or disconnection 2. Connect cable correctly, or replace
To stop printing of the price table,
press the [Stop] button.
W-1524 Couldn’t read the backup data for File reading error occurred in
PU800B. downloading from PU800B.
Check the connection with PU800B. 1. System software failure 1. Restart system, and if problem
(NOTE 1)
W-1525 Couldn’t write to the backup data for File writing error occurred in
PU800B. uploading to PU800B.
Check the connection with PU800B. 1. System software failure 1. Restart system, and if problem
(NOTE 1)
I-1526 Production information log file not Production information log file Check that the production information
found. reading error log file exists.
A new file will be created.

W-1527 Production information cannot be Error occurred in writing production
written into file. information log file.
To use this function, consult your 1. System software failure 1. Restart system, and if problem
technical representative. persists, reinstall system software.
(NOTE 1)
E-1530 FDi device registration failed. Error in registering F-DIA logical
output devices (cannot be recovered)
Couldn’t provide the service. (Causes of the error message)
1. No logical output/input device 1. Set up the logical output/input
Consult your technical representative. name in registry. name in Menu 0124 “DI Manager
Administrative Setting”.
2. Faulty Imaging Controller software. 2. Restart the Imaging Controller. If
the trouble is not remedied,
reinstall the software.
3-7

W-1531 FDi device registration failed. Error in registering F-DIA logical
output devices. (can be recovered)
Check the network connections, and (Causes of the error message)
then press the [Retry] button. 1. Imaging Controller did not start. 1. Start up the Imaging Controller.
2. Poorly connected LAN cable. 2. Connect the LAN cable correctly.
3. No logical output/input device 3. Set up the logical output/input
name in registry. name Menu 0124 “DI Manager
Administrative Setting”.
4. Faulty Imaging Controller software. 4. Reinstall the software.
5. Faulty main control unit for 5. Replace the PC.
Imaging Controller.
W-1532 Registering with FDi not done. Error occurred when registering F- Perform pre-operational check.
DIA logical output device.
To register it, perform the “1. Pre-
operational Check”.
W-1534 Order not unlocked. Communication from the Imaging
Controller has failed when processing
Check the network connections, and the order with the Frontier.
then press the [Retry] button. (Causes of the error message)
1. Poorly connected LAN cable.
2. Faulty Imaging Controller software. 1. Connect the LAN cable correctly.
2. Restart or reinstall the Imaging
Controller software.
W-1535 Order not unlocked. Communication from the Imaging
Controller has failed down when
Check the network connections, and processing the order with the
then press the [Retry] button. Frontier.
1. Poorly connected LAN cable 1. Connect the LAN cable correctly.
2. Faulty Imaging Controller software 2. Restart or reinstall the Imaging
E-1536 Error occurred during the order Inappropriate status, no device
completion. authority.
Incorrect order status. 1. Faulty Imaging Controller software 1. Restart or reinstall the Imaging
Change the status in the Imaging
Controller.
E-1537 An error occurred in the Imaging Other errors in F-DIA.
Controller. (Causes of the error message)
Couldn’t provide the service. Controller software.
W-1538 Registering with FDi not done. Pre-operational Check has not been Perform the pre-operational checks.
To register it, perform the “1. Pre- performed.
operational Check”
E-1539 Error occurred during the order end The order is already in the “Delete
process. Waiting” state.
The status shows “Wait to delete”. 1. Faulty Imaging Controller software 1. Restart or reinstall the Imaging
Change the status in the Imaging
Controller.
I-1540 No order of the selected paper width. No order can be printed with the lab- –
in.
Replace magazine.
W-1541 Couldn’t provide the service. Communication from the Imaging
Controller has failed when processing
Check the network connections, and the order with the Frontier.
then press the [Retry] button. (Causes of the error message)
1. Poorly connected LAN cable
2. Faulty Imaging Controller software 1. Connect the LAN cable correctly.
2. Restart or reinstall the Imaging
3-8

W-1542 Couldn’t provide the service. Error caused by status change during
normal printing.
then press the [Retry] button. 1. Poorly connected LAN cable 1. Connect the LAN cable correctly.
3
W-1543 Couldn’t provide the service. Error caused by status change during
abnormal printing.
W-1544 Couldn’t provide the service. Error caused by notice of the
completion of 1-order printing.
W-1545 Couldn’t provide the service. Error at the time of order deletion.
Check the network connections, and 1. Poorly connected LAN cable 1. Connect the LAN cable correctly.
then press the [Retry] button. 2. Faulty Imaging Controller software 2. Restart or reinstall the Imaging
W-1546 Couldn’t provide the service. Error caused by status change when
no order is read.
W-1547 Couldn’t provide the service. Error caused by reading order.
Check the network connections, and 1. Poorly connected LAN cable 1. Connect the LAN cable correctly.
then press the [Retry] button. 2. Faulty Imaging Controller software 2. Restart or reinstall the Imaging
W-1548 Check the network connections, and Error occurred while receiving image
then press the [Retry] button. file printing command.
To cancel the image import, press the 1. The printer processor is not in 1. Turn printer to STANDBY and
[Stop] button. STANDBY condition when press [Retry].
performing Digital Image Import.
E-1549 Error occurred while deleting the Every order except for the one
order. currently being registered is deleted.
The status of the order to be deleted 1. The status of order has changed 1. Return the status of order to
does not become “Creating”. by Imaging Controller side. “Creating”.
Change the status on the Imaging Controller software.
controller.
E-1551 Dialog cannot be displayed. The function for string resource
management returns error while
Message definition file not found or generating a dialog.
defective. (Causes of the error message)
1. Damaged message file 1. Reinstall the Frontier system
To use this function, consult your software. (NOTE 1)
technical representative. 2. Faulty hard disk 2. Replace the HDD of the main
control unit.
3-9

E-1552 Could not start up the Red-eye/Soft/ Error has occurred when starting Red
Cross plug-in. Eye/Cross software.
The Red-eye/Soft/Cross plug-in not 1. Faulty Frontier system software 1. Reinstall the software. (NOTE 1)
installed or the file may be corrupted. (A1)
2. Faulty Variety Print software (B1) 2. Reinstall the software.
To use this function, consult your 3. Faulty hard disk 3. Replace the HDD of the main
technical representative. control unit.
E-1553 Couldn’t continue the Red-eye/Soft/ Error has occurred when reading Red
Cross. Eye/Cross plug-in I/F file.
Could not find the file that was 1. Faulty Frontier system software 1. Reinstall the software. (NOTE 1)
required for the Red-eye/Soft/Cross (A1)
plug-in or the file may be corrupted. 2. Faulty Variety Print software (B1) 2. Reinstall the software.
3. Faulty hard disk 3. Replace the HDD of the main
To use this function, consult your control unit.
technical representative.
E-1554 Couldn’t continue the Red-eye/Soft/ Error has occurred when writing Red
Cross. Eye/Cross plug-in I/F file.
Could not create the file that was 1. Faulty Frontier system software 1. Reinstall the software. (NOTE 1)
required for the Red-eye/Soft/Cross (A1)
plug-in. 2. Faulty Variety Print software (B1) 2. Reinstall the software.
3. Faulty hard disk 3. Replace the HDD of the main
To use this function, consult your control unit.
W-1556 This frame cannot be selected. Frame number of mounted print
mismatched.
Frame No. to specify template not (Causes of the error message)
matched. 1. Large index or template frame 1. Enter the correct frame number for
number mismatched. the template.
Select another frame again. 2. Frame number reading failed. 2. Reload the film.
W-1566 Printing the image file. Couldn’t Pre-scanning is attempted when an Wait until present processing
perform the pre-scan. image file is being exported. completes.
Eject film.
After printing of the image file, insert

the film.
I-1569 Printing external file. Cannot end because the external-file Wait until output is completed.
being output.
Wait!
E-1571 Message definition file not found or Error occurred when reading string
defective. resource for creating a dialog.
Check message definition file. 1. Faulty Frontier system software 1. Reinstall the software. (NOTE 1)
(A1)
2. Faulty hard disk 2. Replace the main control unit.
W-1572 Incorrect font size value. Font size is out of the specified range. Set up font size to 8 to 72.
Specify 8 to 72 point as font size.

W-1573 Logo or title exceeds area. Input characters exceed character Reduce font size or number of
area. characters.
Select smaller font size or reduce
number of characters.
W-1574 Frame with selected No. already Frame is overwritten because the –
mounted. selected frame was already mounted.
Frame overwritten.
3-10

W-1575 Preparing of variety printing is not Pre-scanning is attempted while –
completed yet. setting up a template.
Couldn’t start scan.
The film is fed out.

3
W-1586 Couldn’t start scan, because the Pre-scanning is attempted while Wait a while and then reload the film.
service to be exported is not started. selecting service to be exported.
Eject film.
Start the service, and then insert the

film.
I-1587 Reading print mag. fine adjust data. Data loading from registry is in Wait until reading is completed.
progress.
Please wait.
I-1588 Saving print mag. fine adjust data. Data saving to registry is in progress. Wait until saving is completed.
Please wait.
W-1589 Carrier/mask and composite type Pre-scanning is attempted when the
mismatch. carrier/mask and composite type do
not match.
Couldn’t start scan. (Causes of the error message)
1. Incorrect film mask 1. Install the correct mask.
Film is fed out. 2. Incorrect template 2. Select the correct template.
W-1591 Could not detect frame(s) specified in Frame specified on invoice is not Check the film.
the “Re-order Sheet” screen. detected.
Check the film.

I-1593 ##### Template setup is in progress. –
Please wait.
I-1594 Reading service name list. This message appears while reading Wait until saving is completed.
the service name list for image file
Please wait. export/import.
I-1595 Start the connection with Imaging This message appears when –
Controller, and update the data. registering logical device.
(Use digital imaging service without

Imaging controller, update the inside
data.)
Press [OK] to start.

E-1596 Couldn’t provide the service. FDI error occurred while reading
service name list.
Check the network connections. (Causes of the error message)
W-1597 The service type is not selected, so Pre-scanning for other than image file
pre-scan not performed. export is attempted when the scanner
is doing stand-alone operation.
Eject film. (Causes of the error message)
1. Digital Image Export has not been 1. Select the Digital Image Export.
Select the service type, and then selected.
insert the film.
I-1598 Processing Red-eye/Soft/Cross Red eye/Soft/Cross startup is in Wait until completion.
####. progress.
Please wait.
3-11

E-1599 An error occurred. Red eye/Soft/Cross failed to start up.
Couldn’t continue the “Red-eye/Soft/ 1. The carrier or mask is removed 1. Restart Red eye/Soft/Cross plug-
Cross”. during Red eye/Soft/Cross startup. in.
2. Faulty system software (A1) 2. Reinstall the system software.
Complete the “Red-eye/Soft/Cross” (NOTE 1)
plug-in. 3. Faulty Variety Print software (B1) 3. Reinstall the software.
4. Faulty hard disk 4. Replace the main control unit.
W-1701 This is the last frame. When the film mode is “Manual,” the Click [OK] to terminate the operation
[START/ENTER] key was pressed at or press the frame return key to
Press [OK] to eject film. the last frame of the film. return to the previous frame.
W-1702 The carrier or mask removed, so the The carrier or mask was removed Correctly install the carrier or mask
custom setting information is not while the dialog box related to the and then perform the custom setting
displayed correctly. custom setting was displayed. again.
The related dialog(s) closed.
Install the carrier or mask, and then

try again.
W-1703 Invalid custom setting. The selected custom setting number Print with the master settings or
is invalid. select a correct custom setting
Changed to master settings. number.
E-1710 Templates are not available for the Bordered print size has been Select borderless print size.
bordered print. selected.
Select the borderless print size.

W-1711 Reading of order information failed. This message appears when an error
occurs due to a network
Check if the network connection is disconnection during reading of order
properly done. in auto printing mode.
1. The Imaging Controller power is 1. Start the Imaging controller.
turned off.
3. Faulty software on the imaging 3. Reinstall the software. (NOTE 1)
controller
4. Faulty PC on the imaging 4. Repair or replace the PC.
controller side
W-1712 DI Service is not finished. This is the message that appears Try again after the B3/B4 is
when you quit while the B3/B4 is completed.
Retry when DI Service finished. being started up.
I-1721 When [1st Print] is selected, the This is the confirmation message –
frame order will be discarded. after the All-frame specifying
command is issued.
Press [OK] to discard the frame order
information.
I-1722 A film remains in the carrier. This message appears when –
inserting the film while the sub-menu
To start the service, it is fed out. screen is open.
I-1723 The settings in this dialog will be This message appears when the Proceed to the dialog and set up
discarded because the carrier is wrong carrier is installed when correctly.
changed. pressing the button in the “Index
Conditions” dialog.
E-1729 Couldn’t open the order data function There is no order data function key Restart the system software. If the
key setting file. setting file, or it cannot be opened. error occurs again, reinstall the
E-1730 An incorrect parameter may be set in The parameter value without the Restart the system software. If the
the order data function key setting range is set up in the order data error occurs again, reinstall the
file. function key setting file. system software. (NOTE 1)
##### ##### ##### #####
3-12

I-1732 Couldn’t change the film drive mode This message appears when the –
to ####. selected film drive mode is invalid
depending on the carrier type.
“Semi” is used.
I-1733 A film is inserted while [All] setting for A film is inserted. Insert the film again.
order information is currently being 3
done, so it is fed out.
W-1734 This floppy disk already contains any This message appears when a Replace the floppy disk. To overwrite,
data. customizing file exists in the floppy click the [OK] button.
disk.
If you overwrite it, press the [OK]
button.
W-1735 A paper size with more than This message appears when a paper Check the print size.
203.0mm width and with less than size with more than 203.0mm in width
152.0mm length exists. and with less than 152.0mm in length
exists.
It may cause a trouble.
I-1736 Print size has been changed. This message prompts you to check if Check paper width of the magazine.
a correct print size is selected before
Check the paper width of the 135 negative sheet index printing,
magazine. template simple selection or template
selection.
I-1737 Nega sheet index printing is This message appears during the Wait until processing completes.
processing. negative sheet index printing.
Please wait.
W-1739 Lens correction cannot perform when This message shows that lens
the free cropping is selected. correction cannot perform when free
cropping is selected.
1. Free cropping is in process. 1. Wait until completing free
cropping.
2. Lens type other than “No. 0 No” is 2. Select below
selected for “Lens Manual Correct Lens Auto Correction: OFF
Setup”. Lens Manual Correct Setup: Lens
type “No. 0 No”
W-1740 Cannot perform the free cropping This message shows that free Lens Auto Correction: OFF
because the lens correction was cropping cannot be performed when Lens Manual Correct Setup: Lens
done. the lens correction was done. type “No. 0 No”. After rescanning,
select free cropping.
I-1741 The print size for negative sheet The print size for negative sheet Register the print size for the
index is not registered yet. index is not registered. negative sheet index printing.
Check the print size and the group.

I-1742 The print size for negative sheet The searched template cannot be Enter correct template number.
index is not registered. found.
I-1743 The print size for the selected The print size for the selected Register the print size for the selected
template not registered. template is not registered. template.
I-1744 The year in the calendar template is The year in the calendar template is Input an year within the specified
out of range. out of range. range.
Change the year.

I-1745 Cannot quit the operation, because Quitting of operation is selected. Close the current window and then
the template is currently being set. try again.
Retry after closing the current dialog.

E-1746 The storage capacity of the drive is This message appears when the disk Increase the disk space more than
insufficient, so the variety printing space of the C drive is insufficient. 100MB.
cannot be done. To use this function, The disk space is required more than
consult your technical representative. 100MB for the systems.
3-13

E-1750 More frames than the specified This message appears when the Change number of frames or use
frames are detected. system recognizes the strip film but piece film with specified number of
cannot find the frame with the starting frames.
Change the number of frames, or use frame No. in the negative sheet index
the piece film with the same number print.
of frames.
W-1751 ##### The real-time display is unavailable.
Couldn’t start scan. Eject film. 1. A template used for mounted print 1. Wait until the template setting
or frame/character is being finishes.
##### installed.
2. The “Output destination selection” 2. Select the output destination using
screen is being displayed for the “Output destination selection”
exporting image file. screen.
3. The “Original selection” screen is 3. Close the “Original selection”
being displayed. screen.
4. The template selection screen for 4. Select the template using the
mounted print or frame/character template selection screen, and
is being displayed. then wait until it is set.
5. Exporting image files is in 5. Wait until the file is output.
progress.
6. The manual film carrier is installed 6. Set the auto film carrier.
during the single scan digitizing.
7. The carrier or mask type does not 7. Install the carrier or mask
fit the composite type. corresponding to the composite
type.
8. The “Image preview” screen used 8. Close the “Image preview” screen.
for mounted print or frame/
character is being displayed.
9. The batch retrieval of exposure 9. Close the “Exposure condition
conditions is in progress. retrieve setup” screen.
10. Negative sheet index screen is 10. Wait until the negative sheet
being displayed or print is being index screen is closed or
processed. processing is completed.
11. Quit the Red eye/Soft/Cross plug-
11. The Red-eye/Soft/Cross plug-in in screen.
is starting.
W-1752 ##### Reading end frame cannot be found. Install the correct carrier and mask.
Adjusting of the image position failed. 1. Carrier/mask and composite type 1. Check the carrier and mask.
do not match.
2. Batch retrieval of exposure 2. Wait until retrieval of exposure
conditions in progress. conditions is completed.
3-14

W-1753 ##### The pre-scanning cannot be
performed.
Eject film. (Causes of the error message)
The film was inserted under the
##### condition that the waiting time for the
leading frame position determination
was 0 second.
3
1. A template used for mounted print 1. Wait until the template setting
or frame/character is being finishes.
installed.
2. The “Output destination selection” 2. Select the output destination using
screen is being displayed for the “Output destination selection”
exporting image file. screen.
3. The “Original selection” screen is 3. Close the “Original selection”
being displayed. screen.
4. The template selection screen for 4. Select the template on the
mounted print or frame/character template selection screen, and
is being displayed. then wait until it is set.
5. Exporting of image files is in 5. Wait until the file is output.
progress.
6. The manual film carrier is installed 6. Set the auto film carrier.
during the single scan digitizing.
7. The carrier or mask type does not 7. Install the carrier or mask
fit the composite type. corresponding to the composite
type.
8. The “Image preview” screen used 8. Close the “Image preview” screen.
for mounted print or frame/
character is being displayed.
9. The batch retrieval of exposure 9. Close the “Exposure condition
conditions is in progress. retrieve setup” screen.
10. Negative sheet index screen is 10. Wait until the negative sheet
being displayed or print is being index screen is closed or
processed. processing is completed.
11. Quit the Red eye/Soft/Cross plug-
11. The Red-eye/Soft/Cross plug-in in screen.
is starting.
W-1754 Couldn’t provide the service. An error occurred while a service
name list was being read.
Check the network connections. (Causes of the error message)
1. The DI controller power is turned 1. Start the DI controller.
If the network connections are off.
correct, consult your technical 2. Poorly connected LAN cable 2. Connect the LAN cable correctly.
representative. 3. Faulty software on the DI controller 3. Reinstall the software. (NOTE 1)
4. Faulty PC on the DI controller side 4. Replace the PC.
I-1756 Printing. – Wait until the processing is
completed.
Be sure that the printer processor is
stopped, and then start the operation.
I-1757 The selected original type cannot be This message appears when the Install the correct carrier or select
used for this carrier. carrier is changed and a wrong original type properly.
original is selected while the “Original
Selection” dialog is displayed.
I-1758 The template was not settled, This message appears when the Select template before the preview
because the template is not selected determination of template fails while screen.
or it is currently being set. the preview appears on the order
screen.
W-1762 “Print Mode Select” cannot be done A different type of service was Wait until one mounted print is
while the scanned image is mounted. requested while a mounted or frame/ completed, or select [Print] or
character printing was in progress. [Cancel] on the image preview
Complete a mounted print, or press screen.
the [Print] or the [Cancel] in the
“Image Preview” screen, and then
select it again.
3-15

W-1763 The printing operation cannot be The process in progress was forcibly Wait until one mounted print is
canceled while the image is mounted. terminated while mounted or frame/ completed, or select [Print] or
character printing was in progress. [Cancel] on the image preview
Complete a mounted print, or press screen.
the [Print] or the [Cancel] button in
the “Image Preview” screen, and then
try it.
W-1764 Cannot replace the magazine while This message instructs you not to Exit this screen to replace the paper
the Printing Status Notice screen is replace the magazine while the magazine.
displayed. Printing Status Notice screen
appears.
To replace it, exit this screen.
I-1765 Film driving mode was changed. This message appears when the film –
driving mode is changed during the
view and check of images.
W-1771 Cannot perform the billing service for This message appears when an error
DSC. occurred during the DSC billing
output.
Check the network connections. (Cause of the error message)
1. Poor connection of cable to FDiA 1. Connect the cable securely.
2. Faulty cable to FDiA 2. Replace the cable.
E-1772 Couldn’t open the service menu This message appears when the
setting file. service menu setting file does not
exist or when it cannot be opened.
1. No setting file 1. Make setting file.
2. Abnormal floppy disk 2. Try again with another FD.
E-1773 Incorrect parameter is written in the This message appears when value Set up the file correctly.
service menu setting file. written in the service menu setting file
exceeds the range.
E-1774 Cannot perform the DI service This message appears when the Change the service menu setup file
registered in the Service Menu. digitizing service that was registered to the optimum setting.
in the service menu setting file cannot
##### be found in the Imaging Controller.
E-1775 1st service menu not found. This message appears when the Set up Button 1 to “Display”. Set up
service menu Button 1 is not the parameter correctly.
Check the service menu setting file. displayed, or when any parameter
error occurs.
E-1776 Proper service type is not registered This message appears when the Set up the proper service to Button 1.
for the 1st service menu. Check the proper service is not registered for
service menu setting file. the service menu button 1.
W-1777 Carrier not installed. This message appears if the carrier is Install the carrier correctly.
not installed when the service menu
Install it, and then select the service button is pressed.
menu again.
W-1778 The carrier for #### is not installed. This message appears if the proper Install the proper carrier correctly.
carrier is not installed when the
Replace it, and then select the service menu button is pressed.
service menu again.
W-1779 Because the wrong carrier is This message appears if the proper Install the proper carrier correctly.
installed, the film type cannot be set carrier is not installed when the
to ####. service menu button is pressed.
Replace it, and then select the

service menu again.
3-16

E-1780 Could not detect the frame No. Starting frame number of the film Enter the frame number correctly, or
Could not print with this film strip. strip was not detected in the 135 insert the proper film strip.
negative sheet index print.
Select the strip to match the specified (Causes to the error message)
number of frames. 1. Frame No. not fond 1. Specify 135 negative sheet again.
2. Fogged film
3. Dust or dirt adhered to 135 bar
2. –
3. Clean the glass.
3
code sensor (D106/108) glass
4. Faulty barcode sensor (D106/108) 4. Replace the LBF23/DBF23 circuit
board.
5. Faulty JNC23 circuit board 5. Replace the circuit board.
6. Poor connected or broken harness 6. Repair or replace the harness.
7. Faulty CYA23 circuit board 7. Replace the circuit board.
I-1781 In the Negative Sheet Index Print, – Click [OK].
you cannot use the Image Preview.
W-1782 Could not call the exposure Inconsistency of image setting Set up the custom setting correctly.
conditions, because they do not parameters
match the current custom settings.
W-1785 The carrier/lane cannot be changed The carrier was changed from the Return the lane to the original
during ordering process. original one during the reorder. position.
Return it to the original position.

E-1786 The carrier/lane was changed during The carrier/lane was changed during Return the lane to the original
“Frame order” re-ordering. “Frame order” reordering, and film position.
inserted.
Couldn’t start scan.
Eject film.
W-1787 The magazine is not installed This message appears when the Install the paper magazine.
properly. magazine is not installed properly
when the service menu button is
Install it properly. pressed.
I-1788 The frame information will be This message appears when the –
discarded. OK? service menu button is pressed when
you select the frame.
E-1789 Couldn’t open the function key setting This message appears when the
file. function key setting file is not found,
or when it cannot be opened.
1. No setting file 1. Make setting file.
2. Abnormal floppy disk 2. Try again with another FD.
E-1790 The parameter is not correctly written This message appears when Set up the file correctly.
in the function key setting file. parameter to be set in the function
key setting file exceeds the range.
W-1791 Cannot send the status information to This message appears when sending Connect the LAN cable correctly.
the Imaging Controller. of the status information failed
because of the network
Check the network connections. disconnection.
W-1792 The specified frame size and the Reorder printing by “Frame Order” is Install the carrier correctly.
installed carrier mismatched. selected when the MFC10AY is
installed.
Replace the carrier with the correct
one, and then select the service
menu again.
I-1793 After the execution of the order, the This message appears when starting –
frame information will be discarded. the order during the order
specification.
I-1794 The frame ordering information will This message appears when controls –
be discarded. OK? return from reorder printing to normal
printing.
3-17

W-1795 The carrier that is appropriate to the This message appears when you Install the carrier correctly.
reorder printing is not installed. select the reordering service while
the MFC10AY is installed.
Replace the carrier, and then select
the service menu again.
I-1796 #### This message appears when –
registering and saving of the custom
button are currently done.
I-1797 Return the customized data of the This message appears when the –
custom button to the initial values. [Initialize] button is pressed on the
“Custom Button Registration/Saving”
screen.
E-1798 Processing of customized data for This message appears when
custom button is not completed registering, saving or initializing of the
normally. custom button is aborted.
1. No file 1. Check that the file in the system
environment (D:\Fujifilm\Frontier
\Param\OPE).
2. Faulty FD 2. Check the FD.
3. Faulty FDD or HDD of the main 3. Replace the main control unit.
control unit
W-1799 The mask is not installed, so setting This message appears if the mask is Install the mask correctly.
of original type is not done. not installed when the service menu
button is pressed.
Install the mask, and then select the
service menu again.
W-1800 The mask for #### is not installed. The correct mask is not installed. Install the correct mask.
The incorrect mask is installed when
Replace it, and then select the printing operation starts or the
service menu again. service menu button is pressed.
W-1801 135 Reversal Film was selected. Reversal is selected when the Remove the 135 insertion section
NC100AY is installed. upper guide and click the [OK] button.
Remove the 135 insertion section
upper guide during processing the
135 Reversal Film.
I-1908 Available frame not detected. No frame is detected during
Eject film. animation scanning. (All the frames
are unexposed.)
1. All the frames of the inserted film 1. Check the film.
are unexposed.
2. Faulty unexposed frame sensor in 2. Replace the sensor.
the carrier
W-1910 Carrier not installed. A carrier is not installed. Install the carrier.
Install the carrier and then start pre-

scan.
W-1911 Mask for MFC not installed. The mask sensor in the manual film
carrier does not function.
Install the mask and then start pre- (Causes of the error message)
scan. 1. The mask is installed incorrectly 1. Correctly install the mask.
and floating above the target
surface. 2. Replace the MSB23 circuit board.
2. Faulty mask sensor 3. Replace the circuit board.
3. Faulty CYB23 circuit board
3-18

W-1912 Carrier upper cover opened. Scanning was attempted while the
upper cover was open.
Close it and then start pre-scan. (Causes of the error message)
1. Open pressure cover 1. Close the pressure cover.
2. Faulty pressure cover lock 2. Replace the damaged parts of the
mechanism
3. Faulty pressure cover open/close
lock mechanism.
3. Replace the sensor, reconnect or
3
sensor (D128) or poorly connected replace the harness.
harness
4. Poorly connected flexible cable 4. Reconnect the flexible cable.
W-1917 Paper width and print size of negative This message appears when a paper Replace the magazine with the
sheet index mismatched. width mismatch is detected in the correct one.
format check in negative sheet index
Press [OK] and replace with the printing.
magazine of #### mm.
If you press [Output], an incorrect

negative sheet index printing will be
outputted.
W-1918 No frame for negative sheet index This message appears when the –
printing. desired frame in negative sheet index
printing is not found.
Printing of negative sheet index
cancelled.
W-1920 One-way mode cannot be used for Incorrect mask is installed for one- Install the correct carrier.
this carrier. way mode.
Install correct carrier.

I-1921 You cannot return to the main menu Printing operation is terminated Wait until processing is completed.
screen during processing of the during image processing.
image.
After it is completed, return to the

main menu screen.
W-1922 When the format type is ####, the Paper width mismatch discovered by Replace the paper magazine or
current paper width and the print size index format consistency check select the index format which meets
selected as index format is before one-way mode pre-scanning the magazine.
mismatched. completion.
Press the [OK] button and replace the

paper magazine, or change the index
format.
When it is ####, the correct index

print will not be outputted after the
[Output] button is pressed.
W-1923 MFC mask not installed. MFC10AY mask table slider is not set Set the mask table slider correctly.
properly.
Install mask and perform pre-scan.
W-1924 Image data full. Print/file output processing cannot be Wait a moment.
executed because the number of
Please wait a moment, and start images exceeds concurrent
printing. processing quantity.
E-1998 Error table item(####) cannot be The item(s) required for the error
omitted. table file is(are) not written.
Sub-system: #### (Causes of the error message)
(####) 1. Faulty system software 1. Restart the system software.
Error No.: #### Reinstall it if the problem occurs
again. (NOTE 1)
2. Faulty main control unit 2. Replace the main control unit.
3-19

E-1999 Error table items (####) are incorrect. Incorrect values are written in the
Sub-system: #### error table file.
(####) (Causes of the error message)
Error No.: #### 1. Faulty system software 1. Restart the system software.
Reinstall it if the problem occurs
again. (NOTE 1)
E-2102 Communication error occurred No response within a specified time
between scanner and printer. after command is issued.
(Command time-out) (Causes of the error message)
Consult your technical representative. 1. Poorly connected or broken 1394 1. Connect the cable correctly, or
(interface) cable repair or replace it.
2. Poorly connected or broken 1394 2. Connect the clamp correctly, or
grounding clamp repair or replace it.
3. Abnormal system software 3. Restart the system software.
W-2106 Performing printer maintenance. Set Uncalibrated magazine is detected Quit the “Setup and Maintenance”
up printing conditions. during printer/processor screen, and perform paper condition
maintenance. setup.
E-2107 Data files not opened. Data files cannot be opened in saving
Consult your technical representative. or loading.
1. File to save/load corrupted. 1. Reinstall system software.
(NOTE 1)
W-2108 Communication error occurred Sending to printer failed.
between scanner and printer. (Causes of the error message)
(IEEE1394 communication error: 1. Built-in breaker on the LP5700 is 1. Turn ON the built-in circuit breaker
Code No.=%NUM%) OFF. to restart the system.
Refer to manual for guidance. 2. Poorly connected or broken 1394 2. Connect the clamp correctly or
grounding clamp. replace.
3. Abnormal software 3. Restart the system. If the problem
(NOTE 1)
W-2110 Communication error occurred Sending to printer failed.
between scanner and the printer. The (Causes of the error message)
printer may not be turned ON. 1. Built-in circuit breaker on the 1. Turn ON the built-in circuit breaker
If the printer not started up, turn it to LP5700 is OFF. to restart the system.
ON. 2. Poorly connected or broken 1394 2. Connect the clamp correctly, or
In the E-1425 dialog after [ON] is (interface) cable or grounding repair or replace it.
pressed, press [Retry]. clamp. 3. Restart the system. If the problem
3. Abnormal software persists, reinstall system software.
(NOTE 1)
4. Replace the main control unit.
4. Faulty main control unit
W-2111 A selected printer differs from the During initialization, a different
currently connected printer. system type has been detected.
Consult your technical representative. (Causes of the error message)
1. The LP1500 or LP2000 is 1. Connect the LP5700 to the SP-
connected. 3000.
W-2201 This function cannot be started. The unusable function has been tried Do not try to start this function.
to start.
I-2202 Creating condition setup print. Printing condition setup print is in Wait until printing is completed.
progress.
I-2203 Measuring density of condition setup Density measurement of condition Wait until density measurement is
print. setup print is in progress. completed.
3-20

W-2205 As printer setup and maintenance is During the printer/processor
in progress, the printer maintenance maintenance, the maintenance mode
not started. has been activated on the SP-3000.
1. While the printer/processor 1. After quitting the maintenance
maintenance mode is activated on
the LP5700 operation panel,
mode on the LP5700 operation
panel, activate the maintenance
3
maintenance mode has been mode on the SP-3000.
activated on the SP-3000.
W-2206 Printer setup and maintenance is in During the printer/processor
progress. maintenance, paper condition setup
Perform the paper condition setup has been attempted.
after the operation. (Causes of the error message)
1. During the printer/processor 1. After quitting the printer/processor
maintenance, the W-2507 error maintenance, perform paper
has occurred and the [Yes] button condition setup.
has been clicked.
I-2207 Paper condition setup starting. After paper end, paper condition Wait until paper condition setup has
setup has been activated. started up.
W-2208 As the order remain, the printer (Causes of the error message)
maintenance not started. 1. The maintenance is started when 1. Start the maintenance after
the order is remained. printing or canceling all orders.
W-2209 Initializing printer. (Causes of the error message)
Please Wait. 1. The maintenance is started during 1. Wait until printer initialization is
initializing the printer. completed.
W-2210 Printer is processing. (Causes of the error message)
Please Wait. 1. The maintenance is started during 1. Wait until processing is completed.
the printer is processing.
W-2211 Performing evaporation correction. (Causes of the error message)
Please Wait. 1. The maintenance is started during 1. Wait until the evaporation
performing the evaporation correction is completed.
correction.
W-2213 Printing not performed Print pre-check NG
due to lack of conditions. (Causes of the error message)
1. Printing is directed when the 1. Wait until the printer can print or
printer is under condition that correct error condition.
printing cannot be dune.
W-2214 As the magazine is not loaded (Causes of the error message)
Printing not performed 1. Printing is directed when the 1. Install the magazine.
magazine is not installed.
W-2215 As specified magazine ID differs from (Causes of the error message)
the stored ID, Printing not performed 1. Mismatch of magazine ID 1. Install the correct magazine.
W-2216 Printing not performed due to the (Causes of the error message)
error occurrence. 1. Printing is directed in error 1. Correct error condition.
condition.
E-2301 Request not accepted by printer. A printing command is sent but the
Request rejected. printer/processor cannot perform
printing.
1. Another error has not been solved. 1. Take appropriate corrective
measures.
W-2302 Maintenance is underway in printer. A printing command is sent when the
Request cannot be accepted. printer is in off-line.
Complete maintenance in printer. (Causes of the error message)
1. The printer/processor is in the 1. Quit the printer/processor
maintenance mode. maintenance mode.
3-21

I-2305 The data in the printer backup – –
memory was updated.
This message does not mean
abnormality when the software
version is updated.
For other than the version up, consult
your technical representative.
E-2306 Printer's timer abnormal. Scanner Error occurred in reading the time
time adopted. data from timer IC at the start-up.
If problems persist, consult your (Causes of the error message)
technical representative. 1. Abnormal system software 1. Restart system, and if problem
(NOTE 1)
2. Faulty backup circuit 2. Replace the GPR23 circuit board.
3. Timer IC failure 3. Replace the GPR23 circuit board.
4. Memory failure 4. Replace the GPR23 circuit board.
I-2309 Initializing printer. While initializing the printer/ –
Please Wait. processor, the post-operational check
is activated.
I-2310 Printer is processing. While driving the printer/processor, –
Please Wait. the post-operational check is
activated.
I-2311 Power switch in printer is turned ON. The post-operational check is
Turn the power switch to STANDBY. activated with the power switch
turned ON.
1. The power switch is ON. 1. Turn the power switch to
STANDBY.
E-2312 Timer in printer abnormal, so it was During system startup, abnormality of
initialized. the RTC device has been detected.
If problems persist, consult your (The default value “1980/01/01” is
technical representative. set.)
1. GPR backup switch is OFF. 1. Turn the GPR backup switch to
ON.
2. Discharged backup battery 2. Replace the GPR circuit board
(After starting up the system, allow
3. Faulty GPR circuit board several hours for battery charging.)
3. Replace the GPR circuit board
several hours for battery charging.)
I-2313 Backup memory in printer was During system startup, backup SRAM
initialized. clear has been detected. (Finely
adjusted values are returned to the
default settings.)
1. System startup after version 1. No corrective measure is required.
upgrade
2. GPR backup switch is OFF. 2. Turn the GPR backup switch to
ON.
3. Discharged backup battery 3. Replace the GPR circuit board
several hours for battery charging.)
4. Faulty GPR circuit board 4. Replace the GPR circuit board
several hours for charging the
battery charging.)
3-22

W-2314 Updating backup memory in printer File acquisition has failed while
failed. connecting to the scanner.
Check parameter file. (Causes of the error message)
1. Insufficient number of printer/ 1. Load the machine parameters
processor parameter files are from the FD.
stored in the scanner.
2. Installation has been performed 2. Reinstall system software.
3
incompletely.
W-2315 Communication error occurred Communication between the scanner
between scanner and Printer. and printer/processor has interrupted
Refer to manual for guidance. more than 30 seconds.
1. Poorly connected or broken 1394 1. Connect the cable correctly, or
(interface) cable repair or replace it.
2. Poorly connected or broken 1394 2. Connect the clamp correctly, or
grounding clamp repair or replace it.
3. Faulty scanner GIE23 circuit board 3. Replace GIE23 circuit board on
the scanner.
E-2331 Image control box cooling fan(F620) Rotation of the image control section
abnormal. cooling fan (F620) is not detected.
Shut down scanner with emergency (Causes of the error message)
button and restart it. If problems 1. Poorly connected or broken 1. Connect the harness correctly, or
persist, consult your technical harness between the image repair or replace it.
representative. control section cooling fan (F620)
and GMC4 on the GMC23 circuit
board
2. Faulty F620 2. Replace F620.
3. Faulty GMC23 circuit board 3. Replace the GMC23 circuit board.
E-2332 Image control box cooling fan(F620) Rotation of the image control section
abnormal. cooling fan (F620) is not detected.
stop button and restart it. If problems 1. Poorly connected or broken 1. Connect the harness correctly, or
persist, consult your technical harness between the image repair or replace it.
representative. control section cooling fan (F620)
board
E-2333 Temperature in circuit board(GMC23) Although the rotation of the image
abnormal. control section cooling fan (F620) is
Shut down scanner with emergency detected, the temperature of the
stop button and restart it. If problems GMC circuit board exceeds 45 °C.
persist, consult your technical (Causes of the error message)
representative. 1. Ventilation holes in the GMC box 1. Remove foreign matter.
are blocked by with foreign matter.
E-2334 Communication error occurred in Communication timeout between the
printer(GMC23 CTL23). GMC23 and CTL23 circuit boards
persist, consult your technical harness between the GMC23 and repair or replace it.
representative. CTL23 circuit boards
2. After data transmission, the 2. Replace the CTL23 circuit board.
GMC23 cannot receive any
responses from the CTL23.
3. After data transmission, the CTL23 3. Replace the GMC23 circuit board.
cannot receive any responses
from the GMC23.
3-23

E-2350 Printer rear upper exhaust fan(F600/ Fan rotation cannot be detected.
F601/F602/F603) abnormal. (Causes of the error message)
Shut down scanner with emergency 1. Poorly connected or broken 1. Connect the harness correctly, or
stop button and restart it. If problems harness between the control repair or replace it.
persist, consult your technical section exhaust fan (F600/F601/
representative. F602/F603) and PDA16 on the
PDA23 circuit board
2. Faulty F600/F601/F602/F603 2. Replace F600/F601/F602/F603.
3. Faulty PDA23 circuit board 3. Replace the PDA23 circuit board.
E-2351 Electric section cooling fan(F630) Fan rotation cannot be detected.
abnormal. (Causes of the error message)
stop button and restart it. If problems harness between the power supply repair or replace it.
persist, consult your technical cooling fan (F630) and PAC03 on
representative. the PAC23 circuit board
3. Faulty PAC23 circuit board 3. Replace the PAC23 circuit board.
W-2401 Paper jam occurred in upper supply D619 sensor does not detect the
section(1). leading end of paper within a
Check it. %NUM% sheets remain. specified time after the paper has
Press [Help] button to see error help been drawn from the upper paper
(or manual). Remove paper while magazine.
referring to it. (Causes of the error message)
1. Jammed paper remains. 1. Remove paper.
2. Poorly connected or broken 2. Connect the harness correctly, or
harness: repair or replace it.
1) Between the upper magazine
splice sensor LED (D619L) and
JND2 on the JND23 circuit
board
splice sensor (D619P) and
board
paper supply motor (M610) and
PDA3 on the PDA23 circuit
board
3. Faulty D619 3. Replace the cutter unit.
4. Faulty M610 4. Replace M610.
5. Faulty magazine drive belt 5. Replace the magazine drive belt.
6. Damaged magazine pulley 6. Replace the magazine pulley.
8. Faulty CTL23 circuit board 8. Replace the CTL23 circuit board.
3-24

W-2402 Paper jam occurred in lower supply D629 sensor does not detect the
Check it. %NUM% sheets remain. specified time after the paper has
Press [Help] button to see error help been drawn from the lower paper
(or manual). Remove paper while magazine.
3
1) Between the lower magazine
splice sensor LED (D629L) and
board
splice sensor (D629P) and
board
paper supply motor (M620) and
board
5. Faulty magazine drive belt 5. Replace the magazine drive belt.
6. Damaged magazine pulley 6. Replace the magazine pulley.
W-2403 Paper jam occurred in cutter/feed D631 sensor does not detect the
section (3). leading end of paper within a
Check it. ### sheets remain. specified time after D619 sensor
Press [Help] button to see error help detects the leading end of paper.
(or manual). D632 sensor does not detect the
Remove paper while referring to it. leading end of paper within a
specified time after D629 sensor
detects the leading end of paper.
paper sensor (D631) and JND2
on the JND23 circuit board
paper sensor LED (D632L) and
board
paper sensor (D632P) and
board
4) Between the Feed Motor 1
(M630) and the PDA5 on the
PDA23 circuit board
3. Faulty D631 3. Replace D631.
3-25

W-2404 Paper jam occurred in back printing/ D633 sensor does not detect the
feed section (4). leading end of paper within a
Check it. ### sheets remain. specified time after D631 or D632
Press [Help] button to see error help sensor detects the leading end of
(or manual). paper.
Remove paper while referring to it. (Causes of the error message)
1) Between the feed section paper
sensor (D633) and JND4 on
the JND23 circuit board
(M631) and PDA6 on the
PDA23 circuit board
PDA23 circuit board
W-2405 Paper jam occurred in registration D650 sensor does not detect the
Check it. ### sheets remain. specified time after D633 or D640
Press [Help] button to see error help sensor detects the leading end of
(or manual). Remove paper while paper.
1) Between the exposure section
entrance paper sensor LED
(D650L) and JND6 on the
JND23 circuit board
entrance paper sensor (D650P)
and JND6 on the JND23 circuit
board
PDA23 circuit board
3-26

W-2406 Paper jam occurred between D664 or D665 sensor does not detect
exposure section and distribution the leading end of paper within a
entrance section(6). specified time after D650 sensor
Check it. ### sheets remain. detects the leading end of paper.
Press [Help] button to see error help (Causes of the error message)
(or manual). Remove paper while
referring to it.
1. Jammed paper remains.
2. Poorly connected or broken
1. Remove paper.
2. Connect the harness correctly, or
3
entrance paper sensor (D650)
board
2) Between the distribution
section paper sensor (D664/
D665) and JND8 on the JND23
circuit board
PDA23 circuit board
4. Faulty D664/D665 4. Replace D664/D665.
W-2409 Auto-rewinding of upper magazine Splice sensor does not function even
failed. if a specified amount of paper is
Press [Help] button to see error help rewound.
(or manual). Inspect it while referring (Causes of the error message)
to it. 1. Abnormal magazine 1. Load another magazine, and if
paper rewind is normally done,
replace the old magazine.
2. Slip of magazine rollers 2. Clean the magazine rollers.
harness between the upper repair or replace it.
magazine splice sensor (D619)
board
magazine paper supply motor
(M610) and PDA3 on the PDA23
circuit board
6. Faulty M610 malfunction 6. Replace M610.
W-2410 Auto-rewinding of lower magazine Splice sensor does not function even
failed. if a specified amount of paper is
Press [Help] button to see error help rewound.
(or manual). Inspect it while referring (Causes of the error message)
to it. 1. Abnormal magazine 1. Load another magazine, and if
paper rewind is normally done,
replace the old magazine.
2. Slip of magazine rollers 2. Clean the magazine rollers.
harness between the lower repair or replace it.
magazine splice sensor (D629)
board
magazine paper supply motor
circuit board
3-27

W-2411 Paper remains in printer. 1. System is started up after the
Press [Help] button to see error help power is turned OFF while
(or manual). Inspect it while referring processing paper.
to it. 2. System is not restored from paper
jamming at the last shutdown.
3. Paper is detected at sensor check
after the cover is closed.
harness between paper sensor repair or replace it.
(D616/D619/D626/D629/D631/
D632/D633/D640/D650/D653/
D660/D664/D665/D666/D667/
D668) and CTL23 circuit board
3. Faulty D616/D619/D626/D629/ 3. Replace the sensor.
D631/D632/D633/D640/D650/
D653/D660/D664/D665/D666/
D667/D668
4. Misdiagnosis due to noise caused 4. Replace the harness.
by a sensor wiring short circuit or
wiring malfunction
W-2412 Upper cutter operation(M600/D601/ Home position or close sensor does
D602) abnormal. not function during operation.
When a paper jam occurs in the (Causes of the error message)
printer section, this problem is solved 1. Jammed paper remains. 1. Remove paper.
by removing the paper. 2. Poorly connected or broken 2. Connect the harness correctly, or
Shut down scanner with emergency harness between the upper cutter repair or replace it.
button and restart it. If problems open (home) position sensor
persist, consult your technical (D601) and JND2 on the JND23
representative circuit board
harness between the upper cutter repair or replace it.
close (home) position sensor
(D602) and JND2 on the JND23
circuit board
harness between the upper cutter repair or replace it.
drive motor (M600) and PDA4 on
the PDA23 circuit board
7. Faulty M600 7. Replace the cutter unit.
3-28

W-2413 Lower cutter operation(M601/D603/ Home position or close sensor does
D604) abnormal. not function during operation.
When a paper jam occurs in the (Causes of the error message)
printer section, this problem is solved 1. Jammed paper remains. 1. Remove paper.
by removing the paper. 2. Poorly connected or broken 2. Connect the harness correctly, or
Shut down scanner with emergency
button and restart it. If problems
harness between the lower cutter
open (home) position sensor
repair or replace it.
3
persist, consult your technical (D603) and JND3 on the JND23
representative circuit board
harness between the lower cutter repair or replace it.
close (home) position sensor
circuit board
harness between the lower cutter repair or replace it.
drive motor (M601) and PDA4 on
7. Faulty M601 7. Replace the cutter unit.
W-2414 Initializing of registration section Home position sensor does not
tilt(M641/D641) failed. function during operation.
Open and close magazine door. If (Causes of the error message)
problems persist, consult your 1. Poorly connected or broken 1. Connect the harness correctly, or
technical representative. harness between the tilt home repair or replace it.
position sensor (for M641) (D641)
board
harness between the registration repair or replace it.
tilt motor (M641) and PDA9 on the
PDA23 circuit board
5. Faulty tilt mechanism 5. Replace the registration unit.
W-2415 Initializing of registration section Home position sensor does not
nip(M642/D642) failed. function during operation.
technical representative. harness between the nip release repair or replace it.
home position Sensor 1 (for M642)
circuit board
harness between the nip release repair or replace it.
motor 1 (M642) and PDA10 on the
PDA23 circuit board
5. Faulty nip mechanism 5. Replace the registration unit.
3-29

W-2416 Initializing of nip in exposure section Exposure soft nip home position is
(M651/D651) failed. not detected (Sensor did not function
Open and close magazine door. If even if the soft nip motor is driven
problems persist, consult your specified pulses).
technical representative. (Causes of the error message)
harness between the soft nip repair or replace it.
home position sensor (for M651)
circuit board
motor (M651) and PDA11 on the
PDA23 circuit board
5. Faulty exposure nip mechanism 5. Replace the sub scanning unit.
W-2417 Initializing of sub-scanning receiving Distribution entrance section nip
section nip(M655/D655/M656/D656) home position is not detected.
failed. (Causes of the error message)
Open and close magazine door. If 1. Poorly connected or broken 1. Connect the harness correctly, or
problems persist, consult your harness between the nip release repair or replace it.
technical representative. home position sensor 2/3 (D655/
circuit board
motor 1/2 (M655/M656) and
PDA12 on the PDA23 circuit board
4. Faulty M655/M656 4. Replace M655/M656.
5. Faulty distribution entrance section 5. Replace the distribution entrance
nip mechanism unit.
W-2418 Initializing of distribution section Distribution section nip home position
nip(M662/D662/M663/D663) failed. is not detected.
technical representative. harness between the nip release repair or replace it.
home position Sensor 4 (front/
rear) (D662/D663) and JND8 on
harness between the Nip Release repair or replace it.
Motor 4 (front/rear) (M662/M663)
and PDA14 on the PDA23 circuit
board
5. Faulty distribution section nip 5. Replace the distribution unit.
mechanism
3-30

W-2419 Initializing of distribution Distribution home position cannot be
section(M661/D661) failed. detected.
technical representative. harness between the distribution repair or replace it.
home position sensor (for M661)
3
circuit board
harness between the distribution repair or replace it.
slide motor (M661) and PDA13 on
5. Faulty distribution slide 5. Replace the distribution unit.
mechanism
W-2421 Paper end processing of upper Paper end sensor detects paper end.
magazine completed. (Causes of the error message)
Replace magazine. 1. Paper end 1. Load paper. If paper remains,
If not replaced, press [Print Stop] to perform 2 to 4.
cancel print instruction. 2. Poorly connected or broken 2. Connect the harness correctly, or
magazine paper end sensor
(D616) and JND2 on JND23 circuit
board
W-2422 Paper end processing of lower Paper end sensor detects paper end.
magazine completed. (Causes of the error message)
Replace magazine. 1. Paper end 1. Load paper. If paper remains,
If not replaced, press [Print Stop] to perform 2 to 4.
cancel print instruction. 2. Poorly connected or broken 2. Connect the harness correctly, or
(D626) and JND3 on JND23 circuit
board
4.. Faulty CTL23 circuit board 4. Replace the CTL23 circuit board.
W-2423 Unknown magazine ID is set. Different magazine ID from the last
Set correct magazine ID. magazine’s is used when replacing
magazine at paper end.
1. Paper magazine has been 1. Change print size, or use the
replaced. previous magazine.
2. ID chip has been replaced. 2. Change magazine registration
data.
magazine ID sensor (D610 to
circuit board
circuit board
5. Faulty D610 to D615 5. Replace D610 to D615.
3-31

W-2424 Magazine ID not registered. Unregistered magazine ID is set.
(or manual). Set magazine while 1. Unregistered magazine 1. Register the magazine.
referring to it. 2. Poorly connected or broken 2. Connect the harness correctly, or
circuit board
circuit board
W-2425 ID is duplicated for upper and lower ID is duplicated for upper and lower
magazines. magazines.
Set another magazine ID. (Causes of the error message)
1. Same IDs for upper and lower 1. Replace an ID chip for one
magazine, and register it again.
circuit board
circuit board
W-2426 Magazine not loaded. Paper drawing is attempted but the
Set magazine. paper magazine is not installed.
1. Magazine is not installed. 1. Install paper magazine.
2. ID chip is not installed. 2. Install ID chip and register it.
circuit board
circuit board
W-2429 Magazine section door open. Magazine door is opened during
Remove paper in printer and close paper processing.
door. (Causes of the error message)
1. Magazine door is open. 1. Close the magazine door.
2. Bent or broken interlock dog 2. Repair or replace the interlock
dog.
3. Removed or loosened magnet 3. Install the magnet properly.
harness between the magazine repair or replace it.
door interlock switch (D680) and
PWR4 on the PWR23 circuit board
6. Faulty DC power unit 6. Replace the DC power unit.
3-32

W-2430 Magazine section door open. Magazine door is opened during
Close magazine section door. printing.
1. Magazine door is opened. 1. Close the magazine door.
3. Removed or loosened magnet

dog.
3. Install the magnet properly.
3
6. Faulty PWR23 circuit board 6. Replace the PWR23 circuit board.
W-2431 Printer section left-hand cover Dryer section left cover is opened
opened. during paper processing.
Remove paper in printer, and then (Causes of the error message)
close cover. 1. Dryer section left cover is opened. 1. Close the dryer section left cover.
dog.
3. Removed or loosened magnet 3. Install the magnet properly.
harness between the left cover repair or replace it.
interlock switch (D681) and PWR4
on the PWR23 circuit board
W-2433 Incorrect paper magazine is set. Magazine installed oppositely.
Replace magazine. (Causes of the error message)
1. Magazines are installed 1. Replace the magazines.
oppositely.
2. ID chip is replaced. 2. Use the previous ID chip or
register it again.
circuit board
circuit board
7. Faulty JND23 circuit board 7. Replace the JND23 circuit board.
I-2435 Resume printing. – –
W-2436 Magazine with different paper width Magazine different from one at paper
installed. end has been set.
Install magazine with correct paper. (Causes of the error message)
Refer to W-2433. Refer to W-2433.
I-2437 Paper end process completed in – –
upper magazine.
Paper is to be fed from lower
magazine.
I-2438 Paper end process completed in – –
lower magazine.
Paper is to be fed from upper
magazine.
W-2439 Paper end detected in upper – –
magazine.
Install a new paper in magazine.
3-33

W-2440 Paper end detected in lower – –
magazine.
Install a new paper in magazine.
W-2441 Specified magazine ID differs from Even though printing is attempted by
the stored ID. specifying a magazine ID, the
Install magazine with ID=###. specified magazine is not installed.
1. Even though printing is attempted 1. Install the specified magazine.
by specifying a magazine ID, the
specified magazine is not installed.
2. Faulty upper magazine ID sensor 2. Replace D610 to D615.
(D610 to D615)
3. Faulty lower magazine ID sensor 3. Replace D620 to D625.
(D620 to D625)
W-2442 Specified paper width and registered When printing is attempted, the
print size mismatched. magazine of the specified paper
Replace magazine. width is not installed.
1. When printing is attempted, the 1. Install the specified magazine.
magazine of the specified paper
width is not installed.
2. Faulty magazine ID chip 2. Replace the magazine ID chip.
(D610 to D615)
(D620 to D625)
W-2443 Paper end detected in magazine. At the post-operational check, paper
Install a new paper in magazine. end is detected.
1. Paper end 1. Replace the magazine.
2. Faulty magazine ID chip 2. Replace the magazine ID chip.
(D610 to D615)
4. Faulty upper magazine paper end 4. Replace D616.
sensor (D616)
(D620 to D625)
6. Faulty lower magazine paper end 6. Replace D626.
sensor (D626)
W-2444 Printer section left-hand cover The left cover is opened during paper
opened. processing.
Close it. (Causes of the error message)
1. Theleft cover is opened. 1. Close the left cover.
2. Faulty left cover interlock switch 2. Replace D681.
(D681) 3. Replace the left cover.
3. Faulty left cover
W-2445 Loading of paper in upper magazine The splice sensor does not change
failed. after paper is fed specified length
No paper or paper jam in magazine. from the magazine.
(or manual). Remove paper while 1. No paper in upper magazine 1. Install roll paper in the magazine.
referring to it. 2. Paper feed failed from upper 2. Remove jammed paper.
magazine
3. Faulty upper magazine splice 3. Replace D619.
sensor (D619)
(D610 to D615)
5. Faulty upper magazine paper 5. Replace M610.
supply motor (M610)
3-34

W-2446 Loading of paper in lower magazine The splice sensor does not change
failed. after paper is fed specified length
No paper or paper jam in magazine. from the magazine.
(or manual). Remove paper while 1. No paper in lower magazine 1. Install roll paper in the magazine.
referring to it. 2. Paper feed failed from lower
magazine
2. Remove jammed paper.
3
3. Faulty lower magazine splice 3. Replace D629.
sensor (D629)
(D620 to D625)
5. Faulty lower magazine paper 5. Replace M620.
supply motor (M620)
W-2447 Paper jam occurred between Paper is not detected even when the
distribution section and printer exit specified time has elapsed.
section(7). (Causes of the error message)
Check it. ### sheets remain. 1. Paper jamming 1. Remove paper.
Press [Help] button to see error help 2. Poorly connected or broken 2. Connect the harness correctly, or
(or manual). Remove paper while harness between the distribution repair or replace it.
referring to it. section paper sensor (D660/D664/
circuit board
harness between the speed repair or replace it.
control section paper sensor
(D666/D667/D668) and JND9 on
harness between the Feed Motor 5 repair or replace it.
(M660) or distribution slide motor
circuit board
Motor 4 (M662/M663) and PDA14
on the PDA23 circuit board
harness between the speed repair or replace it.
control motor (M664/M665) and
7. Faulty D660/D664/D665/D666/ 7. Replace D660/D664/D665/D666/
D667/D668 D667/D668.
8. Faulty M660/M661/M662/M663/ 8. Replace M660/M661/M662/M663/
M664/M665 M664/M665.
W-2448 Initializing of upper cutter • Both the cutter open and close
failed(M600,D601,D602). sensors detect their home position.
Shut down scanner with emergency • Cutter error flag is detected.
stop button and restart it. If problems • The cutter close position sensor
persist, consult your technical does not function even after the
representative. specified time has elapsed.
1. Faulty upper cutter drive motor 1. Replace the upper cutter unit.
(M600)
2. Faulty upper cutter open (home) 2. Replace the upper cutter unit.
position sensor (D601)
3. Faulty upper cutter close position 3. Replace the upper cutter unit.
sensor (D602)
3-35

W-2449 Initializing of lower cutter • Both the cutter open and close
failed(M601,D603,D604). sensors detect their home position.
Shut down scanner with emergency • Cutter error flag is detected.
stop button and restart it. If problems • The cutter close position sensor
persist, consult your technical does not function even after the
representative. specified time has elapsed.
1. Faulty lower cutter drive motor 1. Replace the lower cutter unit.
(M601)
2. Faulty lower cutter open (home) 2. Replace the lower cutter unit.
position sensor (D603)
3. Faulty lower cutter close position 3. Replace the lower cutter unit.
sensor (D604)
W-2450 Tilt in registration section(M641/ Tilt home position cannot be
D641) malfunction. detected.
stop button and restart it. If problems 1. Faulty tilt home position sensor (for 1. Replace D641.
persist, consult your technical M641) (D641)
representative. 2. Faulty registration tilt motor (M641) 2. Replace M641.
3. Faulty registration mechanism 3. Replace the registration unit.
W-2451 Registration section nip(M642/D642) Nip release home position cannot be
malfunction. detected.
stop button and restart it. If problems 1. Faulty nip release home position 1. Replace D642.
persist, consult your technical Sensor 1 (for M642) (D642)
representative. 2. Faulty nip release motor (M642) 2. Replace M642.
3. Faulty registration mechanism
3. Replace the registration unit.
W-2452 Exposure section nip(M651/D651) Nip home position cannot be
persist, consult your technical harness between the soft nip repair or replace it.
representative. home position sensor (for M651)
circuit board.
motor (M651) and PDA11 on the
PAD23 circuit board
7. Faulty cam mechanism 7. Replace the sub scanning unit.
W-2453 Sub-scanning receiving section Nip release home position cannot be
nip(M655/D655/M656/D656) detected.
malfunction. (Causes of the error message)
stop button and restart it. If problems harness between the nip release repair or replace it.
persist, consult your technical home position Sensor 2 (for
representative. M655)/3 (for M656) (D655/D656)
board
motor 2/3 (M655/M656) and
7. Faulty nip release mechanism 7. Replace the distribution entrance
unit.
3-36

W-2454 Nip in distribution section(M662/ Nip release home position cannot be
D662/M663/D663) malfunction. detected.
persist, consult your technical harness between the nip release repair or replace it.
representative. home position Sensor 4 (front/
rear) (D662/D663) and JND8 on
3
Motor 4 (front/rear) (M662/M663)
and PDA14 on the PDA23 circuit
board
7. Faulty nip release mechanism 7. Replace the distribution unit.
W-2455 Distribution section(M661/D661) Distribution home position cannot be
persist, consult your technical harness between the distribution repair or replace it.
representative. home position sensor (for M661)
circuit board
slide motor (M661) and PDA13 on
7. Faulty nip release mechanism 7. Replace the distribution unit.
W-2456 Paper may be slipped from feed Paper cannot be fed due to its length
rollers in magazine. too short because the splice sensor
Remove paper from magazine and detects paper and the paper end
set it correctly in a dark location. sensor detects its end.
1. Too short length paper remains 1. Remove the paper.
between the splice sensor (D619)
and the paper end sensor (D616)
due to paper end.
due to paper end.
3-37

W-2457 Paper may be slipped from feed Paper cannot be fed due to its length
rollers in magazine. too short because the splice sensor
Remove paper from magazine and detects paper and the paper end
set it correctly in a dark location. sensor detects its end.
due to paper end.
due to paper end.
W-2458 Printer section inner cover opened. Opening of the distribution section
Press [Help] button to see error help inner cover is detected during
(or manual). Inspect it while referring initialization.
to it. (Causes of the error message)
section drive standby sensor
circuit board
W-2459 Printer section cover opened. During output check, device
Close it. operation is attempted with a cover
open.
harness between the left cover repair or replace it.
6. Damaged cover 6. Replace the cover.
W-2460 Paper is not Installed in upper Upper magazine paper end is
magazine. detected during initialization.
Install a paper in magazine. (Causes of the error message)
1. Paper is not installed in the 1. Install paper or replace the
magazine. magazine.
circuit board
3-38

W-2461 Paper is not Installed in lower Lower magazine paper end is
magazine. detected during initialization.
Install a paper in magazine. (Causes of the error message)
1. Paper is not installed in the 1. Install paper or replace the
magazine. magazine.
2. Poorly connected or broken
harness between the lower
2. Connect the harness correctly, or
3
circuit board
W-2462 Magazine ID changed. (Causes of the error message)
Check magazines. 1. The magazine ID is changed 1. Reinstall the magazine correctly.
during driving the feed system.
W-2463 Specified paper and registered paper (Causes of the error message)
mismatched. 1. The paper type or surface differs 1. Install the proper magazine.
Replace magazine. from the magazine installed.
W-2490 Cannot be performed due to printing. Output maintenance is attempted Wait until printing is completed.
during printing.
W-2492 Cannot be performed due to feeding Output maintenance is attempted Wait until paper feeding is completed.
paper. during paper feeding.
W-2493 Error occurred in getting master Error occurred while obtaining the Clear the error.
magazine ID. master magazine ID.
W-2495 Master magazine is not loaded. Upkeep printing is attempted with a Replace with the master magazine
Load it. magazine other than the master and perform upkeep printing again.
magazine.
W-2497 Condition upkeep printing not Paper jamming has occurred during Remove paper and perform upkeep
performed due to lack of conditions. upkeep printing. printing again.
E-2501 Anti-dust shutter abnormal. Shutter open/close sensor (D674)
Shut down scanner with emergency does not function even if operating
stop button and restart it. If problems anti-dust shutter at initialization.
representative. 1. Poorly connected or broken 1. Connect the harness correctly, or
harness between JROS on the repair or replace it.
laser unit and LDD7 on the LDD23
circuit board
3. Faulty S673 3. Replace S673
4. Faulty LDD23 circuit board 4. Replace the JDD23 circuit board.
E-2502 Anti-dust fan malfunction. Fan does not function (Rotating
Shut down scanner with emergency sensor malfunction).
stop button and restart it. If problems (Causes of the error message)
persist, consult your technical 1. Poorly connected or broken 1. Connect the harness correctly, or
representative. harness between JROS on the repair or replace it.
circuit board
2. Faulty F610/F611/F612 2. Replace F610/F611/F612.
E-2503 Polygon malfunction. Mechanical polygon is abnormal
Shut down scanner with emergency (Rotating sensor malfunction).
circuit board
2. Poorly connected or disconnected 2. Connect the connector correctly.
connector on the JND20 circuit
board on the bottom side of the
laser unit 3. Replace the JDD23 circuit board.
3. Faulty LDD23 circuit board 4. Replace the laser unit.
4. Faulty laser unit
3-39

E-2504 AOM driver cooling fan malfunction. AOM cooling fan malfunction
Shut down scanner with emergency (Rotating sensor malfunction).
representative. harness between the AOM cooling repair or replace it.
fan (F690A) and LDD5 on the
LDD23 circuit board
2. Faulty F690A 2. Replace F690A.
E-2505 LDD23 circuit board cooling fan LDD cooling fan malfunction
malfunction. (Rotating sensor malfunction).
persist, consult your technical harness between the LDD cooling repair or replace it.
representative. fan (F690B) and LDD5 on the
LDD23 circuit board
2. Faulty F690B 2. Replace F690B.
W-2507 Condition setup for present paper not Density measurement for the
performed. installed magazine is not performed.
When replacing the paper with the (Causes of the error message)
one with different emulsion number, 1. Paper condition setup is not 1. Perform paper condition setup.
make sure to perform condition setup performed.
for paper. 2. ID chip is replaced. 2. Change the magazine registration
data.
magazine ID sensor (F610 to
D615) and JND2 on the LND23
circuit board
D625) and JND3 on the LND23
circuit board
E-2508 Communication error occurred in Communication error occurred
printer(GMC23-LDD23). between the GMC23 and LDD23
Shut down scanner with emergency circuit board.
representative. harness between the LDD1 on the repair or replace it.
LDD23 circuit board and GMC2 on
the GMC23 circuit board
harness between the LDD2 on the repair or replace it.
LDD23 circuit board and PWR3 on
the PWR23 circuit board
3. Replace the LDD23 circuit board 3. Replace the LDD23 circuit board.
4. Replace the GMC23 circuit board 4. Replace the GMC23 circuit board.
E-2509 Abnormal R laser (R-LD) information. Abnormal data read from EEPROM in
The laser temperature the laser unit at start-up.
controlstopped. (Causes of the error message)
stop button and restart it. If problems harness between the laser unit repair or replace it.
persist, consult your technical and LDD11 on the LDD23 circuit
representative. board
2. Faulty LDD23 circuit board 2. Replace the LDD23 circuit board.
3. Faulty laser unit 3. Replace the laser unit.
3-40

E-2510 Abnormal G laser (G-SHG) Abnormal data read from EEPROM in
information. the laser unit at start-up.
The laser temperature control (Causes of the error message)
stopped. 1. Poorly connected or broken 1. Connect the harness correctly, or
Shut down scanner with emergency harness between the laser optical repair or replace it.
stop button and restart it. If problems
persist, consult your technical
unit and LDD13 on the LDD23
circuit board
3
representative. 2. Faulty LDD23 circuit board 2. Replace the LDD23 circuit board.
3. Faulty laser optical unit 3. Replace the laser optical unit.
E-2511 Abnormal B laser (B-LD) information. Abnormal data read from EEPROM in
The laser temperature control the laser unit at start-up.
stopped. (Causes of the error message)
stop button and restart it. If problems harness between the laser optical repair or replace it.
persist, consult your technical unit and LDD9 on the LDD23
representative. circuit board
E-2512 R laser (R-LD) temperature Laser temperature did not converge
adjustment outside specified range. within a specified range during
The laser temperature control initialization.
E-2513 G laser (G-SHG) temperature Laser temperature did not converge
persist, consult your technical unit and LDD12/LDD14 on the
representative. LDD23 circuit board
E-2514 B laser (B-LD) temperature Laser temperature did not converge
3.Faulty laser optical unit 3. Replace the laser optical unit.
E-2515 Abnormal R laser (R-LD) 1. Laser temperature exceeds the
temperature. range.
The laser temperature control 2. Thermistor error is detected.
3-41

E-2516 Abnormal G laser (G-SHG) 1. Laser temperature exceeds the
temperature. range.
persist, consult your technical unit and LDD12/LDD14 on the
representative. LDD23 circuit board
E-2517 Abnormal B laser (B-LD) 1. Laser temperature exceeds the
temperature. range.
W-2518 Abnormal temperature detected in Ambient temperature exceeds the
printer. range.
The laser temperature control (Causes of the error message)
stopped. 1. Dirty anti static filter 1. Replace the filter.
Press [Help] button to see error help 2. Poorly connected or broken 2. Connect the harness correctly, or
(or manual). Inspect it while referring harness between the repair or replace it.
to it. thermohygrometer (HS760) and
CTL15 on the CTL23 circuit board 3. Replace the LDD23 circuit board.
3. Tripped circuit protector on the
LDD circuit board
4. Faulty HS760 4. Replace HS760.
5. Faulty LDD circuit board 5. Replace the LDD23 circuit board.
harness between the control repair or replace it.
section exhaust fan (F600/F601/
F602/F603)/feed section cooling
fan (F604/F605/F608/F609) and
board.
harness between the feed section repair or replace it.
cooling fan (F606/F607) and
harness between the AOM cooling repair or replace it.
fan (F690A)/LDD cooling fan
(F690B) and LDD15 on the LDD23
circuit board.
harness between the power supply repair or replace it.
cooling fan (F630/F631) and
PAC03 on the PAC23 circuit board
10.Poorly connected or broken 10.Connect the harness correctly, or
harness between the image repair or replace it.
control section cooling fan (F620)
board
11.Faulty fan (F600/F601/F602/F603/ 11.Replace the fan.
F604/F605/F606/F607/F608/F609/
F620/F621/F622/F630/F631/
F690)
3-42

E-2520 R laser (R-LD) current exceeded. LD current value limiter detection.
persist, consult your technical harness between the laser optical repair or replace it.
representative. unit and LDD10 on the LDD23
circuit board
2. Faulty LDD23 circuit board 2. Replace LDD23 circuit board.
3
E-2521 G laser (G-SHG) current exceeded. LD current value limiter detection.
circuit board
E-2522 B laser (B-LD) current exceeded. LD current value limiter detection.
circuit board
E-2523 R laser (R-LD) current measurement PD current value does not converge
value outside specified range. within a specified range.
circuit board
E-2524 G laser (G-SHG) current PD current value does not converge
measurement value outside specified within a specified range.
of range. (Causes of the error message)
E-2525 B laser (B-LD) current measurement PD current value does not converge
value outside specified range. within a specified range.
circuit board
W-2526 R laser (R-LD) current exceeds the Laser deterioration was detected at
specified range. the last post-operational check.
stop button and restart it. If problems 1. LD deteriorated. 1. Replace the laser optical unit.
representative.
W-2527 G laser (G-SHG) current exceeds the Laser deterioration was detected at
No problem for the moment, but (Causes of the error message)
consult your technical representative. 1. LD deteriorated. 1. Replace the laser optical unit.
3-43

W-2528 B laser (B-LD) current exceeds the Laser deterioration was detected at
stop button and restart it. If problems 1. LD deteriorated. 1. Replace the laser optical unit.
representative.
E-2529 SOS detection failed. SOS (Start of Scanning) is not
Shut down scanner with emergency detected.
laser optical unit and LDD7 on the
LDD23 circuit board
harness between LDD1 on the repair or replace it.
LDD23 circuit board and GEP10
on the GEP23 circuit board
3. Poorly connected connector on the 3. Connect the harness correctly, or
DTA23 circuit board on ROS repair or replace it.
4. Faulty DTA23 circuit board 4. Replace the laser optical unit.
5. Faulty GEP23 circuit board 5. Replace the GEP23 circuit board.
E-2530 Electric power failure occurred in the Abnormal power voltage on the
exposure and light source sections. LDD23 circuit board.
If problems persist, consult your (Causes of the error message)
technical representative. 1. Poorly connected or broken 1. Connect the harness correctly, or
harness between LDD2/3/4 on the repair or replace it.
LDD23 circuit board and PWR3/6
W-2532 G laser (G-SHG) optimal temperature It’s time to perform SHG stabilization. Perform Menu 0522 “G, B Laser
setting periods. (SHG) Optimal Temperature Setup”.
Press [Help] button to see error help
(or manual). Set optimal temperature
for G laser(G-SHG) while referring to
it.
W-2533 10 days passed since the last paper Paper magazine requiring paper Perform paper condition setup.
condition setup. condition setup is detected during
We recommend paper condition magazine installation.
setup.
E-2534 R laser (R-LD) connector removed or Laser thermistor detected.
temperature sensor abnormal. (Causes of the error message)
stop button and restart it. If problems harness between LDR1 on the repair or replace it.
persist, consult your technical LDR23 circuit board and LDD11
representative. on the LDD23 circuit board
E-2535 G laser (G-SHG) connector removed Laser thermistor detected.
or temperature sensor abnormal. (Causes of the error message)
stop button and restart it. If problems harness between JMH2 on the repair or replace it.
persist, consult your technical JMH20 circuit board and LDD12
representative. on the LDD23 circuit board
E-2536 B laser (B-LD) connector removed or Laser thermistor detected.
temperature sensor abnormal. (Causes of the error message)
stop button and restart it. If problems harness between LDB1 on the repair or replace it.
persist, consult your technical LDB23 circuit board and LDD9 on
representative. the LDD23 circuit board
3-44

W-2537 The laser temperature control cannot After the initialization, the ambient
be performed, because the ambient temperature has been outside the
temperature is too low(high). specified range for more than the
Adjust the ambient temp. between 15 specified period.
to 30 °C. (Laser temp. adjustment will (Causes of the error message)
be started when the ambient temp.
exceeds 5 °C.)
1. The current temperature is above
(or below) the specified range.
1. On Menu 0524 “Printer
Temperature Display”, measure
3
the internal temperature, and
adjust it (using an air conditioner)
to within 5 to 45 °C.
2. Poorly connected or broken 2. Connect the connector, or repair or
harness between HS760 on the replace the harness.
THA23 circuit board and CTL15 on
the CTL23 circuit board
3. Faulty thermohygrometer (HS760) 3. Replace HS760.
W-2538 Anti-dust filter of laser unit is about to It’s time to change anti-dust filter. Replace the filter.
its lifetime.
Prepare a new anti-dust filter. No
problem for the moment, but consult
your technical representative.
E-2539 Anti-dust filter of laser unit is about to It’s time to change anti-dust filter.
its pariodic replacing time. (Causes of the error message)
Consult your technical representative. 1. Filter has not been replaced. 1. Replace the filter.
W-2540 Ambient temperature too low (high). The ambient temperature has been
Adjust the ambient temperature outside the specified range (15 to
between 15 to 30 °C. 30°) for more than the specified
period.
1. The current temperature is above 1. On Menu 0524 “Printer
(or below) the specified range. Temperature Display”, measure
the internal temperature, and
adjust it (using an air conditioner)
to within 5 to 45 °C.
2. Poorly connected or broken 2. Connect the connector, or repair or
harness between HS760 on the replace the harness.
THA23 circuit board and CTL15 on
3. Faulty thermohygrometer (HS760) 3. Replace HS760.
E-2542 AOM drive temperature error Abnormal temperature of AOM driver
occurred. is detected.
stop button and restart it. If problems 1. Faulty temperature control circuit 1. Replace the AOM driver.
persist, consult your technical on the AOM driver
representative.
E-2544 An error detected by R laser (R-LD) Laser thermistor detected.
sensor. (Causes of the error message)
Shut down scanner with emergency 1. Faulty LDD23 circuit board 1. Replace the LDD23 circuit board.
stop button and restart it. If problems 2. Faulty laser thermistor 2. Replace the laser optical unit.
representative.
E-2545 An error detected by G laser(G-SHG) Laser thermistor detected.
representative.
E-2546 An error detected by B laser (B-LD) Laser thermistor detected.
representative.
3-45

E-2547 Fuse in exposure section blown out. Blown fuse is detected.
stop button and restart it. If problems 1. Blown fuse on the LDD23 circuit 1. Replace the blown fuse on the
persist, consult your technical board LDD23 circuit board.
representative.
E-2548 DTA connector disconnected. Disconnected DTA connector is
persist, consult your technical 1. Poorly connected or broken 1. Connect the connector, or repair or
representative. harness between JROS on the replace the harness.
laser optical unit and LDD7 on the
LDD23 circuit board
E-2549 LDD6 connector disconnected. Disconnected LDD16 connecter is
persist, consult your technical 1. Disconnected LDD16 connector 1. Connect the connector, or repair or
representative. replace the harness.
W-2552 The density measurement is not Density measurement time-out
complete within a specified time. (Causes of the error message)
1. Cable is disconnected during 1. Connect the cable properly and
density measurement. perform density measurement
again.
2. Densitometer goes wrong during 2. Inspect the densitometer and
density measurement. replace it if necessary.
W-2553 The densitometer may malfunction. Data size from the densitometer is
Consult your technical representative. abnormal.
1. Densitometer error (Red LED 1. Reset the densitometer. (NOTE 2)
lights.)
2. Faulty densitometer 2. Replace the densitometer.
W-2554 Check the outputted upkeep print and Density measurement operation error
then perform the density for upkeep printing
measurement again. (Causes of the error message)
lights.)
W-2555 Density measurement failed due to The [Measure] button is clicked but
the error occurrence. measurement cannot be started
because error has been occurred in
the densitometer.
lights.)
NOTE 2: Press the densitometer reset switch.
Reset Switch (AD300)
3-46

W-2556 Initializing is in progress, so density Density measurement cannot be
measurement cannot be started. started because the densitometer
After initialization, retry initialization is in progress.
measurement. (Causes of the error message)
1. Initializing densitometer 1. Wait until densitometer
initialization is completed.
3
W-2557 Density measurement cannot be Density measurement cannot be
started. started because error has been
Press the [Reset] button of the occurred in the densitometer.
densitometer, and then retry it. (Causes of the error message)
1. Densitometer error (Red LED 1. Press the [Reset] button to
lights.) initialize the densitometer.
(NOTE 2)
W-2558 Check the connection of the Signal for starting density
densitometer and the power cable, measurement is not received from
retry it. the densitometer within the specified
If problems persist, consult your time.
technical representative. (Causes of the error message)
1. Disconnected cable before 1. Connect the cable properly and
measurement perform density measurement
again.
2. Turned OFF power supply for 2. Make sure the power switch on the
densitometer before measurement densitometer is turned ON.
W-2559 Canceling of density measurement Density measurement interruption
failed. failed.
Check if the paper remains. (Causes of the error message)
1. Jammed chart in the densitometer. 1. Press the [Reset] button to eject
the chart. If not ejected, pull out
the chart by hand and press the
[Reset] button. (NOTE 2)
W-2560 Canceling of density measurement Communication busy state occurs
failed. when interrupting density
Consult your technical representative. measurement.
1. Collision occurred while 1. Press the [Reset] button to
communicating with the initialize the densitometer.
densitometer. (NOTE 2)
W-2561 Detecting of leading end of the print The leading end of the print upkeep
failed. chart cannot be detected during
Insert the upkeep print into the density measurement.
densitometer correctly, and perform (Causes of the error message)
the measurement again. 1. Chart is not inserted. 1. Set the chart and perform density
measurement again.
2. Insufficiently inserted chart. 2. Set the chart and perform density
measurement again.
3-47

W-2562 Detecting of leading end of the print The leading end of the print upkeep
failed. chart cannot be detected during
Insert the condition setup print into density measurement.
the densitometer correctly, and (Causes of the error message)
perform the measurement again. 1. Chart is not inserted. 1. Set the chart and perform density
measurement again.
2. Insufficiently inserted chart. 2. Set the chart and perform density
measurement again.
W-2563 Paper is inserted incorrectly. Pattern reading failed during density
Insert the upkeep print into the measurement of upkeep chart.
the measurement again. 1. Incorrect chart insertion direction 1. Insert the chart correctly.
2. Tilted chart or out of lane 2. Adjust chart guides correctly.
3. Inserted print is not for upkeep 3. Insert the print upkeep chart.
printing.
W-2564 Paper is inserted incorrectly. Pattern reading failed during density
Insert the condition setup print into measurement of upkeep chart.
perform the measurement again. 1. Incorrect chart insertion direction 1. Insert the chart correctly.
2. Slanted or misaligned chart 2. Adjust the chart guides correctly.
3. Inserted print is not for upkeep 3. Insert the print upkeep chart.
printing.
W-2565 Detecting of trailing end of the print Chart is not ejected from the
failed. densitometer.
Insert the upkeep print into the (Causes of the error message)
densitometer correctly, and perform 1. Jammed chart in densitometer 1. Press the [Reset] button to eject
the measurement again. the chart. If not ejected, pull out
W-2566 Detecting of trailing end of the print Chart is not ejected from the
failed. densitometer.
Insert the condition setup print into (Causes of the error message)
the densitometer correctly, and 1. Jammed chart in densitometer 1. Press the [Reset] button to eject
perform the measurement again. the chart. If not ejected, pull out
W-2567 Ejecting of the print failed. Chart is not ejected from the
Insert the upkeep print into the densitometer.
the measurement again. 1. Jammed chart in densitometer 1. Press the [Reset] button to eject
3-48

W-2568 Ejecting of the print failed. Chart is not ejected from the
Insert the condition setup print into densitometer.
perform the measurement again. 1. Jammed chart in densitometer 1. Press the [Reset] button to eject
3
W-2569 Check the outputted setup print and Density measurement operation error
then perform the density for condition setup printing
measurement again. (Causes of the error message)
lights.)
I-2573 Laser temperature adjustment not – –
completed in exposure section.
Please Wait.
E-2580 R laser (R LD)CB temperature error R laser CB temperature is outside the
occurred. specified range.
stop button and restart it. If problems 1. Faulty CB temperature control 1. Replace the laser optical unit.
persist, consult your technical section on the LDR23 circuit board
representative.
W-2590 Door opened. (Causes of the error message)
1. Door is opened during 1. Close the door.
maintenance mode.
W-2591 Cannot be performed due to the lack (Causes of the error message)
of conditions 1. Operation is directed when the 1. Check the operation conditions.
conditions are not met.
W-2601 Paper jam in processor (8). Paper is not fed out within the
Check it. ### sheets remain. specified time.
(or manual). Remove paper while 1. Paper jamming 1. Remove paper.
referring to it. 2. Faulty feeding path switching 2. Replace D770/D771/D772.
paper sensor (D770/D771/D772)
3. Incorrectly set processing rack, 3. Set the rack properly.
crossover rack, dryer rack, etc.
4. Faulty dryer rack or abnormal 4. Replace the dryer rack.
drying temperature control
5. Faulty dryer exit section 5. Replace the faulty part(s) in the
dryer exit unit.
W-2602 Paper remains in processor. Power is turned OFF while paper Check the processor and dryer
Press [Help] button to see error help remains in processor. sections and dryer exit unit. If paper
(or manual). Remove paper while remains, remove it.
referring to it.
3-49

W-2603 Paper remains in dryer exit unit. Paper remains in the high-speed
Press [Help] button to see error help feeding section when the processor is
(or manual). Remove paper while driven.
1. Paper remains in the dryer exit 1. Remove paper.
unit.
harness between the feeding path repair or replace it.
switching paper sensor (D770/
D771/D772) and JNE3 on the
JNE23 circuit board
harness between the dryer section repair or replace it.
drive motor (M770) and PDB10/
PDB11 on the PDB23 circuit board
4. Faulty D770/D771/D772 4. Replace D770/D771/D772.
W-2604 Sorter operation(M810/D810) Sorter malfunction.
Shut down scanner with emergency 1. Poorly connected or broken sorter 1. Connect the cable correctly, or
stop button and restart it. If problems cable repair or replace it.
representative. harness between the sorter tray repair or replace it.
stop position sensor (D810) and
SWA3 on the SWA20 circuit board
harness between the sorter drive repair or replace it.
motor (M810) and SWA2 on the
SWA20 circuit board
6. Faulty SWA20 circuit board 6. Replace the SWA20 circuit board.
7. Tray and chain setting position 7. Install the sorter chain and trays
error. Loaded by interference. properly.
E-2606 Replenisher cartridge opening drive Replenisher cartridge section
motor (M720,D722,D723) failure. malfunction.
About 510 3R-size sheets can still be (Causes of the error message)
printed without replenishment. 1. Poorly connected or broken 1. Connect the harness correctly, or
Consult your technical representative. harness between the cartridge repair or replace it.
opening motor (M720) and PDB8
on the PDB23 circuit board
harness between the replenisher repair or replace it.
cartridge upper/lower sensor
(D722/D723) and JNE2 on the
JNE23 circuit board
door open/close detecting
E-2608 Communication error occurred in Communication time-out with
printer(GMC23-CTL23). processor occurred.
persist, consult your technical harness between the GPR23 and repair or replace it.
representative. GMC23 circuit boards
harness between the GPR2 on the repair or replace it.
GPR23 circuit board and CTL1 on
3. Faulty CTL23 circuit board 3. Replace the CTL23 circuit board
4. Faulty GPR23 circuit board 4. Replace the GPR23 circuit board
5. Faulty GMC23 circuit board 5. Replace the GMC23 circuit board
3-50

W-2609 The dryer unit (D762A) or the dryer Processing tank’s or accumulating
cover (D762B) opened. section’s cover is opened during
Processing cancelled. Paper may paper processing.
remain. (Causes of the error message)
Press [Help] button to see error help 1. Dryer unit or dryer belt unit is 1. Close the dryer unit or dryer belt
(or manual). Remove paper while
referring to it.
opened.
2. Interlock switch is activated due to
unit.
2. Close the dryer unit or dryer belt
3
vibration, etc. because the dryer unit.
unit or dryer belt unit is installed
improperly.
open/close detecting interlock
switch (D762) and PWR4 on the
PWR24 circuit board
W-2611 The dryer unit (D762A) or the dryer Processing tank’s or dryer section’s
section cover (D762B) opened. cover is open when starting
Close the cover. processing.
1. Dryer unit or dryer belt unit is 1. Close the dryer unit or dryer belt
opened. unit.
2. Interlock switch is activated due to 2. Close the dryer unit or dryer belt
vibration, etc. because the dryer unit.
unit or dryer belt unit is installed
improperly.
open/close detecting interlock
switch (D762) and PWR4 on the
PWR24 circuit board
E-2614 P1 processing tank temperature not Solution temperature does not rise
rising. more than 1 °C within 30 minutes.
The heaters (H700 to H703) turned (Causes of the error message)
off. 1. Abnormal heater system 

Shut down scanner with emergency 2. Abnormal temperature sensor 
(See Subsection 3.3.5)

stop button and restart it. If problems system 

persist, consult your technical 3. Abnormal circulation system 
representative.
E-2615 P2 processing tank temperature not Solution temperature does not rise
rising. more than 1 °C within 30 minutes.



representative.
E-2616 PS1/2/3 processing tank Solution temperature does not rise
temperatures not rising. more than 1 °C within 30 minutes.



representative.
E-2617 PS4 processing tank temperatures Solution temperature does not rise
not rising. more than 1 °C within 30 minutes.



representative.
3-51

E-2618 Dryer section temperature not rising. Dryer section temperature does not
The heaters (H760 to 767) turned off. rise more than 1 °C in a minute at
Shut down scanner with emergency heat up.

persist, consult your technical 1. Cover around the dryer section is 

representative. open. 

2. Abnormal dryer heater system 
 (See Subsection 3.3.6)
3. Abnormal dryer temperature 

sensor 
4. Abnormal dryer fan system 
E-2619 P1 processing tank temperature is P1 temperature is abnormal.

out of range. (Causes of the error message)
The heaters (H700 to H703) turned 1. Abnormal heater system 

off. 2. Abnormal temperature sensor 

Shut down scanner with emergency system 

stop button and restart it. If problems 3. Abnormal circulation system 
representative.
E-2620 P2 processing tank temperature is P2 temperature is abnormal.



representative.
E-2621 PS1/2/3 processing tank temperature PS1/2 temperature is abnormal.
is out of range. (Causes of the error message)



representative.
E-2622 PS4 processing tank temperature is PS3/4 temperature is abnormal.



representative.
E-2623 Dryer section temperature is out of Dryer section temperature is
range. abnormal.
The heaters (H760 to 767) turned off. (Causes of the error message)
Shut down scanner with emergency 1. Abnormal dryer heater system 

stop button and restart it. If problems 2. Abnormal dryer temperature 

persist, consult your technical sensor system 

representative. 3. Abnormal dryer fan system 
E-2624 P1 safety thermostat (D700) Safety thermostat in the P1

activated. processing tank is activated.

off. 1. Abnormal heater system 


stop button and restart it. If problems system 
 (See Subsection 3.3.5)
persist, consult your technical 3. Abnormal circulation system 

representative. 4. Abnormal heater safety thermostat 
system 
3-52

E-2625 P2 safety thermostat (D701) Safety thermostat in the P2



stop button and restart it. If problems
system
3. Abnormal circulation system



(See Subsection 3.3.5) 3

system 
E-2626 PS1/2/3 safety thermostat (D702) Safety thermostat in the PS1/2/3




stop button and restart it. If problems system  ((See Subsection 3.3.5)


system 
E-2627 PS4 safety thermostat (D703) Safety thermostat in the PS4




stop button and restart it. If problems system  (See Subsection 3.3.5)


system 
E-2628 Safety thermostat in dryer section Safety thermostat in dryer section is

(D760A,D760B) activated. activated.
The heaters (H760 to 767) turned off. (Causes of the error message)

Shut down scanner with emergency 1. Abnormal dryer heater system 

stop button and restart it. If problems 2. Abnormal dryer temperature 

persist, consult your technical sensor system  (See Subsection 3.3.6)
representative. 3. Abnormal dryer fan system 


4. Abnormal dryer heater safety 
thermostat system 
W-2629 P1 solution level (FS700) has fallen. Solution level in P1 processing tank is
Temperature adjustment stopped. lowered.
(or manual). Inspect it while referring 1. Solution leakage 

to it. 2. Abnormal solution level sensor 
 (See Subsection 3.3.7)
system 

3. Abnormal replenisher system 
W-2630 P2 solution level (FS701) has fallen. Solution level in P2 processing tank is
Temperature adjustment stopped. lowered.

system 

W-2631 PS1 solution level (FS702) has fallen. Solution level in PS1 processing tank
Temperature adjustment stopped. is lowered.

system 


system 

3-53



system 



system 

W-2641 P1R replenisher pump (PU721) (Causes of the error message)

malfunctions. 1. Pump malfunction due to bent or 1. Repair or replace the hose.
If problems persist, consult your clogged hose
technical representative. 2. Faulty replenisher pump (due to 2. Replace the pump.
hardened bellows, faulty rotation
sensor or motor)
W-2642 P2RA replenisher pump (PU722) (Causes of the error message)
sensor or motor)
W-2643 P2RB replenisher pump (PU723) (Causes of the error message)
sensor or motor)
W-2647 PSR replenisher pump (PU724) (Causes of the error message)
sensor or motor)
W-2648 PSR solution level has fallen. PSR upper limit sensor detects“no On Menu 0624, check FS748 and
Pour 8L of replenisher and then put solution”. actual solution level.
two FSC tablets into the port. (Causes of the error message)
1. PSR is empty. 1. Replenish with 8 liters of FRSS
and put 2 FSC tablets into the port.
harness between the PSR upper repair or replace it.
level sensor (FS743) and JNE6 on
the JNE23 circuit board
3. Faulty FS723 3. Replace FS723.
W-2649 PSR replenisher empty. PSR lower limit sensor detects “no On Menu 0624, check FS748 and
Printing cancelled. solution”. actual solution level.
Pour 8L of replenisher and then put (Causes of the error message)
two FSC tablets into the port. 1. PSR is empty. 1. Replenish with 8 liters of FRSS
and put 2 FSC tablets into the port.
harness between the PSR lower repair or replace it.
level sensor (FS727) and JNE6 on
the JNE23 circuit board
3-54

W-2650 Waste solution tank nearly full. Internal waste solution sensor
Collect the solution in the recovery detects “Solution exists”.
tank in the W2 manner. (Causes of the error message)
1. Waste solution tank is full. 1. Collect waste solution
harness between the waste
solution level sensor (FS728) and
3
JNE6 on the JNE23 circuit board
3. Dirty FS728 3. Clean FS728.
W-2651 Waste solution tank full. Internal waste solution sensor
Printing stopped. detects “Solution full”.
Collect the solution in the recovery (Causes of the error message)
tank in the W2 manner. 1. Waste solution tank is full. 1. Collect waste solution.
harness between the waste repair or replace it.
solution level sensor (FS728) and
3. Dirty FS728 3. Clean FS728.
E-2653 Remaining replenisher abnormal. Status of P1R, P2RA, or P2RB level
Shut down scanner with emergency sensor changed during standby.
persist, consult your technical 1. Solution leakage from replenisher 1. Repair solution leakage.
representative. tank
2. Replenisher collected or supplied 2. Take appropriate corrective
during stand-by. measures. (See Subsection
3.3.12)
harness between the solution level repair or replace it.
sensor (FS720/FS721/FS722/
FS724/FS725/FS726) and JNE6
on the JNE23 circuit board
4. Faulty solution level sensor 4. Replace FS720/FS721/FS722/
(FS720/FS721/FS722/FS724/ FS724/FS725/FS726.
FS725/FS726)
E-2657 P1R replenishment flow volume or its Accumulated output amount of
solution level abnormal. solution to P1R upper level sensor
About 510 3R-size sheets can still be exceeds the specified value (1998.0
printed without replenishment. ml).
1. Faulty P1R pump (PU721) 1. (See Subsection 3.3.8)
2. Faulty P1R stirring valve (S731) 2. (See Subsection 3.3.10)
3. Faulty P1R cartridge washing 3. (See Subsection 3.3.10)
valve (S728)
4. Faulty P1R upper level sensor 4. (See Subsection 3.3.11)
(FS720) Take appropriate corrective
measures. (See Subsection
3.3.12)
5. Bent or clogged P1R hose 5. Repair or replace the hose.
E-2658 P2RA replenishment flow volume or Accumulated output amount of
its solution level abnormal. solution to P2RA upper level sensor
1. Faulty P2RA pump (PU722) 1. (See Subsection 3.3.8)
2. Faulty P2RA cartridge washing 2. (See Subsection 3.3.10)
valve (S729)
3. Faulty P2RA upper level sensor 3. (See Subsection 3.3.11)
3.3.12)
4. Bent or clogged P2RA hose 4. Repair or replace the hose.
3-55

E-2659 P2RB replenishment flow volume or Accumulated output amount of
its solution level abnormal. solution to P2RB upper level sensor
1. Faulty P2RB pump (PU723) 1. (See Subsection 3.3.8)
2. Faulty P2RB cartridge washing 2. (See Subsection 3.3.10)
valve (S730)
3. Faulty P2RB upper level sensor 3. (See Subsection 3.3.11)
3.3.12)
4. Bent or clogged P2RB hose 4. Repair or replace the hose.
I-2662 Performing evaporation correction. Performing evaporation correction.
Warming-up will be started after the
evaporation correction.
Please wait. ( Max 25 min.)
E-2663 P1R replenishment pump(PU721) or Accumulated output amount of
lower limit sensor(FS724) abnormal. solution between P1R upper and
About 510 3R-size sheets can still be lower sensors exceeds the specified
printed without replenishment. value.
1. Faulty P1R pump (PU721) 1. (See Subsection 3.3.8)
2. Faulty P1R lower level sensor 2. (See Subsection 3.3.11)
3.3.12)
3. Incorrect default setting of pump 3. Perform Menu 0620 “Replenisher
output amount Pump Output Measurement/
Setting”.
4. Bent or clogged P1R hose 4. Repair or replace the hose.
E-2664 P2RA replenishment flow volume or Accumulated output amount of
its solution level abnormal. solution between P2RA upper and
1. Faulty P2RA pump (PU722) 1. (See Subsection 3.3.8)
2. Faulty P2RA lower level sensor 2. (See Subsection 3.3.11)
3.3.12)
Setting”.
4. Bent or clogged P2RA hose 4. Repair or replace the hose.
E-2665 P2RB replenishment flow volume or Accumulated output amount of
its solution level abnormal. solution between P2RB upper and
1. Faulty P2RB pump (PU723) 1. (See Subsection 3.3.8)
2. Faulty P2RB lower level sensor 2. (See Subsection 3.3.11)
3.3.12)
Setting”.
4. Bent or clogged P2RB hose 4. Repair or replace the hose.
3-56

W-2668 SU2400AY alignment operation Abnormal print alignment
(M814/D814) abnormal. (Causes of the error message)
Shut down scanner with emergency 1. Poorly connected or broken sorter 1. Connect the cable correctly, or
stop button and restart it. If problems cable repair or replace it.
representative. harness between the print
alignment motor for SU2400AY
3
(M812) and PDB10 on the PDB23
circuit board
harness between the print repair or replace it.
alignment stop sensor (D814) and
6. Faulty PDB23 circuit board 6. Replace the PDB23 circuit board.
7. Increased load in the drive system 7. Repair the drive system.
for print alignment
8. Prints are hit by a sorter tray. 8. Remove the sorter and then
reinstall it.
W-2670 Replenisher cartridge (D721) not Replenisher cartridge is not installed.
loaded. (Causes of the error message)
Install new replenisher cartridge. 1. Replenisher cartridge is not 1. Install a new replenisher cartridge.
installed.
2. Poorly connected or broken 2. Connect the harness properly, or
cartridge setting sensor (D721)
and the JNE2 on the JNE23 circuit
board
W-2671 Replenisher door (D724) open. Replenisher box door is open.
Close it. (Causes of the error message)
1. The replenisher box door is open. 1. Close the replenisher box door.
2. Poorly connected or broken 2. Connect the connector properly, or
box door open/close detecting
W-2672 Mix the replenisher. When the PSR upper limit level
Add 8L of PSR. sensor detects “no solution”
1. PSR replenisher solution level is 1. Add (about 8 liters of) FRSS until
low. this message disappears.
2. Faulty replenisher solution level 2. (See Subsection 3.3.11)
sensor system
E-2673 Opening of replenisher cartridge When a lower level sensor does not
failed. detect “solution exists” within a
Consult your technical representative. specified time after the cartridge is
opened.
1. Replenisher cartridge is opened 1. (See Subsection 3.3.13)
improperly.
2. Clogged replenishment hose. 2. (See Subsection 3.3.13)
3. Faulty lower level sensor system 3. (See Subsection 3.3.13)
3-57

W-2674 Replenisher cartridge empty. When the lower level sensor detected
Insert a new replenisher cartridge. “no solution in all tanks” within the
specified time after the valve was
opened.
1. An empty replenisher cartridge is 1. Install a new replenisher cartridge.
installed.
2. Faulty replenisher tank lower level 2. (See Subsection 3.3.11)
sensor system
3. Faulty replenisher cartridge setting 3. Replace D721.
sensor (D721)
E-2675 P1R replenisher cartridge washing P1R replenisher upper level sensor
valve (S728) or P1R replenisher detects “no solution”
stirring valve (S731) malfunctions. (Causes of the error message)
About 510 3R-size sheets can still be 1. Faulty P1R stirring valve (S731) 1. (See Subsection 3.3.10)
printed without replenishment. 2. Faulty P1R cartridge washing 2. (See Subsection 3.3.10)
Consult your technical representative. valve (S728)
3. Faulty auto washing pump 3. (See Subsection 3.3.9)
(PU720)
4. Faulty P1R upper level sensor 4. (See Subsection 3.3.11)
(FS720)
5. Air “frapped in” the hose used for 5. Perform Menu 0621 “Auto
washing pumps Cleaning Output Measurement/
Setting”.
E-2676 P2RA replenisher cartridge washing P2RA replenisher upper level sensor
valve (S729) malfunctions. detects “no solution”
printed without replenishment. 1. Faulty P2RA cartridge washing 1. (See Subsection 3.3.10)
(PU720)
3. Faulty P2RA upper level sensor 3. (See Subsection 3.3.11)
(FS721)
Setting”.
E-2677 P2RB replenisher cartridge washing P2RB replenisher upper level sensor
valve (S730) malfunctions. detects “no solution”
printed without replenishment. 1. Faulty P2RB cartridge washing 1. (See Subsection 3.3.10)
(PU720)
3. Faulty P2RB upper level sensor 3. (See Subsection 3.3.11)
(FS722)
Setting”.
W-2678 Sorter nearly full. “Sorter full” is detected.
Collect prints from sorter. (Causes of the error message)
1. Sorter is full. 1. Remove print(s) from the sorter.
harness between the sorter full repair or replace it.
sensor (D811) and SWA4 on the
SWA20 circuit board
W-2679 Sorter full. “Sorter completely full” is detected.
Stop printing. (Causes of the error message)
Collect prints from sorter. 1. Sorter is full. 1. Remove print(s) from the sorter.
harness between the sorter full repair or replace it.
sensor (D811) and SWA4 on the
SWA20 circuit board
3-58

W-2680 Number of prints exceeds limit. Accumulated output amount of P1R
Stop printing. replenisher exceeds the specified
Press [Help] button to see error help range.
(or manual). Mix replenisher while (Causes of the error message) 1. Perform Menu 0123 “Error
referring to it. 1. Error in the replenishment system Information Check” to solve the
has not been solved. error, and then take appropriate
corrective measures. (See
3
Subsection 3.3.12)
I-2681 Mixing replenisher. A specified amount of processing is –
Please wait. performed while mixing new
replenisher
I-2682 Processor busy. Auto-washing of Auto-washing of racks is in progress. –
racks in process.
Please wait.
I-2684 Processing paper. Pre-operational or post-operational Wait until processing is completed.
Please wait. check is attempted while printing.
E-2685 Error occurred in replenishment System is started up but the 1. Perform Menu 0123 “Error
section. replenishment section is in an error Information Check” to solve the
Shut down scanner with emergency state. error, and then take appropriate
stop button and restart it. If problems corrective measures. (See
persist, consult your technical Subsection 3.3.12)
representative.
I-2689 Last replenishment solution Last cartridge opening is detected. –
prepared.
Replace replenisher cartridge.
I-2690 Processing paper. Control strip processing is performed –
Please wait. during paper processing.
Perform control strip processing after
paper processing.
I-2691 Solution remains in replenisher tank. Replenisher tank lower level sensor
Shut down scanner with emergency detects “Solution exists”.
persist, consult your technical 1. At the time of installation, when 1. Drain solution remaining in the
representative. solution mixing is performed again replenisher tank.
after error recovery, a lower level
sensor detects “Solution exists”
because solution remains in the
replenisher tank.
2. Faulty lower level sensor (FS724/ 2. Replace FS724/FS725/FS726.
FS725/FS726)
I-2692 Intermittent operation. Auto intermittent driving is in –
Please wait. progress.
I-2693 Processor section now operating. 1. Auto-washing is attempted during –
Please wait. paper processing.
2. Auto-washing is attempted during
control strip processing.
I-2694 Temperature adjustment of – –
processing tanks is process.
Please wait.
3-59

W-2696 Switching operation in feed Abnormal operation of the feeding
lane(S770/D776) abnormal. path switching guide is detected.
stop button and restart it. If problems 1. Foreign matter such as jammed 1. Remove foreign matter.
persist, consult your technical paper in the feeding path switching
representative. guide section
2. Incorrectly positioned solenoid 2. Adjust the position of the solenoid.
(Solenoid dog does not reach the
sensor.)
harness between the sorter tray repair or replace it.
section solenoid (S770) and
harness between the feeding path repair or replace it.
switch position sensor (D776) and
5. Faulty S770 5. Replace S770.
I-2697 Opening not completed normally. Cartridge opening is not completed at –
Check that replenisher cartridge is the previous operation.
properly installed.
Restart processing.
W-2698 Wrong machine or processing type. (Causes of the error message)
Message for service engineer. 1. Machine or processing type is not 1. Use correct machine or processing
Consult your technical representative. met. type.
E-2699 Transversal sorter operation(M811/ Abnormal operation of the transversal
D813) abnormal. sorter is detected.
stop button and restart it. If problems 1. Poorly connected or broken cable 1. Connect the cable correctly, or
persist, consult your technical between the transversal sorter and repair or replace it.
representative. processor.
harness between the transversal repair or replace it.
sorter drive motor (M811) and
harness between the transversal repair or replace it.
sorter stop sensor (D813) and
7. Increased load in the belt drive 7. Repair or replace the drive system.
system
W-2740 As processor section is in process, – Wait until processing is completed.
the printer maintenance not started.
W-2750 Control strip processing error – Clear the error and then perform
occurred. control strip processing again.
Control strip processing has been
canceled.
E-2752 Power failure in PS4 tank leak Abnormal power supply to solution
solution sensor circuit. concentration detecting circuit
persist, consult your technical harness between the PS4 solution repair or replace it.
representative. concentration sensor (FS706) and
CTL7 on the CTL23 circuit board
2. Faulty FS706 2. Replace the FS706circuit board.
3. Faulty CTL23 circuit board 3. Replace the CTL23 circuit board
3-60

W-2753 Concentration of the PS4 tank Measurement result of solution
processing solution is out of range. concentration is abnormal
Throw away waste and 4L FRSS (Causes of the error message)
water put PS4 tank with PS2 (No.4) 1. PS4 solution concentration is 1. Collect waste solution and add 4
rack pulled out. increased because the Solution is liters of FRSS to the PS4 tank. (If
If this Message persists, consult your
in the PS1 to PS3 tank mixed with
the PS4 solution.
the problem persists for a long
time, perform 2/3/4 below.)
3
harness between the PS4 solution repair or replace it.
concentration sensor (FS706) and
4. Faulty CTL23 circuit board 4. Replace CTL23 circuit board. (If
the problem persists for a long
time, perform 5 below.)
5. PS4 solution concentration is 5. Drain off the solution in the PS
increased because the PS tank tanks and replace the partitioning
partitioning plate or blade is plates or blode.
broken and the PS1 to PS3 tank
solution flows into the PS4 tank.
W-2754 The temperature of the PS4 tank PS4 temperature exceeds the limit
processing solution is out of range. (temperature setting ±2 °C).
Please wait a moment. Temperature control of the PS4 tank
is not completed.
1. Temperature control of the PS4 1. Wait until temperature control of
tank is not completed. the PS4 tank is completed.
E-2761 Rotating of dryer fan (F760) Dryer fan rotation detecting function
abnormal. is abnormal.
persist, consult your technical harness between the dryer fan repair or replace it.
representative. (F760) and PDB9 on the PDB23
circuit board
W-2762 Thermometer abnormal. Thermohygrometer is faulty.
stop button and restart it. If problems 1. Thermohygrometer (HS760) is 1. Remove the obstacle.
persist, consult your technical covered with an obstacle.
harness between HS760 and repair or replace it.
W-2763 Hygrometer abnormal. Thermohygrometer is faulty.
W-2764 Water addition data abnormal. Thermohygrometer is faulty.
3-61

I-2765 Initializing dryer. Initial dryer temperature control is in
Please wait. progress.
1. When the power is turned OFF 1. Wait until dryer initialization is
and ON, dryer initialization is completed(maximum of 5
performed. During initialization, minutes).
printing cannot be performed.
W-2766 Printing stopped. During paper processing, processor
drive is stopped forcibly.
1. Faulty processor drive/stop button 1. Replace the operation panel.
on the operation panel
I-2767 Replenisher pump activating. Replenisher pump is in operation.
Please wait. (Causes of the error message)
1. Post operational check is 1. Wait until the replenisher pump
attempted while the replenisher stops.
pump is in operation.
W-2768 Replenisher tank empty. (Causes of the error message)
Operation cannot be started. 1. Maintenance operation is started 1. Pour replenisher in the tank.
with replenisher tank empty.
W-2769 Solution level has fallen. (Causes of the error message)
Operation cannot be started. 1. Maintenance operation is started 1. Recover processing tank level.
with low processing tank level.
E-4201 An error occurred in the image Image processing PC starting failure Restart the system software.If the
processing section. due to lack of system resource or I/F error occurs again, reinstall the
inconsistency with upstream program system software. (NOTE1)
Restart the system.
If problems persist, consult your

E-4202 An error occurred in the image GMB start-up timeout
processing section. (Causes of the error message)
1. Poorly connected or broken 1394 1. Connect the cable correctly or
Restart the system. interface cable replace it.
2. Image processing OS not started 2. Restart the system software.If the
If problems persist, consult your up error occurs again, reinstall the
technical representative. system software. (NOTE1)
3. Poorly inserted GIE23 circuit 3. Insert the circuit board correctly in
board the slot.
4. Faulty GIE23 circuit board 4. Replace the circuit board.
E-4204 A communication error occurred Script transfer failure (DTM error
between the main control section and response)
the image processing section. (Causes of the error message)
(Correction data transfer error) interface cable replace it.
Check the print is correctly done. board the slot.
E-4206 A communication error occurred Output image transfer failure (DTM
between the main control section and error response)
the image processing section. (Causes of the error message)
(Image data transfer error) interface cable replace it.
Check the print is correctly done. board the slot.
3-62

E-4207 The image processing is not Conversion executed without GPA
operable. circuit board (Convertible number
zero)
Consult your technical (Causes of the error message)
representative. 1. GPA23 circuit board in incorrect 1. Insert the GPA23 circuit board in
slot
2. Poorly connected GPA23 circuit
the correct slot.
2. Insert the circuit board correctly in
3
board the slot.
3. Faulty GPA23 circuit board 3. Replace the circuit board.
E-4208 A communication error occurred IPC error (Breaking of IEEE1394)
between the main control section and (Causes of the error message)
the image processing section. 1. Poorly connected or broken 1394 1. Connect the cable correctly or
interface cable replace it.
Command data transfer error. 2. Poorly inserted GIE23 circuit 2. Insert the circuit board correctly in
board the slot.
Restart the system. 3. Faulty GIE23 circuit board 3. Replace the circuit board.

I-4210 Processing image. Image processing Wait until processing is completed.
Start it after the image processing.

E 4211 An error occurred in the image 90˚ turning/mirror image failure Click [OK] and proceed processing.
processing section. (Parameter) If the error occurs again, restart the
Check the print is correctly done. system software or reinstall it.
(NOTE1)
I-4212 Restart the system. At the time of self diagnosis including Restart the system software.
DIMM check
E-4213 Downloading of the red eye The parameter file does not exist in
correction data failed. the hard disk of the main control unit.
Restart the system. If problems (Causes of the error message)
persist, consult your technical 1. File is deleted by mistake (such as 1.Reinstall A1 system software.
representative. power OFF during writing).
2. Faulty hard disk in main control 2.Replace the hard disk.
unit
E-4221 The GPA circuit board not detected. DSP not detected (Faulty or no circuit
board)
persist, consult your technical 1. GPA23 circuit board in incorrect 1. Insert the GPA23 circuit board in
representative. slot the correct slot.
2. Poorly inserted GPA23 circuit 2. Insert the circuit board correctly in
board the slot.
E-4222 An error occurred in the image HW script transfer ID obtaining failure Restart the system software. If the
processing section. (Retry over/abnormal software) error occurs again, reinstall the
Check the print is correctly done.
I-4223 The image processing of any frame Cancel request failure (Command Click [OK] and proceed processing.
was not cancelled. cross occurred)
E-4224 An error occurred in the image Pattern file transfer ID obtaining Restart the system software. If the
processing section. failure error occurs again, reinstall the
Restart the system.

3-63

E-4225 An error occurred in the image Partition change failure (H/W or
processing section. software abnormal)
Restart the system. 1. Software abnormal 1. Restart the system software. If the
If problems persist, consult your system software. (NOTE 1)
technical representative. 2. Poorly inserted or faulty DIMM 2. Reinsert the DIMM. If the error
occurs again, replace the DIMM.
I-4231 The fan in the image processing box Fan (F321) does not turn.
malfunctions. (Causes of the error message)
1. Poorly connected fan connector 1. Connect the connector securely.
You may continue processing, but the 2. Faulty fan 2. Replace the fan.
operation will be unstable.
Restart the system.

I-4232 The temperature in the image Temperature abnormal
processing box is too high. Fan (F321) does not turn
You may continue processing, but the 1. Poorly connected fan connector 1. Connect the connector securely.
operation will be unstable. 2. Faulty fan 2. Replace the fan.
Restart the system. If problems

representative.
E-4233 The circuit board in the image PCI device position abnormal (GIA/
processing box is incorrectly GIE/GPA only)
installed. (Causes of the error message)
1. GIA23, GIE23 or GPA23 circuit 1. Insert the circuit board in the
Consult your technical board in incorrect slot correct slot.
representative. 2. Faulty GMB23 circuit board 2. Replace the circuit board.
E-4234 An error occurred in the image PCI transfer (pattern) output area Restart the system software. If the
processing section. obtaining failure (Software abnormal) error occurs again, reinstall the
representative.
E-4241 A failure in the GPA circuit board was DSP-SDRAM bus check error
detected. (SLOT: ####) detected (Downloading)
You may continue processing, but the 1. Poorly inserted GPA23 circuit 1. Insert the circuit board in the slot
processing speed will be lowered. board securely.
representative.
E-4242 A failure in the GPA circuit board was DSP downloading timeout (Faulty
detected. (SLOT: ####) DSP)
representative.
3-64

E-4243 A failure in the GPA circuit board was (Causes of the error message)
detected. (SLOT: ####) 1. Poorly inserted GPA23 circuit 1. Insert the circuit board in the slot
board securely.
You may continue processing, but the 2. Faulty GPA23 circuit board 2. Replace the circuit board.
processing speed will be lowered.

3
representative.
E-4251 An error occurred in the image All DSP downloading failure
processing section. (Processing impossible)
Restart the system. If problems 1. Poorly inserted GPA23 circuit 1. Insert the circuit board in the slot
persist, consult your technical board securely.
representative. 2. Faulty GPA23 circuit board 2. Replace the circuit board.
E-4252 An error occurred in the image Incorrect ordered value from scanner
processing section. (Software abnormal)
Incorrect ordered HW script
Check the print is correctly done. (Abnormal 1394 data or software
abnormal)
2. Abnormal software 2. Restart the system software. If the
board the slot.
E-4253 The GPA circuit board is not All DSP delinking/failure
operable. (Causes of the error message)
1. Poorly inserted GPA23 circuit 1. Insert the circuit board in the slot
Consult your technical board securely.
representative. 2. Faulty GPA23 circuit board 2. Replace the circuit board.
I-4254 The GPA circuit board is invalidated. DSP delinking setup valid
(Maintenance setup)
1. Incorrect setting 1. Set up DSP Valid/Invalid on Menu
0741 “Image Processing Section
Function Setting”.
board securely.
E-4271 The image processing of any frame Script execution failure (DSP
was not properly done. abnormal response/Sharpness
mixed)
Check the print is correctly done. (Causes of the error message)
board securely.
E-4272 An error occurred in the image Cancel failure (Timeout)
processing section. (Causes of the error message)
It is possible to continue processing, board securely.
but the processing speed will be 2. Faulty GPA23 circuit board 2. Replace the circuit board.
lowered.
E-4273 An error occurred in the image DSP reset failure (Faulty DSP/2250
processing section. abnormal)
3-65

E-4274 An error occurred in the image JPEG parameter abnormal (Script
processing section. parameter)
Check the print is correctly done. 1. DIC setup (Quality Factor) 1. Change the DIC setup (Quality
abnormal Factor).
board the slot.
E-4275 The image processing is not Processed plural DSP at DIMM
operable. 512MB
Consult your technical 1. Large-size or high-magnification 1. Do not print large-size or high-
representative. print was printed when DIMM was magnification prints.
degenerated with 512MB.
2. Degenerated condition of DIMM 2. Reconnect or replace the DIMM.
W-4311 Carrier is not installed. Carrier not installed.
Install the carrier. 1. Initializing or removed carrier 1. Execute again.
2. Communication error between 2. Check and correct connection.
main control unit, GMB circuit
board and carrier
I-4312 Correcting the scanner. Please wait a Under scanner correction Wait until completion
moment.
It takes about 2 minutes.

I-4313 Downloading the scanner correction Downloading Wait until completion.
data.
Please wait.
I-4314 The scanner temperature control is Under temperature control Wait until completion.
not completed.
Please wait.
After the completion of temperature

control, the selected menu will be
automatically started.
W-4315 The correction table is not found. No brightness correction table for the Perform the scanner correction in the
Perform the scanner correction in the installed carrier when carrying out the pre-operational check.
pre-operational check. scanner correction.
W-4316 The mask is installed in the carrier. MFC carrier installed with mask when
carrying out scanner correction (pre-
Couldn’t perform the scanner operational checks)
correction. Remove the mask. (Cause of the error message)
1. Not installed or seated calibration 1. Install the calibration mask
mask properly.
2. Faulty MSB23 circuit board 2. Inspect the mask ID sensor by
input check and replace the circuit
board if it is abnormal.
W-4317 The sliding stage is not inserted. Slider of MFC carrier is not set when
carrying out scanner correction (pre-
Insert it, and then perform the operational checks).
scanner correction with calibration (Causes of the error message)
mask. 1. Mask table slider out of optical axis 1. Lock the mask table slider in the
side lock position optical axis side.
2. Faulty mask table slider position 2. Replace the sensor.
sensor (D486)
3-66

W-4318 The film remains in the carrier. Film remains in NC100AY carrier Remove the film and then start the
when intending to carry out scanner scanner correction.
Couldn’t perform the scanner correction (pre-operational checks).
correction.
Remove the film, and then perform

the scanner correction.
3
W-4319 Couldn’t perform the scanner NC100AY is not in 135 feed lane
correction for this lane. when intending to carry out scanner
correction (pre-operational check).
Select the 135 lane. (Causes of the error message)
1. Carrier lane not 135 side 1. Change the carrier to the 135 feed
lane.
2. Faulty 135 feed lane position 2. Replace the sensor, repair or
sensor (D129) or poorly connected replace the harness.
harness
3. Faulty CYA23 circuit board
W-4320 The motor in the scanner section is Scanner section is operating when
being driven. intending to carry out scanner
correction (pre-operational checks).
Stop the motor and then retry it. (Causes of the error message)
1. Scanner moving to home position 1. Wait until completion.
2. Poorly connected harness (main 2. Connect the harness securely.
control unit to GMB23 circuit
board)
W-4322 Temperature control error is in the Scanner temperature control error
scanner section. (Causes of the error message)
1. Poorly connected harness (LED23 1. Connect, repair or replace the
It is possible to continue printing, but to CLE circuit board) harness.
the color of the printing may vary a 2. Faulty LED23 circuit board 2. Replace the circuit board.
little. 3. Faulty CLE23 circuit board 3. Replace the circuit board.
If this error persists, consult your

I-4323 You cannot change mask, film type Incorrect condition setup (paper type Wait until completion of scanning.
and film feeding method in scanning. or one-way mode), or delay of setup
timing
Remove film and set again.
I-4324 Scanning conditions are not decided. Incorrect combination of diffusion Install the correct diffusion box,
box, carrier and mask carrier and mask.
Check if the diffusion box, carrier or
mask is correctly installed.
W-4325 Diffusion box is not installed. Carrier and mask are installed
without diffusion box.
Install it. (Causes of the error message)
1. Carrier has been installed without 1. Install the diffusion box.
diffusion box.
2. Faulty diffusion box sensor(D301/ 2. Replace the sensor.
D302)
3. Broken diffusion box sensor(D301/ 3. Repair or replace the harness.
D302)harness
W-4326 An incorrect diffusion box is installed. Incorrect combination of diffusion box Replace the diffusion box with the
and mask correct one.
Install the correct diffusion box.
W-4327 An incorrect film mask is installed. Incorrect combination of diffusion box
and mask
Install the correct film mask. (Causes of the error message)
1. Incorrect combination of diffusion 1. Replace the diffusion box or mask.
box and mask
2. Mask is not seated. 2. Reinstall the mask correctly.
3. Faulty mask sensor 3. Replace the MSB23 circuit board.
3-67

W-4328 Wrong combination of film mask and Incorrect combination of diffusion box Replace the mask or diffusion box.
diffusion box. and mask
Check combination of film mask and

diffusion box.
W-4330 The leading frame is not detected. Leading end frame cannot be
detected.
Check the selected film type and the (Causes of the error message)
actual film. 1. Excessively underexposed or 1. Scan an excessively
unexposed 135 film image underexposed frame with fixed
feed mode or MFC10AY. Stop the
leading end frame by pressing the
feed fine adjustment key when
fixed feed mode is selected.
2. Excessively underexposed or 2. Check the IX240 film image.
unexposed image with unexposed Select 2 or 3 for IX240 unexposed
frame detect level = 1 for IX240 frame detect level.
W-4331 The parameter to request pre- Unexpected parameter (0 etc.) at Proceed to “Print Size Registration”
scanning is incorrect. prescanning demand and check that the paper size is
correct
Check the carrier, film mask and the
print size.
W-4335 The scanner correction hasn’t been Image has been scanned with a Perform the scanner correction in
performed with this carrier. carrier without scanner correction pre-operational checks.
being performed.
Perform the scanner correction.
W-4336 The focus position adjustment is not Focus position adjustment has not Perform focus position adjustment
performed with this carrier. been executed for the installed and register it.
carrier.
Install the film mask to be used, and
then perform the focus position
adjustment.
W-4337 The mask is not installed or it is not Mask not installed or unset mask bit
installed correctly. is detected
Install the correct one. 1. Mask not installed 1. Install the mask.
2. Calibration mask installed 2. Replace the calibration mask with
If it exists, make sure to install it the correct one.
correctly. 3. Improperly seated mask 3. Install the mask correctly.
W-4341 The range for cropping is incorrect. Bordered is selected but cropping Set the rotating angle to zero or
frame exceeds original area. reduce the cropping frame.
Perform cropping with the image.
W-4343 Pre-scan failed. Pre-scanning error (Returned value If another error occurred at the same
error from mounted print) time, take action for it.
Perform it again. If there is no other error at the same
time, check the value in “Mask
If this error persists, consult your Position Adjustment”.
W-4344 Pre-scan failed. Pre-scanning error (Returned value If another error occurred at the same
W-4345 Fine-scan failed. Pre-scanning error (Returned value If another error occurred at the same
3-68

W-4346 Couldn’t read the bar code on the Barcode cannot be read or
film. information delayed in one-way
mode.
Continue processing. (Causes of the error message)
1. Notched film or fogged film edge Proceed processing and check color,
2. Film without barcode information etc. on the printing screen.
3
W-4348 A film is not inserted into the carrier. Film is not inserted when leading end Restart the system software. If the
frame detecting command is error occurs again, reinstall the
Insert a film, and then retry printing. received. (Software abnormal) system software. (NOTE 1)
W-4349 A film type is not selected. Original type is not selected when Restart the system software.If the
leading end frame detecting error occurs again, reinstall the
Select a film type, and then retry command is received. (Software system software. (NOTE1)
printing. abnormal)
W-4351 An incorrect parameter in the CCD Parameter of the scanner CCD23 On Menu 0350 “Scanner Parameter
circuit board. circuit board differs from one of the Check/Update”, perform the
HDD. following.
The operation may be continued, but (Causes of the error message)
if a mechanical failure or abnormal 1. CCD unit has been replaced. 1. Click [Reading].
image occurs, consult your technical 2. Main control unit has been 2. Click [Storage].
representative. replaced.
3. Parameter writing is not performed 3. Click [Storage].
after the system software has
been newly installed.
4. Damaged data of circuit board or 4. Perform “AD Timing Adjustment”,
file in HDD of main control unit “OFD voltage adjustment” and
HDD. “Gray Pixel Detection”.
W-4352 An incorrect parameter in the CTB Parameter of the scanner CTB23 On Menu 0350 “Scanner Parameter
HDD. following.
representative. 1. CTB23 circuit board has been 1. Click [Reading].
replaced.
2. Main control unit has been 2. Click [Storage].
replaced.
W-4353 An incorrect parameter in the CLE Parameter of the scanner CLE23 On Menu 0350 “Scanner Parameter
HDD. following.
representative. 1. CLE23 circuit board has been 1. Click [Reading].
replaced.
replaced.
3-69

W-4354 An incorrect parameter in the CPZ Parameter of the scanner CPZ23 On Menu 0350 “Scanner Parameter
HDD. following.
representative. 1. CPZ23 circuit board has been 1. Click [Reading].
replaced.
replaced.
W-4355 Writing data to hard disk failed. Disk writing failure
Consult your technical 1. Lack of HDD capacity 1. Delete unnecessary files from the
representative. HDD.
2. Faulty software 2. Restart the system software.If the
system software. (NOTE1)
3. Faulty HDD 3. Replace the HDD.
W-4356 Reading data from hard disk failed. Reading from disk failure
Consult your technical 1. Faulty software 1. Restart the system software.If the
representative. error occurs again, reinstall the
W-4357 No files are found in the hard disk. Search disk file failure
Consult your technical 1. Faulty software 1. Restart the system software.If the
W-4358 Please install the calibration mask. Calibration mask not installed.
Couldn’t perform the scanner 1. Calibration mask not installed. 1. Install the calibration mask.
correction. 2. Faulty mask sensor 2. Replace the MSB23 circuit board.
W-4359 Unknown carrier type. Incorrect carrier code is received.
(Cusses of the error message)
Install the carrier again. 1. Program in carrier changed for 1. If the type differs between the
some reason. installed carrier and the displayed
If problems persist, consult your one, replace the carrier circuit
technical representative. board.
2. Scanner software version 2. Upgrade the system software (A1).
unsuitable for this carrier.
W-4360 The focus position adjustment is not 135F mask focus position adjustment Perform and register “Focus Position
performed. is not performed when scanner Adjustment”.
correction with NC100AY carrier is
Perform the focus position requested.
adjustment with the 135 full-frame
mask.
W-4361 The focus position adjustment is not 135H mask focus position adjustment Perform and register “Focus Position
performed. is not performed when scanner Adjustment”.
correction with NC100AY carrier is
Perform the focus position requested.
adjustment with the 135 half-frame
mask.
W-4362 The focus position adjustment is not Scanning operation is requested with Perform and register “Focus Position
performed with this mask. mask not performed focus position Adjustment”.
adjustment.
Perform it with this mask.
3-70

I-4363 The scanner temperature control is Temperature control not completed. Wait until completion.
not completed.
Please wait.
After the completion of temperature

control, the selected menu will be
3
automatically started.
I-4364 The diffusion box is incorrect. Diffusion box type cannot be detected
when scanner correction is
Couldn’t perform the scanner requested.
correction. (Causes of the error message)
1. Diffusion box not installed. 1. Install the diffusion box.
Check carrier and diffusion box. 2. Faulty diffusion box sensor. 2. Replace the sensor.
3. Broken or shorted diffusion box 3. Repair or replace the harness.
sensor harness
I-4365 Closing the maintenance process. Maintenance completing Wait until completion.
Please wait.
W-4366 The scanner correction was Operation occurred to cancel scanner Perform the scanner correction again.
cancelled. correction
Try it again.
E-4369 Scanning conditions are not decided. Scanning condition (combination of
diffusion box, carrier and mask)
Check if the diffusion box, carrier or decision error
mask is correctly installed. (Causes of the error message)
1. Incorrectly seated mask 1. Install the mask correctly.
If this error persists, consult your 2. Faulty mask sensor 2. Replace the MSB23 circuit board.
E-4370 An incorrect scanning condition was Entered parameter (magnification,
entered. range etc.) is zero or below.
Check the printing magnification and 1. Incorrect print size value is set up. 1. Set print size up correctly.
the scanning range. 2. Damaged scanning parameter in 2. Reinstall the system software (A1).
HDD (NOTE 1)
W-4371 It is unaccepted to print using this Parameter is specified to increase
magnification. pixel shifting when executing fine
scanning in one-way mode.
Decrease the printing magnification. (Causes of the error message)
1. Damaged scanning condition 1. Restart the system software.If the
parameter file in HDD error occurs again, reinstall the
W-4372 The printing magnification exceeds Printing magnification exceeds upper
the upper limit. limit.
Decrease the printing magnification. 1. Damaged scanning condition 1. Restart the system software.If the
W-4373 The printing magnification exceeds Printing magnification exceeds lower
the lower limit. limit.
Increase the printing magnification. 1. Damaged scanning condition 1. Restart the system software.If the
W-4374 The cropping range is too small. Too small cropping range Increase the cropping range.
Increase the cropping range.
3-71

W-4375 An margin occurs in printing. White space occurs as a result of Try to crop the image. If the error
computation using specified no white occurs again, restart the system
Crop it not to create the margin. blank parameter. software. Reinstall the system
software if the error still occurs.
(NOTE 1)
W-4377 Couldn’t decide the number of times Nimber of times for pixel shifting
for refracting pixels. cannot be decided because
magnification is too high for one-way
Decrease the printing magnification. mode.
(Causes of the error message) 1. Restart the system software.If the
If this error persists, consult your 1. Damaged scanning condition error occurs again, reinstall the
technical representative. parameter in HDD system software. (NOTE1)
W-4379 Processing the former film. Next processing cannot be performed Restart the system software.If the
due to processing previous film error occurs again, reinstall the
Retry printing after it is completed. system software. (NOTE1)
W-4380 The lock of the carrier is released. Carrier is removed or lock is not
released.
Release the lock and remove the (Causes of the error message)
carrier. 1. Moved only carrier lock arm to lock 1. Pull the lock release lever and
position move the arm to the release
position.
2. Foreign matter in carrier lock 2. Remove the foreign matter.
sensor (D208)
3. Faulty carrier lock sensor (D208) 3. Replace the sensor.
4. Broken or shorted carrier lock 4. Repair or replace the harness.
sensor harness
W-4381 Carrier initialization failed. NC100AY carrier is inoperable at pre- Remove the carrier and reinstall it. If
operational checks. another error occurs, take measures
Couldn’t perform the scanner against it.
correction.
Install the carrier again.

W-4382 The lock of the carrier is released. Carrier is installed but not locked.
Release the lock and remove the 1. Moved only carrier lock arm to lock 1. Pull the lock release lever and
carrier. position move the arm to the release
position.
2. Foreign matter in carrier lock 2. Remove the foreign matter.
sensor (D208)
4. Broken or shorted carrier lock 4. Repair or replace the harness.
sensor harness
5. Faulty CYA23 or CYB23 circuit 5. Replace the circuit board.
board
W-4383 Couldn’t perform the scanner Scanner correction demand is Execute scanner correction again.
correction. received during stabilizing
temperature control and temperature
Perform the scanner correction again. control error occurs before it
stabilizes.
W-4384 Carrier is not installed. Scanner correction demand is Wait until the scanner initialization
received when the carrier is not completes and perform the scanner
Couldn’t perform the scanner installed. correction again.
correction.
Install the carrier.

W-4385 Diffusion box is not installed. Scanner correction demand is Install the diffusion box and then
received when the diffusion box is not perform the scanner correction.
Couldn’t perform the scanner installed.
correction.
Install the diffusion box.
3-72

W-4386 The sliding stage is not installed. Scanner correction demand is Set the mask table slider and then
received when the mask table slider perform the scanner correction.
Couldn’t perform the scanner is not set.
correction.
Install it.
3
E 4387 A communication error occurred Start response timeout
between the main control section and (Causes of the error message)
GMB circuit boards. 1. Poorly connected or broken 1394 1. Connect the cable correctly, or
interface cable repair or replace it.
Restart the system. If problems 2. Poorly inserted GIE23 circuit 2. Insert the circuit board correctly in
persist, consult your technical board the slot.
representative. 3. Faulty GIE23 circuit board 3. Replace the GIE23 circuit board.
4. Faulty GMB23 circuit board 4. Replace the GMB23 circuit board.
E-4388 Initializing of communication for 1394 node connection failure
IEEE1394 failed. (Causes of the error message)
Restart the system. If problems interface cable between the image replace it.
persist, consult your technical processing box and the main
representative. control unit
2. GMB23 circuit board does not 2. Inspect and repair the power
start up. supply system of the GMB23
circuit board. Replace the GMB23
or GIE23 circuit board.
E-4389 Initializing of communication for 1394 startup failure Restart the system software.If the
IEEE1394 failed. error occurs again, reinstall the
representative.
W-4390 Couldn’t generate image log file due Image log cannot be stored due to Delete unnecessary files from the D
to insufficient disk space. lack of disk capacity. drive of the main control unit.

representative.
E-4391 Couldn't generate log file. Log cannot be stored due to lack of
Restart the system. If problems hard disk capacity.
representative. 1. Lack of hard disk capacity. 1. Check the capacity of the hard
disk and delete unnecessary files
(such as templates).
E-4392 A communication error occurred No response obtained by command Restart the system software. If the
between the image processing to carrier block same error occurs again, reinstall the
section and the carrier. system software. (NOTE 1)

representative.
E-4393 A communication error occurred No response obtained by command Restart the system software. If the
between the image processing to scanner light source block same error occurs again, reinstall the
section and scanner light source unit. system software. (NOTE 1)

representative.
3-73

E-4395 A communication error occurred No response for the demand is Restart the system software. If the
between the image processing obtained from the image creation same error occurs again, reinstall the
section and image generating block. system software. (NOTE 1)
section.

representative.
I-4396 Center memory space is insufficient. Faulty system software Restart the system software. If the
Please wait. same error occurs again, reinstall the
E-4398 Starting-up of the scanner section Faulty system software Restart the system software. If the
failed. same error occurs again, reinstall the
representative.
E-4399 A failure occurred in the memory of Center memory standard mounting
the image processing section. size (1GByte) cannot be assured.
(Cause of the error message)
You may print now, but several 1. Only one mounted DIMM 1. Add the DIMM.
functions may be restricted. 2. Second DIMM not inserted in Slot 2. Insert the second DIMM correctly
2 in Slot 2.
If this error persists, consult your 3. Second DIMM not detected 3. Insert the second DIMM correctly
technical representative. in Slot 2.
E-4401 A time-out error occurred during the No response obtained as against
CTB circuit board command was command to CTB23 circuit board
issued. (Causes of the error message)
1. Software overload (faulty software) 1. Restart the system software.
Restart the system. If problems 2. Poorly connected or broken 2. Reconnect the connector, or repair
persist, consult your technical harness or replace the harness.
representative. 3. Faulty CTB23 circuit board 3. Replace the circuit board.
4. Faulty GIA23 circuit board 4. Replace the circuit board.
5. Faulty GMB23 circuit board 5. Replace the circuit board.
CLE circuit board command was command to CLE23 circuit board
representative. 3. Faulty CLE23 circuit board 3. Replace the circuit board.
CPZ circuit board command was command to CPZ23 circuit board
representative. 3. Faulty CPZ23 circuit board 3. Replace the circuit board.
GIA circuit board command was command to GIA23 circuit board
representative. 3. Faulty GIA23 circuit board 3. Replace the circuit board.
3-74

E-4405 A time-out error occurred during the No response obtained when sending
main control section command was command to main control unit
1. Poorly connected 1394 cable 1. Connect the cable correctly.
Restart the system. If problems 2. Faulty system software 2. Restart the system software. If the
representative.
same error occurs again, reinstall
the system software. (NOTE 1)
3
E-4406 A time-out error occurred during the No response obtained when sending
auto dark correction table was being auto darkness correction table
created. creation command to GIA 23 circuit
board
persist, consult your technical 1. Poorly connected harness 1. Connect the harness correctly.
representative. (CCD23 to GIA23 circuit board)
3. Faulty CCD23 circuit board 3. Replace the CCD unit.
E-4408 The downloading of the data from the Download completion response is not
main control section failed. obtained from the main control unit or
download response from the main
Restart the system. If problems control unit is NG.
representative. 1. Poorly connected 1394 cable 1. Connect the cable correctly.
2. Faulty system software 2. Restart the system software. If the
same error occurs again, reinstall
the system software. (NOTE 1)
E-4410 Uploading of the data to the main Upload response from the main
control section failed. control unit is NG.
Restart the system. If problems 1. Faulty 1394 cable between GMB 1. Reconnect or replace the 1394
persist, consult your technical circuit board and main control unit cable.
representative. 2. Faulty HDD in main control unit 2. Replace the HDD.
E-4411 Creating of the bright correction file Brightness correction response Restart the system software. If the
information failed. failure same error occurs again, reinstall the
representative.
W-4412 Auto focus failed. Peak detecting retry over at AF
execution
Check if the film is set correctly. (Causes of the error message)
1. Film (error occurs by specific 1. Correct the film (replace the
frame or film) mount).
• Low contrast
• Heavily curled films
• Excessively thin or thick mounts
2. Carrier (situation is changed by 2. Remove the carrier and reinstall it
carriers or masks) or perform carrier self-diagnostics.
• Carrier not seated on carrier
base correctly
• Mask not seated correctly
• Faulty carrier pressure system
3. Scanner (frequent cavses) 3. Close “I/O Check” screen to check
• Abnormal focus position the mechanical initializing error
adjustment value and then inspect the lens and
• Abnormal focus calibration value conjugate length variable drive
• Loss of synchronization of lens section.
or conjugate length motor
3-75

W-4413 Auto focus failed. No contrast at AF
Check if the film is set correctly. 1. Abnormal focus position 1. Perform the focus position
adjustment value adjustment.
2. Low contrast film 2. -
3. Scanned without film in MFC10AY 3. Insert a film and execute the
operation again.
E-4414 Auto focus failed. Motor error at AF (AF error received
from CTB23 circuit board)
persist, consult your technical 1. Faulty harness between GIA23 1. Reconnect, repair or replace the
representative. and CTB23 circuit board harness.
2. Faulty harness between CCD23 2. Reconnect, repair or replace the
and GIA23 circuit board harness.
E-4415 A time-out error occurred when the No action from GIA23 circuit board at
GIA circuit board is started up. starting up
Restart the system. If problems 1. Poorly connected CN3 connector 1. Connect the connector correctly.
persist, consult your technical to GIA23 circuit board.
representative. 2. Poorly connected connector to 2. Connect the connector correctly.
CCD23 circuit board
3. Poorly connected GIA23 circuit 3. Insert the circuit board securely.
board in PCI slot
4. Faulty cable between GIA23 and 4. Replace the cable.
CCD23 circuit boards
E-4417 An error occurred when the At the time of N-scanning fine
piezoelectric actuator is controlled. scanning
(Causes of the error message) 1. Remove disturbance.
It is possible to continue printing, but 1. Temporary disturbance at
the resolution may be deteriorated scanning (impact/high-power radio 2. Replace the CCD unit.
when you print with larger sizes than waves)
4R. 2. Faulty CCD unit (pixel shifting 3. Replace the cable.
section)
Consult your technical 3. Poorly connected or broken cable
representative. between CCD unit and CPZ23 4. Replace the circuit board.
circuit board. 5. Check consistency of the CPZ23
4. Faulty CPZ23 circuit board circuit board parameter in
5. Abnormal CPZ23 parameter “Scanner Parameter Check/
Update”.
E-4418 The AD timing adjustment failed. FL level AD timing decision failure
Restart the system. If problems 1. Faulty CCD23 circuit board power 1. Reconnect, repair or replace the
persist, consult your technical supply on harness harness.
representative. 2. Faulty GIA23 circuit board power 2. Replace the circuit board, and
supply harness reconnect, repair or replace the
harness.
3. Faulty coaxial harness between 3. Reconnect or replace the harness.
CCD23 and GIA23 circuit boards
4. Faulty serial transmission cable 4. Reconnect or replace the cable.
between CCD23 and GIA23 circuit
board
3-76

E-4419 The AD timing adjustment failed. DL level AD timing decision failure
Restart the system. If problems 1. Abnormal CCD23 circuit board 1. Reconnect, repair or replace the
persist, consult your technical power supply harness harness.
representative. 2. Abnormal GIA23 circuit board 2. Replace the circuit board.
power supply or faulty harness Reconnect, repair or replace the
harness.
3
3. Faulty coaxial cable between 3. Reconnect or replace the harness.
boards
E-4420 The AD timing adjustment failed. Abnormal AD timing
Restart the system. If problems 1. Faulty CCD23 circuit board power 1. Reconnect, repair or replace the
persist, consult your technical supply harness harness.
representative. 2. Faulty GIA23 circuit board power 2. Replace the circuit board, and
supply or harness reconnect, repair or replace the
harness.
3. Faulty coaxial harness between 3. Reconnect or replace the harness.
board
E-4421 The LED rated current exceeds the At CCD auto adjusting
limit during the OFD voltage (Causes of the error message)
adjustment. 1. Shielding in optical path 1. Remove the shielding.
2. Faulty CCD or CCD23 circuit 2. Replace the CCD unit.
Restart the system. If problems board
persist, consult your technical 3. Faulty LED-B 3. Replace the LED ASSY.
representative.
I-4422 Performing the dark correction. Darkness correction is processing. Wait until correction is completed.
Please wait.
I-4423 The full mask is not installed in the At scanner correction, brightness
carrier. correction or defect pixel creating
Install it. 1. No 135F lower mask 1. Install the 135F mask.
2. 135 upper mask is half-frame 2. Install the 135F mask.
mask.
3. Not seated 135F lower mask 3. Install the 135F lower mask or
replace the mask.
4. Foreign matter in scanner opening 4. Remove the foreign matter.
5. Scanner optical axis misalignment 5. Adjust the optical axis.
W-4424 The half mask is not installed in the At scanner correction, brightness
carrier. correction or defect pixel creating
Install it. 1. No 135H lower mask 1. Install the 135H mask.
2. Upper mask is full-frame mask. 2. Install the 135H mask.
3. Not seated 135H lower mask 3. Install the 135H lower mask or
replace the mask.
3-77

W-4426 Detecting of the mask failed. At scanner correction, brightness
correction or defect pixel creating
Install the carrier and the mask (Causes of the error message)
correctly. 1. Required 135 upper and lower 1. Install the required 135 mask.
mask not installed
2. Diffusion plate of 135 lower mask 2. Fit the diffusion plate to the 135
removed lower mask or replace the mask.
E-4429 The conjugate length control is At post-operational checks
1. Faulty harness 1. Replace the harness.
Restart the system. If problems 2. Overload (foreign matter, lack of 2. Remove foreign matter or apply
persist, consult your technical lubricant) grease.
representative. 3. Faulty CTB23 circuit board or 3. Replace the circuit board or power
power supply supply unit.
E-4430 The lens is stepped out. At post-operational checks
Restart the system. If problems 1. Faulty harness 1. Replace the harness.
persist, consult your technical 2. Overload (foreign matter, lack of 2. Remove foreign matter or apply
representative. lubricant) grease.
3. Faulty CTB23 circuit board or 3. Replace the circuit board or power
power supply supply unit.
W-4431 The LED temperature is not At one-way or two-way scanning
stabilized. mode
If this error persists, consult your 1. Increased LED temperature due to 1. Decrease the room temperature.
technical representative. too high a room temperature (32˚C
or higher)
2. Blocked opening for light source 2. Clear the opening.
section exhaust fan
3. Clogged scanner air filter 3. Clean the air filter.
4. Too low a room temperature(10˚C 4. Increase the room temperature.
or lower)
5. Faulty LED heater or LED light 5. Replace the LED heater and
source temperature sensor sensor assembly.
6. Faulty LED heater or LED light 6. Replace the harness.
source temperature sensor
harness
7. Faulty CLE23 circuit board 7. Replace the circuit board.
E-4432 The version of the CTB circuit board Abnormal software at startup Load the CTB23 circuit board
software is mismatched. initializing software using the system software
(A1) CD.
Consult your technical
representative.
E-4433 The version of the CLE circuit board Abnormal software at startup Load the CLE23 circuit board
(A1) CD.
representative.
E-4434 The version of the CPZ circuit board Abnormal software at startup Load the CPZ23 circuit board
(A1) CD.
representative.
E-4435 All channels for IR-LED are Startup initializing
disconnected. (Causes of the error message)
1. Faulty harness between CLE23 1. Reconnect, repair or replace the
Consult your technical and LED23 circuit boards harness.
representative. 2. Faulty LED23 circuit board 2. Replace the circuit board.
3-78

E-4436 All channels for B-LED are Startup initializing
3
E-4437 All channels for G-LED are Startup initializing
E-4438 All channels for R-LED are Startup initializing
W-4439 Any channels for IR-LED are Startup initializing
It is possible to continue printing, but and LED23 circuit boards harness.
make sure to do the scanner 2. Faulty LED23 circuit board 2. Replace the circuit board.
correction. 3. Faulty CLE23 circuit board 3. Replace the circuit board.
W-4440 Any channels for B-LED are Startup initializing
W-4441 Any channels for G-LED are Startup initializing
W-4442 Any channels for R-LED are Startup initializing
E-4443 The CTB7 connector is removed. Startup initializing
Consult your technical 1. Poorly connected CTB7 connector 1. Connect the connector securely.
representative. to CTB23 circuit board
2. Faulty harness 2. Repair or replace the harness.
3. Faulty CTB23 circuit board 3. Replace the circuit board.
E-4444 The CTB8 connector is removed. Startup initializing
Consult your technical 1. Poorly connected CTB8 connector 1. Connect the connector securely.
representative. to CTB23 circuit board
2. Faulty harness 2. Repair or replace the harness.
E-4445 An abnormal temperature was Startup initializing
detected at the driver IC of the M204 (Causes of the error message)
pulse motor. 1. Faulty CTB23 circuit board 1. Replace the circuit board.

representative.
3-79

pulse motor. At startup:
1. Too high a room temperature(32˚C 1. Decrease the room temperature.
Restart the system. If problems or higher)
persist, consult your technical 2. Faulty motor harness 2. Reconnect or replace the harness.
representative. Except at startup: 3. Replace the motor.
3. Faulty motor (M202)
pulse motor. At startup:
persist, consult your technical 2. Faulty motor harness 2. Reconnect or replace the harness.
representative. Except at startup: 3. Replace the motor.
3. Faulty motor (M202)
E-4448 The 5V power fuse for the CTB circuit Startup initializing
board sensor is blown out. (Causes of the error message)
1. Faulty sensor (D201/D202/D203) 1. Reconnect or replace the harness.
Consult your technical harness
representative. 2. Faulty sensor (D201/D202/D203) 2. Replace the sensor.
E-4449 The 24V power fuse for the CTB Startup initializing
circuit board fan/solenoid is blown (Causes of the error message)
out. 1. Faulty sensor (F211/F212/F312) 1. Reconnect or replace the harness.
harness
Consult your technical 2. Faulty fan (F211/F212/F312) 2. Replace the sensor.
E-4452 The PLD in the CTB circuit board is Startup initializing
representative.
E-4454 Electrical failure occurred. Startup initializing
(CTB CB +24V) 1. Faulty harness between power 1. Reconnect or replace the harness.
supply and CTB23 circuit board
Restart the system. If problems 2. Voltage drop in 24V power supply 2. Replace the power supply unit.
persist, consult your technical to CTB23 circuit board
E-4455 The exhausting fan in the scanner Startup initializing
section is abnormal. (Causes of the error message)
1. Faulty harness between CTB23 1. Reconnect or replace the harness.
Restart the system. If problems circuit board and fan
persist, consult your technical 2. Faulty fan (F312) 2. Replace the fan.
E-4456 The cooling fan in the scanner Startup initializing
E-4457 The exhausting fan in the scanner Startup initializing
3-80

(CLE CB A+12V) 1. Faulty harness between power 1. Reconnect or replace the harness.
supply unit and CLE23 circuit
representative.
2. Voltagedrop in 12V power supply
for CTB23 circuit board
2. Replace the power supply unit.
3
(CLE CB A+24V) 1. Faulty harness between power 1. Reconnect or replace the harness.
supply unit and CLE23 circuit
persist, consult your technical 2. Voltagedrop in 24V power supply 2. Replace the power supply unit.
representative. for CTB23 circuit board
E-4460 The fuse is blown out. Startup initializing
(CLE CB F1) 1. Faulty sensor (D311) harness 1. Reconnect or replace the harness.
2. Faulty sensor (D311) 2. Replace the sensor
Consult your technical 3. Faulty CLE23 circuit board 3. Replace the circuit board.
representative.
(CLE CB F2) 1. Faulty LED heater (LH311/LH312) 1. Reconnect or replace the harness.
harness
Consult your technical 2. Faulty LED heater (LH311/LH312) 2. Replace the heater.
representative. 3. Faulty CLE23 circuit board 3. Replace the circuit board.
(CLE CB F3) 1. Faulty LED harness 1. Reconnect or replace the harness.
2. Faulty LED 2. Replace the LED.
Consult your technical 3. Faulty CLE23 circuit board 3. Replace the circuit board.
representative.
E-4463 The temperature control I/F Startup initializing
connector (CLE2) is disconnected. (Causes of the error message)
1. Poorly connected CLE2 connector 1. Reconnect the connector.
Consult your technical to CLE23 circuit board
representative. 2. Faulty harness 2. Reconnect or replace the harness.
E-4464 The micro-switch I/F connector Startup initializing
(CLE5) is disconnected. (Causes of the error message)
1. Poorly connected CLE5 connector 1. Reconnect the connector.
Consult your technical to CLE23 circuit board
representative. 2. Faulty harness 2. Reconnect or replace the harness.
E-4465 The CLE temperature sensor is Startup initializing
persist, consult your technical 2. Faulty LED heater/temperature 2. Replace the heater/sensor
representative. sensor assembly.
3-81

E-4466 The diagnostics of the piezoelectric Broken Piezoelectric Actuator 1 or
actuator failed. poorly connected connector at
startup initialization
It is possible to continue printing, but (Causes of the error message)
the resolution may be deteriorated 1. Temporary disturbance at 1. Remove disturbance.
when you print with larger sizes than scanning (impact/high-power radio
4R. waves)
2. Poorly connected or broken cable 2. Replace the cable.
Consult your technical between CCD unit and CPZ23
representative. circuit board.
3. Faulty CCD unit (pixel shifting 3. Replace the CCD unit.
section)
4. Abnormal CPZ23 parameter 4. Check consistency of the CPZ23
circuit board parameter in
“Scanner Parameter Check/
Update”.
5. Faulty CPZ23 circuit board 5. Replace the circuit board.
E-4467 The diagnostics of the piezoelectric Faulty Piezoelectric Actuator 1
actuator failed. monitor circuit at startup initialization
It is possible to continue printing, but 1. Faulty CPZ23 circuit board 1. Replace the circuit board.
the resolution may be deteriorated
when you print with larger sizes than
4R.

representative.
E-4468 The diagnostics of the piezoelectric Faulty high-pressure drive, monitor or
actuator failed. displacement measuring circuit of
Piezoelectric Actuator 1 at startup
It is possible to continue printing, but initialization
the resolution may be deteriorated (Causes of the error message)
when you print with larger sizes than 1. Abnormal CPZ23 circuit board 1. Inspect and repair the power
4R. power supply supply system.
representative.
E-4469 The diagnostics of the piezoelectric Broken Piezoelectric Actuator 2 or
actuator failed. poorly connected connector at
startup initialization
It is possible to continue printing, but (Causes of the error message)
the resolution may be deteriorated 1. Temporary disturbance at 1. Remove disturbance.
when you print with larger sizes than scanning (impact/high-power radio
4R. waves)
2. Poorly connected or broken cable 2. Replace the cable.
Consult your technical between CCD unit and CPZ23
representative. circuit board.
3. Faulty CCD unit (pixel shifting 3. Replace the CCD unit.
section)
4. Abnormal CPZ23 parameter 4. Check consistency of the CPZ23
circuit board parameter in
“Scanner Parameter Check/
Update”.
E-4470 The diagnostics of the piezoelectric Broken Piezoelectric Actuator 2
actuator failed. monitor circuit at startup initialization
It is possible to continue printing, but 1. Faulty CPZ23 circuit board 1. Replace the circuit board.
4R.

representative.
3-82

E-4471 The diagnostics of the piezoelectric Faulty high-pressure drive, monitor or
actuator failed. displacement measuring circuit of
Piezoelectric Actuator 2 at startup
It is possible to continue printing, but initialization
the resolution may be deteriorated (Causes of the error message)
4R.
1. Abnormal CPZ23 circuit board
power supply
1. Inspect and repair the power
supply system.
3
representative.
E-4472 Electrical failure occurred. At startup initialization
(GIA CB A+5V) 1. Poorly connected CN1 to GIA23 1. Connect the connector correctly
circuit board
Restart the system. If problems 2. Poorly connected PS2 to power 2. Connect the connector correctly
persist, consult your technical supply unit
representative. 3. Faulty harness 3. Replace the harness.
4. Blown power supply fuse 4. Replace the fuse.
5. Blown GIA23 circuit board fuse 5. Replace the circuit board.
(F72)
7. Faulty power supply unit 7. Replace the power supply unit
E-4473 The control of the CTB circuit board SKCTB-serial Transmission Driver 0
is abnormal. parity error
Restart the system. If problems 1. Noise in electric line 1. Click [OK] to clear the message.
persist, consult your technical - Outside noise (static electricity,
representative. radio transmission or power
supply-induced)
- Inside noise
2. System software overload (faulty 2. Restart the system software. If the
software) error occurs again, reinstall the
3. Faulty CTB23 circuit board (CPU) 3. Replace the circuit board.
is abnormal. framing error
supply-induced)
- Inside noise
is abnormal. parity and framing error
supply-induced)
- Inside noise
3-83

is abnormal. overrun error
supply-induced)
- Inside noise
is abnormal. overrun and parity error
supply-induced)
- Inside noise
is abnormal. overrun and framing error
supply-induced)
- Inside noise
is abnormal. overrun, framing and parity error
supply-induced)
- Inside noise
is abnormal. sending timeout
supply-induced)
- Inside noise
3-84

E-4481 The control of the CTB circuit board SKCTB-transmission 1 message
is abnormal. sending error
supply-induced)
3
- Inside noise
is abnormal. receiving error
supply-induced)
- Inside noise
E-4483 The control of the CTB circuit board SKCTB-transmission 1 retry over
is abnormal. (Causes of the error message)
1. Noise in electric line 1. Click [OK] to clear the message.
Restart the system. If problems - Outside noise (static electricity,
persist, consult your technical radio transmission or power
representative. supply-induced)
- Inside noise
E-4484 The control of the CTB circuit board SKCTB-message delivery module
is abnormal. initializing error 1
Restart the system. If problems 1. Abnormal software 1. Restart the system software. If the
persist, consult your technical error occurs again, reinstall the
representative. system software. (NOTE 1)
E-4485 The control of the CTB circuit board SKCTB-message delivery module
is abnormal. initializing error 2
E-4486 The control of the CTB circuit board SKCTB-message delivery message
is abnormal. sending error 1
3-85

Restart the system. If problems 1. System software overload (foulty 1. Restart the system software. If the
persist, consult your technical software) error occurs again, reinstall the
E-4489 The control of the CTB circuit board SKCTB-message delivery memory
is abnormal. pool obtaining error 0
E-4490 The control of the CTB circuit board SKCTB-message delivery memory
is abnormal. pool release error 0
E-4491 The control of the CTB circuit board SKCTB-message delivery—memory
E-4492 The control of the CTB circuit board SKCTB-message delivery—memory
E-4493 The control of the CTB circuit board SKCTB-message delivery—
is abnormal. semaphore obtaining error
is abnormal. semaphore return error
is abnormal. semaphore reference error
E-4496 The control of the CTB circuit board SKCTB-system initialization error
Restart the system. If problems error occurs again, reinstall the
persist, consult your technical system software. (NOTE 1)
representative. 2. Faulty CTB23 circuit board (CPU) 2. Replace the circuit board.
3-86

E-4497 The control of the CTB circuit board SKCTB-task creation error
3
E-4498 The control of the CTB circuit board SKCTB-mail box creation error
E-4499 The control of the CTB circuit board SKCTB-alarm creation error
E-4500 The control of the CTB circuit board SKCTB-fixed length memory pool
is abnormal. creation error
E-4501 The control of the CTB circuit board SKCTB-variable length memory pool
E-4502 The control of the CTB circuit board SKCTB-event creation error
E-4503 The control of the CTB circuit board SKCTB-task starting error
supply-induced)
- Inside noise
3-87

supply-induced)
- Inside noise
supply-induced)
- Inside noise
supply-induced)
- Inside noise
supply-induced)
- Inside noise
supply-induced)
- Inside noise
3-88

is abnormal. sending overrun, framing and parity
error
persist, consult your technical 1. Noise in electric line 1. Click [OK] to clear the message.
representative. - Outside noise (static electricity,
radio transmission or power
3
supply-induced)
- Inside noise
supply-induced)
- Inside noise
- Inside noise
supply-induced)
- Inside noise
3-89

supply-induced)
- Inside noise
supply-induced)
- Inside noise
supply-induced)
- Inside noise
supply-induced)
- Inside noise
supply-induced)
- Inside noise
3-90

supply-induced)
3
- Inside noise
supply-induced)
- Inside noise
- Inside noise
E-4526 An error occurred during accessing of SKCTB-I2C bus free detecting error
the CTB circuit board external (Causes of the error message)
memory. 1. Faulty system software 1. Restart the system software. If the
Restart the system. If problems system software. (NOTE 1)
persist, consult your technical 2. Faulty CTB23 circuit board (CPU 2. Replace the circuit board.
representative. or EEPROM)
E-4527 An error occurred during accessing of SKCTB-I2C start bit sending error
3-91

E-4528 An error occurred during accessing of SKCTB-I2C slave address + R/W
the CTB circuit board external data sending error
memory. (Causes of the error message)
representative. 2. Faulty CTB23 circuit board (CPU 2. Replace the circuit board.
or EEPROM)
the CTB circuit board external data sending failure
or EEPROM)
E-4530 An error occurred during accessing of SKCTB-I2C higher-order address
the CTB circuit board external sending error
or EEPROM)
the CTB circuit board external sending failure
or EEPROM)
E-4532 An error occurred during accessing of SKCTB-I2C lower-order address
or EEPROM)
or EEPROM)
E-4534 An error occurred during accessing of SKCTB-I2C data sending error
E-4535 An error occurred during accessing of SKCTB-I2C data sending failure
3-92

E-4536 An error occurred during accessing of SKCTB-I2C sending OFF error
representative.
2. Faulty CTB23 circuit board (CPU
or EEPROM)
2. Replace the circuit board.
3
E-4537 An error occurred during accessing of SKCTB-I2C bus free detecting error
E-4538 An error occurred during accessing of SKCTB-I2C start bit sending error
the CTB circuit board external data sending error
or EEPROM)
the CTB circuit board external data sending failure
or EEPROM)
or EEPROM)
or EEPROM)
or EEPROM)
3-93

or EEPROM)
E-4545 An error occurred during accessing of SKCTB-I2C start bit sending error 2
the CTB circuit board external data sending error 2
or EEPROM)
the CTB circuit board external data sending failure 2
or EEPROM)
E-4548 An error occurred during accessing of SKCTB-I2C receiving start error
E-4549 An error occurred during accessing of SKCTB-I2C data receiving error
E-4550 An error occurred during accessing of SKCTB-I2C final data receiving error
E-4551 An error occurred during accessing of SKCTB-I2C receiving OFF error
3-94

E-4552 An error occurred during accessing of SKCTB-EEPROM R/W error
representative.
2. Faulty CTB23 circuit board (CPU
or EEPROM)
3
W-4553 The adjustment data for the CTB SKCTB-EEPROM data error (use of
circuit board external memory is ROM data)
corrupted. (Causes of the error message)
or EEPROM)
E-4563 Detecting of the conjugate length SKCTB-conjugate length variable
home position failed. position detection failure after moving
conjugate length variable position
Restart the system. If problems home position sensor
representative. 1. Faulty conjugate length variable 1. Reconnect or replace the harness.
position home position sensor
harness
2. Faulty conjugate length variable 2. Replace the sensor
(D201)
E-4564 Detecting of the conjugate length SKCTB-conjugate length home
home position failed. position operation 2 malfunction
Restart the system. If problems 1. Faulty conjugate length variable 1. Reconnect or replace the harness.
persist, consult your technical position home position sensor
representative. harness
2. Faulty conjugate length variable 2. Replace the sensor
(D201)
E-4569 The conjugate length control is SKCTB-conjugate length VD
abnormal. interruption abnormal
Restart the system. If problems 1. Faulty harness between GIA23 1. Reconnect or replace the harness.
persist, consult your technical and CTB23 circuit boards
representative. 2. Faulty harness between CCD23 2. Reconnect or replace the harness.
and GIA23 circuit boards
E-4580 Detecting of the lens home position SKCTB-lens home position operation
failed. abnormal 2
Restart the system. If problems 1. Faulty lens home position sensor 1. Reconnect or replace the harness.
persist, consult your technical (D202) harness
representative. 2. Faulty lens home position sensor 2. Replace the sensor
(D202)
E-4581 Detecting of the lens home position SKCTB-lens home position sensor
failed. NG
Restart the system. If problems 1. Faulty lens home position sensor 1. Reconnect or replace the harness.
persist, consult your technical (D202) harness
representative. 2. Faulty lens home position sensor 2. Replace the sensor
(D202)
E-4590 Detecting of the shutter home SKCTB-shutter home position
position failed. operation abnormal 1
Restart the system. If problems 1. Faulty shutter home position 1. Reconnect or replace the harness.
persist, consult your technical sensor (D203) harness
representative. 2. Faulty shutter drive motor (M203) 2. Reconnect or replace the harness.
harness
3-95

E-4592 An error occurred during accessing of SKCTB-EEPROM writing abnormal
harness
harness
E-4597 The shutter control is abnormal. SKCTB-shutter opening abnormal
harness
E-4598 The shutter control is abnormal. SKCTB-shatter opening timeout error
harness
E-4599 The shutter control is abnormal. SKCTB-shutter closing abnormal
harness
E-4600 The shutter control is abnormal. SKCTB-shutter closing timeout error
harness
E-4601 The control for the CLE circuit board SKCLE-message delivery module
is abnormal. initialization error 1
2. Faulty CLE23 circuit board (CPU) 2. Replace the circuit board.
3-96

E-4603 The control for the CLE circuit board SKCLE-message delivery message
representative.
2. Faulty CLE23 circuit board (CPU)
3
E-4608 The control for the CLE circuit board SKCLE-message delivery memory
3-97

E-4611 The control for the CLE circuit board SKCLE-message delivery
E-4612 The control for the CLE circuit board SKCLE-message delivery
E-4613 The control for the CLE circuit board SKCLE-system initialization error
representative. 2. Faulty CLE23 circuit board (CPU) 2. Replace the circuit board.
E-4614 The control for the CLE circuit board SKCLE-task creation error
E-4615 The control for the CLE circuit board SKCLE-mail box creation error
E-4616 The control for the CLE circuit board SKCLE-alarm creation error
E-4617 The control for the CLE circuit board SKCLE-fixed length memory pool
E-4618 The control for the CLE circuit board SKCLE-variable length memory pool
E-4619 The control for the CLE circuit board SKCLE-event creation error
3-98

E-4620 The control for the CLE circuit board SKCLE-task start error
3
E-4621 The control for the CLE circuit board SKCLE-serial Transmission Driver 3
supply-induced)
- Inside noise
supply-induced)
- Inside noise
supply-induced)
- Inside noise
supply-induced)
- Inside noise
3-99

supply-induced)
- Inside noise
supply-induced)
- Inside noise
supply-induced)
- Inside noise
supply-induced)
- Inside noise
E-4629 The control for the CLE circuit board SKCLE-transmission 2 message
supply-induced)
- Inside noise
3-100

E-4630 The control for the CLE circuit board SKCLE-transmission 2 message
supply-induced)
3
- Inside noise
E-4631 The control for the CLE circuit board SKCLE-transmission 2 retry over
- Inside noise
E-4632 An error occurred during accessing of SKCLE-I2C bus free detecting error
the CLE circuit board external (Causes of the error message)
persist, consult your technical 2. Faulty CLE23 circuit board (CPU 2. Replace the circuit board.
E-4633 An error occurred during accessing of SKCLE-I2C start bit sending error
E-4634 An error occurred during accessing of SKCLE-I2C slave address + R/W
the CLE circuit board external data sending error
representative. 2. Faulty CLE23 circuit board (CPU 2. Replace the circuit board.
or EEPROM)
the CLE circuit board external data sending failure
or EEPROM)
E-4636 An error occurred during accessing of SKCLE-I2C higher-order address
the CLE circuit board external sending error
or EEPROM)
3-101

the CLE circuit board external sending failure
or EEPROM)
E-4638 An error occurred during accessing of SKCLE-I2C lower-order address
or EEPROM)
or EEPROM)
E-4640 An error occurred during accessing of SKCLE-I2C data sending error
E-4641 An error occurred during accessing of SKCLE-I2C data sending failure
E-4642 An error occurred during accessing of SKCLE-I2C sending off error
E-4643 An error occurred during accessing of SKCLE-I2C bus free detecting error
E-4644 An error occurred during accessing of SKCLE-I2C start bit sending error
3-102

the CLE circuit board external data sending error
representative. 2. Faulty CLE23 circuit board (CPU
3
or EEPROM)
the CLE circuit board external data sending failure
or EEPROM)
or EEPROM)
or EEPROM)
or EEPROM)
or EEPROM)
E-4651 An error occurred during accessing of SKCLE-I2C start bit sending error 2
the CLE circuit board external data sending error 2
or EEPROM)
3-103

the CLE circuit board external data sending failure 2
or EEPROM)
E-4654 An error occurred during accessing of SKCLE-I2C receiving start error
E-4655 An error occurred during accessing of SKCLE-I2C data receiving error
E-4656 An error occurred during accessing of SKCLE-I2C final data receiving error
E-4657 An error occurred during accessing of SKCLE-I2C receiving OFF error
E-4658 An error occurred during accessing of SKCLE-EEPROM R/W error
W-4659 The adjustment data for the CLE Use of ROM data at starting up
circuit board external memory is (Causes of the error message)
corrupted. 1. Faulty system software 1. Restart the system software. If the
E-4660 The control for the CLE circuit board SKCLE-control task receiving error
1. System software overload 1. Restart the system software. If the
Restart the system. If problems (faulty software) error occurs again, reinstall the
E-4661 The control for the CLE circuit board SKCLE-LED task receiving error
3-104

E-4662 The control for the CLE circuit board SKCLE-temperature control task
Restart the system. If problems 1. System software overload 1. Restart the system software. If the
persist, consult your technical (faulty software) error occurs again, reinstall the
representative.
2. Faulty CLE23 circuit board (CPU)
3
E-4663 The control for the CLE circuit board SKCLE-maintenance task receiving
is abnormal. error
Restart the system. If problems 1. System software overload 1. Restart the system software. If the
persist, consult your technical (faulty software) error occurs again, reinstall the
E-4664 The control for the CLE circuit board SKCLE-illegal message receiving
E-4665 An error occurred during accessing of SKCLE-EEPROM writing abnormal
memory. 1. System software overload (faulty 1. Restart the system software. If the
persist, consult your technical 2. Faulty CLE23 circuit board (CPU) 2. Replace the circuit board.
representative.
E-4667 The control for the CPZ circuit board SKCPZ-message delivery module
2. Faulty CPZ23 circuit board (CPU) 2. Replace the circuit board.
E-4668 The control for the CPZ circuit board SKCPZ- message delivery module
E-4669 The control for the CPZ circuit board SKCPZ-message delivery message
E-4670 The control for the CPZ circuit board SKCPZ-message delivery message
E-4671 The control for the CPZ circuit board SKCPZ- message delivery message
3-105

E-4672 The control for the CPZ circuit board SKCPZ-message delivery memory
E-4676 The control for the CPZ circuit board SKCPZ-message delivery
is abnormal. semaphore obtaining error
Restart the system. If problems 1. System software overload (faulty 1. Restart the system software. If the
E-4679 The control for the CPZ circuit board SKCPZ-system initialization error
Restart the system. If problems software) error occurs again, reinstall the
representative. 2. Faulty CPZ23 circuit board (CPU) 2. Replace the circuit board.
E-4680 The control for the CPZ circuit board SKCPZ-task creation error
3-106

E-4681 The control for the CPZ circuit board SKCPZ-mail box creation error
3
E-4682 The control for the CPZ circuit board SKCPZ-alarm creation error
E-4683 The control for the CPZ circuit board SKCPZ-fixed length memory pool
E-4684 The control for the CPZ circuit board SKCPZ-variable length memory pool
E-4685 The control for the CPZ circuit board SKCPZ-event creation error
E-4686 The control for the CPZ circuit board SKCPZ-task start error
E-4687 The control for the CPZ circuit board SKCPZ-serial Transmission Driver 3
Restart the system. If problems 1. Noise in electric line 1. Click [OK].
supply-induced)
- Inside noise
supply-induced)
- Inside noise
3-107

supply-induced)
- Inside noise
supply-induced)
- Inside noise
supply-induced)
- Inside noise
supply-induced)
- Inside noise
supply-induced)
- Inside noise
3-108

supply-induced)
3
- Inside noise
E-4695 The control for the CPZ circuit board SKCPZ-transmission 2 message
supply-induced)
- Inside noise
E-4696 The control for the CPZ circuit board SKCPZ-transmission 2 message
supply-induced)
- Inside noise
E-4697 The control for the CPZ circuit board SKCPZ-transmission 2 retry over
1. Noise in electric line 1. Click [OK].
- Inside noise
E-4698 An error occurred during accessing of SKCPZ-I2C bus free detecting error
the CPZ circuit board external (Causes of the error message)
persist, consult your technical 2. Faulty CPZ23 circuit board (CPU 2. Replace the circuit board.
E-4699 An error occurred during accessing of SKCPZ-I2C start bit sending error
3-109

E-4700 An error occurred during accessing of SKCPZ-I2C slave address + R/W
the CPZ circuit board external data sending error
representative. 2. Faulty CPZ23 circuit board (CPU 2. Replace the circuit board.
or EEPROM)
the CPZ circuit board external data sending failure
or EEPROM)
E-4702 An error occurred during accessing of SKCPZ-I2C higher-order address
the CPZ circuit board external sending error
or EEPROM)
E-4703 An error occurred during accessing of SKCPZ-I2C high-order address
the CPZ circuit board external sending failure
or EEPROM)
E-4704 An error occurred during accessing of SKCPZ-I2C lower-order address
or EEPROM)
or EEPROM)
E-4706 An error occurred during accessing of SKCPZ-I2C data sending error
E-4707 An error occurred during accessing of SKCPZ-I2C data sending failure
3-110

E-4708 An error occurred during accessing of SKCPZ-I2C sending OFF error
representative.
2. Faulty CPZ23 circuit board (CPU
or EEPROM)
3
E-4709 An error occurred during accessing of SKCPZ-I2C bus free detecting error
E-4710 An error occurred during accessing of SKCPZ-I2C start bit sending error
the CPZ circuit board external data sending error
or EEPROM)
the CPZ circuit board external data sending failure
or EEPROM)
or EEPROM)
or EEPROM)
or EEPROM)
3-111

or EEPROM)
E-4717 An error occurred during accessing of SKCPZ-I2C start bit sending error 2
the CPZ circuit board external data sending error 2
or EEPROM)
the CPZ circuit board external data sending failure 2
or EEPROM)
E-4720 An error occurred during accessing of SKCPZ-I2C receiving start error
E-4721 An error occurred during accessing of SKCPZ-I2C data receiving error
E-4722 An error occurred during accessing of SKCPZ-I2C final data receiving error
E-4723 An error occurred during accessing of SKCPZ-I2C receiving OFF error
3-112

E-4724 An error occurred during accessing of SKCPZ-EEPROM R/W error
representative.
2. Faulty CPZ23 circuit board (CPU
or EEPROM)
3
W-4725 The adjustment data for the CPZ Use of ROM data at starting
circuit board external memory is (Causes of the error message)
corrupted. 1. Faulty system software 1. Restart the system software. If the
E-4726 The control for the piezoelectric SKCPZ-X axis control error
actuator is abnormal. (Causes of the error message)
1. Outside noise, such as cell phone 1. Keep the noise source far away.
It is possible to continue printing, but transmissions, etc.
the resolution may be deteriorated 2. Faulty displacement sensor 2. Reconnect or replace the harness.
when you print with larger sizes than harnesses or piezoelectric
4R. actuator harness
Consult your technical 4. Faulty displacement sensors, or 4. Replace the CCD unit.
representative. piezoelectric actuator
E-4727 The control for the piezoelectric SKCPZ-Y axis control error
actuator is abnormal. (Causes of the error message)
E-4729 The control for the CPZ circuit board When control requested to CPZ
3-113

E-4732 An error occurred during accessing of SKCPZ-EEPROM writing abnormal
E-4733 An abnormality occurred during SKCPZ-piezoelectric actuator
initializing of the piezoelectric warming-up position 1 error
actuator. (Causes of the error message)
3-114

2. Faulty displacement sensor
harnesses or piezoelectric
2. Reconnect or replace the harness.
3
E-4741 The LED setting failed. Data returned from CLE circuit board
differs from GIA circuit board setup
Restart the system. If problems data.
representative. 1. Faulty harness between GIA23 1. Reconnect or replace the harness.
and CLE23 circuit boards
E-4742 The setting for the piezoelectric Data returned from CPZ circuit board
actuator failed. differs from GIA circuit board setup
data.
persist, consult your technical 1. Faulty harness between GIA23 1. Reconnect or replace the harness.
representative. and CPZ23 circuit boards
E-4743 The settings for LED and Data returned from CLE circuit board
piezoelectric actuator failed. differs from GIA circuit board setup
data. Data returned from CPZ circuit
Restart the system. If problems board differs from GIA circuit board
persist, consult your technical setup data.
representative. (Causes of the error message)
1. Faulty harness between GIA23 1. Reconnect or replace the harness.
and CPZ23 circuit boards
W-4744 Scanning was cancelled. Canceling executed
1. [Cancel] button is clicked during 1. Scan again if scanning is not
scanning completed.
2. Faulty keyboard 2. Replace the keyboard.
3-115

W-4745 Setting of the dark correction table At the time of scanning correction or
failed. auto darkness correction
Restart the system. If problems 1. Faulty GIA23 circuit board 1. Replace the circuit board.
representative.
W-4747 The density conversion is set to OFF Density conversion correction
during scanning. parameter of one-way mode fine-
scanning demand is OFF.
persist, consult your technical 1. Faulty system software 1. Restart the system software.If the
system software (NOTE1)
E-4748 The AE retry-over occurred. At the time of AF, scanner correction,
brightness correction, or AE
persist, consult your technical 1. Faulty harness between CCD23 1. Reconnect or replace the harness.
representative. and GIA23 circuit boards
2. LED light amount too large 2. Perform Menu 0349 “LED Light
Amount Adjustment”.
3. Faulty CCD 3. Replace the CCD unit.
E-4749 The retry-over of the DC offset At the time of starting up, scanner
adjustment occurred. correction, darkness correction or
auto darkness correction
persist, consult your technical 1. Faulty coaxial cable between 1. Reconnect or replace the cable.
representative. CCD23 and GIA23 circuit boards
boards
4. Faulty CCD23 circuit board 4. Replace the circuit board.
E-4750 The listing-up overflow occurred in Gray pixels more than the specified
detecting the defected pixels. number of pixels were detected (Full
mode: 300 pixels, 1/4 mode: 100
Restart the system. If problems pixels, 1/8 mode: 100 pixels).
representative. 1. Faulty CCD unit 1. Restart the system software. If the
error occurs again, replace the
CCD unit.
E-4751 The five continuous defected pixels Continuous five gray pixels in a
were found. vertical or horizontal direction were
detected.
persist, consult your technical 1. Faulty CCD unit 1. Restart the system software. If the
representative. error occurs again, replace the
CCD unit.
E-4752 The listing-up overflow of defected Gray pixels more than the specified
pixels occurred and the five number of pixels were detected. Or
continuous defected pixels were continuous five gray pixels in a
found. vertical or horizontal direction are
detected.
persist, consult your technical 1. Faulty CCD unit 1. Restart the system software. If the
representative. error occurs again, replace the
CCD unit.
E-4753 The voltage adjustment for the OFD1 Condition met error judgement at the
failed. time of OFD1 adjustment.
Restart the system. If problems 1. Faulty CCD unit 1. Restart the system software. If the
persist, consult your technical error occurs again, replace the
representative. CCD unit.
3-116

E-4754 The voltage adjustment for the OFD2 Condition met error judgment at the
failed. time of OFD2 adjustment.
Restart the system. If problems 1. Faulty CCD unit 1. Restart the system software. If the
persist, consult your technical error occurs again, replace the
representative. CCD unit.
3
E-4755 Electrical failure occurred. At the time of starting up, DC offset or
AD timing adjustment
(CCD CB) (Causes of the error message)
1. Poorly connected CN2 to CCD 1. Reconnect the connector.
Restart the system. If problems circuit board
persist, consult your technical 2. Poorly connected JCD1 connector 2. Reconnect the connector.
representative. to CCD unit
3. Poorly connected PS6 connector 3. Reconnect the two connectors.
to power supply unit
4. Broken harness 4. Replace the harness.
5. Blown fuse in power supply 5. Replace the fuse.
7. Faulty power supply unit 7. Replace the power supply unit.
E-4756 The PLD communication error of the At the time of starting up, DC offset or
CCD circuit board occurred. AD timing adjustment
Restart the system. If problems 1. Poorly connected serial cable 1. Reconnect or replace the cable.
persist, consult your technical connector between GIA23 and
representative. CCD 23 circuit boards
E-4757 A communication error occurred in Result of R/W from GIA23 to
the CCD circuit board external EEPROM of CCD23 circuit board
memory. was NG.
Restart the system. If problems 1. Poorly connected serial cable 1. Reconnect or replace the cable.
persist, consult your technical connector between GIA23 and
representative. CCD 23 circuit boards
E-4758 Setting of the dark correction table At the time of scanner correction or
failed. auto darkness correction
Restart the system. If problems 1. Faulty GIA23 circuit board 1. Replace the circuit board.
representative.
E-4759 Electrical failure occurred. (Causes of the error message)
(CCD CB +20V) circuit board
2. Poorly connected JCD1 connector 2. Reconnect the connector.
Restart the system. If problems to CCD unit
persist, consult your technical 3. Poorly connected PS6 connector 3. Reconnect the two connectors.
representative. to power supply unit
(CCD CB -5V) circuit board
3-117

(CCD CB -12V) circuit board
(CCD CB +12V) circuit board
W-4763 The accumulation time in auto- At the time of scanner correction or
exposure adjustment reaches the brightness correction creation
maximum value. (Causes of the error message)
1. Foreign matter in optical path 1. Remove the foreign matter.
Check if there is no preventive object 2. Faulty harness between CCD23 2. Reconnect or replace the harness.
in the optical path. and GIA23 circuit boards
3. Faulty CCD 3. Replace the CCD unit.
E-4764 The external memory of GIA circuit Result of GIA23 circuit board outside
board is abnormal. memory R/W was NG.
Restart the system. If problems 1. Poorly inserted GIA23 circuit 1. Insert the circuit board into the slot
persist, consult your technical board into slot of GMB23 circuit correctly.
representative. board
E-4772 An error occurred during accessing of Error occurs starting up, or executing
the CLE circuit board external lens registration/magnification
memory. calibration/focus calibration/LED light
Restart the system. If problems amount adjustment/scanner
persist, consult your technical parameter check.
representative. (Causes of the error message)
1. Faulty software 1. Restart the system.
2. Faulty CLE23 circuit board (CPU 2. Replace the CLE23 circuit board.
or EEPROM) (Make sure the system starts up
normally and the parameter can
be rewritten).
W-4801 Gaining of the image failed. Image obtaining failure
1. IEEE1394 interface of GIE23 1. Restart the system software. If the
circuit board or main control unit is error occurs again, replace the
unstable. GIE23 or GMB23 circuit board.
2. Faulty application on GMB23 2. Restart the system software. If the
circuit board error occurs again, replace the
GIE23 or GMB23 circuit board.
3. Faulty 1394 cable from image 3. Reconnect or replace the cable.
processing box to main control unit
W-4802 Auto focus failed. AF was executed without chart jig or Set the chart jig or film and execute
film in mask. again.
I-4803 Performing the focus calibration. At the time of focus calibration Wait until calibration is completed.
W-4804 The lens is not registered. Lens was not registered at the time of Register the lens.
optical magnification calibration.
Register it.
3-118

W-4805 The optical magnification calibration Optical magnification calibration was Perform the optical magnification
is not performed yet. not performed at the time of calibration.
executing focus calibration.
Perform it.
W-4806 The focus calibration is not performed Focus calibration was not performed Perform the focus calibration.
yet. at the time of executing focus position 3
adjustment.
Perform it.
I-4807 Downloading the bright correction Brightness cancel button was clicked. Wait until downloading is completed.
table.
Please wait.
W-4808 Downloading of the bright correction Brightness correction table was not
table failed. found after brightness cancel button
was clicked.
1. IEEE1394 interface of GIE23 1. Restart the system software. If the
circuit board or main control unit is error occurs again, replace the
unstable. GIE23 or GMB23 circuit board.
2. Faulty application on GMB23 2. Restart the system software. If the
circuit board error occurs again, replace the
GIE23 or GMB23 circuit board.
3. Faulty 1394 cable from image 3. Reconnect or replace the cable.
processing box to main control unit
W-4809 The feeding lane is not set to 135 in NC100AY carrier was not in 135 feed
the carrier. lane when executing in 135 feed lane.
Select the 135 lane. 1. Feed lane is not 135. 1. Set the carrier in the 135 feed
lane.
2. Faulty 135 feed lane position 2. Replace the sensor.
sensor(D129)
3. Faulty 135 feed lane position 3. Reconnect or replace the harness.
sensor(D129) harness
W-4810 The film mask type is incorrect. 135F mask is not installed in Install the 135F mask.
MFC10AY.
Set the 135Full mask.
W-4811 Creating of the table failed. Focus calibration table creation
failure
1. Incorrectly installed chart jig or 1. Install the chart jig or mask
mask correctly.
2. Foreign matter in optical path 2. Remove the foreign matter.
3. Abnormal mask pressure 3. Replace the damaged pressure
cover parts or the solenoid.
W-4812 The floppy disk is not inserted into At the time of spectral calibration FD
the floppy disk drive. insertion
Insert the floppy disk. 1. FD not inserted 1. Insert the FD.
2. Not spectral calibration FD 2. Insert the correct FD.
3. Faulty FD drive 3. Replace the main control unit.
4. Faulty spectral calibration FD 4. Replace the FD.
I-4813 Correct the scanner. At the time of scanner correction Install the carrier.
execution confirmation for spectral
Install the carrier. calibration
I-4814 Set the next film in the carrier. Specifying mounted film for spectral Set the specified film.
calibration
No: ####
I-4815 Reading the image. At the time of image scanning for Wait until reading is completed.
spectral calibration
Please wait.
3-119

I-4816 Cancel the Measurement? Spectral calibration was canceled. Click [OK] to cancel.
Please wait.
I-4817 Performing the scanner correction. At the time of scanner correction Wait until correction is completed.
execution
Please wait.
W-4818 Image data judge error occurred. Spectral calibration image data
judgement error
Insert film again. (Causes of the error message)
1. Patches outside the frames 1. Contain the patches within the
2. Displayed image is not specified frames.
film 2. Use the specified film.
3. Excessive outside light (flare) due
to open scanner cover 3. Install the cover.
W-4819 Calculating of adjustment parameter Spectral calibration parameter
failed. calculating error
Measurement cancelled. 1. Excessive outside light (flare) due 1. Install the cover.
to open scanner cover
W-4820 Correcting of the scanner failed. Scanner correction for spectral
calibration failure
1. Removed carrier 1. Install the carrier.
2. Moved mask table slider 2. Set the mask table slider.
3. Removed calibration mask 3. Set the calibration mask.
4. Faulty mask table slider position 4. Reconnect or replace the harness,
sensor (D486) or replace the sensor.
W-4821 Scanning of the image failed. Spectral calibration image scanning Scan the image again. If the error
failure occurs again, restart the system
software. If necessary, reinstall the
I-4822 Measurement completed correctly. Spectral calibration completes Click [OK].
normally.
I-4823 Clear the LED working information. LED [Clear] is clicked in “Working Click [OK] to clear the information.
Information Display”.
OK?
I-4824 Clear the working information for the Piezoelectric actuator [Clear] is Click [OK] to clear the information.
piezoelectric actuator. clicked in “Working Information
Display”.
OK?
I-4825 The parameters are mismatched. Mismatch of parameters detected Click the button.
when exiting “Scanner Parameter
Close? Check/Update”.
I-4826 Measuring the inclination of the At the time of executing “Carrier Wait until processing is completed.
carrier. Inclination Display”
Please wait.
W-4827 Insert a film. At the time of “Focus Position Insert a film.
Adjustment” etc.
I-4828 Performing the focus position Performing focus position adjustment Wait until adjustment is completed.
adjustment.
Please wait.
I-4829 Adjusting the AD timing. Adjusting AD timing Wait until adjustment is completed.
Please wait.
I-4830 Adjusting the OFD voltage. Adjusting OFD voltage Wait until adjustment is completed.
Please wait.
3-120

I-4831 Detecting of the gray pixels is Detecting gray pixels is completed. Click [OK].
completed.
W-4832 Carrier is not installed correctly. Carrier differs from the one installed
when executing.
Check the carrier. (Causes of the error message) 1. Install the correct carrier.
1. Incorrect carrier installed 2. Replace the CYA23 circuit board 3
2. Damaged data in carrier
E-4833 Updating of the circuit board CXX circuit board parameter file
parameter files failed. update failure
1. Faulty software 1. Restart the system software.If the
W-4834 The dark correction failed. Darkness correction failure
E-4836 A file accessing error occurred. File access error
1. Lack of HDD capacity 1. Delete unnecessary files, template
and log files.
I-4837 The focus position adjustment data Downstream data are deleted at the Perform the focus position
deleted. time of focus calibration data adjustment again.
registration.
Try the focus position adjustment
again.
I-4838 The data for the optical magnification After lens registration Perform the optical magnification
calibration, focus calibration and the calibration, focus calibration and then
focus position adjustment are the focus position adjustment.
cleared.
Perform the optical magnification

calibration again.
I-4839 The focus calibration data and the After optical magnification calibration Perform the focus calibration and
focus position adjustment data are registration focus position adjustment again.
cleared.
Perform the focus calibration again.

W-4840 An incorrect diffusion box is installed. 135 diffusion box not installed
Install the 135 diffusion box. 1. 120 diffusion box is installed. 1. Install the 135 diffusion box.
2. Diffusion box not installed 2. Install the 135 diffusion box.
3. Faulty diffusion box sensor 3. Replace the sensor.
4. Faulty diffusion box sensor 4. Reconnect or replace the harness.
harness
W-4841 Adjusting of LED light amount failed. LED light amount adjustment failure
W-4842 Diffusion box is not installed. Diffusion box not installed
Install the diffusion box. 1. Diffusion box not installed or 1. Install the diffusion box correctly.
improperly seated
2. Faulty diffusion box sensor 2. Replace the sensor.
3. Faulty diffusion box sensor 3. Reconnect or replace the harness.
harness
W-4843 The film mask is installed in the Mask is installed. Remove the mask.
carrier.
Remove the film mask.
3-121

W-4844 Couldn’t find the circuit board No circuit board parameter file Restart the system software. If the
parameter file. error occurs again, reinstall the
W-4845 The optical magnification calibration Optical magnification calibration
failed. failure
1. Abnormal focal length of 1. Register the lens again.
registered lens
W-4846 Chart pattern is not detected. Optical magnification calibration
check pattern detecting failure
1. Improperly installed focusing chart 1. Install the jig correctly.
jig
2. Misaligned optical axis 2. Adjust the optical axis.
3. Foreign matter in light path 3. Remove the foreign matter.
W-4847 Creating of the bright correction table Table creation failure at the time of
failed. brightness correction
Perform the bright correction again. 1. Faulty system software 1. Restart the system software.If the
W-4848 The temperature control is abnormal. Temperature control error
1. Faulty temperature sensor/heater 1. Reconnect or replace the harness.
harness
2. Faulty LED temperature sensor 2. Replace the sensor/heater
assembly.
3. Faulty heater 3. Replace the sensor/heater
assembly.
W-4849 The temperature control in the Temperature control is not
scanner section is not completed. completed.
1. LED temperature is below 39˚C or 1. Wait until temperature control is
41˚C and above. completed.
2. Ambient temperature is 32˚C and 2. Decrease the room temperature.
above.
3. Faulty light source section cooling 3. Replace the fan.
fan
4. Faulty temperature sensor/heater 4. Reconnect or replace the harness.
harness
5. Faulty LED temperature sensor 5. Replace the sensor/heater
assembly.
6. Faulty heater 6. Replace the sensor/heater
assembly.
I-4850 The AD timing adjustment is normally AD timing adjustment is completed Click [OK].
completed. normally.
I-4851 The OFD voltage adjustment is OFD voltage adjustment is completed Click [OK].
normally completed. normally.
W-4852 Couldn’t find the correct bright No brightness correction table Perform creation of the brightness
correction table. correction table creation.
Perform the scanner correction.

W-4853 The feeding lane is not set to correct Feed lane condition difference
position. (Causes of the error message)
1. Feed lane changed too quickly 1. Change the feed lane gently.
Set to correct position.
W-4855 The carrier is installed. Carrier is installed. Remove the carrier.
Remove the carrier.
3-122

I-4856 Select the correct mask type for the NC100AY carrier 135F or 135H mask Select either one.
bright correction table to be created. selection for brightness correction
table creation
Set the 135F mask or 135H mask.
W-4857 Carrier is not installed. Carrier is not installed. Install the carrier.
3
Install the carrier.
W-4858 The auto correction failed. Mask position adjustment edge
detection error
Adjust mask position using the (Causes of the error message)
adjustment button. 1. Foreign matter in light path 1. Remove the foreign matter.
2. No lower mask in NC100AY 2. Install the lower mask.
3. 135H is selected with 135F mask 3. Perform again with the correct
installed in NC100AY condition.
4. 135F is selected with 135H mask 4. Perform again with the correct
installed in NC100AY condition.
W-4859 The correction value exceeds the Mask position adjustment frame out
range. of range
Adjust mask position using the 1. Misaligned optical axis 1. Adjust the optical axis.
adjustment button. 2. Misaligned carrier optical axis 2. Replace the carrier or mask.
3. Incorrectly set mount frame 3. Insert the mount frame correctly.
4. Faulty horizontal position control 4. Replace the mount mask.
springs of mount mask
W-4860 Film mask is not installed. Mask is not installed in MFC10AY Install the mask.
carrier.
Install a film mask.
W-4862 The sliding stage is not installed. MFC10AY mask table slider is not
set.
Install it. (Causes of the error message)
1. Mask table not locked in optical 1. Move the mask table to the lock
axis side position.
sensor (D486)
I-4863 All bright correction tables cleared. After LED light amount adjustment Perform the brightness correction
again.
Perform the bright correction.
W-4864 The feeding lane is not set to correct Lane of NC100AY carrier is not
position. detected.
Set to 135 position or IX240 position. 1. Neutral feed lane 1. Change the lane correctly.
2. Faulty feed lane position sensor 2. Replace the sensor.
(D129/D130)
3. Faulty harness 3. Reconnect or replace the harness.
W-4865 Mount mask is not installed. Mount mask is required but another
mask is installed.
Install the mount mask. (Causes of the error message)
1. No mount mask or incorrect one 1. Install the correct mount mask.
W-4866 The film will be ejected because of Film ejected at focus position
switching of the operation mode. adjustment due to 135F/135H
change.
Set the film in the carrier again. (Causes of the error message)
1. Mask type changed after film 1. Select the mask type before
inserted inserting a film.
I-4867 Performing the Optical magnification Execution of optical magnification Wait until calibration is completed.
calibration. calibration
I-4868 Adjusting LED light amount. Execution of LED light amount Wait until adjustment is completed.
adjustment
3-123

W-4869 Carrier is not installed correctly. Abnormal NC100AY carrier operation
Install the carrier. 1. Carrier error such as film 1. Set the carrier to normal condition.
remaining, carrier installed with
pressure cover open, etc.
E-4870 A communication error occurred Communication timeout between
between the maintenance and GMB maintenance and GMB23 circuit
circuit boards. board
1. Faulty 1394 communication 1. Replace the cable.
2. Poorly connected 1394 cable 2. Reconnect the cable correctly.
W-4871 There are not enough frames in the Insufficient number of frames Use a film having more than five
film. frames.
Set the film with more frames than

#### in the carrier.
W-4872 Ejecting film. Film remaining –
W-4873 Eject film. Remaining film ejected when film Insert a film.
insertion is required.
Set the film.
W-4874 Please install the calibration mask. Calibration mask not installed
1. Calibration mask not installed or 1. Install the mask correctly.
improperly seated
1-4875 Update the CPZ CB parameters. [FD reading] button of CPZ was Click [OK].
clicked in “Scanner Parameter Check/
Insert the floppy disk. Update”.
Press [OK] to write the parameters to

the CB memory, and also its backup
data is written in the hard disk.
W-4876 Reading parameters from the CPZ FD data is abnormal or not found
CB failed. after [FD reading] button of CPZ was
clicked in “Scanner Parameter Check/
Check the floppy disk. Update”.
1. FD not inserted 1. Insert the FD.
2. No piezoelectric actuator 2. Insert the parameter FD.
parameters in FD
3. File size different 3. Insert the parameter FD.
I-4877 Insert a film. [Run] button was clicked in “Focus Insert a film.
Position Calibration” for MFC10AY.
I-4878 Save the parameters for CB memory [Store] button was clicked in “Scanner Click [OK].
in the hard disk. Parameter Check/Update”.
I-4879 Write the backup parameters in the [Reading] button was clicked in Click [OK].
hard disk to the CB memory. “Scanner Parameter Check/Update”.
W-4880 An incorrect diffusion box is installed. Incorrect combination of diffusion box Set the correct combination.
and mask
Install the correct diffusion box.
W-4881 An incorrect film mask is installed. Incorrect combination of diffusion box Set the correct combination.
and mask
Install the correct film mask.
W-4882 Wrong combination of film mask and Incorrect combination of diffusion box Set the correct combination.
diffusion box. and mask
Check combination of film mask and

diffusion box.
3-124

W-4904 The feeding lane of the carrier was Lane change operation detection
switched. (Causes of the error message)
1. NC100AY feed lane changed 1. Change to the feed lane required.
2. Faulty feed lane position 2. Replace the sensor.
sensor(D129/D130)
3. Faulty harness
4. Faulty CYA23 circuit board
3. Reconnect or replace the harness.
3
W-4905 Changing of the cartridge was Cartridge change operation detection
detected. (Causes of the error message)
W-4907 A film remains in the carrier. Film has been inserted. Insert a film after clicking [Run]
button.
W-4908 Film is not inserted. Film is not inserted. Insert a film as necessary.
W-4909 The carrier type is not NC100AY. Carrier type is not NC100AY. Install the NC100AY carrier.
W-4910 The feeding lane is not set to IX240. Carrier is not set in IX240 feed lane.
Select the IX240 lane. 1. Feed lane is not for IX240. 1. Set in the IX240 feed lane.
2. Faulty IX240 feed lane position 2. Replace the sensor.
sensor (D130)
W-4911 The feeding lane is not set to correct Carrier feed lane is not in 135 or
position. IX240.
Set to 135 position or IX240 position. 1. Feed lane not in place 1. Set to the IX240 feed lane.
2. Faulty IX240 feed lane position 2. Replace the sensor.
sensor (D130)
W-4912 The operation was cancelled. Operation was canceled.
1. Clicked [Stop] button 1. –
W-4913 The number of times for repeating is Number of repeat times not set Enter one or higher.
not selected. (Causes of the error message)
Zero or below is entered for number
Set the number of times. of repeat times.
W-4914 The operation is aborted. Abnormal termination Restart the system software. If the
I-4915 Write the setting values to the Setup value is written in the monitor Click [OK].
monitor frame ratio information file. frame ratio file.
OK?
I-4917 Write the carrier installation Carrier installation information is Click [OK].
information to the FlashROM. written in FlashROM.
OK?
I-4918 Writing the information to the Writing in FlashROM Wait until writing is completed.
FlashROM.
Please do not remove the carrier.

W-4919 Enter numerals only for the carrier ID. (Causes of the error message)
1. Entered characters except 1. Enter the correct ID.
numerical value in carrier ID
3-125

W-4920 Enter numerals only for the serial No. Entered characters except numerical
of the circuit board. values in hardware Rev
1. Entered characters except 1. Enter the serial number correctly.
numerical value as circuit board
serial number
W-4922 Install the NC100AY carrier. NC100AY is not installed.
1. NC100AY is not installed. 1. Install the NC100AY.
2. Incorrectly installed carrier 2. Install the carrier correctly.
3. Faulty plug-in connector harness 3. Reconnect or replace the harness.
W-4923 Install the MFC10AY carrier. MFC10AY is not installed.
1. MFC10AY is not installed. 1. Install the MFC10AY.
3. Faulty plug-in connector harness 3. Reconnect or replace the harness.
4. Faulty CYB23 circuit board 4. Replace the circuit board.
I-4924 Write the setting values to the focus Setup data is written in focus offset Click [OK].
offset adjustment file. adjustment file.
OK?
W-4925 The setting of the offset values is File I/O error
incorrect. (Causes of the error message)
W-4926 The carrier IDs are mismatched. Carrier ID mismatch Select the ID of installed carrier.
Check the carrier ID.

W-4927 The carrier ID is not selected yet. Carrier ID not selected Select the carrier ID.
Register the carrier ID.

I-4928 Overwriting the backup file. HD writing operation Click [OK].
OK?
I-4929 Writing the data to the hard disk. HD Writing Wait until writing is completed.
I-4930 Write the data to the FlashROM. FlashROM writing operation Click [OK].
OK?
I-4931 Writing the data to the FlashROM. FlashROM writing Wait until writing is completed.
Please do not remove the carrier.

W-4932 The unregistered carrier was Installed unregistered carrier
installed. (Causes of the error message)
1. Installed unregistered carrier 1. Perform “Focus Position
Adjustment”, “Dark Correction/
Bright Correction” and “Mask
Position Adjustment”.
Enter the carrier ID and
perform Flash ROM
2. Replaced carrier main circuit 
 writing to write machine
board 
 data and working
3. Changed carrier ID in carrier 
 information data from the
installation information setup  HDD to the FlashROM of
the carrier.
W-4933 An abnormality occurred during File I/O error

reading from the monitor frame ratio (Causes of the error message)
information file. 1. Faulty HDD 1. Replace the HDD.
3-126

writing to the monitor frame ratio (Causes of the error message)
information file. 1. Faulty HDD 1. Replace the HDD.
2. Lack of HDD capacity 2. Delete unnecessary files.
reading from the focus offset (Causes of the error message) 3
adjustment file. 1. Faulty HDD 1. Replace the HDD.
writing to the focus offset adjustment (Causes of the error message)
file. 1. Faulty HDD 1. Replace the HDD.
2. Lack of HDD capacity 2. Delete unnecessary files.
W-4937 Remove the carrier. At the time of carrier ID changing Remove and reinstall the carrier.
W-4938 Writing of data failed. Previous reading failure Perform reading from the FlashROM
again and then writing.
Perform reading the data once, and
perform it again.
W-4939 The carrier is not ready. Carrier was removed during
executing command.
If this error persists, consult your (Causes of the error message)
technical representative. 1. Carrier was removed. 1. Install the carrier.
2. Faulty plug-in connector 2. Replace the plug-in connector.
3. Faulty plug-in connector harness 3. Replace the harness.
4. Faulty carrier main circuit board 4. Replace the circuit board.
W-4940 Enter alphabets or space only for the Non-alphabetic character is entered
revision number. as carrier Rev.
1. Non-alphabetic character instead 1. Enter an alphabetic letter or space.
of a letter or space is entered as
carrier Rev.
W-5101 An error occurred during the auto Error occurred during setting up Cancel scanning and then pre-scan
correction. command. again.
If the error occurs again, restart the
Do the pre-scan again. system software. If the error still
occurs, reinstall the system software
(NOTE1)
W-5102 FID cannot be read. FID reading error
Press the [Cancel] button to rewind 1. Fogged FID area 1. Check the FID.
the film. Check CID and then insert 2. Dust or dirt on IX240 TSB sensor 2. Clean the glass surface.
the film again. (D116) glass
I-5103 Film reversed. 135 film inserted upside down Cancel scanning, turn the film right
side up and pre-scan again.
Press the [Scan Cancel] key to eject
the film, and insert it again.
E-5201 Image transfer from scanner to Image transfer timeout (10 seconds)
printer failed (Causes of the error message)
1. Unstable communication between 1. Replace the interface cable.
Consult your technical printer processor and main control
representative. unit
2. Faulty FMA20 or FMC20 circuit 2. Replace the circuit board.
board
3. Abnormal system software 3. Restart the system software.If the
3-127

E-5203 Communication error occurred Board definition command response
between scanner and printer. timeout occurs three times
(Retry over) consecatively
Consult your technical 1. Poorly connected 1394 cable 1. Reconnect the cable correctly.
representative. 2. Poorly connected 1394 ground 2. Connect the ground cable
cable. correctly.
E-5204 Communication error occurred Image receive preparation command
between scanner and printer. response timeout occurs three times
(Retry over) consecatively.
Consult your technical 1. Poorly connected 1394 cable 1. Reconnect the cable correctly.
representative. 2. Poorly connected 1394 ground 2. Connect the ground cable
cable. correctly.
W-5301 The image file cannot be read, so the File print image obtaining is NG.
printing of imported images will be Import image file opening failure
cancelled. Inport image file reading failure
Check the order in the Imaging 1. Importing order was deleted at the 1. Perform again correctly.
Controller. DIC during FDi import.
2. Network was shut down during FDi 2. Check and reconnect the network.
import.
W-5302 Couldn’t generate image file due to Image file output error due to lack of
insufficient disk space. disk capacity
1. Full disk space of DIC 1. Assure sufficient disk capacity.
2. Unstable network connection to 2. Check and reconnect the network.
DIC
W-5303 Couldn’t generate image file due to Image file output failure due to lack of
insufficient disk space. disk capacity (retry button exists)
Please wait a moment and then press 1. Lack of hard disk space of DIC 1. Assure sufficient hard disk
the [Retry] button. If problems persist, capacity.
consult your technical representative. 2. Abnormal system software 2. Restart the system software. If the
W-5304 Writing image file failed. Image file output failure due to
network line shutdown
Check the network connections and (Causes of the error message)
press the [Retry] button. If problems 1. Unstable network connection to 1. Check and reconnect the network
persist, consult your technical DIC line.
representative. 2. Abnormal system software 2. Restart the system software. If the
W-6002 Incorrect feeding lane. Diagnosis was executed with different
feed lane from that specified on
Switch to the correct feeding lane as screen.
instructed in the screen. (Causes of the error message)
1. Feed lane differs from that 1. Change to the correct feed lane.
specified on screen.
(D129/D130)
3. Poorly connected or faulty harness 3. Reconnect or replace the harness.
3-128

W-6003 Incorrect feeding lane. Magnetic information reading
diagnosis was executed with 135
Switch to the IX240 lane. feed lane.
1. Feed lane differs from that 1. Change to the correct feed lane.
specified on screen.
3
(D129/D130)
3. Poorly connected or faulty harness 3. Reconnect or replace the harness.
W-6004 The auto film carrier not installed. All diagnosis was executed without
carrier.
Install the auto film carrier. (Causes of the error message)
1. Self-diagnosis was executed 1. Install the carrier and then execute
without NC100AY carrier. again.
W-6005 The film carrier is not operable. Diagnosis was executed on condition
that carrier cannot operate.
Check if the carrier and mask are (Causes of the error message)
installed correctly. 1. Faulty carrier 1. Repair the carrier.
W-6006 A film is not inserted. Diagnosis was executed without film Insert a film correctly.
insertion.
Insert it.
W-6008 Reading of data from the hard disk HDD file reading failure
Retry it, and if problems persist, 2. File non-existent 2. Restart the system software. If the
consult your technical representative. error occurs again, reinstall the
W-6009 Writing of data to the hard disk failed. Result of diagnosis writing to HDD
failure
Retry it, and if problems persist, (Causes of the error message)
consult your technical representative. 1. Lack of HDD capacity 1. Delete unnecessary files to assure
sufficient HDD capacity.
W-6011 The diagnostics cannot be done with Diagnosis was executed with feed
the current feeding lane. lane in neutral position.
Switch to the 135 or IX240 feed lane. 1. Feed lane is in neutral position. 1. Change to the correct feed lane.
(D129/D130)
3. Poorly connected or broken 3. Reconnect or replace the harness.
harness
W-6013 Reading or writing of data from/to the Writing to FD failure
hard disk failed. (Causes of the error message)
1. Abnormal FD 1. Replace the FD.
Retry it, and if problems persist, 2. Lack of FD capacity 2. Replace the FD with a new one.
consult your technical representative. 3. Write-protect FD 3. Flip the write-protect tab to “write
enable”.
4. Unformatted FD 4. Format the FD.
W-6015 Deleting of the file failed. File EzPcErr.bak deletion failure Clear the massage and continue
operation.
If problems persist at the next start- Restart the system software. If the
up, consult your technical error occurs again, reinstall the
representative. system software. (NOTE1)
W-6016 Renaming of the file failed. File EzPcErr.log rename failure Clear the massage and continue
operation.
If problems persist at the next start- Restart the system software. If the
up, consult your technical error occurs again, reinstall the
representative. system software. (NOTE1)
3-129

E-6017 A conversion file is not found. No file (EzPcErr.tbl) Restart the system software. If the
Consult your technical system software. (NOTE1)
representative.
E-6019 Films with over 40 frames are not Too long a film was used. Cut the film so that the number of
available. frames is thirty-nine or less.
W-6022 Writing of data to the floppy disk [FD store] was clicked but FD is not
failed. inserted or data cannot be written.
Check the floppy disk. 1. FD not inserted 1. Insert the FD.
2. Unformatted or broken FD 2. Format or replace the FD.
3. Faulty FD drive 3. Replace the main control unit.
W-6101 A recoverable error is detected in the (Causes of the error message)
main control unit memory. 1. Poorly inserted DIMM in main 1. Insert the DIMM correctly.
control unit.
You may continue to use it, but it is 2. Faulty mother board or power 2. Replace the main control unit.
recommended that you do the supply unit in main control unit
diagnostics. 3. Abnormal AC power supply input 3. –
(influenced by thunder, etc.)
W-6102 An abnormal temperature was (Causes of the error message)
detected in the main control unit. 1. Clogged vent holes in main control 1. Clean the vent holes.
unit
It is recommended that you do the 2. Faulty power supply cooling fan in 2. Replace the main control unit.
diagnostics. main control unit
3. Faulty case fan in main control unit 3. Replace the main control unit.
W-6103 An abnormal voltage was detected in (Causes of the error message)
the main control unit. 1. Faulty power supply in main 1. Replace the main control unit.
control unit
It is recommended that you do the 2. Faulty mother board 2. Replace the main control unit.
diagnostics.
W-6104 The fan in the main control unit is (Causes of the error message)
abnormal. 1. Dust collected on fan 1. Clean the fan.
2. Disconnected fan connector 2. Reconnect the connector.
It is recommended that you do the 3. Faulty fan 3. Replace the main control unit.
diagnostics.
E-6105 An unrecoverable error occurred in (Causes of the error message)
the main control unit. So the system 1. Poorly inserted DIMM in main 1. Insert the DIMM correctly.
was restarted. control unit.
2. Faulty mother board or power 2. Replace the main control unit.
The diagnostics are required. supply unit in main control unit
3. Abnormal AC power supply input 3. –
(influenced by thunder, etc.)
E-6106 The system was restarted because of (Causes of the error message)
a hardware failure in the main control 1. Poorly inserted expansion card in 1. Insert the expansion card securely.
unit. main control unit
2. Faulty expansion card in main 2. Replace the main control unit.
The diagnostics are required. control unit
E-6108 The hard disk drive in the main Abnormal HDD in main control unit is Replace the HDD.
control unit is abnormal. detected.
The diagnostics are required. When

using hard disk drive backup kit,
switch to the backup hard disk drive.
The diagnostics are required.

3-130


W-7001 Carrier was removed. Carrier was removed with a film
remaining in it during film feeding 3
Remove film and then install the (Causes of the error message)
carrier. 1. Carrier was removed during film 1. Reinstall the carrier.
feeding
2. Broken plug-in connector/harness 2. Replace the plug-in connector.
W-7002 Carrier sensor not calibrated CYA23 sensor calibration error
correctly. (Causes of the error message)
1. Dust or dirt adhered to glass of 1. Clean the glass.
Remove the carrier and then clean upper or lower feed lane
the glass surface of the upper and 2. Alcohol stains on inside of glass 2. Clean the class.
lower feeding lanes with a dried due to use of cotton swab soaked
cotton swab. with alcohol
3. Poorly connected or broken sensor 3. Reconnect or replace the harness.
harness
4. Faulty or deteriorated sensor LED 4. Replace the sensor LED.
5. Faulty or deteriorated sensor 5. Replace the sensor.
I-7003 The carrier software must be Carrier program file stored in HDD
upgraded. differs from one in carrier.
Upgrade it? It takes about 5 min. 1. Upgraded scanner software 1. Upgrade the carrier version.
2. Faulty version information file in 2. Reinstall the system software.
HDD (NOTE 1)
I-7004 Upgrading the carrier software. It Upgrading carrier software Wait until upgrading is completed.
takes about 5minutes.
Do not touch the carrier.

I-7005 Upgrading of the carrier is completed. Carrier upgrading completion –
Install the carrier again.

E-7006 Upgrading of carrier software failed. Carrier upgrading file does not exist.
Consult your technical 1. File does not exist. 1. Reinstall the system software.
representative. 2. File reading failure 2. Upgrade the system software
again. If the error occurs again,
reinstall the system software.
(NOTE 1)
E-7007 Upgrading of carrier software failed. Incorrect contents in carrier
upgrading file
representative. 1. Faulty upgrading file 1. Reinstall the system software.
W-7008 Because the version of the carrier Upgrading instraction was canceled. Remove and reinstall the carrier.
software is incorrect, this carrier Click [Yes] in the “I-7003” dialog box
cannot be used. to upgrade the system.
Install the carrier again, and then

upgrade the software.
W-7009 The carrier was removed during Carrier was removed during Reinstall the carrier and perform
upgrading of the software. upgrading carrier. upgrading again.
Install the carrier again, and then

upgrade the software.
3-131

E-7010 Writing FlashROM data into carrier (Causes of the error message)
failed. 1. Poorly connected plug-in 1. Remove and reinstall the carrier.
connector
Consult your technical 2. Faulty CYA23 circuit board 2. Replace the circuit board.
representative.
connector
representative.
W-7012 Upgrading of carrier software failed. Carrier program transfer failure
Consult your technical 1. Poorly connected plug-in 1. Remove and reinstall the carrier.
representative. connector
connector
representative.
connector
representative.
W-7015 File not found in hard disk. File was searched with adjustment
and maintenance function, but it did
not exist.
Restart the system
1. No target file  software. If the error
2. File transfer failure 
 occurs again, reinstall the
W-7016 A 135 film is inserted in the lane other 135 film was inserted when carrier
than 135 lane. was not in 135 feed lane.
Remove the carrier and check the 1. Inserted 135 film into another feed 1. Change to the 135 feed lane.
position of the lane. lane
2. Dust or dirt adhered to 135 leading 2. Clean the glass.
end sensor or LED glass
3. Faulty feed lane position sensor 3. Reconnect or replace the harness,
(D129/D130) or harness or replace the sensor.
4. Faulty 135 leading end sensor, 4. Reconnect or replace the harness,
LED (D101L/P) or harness or replace the sensor.
W-7017 An IX240 film is inserted in the lane IX240 strip film was inserted when
other than IX240 lane. carrier was not in IX240 feed lane.
Remove the carrier and check the 1. IX240 strip film inserted into 1. Change to the IX240 feed lane.
position of the lane. another feed lane
2. Dust or dirt adhered to IX240 TSB 2. Clean the glass.
sensor or LED (D116L/P) glass
4. Faulty IX240 TSB sensor, LED 4. Reconnect or replace the harness,
(D116L/P), or harness or replace the sensor.
TSB sensor = Leading end/trailing end/bar code sensor
3-132

W-7018 An IX240 film is inserted in the lane IX240 cartridge was inserted when
other than IX240 lane. carrier was not in IX240 feed lane.
Remove the carrier and check the 1. Inserted IX240 cartridge when 1. Change to the IX240 feed lane.
position of the lane. carrier was in another feed lane
2. Faulty cartridge set sensor (D123)
or harness
2. Reconnect or replace the harness,
or replace the sensor.
3
E-7019 Reading FlashROM data from carrier Abnormal carrier/carrier FlashROM
failed. data
E-7020 Reading FlashROM data from carrier Abnormal carrier/carrier FlashROM
failed. data
E-7023 Initializing of carrier failed. Feed roller rotation sensor (D135) did
not change when initializing.
Install the carrier again. (Causes of the error message)
1. Loose IX240 drive belt 1. Adjust belt tension.
If problems persist, consult your 2. Faulty feed roller rotation sensor 2. Replace the sensor.
technical representative. (D135)
3. Broken IX240 drive belt 3. Replace the belt.
4. Faulty feed motor(M101) 4. Replace the motor.
5. Faulty feed motor harness 5. Reconnect or replace the harness.
W-7024 Carrier cover is opened. (Causes of the error message)
Remove the carrier, and then close 2. Faulty pressure cover open/close 2. Replace the sensor.
carrier cover. sensor (D128)
E-7025 Writing FlashROM data into carrier Writing to FlashROM failure
1. Poorly connected plug-in 1. Remove and reinstall the carrier.
Consult your technical connector
representative. 2. Faulty CYA23 circuit board 2. Replace the circuit board.
3-133

W-7028 Cartridge remains in carrier. IX240 cartridge existing carrier
installation error
Remove the carrier, and then take out (Causes of the error message)
the cartridge. 1. Installed carrier or turned power 1. Do not insert an unexposed
ON with unexposed cartridge cartridge.
remaining in carrier
2. Inserted unexposed cartridge 2. Do not insert an unexposed
immediately after carrier installed cartridge.
or power ON
3. Cartridge remains when Setup 3. Remove the cartridge and reinstall
and Maintenance mode is the carrier.
selected.
4. Faulty cartridge set sensor (D123) 4. Reconnect or replace the harness
or harness or sensor.
5. Faulty IPI sensor (D121) or 5. Reconnect or replace the harness
harness or sensor.
W-7029 Feeding of film failed. MTP center position detected at fine-
scan is differ by 5mm or more from
Remove carrier and then film. one at pre-scan.
1. Slipped or blocked film 1. Clean the feed rollers or clear the
cause of blocking.
2. Broken cartridge door/flange 2. If the error occurs with a certain
cartridge, reload film into a known
good cartridge.
3. Faulty nest section unit 3. Replace the nest section unit.
4. Faulty IX240 winding unit 4. Replace the IX240 winding unit.
5. Dust or dirt adhered to IX240 5. Clean the glass.
perforation sensor (D117L/P)
glass
6. Faulty IX240 perforation sensor 6. Replace the sensor or harness.
(D117L/P) or harness
7. Faulty feed/supply/door motor 7. Replace the motor.
(M101/M102/M103)
8. Faulty IX240/135 side belt 8. Adjust or replace the belt.
10.Faulty flexible cable 10.Reconnect or replace the cable.
11.Faulty JNC23 circuit board 11.Replace the circuit board.
12.Faulty CYA23 circuit board 12.Replace the circuit board.
W-7030 Feeding of film failed. MTP hole length is more than 8mm at
time of feeding, or ATP cannot be
Remove carrier and then film. found after feeding 29mm from MTP.
cause of blocking.
good cartridge.
glass
(M101/M102/M103)
ATP = Anticipation perforation MTP = Metering perforation
3-134

W-7031 Feeding of film failed. ATP hole length is more than 8mm at
feeding, or MTP cannot be found
Remove carrier and then film. after feeding 9mm from ATP.
2. Broken cartridge door/flange

cause of blocking.
2. If the error occurs with a certain
3
good cartridge.
glass
(M101/M102/M103)
W-7032 Feeding of film failed. Final frame has been fine adjusted
more than 11mm from DTP when
Remove carrier and then film. DTP position from TAP is 66mm due
to reshaping twice.
1. Faulty key circuit board (D131 to 1. Replace the circuit board.
D134)
2. Faulty key circuit board harness 2. Reconnect or replace the harness.
3. Dust or dirt adhered to IX240 TAP 3. Clean the glass.
sensor (D116L/P) glass
4. Faulty IX240 TAP sensor (D116L/ 4. Replace the sensor.
P)
6. Faulty flexible cable 6. Reconnect or replace the cable.
W-7034 Feeding of film failed. Number of perforation edges has
been detected exceeding those
Remove carrier and then film. detected by MTP sensor at feeding.
glass
ATP = Anticipation perforation DTP = Detach perforation MTP = Metering perforation

TAP = Turnaround perforation
3-135

W-7035 Feeding of film failed. MTP center detected at returning
feed differs by 5mm or more from one
Remove carrier and then film. at pre-scanning.
cause of blocking.
good cartridge.
glass
(M101/M102/M103)
W-7036 Feeding of film failed. MTP hole length is more than 8mm at
returning or ATP cannot be found
Remove carrier and then film. after feeding 9mm from MTP.
1. Slipped film 1. Clean the feed rollers
good cartridge.
glass
(M101/M102/M103)
3-136

W-7037 Feeding of film failed. ATP hole length is more than 8mm at
time of return or MTP cannot be
Remove carrier and then film. found after feeding 29mm from ATP.
1. Slipped film 1. Clean the feed rollers
3
good cartridge.
glass
(M101/M102/M103)
W-7038 Feeding of film failed. MTP cannot be found after feeding
film 9mm from ATP.
Remove carrier and then film. (Causes of the error message)
cause of blocking.
good cartridge.
glass
(M101/M102/M103)
3-137

W-7039 Feeding of film failed. MTP hole length was more than 8mm
at time of feeding.
cause of blocking.
good cartridge.
glass
(M101/M102/M103)
W-7040 Feeding of film failed. ATP cannot be found after feeding
film 29mm from MTP.
cause of blocking.
good cartridge.
glass
(M101/M102/M103)
W-7041 Feeding of film failed. ATP hole length was more than 8mm.
Remove carrier and then film. 1. Slipped or blocked film 1. Clean the feed rollers or clear the
cause of blocking.
good cartridge.
glass
(M101/M102/M103)
3-138

W-7042 Feeding of film failed. TAP cannot be detected.
cause of blocking.
good cartridge.
3
glass
(M101/M102/M103)
W-7043 Feeding of film failed. TAP hole length was more than 8mm.
cause of blocking.
good cartridge.
glass
(M101/M102/M103)
W-7044 Feeding of film failed. DTP hole length was more than
8mm.
cause of blocking.
good cartridge.
glass
(M101/M102/M103)
TAP = Turnaround perforation DTP = Detach perforation
3-139

W-7045 Unprocessed cartridge. Unprocessed cartridge
Not used. 1. Loaded unbroken IPI (unprocessd) 1. Remove the cartridge and reinstall
cartridge the carrier.
If it is a processed cartridge, fold IPI. 2. Pressed set lever while pressing 2. Press the release button, remove
When IPI is damaged, consult your steel plate at the nest section and reinstall the carrier.
technical representative. 3. Faulty cartridge set sensor (D123) 3. Replace the sensor.
4. Faulty cartridge set sensor 4. Reconnect or replace the harness.
harness
5. Faulty IPI sensor (D121) 5. Replace the sensor.
6. Faulty IPI sensor harness 6. Reconnect or replace the harness.
W-7046 Feeding of film failed. Trailing end of the IX240 strip film
was inserted.
Rewind it? (Causes of the error message)
1. Inserted IX240 strip film from its 1. Insert the strip film from the
trailing end leading end.
perforation sensor (D117L/P) or
TSB sensor (D116L/P) glass
(D117L/P) or TAP sensor harness
E-7047 Detecting of the home position of the Abnormality in supply motor home
feeding motor failed. position sensor was detected.
Install the carrier again. 1. Faulty supply motor(M102) or 1. Replace the motor or harness.
harness
If problems persist, consult your 2. Faulty supply motor home position 2. Replace the sensor or harness.
technical representative. sensor(D122) or harness
4. Supply motor drive train 4. Replace the damaged parts.
malfunction (friction clutch gear
malfunction, damaged gear, etc.)
W-7048 The IX240 lane cannot be used. Film cannot be fed in IX240 feed lane.
Remove carrier and then cartridge. 1. Carrier not set in IX240 feed lane 1. Set the carrier in IX240 feed lane.
W-7049 Film perforation error. DTP perforation is detected within
66mm after final frame determination
Remove carrier and then film. perforation has been detected by
TSB sensor (D116).
1. Reshaped trailing end more than 1. Scan using the MFC10AY.
28mm
2. Dust or dirt adhered to TSB sensor 2. Clean the glass.
(D116L/P) glass
3. Faulty TAP sensor or harness 3. Replace the sensor or harness.
W-7050 Film rupture. Hole was detected in IX240 film by
NC100AY.
1. Faulty IX240 TSB sensor (D116) 1. Replace the sensor or harness.
or harness
TAP = Turnaround perforation DTP = Detach perforation

3-140

W-7051 Film remains in IX240 feeding lane. Feed lane was changed during
feeding IX240 film in NC100AY.
1. Changed feed lane during 1. Remove the film.
scanning
2. Faulty IX240 feed lane position
sensor (D130) or harness
2. Replace the sensor or harness.
3
W-7052 Feeding of film failed. NC100AY IX240 film insertion error
Remove carrier and then clean 1. IX240 strip film leading end does 1. Insert the film into the carrier as for
feeding lane. not reach to first roller. as it will go.
2. Blocked film outside of carrier 2. Remove the cause of blocking.
4. Faulty JNC23 circuit board or 4. Replace the circuit board.
harness
5. Faulty feed motor (M101), feed 5. Replace the motor, feed drive
drive system or harness system or harness.
W-7053 Film rupture. Hole was detected in IX240 film by
NC100AY.
1. Hole in film 1. Remove the film.
W-7054 Film remains in IX240 feeding lane. NC100AY IX240 film existing
installation error
1. IX240 film remaining 1. Remove the film.
2. Dust or dirt adhered to TSB sensor 2. Clean the glass.
(D116) glass
or harness
W-7055 Film remains in IX240 feeding lane. NC100AY IX240 film existing
installation error
1. IX240 film remaining 1. Remove the film.
perforation sensor (D117) glass
(D117) or harness
W-7056 An error occurred in cartridge door. NC100AY IX240 door motor
initialization error
Install the carrier again. (Causes of the error message)
1. Faulty door motor (M104) or drive 1. Replace the motor or damaged
If problems persist, consult your system (damaged gear or rack/ parts.
technical representative. improper engagement)
2. Faulty door motor (M104) or 2. Replace the motor or harness.
harness
3. Faulty door open/close sensor 3. Replace the sensor or harness.
(D120) or harness
3-141

W-7057 An error occurred in cartridge door. NC100AY IX240 door motor drive
error
Install the carrier again to use the (Causes of the error message)
cartridge. 1. Damaged cartridge door 1. Replace the cartridge.
2. Faulty door motor (M104) or drive 2. Replace the motor or damaged
If problems persist, consult your system (damaged gear or rack/ parts.
technical representative. improper engagement)
3. Faulty door motor (M104) or 3. Reconnect or replace the harness.
harness
4. Faulty door open/close sensor 4. Replace the sensor or harness.
(D120) or harness
W-7058 Film not drawn from cartridge. NC100AY IX240 tongue extraction
error
After the rewinding of film, remove (Causes of the error message)
the carrier, and then clean the 1. Damaged cartridge door 1. Replace the cartridge.
feeding lane. 2. Faulty supply motor (M102) or 2. Replace the motor, reconnect or
harness replace the harness.
3. Faulty IX240 TSB sensor (D116) 3. Replace the sensor, reconnect or
or harness replace the harness.
7. Faulty supply motor drive system 7. Replace the damaged parts.
(friction clutch gear malfunction or
damaged gear)
W-7059 Film not drawn from cartridge. NC100AY IX240 cartridge loading
error
After the rewinding of film, remove (Causes of the error message)
the carrier, and then clean the 1. Damaged cartridge door 1. Remove the carrier and then the
feeding lane. cartridge.
2. Faulty feed motor drive system 2. Replace the damaged parts or
(improperly engaged belt, run off adjust the belt tension.
belt or cut belt)
3. Faulty feed motor (M101), or 3. Replace the motor (M101), or the
harness harness.
4. Faulty IX240 perforation (D117L/P) 4. Replace the sensor (D117L/P), or
or harness the harness.
W-7060 Feeding of film failed. NC100AY IX240 cartridge winding
error
1. Damaged cartridge door 1. Remove the carrier and then the
cartridge.
2. Faulty feed motor drive system 2. Replace the damaged parts or
(improperly engaged belt, run off adjust the belt tension.
belt or cut belt)
3. Faulty feed motor (M101), or 3. Replace the motor (M101), or the
harness harness.
4. Faulty IX240 perforation (D117L/P) 4. Replace the sensor (D117L/P), the
or harness harness.
3-142

W-7061 Magnetic head is stained. NC100AY IX240 magnetic
information verify error
May not read magnetic data. (Causes of the error message)
1. Dirty magnetic head (reading or 1. Clean the magnetic head.
Remove carrier and then clean the writing)
magnetic head. 2. Faulty magnetic reading head,
MRH circuit board or harness
2. Replace the damaged parts.
3
3. Faulty magnetic writing head, 3. Replace the damaged parts.
MRW circuit board or harness
W-7062 Feeding of film failed. NC100AY IX240 TSB sensor error
Rewind film? 1. Dust or dirt adhered to IX240 1. Clean the glass and reinstall the
perforation sensor (D117) or TSB carrier.
sensor (D116) glass
2. Damaged film 2. Check the feed lane for remaining
film or foreign matter and then
reinstall the carrier.
or harness
4. Faulty IX240 perforation (D117) or 4. Replace the sensor or harness.
harness
W-7065 The cartridge lever is set to the NC100AY IX240 cartridge lock error
setting position. (Causes of the error message)
1. Cartridge has been removed
Remove the carrier, and then press forcibly after error occurred and 

the cartridge release button. carrier was installed with the set  Press the release button

lever in set position.  to release the cartridge
2. Carrier was installed with cartridge  set lever and then

and set lever in set position.  reinstall the carrier.

3. Cartridge set lever was in the 
setting position by pressing steel 
plate in nest and then carrier was
installed.
4. Faulty cartridge set sensor (D123) 4. Replace the sensor or harness.
or harness
W-7070 Film mask not installed. (Causes of the error message)
1. Mask not set 1. Set the mask.
Install mask. 2. Faulty mask sensor 2. Replace the MCB23 circuit board.
E-7072 A power source failure (carrier (Causes of the error message)
section +24V) was detected. 1. Incorrectly installed carrier 1. Install the carrier correctly.
Carrier is not installed correctly.
Install the carrier again. If problems

representative.
W-7073 The sliding stage is not inserted. MFC10AY mask table slider is not
set.
Insert it. (Causes of the error message)
1. Mask table slider of MFC10AY was 1. Set the mask table slider to the
pulled out just before printing or printing position.
during printing.
sensor (D486)
3-143

E-7074 A communication error occurred Communication error to carrier
between the GMB CB and carrier. (Causes of the error message)
Carrier is not installed correctly. 2. No response from carrier CPU  Replace the CYA23
3. No carrier program 
 circuit board.
representative.
E-7075 A communication error occurred Carrier and GMB timeout error
between the GMB CB and carrier. (Causes of the error message)
1. Abnormal system software 1. Reinstall the carrier. If the error
Install the carrier again. occurs again, restart the system
software. If the error still occurs,
If problems persist, consult your replace the CYA23 circuit board.
technical representative. 2. Faulty CYA23 circuit board 2. Replace the circuit board.
W-7076 The feeding lane of the carrier is not Feed lane in neutral position.
switched correctly. (Causes of the error message)
1. Feed lane in neutral position 1. Set the feed lane correctly.
Switch the feeding lane to 135 or 2. Faulty 135/IX240 feed lane 2. Replace the sensor.
IX240 correctly. position sensor (D129/D130)
3. Faulty D129 or D130 harness 3. Reconnect or replace the harness.
E-7077 Writing FlashROM data from carrier Faulty FlashROM Remove and reinstall the carrier. If
failed. the error occurs again, restart the
system software. If the error still
Install the carrier again. occurs, replace the CYA23 circuit
board.
E-7078 Reading FlashROM data from carrier Damaged machine data in Remove and reinstall the carrier. If
failed. FlashROM the error occurs again, restart the
board.
E-7079 Reading FlashROM data from carrier Damaged stored data in FlashROM Remove and reinstall the carrier. If
failed. the error occurs again, restart the
board.
E-7081 Carrier not installed correctly or no Incorrectly inserted carrier
carrier installed. (Causes of the error message)
Install the carrier again. 2. Faulty carrier sensor (plug-in 2. Replace the plug-in connector.
connector)
E-7082 A communication error occurred in Communication failure to magnetic Remove and reinstall the carrier. If
the carrier. information CPU the error occurs again, restart the
board.
E-7083 A power source failure (carrier Abnormal carrier +24V power supply
section +24V) was detected. (Causes of the error message)
Carrier is not installed correctly. 2. Poorly connected CYA1 connector 2. Reconnect the connector.
to CYA23 circuit board
Install the carrier again. If problems 3. Faulty CYA23 circuit board 3. Replace the circuit board.
representative.
3-144

section +12V) was detected. (Causes of the error message)
3
representative.
section -12V) was detected. (Causes of the error message)
Install the carrier again. If problems 3. Faulty CYA23 circuit board 3. Replace the circuit board.
representative.
W-7087 The memory for diagnostics program Software error Remove and reinstall the carrier. If
was not allocated. the error occurs again, restart the
occurs, replace the CYA23 circuit
board.
W-7091 It may be a black-and-white film or ON/OFF combination was detected
too many pieces of tape are used. 20 times with check tape sensor.
Check the film. 1. Scanned black/white film after 1. Select black/white for original type.
selecting negative or reversal for
original type
2. Fed insufficiently desilvered film 2. Process the film correctly.
3. Fed film with 20 or more check 3. Peel check tapes off so their
tapes number is below 20.
W-7095 Film remains in 135 feeding lane. Proceeded to Setup and Remove the carrier, remove the film
Maintenance menu when 135 film and then reinstall the carrier.
Remove carrier and then film. remains in NC100AY
W-7096 Film remains in 135 feeding lane. Detected 135 film by upstream
perforation sensor of NC100AY when
Remove carrier and then film. exiting from Setup and Maintenance.
menu
1. Film remains in carrier. 1. Remove the film.
2. Dusty or dirty 135 upstream 2. Clean the sensor glass.
3. Faulty 135 upstream perforation 3. Replace the sensor or harness
4. Faulty flexible cable 4. Reconnect or replace the cable
W-7097 Film remains in 135 feeding lane. Detected film by downstream
perforation sensor of NC100AY when
Remove carrier and then film. exiting from Setup and Maintenance
menu.
2. Dusty or dirty 135 downstream 2. Clean the sensor glass.
3. Faulty 135 downstream perforation 3. Replace the sensor or harness
3-145

W-7098 Film remains in 135 feeding lane. Detected film by leading end sensor
of NC100AY when exiting from Setup
Remove carrier and then film. and Maintenance menu.
2. Dusty or dirty 135 leading end 2. Clean the sensor glass.
sensor (D101)glass
3. Faulty 135 leading end sensor 3. Replace the sensor or harness
(D101) or harness
W-7099 Timing of inserting film into carrier is Detected film by frame sensor when
too early. exiting one-way mode
Do not insert the film into the carrier 1. Film remains in carrier. 1. Remove the film.
while the green LED is lighted. 2. Dusty or dirty 135 frame sensor 2. Clean the sensor glass.
(D109 to D112) glass
Remove the film. 3. Faulty 135 frame sensor (D109 to 3. Replace the sensor or harness
D112) or harness
W-7100 Feeding of film failed. Detected 500 or more perforations by
135 upstream perforation sensor
1. Fed spliced film that has 500 or 1. Do not insert a film that has 500 or
more perforations more perforations
2. Dust or dirt adhered to 135 2. Clean the glass.
upstream perforation sensor
(D102) glass
3. Faulty 135 upstream perforation 3. Replace the sensor or harness.
W-7102 Feeding of film failed. Detected 500 or more perforations by
135 downstream perforation sensor
1. Fed spliced film that has 500 or 1. Do not insert a film that has 500 or
more perforations more perforations
downstream perforation sensor
(D103) glass
3. Faulty 135 downstream perforation 3. Replace the sensor or harness.
W-7104 Too long film. Fed film length of 2m or longer Do not insert a film longer than 2m.
Remove carrier and then film.

W-7105 Too short film. Film length was 74mm or shorter.
Remove carrier and then film. 1. Inserted film with two or less 1. Scan using the MFC10AY.
frames
2. Inserted fogged reversal film (two 2. Scan using the MFC10AY.
or less normal frames)
3. Faulty 135 frame sensor (D109 to 3. Replace the sensor or harness.
D115) or harness
3-146

W-7106 Inserting of film failed. NC100AY 135 film loading reattempt
error
Remove carrier and then film. If (Causes of the error message)
problems persist, clean the feeding 1. Blocked or hand-pulled film 1. Correct the film or scan using the
rollers. MFC10AY.
2. Slipped film due to dirty feed
rollers
2. Clean the rollers.
3
3. Detected film by 135 leading end 3. Insert the film fully to reach the
sensor (D101) but it did not reach rollers.
to feed rollers
4. Faulty feed motor (M101), drive 4. Replace the damaged parts.
system or harness
5. Faulty 135 frame sensor (D109 to 5. Replace the sensor or harness.
D112) or harness
W-7107 Inserting of film failed. Film loading error (one reattempt
after reaching frame sensor)
Remove carrier and then film. If (Causes of the error message)
problems persist, clean the feeding 1. Blocked or hand-pulled film 1. Correct the film or scan using the
rollers. MFC10AY.
2. Slipped film due to dirty feed 2. Clean the rollers.
rollers
3. Faulty feed motor (M101), drive 3. Replace the damaged parts.
system or harness
4. Faulty 135 upstream perforation 4. Replace the sensor or harness.
W-7108 Feeding of film failed. Film leading end does not reach to
downstream perforation sensor.
1. Film slippage due to dust or dirt 1. Clean the roller.
adhered to feed roller
2. Blocked film end or film caught 2. Clear the film passage.
outside of carrier
3. Dust or dirt adhered to 135 3. Clean the sensor glass.
(D103) glass
4. Faulty 135 downstream perforation 4. Replace the sensor, or the
sensor or harness harness.
W-7109 Feeding of film failed. Film trailing end does not return to
upstream perforation sensor.
outside of carrier
upstream perforation sensor
(D102) glass
4. Faulty 135 upstream perforation 4. Replace the sensor, or the
sensor or harness harness.
3-147

W-7110 Perforation rupture exists. Film damage (8.2mm or longer
perforation length) was detected
Frame position may not detected (upstream/right-feed/leading end
correctly. near upstream perforation sensor).
Remove carrier and then film, and 1. Breaks in film 1. Correct the film.
mend the rupture. 2. Film slippage due to dust or dirt 2. Clean the roller.
outside of carrier
upstream/downstream perforation
sensor (D102/D103) glass
5. Faulty 135 upstream/downstream 5. Replace the sensor, or the
perforation sensor or harness harness.
correctly. between upstream and downstream
perforation sensors).
Remove carrier and then film, and (Causes of the error message)
mend the rupture. 1. Breaks in film 1. Correct the film.
outside of carrier
correctly. near downstream perforation sensor).
outside of carrier
3-148

Frame position may not detected (upstream/right-feed/leading end at
correctly. right side of downstream perforation
sensor).
Remove carrier and then film, and
mend the rupture.
1. Breaks in film 1. Correct the film.
3
outside of carrier
Frame position may not detected (upstream/left-feed/trailing end at left
correctly. side of frame sensor).
outside of carrier
Frame position may not detected (upstream/left-feed/trailing end at left
correctly. side of frame sensor).
outside of carrier
3-149

Frame position may not detected (downstream/right-feed/leading end
correctly. at right side of downstream
perforation sensor).
outside of carrier
Frame position may not detected (downstream/left-feed/trailing end at
correctly. left side of frame sensor).
outside of carrier
Frame position may not detected (downstream/left-feed/trailing end
correctly. between frame and upstream
perforation sensors)
outside of carrier
3-150

correctly. near upstream perforation sensors)
Remove carrier and then film, and
mend the rupture.
1. Breaks in film
2. Film slippage due to dust or dirt
1. Correct the film.
2. Clean the roller.
3
outside of carrier
correctly. between upstream and downstream
perforation sensors)
outside of carrier
W-7121 Feeding of film failed. Blocked perforation (8.2mm or longer
between perforations) was detected
Remove carrier and then film. (upstream/right-feed/leading end
near upstream perforation sensor).
1. Perforation blocked with splicing 1. Remove the splicing tape scan
tape, etc. using MFC10AY.
outside of carrier
3-151

between upstream and downstream
outside of carrier
near downstream perforation sensor).
outside of carrier
Remove carrier and then film. (upstream/right-feed/leading end at
right side of downstream perforation
sensor).
outside of carrier
3-152

Remove carrier and then film. (upstream/left-feed/trailing end at left
side of frame sensors).
1. Perforation blocked with splicing
tape, etc.
1. Remove the splicing tape scan
using MFC10AY.
3
outside of carrier
Remove carrier and then film. (downstream/left-feed/trailing end
between frame and downstream
outside of carrier
Remove carrier and then film. (downstream/right-feed/leading end
at right side of downstream
outside of carrier
3-153

Remove carrier and then film. (downstream/left-feed/trailing end at
left side of frame sensors).
outside of carrier
between frame and upstream
outside of carrier
near upstream perforation sensor).
outside of carrier
3-154

between upstream and downstream
1. Perforation blocked with splicinge 1. Remove the splicing tape scan
3
outside of carrier
W-7132 Feeding of film failed. Perforation error range exceeds
±5mm when correcting feed at
Remove carrier and then film. perforation decision (upstream/right-
feed/trailing end near upstream
outside of carrier
feed/trailing end between upstream
and downstream perforation
sensors).
outside of carrier
3-155

feed/trailing end near downstream
outside of carrier
feed/trailing end at right side of
downstream perforation sensor).
outside of carrier
Remove carrier and then film. perforation decision (upstream/left-
feed/trailing end at left side of frame
sensors).
outside of carrier
3-156

Remove carrier and then film. perforation decision (upstream/left-
feed/trailing end between frame and
downstream perforation sensors).
3
outside of carrier
Remove carrier and then film. perforation decision (downstream/
right-feed/leading end at right side of
downstream perforation sensor).
outside of carrier
left-feed/trailing end at left side of
frame sensors).
outside of carrier
3-157

left-feed/trailing end between frame
and upstream perforation sensors).
outside of carrier
left-feed/trailing end near upstream
outside of carrier
left-feed/trailing end between
upstream and downstream
outside of carrier
W-7150 The carrier information file stored in Damaged carrier file stored in HDD On Menu 0446 “NC100AY Installation
the hard disk is corrupted. (carrier GMB side outputs) Information Setup”, enter correct
value and store data into HDD.
Restore the file using the Film Carrier
Information Setting screen.
W-7171 Writing FlashROM data into carrier Writing to FlashROM failure
1. Poorly connected plug-in 1. Remove and reinstall the carrier. If
Consult your technical connector the error occurs again, replace the
representative. plug-in connector.
3-158

E-7172 Reading FlashROM data from carrier Abnormal carrier/FlashROM data
1. Poorly connected plug-in 1. Remove and reinstall the carrier. If
Consult your technical connector the error occurs again, replace the
representative. plug-in connector.
3
W-7180 The sensor for 135 feeding lane CYA23 135 sensor calibration error
cannot be calibrated correctly. (Causes of the error message)
1. Dust or dirt adhered to 135 frame 1. Clean the glass.
Remove the carrier, and then clean sensor (D101 to D115) glass
the glass surface of the upper and 2. Faulty 135 frame sensor (LEE/ 2. Replace the sensor circuit board.
lower feeding lanes with a dry cotton DTF23/DTG23)
swab. 3. Poorly connected or broken 135 3. Reconnect or replace the harness.
frame sensor harness
It is possible to use the IX240 lane. 4. Faulty flexible cable 4. Reconnect or replace the cable.
W-7182 The sensor for IX240 feeding lane CYA23 IX240 sensor calibration error
cannot be calibrated correctly. (Causes of the error message)
Remove the carrier, and then clean frame sensor (D116 to D119)
the glass surface of the upper and glass
lower feeding lanes with a dry cotton 2. Faulty IX240 frame sensor 2. Replace the sensor circuit board.
swab. (LEE22, DTF23 or DTG23)
3. Poorly connected or broken IX240 3. Reconnect or replace the harness.
You may use the 135 lane. frame sensor harness
W-7183 Film remains in IX240 feeding lane. Carrier installation error (IX240 film
remains)(unexposed film)
unexposed frame sensor (D118/
D119) glass
2. Faulty IX240 unexposed frame 2. Replace the sensor.
sensor
3. Poorly connected or broken IX240 3. Reconnect or replace the harness.
unexposed frame sensor harness
W-7184 The cartridge cannot be used. Under retracting operation (cartridge
is used when stopping cartridge
Remove cartridge. control function due to faulty cartridge
section).
1. Changed to degeneracy operation 1. Replace the damaged parts.
due to faulty supply motor (D102),
door motor (M104), door open/
close sensor (D120) or supply
motor home position sensor
(D122)
2. Changed to degeneracy operation 2. Reconnect or replace the harness.
due to faulty supply motor (D104),
door motor (M104), door open/
close sensor (D120) or supply
motor home position sensor
(D122) harness
3. Changed to degeneracy operation 3. Replace the circuit board.
due to faulty CYA23 circuit board
3-159

W-7185 Film remains in 135 feeding lane. Detected remaining film on frame
sensor of NC100AY carrier when
Remove carrier and then film. exiting from maintenance menu
1. Film remains on 135 frame sensor 1. Remove the film.
(D109 to D112)
2. Dust or dirt adhered to 135 frame 2. Clean the glass.
sensor (D109 to D112) glass
3. Faulty 135 frame sensor (D109 to 3. Replace the sensor.
D112)
harness
W-7186 Film remains in 135 feeding lane. Detected remaining film on bar code
1. Film remains on 135 bar code 1. Remove the film.
sensor (D106/D108)
2. Dust or dirt adhered to 135 bar 2. Clean the glass.
code sensor (D106/D108) glass
3. Faulty 135 bar code sensor (D106/ 3. Replace the sensor.
D108)
harness
W-7187 Film remains in 135 feeding lane. Detected remaining film on panorama
1. Film remains on 135 panorama 1. Remove the film.
sensor (D114/D115)
panorama sensor (D114/D115)
glass
3. Faulty 135 panorama sensor 3. Replace the sensor.
(D114/ D115)
harness
W-7188 Carrier is not installed correctly. (Causes of the error message)
1. Incorrectly inserted carrier plug-in 1. Install the carrier correctly.
Install the carrier again. connector
2. Foreign matter blocking carrier 2. Remove the foreign matter.
lock sensor (D208)
4. Faulty carrier lock mechanism 4. Replace the damaged parts.
W-7210 Because of the failure in the feeding Abnormal135/IX240 feed lane
lane position sensor, the feeding lane position sensor
is not identified. (Causes of the error message)
1. Foreign matter blocking 135/IX240 1. Remove the foreign matter.
If problems persist after removing feed lane position sensor (D129/
and installing of the carrier, consult D130)
your technical representative. 2. Faulty feed lane position sensor 2. Replace the sensor.
(D129/D130)
harness
3-160

W-7211 The feeding lane position sensor (Causes of the error message)
(D129) failed. 1. Foreign matter blocking 135/IX240 1. Remove the foreign matter.
feed lane position sensor (D129/
The 135 feeding lane cannot be D130)
used. 2. Faulty feed lane position sensor 2. Replace the sensor.
(D129/D130)
3
harness
W-7212 The feeding lane position sensor (Causes of the error message)
(D130) failed. 1. Foreign matter blocking 135/IX240 1. Remove the foreign matter.
feed lane position sensor (D129/
The IX240 feeding lane cannot be D130)
used. 2. Faulty feed lane position sensor 2. Replace the sensor.
(D129/D130)
harness
I-7213 Downloading the data to the carrier. Updating data from HDD to Wait until downloading is completed.
FlashROM
Please wait a moment.
It takes about 40 seconds.

I-7214 Uploading the data from the carrier. Taking more than 3 seconds to Wait until uploading is completed.
upload data from carrier
Please wait a moment.
It takes about 40 seconds.

W-7215 The version information stored in the Carrier program file in HDD may not Restart the system software.If the
hard disk was not known. exist or be damaged. error occurs again, reinstall the
The version may be old, but you can
use the current carrier.
W-7216 The feeding lane of the carrier was (Causes of the error message)
switched to the intermediate position. 1. Feed lane changed during 1. Do not change the feed lane
scanning during scanning.
Remove carrier and then film. 2. Faulty feed lane change lock parts 2. Replace the damaged parts.
3. Faulty feed lane position sensor 3. Replace the sensor or harness.
(D129/D130) or harness
W-7217 Changing of the IX240 cartridge lever (Causes of the error message)
was detected. 1. Release button pressed during 1. Do not press the release button
scanning during scanning.
Remove the carrier, and then take out 2. Cartridge lever returned by it self 2. Replace the cartridge lever or
the cartridge. during scanning lever lock parts.
3. Faulty cartridge set sensor (D123) 3. Replace the sensor or harness.
or harness
I-7218 Too many frames in film. (Causes of the error message) Reduce the frames to 79 and below.
80 or more frames were detected
Printing is possible up to 79th frame. during scanning.
3-161

W-7219 A film remains at the right-hand side Downstream perforation sensor
of the carrier. detects film before 135 upstream
perforation sensor. Previous right-
Remove the carrier, and then take out feed scanned film is left in the carrier
the film. (film exists on downstream
1. The previously scanned film is not 1. Remove the film.
removed.
(D103) glass
3. Faulty 135 downstream perforation 3. Replace the sensor, or reconnect
sensor (D103) or harness or replace harness.
I-7220 The downloader returned the error, so the SDLT task tries to transfer file to GMB Clear the 1394 error.
version of the carrier was not known. but carrier version cannot be
downloaded due to 1394 error
The version may be old, but you can communication.
use the current carrier.
I-7221 To prevent film scratches, clean the Cleaning message to prevent flow
feeding lane. when inserting a reversal film after
360 or more frames are printed
consecutively.
1. Reversal film is inserted after more 1. Clean the feed lane.
than 360 frames are fed.
I-7222 Cartridge release button was pressed Cartridge release button was pressed Remove the cartridge after the door
during scanning. during IX240 scanning. closes and the green indicator light
blinks.
After the feed-out of film, remove the
carrier, and then take out the
cartridge from it.
3-162
3.3 Trouble Shooting
3.3.1 Film Carrier
Install other carrier. Abnormal

Is there any abnormality?
Check if for dust on pins of plug-in

3
Normal
connector in scanner side, and remove it. Solved
Check for connection error, breakage
or dust collection, and repair connector,
if necessary.
Not solved
END
(See 3.3.3 CTB23 Circuit Board)
Check for connection error, Solved
breakage or dust collection in carrier side,
and repair connector, if necessary.
Not solved END
Normal
Use “I/O Check (0448/0449)”
to check sensor.
Malfunction
Malfunction
Check sensor harness.
Normal
Repair or replace harness.
Replace sensor.
Normal
Check operation of motor or solenoid.
Malfunction Check if there is any mechanical failure and

repair if necessary.
• Wear, loosening or coming-off of drive belt
Malfunction
Inspect motor or solenoid harness.
Normal
Normal
Replace motor or solenoid.
Malfunction
In case of feed system, Solved

replace drive circuit board.
Not solved
END
Replace CYA23, CYB23 or

JNC23 circuit board.
Note:
Note: CYA23 circuit board: For NC100AY
CYB23 circuit board: For MFC10AY
JNC23 circuit board: For NC100AY
3-163
3.3.2 CTB23 Circuit Board
Come-off or
Sensor abnormal. Use “I/O Check (0341)” to check sensor abnormal sound
and motor. Motor driven?
Motor not driven.

Fuse F51 or F52 on CTB23 Check mechanical operation,
circuit board burnt out? and repair or replace.
Not
burnt out Burnt out
On “I/O Check (0341)”, other output Operated not at all
Only same CP system normally operated?
system not operated
Other operated
(+24V)
Turn off power supply, check for short-circuit
of fuse system and repair if necessary.
Check if there is a Malfunction

connection error or disconnection of harness
between CTB23 circuit board and sensor.
Normal
Restart system. Repair or replace harness.
Replace motor. Solved

Solved?
Not solved
END
Replace CTB23 circuit board.
Check if there is a connection error or Malfunction

disconnection of harness between CTB23
circuit board and sensor.
Normal
Replace sensor. Solved

Solved?
Not solved END
3-164
3.3.3 CTB23 Circuit Board +24V System
+24V
3
Is 2 pin of CTB1 connector on LOW
CTB23 circuit board set to LOW
(drive power-ON signal)?
HIGH
Check harness between Malfunction
CTB1 on CTB23 circuit board and
PS5 on power supply unit.
Normal
Replace DC supply unit.
3-165
3.3.4 Replenishment Cartridge Box Malfunction
Open
Replenisher box door open?
Closed The harness between the replenisher box

door open/close detecting interlock switch Yes
(D724) and PWR4 on the PWR23 circuit
board is poorly connected or broken?
No
Connect harness correctly,
or repair or replace it.
Replace the replenisher box door open/close

detecting interlock switch (D724).
Insert screwdrivers into the two holes and Figure1

press the lock arm to release the lock.
Fig-1
Open
Replenishment cartridge open?
Closed
Lock Arm Screwdriver
LII911
Are solution levels of P1R, P2RA and P2R No
above the upper level sensor?
Yes
Is the harness between the replenisher cartridge Yes
box lower sensor (D723) and JNE2 on the JNE23
circuit board poorly connected or broken?
No
Is the harness between the replenisher cartridge Yes
box upper sensor (D722) and JNE2 on the JNE23
circuit board is poorly connected or broken?
No
or repair or replace it.
Replace the replenisher cartridge box Solved

lower sensor (D723).
Solved?
Not solved
Replace the replenisher cartridge box Not solved
upper sensor (D722).
Solved?
Solved
Replace the JNE23 circuit board.
1. Pour in water so that all replenisher levels are

above the upper level sensor.
2. Close and open replenisher cartridge box door.
3-166
Is the harness between the cartridge opening Yes

motor (M720) and PDB8 on the PDB23
circuit board is poorly connected or broken?
No
3
Replace the cartridge opening Solved

motor (M720).
Solved?
Not solved
Replace the PDB23 circuit board.
1. Install new replenisher cartridge.

2. Close replenisher cartridge box door.
• Cartridge opened and diluting starts.
3-167
3.3.5 Processing Solution Temperature Abnormality
Cool
Touch heater surface.
<Heater>
Warm
To “Temperature sensor”,
“Processing solution circulation”,
Is the harness between the heater and the
“Safety thermostat”, “Heater cooling fan”
PAC23 circuit board poorly
connected or broken? Yes
P1: H700 to PAC04
P2: H701 to PAC05
PS1/2/3: H702 to PAC04
PS4: H703 to PAC05
No

Replace heater Solved

Solved?
Not solved END
Replace the PAC23 circuit board.
3-168
<Temperature sensor>
Compare display values with measured Abnormal

values on “Processor Temperature
Calibration (0623)”.
Normal
Is the harness between the solution
thermometer and the CTL23 circuit board is
3
poorly connected or broken? Yes
P1: TS700 to CTL7
P2: TS701 to CTL7
PS1/2/3: TS702 to CTL7
PS4: TS703 to CTL7
No
To “Processing solution circulation”,
“Safety thermostat”,
“Heater cooling fan” Connect harness correctly,
Replace processing solution Solved

temperature sensor.
Solved?
Not solved END
Replace the CTL23 circuit board.
3-169
<Processing solution circulation>
Remove circulation filter from sub-tank. NO

Is solution surface inside sub-tank swirling?
YES
Is the harness between the circulation

pump and the PDB23 circuit board
poorly connected or broken?
P1: PU700 to PDB4 Yes
P2: PU701 to PDB4
PS1: PU702 to PDB4
PS2: PU703 to PDB4
PS3: PU704 to PDB4
PS4: PU705 to PDB4
No

Replace circulation pump. Solved

Solved?
Not solved END
Replace circulation filter. Solved

Solved?
Not solved END
Yes
Pipes or nozzles clogged?
No
Correct clogging.
To “Safety thermostat”,
“Heater cooling fan”
3-170
<Safety thermostat>
Safety thermostat operated on

“Processor Input Check (0624)”?
Operating temperature:64°C
Returned temperature:42°C
Not operated
P1
P2
Operating temperature: 64°C 3
Returned temperature: 42°C
PS1/2/3
Operating temperature: 80°C
PS4
Returned temperature: 42°C
Operated To “Heater cooling fan”
No
Return at below 42°C?
Yes
Is the harness between the safety
thermometer and the PAC23 circuit board
is poorly connected or broken? Yes
P1: D700 to PAC18
P2: D701 to PAC18
PS1/2/3: D702 to PAC18
PS4: D703 to PAC18
No
Determine the cause of high temperature. Connect harness correctly,

Replace safety thermostat. Solved

Solved?
Not solved END
<Heater cooling fan>
Heater cooling fan turned ON/OFF on Abnormal

“Processor I/O Check (0624)”?
Normal
Is the harness between the heater
cooling fan and the PDB23 circuit board
is poorly connected or broken? Yes
P1: F700 to PDB2
P2: F701 to PDB2
PS1/2/3: F702 to PDB2
PS4: F703 to PDB2
No
Clean fan filter. Connect harness correctly,

Solved
Replace fan.
Solved?
Not solved END
3-171
3.3.6 Dryer Temperature Abnormality
Removed
Cover around dryer section removed?
Not removed
Install correctly.
To “Dryer heater”, “Dryer temperature sensor”,

“Dryer heater safety thermostat”, “Dryer fan”.
<Dryer heater>
Touch dryer section. Not risen

Temperature risen?
Risen
The following protection devices are
tripped? Tripped
Circuit breaker: LB2, LB3
Circuit protector: CP4, CP6
Not tripped
To “Dryer temperature sensor”,
“Dryer safety thermostat”,
Check short-circuit, repair it if necessary.
“Dryer fan”
Are any of the following harnesses

poorly connected or broken?
• Dryer heater (H760/H762/H764) and PAC06
on the PAC23 circuit board Yes
• Dryer heater (H766/H767) and PAC07 on the
PAC23 circuit board
• Dryer heater (H761/H763/H765) and PAC08
on the PAC23 circuit board
No

Is the harness between the circuit breaker

Yes
(LB2/LB3) and PAC9/PAC10/PAC17
on the CTL23 circuit board poorly
connected or broken?
No

Replace dryer heater. Solved

Solved?
Not solved END
3-172
<Dryer temperature sensor>
Dryer temperature risen on Not risen

“Processor Temperature Calibration (0623)”?
Risen
Is the harness between the dryer

thermometer (TS760) and CTL7 Yes
3
on the CTL23 circuit board
poorly connected or broken ?
No
To “Safety heater thermostat”,
“Dryer fan” Connect harness correctly,
Replace the dryer thermometer (TS760). Solved

Solved?
Not solved END
Replace the CTL23 circuit board.
<Dryer heater safety thermostat>
Dryer heater safety thermostat Operated

(D760) operated on
Not operated
Depress the recovery button on the Not solved

safety thermostat (see next page).
Solved?
Solved
Is the harness between the dryer heater
To “Dryer fan” Yes
safety thermostat (D760) and PAC18 on
the PAC23 circuit board poorly
END
No

Replace safety thermostat (D760). Solved

Solved?
Not solved
END
3-173
<Recovery of Safety Thermostat>
1. SU1400AY sorter: Remove the sorter.

SU2400AY sorter: Move the sorter to its storage
position.
2. Remove the two screws securing the dryer heater

safety thermostat cover.
Screws (2)
LII913
3. Open the dryer belt unit and support it with the Dryer Heater Safety Thermostat Cover
stopper.
Dryer Belt Unit
4. Remove the dryer heater safety thermostat cover.
LII914
5. Depress the recovery button on the dryer heater

safety thermostat.
6. Reinstall the removed parts in the reverse order of

removal.
Recovery Button
LII915
3-174
<Dryer fan>
Dryer fan (F760) turned ON/OFF on Abnormal

Normal
Is the harness between the dryer fan Yes
3
(F760)and PDB9 on the PDB23 circuit
board poorly connected or broken?
No
Clean dryer air filter.
Open the dryer belt unit and make sure
there is no paper in abnormal position.
Replace dryer fan. Solved

Solved?
Not solved END
3-175
3.3.7 Processing Solution Tank Level Lowering
Remove circulation filter from sub-tank,

and measure solution level from Lowering
upper surface of sub-tank.
less than 65mm: Normal
more than 65mm: Lowering
Normal
Leakage
Leakage in processing solution system?
Normal
To “Processing solution level sensor diagnostics” Repair leakage.

Prepare processing solution.
To “3.3.8 Replenishment Pump Diagnostics”
<Processing solution level sensor diagnostics>
Remove processing solution level sensor,

soak it into water container. Abnormal
Sensor turned ON/OFF on
Normal
between the solution level sensors and
the JNE23 circuit board are poorly
P1: FS700 to JNE5 Yes
P2: FS701 to JNE5
PS1: FS702 to JNE5
PS2: FS703 to JNE5
PS3: FS704 to JNE5
PS4: FS705 to JNE5
To “3.3.8 Replenishment Pump Diagnostics” No

3-176
3.3.8 Replenishment Pump Diagnostics
No
Menu 0625 “Processor Operating Condition
Setup” is set properly? 3
Yes
Set correctly.
Perform Menu 0620 “Replenisher Pump Abnormal

Output Measurement/Setting.
Normal?”
Normal
Hose clogged or bent in Yes

replenishment system?
No
To “3.3.9 Rack Auto Cleaning Systen Diagnostics”
Correct hose clogging or bending.

between the replenisher pumps
and the PDB23 circuit board are
poorly connected or broken? Yes
P1R: PU721 to PDB5
P2RA: PU722 to PDB5
P2RB: PU723 to PDB5
PSR: PU724 to PDB3
No

Replace replenisher pump.
Perform Menu 0620 “Replenisher Pump Normal

Output Measurement/Setting.”
Normal?
Abnormal END
3-177
3.3.9 Rack Auto Cleaning System Diagnostics
Perform Menu 0621 “Auto Cleaning Normal

Output Measurement/Setting”.
Normal?
Abnormal END
Is the harness between the auto washing Yes

pump (PU720) and PDB7 on the PDB23
circuit board poorly connected
or broken?
No Connect harness correctly,
Replace the auto washing pump (PU720)

Normal
and then perform Menu 0621 “Auto Cleaning
Output Measurement/Setting”.
Normal?
Abnormal END
Is the harness between the crossover rack Yes

P1/P2 auto washing valve (S720) and PDB7
on the PDB23 circuit board poorly
No repair or replace it.
Is the harness between the crossover rack

P2/PS1 auto washing valve (S721) and Yes
PDB7 on the PDB23 circuit board poorly
Is the harness between the dryer entrance

Yes
rack auto washing valve (S722) and PDB7
on the PDB23 circuit board poorly
Replace the crossover rack P1/P2 auto

washing valve (S720) and then perform Normal
Menu 0621 “Auto Cleaning Output
Measurement/Setting”.Normal?
Abnormal END
Replace the crossover rack P2/PS1 auto

washing valve (S721) and then perform Menu Normal
0621 “Auto Cleaning Output
Abnormal END
Replace the dryer entrance rack auto

washing valve (S722) and then perform Menu Normal
0621 “Auto Cleaning Output
Abnormal END
3-178
3.3.10 P1R Stirring Valve/Replenishment Cartridge Washing Valve

Diagnostics
Operate valve on Menu 0642

“I/O Check”. Operating sound heard?
3
P1R cartridge washing valve: S728 Heard
P2RA cartridge washing valve: S729
P2RB cartridge washing valve: S730
P1R stirring valve: S731
Not heard
Stirring, cartridge washing hose Yes

clogged or bent?
No
To “3.3.9 Rack Auto Cleaning Repair hose clogging and bending.

System Diagnostics”
Is the harness between the valve (S728/S729/ Yes

S730/S731) and PDB8 on the PDB23 circuit board
is poorly connected or broken?
No

Replace valve (S728/S729/S730/S731). Solved

Solved?
Not solved END
3-179
3.3.11 Replenishment Level Sensor Diagnostics
Check level sensor and actual level on Abnormal

“Processor I/O Check (0642)”.
Normal
Is the harness between the level sensor
and the JNE6 on the JNE23 circuit board
is poorly connected or broken?
P1R upper level sensor: FS720
P1R lower level sensor: FS724 Yes
P2RA upper level sensor: FS721
P2RA lower level sensor: FS725
P2RB upper level sensor: FS722
P2RB lower level sensor: FS726
PSR upper level sensor: FS723
PSR lower level sensor: FS727
No
To “3.3.8 Replenishment Pump Diagnostics”
3.3.12 Return Action after Replenishment System Error
All solution levels of the P1R, P2RA Yes

and P2RB tanks aligned around
upper level sensor?
No Upper level sensors of all tanks ALL “Yes”
indicate “YES” on
Drain all replenishers from the P1R, Not all “Yes”
P2RA and P2RB tanks.
Pour a small amount of water to

make indicator(s) of upper level sensor(s)
Show “YES”.
Install new replenisher cartridge.
Open and close replenisher

cartridge box door.
Perform “PROC.INST.MODE” -
“INSTALLATION” - “MIX REPLENISH”.
3-180
3.3.13 Replenishment Cartridge Opening Malfunction
Remove replenisher cartridge. Yes

Solution remained in cartridge due to
opening malfunction? 3
No
Yes
Opening parts damaged or abnormal?
No
Replace parts.
To “3.3.12 Return Action after
Replenishment System Error”
Any object remained in opening Yes

nozzle hopper section?
No
Remove object.
Hose between hopper section Yes

and tank clogged?
No
Correct clogging.
To “Replenishment Tank Lower Level Sensor To “3.3.12 Return Action after

Diagnostics (See subsection 3.3.11)” Replenishment System Error”
3-181
3.4 Restoration of Backup for Refreshing
OS and application software files are compressed

and stored in the HDD. They can be restored by
performing this operation.
1. Shut down the system by performing post-

operational check.
2. Insert the backup FD for refreshing (HDD Backup

Tool) into the floppy disk drive.
HDD Backup Tool FD

Z2041
3. Press the START switch.
START Switch
Z2040
• The black background screen appears. You Selected Restore Image to HDD
Do You Want to Continue?
C: Continue A: Abort [C, A] ?
4. Enter “C” using the full keyboard.
• The restoration program starts up.
NOTE: Do not touch the operation keyboard and full

keyboard to maintain stability of the operation
during restoration.
• ”Power Quest Image Center - Scripting Process” Please Turn Off the PC.
appears on the green background screen. A:¥>
• Backup restoration is completed in 5 to 25

minutes.
3-182
3.4 Restoration of Backup for Refreshing
5. Remove the FD.
Z2042
6. Press the power switch of the main control unit to

shut down the scanner.
7. Start up the main control unit using the Shift key.
8. If there is no trouble, select “Shutdown” from the

“Start” menu to quit Windows.
Power Switch
Z2518
3-183
3.5 OS Recovery and Backup for Refreshing
3.5.1 OS Recovery
If the machine stops during starting up or the system

freezes when changing the screen, although
“Refreshing Backup Restoration” (see Section 3.4) is
performed, reinstallation of “OS Windows 2000” may
clear that problem.
Reinstall the OS by following the steps below using

“Recovery CD”.
● Boot Drive Setup
<When OS does not start up from HDD>
Press the START switch and insert “Recovery CD 1” Recovery CD 1

into the CD-ROM drive.
• The program of the “recovery CD” starts up

automatically.
Z2043
<When OS starts up from HDD>
Change the boot drive by taking the following steps.
Boot Change Procedure:
1. Insert the “Boot Device Change FD” into the

floppy disk drive when the power is OFF.
Boot Device Change FD

Z2041-1
3-184
START Switch
Z2040
• The boot change screen appears. EZ201 PC Boot Device Change FD V1.06
--------------------------------------
3. Enter “3” from the full keyboard and press the 1 HDD1 Boot (Default)
[Enter] key. 2 HDD2 Boot (Optional)
3 CD-ROM Boot
4 HDD1 Boot with disabled HDD2 (Optional)
--------------------------------—-----
Specify operation (Enter It’s number)
A:>
• The restart screen appears. *** COMPLETE ***

DATA WRITE to CMOS
**************************************************
****** Cautions. Very important ! ******
****** You have to power-down and reset ******
* You must reset your computer before the new setting will take effect. *
**************************************************
4. Remove the “Boot Device Change FD” from the

floppy disk drive.

Z2042-1
3-185
5. Insert “Recovery CD 1” into the CD-ROM drive. Recovery CD 1
Z2043
6. Press the reset switch of the main control unit.
Reset Switch
Z2532
● OS Recovery Procedure
• The “Recovery of Pre-installed Software” dialog

box appears.
1. Press the [Y] key.
• The “Caution” dialog box appears. Caution
All data on hard disk will be lost !

2. Press the [Y] key.
! Are you really sure it’s okey?
• The OS data is written from “Recovery CD” to Please press the [Y] key if you want to execute.
the HDD. Please press the [N] key if you want to quit.
Yes [Y] No [N]
• The screen message requests “Recovery CD 2”.
3-186
3. Replace “Recovery CD 1” with “Recovery CD 2”. Recovery CD 2
Z2043-1
• The completion message appears.
4. Remove “Recovery CD 2” from the CD-ROM

drive.
5. Insert the “Boot Device Change FD” into the

floppy disk drive.
6. Press any key.
• The main control unit restarts.

Z2041-1
● Boot Drive Restoration
• The boot change screen appears. EZ201 PC Boot Device Change FD V1.06
---------------------------------------------
1 HDD1 Boot (Default)
2 HDD2 Boot (Optional)
3 CD-ROM Boot
--------------------------------------------
A:>
1. Enter “1” using the full keyboard.
3-187
• The restarting up screen appears. *** COMPLETE ***

DATA WRITE to CMOS
**************************************************
****** Cautions. Very important ! ******
****** You have to power-down and reset ******
* You must reset your computer before the new setting will take effect. *
**************************************************
2. Remove the “Boot Device Change FD” from the

floppy disk drive.

Z2042-1
3. Press the reset switch of the main control unit.
• The main control unit restarts.
4. Wait until the Windows desktop screen appears.
• The restart message appears.
5. Restart the OS.
6. If the “Found New hardware Wizard” appears,

click the [Cancel] button.
7. Perform the following.

Reset Switch
Z2532
1) Driver Installation (See Subsection 3.5.2)
2) System Software (A1) Reinstallation (See
Section 4.3).
3) Optional Software Reinstallation (See Optional
Software Manual).
4) Backup for Refreshing (See Subsection 3.5.3).
3-188
3.5.2 Device Driver Installation
The driver for the image processing section and

printer/processor must be installed before installing
the system software (A1) when the main control unit 3
or hard disk has been replaced, or OS has been
recovered. Also the driver must be installed when the
GIE23 circuit board of the scanner or printer/
processor has been replaced.
1. Make sure the IEEE1394 interface cables are

connected from the main control unit to the image
processing section and the printer/processor.
2. Turn the power switch ON to start up the Printer/

Processor and then to STANDBY.
3. Press the START switch of the Scanner.
START Switch
Z2040
4. Immediately after the SP-3000 starts up, insert Recovery CD 1

the driver disk into the CD-ROM drive.
Z2043
3-189
• The "Found New Hardware Wizard" screen

appears.
NOTE: The "Device Driver Disk [D-01]" dialog box may

appear over the "Found New Hardware Wizard"
screen.
5. Click the [Cancel] button of the "Found New

Hardware Wizard" screen.
• The second "Found New Hardware Wizard"

screen appears.
6. Click the [Cancel] button of the "Found New

Hardware Wizard" screen.
• The "Device Drivers Disk [D-01]" dialog box

appears.
• The "Device Drivers Disk [D-02]" dialog box

appears.
8. Replace the driver disk in the CD-ROM drive with FRONTIER System (A1) Disk
the FRONTIER System (A1) disk.
NOTE: If the system software is not Ver.1.7, the installer

will start after restarting.
• The system restarts automatically.
Z2043
3-190

appears.
NOTE: Proceed to Step 15 after the GIE23 circuit board

of the scanner has been replaced.
3
10. Click the [Next >] button.
3-191
NOTE: Proceed to Step 19 after the GIE23 circuit board

of the printer/processor has been replaced.
14. Click the [Finish] button.

appears.
3-192
• The "Information" dialog box appears.
3-193
3.5.3 Backup for Refreshing
OS and application software files are compressed

and stored by performing this operation. They will be
restored if necessary.
NOTE: Perform “Section 3.3 Multi Film Carrier MFC10AY

condition Setup” and optional software installation
before backup for refreshing.
1. Shut down the system by performing post-

operational check.
2. Insert the backup FD for refreshing (HDD Backup

Tool) into the floppy disk drive and press the
START switch.
• The backup program starts up automatically.
NOTE: Do not touch the operation keyboard and full

keyboard to maintain stability of the operation
during backing up.
Backup FD
Z2041
START Switch
Z2040
• “Power Quest Image Center - Scripting Process” Power Quest Image Center - Scripting Process
appears on the green background screen and
status is displayed.
NOTE: Time required for backup is 5 to 25 minutes

depending on the device status.
• The following message appears on the left Please Turn Off the PC.
upper side of the black background screen when A:¥>
backup completes.
3-194
3. Remove the backup FD and press the power

switch of the main control unit.
• The scanner is shut down.
Power Switch
Z2518
3-195
4. SOFTWARE INSTALLATION
4.1 Simple Upgrade ...................................................................................... 4-2
4.2 Update...................................................................................................... 4-6
4.3 Reinstallation ........................................................................................ 4-13
4.4 New Installation .................................................................................... 4-26

4
4.5 Reversion .............................................................................................. 4-36
4-1
4.1 Simple Upgrade
NOTE: When upgrading from Ver.1.7 or before, the device

driver installation is necessary before installing the
system software (see Subsection 3.5.2).
In the “Simple Upgrade”, you can upgrade the

FRONTIER 570 System Software (A1) and Variety
Print Software (B1) by following the simple guidance
messages on the screen.
1. Turn the power switch ON to start up the Printer/ Handles

Processor and then to STANDBY. Film Carrier
Lock Release
2. Remove the film carrier. Lever
Auto Film Carrier

NC100AY
Z2051
3. Insert the FRONTIER 570 System (A1) Disk into

the CD-ROM drive.
4. Perform the post-operational checks to shut down

the system.
FRONTIER 570
System (A1) Disk
Z2043
• The installer is started up and the “(L-001)

Simple Upgrade” screen appears.
4-2
4.1 Simple Upgrade
• The “Procedure Selection 1 (C-001)” screen

appears.
7. Select “User version up” and click the [Next>]

button.
• The “Starting Update (C-010)” dialog box

appears.
8. Click the [Yes] button.
• The “Paper Lut Selection (C-012)” dialog box

appears.
9. Select “New Paper Lut from CD” and click the

[Next>] button.
• The updating process starts.
4-3
4.1 Simple Upgrade
NOTE: The “Unsafe Removal of Device” dialog box may

appear during the updating process. Clear the
dialog box by clicking the [OK] button.
• Upon completion of the upgrade, the “Update

Completion (C-080)” dialog box appears.
• The “Setup Completion (C-090)” dialog box

appears.
• If any optional software is used, the upgrade

screen appears.
NOTE: If upgrading of the optional software is

necessary, refer to the Instruction Manual for the
optional software. If the upgrade is unnecessary,
4-4
4.1 Simple Upgrade
• The “SETUP” dialog box appears.
4
12. Remove the FRONTIER 570 (A1) Disk from the
CD-ROM drive.
• The system is shut down.
14. Press the START switch to start up the system.
• The system software starts up and the upgrade

FRONTIER 570
has been completed. System (A1) Disk
Z2044
15. Perform printing operation after executing “Pre-
operational Checks” and “Paper Condition Setup”.
4-5
4.2 Update
In the “Update”, the FRONTIER 570 System Software

(A1) is upgraded.
When the following circuit board is replaced, also
perform the “Update”.
SP-3000:
GMB23, CTB23, CLE23 or CPZ23 circuit board
LP5700:
GMC23 circuit board (See Subsection 19.3.7)
IMPORTANT:
If the “Free space in the hard disk is insufficient”
message appears, delete the variety print service
template data.
1. Select “NO” for “Rack Auto Cleaning” on Menu

0625 “Processor Operating Condition Setup”.
2. Remove the carrier. Handles
Film Carrier
Lock Release
Lever
Auto Film Carrier

NC100AY
Z2051

the CD-ROM drive.
FRONTIER 570
System (A1) Disk
Z2043
4. Shut down the system by performing the post-

operational checks.

4-6
4.2 Update
6. Press the scanner’s START switch.
• After starting up Windows, “(L-001) Simple

Upgrade” screen appears.
• “Procedure Selection 1 (C-001)” dialog box

appears.
8. Select “SE maintenance” and click the [Next >]

button.

appears.
9. Select “Update” and click the [Next >] button.

appears.
NOTE: If the error message “Insufficient disk space on

drive D. Installation not performed.” is displayed,
delete unnecessary files or template data files,
then start installation again.
4-7
4.2 Update
• The “Printer Selection [C-015]” dialog box

appears.
11. Select “LP5700” and click the [Next >] button.
• The “File Copy (C-020)” dialog box appears.
12. Check version information and click the [Next >]

button.
• The “Installation Medium Selection (C-030)”

dialog box appears.
13. Select “Install from CD (software update)” and

click the [Next >] button.
• The “Confirmation (C-040)] dialog box appears.
• The updating process starts.
4-8
4.2 Update
NOTE: The “Unsafe Removal of Device” dialog box may

appear during the updating process. Clear the
dialog box by clicking the [OK] button.
• After approximately sixteen minutes, the

“Inherited Data Transport Medium Selection
(C-050)” dialog box appears.
15. Select “Inherit data from HD” and click the [Next >]
button.
NOTE: When data in FD is used, select “Inherit data

from FD”.
• The “Update Completion (C-080)” dialog box

appears.

appears.
4-9
4.2 Update

screen appears.

• The “SETUP” completion dialog box appears.
18. Remove the FRONTIER 570 System (A1) Disk

from the CD-ROM drive.
20. Press the START switch to restart the system.
FRONTIER 570
System (A1) Disk
Z2044
• After the system restarts, the message “I-2305”

appears.
21. Click the [OK] button to clear the message.
22. Select “YES” for “Rack Auto Cleaning” on Menu

0625 “Processor Operating Condition Setup” and
click the [OK] button.
4-10
4.2 Update
23. Install the auto film carrier NC100AY. Auto Film Carrier
NC100AY
Mark
4
Z2052
• The message “I-7003” appears if upgrading of

the carrier is necessary.
24. If the message “I-7003” appears, take the

following steps.
NOTE: If the [Cancel] button is clicked, the carrier

software cannot be upgraded.
1) Click the [OK] button.
• Carrier upgrading starts.
4-11
4.2 Update
2) Remove the carrier. Handles
Film Carrier
Lock Release
Lever
Auto Film Carrier

NC100AY
Z2051
3) Reinstall the carrier. Auto Film Carrier

NC100AY
Mark
Z2052
• Data is uploaded from the carrier.
4-12
4.3 Reinstallation
The device driver installation and system

reinstallation procedures must be performed if the
main control unit or hard disk has been replaced, or
after reinstallation of “OS Windows 2000” using the
Recovery CD (See Subsection 3.5.1).
When system reinstallation into the present main
control unit is necessary, perform the folder renaming
and reinstallation procedure. The device driver 4
installation is unnecessary.
Perform these operations after turning OFF the
scanner.
●Device Driver Installation
Perform this operation after replacing the main control

unit or hard disk, or installation of “OS Windows 2000”
using the Recovery CD.

3. Immediately after the Scanner starts up, insert the

driver disk into the CD-ROM drive.
Driver Disk
Z2043
• The “Found New Hardware Wizard” screen

appears.
NOTE: The “Device Driver Disk [D-01]” dialog box may

appear over the “Found New Hardware Wizard”
screen.
4. Click the [Cancel] button of the “Found New

Hardware Wizard” screen.
• The second “Found New Hardware Wizard”

screen appears.

4-13
4.3 Reinstallation
• The “Device Drivers Disk [D-01]” dialog box

appears.

appears.
7. Replace the driver disk in the CD-ROM drive with

FRONTIER 570
System (A1) Disk
Z2043

appears.
4-14
4.3 Reinstallation
4-15
4.3 Reinstallation

appears.
4-16
4.3 Reinstallation
• The “Information” dialog box appears.
Film Carrier
Lock Release
Lever
Auto Film Carrier

NC100AY
Z2051
4-17
4.3 Reinstallation
●Renaming the “FUJIFILM” Folder
Rename the “FUJIFILM” folder before system

reinstallation into the present main control unit.

Film Carrier
3. Press the START switch. Lock Release
Lever
Auto Film Carrier

NC100AY
Z2051
• The Windows desktop screen is displayed.
4. Execute “[Shift] Starting Up” and rename the

“FUJIFILM” folder in the “D” drive as “FUJIFILM-
1”, etc. except when the main control unit has
been replaced.

the CD-ROM drive.
FRONTIER 570
System (A1) Disk
Z2043
4-18
4.3 Reinstallation
6. Select “Run” from the “Start” menu.
7. Click the [Browse] button and select “ISO9660

(N)” for the CD-ROM drive.
8. Click the [Open] button.
9. Double-click “EZ171” folder and select

“EZSetup.exe”.
10. Click the [Open] button.
4-19
4.3 Reinstallation
11. Make sure “N:\EZ171\EZSETUP.exe” is displayed

in the “Open” box.
●System Reinstallation
• The “Procedure Selection (A-001)” dialog box

appears.
1. Select “Re-installation” and click the [Next >]

button.
• The “Starting Re-installation (A-100)” dialog box

appears.
• The “Information (A-110)” dialog box appears.
3. Prepare the scanner and printer backup floppy

disks.

• The reinstallation process starts.
4-20
4.3 Reinstallation
• After approximately fifteen minutes, the “FD

Confirmation (A-117)” dialog box appears.
4
• The “Inserting Scanner’s Backup FD (A-120)”
dialog box appears.
7. Insert the scanner’s backup FD into the FD drive.
Z2041
• The “Inserting Printer’s Backup FD (A-130)”

dialog box appears when completing data
backup of the scanner.
4-21
4.3 Reinstallation
9. Remove the scanner’s backup FD from the FD

drive.
Z2042
11. Insert the printer’s backup FD into the FD drive.
12. Click the [OK] button. Z2041
• The “Re-installation Completion (A-140)” dialog

box appears.
13. Remove the printer’s backup FD from the FD

drive.
Z2042
4-22
4.3 Reinstallation
• The “Setup Completion (A-150)” dialog box

appears.
4
FRONTIER 570
System (A1) Disk
Z2044
17. Select “Shut down” from the “START” menu and

18. Wait twelve seconds and press the START switch

to restart up the system.
NOTE: The system does not start up if the START

switch is pressed before twelve seconds have
elapsed.

appears.
NOTE: If the “DI Print and Data Writing Service (C4/

C5)” software is to be used, install the software
by referring to the Instruction Manual of the “DI
Print and Data Writing Service”.
4-23
4.3 Reinstallation
NC100AY
Mark
Z2052

21. If the message “I-7003” appears, follow the steps

below.
4-24
4.3 Reinstallation
Film Carrier
Lock Release
Lever
4
Auto Film Carrier
NC100AY
Z2051

NC100AY
Mark
Z2052
4-25
4.4 New Installation
The new installation procedure should be performed

only when the backup FD is not found when replacing
the main control unit. In this case, data should be
input manually because all data return to the default
values.

3. Immediately after the Scanner starts up, insert the

driver disk into the CD-ROM drive.
Driver Disk
Z2043

appears.
NOTE: The “Device Driver Disk [D-01]” dialog box may

appear over the “Found New Hardware Wizard”
screen.

• The second “Found New Hardware Wizard”

screen appears.


appears.
4-26

appears.
4
7. Replace the driver disk in the CD-ROM drive with
FRONTIER 570
System (A1) Disk
Z2043

appears.
4-27
4-28

appears.
4-29
Film Carrier
Lock Release
Lever
Auto Film Carrier

NC100AY
Z2051
4-30
• The “Procedure Selection (A-001)” dialog box

appears.
21. Select “New Installation” and click the [Next >]

button.
• The “Starting New Installation (A-010)” dialog

box appears.

• The new installation process starts.
• After approximately fifteen minutes, the “New

Installation Completion (A020)” dialog box
appears.
• The “Setup Completion (A-030)” dialog box

appears.
4-31

FRONTIER 570
System (A1) Disk
Z2044
26. Select “Shut down” from the “START” menu and

NOTE: Keep the printer/processor ON.
27. Wait twelve seconds and press the START switch

to restart the system.
NOTE: The system does not start up if the START

switch is pressed before twelve seconds have
elapsed.
• After the system restarts, the message “W-

4351” appears.
• The message “W-4352” appears.
4-32
NC100AY
Mark
Z2052


following steps.
4-33
Film Carrier
Lock Release
Lever
Auto Film Carrier

NC100AY
Z2051

NC100AY
Mark
Z2052
4-34
34. In Menu 0350 “Parameter Check/Update”, click

the [Storage] buttons.
NOTE: When the main control unit has been replaced,

the CTB23, CLE23, CPZ23 and CCD23 circuit
board parameters must be stored into the HDD
of the main control unit. 4
• The parameters in the circuit boards are stored

in the main control unit.
35. Refer to “Installation Manual” and set up the

condition as necessary.

the system.
NOTE: If the “DI Print and Data Writing Service (C4/C5)”

software is to be used, install the software by
referring to the Instruction Manual of the “DI Print
and Data Writing Service”.
4-35
4.5 Reversion
This procedure reverts the system software to the

previous version.
1. Perform the “Data Backup” in Menu 0122 to

overwrite the Backup FD with the backup data.
2. Select “NO” for “Rack Auto Cleaning” in Menu

3. Keep the Printer/Processor to “STANDBY”.
Handles
Film Carrier
Lock Release
Lever
Auto Film Carrier

NC100AY
Z2051

the CD-ROM drive.

operational checks.
FRONTIER 570
System (A1) Disk
Z2043
• After Windows starts up, the “(L-001) Simple

4-36
4.5 Reversion
• The “Procedure Selection 1 (C-001)” dialog box

appears.

button.
• The “Procedure Selection 2 (C-002)” dialog box

appears.
10. Select “Reversion to previous version” and click

the [Next >] button.
• The “Starting Version Back (C-100)” dialog box

appears.

12. The “Confirmation (C-110)” dialog box appears.
• The “Inserting Printer’s Backup FD” dialog box

appears.
14. Click the [No] button.
4-37
4.5 Reversion
• The “Version Back Completion (C-120)” dialog

box appears.

appears.

screen appears.


FRONTIER 570
System (A1) Disk
Z2044
4-38
4.5 Reversion

appears.
NOTE: If the “DI Print and Data Writing Service (C4/

C5)” software is to be used, install the software
4
by referring to the Instruction Manual of the “DI
Print and Data Writing Service”.
21. Select “YES” for “Rack Auto Cleaning” in Menu

0625 “Processor Operating Condition Setup” and
NC100AY
Mark
Z2052


following steps.
4-39
4.5 Reversion
Film Carrier
Lock Release
Lever
Auto Film Carrier

NC100AY
Z2051

NC100AY
Mark
Z2052
4-40
5. MAINTENANCE MENU
5.1 Operational Procedure ........................................................................... 5-4
5.2 System Operation Setup and Check (01) ............................................. 5-6

5.2.1 Connection to Imaging Controller (0100) .............................................................. 5-6
5.2.2 Image Export Settings (0101) ................................................................................. 5-6
5.2.3 Production Information (0120) ............................................................................... 5-6
5.2.4 Timer Setup (0121) .................................................................................................. 5-8
5.2.5 Data Backup (0122) ................................................................................................. 5-9
5.2.6 Error Information Check (0123)............................................................................ 5-10
5.2.7 DI Manager Administrative Setting (0124)........................................................... 5-11
5
5.2.8 Timer Waiting Time Setup (0125) ......................................................................... 5-12
5.2.9 Installation Information Reference (0126) ........................................................... 5-13
5.2.10 Accumulated Production Information (0127)...................................................... 5-13
5.2.11 Installation Information Setup (0140) .................................................................. 5-15
5.2.12 Clear Error Log (0141)........................................................................................... 5-16
5.2.13 Shipping Information Reference (0142)............................................................... 5-16
5.3 Print Condition Setup and Check (02) ................................................ 5-17

5.3.1 Paper Condition Setup (0200) .............................................................................. 5-17
5.3.2 Print Size Setup (0220).......................................................................................... 5-19
5.3.3 Paper Magazine Registration (0221) .................................................................... 5-22
5.3.4 Monitor Adjustment (0222) ................................................................................... 5-24
5.3.5 Special Film Channel Setting (0223).................................................................... 5-25
5.3.6 Monotone Correction Setting (0224).................................................................... 5-27
5.3.7 Custom Setting Regist/Delete (0225)................................................................... 5-28
5.3.8 Back Printing Format (0226)................................................................................. 5-36
5.3.9 Index Conditions (0227) ........................................................................................ 5-38
5.3.10 Image Correction Setup (0240)............................................................................. 5-39
5.3.11 Fine Adjustment of the Print Mag.Setting (0241)................................................ 5-39
5.3.12 Paper Condition Method Setup (0242)................................................................. 5-40
5.3.13 Paper Surfaces Display Setup (0243) .................................................................. 5-41
5.4 Scanner Adjustment/Maintenance (03)............................................... 5-42

5.4.1 Image Scanning Method (0300)............................................................................ 5-42
5.4.2 Input Check (0320)................................................................................................. 5-43
5.4.3 Focus Position Adjustment (0321)....................................................................... 5-43
5.4.4 Working Information Display (0322) .................................................................... 5-44
5.4.5 AF Function Setup (0323) ..................................................................................... 5-45
5.4.6 Dark Correction/Bright Correction (0340) ........................................................... 5-47
5.4.7 I/O Check (0341)..................................................................................................... 5-49
5.4.8 Carrier Inclination Display (0342)......................................................................... 5-50
5.4.9 CCD Data Display (0343)....................................................................................... 5-51
5.4.10 Lens Registration (0344)....................................................................................... 5-53
5.4.11 Optical Axis Adjustment (0345)............................................................................ 5-54
5.4.12 Optical Magnification Calibration (0346) ............................................................. 5-56
5.4.13 Focus Calibration (0347)....................................................................................... 5-57
5.4.14 Spectral Calibration (0348) ................................................................................... 5-59
5.4.15 LED Light Amount Adjustment (0349)................................................................. 5-61
5.4.16 Scanner Parameter Check/Update (0350) ........................................................... 5-63
5-1
5.4.17 CCD Adjustment (0351)......................................................................................... 5-65
5.5 Carrier Adjustment/Maintenance (04) ................................................. 5-69

5.5.1 NC100AY Fixed Feeding Setup (0400)................................................................. 5-69
5.5.2 Mask Position Adjustment (0420) ........................................................................ 5-69
5.5.3 NC100AY Input Check (0421) ............................................................................... 5-71
5.5.4 MFC10AY Input Check (0422)............................................................................... 5-72
5.5.5 NC100AY Working Information Display (0423) ................................................... 5-73
5.5.6 MFC10AY Working Information Display (0424) .................................................. 5-75
5.5.7 NC100AY Monitor Frame Ratio Setup (0425) ...................................................... 5-76
5.5.8 MFC10AY Monitor Frame Ratio Setup (0426) ..................................................... 5-77
5.5.9 NC100AY Sensor Calibration (0440) .................................................................... 5-78
5.5.10 NC100AY Focus Offset Adjustment (0441) ......................................................... 5-79
5.5.11 MFC10AY Focus Offset Adjustment (0442)......................................................... 5-80
5.5.12 NC100AY Sensor Calibration Information (0443) ............................................... 5-81
5.5.13 NC100AY Installation Information Display (0444) .............................................. 5-83
5.5.14 MFC10AY Installation Information Display (0445).............................................. 5-83
5.5.15 NC100AY Installation Information Setup (0446) ................................................. 5-84
5.5.16 MFC10AY Installation Information Setup (0447)................................................. 5-85
5.5.17 NC100AY I/O Check (0448) ................................................................................... 5-86
5.5.18 MFC10AY I/O Check (0449)................................................................................... 5-88
5.5.19 Film Carrier ID Setup/Delete (0450)...................................................................... 5-88
5.5.20 NC100AY Machine Data Setup (0451).................................................................. 5-90
5.5.21 NC100AY Magnetic Information Reading (0452) ................................................ 5-91
5.5.22 NC100AY Magnetic Verify (0453) ......................................................................... 5-92
5.5.23 NC100AY Nest Section Operation Check (0454) ................................................ 5-93
5.5.24 NC100AY Feeding Operation Check (0455) ........................................................ 5-93
5.6 Printer Adjustment/Maintenance (05) ................................................. 5-95

5.6.1 Paper Magazine Feeding Fine Adjustment (0520) .............................................. 5-95
5.6.2 G Laser (SHG) Optimal Temperature Setup (0522) ............................................ 5-96
5.6.3 Paper Feed (0523).................................................................................................. 5-97
5.6.4 Printer Temperature Display (0524) ..................................................................... 5-97
5.6.5 Printer Input Check (0525) .................................................................................... 5-98
5.6.6 Image Position and Tilt Fine Adjustment (0527)................................................. 5-98
5.6.7 Printer Function Select (0528)............................................................................ 5-100
5.6.8 Printer I/O Check (0540) ...................................................................................... 5-101
5.6.9 Test Pattern Printing (0541)................................................................................ 5-102
5.6.10 Laser Exposure Check (0542) ............................................................................ 5-104
5.6.11 R Laser (R-LD) Data (0543) ................................................................................. 5-104
5.6.12 G Laser (G-SHG) Data (0544).............................................................................. 5-104
5.6.13 B Laser (B-LD) Data (0545) ................................................................................. 5-105
5.6.14 Scan/Scan Home Position Parameter (0546) .................................................... 5-105
5.6.15 Main Scan/Laser Beam Sync. Rough Adjust (0547)......................................... 5-106
5.6.16 Laser Beam Sync. Fine Adjustment Print (0548).............................................. 5-107
5.6.17 Laser History Display (0549) .............................................................................. 5-109
5.6.18 Paper Condition Setup Table (LUT) Copy (0550).............................................. 5-109
5.6.19 Printer Mechanical Fine Adjustment (0551) ...................................................... 5-110
5.6.20 Filter Replacement History (0552)...................................................................... 5-111
5.6.21 Feeding Position Sensor Fine Adjustment (0553)............................................ 5-111
5-2
5.6.22 Image Position Initial Setting (0554) .................................................................. 5-112

5.6.23 Sub-scan Feeding Speed Adjustment (0555).................................................... 5-113
5.6.24 Sub-scanning Soft Nip Fine Adjustment (0557) ............................................... 5-114
5.6.25 Sensor Calibration (Initial) (0558) ...................................................................... 5-115
5.6.26 Sensor Calibration (Daily) (0559) ....................................................................... 5-116
5.6.27 Printer Operation Data Display (0560) ............................................................... 5-117
5.6.28 Data Saving (0561)............................................................................................... 5-118
5.6.29 Data Download (0562) ......................................................................................... 5-119
5.7 Processor Adjustment/Maintenance (06) ......................................... 5-120 5

5.7.1 Replenisher Pump Output Measurement/Setting (0620) ................................. 5-120
5.7.2 Auto Cleaning Output Measurement/Setting (0621)......................................... 5-122
5.7.3 Low Volume Processing Setup (0622)............................................................... 5-124
5.7.4 Processor Temperature Calibration (0623) ....................................................... 5-125
5.7.5 Processor Input Check (0624) ............................................................................ 5-127
5.7.6 Processor Operating Condition Setup (0625)................................................... 5-128
5.7.7 Processing Temperature Setting (0640)............................................................ 5-129
5.7.8 Processor I/O Check (0642) ................................................................................ 5-130
5.7.9 Processor Operation Data Display (0643) ......................................................... 5-131
5.7.10 PS Liquid Concentration Management (0644) .................................................. 5-131
5.8 Image Processing Section Adjustment/Maintenance (07) .............. 5-133

5.8.1 Image Processing Section Information Display (0720).................................... 5-133
5.8.2 Image Processing Section I/O Check (0740)..................................................... 5-133
5.8.3 Image Processing Section Function Setting (0741) ......................................... 5-134
5.9 Register/Delete.................................................................................... 5-135

5.9.1 Shop Logo Regist/Delete (1020)......................................................................... 5-135
5.9.2 Template Regist/Delete (1021)............................................................................ 5-136
5.9.3 Holiday File Regist/Delete (1022) ....................................................................... 5-136
5.9.4 Custom Button Regist/Save (1023).................................................................... 5-136
5.10 Help (21)/Self-Diagnostics (Scanner)(22)/

Self-Diagnostics (Printer)(23).......................................................... 5-139
5.11 Special Operations (99)...................................................................... 5-139

5.11.1 Paint (9940) .......................................................................................................... 5-139
5.11.2 Explorer (9941)..................................................................................................... 5-139
5.11.3 Command (9942).................................................................................................. 5-140
5-3
5.1 Operational Procedure
1. Click the [Setup and Maintenance] button on the

main menu or printing menu screen.
• The password dialog box appears.
2. Enter “7777” in the “Password” box using the

operation, full or screen keyboard.
• The “Setup and Maintenance” menu screen

appears.
4. Click the desired group from the left-hand group

list.
5-4
5.1 Operational Procedure
• The item list appears in the right-hand half of the

menu screen.
5. Click the desired item.
• Each screen appears.
Reference: The screen number can be entered to

display each screen by following the
steps below.
5
1) Press the [F1] key.
• The “Screen No. Entry” dialog box appears.
2) Enter the screen number using the numeric

keys of the operation, full or screen keyboard.
• Each screen appears.
6. Upon completion of the setup and maintenance

operations, click the [Close], [Cancel] or [OK]
button to quit the screen.
• The printing menu screen appears.
5-5
5.2 System Operation Setup and Check (01)
5.2.1 Connection to Imaging Controller (0100)
Select this menu to connect the imaging controller to

the Frontier 355/375.
[Selection]
[Setup and Maintenance] → [01 System Operation

Setup and Check] → [0100 Connection to Imaging
Controller]
5.2.2 Image Export Settings (0101)
This procedure sets applicable boundaries of the

center cropping.
[Selection]

and Check] → [0101 Image Export Settings]
1. Select “Both” or “Print Only” for “Center Cropping

for Export/Print”.
5.2.3 Production Information (0120)
This procedure displays the production information.

The data can be cleared in this menu.
[Selection]

Setup and Check] → [0120 Production Information]
1. Select “Negative”, “Reversal”, “Digital Image” or

“All” from the “Input Type” box.
• The information of the input type is displayed.
An asterisk (∗) indicates duplicate size

2. Record the production information.
5-6
3. To save the data to a floppy disk, follow the steps

below.
1) Click the [FD Save] button.
2) Insert the formatted floppy disk into the floppy

5
disk drive of the main control unit.
Floppy Disk
Z2041
• The data is saved into the floppy disk.
4) Remove the floppy disk from the floppy disk

drive.
• The dialog box disappears.
4. To clear the data, follow the steps below.

Floppy Disk
1) Click the [Clear] button.
Z2042
• The “Clear production information?” dialog

box appears.
5-7
• The data is cleared and clearing date appears.
5.2.4 Timer Setup (0121)
This procedure sets the present date/time, timer ON

date/time and preheat setup times.
[Selection]

and Check] → [0121 Timer Setup]
1. To update “Present Date/Time”, change the date

and time, and click the [OK] button.
NOTE: • To cancel the update, click the [Cancel] button.

• If the OS uses the 24-hour system, “04 to 09”
and “14 to 19” cannot be entered directly. Use
the spin buttons to enter these hours.
2. To change the timer date and time, enter a

“checkmark” in the day of the week boxes and
enter the time in the “Timer ON Date/Time
Setting” box.
3. Set the preheat timer by performing the following

steps, if necessary.
IMPORTANT:
The ON time for a nighttime preheating operation
must not overlap with the ON time of the weekly
timer since nighttime preheating takes priority and
shuts down all power when it is set OFF.
If, for instance, the calendar timer is set to 5:00AM
and nighttime preheating is turned ON at 3:30AM,
all the power will be shut down two hours later at
5:30AM.
NOTE: Nighttime preheating is usually conducted when

the room temperature drops below 10°C (50°F)
at night and the temprature is not controlled for
8 or more hours.
5-8
1) Select “YES” for “Preheat Setting”.
• The 1st and 2nd preheat setting boxes appear.
2) Move the cursor to “1st Preheat” and enter the

time.
3) Move the cursor to “2nd Preheat” and enter

the time.
NOTE: • For preheating once only, set the same time 5

for both the first and second times.
• Select “NO” when the preheat timer is not
used.
• The second preheating timer is ignored if the
first preheat time and second preheat time
overlap.
<Example> 1st. pre-heat time: 2:00AM

2nd. pre-heat time: 3:00AM
With the above settings, nighttime
preheating will occur from 2:00AM to
4:00AM (2 hours).
5.2.5 Data Backup (0122)
This procedure makes a backup of the data stored on

the hard disk of the main control unit when data,
indicated on the data sheet located inside the front
upper cover, is changed.
The backup floppy disks are used when reinstalling or
reverting to earlier system software.
[Selection]

and Check] → [0122 Data Backup]
1. Prepare a new floppy disk for data backup when

backing up data.
NOTE: A floppy disk is unnecessary for pricing unit data

backing up because data is backed up to the
hard disk of the main control unit.
2. Insert the floppy disk into the floppy drive of the

main control unit.
5-9
3. Move the cursor to the “Destination” box and

select “Film Scanner”, “Printer Processor” or
“Pricing Unit”.
NOTE: Perform the data backup for the pricing unit

when pricing unit data is changed. Data is
backed up from the pricing unit to the hard disk
of the main control unit. If the data backup is not
performed, pricing unit data changed is
canceled when next starting up the system next
time.
• The “Making the backup of the data” message

appears.
5. Upon completion of the backup, click the [Cancel]

button.
5.2.6 Error Information Check (0123)
The system error log is listed up in order of date and

time.
[Selection]

and Check] → [0123 Error Information Check]
1. Click the [Log Info.] button.
• The “Log File Re-reading Check” dialog box

appears.
5-10
• The log file is read out and the latest information

is displayed on the screen.
3. Click the [Accum. Info.] button.
• Accumulated error information is displayed in

order of code.
5.2.7 DI Manager Administrative Setting (0124)
This menu is used when connecting the optional DI

controller.
[Selection]

and Check] → [0124 DI Manager Administrative
Setting]
“Delete Waiting Time”: Sets up the time until the order

processed on the DI controller is deleted.
“Order Identifier”: Enter “a” for first machine and “b”

for the second one when two machines are
connected to one DI controller.
In this case, the “Device Name” for the second
machine should be changed.
5-11
<Example>
Logical Device Name

1st SP-3000 2nd SP-3000
Scanner SP3000input-a SP3000input-b
Printer (sRGB) SP3000sRGB-a SP3000sRGB-b
Printer
SP3000PD-a SP3000PD-b
(F-COLOR/PD)
5.2.8 Timer Waiting Time Setup (0125)
This procedure sets up “Sorter Information Display

Time”, “Waiting Time for Monitoring” and “Waiting
Time for the Position Adjustment of the 1st Frame”.
[Selection]

and Check] → [0125 Timer Waiting Time Setup]
“Sorter Info. Display Time”: Time to display the

number of prints and sort number when
pressing the [Sort] key or during auto sorting.
“Waiting time for monitoring”: Waiting time for 1- or 6-

frame display during pre-scanning. This
function activates only when the “Auto” film
drive mode is used.
“Waiting time for the pos. adjust of the 1st frame”:

Display time for black/white image displayed
after inserting the film to adjust the position of
the leading end frame.
NOTE: The black/white image will disappear in 20 seconds

to protect the CCD.
1. Move the cursor to the “sec.” box.
2. Change the time by clicking the [▲] or [▼] button.
5-12
5.2.9 Installation Information Reference (0126)
This procedure displays the scanner and printer

installation information.
[Selection]

and Check] → [0126 Installation Information
Reference] 5
1. Check the installation information.
2. Click the [Option] button.
• The “Optional Device Reference” dialog box

appears.
5.2.10 Accumulated Production Information (0127)
This procedure displays the production information.

The data can be cleared on this menu.
[Selection]

Setup and Check] → [0127 Accumulated Production
Information]
1. Select “Negative”, “Reversal”, “Digital Image” or

“All” from the “Input Type” box.
• The information of the input type is displayed.

An asterisk (∗) indicates duplicate size.
2. Record the accumulated production information.
3. To save the data to a floppy disk, follow the steps

given on the next page.
5-13
1) Click the [FD Save] button.
2) Insert the formatted floppy disk into the floppy

disk drive of the main control unit.
Floppy Disk
Z2041
• The data is saved into the floppy disk.
4) Remove the floppy disk from the floppy disk

drive.

Floppy Disk
Z2042
5-14
5.2.11 Installation Information Setup (0140)
This procedure sets the installation information.

After setting up, restart the system to activate the new
settings.
[Selection]

Setup and Check] → [0140 Installation Information 5
Setup]
1. Set the delivery date, startup date and lab ID.
2. Click the [Option] button.
3. Select “Not used” or “COM1” for “PU800BA”.
4. Select “Not used” or “COM3” to “COM6” for “Bar-

code Reader”.
5. Select “YES” or “NO” for “External File I/O”.
• The dialog box appears.

the system and then restart the system.
• The new settings are activated.
5-15
5.2.12 Clear Error Log (0141)
This procedure clears the system error and printer

error information.
[Selection]

Setup and Check] → [0141 Clear Error Log]
1. Select the item to be cleared and click the [Clear]

button.
• The selected information is cleared.
5.2.13 Shipping Information Reference (0142)
This procedure displays the shipping information.
[Selection]

Setup and Check] → [0142 Shipping Information
Reference]
1. The model, serial no. and shipping date are

displayed.
5-16
5.3 Print Condition Setup and Check (02)
5.3.1 Paper Condition Setup (0200)
When new paper is to be loaded, follow this

procedure to set up the new paper condition.
[Selection]
[Setup and Maintenance] → [02 Print Condition Setup

and Check] → [0200 Paper Condition Setup]
5
1. Install the paper magazine to be set up and select
“Magazine (upper)” or “Magazine (lower)”.
NOTE: Click the [Initialize] button to initialize condition

setup data.
• After about three minutes, a condition setup Condition Setup Print

print is fed out.
3. Adjust the guide of the densitometer according to Densitometer Guide

the width of the condition setup print.
NOTE: If an error occurs, press the orange [RESET]

switch.
EZ634
5-17
4. Insert the condition setup print into the Densitometer

densitometer.
[START] Button
L2527
5. Click the [Dens. Measure] button.
• The measurement is started and the density

measurement result is displayed.
• The density measurement result dialog box

disappears.
NOTE: If the “Density Measurement Result” is not

acceptable, the message shown at right
appears. Repeat Steps 2 to 6 until the result
becomes OK.
7. Click the [Close] button.
5-18
5.3.2 Print Size Setup (0220)
This procedure sets the print size to be used. <Group 1>
[Selection]

and Check] → [0220 Print Size Setup]
<Group 2>
5-19
• Normally, sizes are registered as shown in the table below.
Group 1
No. Print Size Width [0.1mm] Length [0.1mm] Display Border Simple Setting
1 89C 89.0 127.0 ON BL 1
2 89P 89.0 254.0 ON BL
3 89H 89.0 158.0 ON BL
4 102C 102.0 152.0 ON BL 2
5 102P 102.0 254.0 ON BL
6 102H 102.0 178.0 ON BL
7 3R 127.0 89.0 ON BL 3
8 3RBD 127.0 89.0 OFF BD
9 5R 127.0 178.0 OFF BL
10 5RBD 127.0 178.0 OFF BD
11 4R 152.0 102.0 ON BL 4
12 4RBD 152.0 102.0 OFF BD
13 6R 152.0 203.0 OFF BL
14 6RW 152.0 216.0 OFF BL
15 8R 203.0 254.0 ON BL 5
16 8RW 203.0 305.0 OFF BL
17 A5 210.0 148.0 OFF BL
18 A4 210.0 297.0 OFF BL
19 8R1 254.0 203.0 OFF BL
20 10R 254.0 305.0 OFF BL
21 10RW 254.0 381.0 OFF BL
22 11 X 14 279.0 356.0 OFF BL
23 11 X 17 279.0 432.0 OFF BL
24 12 X 10 305.0 254.0 OFF BL
25 12 X 15 305.0 381.0 ON BL
26 12 X 18 305.0 457.0 OFF BL
27 3DSC 89.0 119.0 OFF BL
28 3DSCf 89.0 127.0 OFF BD
29 4DSC 102.0 136.0 OFF BL
30 4DSCf 102.0 152.0 OFF BD
31 5DSC 127.0 169.0 OFF BL
32 5DSCf 127.0 178.0 OFF BD
33 89lx 89.0 120.0 OFF BL
34 CDIDX 102.0 120.0 OFF BL
35 127lx 127.0 120.0 OFF BL
Group 2
No. Print Size Width [0.1mm] Length [0.1mm] Border Display
1 89C 890 1270 BL ON
2 89P 890 2540 BL ON
3 89H 890 1580 BL ON
4 102C 1020 1520 BL ON
5 102P 1020 2540 BL ON
6 102H 1020 1780 BL ON
5-20
1. Allocate “Button 1” to “Button 6” in the “Simple

Setting” box for the six most frequently used print
sizes.
2. Select the print size to be modified or registered

from the list.
• ID [No.], Name, Width, Length, Border, four BD

values and [Display(ON/OFF)] are displayed.
3. Move the cursor to the print size to be used, select

“ON” or “OFF” shown in the “Display”.
• If you select “ON”, the description appears in the

list. If you select “OFF”, nothing appears in the
list.
5-21
5.3.3 Paper Magazine Registration (0221)
This procedure registers the paper magazine to be

used.
Change the dryer temperature if necessary.
[Selection]

and Check] → [0221 Paper Magazine Registration]
“ID”: Enter the magazine ID.

“Width”: Enter the paper width (mm).
“Paper”: Select the paper surface type.
“Length”: Enter the roll paper length (m).
“Remain”: Enter remaining paper length (m).
“BP”: Select “YES” or “NO” for back printing.
“Line speed”: Selected automatically according to the
“Type”.
“Type”: Select the paper type correctly. The
paper type is indicated on the paper
package.
[Set] button: Click this button to register the entered
items.
↓ [Next page] [Prev page] ↑
“ID”: Enter the magazine ID.

“P1R”: Enter the P1R replenishment rate.
“P2R”: Enter the P2R replenishment rate.
“PSR”: Enter the PSR replenishment rate.
“Correct value”: Enter the correction value of the
dryer temperature.
[Set] button: Click this button to register the entered
items.
NOTE: Do not change the “P1R”, “P2R”, “PSR” and “Correct

value” values.
1. Release the latches and open the paper

Latches (2)
magazine.
Paper Magazine
L2360
5-22
2. Remove the two screws and adjust the width of Screws (2)
the paper guides. Tighten the two screws. Paper Guides
L2361
NOTE: • Use the appropriate guides for paper width.

• Guide C is available as an optional accessory.
Guide Paper Width

A Except B and C
B 95/120/130/210
C 114/216
L2367
3. Loosen the four screws securing the paper Paper Flanges

flanges to the paper shaft. Hole/Width Mark
4. Align the holes in the paper flange bosses with the

paper width marks visible from the hole and
tighten the four screws.
NOTE: Be careful not to overtighten the screws.
Screws (4)
L2368
5-23
5. Find the appropriate paper from the table on the ID Chip

screen and install its ID chip to the magazine
using the screw.
Screw
L2366
5.3.4 Monitor Adjustment (0222)
This procedure sets the color balance of the monitor

for each input type.
[Selection]

and Check] → [0222 Monitor Adjustment]
1. Make a print without color and density correction

with a normal film using the master channel for
“Custom Setting”.
2. On the printing screen, correct the pre-scanning

image so that it matches the print using the C, M
and Y keys.
3. Multiply each of the correction values by the “Key

Step Width Setup” value of Menu 0225 “Custom
Setting Regist/Delete”. Then enter the results in
the respective boxes on the screen.
<Example>
“Key Step Width Setup” values of the master
channel (0) an Menu 0225 “Custom Setting
Register/delete”:
C: 8
M: 8
Y: 8
Correction values in Step 2:

C: +2
M: –1
Y: 0
5-24
Correction values to be entered:

C: 8 × 2 = 16
M: 8 × –1 = –8
Y: 8 × 0 = 0
5.3.5 Special Film Channel Setting (0223) 5
This procedure registers or deletes channel for the

DX code of special monotone films (which use color
processing). Also fine-adjusts the slope (for color)
and balance (for black & white).
[Selection]

and Check] → [0223 Special Film Channel Setting]
<Film Name Registration>
1. On the printing screen, insert the film to be

registered to pre-scan it.
2. Click the [i] button of the status icon at the lower

left-hand corner of the screen.
5-25
• The “System Information and Operations Setup”

dialog box appears.
3. Click the button of the “Status Display”.
• The “Status Display” dialog box appears.
4. Record the DX code.
5. Open the Menu 0223 screen.
6. Enter the DX code recorded into the “DX Code”

box.
7. Enter the film name in the “Film Name” box using

the full keyboard.
8. Click the [Register] button.
<Channel Setup>
NOTE: Before channel setting, register the DX code and
film name.
1. Enter the channel number to be registered in the

“CH No.” box. There are 128 film channels.
2. Enter the film name in the box next to the “CH No.”
box.
3. Select “Register”.
• The registered channel is added to the [Process

1] on the printing screen that appears when the
DX code cannot be read.
4. Select the tone in the “Tone” box.

Tone: Color
Sepia 1
Sepia 2
B/W
5. Set “Balance/Slope” for color and “Balance” for

black & white.
6. Enter the DX code registered in “Film Name

Registration” into the “DX Code” box.
5-26
• The DX code is listed in the “Registered DX

Code” box.
<Deleting>
1. Select the channel number to be deleted in the 5
“CH No.” box.
• The DX code and name are displayed in the

“Registered DX Code” box.
2. Click the [Delete] button.
• The DX code is deleted.
5.3.6 Monotone Correction Setting (0224)
Follow this procedure to fine-adjust the balance

values for the correction type indicated in the
“Monotone Correction” dialog box on the printing
menu screen.
[Selection]

and Check] → [0224 Monotone Correction Setting]
1. Select the correction type to be adjusted in the

“Correction” box.
Correction: B/W
Sepia 1
Sepia 2
User B/W
User Sepia 1
2. Change the balance values.
5-27
5.3.7 Custom Setting Regist/Delete (0225)
Printing is normally performed according to the

condition of the master “0” channel.
The 65 (0 + 64) custom conditions can be set up for
each input type. The custom conditions can be
selected on the printing screen.
The condition editing items differ depending on the
input type (Negative, Reversal or Black & White
Negative), or whether of optional “Tone Selection
Software (B9)” is installed or not.
[Selection]

and Check] → [0225 Custom Setting Regist/Delete]
1. Select the input type to be set up.

Input Type: Negative
Reversal
Black & White Negative
2. Select the number to be set up.
3. Enter the name for the back printing of custom

setting in the “Name” box using the full keyboard.
4. Click the [Cond. Edit] button.
• The “Initial Value Selection” dialog box appears.
5. Select the custom setting number to be used as

the initial value.
5-28
● Input Type: Negative
• The “Corr. Level/Tone/Hypertone” panel

appears.
1) Set up “Correct Level”, “Tone Adjust” and

“Hypertone”.
<Correct Level>
Tone Correction
Color/Density
Hypertone
5
Correction
Full Correction Yes Yes ON
Tone Fixing No Yes OFF
L-CORR (Low correction)
Condition Confirm No No OFF
<Tone Adjustment>
Standard
All Hard
All Soft
Highlight Hard
Highlight Soft
Shadow Hard
Shadow Soft
<Hypertone>
Hypertone Process: Yes No
Highlight Level: Lower
Low
Normal
High
Higher
Shadow Level: Lower
Low
Normal
High
Higher
Mode: Mode 1 (Normal Hypertone Mode)
Mode 2 (Acceptance rate priority
mode; improving backlight
and high contrast)
2) Click the “Key Step Width/BL-SL” tab.
5-29
• The “Key Step Width/BL-SL” panel appears.
3) Set up the key step width and balance/slope.
<Key Step Width Setup>

C, M, Y: Normally enter “8”.
Dc, Dm, Dy: Normally enter “15”.
<BL/SL Setup>
Normally enter “0”.
Change setting only when the whole slope
condition is biased.
4) Click the “Sharpness/Grain Control” tab.
• The “Sharpness/Grain Control” panel

appears.
5) Select “Hyper-sharpness“ for “Sharpness

process”. Set up “Sharpness”, “Grain Control”
Process, “Sharpness Large-size Setup” and
“Minimizing Color Spreading”.
<Sharpness>
Sharpness Level: Low 3
Low 2
Low 1
Normal
High 1
High 2
High 3
Under Level: –2
–1
0
(Sharpness can be set individually only for
under level.)
<Grain Control Process>

Grain Coarseness
Higher Invisible
Normal ↑
Lower Visible
<Sharpness Large-size Setup>

Sharpness can be set up individually for large-
size prints exceeding the magnification
entered in the “Magnification” box.
–2
–1
0
+1
+2
5-30
<Minimizing Color Spreading>

Yes: Minimizing color spreading in white
areas when printing black and white
fine grids, stripes, etc.
6) Click the “Other Correction” tab.
• The “Other Correction” panel appears.
7) Set up the “Saturation”.

5
<Saturation>
–9 to +9 (Color vividness is set up. Normally
enter “0”.)
8) Click the “Gradation/Bright” tab.
• The “Gradation/Bright” panel appears.
NOTE: The “Gradation/Bright” panel can be used

after installing the optional “Professional
Scanning Software (B7)”, and/or “Tone
Selection Software (B9)”.
● Input Type: Reversal
NOTE: The “Reversal Special Settings” panel cannot be

used.

appears.
1) Set up “Correct Level” and “Tone Adjustment”.
<Correct level>
Color/Density Hypertone
Tone Correction
Correction
Full Correction Yes Yes ON
Tone Fixing No Yes OFF
Condition Confirm No No OFF
<Tone Adjustment>
Standard
All Hard
All Soft
Highlight Hard
Highlight Soft
Shadow Hard
Shadow Soft
5-31
NOTE: • Click the [Default] button to return to the initial

values.

C, M, Y: Normally enter “4”.
<BL/SL Setup>

appears.
5) Select “Hyper-sharpness” for “Sharpness

process”. Set up “Sharpness”, “Grain Control
Process”, “Sharpness Large-size Setup” and
<Sharpness>
Low 2
Low 1
Normal
High 1
High 2
High 3

Grain Coarseness
Higher Invisible
Normal ↑
Lower Visible

Sharpness can be setup individually for
large-size prints exceeding the
magnification entered in the
“Magnification” box.
–2
–1
0
+1
+2
5-32

6) Click the “Other Correction” tab.
• The “Other Correction” panel appears.
7) Set up the saturation.

5
<Saturation>
Color vividness can be adjusted.
Range is –9 to +9 but normally enter “0”.
7. Click the “Gradation/Bright” tab.
• The “Gradation/Bright” panel appears.
NOTE: The “Gradation/Bright” panel can be used after

installing the optional “Professional Scanning
Software (B7)”, and/or “Tone Selection Software
(B9)”.
● Input Type: Black & White Negative

appears.
1) Set up “Correct Level” and “Tone Adjustment”.
<Correct level>
Tone Correction Color/Density
Correction
Full Correction Yes Yes
Tone Fixing No Yes
Condition Confirm No No
<Tone Adjustment>
Standard
All Hard
All Soft
Highlight Hard
Highlight Soft
Shadow Hard
Shadow Soft
5-33
NOTE: Click [Default] to return to the initial values.

<BL/SL Setup>

appears.
5) Select “Hyper-sharpness” for “Sharpness

process”. Set up “Sharpness”, “Grain Control
Process”, “Sharpness Large-size Setup” and
<Sharpness>
Low 2
Low 1
Normal
High 1
High 2
High 3
Under Level: -2
-1
0
(Sharpness can only be set individually for under

level.)

Grain Coarseness
Higher Invisible
Normal ↑
Lower Visible

Sharpness can be setup individually for
large-size prints exceeding the
magnification entered in the
“Magnification” box.
–2
–1
0
+1
+2
5-34

6) Click the “Gradation/Bright” tab.
The “Gradation/Bright” panel appears.
NOTE: The “Gradation/Bright” panel can be used

after installing the optional “Professional 5
Scanning Software (B7)”, and/or “Tone
Selection Software (B9)”.
• The condition panel disappears and operation

returns to the “Custom Setting Regist/Delete”
screen.
• The “Status” changes to “Use”.
9. To delete the custom condition, select the number

to be deleted and click [Delete].
5-35
5.3.8 Back Printing Format (0226)
Select the back printing format for the 135/Others and

IX240.
[Selection]

and Check] → [0226 Back Printing Format]
<135/Others>
1. Select the desired printing item from No. “1” to “6”.
2. Move the cursor to the “User ID” or “Private

Characters” box and enter the user ID or private
characters using the numeric keys of the
operation or full keyboard.
NOTE: The maximum number of characters is three for

the user ID and thirty five-for private characters.
No. Printing Item Back Printing Format

User ID + Correction Data + ABC IARRWSSKKLDR CMYDDD NNN 1 SORT ORDERN
1 Order No. + Digital Image Order No. + <FFFFFF> CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC
Frame No. + Custom Setting No. + Retrieve No. ####
Serial No. + Correction Data+ Sno IARRWSSKKLDR CMYDDD 1 SORT ORDERN
2 Order No. + Digital Image Order No. + <FFFFFF> CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC
Order No. + Private+ SORT PP........PP
3
Frame No. + Custom Setting No. + Retrieve No. <FFFFFF> CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC ####
Order No. + Date + Private+ SORT YYYYMMDD PP.......PP
4
Frame No. + Custom Setting No. + Retrieve No. <FFFFFF> CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC ####
Mag. + Correction Data + Order No.+ MM.MM IARRWSSKKLDR CMYDDD NNN 1 SORT AAA
5 Angle + Digital Image Order No. + ORDERN <FFFFFF> CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC
6 No Back Printing
AAA: Rotating Angle ORDERN: Digital Imaging Order No.
ABC: User ID PP.........PP: Private Characters
CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC: Custom Setting No. Sno: Serial No.
<FFFFFF>: Frame No. SORT: Order No.
IARRWSSKKLDR CMYDDD 1: Correction Data YYYYMMDD Date (Example: 20031001)
MM.MM: Magnification #### Retrieve No.
5-36
Correction Data:
<IX240> I A RR WSS KK LD R CMY DDD
Density correction
CMY correction
One way or two way and red eye combination
Lens correction/Retouch
Gradation level
Custom setting correction combination
Custom setting No.
Auto correction condition 5
Input mode
1. Click the “IX240” tab.
2. Select “Printing Item” from “1” to “5”.
3. Select “1” or “2” for the separator.
No. Printing Item Back Printing Format

1 Correction Data + Digital Image Order No. IARRWSSKKLDR CMYDDD ORDERN
2 Order No. + Digital Image Order No. SORT ORDERN
Order No. + Correction Data +
3 SORT IARRWSSKKLDR CMYDDD ORDERN
Digital Image Order No.
Mag. + Correction Data +
4 MM.MM IARRWSSKKLDR CMYDDD SORT ORDERN
Order No. + Digital Image Order No.
5 No Back Printing
IARRWSSKKLDR CMYDDD: Correction Data ORDERN: Digital Imaging Order No.

MM.MM: Magnification SORT: Order No.
5-37
5.3.9 Index Conditions (0227)
Select the condition of the index printing.
[Selection]

and Check] → [0227 Index Conditions]
<135>
1. Click the [▼] button in the box to be changed and
select the format.
Logo: FUJICOLOR*INDEX PRINT

FUJICOLOR INDEX PRINT
INDEX PRINT
Index Custom Logo: Can be registered on Menu
1020.
<IX240>
1. Click the “IX240” tab.
2. Click the [▼] button in the box to be changed and

select the format.
Logo: Negative – FUJICOLOR*INDEX PRINT

FUJICOLOR INDEX PRINT
INDEX PRINT
Reversal – FUJICHROME*INDEX PRINT
FUJICHROME INDEX PRINT
INDEX PRINT
Index Custom Logo: Can be registered on Menu
1020.
3. Select “Crop” or “Border Line” for “Frame”.
4. Click the [▼] button in the “Border Line” box and

select the border line.
Frame: Cropping
Border Line Green/White
Black/White
5-38
5.3.10 Image Correction Setup (0240)
This menu is used to enable image correction

condition setting and custom setting condition editing
by selecting “Yes” for each item.
Set the image correction type for each input type.
Input Type: Negative
Reversal
B/W negative
5
[Selection]

and Check] → [0240 Image Correction Setup]
1. Set the seven items in the Hyper ACCS frame.
5.3.11 Fine Adjustment of the Print Mag.Setting (0241)
This menu is used to change the basic magnification

for each print size.
The magnification can be changed by Magnification ×
Rate / 100 in the “Rate” box.
[Selection]

and Check] → [0241 Fine Adjustment of the Print
Mag.Setting]
1. Select the carrier, mask and film types.
2. Select the print size.
3. Select “Rate”
Range: 50 % to 200 %
5-39
5.3.12 Paper Condition Method Setup (0242)
This procedure sets the paper condition setup

method.
[Selection]

and Check] → [0242 Paper Condition Method Setup]
1. Select “YES” or “NO” for the ambient variable

correction.
2. Select “YES” or “NO” for the master magazine

registration.
↓ [Next page] [Prev page] ↑
3. If “YES” is selected in Step 2, set the ID, width,

paper and type for the master magazine.
NOTE: • Ambient variable correction: When there is a

sudden change in temperature during the day,
it influences the color development process of
color papers. To maintain constant printing
quality in that condition, select “YES”.
• Master magazine registration: Paper condition
setup must be performed for all papers if “NO”
is selected.
4. Click the [Next Page] button.
5. Enter “Density correction value” for “Patch No.”

and “Temperature correction value” of the AD300
densitometer, if necessary.
6. Click the [Set] button.
5-40
5.3.13 Paper Surfaces Display Setup (0243)
This procedure setups display of the “Paper” box of

Menu 0221 “Paper Magazine ID Setting”.
[Selection]
[Setup and Maintenance] → [02 Print Condition
Setup and Check] → [0243 Paper Surfaces Display
Setup]
5
1. Select the paper type to be changed.
2. Select “ON” or “OFF”.
5-41
5.4 Scanner Adjustment/Maintenance (03)
5.4.1 Image Scanning Method (0300)
This menu sets up the detecting level for unexposed

IX240 frames.
[Selection]
[Setup and Maintenance] → [03 Scanner Adjustment/

Maintenance] → [0300 Image Scanning Method]
1. Select “Unexposed Frame Detect Level”.

Unexposed Frame Detect Level:
1: Unexposed frames are not displayed.
2: All frames including unexposed frames are
displayed.
3: Unexposed frames between exposed frames
are also displayed.
2. Select “One-way/Two-way scanning mode” or

“Two-way scanning mode”.
NOTE: If “One-way/Two-way scanning mode” is chosen,

the film scanning method is automatically
switched to the two-way mode when 4R or
larger size, cropping, etc. is selected.
5-42
5.4.2 Input Check (0320)
This procedure displays the current status of each

sensor.
NOTE: Refer to Section 18.1 for input parts location.
[Selection]

Maintenance] → [0320 Input Check]
5
1. Click the [Next Page] button.
↓ [Next] [Previous] ↑
5.4.3 Focus Position Adjustment (0321)
This menu is used to set up the center value for the

auto focusing of each film carrier mask.
[Selection]

Maintenance] → [0321 Focus Position Adjustment]
1. Install the carrier and proceed to the “Focus

Position Adjustment” screen.
• Carrier ID, type and mask type (M69D only) are

displayed.
2. Select “135F” or “135H” for the NC100AY.
5-43
3. Insert a film into the carrier and click the [Run]

button.
• The position adjustment value is displayed when

the adjustment is completed.
4. Click the [Regist.] button.
5.4.4 Working Information Display (0322)
“LED Light Time” and “Piezoelectric Actuator

Operating Time” are displayed.
[Selection]

Maintenance] → [0322 Working Information Display]
1. Confirm the working information.
5-44
5.4.5 AF Function Setup (0323)
Auto focusing timing can be set up for each carrier,

masks and print size.
[Selection]

Maintenance] → [0323 AF Function Setup]
5
1. Select “NC100AY” or “MFC10AY” for “Carrier”.
NC100AY:
1) Select “Carrier Setting” or “Each Film” for “AF

Timing ” on the “One-way Mode” tab.
“Carrier Setting”: Auto focusing is executed

when the NC100AY is
installed or the feed lane is
changed from IX240 to 135.
“Each Film”: Auto focusing is executed
when a film is inserted.
2) Click the “2way” tab.
3) Select “Each Frame” or “Each Film” for “AF

Timing” of “135” and “IX240”.
“Each Frame”: Auto focusing is executed for

each frame.
“Each Film”: Auto focusing is executed when
the film is inserted.
Magnification can be entered in
the “Mag.” box when it is
selected. When a large-size
print exceeding the
magnification entered is
selected, auto focusing is
executed for each frame.
Magnification Range: 0.2 to 42
NOTE: Click the [Initialize] button to return to initial

setting.
5-45
MFC10AY:
1) Select “Each Frame” or “Per 1 order” for each

mask.

each frame.
“Per 1 order”: Auto focusing is executed for
new sort/order.
print exceeding the
Magnification Range:0.2 to 42

setting.
2) Click the “Page 2” tab.
3) Select “Each Frame” or “Per 1 order” for “AF

Timing” of “120/135 Full Panorama”.

each frame.
“Per 1 order”: Auto focusing is executed for
new sort/order.
print exceeding the
Magnification Range: 0.1 to 28

setting.
5-46
5.4.6 Dark Correction/Bright Correction (0340)
The darkness correction is performed automatically

when the power is turned ON, the scanner correction
in the pre-operational checks is executed, one order
is completed or a film is inserted after ten minutes
has elapsed from the previous darkness correction.
The brightness correction is executed automatically
when performing the pre-operational checks or
changing mask on the first printing screen of the day. 5
[Selection]

Maintenance] → [0340 Dark Correction/Bright
Correction]
●Darkness Correction
1. Click the [Dark corr.] button.
●Brightness Correction
NC100AY:
1. Clean the diffusion box.
2. For the auto film carrier NC100AY, set it in the 135 Auto Film Carrier
lane. NC100AY
Mark
Z2052
5-47
3. Click the [Bright corr.] button.
4. Select the mask to be corrected.
MFC10AY:
1. Install the multi-film carrier MFC10AY with the

calibration mask.
Calibration Mask
2. Click the [Bright corr.] button.
Multi-film Carrier MFC10AY

Z2075
5-48
5.4.7 I/O Check (0341)
This procedure displays the status of motors, fans

and sensors.
[Selection]

Maintenance] → [0341 I/O Check]
5
• The status of each part is displayed in real time.
NOTE: Refer to Section 18.1 “I/O Parts Diagram” for

parts location.
1. Press any button to specify an operation. ↓ [Next] [Previous] ↑
• The selected operation is performed.
5-49
5.4.8 Carrier Inclination Display (0342)
This procedure checks the status of the carrier

inclination.
NOTE: If the difference value is more than 100, inspect the

film carrier.
[Selection]

Maintenance] → [0342 Carrier Inclination Display]
1. Insert a film into the carrier or install the focusing

chart jig.
Focusing Chart Jig

Z2212
2. Click the [135] or [120] button.
• The auto focusing is started and the position of

the vertical and horizontal focusing pulses of the
carrier and difference value between the
maximum and minimum positions are displayed.
5-50
5.4.9 CCD Data Display (0343)
Use this menu to confirm the CCD settings when

there is a CCD-related irregularity or when lines or
other abnormality appear on prints due to dust or dirt
on the CCD, or if malfunctioning of the light source
LED is suspected.
[Selection]
5
Maintenance] → [0343 CCD Data Display]
NOTE: Do not try to change “Output Mode” and “Test

Pattern”.
<Dust Checking>
1. Set up the following items.
CCD Setup: CDS

Operate: Fill-in
Scanner Correction Setup : Checkmark (✓) “Dark corr.”
and “Gray Pixel”.
Magnification: 0.74
LED Light/Current Value: Checkmark (✓) “G”.
2. Click the [AE] button.
• The accumulated time is indicated in the

“Accumu. Time” box of “CCD Setup”.
5-51
3. Enter the value of accumulated time ×1.2 to 1.3 in

the “Accumu. Time” box.
4. Click the [Update] button.
• The real time-image is displayed.
5. Find a black part (caused by dust) by enlarging,

reducing or moving the position.
Enlarging: [Shift] key + Clicking left-hand button of

mouse
Reducing: [Shift] key + Clicking right-hand button
of mouse
Moving: Clicking left-hand button of mouse.
6. Move the pointer (yellow lines) and enlarge the

image by clicking the left-hand button of the
mouse while pressing the [Shift] key.
7. Click the [Line Data Display Switching] button.
• Make sure the CCD output is reduced (graph is

deformed) at the dust position.
8. Clean the diffusion box or glass of the CCD unit

when any dust is found.
<LED Inspection>
1. Remove the carrier and diffusion box.
2. Set up the following items.
CCD Setup: CDS

Operate: Fill-in
Accumulated Time: 10 msec
Scanner Correction Setup :
Checkmark (✓) “Dark corr.”
and “Gray Pixel corr.”.
Magnification: 0.26
LED Light/Current Value: Current:Positive
Checkmark (✓) R, G, B or IR
to be checked.
5-52
3. Add 9900 pulses to the pulse value in the “Conj.

length” box and enter it in the “Conj. length” box.
NOTE: The added value may be approximately 11000.

If it exceeds 11000, enter 11000 in the “Conj.
length” box.
4. Click the [Move] button.
5. Turn ON the diffusion box sensor.
6. Click the [Update] button.

5
• The real-time image of the LED is displayed.
7. Click the right-hand button of the mouse while

pressing the [Shift] key to reduce the image.
8. Check the condition of LED pattern.
LED Pattern
R: 8 × 8
G: 5 × 8
B: 5 × 10
IR: 12 × 12
NOTE: Do not sfare at the LED light source for

prolonged periods of time.
5.4.10 Lens Registration (0344)
This procedure sets the lens ID to be used and focal

length.
[Selection]

Maintenance] → [0344 Lens Registration]
• The current status is displayed.
5-53
1. Enter the lens ID number and the focal length

indicated on the labels affixed to the lens unit.
Lens Unit
Labels
Z2549
5. Perform the following items.
1) 0345 “Optical Axis Adjustment”

2) 0346 “Optical Magnification Calibration”
3) 0347 “Focus Calibration”
4) 0321 “Focus Position Adjustment” for each
carrier and mask
5) 0420 “Mask Position Adjustment”
5.4.11 Optical Axis Adjustment (0345)
This procedure adjusts the optical axis of the image

by moving the film carrier base.
[Selection]

Maintenance] → [0345 Optical Axis Adjustment]
• The magnification setting is 0.55 when the screen is

called up.
5-54
1. Install the focusing chart jig to the carrier base.
2. Click the [AF] button.
• The calculated values of 0.55 magnification are

displayed in the “Axis error.” and “Image rotate”
columns in real time.
5
Focusing Chart Jig
Z2212
• OK is displayed if the data is within the specified

range.
3. If the data is out of range, loosen the four

hexagonal socket head bolts securing the carrier
base and adjust the optical axis by moving the
base together with the jig.
Range of OK
Out of optical axis Front (–)/Rear (+): ±10
Left (–)/Right (+): ±10
Image rotation Left (–)/Right (+): ±5
NOTE: Adjust image rotation first, then the optical axis.

X-axis: Move the carrier base towards front and
Focusing Chart Jig Hexagonal Socket
rear.
Y-axis: Move the carrier base towards right and Head Bolts (4)
left. z2213
4. Tighten the four hex. socket head bolts after “OK”

is displayed.
5-55
5.4.12 Optical Magnification Calibration (0346)
This procedure calibrates the optical magnification.
[Selection]

Maintenance] → [0346 Optical Magnification
Calibration]
• The current status is displayed.
1. Set the focusing chart jig to the carrier base.
Focusing Chart Jig

z2212
2. Click the [Measure] button.
• The optical magnification calibration is

performed.
• The result is displayed.
5-56
• The “I-4389” message appears.
6. Perform the steps in the following menus.

- 0347 “Focus Calibration”
- 0321 “Focus Position Adjustment” for each 5
carrier and mask
5.4.13 Focus Calibration (0347)
The center value for each printing magnification can

be set up in this menu.
The NC100AY with film in the 135-lane can be used
to execute this menu if the focusing chart jig is not
available.
Set a film in the 135F mask for the MFC10AY.
[Selection]

Maintenance] → [0347 Focus Calibration]
1. Install the focusing chart jig instead of the carrier.
Focusing Chart Jig

z2212
5-57
2. Click the [Create table] button.
• The result is displayed on the screen.
• The “I-4837” message appears.
6. Perform Menu 0321 “Focus Position Adjustment”.
5-58
5.4.14 Spectral Calibration (0348)
After replacing the LED circuit board assembly or light

source unit, perform Menu 0349 “LED Light Amount
Adjustment” and then this Menu 0348 for reversal
and negative films.
[Selection]
[Setup and Maintenance] → [03 Scanner Adjustment/ 5

Maintenance] → [0348 Spectral Calibration]
Perform the spectral calibration using the following

tools.
Tools: Chart/floppy disk set

Multi-film carrier MFC10AY
Calibration mask
135M mask
1. Insert the floppy disk into the FD drive of the main

control unit.
3. Install the Multi-film carrier MFC10AY with the Upper Cover

calibration mask.
Calibration Mask
Multi-film Carrier
MFC10AY
z2074
5-59
• The scanner correction is performed.
5. Replace the calibration mask with the 135M

mask.
6. Insert the “No. 1001xxxx” film into the 135M mask

and set it in the exposure position.
Film Mount
z2805
NOTE: If the image on the screen is abnormal, click the

[Rereading] button to read the image again.
5-60
8. Adjust the position of the blocks so that they are at

the center of each patch by using the arrow keys.
10. Repeat Steps 6 to 9 for Chart Films No. 1002xxxx,

No. 1003xxxx, No. 1004xxxx, No.1005xxxx, No.
1006xxxx and No. 1007xxxx in this order.
12. Remove the floppy disk from the main control unit.
13. Repeat Steps 1 through 12 for the negative films .
5.4.15 LED Light Amount Adjustment (0349)
Adjust LED light amount when:

• the LED23 circuit board assembly is replaced.
• the light source unit is replaced.
• light amount is reduced.
After executing this menu, perform Menu 0348
“Spectral Calibration”.
[Selection]

Maintenance] → [0349 LED Light Amount
Adjustment]
1. Install the auto film carrier NC100AC in its 135-

lane.
NOTE: Do not insert a film.
5-61
2. Click the [Measure] button.
6. Perform Menu 0348 “Spectral Calibration”.
5-62
5.4.16 Scanner Parameter Check/Update (0350)
This menu checks parameters saved in the EEPROM

of the CTB23, CLE23, CPZ23, CCD23 circuit boards
and the HD of the main control unit, then displays the
result by “OK” or “NG”.
If “NG” is displayed, the [Storage] and [Reading]

buttons become effective.
5
[Storage] Button: Saves the parameters from the
circuit board into the HD when
the system software (A1) is
newly installed.
[Reading] button: Reads the parameters saved in
the HD and writes them into the
circuit board when the circuit
board has been replaced.
[FD reading] button: Reads the displacement
parameters from the FD and
writes them into the CPZ23
circuit board and the HD when
the CCD unit has been
replaced.
[Selection]

Maintenance] → [0350 Scanner Parameter Check/
Update]
●Storage
Each button becomes effective when the system

software (A1) is newly installed.
1. Click the [Storage] button.
• The parameters in the EERROM are saved into

the HD.
5-63
●Reading
Each button becomes effective when the circuit board

has been replaced.
1. Click the [Reading] button.
• The parameters saved in the HD are written into

the EEPROM.
●FD Reading
Use this procedure when the CCD unit has been

replaced.
1. Insert the displacement sensor parameter FD

attached to the CCD unit into the FD drive of the
main control unit.
Displacement Sensor Parameter FD

Z2041
2. Click the [FD reading] button.
• The parameters are written from the FD into the

HD of the main control unit and the EEPROM of
the CPZ23 circuit board.
4. Remove the FD.
6. On Menu 0351 “CCD Adjustment”, perform “AD

Timing Adjustment”, “OFD Voltage Adjustment”
and “Gray Pixel Detection” (See Subsection 5.4.17).
5-64
5.4.17 CCD Adjustment (0351)
On this menu, perform AD timing adjustment,

overflow voltage adjustment, DC offset adjustment
and gray pixel detection when the CCD unit has been
replaced.
[Selection]
[Setup and Maintenance] → [03 Scanner Adjustment/ 5

Maintenance] → [0351 CCD Adjustment]
●AD Timing Adjustment
1. Remove the carrier and install the 135 diffusion 135 Diffusion Box
box.
Hole
Pin Hole Pin

Z2035
2. Click the [AD Timing Adjustment] button.
NOTE: FL TIMING: Feed through level timing (Black

level sampling)
DL TIMING: Data level timing (Data sampling)
5-65
3. Click the [Run] button.
• The result of adjustment is displayed.
• Operation returns to the CCD adjustment main

screen.
●Overflow Voltage Adjustment
1. Remove the carrier and install the 135 diffusion

box.
2. Click the [OFD Voltage Adjustment] button.
5-66
• Result of adjustment is displayed.

screen.
●DC Offset Adjustment
This procedure adjusts the CCD output so that it falls

within the input range of the AD converter.
1. Remove the carrier and install the 135 diffusion

box.
2. Click the [CCD Offset Adjustment] button.
• Result of adjustment is displayed.

screen.
5-67
●Gray Pixel Detection
1. Install the auto film carrier NC100AY with the Auto Film Carrier
135F mask and set it in the 135 lane. In the case NC100AY
of the MFC10AY, install it without mask.
Mark
Z2052
2. Click the [Gray Pixel Detection] button.

screen.
5-68
5.5 Carrier Adjustment/Maintenance (04)
5.5.1 NC100AY Fixed Feeding Setup (0400)
On this menu, the feeding amount for the fixed

feeding mode of the 135 films can be adjusted.
[Selection]
[Setup and Maintenance] → [04 Carrier Adjustment/

Maintenance] → [0400 NC100AY Fixed Feeding
Setup] 5
1. Set up fixed feed frame lengths for the 135 full and
half sizes by clicking the [▼] and [▲] buttons.
Initial Value Input Range

135F 38.10mm 36.00 to 40.00mm
135H 19.40mm 19.00 to 20.00mm
5.5.2 Mask Position Adjustment (0420)
This menu is used to adjust mask position relative to

the monitor screen and prints.
This menu should be executed for all carriers and
masks to be used.
[Selection]

Maintenance] → [0420 Mask Position Adjustment]
1. Install the film carrier and mask to be adjusted.
• The carrier ID, carrier type and mask type are

displayed.
NOTE: • Set a mount frame without film when adjusting

the mount mask.
• Do not insert a film.
5-69
2. Click the [Image Disp] button.
• The mask and adjustment frames are displayed.
3. Click the [Auto Correct] button.
• The mask opening position is corrected

automatically and the horizontal and vertical
correction values are displayed in the “Position
Adjust” boxes.
4. If necessary, adjust position manually by clicking

the “Position Adjust” arrow buttons.
NOTE: Click the [Initialize] button to return to “0.0mm”

position.
5-70
5.5.3 NC100AY Input Check (0421)
The status of the sensors of the auto film carrier

NC100AY can be checked.
[Selection]

Maintenance] → [0421 NC100AY Input Check]
5
5-71
5.5.4 MFC10AY Input Check (0422)
The status of the sensors of the Multi-film carrier

MFC10AY can be checked.
[Selection]

Maintenance] → [0422 MFC10AY Input Check]
5-72
5.5.5 NC100AY Working Information Display (0423)
Working information of the auto film carrier NC100AY

can be checked.
When replacing the NC100AY, write the data into the
FlashROM (memory in the carrier) and return the
carrier to Fujifilm for analysis.
[Selection]
5
Maintenance] → [0423 NC100AY Working
Information Display]
1. Install the auto film carrier NC100AY. ↓ [Next] [Previous] ↑
<Data Writing into FlashROM>

This mode is used for overwriting data in the carrier.
1) Click the [HD Reading] button.
• The working information is read out from the HD

and displayed on the screen.
5-73
2) Click the [FlashROM writing] button.
• Working information is written to the FlashROM

of the carrier.
<HD Writing>
1) Click the [FlashROM Reading] button.
• The working information is read out from the

FlashROM and displayed on the screen.
2) Click the [HD Writing] button.
• The working information is written to the HD of

the main control unit.
5-74
5.5.6 MFC10AY Working Information Display (0424)
Working information of the Multi-film carrier

MFC10AY can be checked.
When replacing the MFC10AY, write the data into the
FlashROM and return it to Fujifilm.
[Selection]
[Setup and Maintenance] → [04 Carrier Adjustment/ 5

Maintenance] → [0424 MFC10AY Working
1. Install the Multi-film carrier MFC10AY.
<FlashROM Writing>
• The working information is read out from the HD

and displayed on the screen.
2) Click the [FlashROM Writing] button.
5-75
• The working information is written to the Flash

ROM of the carrier.
<HD Writing>
• The working information is read out from the

Flash ROM and displayed on the screen.
• The working information is written to the HD of

5.5.7 NC100AY Monitor Frame Ratio Setup (0425)
The image frame size displayed after pre-scanning

can be set up on this menu.
The initial values are set to optimum condition.
Changing of this value may result in a mask frame,
etc. appearing on the monitor screen.
[Selection]

Maintenance] → [0425 NC100AY Monitor Frame
Ratio Setup]”
1. Select the carrier ID to be set up.
2. Change the monitor frame ratio by clicking the [▼]

and [▲] buttons.
NOTE: The default values are 95% for the NC100AY.
5-76
• The data is saved.
5
5.5.8 MFC10AY Monitor Frame Ratio Setup (0426)
The image frame size displayed after pre-scanning

can be set up in this menu.
The initial values are set to optimum condition.
Changing of this value may result in a mask frame,
etc. appearing on the monitor screen.
[Selection]

Maintenance] → [0426 MFC10AY Monitor Frame
Ratio Setup]”
2. Change the monitor frame ratio by clicking the [▼]

and [▲] buttons.
NOTE: Enter 95% for 135F and smaller masks, and

98% for 120 and 135FP masks normally.
5-77
5.5.9 NC100AY Sensor Calibration (0440)
This procedure calibrates the optical sensors and

shows the result data.
[Selection]

Maintenance] → [0440 NC100AY Sensor Calibration]
1. Check that there is no film in the carrier.
• The calibration results are displayed.
NOTE: The calibration results are shown but not saved.
5-78
5.5.10 NC100AY Focus Offset Adjustment (0441)
This procedure sets up offset value of focus position

for each carrier and mask.
[Selection]

Maintenance] → [0441 NC100AY Focus Offset
Adjustment] 5
2. Change the offset value of the mask to be set up.
NOTE: Enter “0.00”mm normally.
5-79
5.5.11 MFC10AY Focus Offset Adjustment (0442)
This procedure sets up offset value of focus position

for each carrier and mask.
[Selection]

Maintenance] → [0442 MFC10AY Focus Offset
Adjustment]
2. Change the offset value of the mask to be set up.
NOTE: Enter “0.00”mm normally.
5-80
5.5.12 NC100AY Sensor Calibration Information (0443)
This procedure calibrates the optical sensors and

displays the LED current setup and sensor output
data. The data can be read out and written in.
[Selection]

Maintenance] → [0443 NC100AY Sensor Calibration 5
Information]
1. Make sure there is no film in the auto film carrier

NC100AY.
5-81
• The sensors are calibrated and the results are

displayed.
<Flash ROM Writing>
• The data is read out from the HD and displayed

on the screen.
• The data is written to the FlashROM.
<HD Writing>
• The data is read out from the FlashROM and

displayed on the screen.
• The data is written to the HD of the main control

unit.
5-82
5.5.13 NC100AY Installation Information Display (0444)
This procedure is used to check the auto film carrier

ID and hard revision (modify history) numbers.
[Selection]

Maintenance] → [0444 NC100AY Installation
Information Display] 5
1. Install the auto film carrier NC100AY.
2. Proceed to the “0444 NC100AY Installation

Information Display “ screen.
5.5.14 MFC10AY Installation Information Display (0445)
This procedure is used to check the multi-film carrier

[Selection]

Maintenance] → [0445 MFC10AY Installation
1. Install the multi-film carrier MFC10AY.
2. Proceed to the “0445 MFC10AY Installation

Information Display “ screen.
5-83
5.5.15 NC100AY Installation Information Setup (0446)
This procedure is used to register the auto film carrier

[Selection]

Maintenance] → [0446 NC100AY Installation
Information Setup]
1. Install the auto film carrier NC100AY to be

registered.
2. Proceed to the “0446 NC100AY Installation

Information Setup” screen.
• The carrier ID and hard revision numbers are

displayed.
5-84
7. Reinstall the carrier and click the [OK] button.
5
5.5.16 MFC10AY Installation Information Setup (0447)
This procedure is used to register the multi-film

carrier ID and hard revision (modify history) numbers.
[Selection]

Maintenance] → [0447 MFC10AY Installation
Information Setup]
1. Install the multi-film carrier MFC10AY to be

registered.
2. Proceed to the “0447 MFC10AY Installation

• The carrier ID and hard revision numbers are

displayed.
5-85
7. Reinstall the carrier and click the [OK] button.
5.5.17 NC100AY I/O Check (0448)
This procedure displays the status of the motors,

solenoid and sensors.
[Selection]

Maintenance] → [0448 NC100AY I/O Check]
1. Connect the auto film carrier NC100AY to the

plug-in connector using the carrier extension
harness.
Carrier Extension Harness

Z2547
5-86
2. Push the carrier lock arm to the lock position. Carrier Lock Arm
Z2548
3. Proceed to the “0448 NC100AY I/O Check”

screen.
4. Click the operation buttons and check if each part

is operating normally.
5-87
5.5.18 MFC10AY I/O Check (0449)
This procedure displays the status of the solenoid

and sensors.
[Selection]

Maintenance] → [0449 MFC10AY I/O Check]
1. Connect the multi-film carrier MFC10AY to the

plug-in connector using the carrier extension
harness.
2. Push the carrier lock arm to the lock position. Carrier Lock Arm
3. Proceed to the “0449 MFC10AY I/O Check”

screen.
4. Click the operating buttons and check if each part

is operating normally.
z2548
5.5.19 Film Carrier ID Setup/Delete (0450)
This procedure saves data from the carrier into the

hard disk when replacing the carrier or installing the
machine. Data can be downloaded from the hard disk
into the carrier after replacing the carrier circuit board.
[Selection]

Maintenance] → [0450 Film Carrier ID Setup/Delete]
5-88
<Backing Up>
1. Click the [HD Backup] button.
• Information of the present carrier is backed up to

the hard disk in the main control unit.
• Operation returns to the menu screen. 5

<Downloading>
1. Select the carrier ID.
2. Click the [HD Download] button.
<Deleting>
1. Select the carrier ID.
2. Click the [HD Backup Del] button.
• The carrier information is deleted.
5-89
5.5.20 NC100AY Machine Data Setup (0451)
This procedure sets up the data for the auto film

carrier NC100AY.
[Selection]

Maintenance] → [0451 NC100AY Machine Data
Setup]
5-90
<Flash ROM Writing>
• The data is read out from the HD and displayed

on the screen.

5
• The data is written to the FlashROM.
<HD Writing>
• The data is read out from the FlashROM and

displayed on the screen.
• The data is written to the HD of the main control

unit.
5.5.21 NC100AY Magnetic Information Reading (0452)
This menu is used to check that the IX240 magnetic

information of the IX240 can be read out.
[Selection]

Maintenance] → [0452 NC100AY Magnetic
Information Reading]
1. Install the auto film carrier NC100AY in IX240

lane.
2. Insert the film cartridge or strip film.
5-91
• The magnetic information is read out and

displayed.
NOTE: If any of three judgments is “O”, reading is

normally operated.
For example, if result is “OXX” or “XOX”, there is
no problem for operation.
0: Reading out is OK.

×: Reading out is NG.
–: No magnetic information.
5.5.22 NC100AY Magnetic Verify (0453)
This menu is used to check that the magnetic head is

operating correctly.
[Selection]

Maintenance] → [0453 NC100AY Magnetic Verify]
1. Install the auto film carrier NC100AY in IX240

lane.
2. Insert the film cartridge or strip film.
• The magnetic information is read out and the

result is displayed.
5-92
5.5.23 NC100AY Nest Section Operation Check (0454)
This procedure is used when checking operation of

the IX240 nest section.
[Selection]

Maintenance] → [0454 NC100AY Nest Section
Operation Check] 5
1. Install the auto film carrier NC100AY in the IX240-
lane.
2. Insert a film cartridge or strip film.
• The nest section operates and then stops.
4. Click [Close] button.
5.5.24 NC100AY Feeding Operation Check (0455)
This procedure is used to check film feed operation

for the NC100AY.
[Selection]

Maintenance] → [0455 NC100AY Feeding Operation
Check]
5-93
<135-lane Feeding Operation>
1. Install the NC100AY in the 135-lane.
2. Select “Neg.”, “Reversal” or “B/W” for “Original

type setup”.
3. Select “Frame” or “Feed” for “Film Feed Type”.
4. Select “Feed-out toward left” or “Feed-out toward

right” for “Feeding Mode”.
6. Insert a selected film.
• The carrier feeds the film.
<IX240-lane Feeding Operation>
1. Install the NC100AY in the 240-lane.
2. Select “Neg.” or “Reversal” for “Original type

setup”.
3. Select “Lv1”, “Lv2” or “Lv3” for “Unexposed frame

detect level”.
NOTE: “Lv1”, “Lv2” and “Lv3” in the “Unexposed frame

detect level” box indicate levels 1, 2 and 3 on
Menu 0300 “Unexposed Frame Detect Level
Set” (See Subsection 5.4.1).
5. Insert a film cartridge or strip film.
• The carrier feeds the film.
5-94
5.6 Printer Adjustment/Maintenance (05)
5.6.1 Paper Magazine Feeding Fine Adjustment (0520)
This menu should be executed for all paper

magazines when installing the machine, or when a
new magazine is registered.
[Selection]
[Setup and Maintenance] → [05 Printer Adjustment/

Meintenance] → [0520 Paper Magazine Feeding Fine 5
Adjustment]
<Auto Adjustment>
1. Set a new magazine on the upper magazine deck.
2. Select “Upper” for “Magazine”.
• After about three minutes, prints 1 and 2 are

output to the sorter.
4. Enter new magazine ID in the “Magazine ID” box.
5. Measure the feed lengths of prints 1 and 2 at the

center and record them.
Print 1
6. Enter the feed lengths recorded in the “Print 1”

and “Print 2” boxes.
• Feed length is adjusted automatically.
8. Install the magazine in the upper deck to the lower

deck.
9. Repeat Steps 3 through 7 for the lower magazine. Print 2
<Manual Adjustment>
1. Enter the magazine ID to be adjusted in the

“Magazine ID” box.
2. Select “Upper deck” or “Lower deck”.
3. Enter the value (mm) in the “New value” box.
5-95
• The feed length is changed.
5.6.2 G Laser (SHG) Optimal Temperature Setup (0522)
The G laser optimal temperature setting message

appears every three months. Set up the optimal
temperatures on this screen.
[Selection]

Maintenance] → [0522 G Laser (SHG) Optimal
Temperature Setup]
1. Click the [Enter] button.
5-96
5.6.3 Paper Feed (0523)
This procedure feeds and processes unexposed

sheets of paper.
[Selection]

Maintenance] → [0523 Paper Feed]
5
1. Enter the number of sheets in “Q’ty” box and the
feed length in “Length” box.
Number of sheets: 1 to 999

Feed length: 82.5 to 381.0
• The sheets of paper are fed and processed.
5.6.4 Printer Temperature Display (0524)
This procedure displays the printer temperature and

printer status.
[Selection]

Maintenance] → [0524 Printer Temperature Display]
NOTE: • The temperatures are updated every five seconds.

• Always keep “ON” for “Working” of “Abnormal
temp. detection”.
5-97
5.6.5 Printer Input Check (0525)
This procedure displays the status of the sensors.
[Selection]

Maintenance] → [0525 Printer Input Check]
↓ [Next page] [Prev. page] ↑
5.6.6 Image Position and Tilt Fine Adjustment (0527)
This procedure adjusts the white border and image

position in a template for each magazine ID.
[Selection]

Maintenance] → [0527 Image Position and Tilt Fine
Adjustment]
1. Install the paper magazine to be adjusted on the

upper paper deck.
2. Select “Upper” or “Lower” for “Magazine”.
3. Enter the feed length to be adjusted in the “Feed

length” box.
5-98
• After about three minutes, the adjustment print y

is output. d Feeding
Direction
5. Select the magazine ID to be adjusted.
6. Measure the “X”, “Y”, “d” and “f” dimensions of the x

adjustment print and record them.
7. Enter the recorded “X” and “Y” values (mm) in the f

appropriate “Main (X)” and “Sub (Y)” boxes.
5
8. Calculate “d - f” and enter the value in the “Tilt (d -
f)” box.
10. Install the magazine to be adjusted on the lower

magazine deck.
11. Select “Lower” for “Magazine”.
12. Repeat Steps 3 through 9.
5-99
5.6.7 Printer Function Select (0528)
[Selection]

Maintenance] → [0528 Printer Function Select]
1. Select “Both” for “Magazine” normally.
2. Select “YES” for “Registration”.
NOTE: Select “NO” for “Registration” to use temporarily

when error “W-2414” or “W-2450” occurred.
3. Select “YES” for “Distribution”.
NOTE: Select “NO” for “Distribution” to use temporarily

when error “W-2419”or “W-2455” occurred and
adjust the pipe slider position of the distribution
unit as described below. Large size prints
cannot be printed.
1) Open the magazine door.

2) Open the distribution section inner cover.
3) Align the “ ” marks on the pipe slider and
the distribution unit.
4) Close the distribution section inner cover. Pipe Slider

5) Close the magazine door.
4. Select “No change” for “Cut interval”.
NOTE: When paper overlap feed has been occurred,

select “Change” for “Cut interval”. If the large
level is selected (from level 1 to level 2 or 3), the
cut interval is increased and the processing
ability is decreased.
“ ” Marks
L21157
5-100
5.6.8 Printer I/O Check (0540)

solenoids and sensors.
[Selection]

Maintenance] → [0540 Printer I/O Check]
5
1. Click the required operation button.
• The respective motor or solenoid operates if it is

normal.
5-101
5.6.9 Test Pattern Printing (0541)
This procedure creates test pattern prints.
[Selection]

Maintenance] → [0541 Test Pattern Printing]
1. Move the cursor to “Test pattern selection”, and

select “Grid”, “Borderless contact”, “Bordered
contact”, “Gradation”, “Back print 1 (wedge)”,
“Back print 2 (line)”, “Back print 3 (character)” or
“Frame print”.
2. Move the cursor to “Length” and enter the feed

length (mm).
3. Move the cursor to “Q’ty” and enter the number of

prints.
• After about three minutes, the print is output to

the sorter.
■ Color Drift Inspection

1) Make a grid test print.
2) Use a magnifying lens (X25) to check that the
vertical line for the color drift is 1/8 pixel or less in
width, and the horizontal line is 1/4 pixel or less in
width.
Reference: 1 pixel width = 0.08mm
5-102
Grid: For color drift and feed Borderless contact: For exposure and
length inspection processing unevenness inspection
Bordered contact: For exposure and processing Gradation:

5
unevenness, or white border inspection For gradation inspection
Back print 1 (wedge) Back print 2 (line) Back print 3 (character)
Frame print
5-103
5.6.10 Laser Exposure Check (0542)
This procedure performs an RGB test exposure and

displays the results.
[Selection]

Maintenance] → [0542 Laser Exposure Check]
5.6.11 R Laser (R-LD) Data (0543)
This procedure displays the R laser(R-LD) data in the

EEPROM.
[Selection]

Maintenance] → [0543 R Laser(R-LD) Data]
5.6.12 G Laser (G-SHG) Data (0544)
This procedure displays the G laser(G-SHG) data in

the EEPROM.
[Selection]

Maintenance] → [0544 G Laser(G-SHG) Data]
5-104
5.6.13 B Laser (B-LD) Data (0545)
This procedure displays the B laser(B-LD) data in the

EEPROM.
[Selection]

Maintenance] → [0545 B Laser(B-LD) Data]
5
5.6.14 Scan/Scan Home Position Parameter (0546)
This procedure displays the parameters for exposure

positions.
Normally parameter changing is unnecessary.
When the result of Menu 0547 “Main Scanning
Position Adjustment/Laser Beam Synchronous
Rough Adjustment” should be altered purposely,
change the parameters.
[Selection]

Maintenance] → [0546 Scan/Scan Home Position
Parameter]
1. Enter the scanning position/scanning home

position parameters by clicking the [▼] and [▲]
buttons.
Unit
Main scanning: Pixel
Sub-scanning: Raster
2. Click the [Set] button to set the parameters.
5-105
5.6.15 Main Scan/Laser Beam Sync. Rough Adjust (0547)
This procedure performs the scanning adjustment

and laser beam synchronization rough adjustment.
[Selection]

Maintenance] → [0547 Main Scan/Laser Beam Sync.
Rough Adjust]
NOTE: Perform this adjustment after processing three or

more sheets of paper because the feed length may
not stabilize immediately after setting paper.
1. Install the paper magazine for the narrowest

paper width being used.
←→
• The print is output in about three minutes. C
3. Measure the dimensions of A, B and C, then

A→ ← → ←B
record them.
Sub-Scanning Line
NOTE: Tolerance of measurement: Within 0.5mm
4. Move the cursor to “A: Left measured value” and Rough Adjustment
enter the measured A value. Block
5. Move the cursor to “B: Right measured value” and

enter the measured B value.
6. Click the [Set] button of “Width direction (main

scanning position)”.
8. Move the cursor to “C: Top measured value” and

enter the measured C value.
5-106
9. Click the [Set] button of “Feeding direction (sub-

scanning position)”.
11. Find the X coordinate which has the minimum

color drift on the print for the vertical lines using
an inverted magnifier (x20-40), and record the
coordinate value and the drifted color (CMY) order
from the left side.
5
12. Check and record the drifted color (CMY) order of
the sub-scanning line from the top using an
inverted magnifier (x20-40).
13. Move the cursor to “X(Width)” and enter the

measured X value.
14. Move the cursor to “Y(Feed)” and enter the

measured Y value.
15. Click the [Set] button of “Coordinate with least

amount of color drift”.
5.6.16 Laser Beam Sync. Fine Adjustment Print (0548)
This procedure performs the fine adjustment of the

laser beam synchronization.
[Selection]

Maintenance] → [0548 Laser Beam Sync. Fine
Adjustment Print]
1. Move the cursor to “Order of drifted colors for

main scanning” and enter the drifted color order
from the left recorded in “Main Scanning Position
Adjustment/Laser Beam Sync. Rough Adjustment
(Menu 0547)”.
2. Move the cursor to “Order of drifted colors for sub-

scanning” and enter the drifted color order from
the top recorded in “Main Scanning Position
5-107
Adjustment/Laser Beam Sync. Rough Adjustment

(Menu 0547)”.
• The print is output in about three minutes.
NOTE: The adjustment print has twenty or twenty-five

vertical and horizontal lines.
4. Find numbers that have the minimum color drift on

the output print for the vertical and horizontal lines
using the magnifier (x20-40).
5. Move the cursor to the “Best main scanning

position” and enter the number of the vertical lines
found.
6. Move the cursor to the “Best sub-scanning

position” and enter the number of the horizontal
lines found.
5-108
5.6.17 Laser History Display (0549)
Display the exposure time and current value of R-LD,

G-SHG and B-SHG.
[Selection]
[Setup and Maintence] → [05 Printer Adjustment/

Maintenance] → [0549 Laser History Display]
5
1. Click the [Switch display] button to switch between

the graph and numeric displays.
5.6.18 Paper Condition Setup Table (LUT) Copy (0550)
This procedure copies the LUT (Look-up Table) from

one magazine to another.
[Selection]

Maintenance] → [0550 Paper Condition Setup
Table(LUT) Copy]
1. Specify the ID of the source magazine.
2. Specify the ID of the destination magazine.
• Copying is performed.
5-109
5.6.19 Printer Mechanical Fine Adjustment (0551)
This procedure adjusts the printer mechanism.
[Selection]

Maintenance] → [0551 Printer Mechanical Fine
Adjustment]
1. “Cutter: Feed motor stop timing”:

Sets up the feed motor stop timing when
supplying paper. Click the [Set] button.
2. “Eject: Right/left speed control start timing”:

Sets up the speed control start timing of the
M665 motor when feeding sheets papers with
single lane. Click the [Set] button.
3. “Setup of precut length”:

Sets up the leading end cut-off length of paper
for each magazine when the roll paper is set,
or first print after eight hours has elapsed from
the rewinding paper.
4. “Adjustment for distributing position”:

Adjusts distribution position and nip timing for
each magazine. Click the [Set] button.
5-110
5.6.20 Filter Replacement History (0552)
The laser optical unit air filter replacement history is

displayed.
[Selection]

Maintenance] → [0552 Filter Replacement History]
5
[Replace] button: Click this button when the filter has
been replaced.
[Initialize] button: Click this button to initialize the
replacement history.
5.6.21 Feeding Position Sensor Fine Adjustment (0553)
This procedure adjusts paper leading end position for

supply process on the basis of the sensors.
[Selection]

Maintenance] → [0553 Feeding Position Sensor Fine
Adjustment]
NOTE: perform this procedure for both upper and lower

magazine decks.
• After about three minutes, adjustment Prints 1

and 2 are output.
3. Measure the feed length of Prints 1 and 2 and

record them.
4. Enter the recorded values in the “Measured”

boxes for “Print 1” and “Print 2”.
5. Click the [Calculate] button.
5-111
• New adjustment value appears in the

“Calculated” box.
6. Select “All IDs” or “Selected ID only”.
7. Enter ID in the “ID” box if “Selected ID only” is

selected.
8. Enter new adjustment value in the “New” box.
5.6.22 Image Position Initial Setting (0554)
This procedure sets up the initial image position for all

magazines.
[Selection]

Maintenance] → [0554 Image Position Initial Setting]
1. Install the narrowest paper magazine on the

upper deck and the widest paper magazine on the
lower deck.
• After about three minutes, adjustment Prints 1 A

C C
and 2 for the upper magazine and Print 3 for the
lower magazine are output.
3. Print 1: Measure the A to F dimensions and enter D

them in the appropriate boxes.
Print 2: Measure the C and E dimensions and
enter them in the appropriate boxes. F
D B E
Print 3: Measure the B to F dimensions and enter Print 2
them in appropriate boxes.
E
Print 1
5-112
4. Click the [Set] button. C
D B F
E
Print 3
5.6.23 Sub-scan Feeding Speed Adjustment (0555)
This procedure adjusts the feeding speed of the sub-

scanning unit.
[Selection]
Maintenance] → [0555 Sub-scan Feeding Speed
Adjustment]
• After about three minutes, the adjustment print

is output.
3. Measure the “A” dimension of the adjustment print

and record it.
4. Enter the recorded value in the “Measured” box.
5. Click the [Calculate] button.
• New adjustment value is displayed in the

“Calculated (%)” box.
6. Enter the magazine ID in the “ID” box.
7. Enter the calculated value in the “New” box.
5-113
5.6.24 Sub-scanning Soft Nip Fine Adjustment (0557)
This procedure adjusts the soft nip timing, nip position

and motor current value of the sub-scanning unit.
[Selection]

Maintenance] → [0557 Sub-scanning Soft Nip Fine
Adjustment]
1. Enter the feed length in the “Feed length” box.
• After about three minutes, adjustment Prints 1 to

9 are output.
4. Select optimum prints for unevenness level at the

leading and trailing ends from nine adjustment
prints
5. Enter the optimum print numbers in the “Tip No. 1

to 9” and “End No. 1 to 9” boxes.
6. Click the [Convert] button.
• Timing, new pulse adjustment and motor current

values are displayed.
7. Select “Selected ID only” or “All IDs”.
8. Enter the ID in the “Magazine ID” box if “Selected

ID only” is selected.
9. Click the [Set] button for “Adjustment value”.
10. Click the [Set] button for “Motor current value”.
5-114
5.6.25 Sensor Calibration (Initial) (0558)
This procedure calibrates the paper sensors.
[Selection]

Maintenance] → [0558 Sensor Calibration (Initial)]
D619 : Upper magazine splice sensor 5

D629 : Lower magazine splice sensor
D650 : Exposure section entrance paper sensor.
D653 : Exposure position paper sensor
1. Click the [▼] button to select the sensor to be

calibrated.
2. Click the [Start] button.
• Date and result are displayed.
NOTE: If the result is “NG”, the sensor should be

replaced.
5-115
5.6.26 Sensor Calibration (Daily) (0559)
This procedure sets up daily calibration of the

sensors.
[Selection]

Maintenance] → [0559 Sensor Calibration (Daily)]
• The calibration history is displayed in the lower box

of the screen.
D619 : Upper magazine splice sensor

D629 : Lower magazine splice sensor
D650 : Exposure section entrance paper sensor.
D653 : Exposure position paper sensor
1. Select “Yes” for “Daily Calibration” normally.
NOTE: Manual calibration can be used if “No” is

selected.
<Electric Current Calibration for Sensors not to

be Calibrated Daily>
1. Select a sensor in the “Sensor No.” box.
5-116
5.6.27 Printer Operation Data Display (0560)
This procedure displays the printer operation data.
[Selection]

Maintenance] → [0560 Printer Operation Data
Display]
5
5-117
5.6.28 Data Saving (0561)
The parameters displayed can be written from the

memory on the printer’s circuit board to the HD in the
main control unit.
[Selection]

Maintenance] → [0561 Data Saving]
1. Select the item to be saved.
5-118
5.6.29 Data Download (0562)
The parameters displayed can be written from the HD

in the main control unit to the memory on the printer’s
circuit board.
[Selection]

Maintenance] → [0562 Data Download] 5
1. Select the item to be downloaded.
2. Click [OK].
• The data is downloaded.
4. Shut down and restart the system.
5-119
5.7 Processor Adjustment/Maintenance (06)
5.7.1 Replenisher Pump Output Measurement/Setting (0620)
This procedure measures and corrects the

replenisher pump output.
Normally measure only PSR.
NOTE: The machine automatically measures and adjusts

the pump output for P1R, P2RA and P2RB.
When executing this menu to confirm pump operation

for the P1R, P2RA or P2RB, return the discharged
replenisher into the replenisher tank.
[Selection]
[Setup and Maintenance] → [06 Processor

Adjustment/Maintenance] → [0620 Pump Output
Measurement/Setting]
1. Prepare a measuring cylinder.
2. Perform the following steps for PSR.

Screw
1) Open the water supply port door.
2) Loosen the screw and remove the water

supply port inner cover.
Water Supply Port Inner Cover

L21055
3. Perform the following steps for P1R, P2RA or

P2RB.
1) Open the replenisher box door.
2) Remove the circulation filter tray.
Circulation Filter Tray

L2232
5-120
3) Remove the screw and then the splash- Screw

prevention cover.
4. Click the [Start] button for the pump to be

measured.
• The message below appears on the printer

operation panel.
#PSR MEASURE
5
#START [YES] ?
5. Press the [Enter] key on the printer operation

Splash-prevention Cover
panel. L21051
• The alarm beeps intermittently for ten seconds.
NOTE: Click the [Cancel] button to stop the operation.
6. Before the pump starts discharging, disconnect PSR Replenisher Nozzle

the replenisher nozzle, insert it into the measuring
cylinder and hold it at the same height as its
setting position.
• The replenisher pump starts discharging.
• The alarm beeps when discharging is

completed.
7. Insert the replenisher nozzle into the sub-tank. Measuring Cylinder
8. Place the measuring cylinder on a level surface,

and then read and record the output. L21050
5-121
9. PSR : P2RB Replenisher Nozzle

Dispose of the liquid in the measuring cylinder.
P1W
P1R, P2RA or P2RB : Replenisher
Return the discharged replenisher into the Nozzle
replenisher tank through the cartridge box P1R
opening. Replenisher
Nozzle
10. Select the “Measured value” box, and enter the Measuring
recorded output value. Cylinder
11. Clean the measuring cylinder.
P2RA
13. Reinstall the removed parts. Replenisher
Nozzle
L21052
5.7.2 Auto Cleaning Output Measurement/Setting (0621)
This procedure measures and corrects auto-cleaning

pump output.
[Selection]

Adjustment/Maintenance] → [0621 Auto Cleaning
Output Measurement/Setting]
1. Prepare the two measuring cups for auto-cleaning

output measurement.

(yellow).
3. Remove the No.2 crossover rack. No.2 Crossover Rack
NOTE: Do not remove the other crossover racks to

prevent splashing of washing water.
No.3 Crossover Rack

L21052
5-122
4. Install the measuring cups instead of the No.2 Measuring Cups

crossover rack as shown.
5. Click the [Start] button for “No.2”.
• The message bellow appears on the printer

operation panel.
#No.2 MEASURE
#START [YES] ? 5
6. Press the [Enter] key on the printer operation L21116
panel.
• The pump discharges washing water after the

ten second countdown.
NOTE: To stop the pump, press the [Enter] key.
• The alarm beeps once when the discharging is

completed.
7. Remove the measuring cups.
8. Place the measuring cups on a horizontal surface, Measuring Cups

read the liquid amount and record it.
9. Dispose of the water from the measuring cup.
10. Enter the recorded value in the “Measured value”

box for the “No.2”.
11. Reinstall the No.2 crossover rack and remove the

No.3 crossover rack.
12. Install the measuring cups instead of the No.3

crossover rack.
13. Repeat Steps 5 through 12 for No.3. L21117
14. Reinstall the No.3 crossover rack.
5-123
15. Repeat Steps 5 and 6 for “Dryer entrance rack”.

Dryer Entrance Rack
16. Remove the dryer entrance rack and check that it

is washed completely with washing water.
17. Reinstall the dryer entrance rack and close the

dryer unit.
L2236
5.7.3 Low Volume Processing Setup (0622)
This procedure sets up low volume processing.
[Selection]

Adjustment/Maintenance] → [0622 Low Volume
Processing Setup]
1. Select “YES” for “Low volume”.
2. Enter minimum processing amount in the box.
Range: 0.0 to 25.0
3. Enter minimum processing amount for last eight

days in the box.
Range: 0.0 to150.0
NOTE: Click the [Clear] button to clear all data.
5-124
5.7.4 Processor Temperature Calibration (0623)
This procedure calibrates the processor section

temperatures.
[Selection]

Adjustment/Maintenance] → [0623 Processor
Temperature Calibration] 5
1. Check that the display values have reached the
“Setting” temperatures.

(yellow).
5. Remove the P1 circulation filter and put it on the P1 Circulation Filter

circulation filter tray.
Circulation Filter Tray

L2233
6. Measure the temperature of the P1 processing P1 Sub-tank Thermometer

solution and record it.
7. Reinstall the filter by aligning the fastening tab

with the notch, and then turn it 90° clockwise.
8. If the “Setting” temperatures differ from the values

displayed, move the cursor to the “Measured
value” and enter the values recorded in Step 4.
Range: 0.0 to 99.9
P2 Sub-tank
10. Repeat Steps 4 through 9 for the P2 solution
L21047
temperature.
5-125
11. Measure the PS1/2/3 solution temperature at the

PS2 processing tank and record it. Thermometer
12. Repeat Steps 8 and 9 for the PS1/2/3 solution

temperature.
PS2 Sub-tank
L21048
13. Remove the water supply port inner cover and PS4 Sub-tank
rubber plug from the PS4 sub-tank.
14. Measure the PS4 solution temperature and record

it.
15. Repeat Steps 8 and 9 for the PS4 solution

temperature.
16. Reinstall the rubber plug, water supply port inner

cover and circulation filter tray.

Thermometer
• Operation returns to the menu screen. L21049
5-126
5.7.5 Processor Input Check (0624)
This procedure displays the status of the sensors.
[Selection]

Adjustment/Maintenance] → [0624 Processor Input
Check]
5
5-127
5.7.6 Processor Operating Condition Setup (0625)
This procedure sets up the processor operating

condition.
[Selection]

Operating Condition Setup]
1. Normally, the processor operating conditions are

set up as shown in the table below.
Rack auto cleaning ON

Dryer entrance rack auto clean ON
No. of prints for dryer entrance rack
1000
auto clean 1 to 9999
Auto intermittent driving ON
Forcible output to large size tray OFF
Energy saving mode ON
Ambient temperature correction ON
PS solution concentration monitor ON
Evaporation correction ON
Humidity Auto
PS rack cleaning OFF
Sorter Max. No. of sheets 50
Line speed for control strip High
5-128
5.7.7 Processing Temperature Setting (0640)
This procedure sets the processing temperatures.
[Selection]

Adjustment/Maintenance] → [0620 Processing
Temperature Setting]
1. Enter the numerical values of the “P1”, “P2” and

5
“PS” processing temperatures.
Range Initial Value

P1 40.0 to 45.0 43.0
P2 35.0 to 45.0 43.0
PS 42.0 to 47.0 45.0
5-129
5.7.8 Processor I/O Check (0642)

solenoids and sensors.
[Selection]

Adjustment/Maintenance] → [0642 Processor I/O
Check]
1. Click the required operation button.
• The respective motor or solenoid operates, if it

is normal. ↓ [Next page] [Prev. page] ↑
5-130
5.7.9 Processor Operation Data Display (0643)
This procedure displays the processor operation

data.
[Selection]

Operation Data Display] 5

5.7.10 PS Liquid Concentration Management (0644)
[Selection]

Adjustment/Maintenance] → [0644 PS Liquid
Concentration Management]
1. Enter level in the “Measurement level” box.
Standard Level:6
NOTE: The level may not be “6” according to the factory

adjustment.
3. Click the [Start] button for “Manual measurement”.
5-131
• The required setting level is displayed in the “OK

level” box.
5-132
5.8 Image Processing Section Adjustment/Maintenance (07)
5.8.1 Image Processing Section Information Display (0720)
The mounting status (free space, circuit board name

and status) of the DIMM and PCI slots in the image
processing circuit board box is displayed. Also DSP
conditions (Valid or Invalid) are displayed for GPA
circuit board.
[Selection]
5
[Setup and Maintenance] → [07 Image Processing
Section Adjustment/Maintenance] → [0720 Image
Processing Section Information Display]
1. Click the [Close] Button.
5.8.2 Image Processing Section I/O Check (0740)
The image processing section temperature, carrier

status (exist/none) and fan status are displayed.
[Selection]

Processing Section I/O Check]
5-133
5.8 Image Processing Section Adjustment/Maintenance (07)
5.8.3 Image Processing Section Function Setting (0741)
The mounting status (free space, circuit board name

and status) of the DIMM and PCI slots in the image
processing circuit board box is displayed. The DSP
conditions (Valid or Invalid) of the GPA circuit board
are changed between “Valid” and “Invalid”.
[Selection]

Processing Section Function Setting]
1. If any DSP is abnormal, change it to “Invalid” until

the GPA23 circuit board is replaced.
• Setting is registered and operation returns to the

menu screen.
5-134
5.9 Register/Delete
5.9.1 Shop Logo Regist/Delete (1020)
This procedure registers or deletes the shop logo that

appears on the index prints.
[Selection]
[Setup and Maintenance] → [10 Register/Delete] →

[1020 Shop Logo Regist/ Delete]
<Registration>
1. Insert the floppy disk containing the shop logo to
be registered into the floppy disk drive of the main
control unit.
2. Click the [Add] button.
Floppy Disk
z2041
• The “Media Selection” dialog box appears.
3. Select “FD” and click the [OK] button.
• The shop logo is displayed in the dialog box.
• The shop logo is registered.
<Deleting>
1. Select the shop logo to be deleted.
2. Click the [Delete] button.
• The shop logo is deleted from the list.
5-135
5.9 Register/Delete
5.9.2 Template Regist/Delete (1021)
See the “Installation Manual” of the optional Variety

Print Service software.
[Selection]

[1021 Template Regist/Delete]
5.9.3 Holiday File Regist/Delete (1022)
See the “Operating Instructions” of the optional

Variety Print Service software.
[Selection]

[1022 Holiday File Regist/Delete]
5.9.4 Custom Button Regist/Save (1023)
This menu is used to register the custom button

setting into the main control unit, using a floppy disk.
[Selection]

[1023 Custom Button Regist/Save]
5-136
5.9 Register/Delete
[Save] button: Customized setting registered in

the main control unit is saved into a
floppy disk.
[Regist] button: Customized setting data edited by
the PC is registered into the main
control unit from a floppy disk.
[Initialize] button: Customized setting is returned to
the initial setting.
<Registration>
5
1. Select “Function” or “Service” to be registered.
3. Insert the floppy disk for the custom button setting

edited by the Custom Button Setting Tool into the
floppy disk drive of the main control unit.
Custom Button Setting Floppy Disk

Z2041
• The customized setting is registered into the

main control unit.
5-137
5.9 Register/Delete
<Saving>
1. Select “Function” or “Service” to be saved.
2. Click the [Save] button.
3. Insert the formatted floppy disk into the floppy disk

drive of the main control unit.
Floppy Disk
Z2041
• Custom button setting data is saved from the

main control unit to the floppy disk.
<Initializing>
1. Select “Function” or “Service” to be initialized.
2. Click the [Initialize] button.
• Selected customized setting is returned to the

initial setting.
5-138
5.10 Help (21)/Self-Diagnostics (Scanner)(22)/Self-Diagnostics (Printer)(23)
Refer to the separate Service Manual “Self-

Diagnostic/Trouble Help”.
5.11 Special Operations (99)
5.11.1 Paint (9940) 5

Follow this procedure to use “Paint”.
[Selection]
[Setup and Maintence] → [99 Special Operations] →

[9940 Paint]
NOTE: For information on “Paint” operations, see the

Windows® 2000 manual.
1. Click “File” and “Exit” on the upper left-hand side

of the screen.
NOTE: Be sure not to click the emergency button.
5.11.2 Explorer (9941)
Follow this procedure to use “Explorer”.
[Selection]

[9941 Explorer]
NOTE: For information on “Explorer” operations, see the

Windows® 2000 manual.
1. Click “File” and “Exit” on the upper left-hand side

of the screen.
NOTE: Be sure not to click the emergency button.
5-139
5.11 Special Operations (99)
5.11.3 Command (9942)
Follow this procedure to perform MS-DOS command

operations.
[Selection]

[9942 Command]
NOTE: For information on “Command” operations, see the

MS-DOS® manual.
1. Click the [X] button on the upper right-hand side of

the screen.
5-140
6. OPERATION SECTION
Parts Location......................................................................................... 6-2
6.1 Monitor..................................................................................................... 6-3

6.1.1 Monitor Replacement .............................................................................................. 6-3
6.2 Mouse/Keyboard/Light Box (Optional) ................................................. 6-4

6.2.1 Mouse Replacement................................................................................................ 6-4
6.2.2 Operation Keyboard Assembly Removal/Reinstallation ..................................... 6-4
6.2.3 Operation Keyboard Circuit Board Replacement................................................. 6-5
6.2.4 Operation Keyboard Replacement......................................................................... 6-5
6.2.5 Light Box (Optional) Replacement......................................................................... 6-6
6.2.6 Light Box (Optional) Switch Replacement ............................................................ 6-7 6
6.2.7 Table Upper Cover Removal/Reinstallation .......................................................... 6-7
6-1
Parts Location
Mouse
Monitor
Light Box (Optional)
Operation Keyboard
Table Upper Cover
Table Lower Cover
Z2440
6-2
6.1 Monitor
6.1.1 Monitor Replacement
Removal

the system.
2. Turn OFF the built-in circuit breaker and

disconnect the power cord from the wall outlet.
Monitor Cable
3. Disconnect the monitor cable from the main
control unit.
6
Z2027
4. Disconnect the power supply cable from the Monitor

monitor.
5. Remove the monitor from the table.
Installation

removal.
After installation, perform the following adjustments.
1) Monitor setting (See Instruction Manual of the

Monitor).
Power Supply Cable
2) Menu 0222 “Monitor Adjustment” Z2086
6-3
6.2 Mouse/Keyboard/Light Box (Optional)
6.2.1 Mouse Replacement
Removal

operational checks.
2. Disconnect the mouse cable from the main control

unit.
3. Open the two harness clamps.
4. Pass the mouse cable through the hole in the

tablemat.
Harness Clamps (2)

Mouse Cable
Z2207
Installation Groove in Table
1. Pass the mouse cable through the hole in the Table Mat
table mat and connect it to the main control unit.
2. Align the mouse with the right end of the table and
fit in the cable into the groove in the table as
shown.
Mouse
Z2025
6.2.2 Operation Keyboard Assembly Removal/Reinstallation
Removal Screw
Operation Keyboard Assembly

the system.

3. Remove the screw and then the operation

keyboard assembly.
Z2106
6-4
4. Disconnect the harness connector from the Operation Keyboard

operation keyboard circuit board. Circuit Board
Reinstallation
Reinstallation is essentially in the reverse order of

removal. Harness Connector
Z2107 6
6.2.3 Operation Keyboard Circuit Board Replacement
Removal Operation Keyboard

Circuit Board
1. Remove the operation keyboard
Connector
2. Remove the four screws and then the operation

keyboard circuit board.
3. Release the lock of the connector and disconnect Screws (4)

the flexible cable from the circuit board.
Flexible Cable
Installation Z2113

removal.
6.2.4 Operation Keyboard Replacement
Removal Keyboard Bracket

Screws (3)
1. Remove the operation keyboard

2. Remove the three screws and then the keyboard

bracket.
Z2114
6-5
3. Remove the four screws and then the keyboard. Circuit Board
Screws (4)
4. Release the lock of the connector and disconnect
Connector
Installation
Operation Keyboard
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of Flexible Cable
removal. Z2115
6.2.5 Light Box (Optional) Replacement
Removal Light Box

Screw

the system.

3. Remove the screw, then the light box cover and

light box.
Light Box Cover

Z2116
4. Disconnect the harness connector.
Light Box
Harness
Connector
Installation

removal.
Z2117
6-6
6.2.6 Light Box (Optional) Switch Replacement
Removal Harness Connector Connector
1. Remove the light box(See Subsection 6.2.5).
2. Disconnect the harness connector. Lock Tabs
3. Release the lock tabs and remove the switch from

the cover.
6
Installation
Light Box Switch
removal. Z2118
6.2.7 Table Upper Cover Removal/Reinstallation
Removal Seals (2)
1. Remove:
• Scanner section front cover

• Operation keyboard assembly
(See Subsection 6.2.2)).
• Light box (optional)(See Subsection 6.2.5).
2. Peel the two seals from the center of the scanner

base covers. Screws (2)
Base Covers (2)

3. Remove the two screws and then the two scanner Z2105
base covers.
6-7
4. Peel the seal from the left-hand rear of the table. Seal Screw
5. If the light box is not used, remove the screw and

then the light box section cover.
6. Remove the five screws and then the table upper

cover.
Reinstallation
Screws (5)
Light Box Section Cover
Reinstallation is essentially in the reverse order of Table Upper Cover
removal.
Z2108
6-8
7. FILM CARRIER SECTION
Parts Location......................................................................................... 7-3

7.1 Auto Film Carrier NC100AY (Pressure Cover Section) ....................... 7-9
7.1.1 Pressure Cover Removal/Reinstallation ............................................................... 7-9
7.1.2 MRH23 (Magnetic Reading Head) Circuit Board Replacement ........................... 7-9
7.1.3 MWH20 (Magnetic Writing Head) Circuit Board Replacement .......................... 7-10
7.1.4 IX240 Leading End/Trailing End/Bar Code Sensor LED (D116L)/LEE23
Circuit Board Replacement ................................................................................ 7-10
7.1.5 135 Leading End Sensor LED (D101L)/LEE22 Circuit Board Replacement ..... 7-11
7.1.6 135 Downstream Perforation Sensor LED (D103L)/LEE22 Circuit Board
Replacement ........................................................................................................ 7-11
7.1.7 135 Feed Roller Replacement............................................................................... 7-12
7.1.8 LBF23 Circuit Board Replacement ...................................................................... 7-13
7.1.9 IX240 Feed Roller Replacement ........................................................................... 7-14
7.1.10 IX240 Dust Removal Roller Replacement............................................................ 7-15 7
7.1.11 Dummy Head Replacement .................................................................................. 7-17
7.1.12 Magnetic Reading Head (D124) Replacement..................................................... 7-17
7.1.13 Magnetic Writing Head (MG101) Replacement ................................................... 7-18
7.1.14 Pressure Cover Hinge Replacement.................................................................... 7-19
7.1.15 Pressure Mask Replacement................................................................................ 7-22
7.1.16 Pressure Cover Open/Close Detecting Pin Position Adjustment ..................... 7-23
7.1.17 Flexible Cable (LBF23 to JNC23) Replacement .................................................. 7-24
7.1.18 Machine Data Writing ............................................................................................ 7-25
7.2 NC100AY Lower Feed Section............................................................. 7-26
7.2.1 Feed Section Unit Removal/Reinstallation.......................................................... 7-26
7.2.2 Winding Unit Removal/Reinstallation.................................................................. 7-30
7.2.3 Winding Roller Replacement................................................................................ 7-30
7.2.4 Feed Motor (M101) Replacement ......................................................................... 7-32
7.2.5 JNC23 Circuit Board Replacement ...................................................................... 7-36
7.2.6 Feed Roller Rotation Sensor (D135)/SSE23 Circuit Board Replacement......... 7-37
7.2.7 135 Downstream Perforation Sensor (D103)/DTE22 Circuit Board Replacement.......... 7-37
7.2.8 Solenoid (S101) Replacement .............................................................................. 7-38
7.2.9 Reading Head Opposite Roller Replacement ..................................................... 7-38
7.2.10 Magnetic Reading Adjustment ............................................................................. 7-39
7.2.11 Writing Head Opposite Roller Replacement ....................................................... 7-40
7.2.12 IX240 Lower Dust Removal Roller Replacement ................................................ 7-40
7.2.13 Slide Rail Replacement ......................................................................................... 7-41
7.2.14 Pressure Cover Open/Close Sensor (D128) Replacement ................................ 7-41
7.2.15 Harness Cover Removal/Reinstallation............................................................... 7-42
7.2.16 135 Leading End Sensor (D101P)/DTG23 Circuit Board Replacement............. 7-42
DTE23 Circuit Board Replacement .................................................................... 7-43
7.2.18 DTB23 Circuit Board Replacement ...................................................................... 7-43
7.2.19 DTF23 Circuit Board Replacement ...................................................................... 7-44
7.2.20 DBF23 Circuit Board Replacement ...................................................................... 7-44
7.2.21 Dummy Head Opposite Roller Replacement ...................................................... 7-45
7.2.22 Lane Change Lever/Arm Replacement................................................................ 7-46
7.2.23 Pressure Cover Lock Lever Replacement........................................................... 7-47
7.2.24 Feed Roller/Belt Replacement.............................................................................. 7-48
7.2.25 Flexible Cable (CYA23 to JNC23) Replacement ................................................. 7-50
7-1
7.3 NC100AY Nest Section......................................................................... 7-52

7.3.1 Nest Section Cover Removal/Reinstallation ....................................................... 7-52
7.3.2 Left-hand Front Cover Removal/Reinstallation .................................................. 7-52
7.3.3 Nest Section Unit Removal/Reinstallation .......................................................... 7-53
7.3.4 Nest Section/135 Entrance Guide-to-Feed Section Alignment Adjustment..... 7-56
7.3.5 135/IX240 Lane Change Phase Adjustment ........................................................ 7-59
7.3.6 SSB23 Circuit Board Replacement ...................................................................... 7-61
7.3.7 135 Entrance Guide Removal/Reinstallation ...................................................... 7-61
7.3.8 135 Entrance Guide Brush Replacement ............................................................ 7-62
7.3.9 Gear Bracket Replacement................................................................................... 7-62
7.3.10 Supply Motor Home Position Sensor (D122)/SSD23 Circuit Board
Replacement ........................................................................................................ 7-63
7.3.11 IPI Sensor (D121)/SSA23 Circuit Board Replacement ....................................... 7-63
7.3.12 Cartridge Holder Assembly Replacement........................................................... 7-65
7.3.13 Spool Gear Replacement ...................................................................................... 7-66
7.3.14 Cartridge Release Lever Assembly Replacement .............................................. 7-66
7.3.15 Supply Motor (M102) Replacement...................................................................... 7-67
7.3.16 Keyboard (D131~D134)/MSC22 Circuit Board Replacement ............................. 7-68
7.3.17 Indicator Lamp (L/P101)/LEH23 Circuit Board Replacement ............................ 7-69
7.4 NC100AY Body Section........................................................................ 7-70
7.4.1 Carrier Cover Removal/Reinstallation ................................................................. 7-70
7.4.2 Load Harness Replacement ................................................................................. 7-70
7.4.3 135/IX240 Feed Lane Position Sensor (D129/D130) Replacement .................... 7-71
7.4.4 Plug-in Connector Replacement .......................................................................... 7-72
7.4.5 Bottom Cover Removal/Reinstallation ................................................................ 7-73
7.4.6 CYA23 Circuit Board Replacement...................................................................... 7-74
7.4.7 NC100AY Unit Replacement ................................................................................. 7-80
7.5 Multi-film Carrier MFC10AY (Optional) ............................................... 7-81
7.5.1 Right-hand, Left-hand and Circuit Board Cover Removal/Reinstallation ........ 7-81
7.5.2 CYB23Circuit Board Replacement....................................................................... 7-81
7.5.3 Flexible Cable Replacement ................................................................................. 7-82
7.5.4 MSB23 Circuit Board Replacement ..................................................................... 7-84
7.5.5 Solenoid (S480) Replacement .............................................................................. 7-84
7.5.6 Mask Table Slider Position Sensor (D486) Replacement .................................. 7-85
7.5.7 Mask Cover Gear Replacement............................................................................ 7-86
7.5.9 Slider Bracket Assembly Replacement ............................................................... 7-89
7.5.10 Mask Table Lock Unit Replacement .................................................................... 7-90
7.5.11 Mask Table Lock Unit Spring Replacement ........................................................ 7-91
7.6 Carrier Base Section ............................................................................ 7-92
7.6.2 Carrier Base Assembly Removal/Reinstallation................................................. 7-94
7.6.3 Carrier Lock Sensor (D208) Replacement........................................................... 7-96
7.6.4 Carrier Lock Assembly Removal/Reinstallation................................................. 7-96
7.6.5 Lock Release Shaft Disassembly/Reassembly................................................... 7-98
7.6.6 Roller/Arm Replacement....................................................................................... 7-99
7.6.7 Lock Release Arm Replacement ........................................................................ 7-100
7.6.8 Lock Arm Replacement....................................................................................... 7-100
7-2
Parts Location
● Auto Film Carrier NC100AY (Pressure Cover Top-view)
Magnetic Reading
Head (D124) Pressure Mask
MRH23 Circuit Board Height Adjustment Screw
Dummy Head IX240 Dust
Removal Roller Magnetic Writing
LEE1 Circuit Head (MG101)
Board (D116L)
IX240 Winding Unit 7
MWH20
Circuit Board
LEE22 Circuit
Board (D101L)
Pressure Cover
LBF23 Circuit Board (D102L/D104L/D106L/
Open/Close Sensor
D108L/D109L/D110L/D111L/D112L/D114L/
LEE1 Circuit Pin Position Adjusting Screw
D115L/D117L/D118L/D119L)
Board (D103L)
Z2441
7-3
Parts Location
● Auto Film Carrier NC100AY (Pressure Cover Bottom-view )
D114L D102L
DD115L
135 Upper Mask
D108L
D112L
D103L
D111L
D101L
D104L
D110L
D109L
D106L
D119L
D116L
D118L
Magnetic Writing
Head (MG101)
D117L
IX240 Upper Mask
Magnetic Reading
Head (D124) Pressure Mask
IX240 Dust
Removal Roller
Z2442
Symbol Name Symbol Name

D101L 135 Leading End Sensor LED D111L 135 Front Inner Frame Sensor LED
D102L 135 Upstream Perforation Sensor LED D112L 135 Front Outer Frame Sensor LED
D103L 135 Downstream Perforation Sensor LED D114L 135 Rear Panorama Sensor LED
D104L 135 Check Tape Sensor LED D115L 135 Front Panorama Sensor LED
IX240 Leading End/Trailing End/Bar Code
D106L 135 Rear Bar Code Sensor LED D116L
Sensor LED
D108L 135 Front Bar Code Sensor LED D117L IX240 Perforation Sensor LED
IX240 Front Unexposed Frame Sensor
D109L 135 Rear Outer Frame Sensor LED D118L
LED
IX240 Rear Unexposed Frame Sensor
D110L 135 Rear Inner Frame Sensor LED D119L
LED
7-4
Parts Location
● Auto Film Carrier NC100AY (Lower Feed Section Top-view)
JNC23 Circuit Board

Plug-in Connector IX240 Lower Mask
SSD23 Circuit
Board (D122) Solenoid (S101) Feed Motor (M101)
Supply Motor
(M102)
D116P
7
D118P D117P
D119P
Feed Lane
Switching
D106P
SSA23 Circuit D109P Lever
D110P
Board (D121) D101P
D104P
D111P
D112P
D108P
D103P
D115P D102P
D114P
D128
Next Section
Unit
SSB23 Circuit
Board (D120/D123) IX240 Feed Lane 135 Feed Lane
Door Motor 135 Lower Mask Position Sensor Position Sensor
(M104) (D129)
(D130)
Z2443
7-5
Parts Location
● Auto Film Carrier NC100AY (Lower Feed Section Bottom-view)
DBF23 Circuit Board

(D104P/D106P/D108P/ DTE22 Circuit Board (D103P)
D109P/D110P/D111P/
Pressure Cover Open/Close Sensor (D128)
D112P/D114P/D115P)
DTG23 Circuit Board

(D101P)
DTF23 Circuit
Board (D102P)
DTE23 Circuit
Board (D116P)
DTB23 Circuit
Board
(D117P/D118P/
D119P)
Dummy Head
Opposite Roller
Writing Head Opposite Roller
Reading Head Opposite Roller
SSE23 Circuit Board (D135)
IX240 lower Dust Removal Roller
Z2445
Symbol Name Symbol Name

D101P 135 Leading End Sensor D115P 135 Front Panorama Sensor
IX240 Leading End/Trailing End/Bar Code
D102P 135 Upstream Perforation Sensor D116P
Sensor
D103P 135 Downstream Perforation Sensor D117P IX240 Perforation Sensor
D104P 135 Check Tape Sensor D118P IX240 Front Unexposed Frame Sensor
135 Rear Bar Code Sensor
D106P D119P IX240 Rear Unexposed Frame Sensor
135 Rear Outer Bar Code Sensor
135 Front Bar Code Sensor
D108P D120 Door Open Close Sensor
135 Front Outer Bar Code Sensor
D109P 135 Rear Outer Frame Sensor D121 IPI Sensor
D110P 135 Rear Inner Frame Sensor D122 Supply Motor Home Position Sensor
D111P 135 Front Inner Frame Sensor D123 Cartridge Set Sensor
D112P 135 Front Outer Frame Sensor D135 Feed Roller Rotation Sensor
D114P 135 Rear Panorama Sensor
7-6
Parts Location
● Multi-film Carrier MFC10AY(Optional) Top-view
Solenoid CYB23 Circuit Board Mask Table Slider

Position Sensor (D486)
Plug-in Connector
Mask Cover
Buffer Gear
Box
MSB23 Circuit Board (D480 to D484)
Z2211
7-7
Parts Location
● Carrier Base Section
Plug-in Connector
Film Carrier Lock Unit
Magnet
Carrier Base
Film Carrier Lock Release Lever
Carrier Base Slide Guides
Z2446
7-8
7.1 Auto Film Carrier NC100AY (Pressure Cover Section)
7.1.1 Pressure Cover Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
1. Open the carrier cover.
2. Remove the three screws and then the pressure

upper cover.
Reinstallation
Reinstallation is essentially in the reverse order of Pressure Upper Cover

Screws (3)
7
removal.
Z2252
7.1.2 MRH23 (Magnetic Reading Head) Circuit Board Replacement
Removal Circuit Board Cover Screw
1. Remove the pressure upper cover

(See Subsection 7.1.1). Flexible Cable

the flexible cable.
3. Remove the screw and then the circuit board

cover.
Lock
Z2481
4. Disconnect the harness from the CN1 connector. Screws (3)

CN1 Connector
CN2 Connector
5. Release the lock of the CN2 connector and
disconnect the flexible cable.
6. Remove the three screws and then the circuit

board.
Installation
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of MRH23 Circuit Board Flexible Cable
removal.
Z2253
7-9
7.1.3 MWH20 (Magnetic Writing Head) Circuit Board Replacement
Removal Flexible Cable

Screw
2. Disconnect the harness from the CN1 connector.
3. Release the lock of the CN2 connector and

4. Remove the screw and then the circuit board.
Installation
CN2 Connector CN1 Connector
removal. Z2254
NOTE: Align the hole in the circuit board with the locating
boss.
7.1.4 IX240 Leading End/Trailing End/Bar Code Sensor LED (D116L)/

LEE23 Circuit Board Replacement
Removal Sensor LED (D116L)/

Screw LEE23 Circuit Board
2. Disconnect the connector from the circuit board.
Installation

removal.
NOTE: • Tighten the screw while pressing the circuit board

against the shoulder. Connector
• Perform “Machine Data Writing” Z2255
7-10
7.1.5 135 Leading End Sensor LED (D101L)/LEE22 Circuit Board

Replacement
Removal Screw

Installation
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of 7

removal.
Connector
NOTE: • Tighten the screw while pressing the circuit board Sensor LED (D101L)/
against the shoulder. LEE22 Circuit Board
7.1.6 135 Downstream Perforation Sensor LED (D103L)/

LEE22 Circuit Board Replacement
Removal Connector
Screw
Installation

removal.
NOTE: • Tighten the screw while pressing the circuit board Sensor LED (D103L)/LEE22 Circuit Board
against the shoulder.
Z2257
• Perform “Machine Data Writing”
7-11
7.1.7 135 Feed Roller Replacement
Removal Screw
Screws (2 for each plate)

2. Remove the screw and then the D101L.
3. Remove the two screws and then the roller

retainer plate.
D101L
Roller Retainer Plate
Z2258
4. Remove the two coil springs, four poly-sliders, two Screws (2)
rollers and shaft.
Roller Retainer
Rollers (2)
Springs (2)
Installation
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of Poly-sliders (4)

Shaft
removal.
Z2259
7-12
7.1.8 LBF23 Circuit Board Replacement
LBF23 Circuit Board

D102L: 135 upstream perforation sensor LED
D104L: 135 check tape sensor LED
D106L: 135 rear bar code sensor LED
D108L: 135 front bar code sensor LED
D109L: 135 rear outer frame sensor LED
D110L: 135 rear inner frame sensor LED
D111L: 135 front inner frame sensor LED
D112L: 135 front outer frame sensor LED
D114L: 135 rear perforation sensor LED
D115L: 135 front perforation sensor LED
D117L: IX240 perforation sensor LED 7
D118L: IX240 front unexposed frame sensor LED
D119L: IX240 rear unexposed frame sensor LED

Screws (2)
2. Disconnect the three harness connectors from the

LBF23 circuit board.
3. Release the lock of the LBF1 connector and

4. Remove the two screws and then the circuit

board.
Harness Connectors LBF1 Connector

Installation
LBF23 Circuit Board
Z2260
removal.
NOTE: • Tighten the screws while pressing the circuit board

• Insert the flexible cable into the connector so that
its blue contact area disappears.
7-13
7.1.9 IX240 Feed Roller Replacement
Removal Screw (1 each)

2. Remove the screw and then the roller retainer

plate.
Roller Retainer Plate

Z2261
3. Remove the two springs, four poly-sliders, two

rollers and shaft.
Rollers (2)
Springs (2)
Poly-sliders (4)
Shaft
Z2262
7-14
Installation
Springs (Black)(2)
removal.
NOTE: Install the two black (strong) springs to the entrance

side and the four white (weak) springs to the exit
side.
7
Springs (White)(4)
Z2263
7.1.10 IX240 Dust Removal Roller Replacement
Removal Screws (2)

2. Remove the two screws and then the harness

guide.
Harness Guide
Z2485
3. Loosen the two screws and then the dust removal Screws (2)
roller.
Dust Removal Roller

Z2264
7-15
4. Remove the two coil springs. Springs (2)
Z2265
Installation

removal.
NOTE: • Tighten the two dust removal roller fixing screws

fully and loosen them three turns.
Screws (2) (Loosen 3 turns.)

Z2266
• After installation, insert a film and turn the roller Dust Removal Roller
cleaning knob. The dust removal roller should be Film
locked when the knob is turned to the feed
direction and turned when the knob is turned to
the return direction
Roller Cleaning Knob

Z2267
7-16
7.1.11 Dummy Head Replacement
Removal Cuircuit Board Cover Flexible Cable


the flexible cable from the LBF23 circuit board.
Lock
7
LBF23 Circuit Board
Z2482
3. Remove the screw (M3×8) and then the dummy Hole

head.
Locating Pin
Installation

removal.
Dummy Head
NOTE: Align the hole in the dummy head with the locating Screw (M3×8)
pin. Z2269
7.1.12 Magnetic Reading Head (D124) Replacement
Removal Connector


Flexible Cable
Z2270
7-17
3. Remove the screw and then the magnetic reading Magnetic Reading Head (D124)
head.
Installation

removal.
NOTE: After installation, perform the magnetic reading Screw

adjustment (See Subsection 7.2.10). Z2271
7.1.13 Magnetic Writing Head (MG101) Replacement


Connector
Z2272
3. Remove the screw and then the magnetic writing Magnetic Writing Head (MG101)
head.
Installation Screw

Z2273
removal.
7-18
7.1.14 Pressure Cover Hinge Replacement
Removal Load Harness Connector Cover

2. Remove the screw and then the load harness

connector cover.
Screw
7
Z2229
3. Remove the screw securing the load harness Screw

clamp.
Clamp
Z2297
4. Remove the screw and then the JNC23 circuit Circuit Board Cover
board cover.
Screw
Z2293
7-19
5. Disconnect all connectors from the JNC23 circuit Flexible Cable

board.
JNC23 Circuit Board
Connector
Screws (2)
Z2294
6. Remove the four hex. socket head bolts and then

the pressure cover.
Hex. Socket Head Bolts (4)

Z2298
7. Remove the four screws and then the both hinges.
Screws (4) Hinge
Hinge
Z2299
7-20
Installation Screws (2)

removal.
NOTE: • Tighten the screws while pressing the hinge

against the pressure cover.
• Perform the level adjustment described below.
Hinge
Hinge Screws (2)

Z2300
<Level Adjustment>
7
1. Reinstall the pressure cover and loosely tighten Pressure Cover
the four hex. socket head bolts.
2. Lock the pressure cover and tighten the four hex.

socket head bolts while pressing the cover down
and against the rear.
Z2301

Z2302
7-21
7.1.15 Pressure Mask Replacement
Removal Screws (2)
1. Remove the 135F upper mask.
2. Remove the two screws and then the pressure

mask.
Pressure Mask
Z2291
Installation
1. Temporarily install the pressure mask using the

two screws.
135F
Upper Mask
2. Reinstall the 135 F upper mask.
3. Align the 135 F upper mask with the lower mask

and tighten the two screws securely.
4. Perform the pressure mask height adjustment 135F Lower Mask

described below.
Pressure Mask
Z2292
<Pressure Mask Height Adjustment>
1. Remove the pressure upper cover Locknut

2. Close the pressure cover and loosen the locknut.
Z2303
7-22
3. Turn the hex. socket head setscrew with the Locknut

1.5mm hex wrench so that the clearance between Hex Socket Head Setscrew
the 135F upper mask and the lower mask is
specified value.
Specified Clearance: 0.7 to 0.9 mm
4. Apply thread locking agent to the setscrew and

tighten the locknut. 135F
Upper Mask
Thread Locking Agent: LOCTITE 425 or equivalent
0.7 to 0.9mm
7
135F Lower Mask
Z2304
7.1.16 Pressure Cover Open/Close Detecting Pin Position Adjustment

2. Connect the Auto Film Carrier NC100AY to the

plug-in connector of the scanner using a carrier
extension cable.
3. Open the Menu 0421 “NC100AY Input Check” Lock Screw
screen.
4. Loosen the locknut.

Pin
5. Close the pressure cover and turn the pin to find a Locknut
point that “D128” just turns “Open” and “Close”. Z2268
6. Screw in the pin 1.25 turns.
7. Apply thread locking agent to the threads of the

pin and tighten the locknut securely.
Thread Locking Agent: LOCTITE 425 or equivalent
8. Disconnect the carrier extension cable and

reinstall the pressure upper cover.
7-23
7.1.17 Flexible Cable (LBF23 to JNC23) Replacement
Removal Cuircuit Board Cover Flexible Cable


the flexible cable from the LBF23 circuit board.
3. Peel the flexible cable from the adhesive tape on Lock

the circuit board cover.
LBF23 Circuit Board

Z2482
4. Remove the screw and then the JNC23 circuit Circuit Board Cover
board cover.
Screw
Z2293
5. Release the lock of the connector and peel the Flexible Cable
flexible cable from the adhesive tape on the
JNC23 circuit board.
Lock
Adhesive Tape
JNC23 Circuit Board

Z2483
7-24
Installation

removal.
NOTE: • Attach two new adhesive tapes to the new flexible

cable by referring the tape positions on the
removed cable.
• Attach the flexible cable to the circuit board cover
so that its crease is 3mm in front of the cover edge
as shown.
3mm
Cover Flexible Cable 7
Z2484
7.1.18 Machine Data Writing
1. Install the carrier to the scanner.
2. Open the Menu 0443 “NC100AY Sensor

Calibration Information” screen.
3. Click the [RUN] button.
• The sensors are calibrated and their data are

displayed.
4. Click the [FlashROM Writing] button.
• Data are written into the FlashROM on the

CYA23 circuit board.
6. Click the [HD Writing] button.
• Data are written into the HD of the main control

unit.
7-25
7.2 NC100AY Lower Feed Section
7.2.1 Feed Section Unit Removal/Reinstallation
Removal Screw
1. Remove the nest section cover

2. Remove the screw and then the interlock rack.
Interlock Rack
Z2227
3. Remove the screw and then the load harness Load Harness Connector Cover
connector cover.
Screw
Z2229
4. Remove the screw and then the harness clamp. Screw

Clamp
5. Remove the screw securing the grounding wire.
6. Disconnect the S101 and M101 connectors.
M101 Connector
Screw/Grounding Wire
S101 Connector
Z2230
7-26
7. Close the pressure cover.
8. Remove the two M2 screws securing the feed

section.
M2 Screws (2)
Z2231
9. Move the feed section in the neutral position. Neutral Position

7
Feed Section
Z2232
10. Turn over the carrier. Screws (4)
11. Remove the four screws securing the feed

section.
Z2233
7-27
12. Hold the feed section and turn back the carrier.
Z2234
13. Remove the two screws and then the front cover Screws (2)
by pushing it to the rear.
Front Cover
Z2235
14. Remove the screw and then the right-hand front Screw
cover by turning it clockwise.
Right-hand
Front Cover
Tab Hole
Z2236
7-28
15. Move the feed section unit toward the rear and lift
its front up as shown.
Z2237
16. Release the lock of the connector and lower Connector

flexible cable from the JNC23 circuit board.
7
Lower Flexible Cable

Z2238
17. Release the lock of the connector and disconnect Connector

the upper flexible cable from the JNC23 circuit
board.
18. Remove the feed section unit.
Reinstallation

removal.
NOTE: • Insert the flexible cable into the connector so that Upper Flexible Cable
its blue contact area disappears. Z2239
• Align the phase when installing the interlock rack
7-29
7.2.2 Winding Unit Removal/Reinstallation
Removal Screw
1. Remove the screw and then the gear cover.
Gear Cover
Z2274
2. Remove the two screws and then the winding unit. Winding Unit
Reinstallation
Screws (2)
Reinstallation is essentially in the reverse order of Z2275
removal.
7.2.3 Winding Roller Replacement
Removal E-ring
1. Remove the winding unit (See Subsection 7.2.2).
2. Remove the E-ring and then the roller cleaning

knob.
Roller Cleaning Knob

Z2276
7-30
3. Remove the E-ring and poly-slider.
E-ring
Poly-slider
Z2277
7
4. Remove the two screws and then the feed guide.
Feed Guide Screws (2)

Z2278
5. Remove the shaft, roller and bearing. Winding Roller
Shaft
Bearing
Z2279
7-31
6. Remove the two coil springs, three E-rings and Left-hand Side Roller Assembly
left-hand side roller assembly.
Springs (2)
E-rings (3)
Z2280
7. Remove the two coil springs, three E-rings and

Right-hand Side
right-hand side roller assembly. Roller Assembly
Springs (2)
Installation

E-rings (3)
removal.
Z2281
7.2.4 Feed Motor (M101) Replacement
Removal Load Harness Connector Cover
1. Remove the winding unit (See Subsection 7.2.2).
2. Remove the screw and then the load harness

connector cover.
Screw
Z2229
7-32
3. Disconnect the M101 connector. M101 Connector
Z2282
4. Loosen the screw securing the belt tensioner. 7
Belt Tensioner Fixing Screw

Z2284
5. Remove the two screws securing the motor

bracket.
Motor Bracket Screws (2)

Z2283
7-33
6. Disengage the belt from the pulleys and remove Motor Bracket
the motor bracket.
Belt
Z2285
7. Remove the screw, spring and then the tensioner. Tensioner
Spring
Screw
Z2286
8. Remove the E-ring, spacer, two bearings and Tensioner Pulley

tensioner pulley.
E-ring
Spacer
Bearings (2)
Z2287
7-34
9. Remove the E-ring, spacer and two bearings. E-ring

Spacer
10. Remove the two screws and then the motor
Bearings (2)
bracket.
Motor (M101)
Motor Harness
Screws (2)
Motor Bracket
Z2288 7
Motor Bracket

removal.
NOTE: • Install the bracket to the motor so that the harness

is positioned as shown in the figure above.
• Install the motor bracket while engaging the belt
with the pulleys as shown.
Motor Pulley
• Adjust belt tension by following the steps below.
Belt Tensioner Pulley

Z2289
<Belt Tension Adjustment>
1. Temporarily tighten the tensioner fixing screw. Belt Tensioner Fixing

Screw
2. Rotate the motor gear ten turns in both direction.
Push the tensioner toward the left side, then
release it and tighten the tensioner fixing screw.
(Push)
Motor Gear Tensioner

Z2290
7-35
7.2.5 JNC23 Circuit Board Replacement
Removal Circuit Board Cover

cover.
Screw
Z2293
2. Release the lock of the connector and peel the Flexible Cable
flexible cable from the adhesive tape on the circuit
board.
JNC23 Circuit Board
3. Disconnect all harness connector from the circuit
board.
board.
Connector
Screws (2)
Z2294
5. Release the locks of the connectors and Connectors (2)

disconnect the two flexible cables from the circuit
board.
Flexible Cables (2)

Z2295
7-36
Installation JNC23 Circuit Board

removal.
NOTE: • Attach the adhesive tape to the circuit board near

the flexible cable connector. Make sure the
adhesive tape does not interfere with the lock of
the connector.
• Release the lock of the connector and attach the
flexible cable to the adhesive tape. Secure the
flexible cable with the lock of the connector.
• Insert the flexible cable into the connector so that Adhesive Tape Connector
Z2496
7.2.6 Feed Roller Rotation Sensor (D135)/SSE23 Circuit Board Replacement 7

Removal Sensor (D135) Screw
1. Remove the feed section unit

2. Remove the screw and then the sensor.
3. Disconnect the connector from the sensor.
Installation
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
Connector
Z2305
boss.
7.2.7 135 Downstream Perforation Sensor (D103)/DTE22 Circuit Board Replacement
Removal Connector
Screw
Installation
NOTE: • Tighten the screw while pressing the circuit board Sensor (D103)
7-37
7.2.8 Solenoid (S101) Replacement
Removal

2. Place the feed section unit upside down and

remove the screw securing the solenoid.
3. Return the feed section unit and remove the

solenoid. Solenoid (S101)
Installation Screw
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of Z2307
removal.
7.2.9 Reading Head Opposite Roller Replacement
Removal Screws (2)

2. Remove the two screws and then the leaf spring.
Leaf Spring
Z2308
3. Remove the screw, then the roller assembly and Eccentric Pin
eccentric pin.
Screw Roller Assembly

Z2309
7-38
Installation Screw

Roller Assembly
removal. Eccentric Pin
NOTE: • Install the roller assembly so that the groove of the

eccentric pin is at right angle with the film feed
lane as shown.
• Perform “Magnetic Reading Adjustment”
Eccentric Pin
Z2310
7
7.2.10 Magnetic Reading Adjustment
Perform this adjustment after replacing the magnetic

head and/or opposite roller.
1. Perform Menu 0452 “NC100AY Magnetic

Information Reading” (See Subsection 5.5.21).
2. If the result is “NG”, perform the following

adjustment.
<Adjustment>
1) Remove the bottom cover (See Subsection 7.4.5).
2) Connect the carrier to the plug-in connector of the

scanner by using a extension harness and set the
carrier to the IX240 feed lane.
3) Loosen the screw securing the opposite roller.
4) Turn the eccentric pin 45 degrees clockwise and

perform Menu 0452.
5) If the result is still “NG”, repeat Menu 0452 with Opposite Roller Screw
the eccentric pin in 90 degrees clockwise, 45 and
Eccentric Pin
90 degrees counterclockwise positions in this
Z2311
order to find “OK” point.
6) Secure the opposite roller by tightening the screw.
7) Disconnect the extension cable and reinstall the

bottom cover.
7-39
7.2.11 Writing Head Opposite Roller Replacement
Removal Retainer Plate

2. Remove the screw and then the retainer plate.
Screw
Z2312
3. Remove the two springs, roller and two poly- Springs (2)
sliders.
Poly-sliders (2)
Installation

removal. Roller
Z2313
7.2.12 IX240 Lower Dust Removal Roller Replacement
Removal IX240 Lower Dust Removal Roller

2. Place the feed section unit upside down.
3. Remove the two screws and then the roller.
Installation

removal.
Screws (2)
Z2314
7-40
7.2.13 Slide Rail Replacement
Removal

Left-hand Slide
(See Subsection 7.2.1). Rail
2. Place the feed section unit upside down.
3. Remove the countersunk flat head screws and

then the slide rail.
Right-hand Slide Rail
Countersunk Flat Head Screws (2)

7
Z2315
Installation Left-hand Slide Rail

removal.
NOTE: The right- and left-hand slide rails should be

installed in place. The inner rail of the right-hand
slide rail is extruded 12mm when it is pulled out fully
to the front side.
12mm
Right-hand Slide Rail Inner Rail

Z2316
7.2.14 Pressure Cover Open/Close Sensor (D128) Replacement
Removal Connector
Sensor (D128)
1. Remove the right-hand slide rail

3. Disconnect the connector form the sensor.
Installation

removal. Screw
Z2317
boss.
7-41
7.2.15 Harness Cover Removal/Reinstallation
Removal Screw
Lower Harness Cove
1. Remove the left-hand slide rail
2. Remove the screw and then the lower harness

cover.
Z2318
3. Remove the two screws and then the upper

harness cover.
Reinstallation

removal.
Upper Harness Cover
Screws (2)
Z2321
7.2.16 135 Leading End Sensor (D101P)/DTG23 Circuit Board Replacement
Removal Connector
1. Remove the lower harness cover

Screw
Installation

removal.
Sensor (D101P)
NOTE: • Tighten the screw while pressing the circuit board Z2319
7-42

DTE23 Circuit Board Replacement
Removal Screws (2)
1. Remove the lower harness cover

Installation
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of Sensor (D116P)

7
removal. Connector
Z2320
7.2.18 DTB23 Circuit Board Replacement
DTB23 Circuit Board

D117P: IX240 perforation sensor
D118P: IX240 front unexposed frame sensor
D119P: IX240 rear unexposed frame sensor
Removal Connector
DTB23 Circuit Board
1. Remove the upper and lower harness cover
Installation

removal.
Screw
7-43
7.2.19 DTF23 Circuit Board Replacement
DTF23 Circuit Board

D102P: 135 upstream perforation sensor
D104P: 135 check tape sensor
Removal Connector
1. Remove the upper and lower harness cover

Installation

removal.
Screw DTF23 Circuit Board
7.2.20 DBF23 Circuit Board Replacement
DBF23 Circuit Board

D106P: 135 rear bar code sensor
D108P: 135 front bar code sensor
D109P: 135 rear outer frame sensor
D110P: 135 rear inner frame sensor
D111P: 135 front inner frame sensor
D112P: 135 front outer frame sensor
D114P: 135 rear panorama sensor
D115P: 135 front panorama sensor
Removal DBF23 Circuit Board
1. Remove:
• Upper and lower harness covers

• DTF23 circuit board (See Subsection 7.2.19).
3. Remove the two screws and then the circuit Connector

board.
Screws (2)
Z2324
7-44
Installation

removal.

7.2.21 Dummy Head Opposite Roller Replacement
Removal
7
1. Remove:
• Upper and lower harness covers

Retainer Plate
Screw
Z2325
3. Remove the springs, roller and poly-sliders. Springs (2)
Installation
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of Poly-sliders (2)

Roller
removal.
Z2326
7-45
7.2.22 Lane Change Lever/Arm Replacement
Removal Screws (2) Lane Change Lever
1. Remove the two screws and then the lane change

lever.
Z2327
2. Remove the screw, arm and spring. Spring
Screw
Arm
Z2328
3. Remove the E-ring, then the shaft and collar. E-ring
Shaft Collar
Installation

removal. Z2329
7-46
7.2.23 Pressure Cover Lock Lever Replacement
Removal Cord Ties (2)
1. Cut the cord ties, remove the screw and then the
harness guide.
7
Harness Guide Screw
Z2331
2. Remove the screw and then the 135 side

tensioner assembly.
Screw 135 Side Tensioner Assembly

Z2332
3. Remove the lock lever assembly.

Lock Lever Assembly
Installation

removal.
Z2333
7-47
7.2.24 Feed Roller/Belt Replacement
Removal
1. Remove:
• Winding unit (See Subsection 7.2.2).

• DTF23 circuit board (See Subsection 7.2.19).
• Feed roller rotation sensor (See Subsection 7.2.6).
• Writing head opposite roller
• Right-hand slide rail (See Subsection 7.2.13).
• Pressure cover lock lever (See Subsection 7.2.23).
Belt Tensioner Fixing Screw
Z2330
2. Loosen the screw securing the belt tensioner.
3. Remove the eight screws securing the roller

bearings, then the four roller shafts and two belts.
Screws (8)
Belts (2)
Roller Shafts (4)
Z2334
Z2335
7-48
4. Remove the four screws, then the eight assist Screws (4)
rollers, four shafts and eight poly-sliders.
Poly-sliders (8)
Assist Rollers (8)
Shafts (4)
Z2336 7
Installation

removal.
NOTE: • Tighten the screws while pressing the bearing

against the screw and the shoulder sides as
shown.
Bearing
Screw
Z2337
• Route the belt on the pulleys as shown.

• Adjust tension of the 135 side (front) belt by
following the steps below.
Z2338
7-49
<Belt Tension Adjustment>
1. Loosen the screw securing the tensioner.
Tensioner Fixing Screw

Z2339
2. Run the belt several turns by rotating the roller Belt

and tighten the screw at the lowest point of the
Tensioner Fixing Screw
tensioner.
NOTE: If the tensioner does not move up and down, tighten

the screw at any point.
Tensioner
Z2340
7.2.25 Flexible Cable (CYA23 to JNC23) Replacement
Removal Circuit Board Cover
1. Remove the CYA23 circuit board


cover.
Screw
Z2293
7-50
3. Remove the two screws securing the JNC23

circuit board.
JNC23 Circuit Board Screws (2)

Z2294
4. Release the locks of the connectors and Connectors 7

disconnect the two flexible cables.
Installation

removal.
NOTE: Insert the end of the flexible cable into the connector
so taht its blue contact area disappears.
Flexible Cables
Z2347
7-51
7.3 NC100AY Nest Section
7.3.1 Nest Section Cover Removal/Reinstallation
Removal Screws (2)
1. Remove the carrier cover (See Subsection 7.4.1).
2. Remove the two screws and then the nest section

cover.
Nest Section Cover

Z2220
Reinstallation Screws (2)

Hole
removal.
NOTE: Align the hole in the cover with the tab on the carrier
body and tighten the screws while pressing the
cover against the left side as shown.
Tab Nest Section Cover

Z2221
7.3.2 Left-hand Front Cover Removal/Reinstallation
Removal Screw
1. Remove the screw and then the left-hand front

cover by moving it to the right and rear as shown.
Left-hand Front Cover

Z2222
7-52
2. Disconnect the two connectors.
Connectors
Z2223
7
Reinstallation Hooks

removal.
NOTE: Align the two hooks on the cover with the brackets
and move it to the front and left as shown. Make
sure the left edge of the cover flush with the carrier
body left surface and tighten the screw.
Z2224
7.3.3 Nest Section Unit Removal/Reinstallation
Removal Connector
1. Remove:
• Nest section cover (See Subsection 7.3.1).

• Left-hand front cover (See Subsection 7.3.2).
2. Cut the two cord ties.
Cord Tie
Cord Tie Connector

Z2225
7-53
4. Disconnect the M104 connector. Screw
5. Remove the screw and then the SSB23 circuit

board.
SSB1 Circuit Board M104 Connector

Z2559
6. Remove the screw and then the interlock rack. Screw
Interlock Rack
Z2227
7. Remove the three screws and then the nest

section unit.
Screws (3)
Z2228
7-54
Reinstallation Screw

removal.
NOTE: • Tighten the screw while pressing the SSB23 circuit

board counterclockwise.
• Align the phase of the 135/IX240 lane change
• Perform to nest section-to-feed section alignment
adjustment (See Subsection 7.3.4).
• If the nest section unit has been replaced, perform:
1) 135 entrance guide-to-feed section alignment
SSB23 Circuit Board
adjustment (See Subsection 7.3.4).
2) “Data Writing after Nest Section Unit Z2571
Replacement” as described below.
7
<Data Writing after Nest Section Unit Replacement>
1. Record the “Door close position” and “Door open

position” calibration values indicated in the
parameter sheet attached to the new nest section
unit.
Part No.
Door Close Position
Door Open Position
2. Install the carrier to the SP-3000.
3. Open the Menu 0451 “NC100AY Machine Data

Setup” screen.
4. Enter the calibration values in the “Door close

position” and “Door open position” boxes.
5. Click the [Flash ROM Writing] button.
• The entered values are written into the flash

ROM on the CYA23 circuit board.
7-55
7. Click the [HD Writing] button.
• The entered values are written into the HD of

7.3.4 Nest Section/135 Entrance Guide-to-Feed Section Alignment Adjustment
<Nest Section-to-Feed Section>
This alignment adjustment should be performed when Screw

the nest section unit has been removed.
1. Remove the screw and then the interlock rack.
2. Change the lane to the IX240 position.
3. Push the cartridge set lever in the setting position

while pressing the arm in the cartridge set
section.
Interlock Rack
Z2227
4. Loosen the three screws securing the nest

section.
Screws (3)
Z2228
7-56
5. Install the nest section locating jig by aligning its Nest Section Locating Jig
with the spool and IX240 feed lane as shown.
Spool
Z2560
7
6. Tighten the three screws while pressing the nest Screws (3)
Nest Section Locating Jig
section against the locating jig.
7. Remove the locating jig.
<135 Entrance Guide-to-Feed Section> Spool

Z2561
NOTE: • Perform “135 Entrance Guide-to-Feed Section

Alignment Adjustment” when the 135 entrance
guide and/or nest section has been replaced.
• Perform the alignment adjustment with the slide
rack and spring removed (See Subsection 7.3.7).
1. Set the carrier in the 135 feed lane. Screwdriver (ø2mm)
2. Lock the slide shaft by inserting ø2mm

screwdriver, etc. and loosen the 135 entrance
guide fixing screw.
ø2mm Hole
5.5mm Open-end Wrench
Screw
Z2562
7-57
3. Install the 135 entrance guide locating jig by 135 Entrance Guide Locating Jig
aligning it with the slide shaft and 135 feed lane as
shown.
Slide Shaft
Z2573
4. Tighten the 135 entrance guide fixing screw. Slide Shaft
5. Remove the jig.
Screw
135 Entrance Guide Locating Jig

Z2574
NOTE: • Install the slide rack by aligning its index mark

with the “o” mark on the gear.
Z2477
7-58
• Tighten the two screws securely while

pressing the slide rack toward the front.
Z2475
7.3.5 135/IX240 Lane Change Phase Adjustment 7

1. With the 135 feed lane, open the pressure cover. Screws (2)

3. Remove the two screws and then the slide rack.
Slide Rack
Z2350
4. Remove the screw and then the interlock rack. Screw
Interlock Rack
Z2227
7-59
5. Align the index mark on the interlock rack with the Pin Screw
u
“ ” mark on the gear and install the rack with the Interlock Rack
screw.
NOTE: Make sure the pin is inserted into the groove in

the gear.
Gear
“ ” Mark
Index Mark
Z2476
6. Align the index mark on the slide rack with the dot Pin
mark on the gear and install the rack temporarily Gear
with the two screws.
NOTE: Make sure the pin is inserted into the groove in

the gear.
Dot Mark
Screws (2)
Index mark Slide Rack
Z2477
7. Press the slide rack toward the front and tighten

the two screws securely.
8. Reinstall the nest section cover.
Screws (2)
Slide Rack
Z2475
7-60
7.3.6 SSB23 Circuit Board Replacement
SSB23 Circuit Board

D120: Door open/close sensor
D123: Cartridge set sensor
Removal
SSB23 Circuit Board
1. Remove the left-hand front cover
Connector
2. Disconnect the connector and remove the screw,

then the circuit board.
7
Installation

removal.
Screw
Z2349
NOTE: Tighten the screw while pressing the circuit board in Screw
a counterclockwise direction.
SSB23 Circuit Board

Z2571
7.3.7 135 Entrance Guide Removal/Reinstallation
Removal Screws (2)
1. Remove the nest section cover.

2. Remove the two screws and the slide rack.
Slide Rack
Z2350
7-61
3. Remove the three screws, spring and then the

Spring
135 entrance guide toward the rear.
Reinstallation 135 Entrance

Guide

removal.
NOTE: • If the 135 entrance guide has been replaced, Screws (3)
perform “135 Entrance Guide-to-Feed Section
Alignment Adjustment” (See Subsection 7.3.4).
• If the 135 entrance guide is reinstalled, perform
phase adjustment for the slide rack (See
Subsection 7.3.5)
Z2351
7.3.8 135 Entrance Guide Brush Replacement
Removal
Screws (2)
1. Remove the 135 entrance guide

2. Remove the two screws and then the brush.
Installation

Brush
removal.
Z2360
7.3.9 Gear Bracket Replacement
Removal Screws (2)

2. Remove the two screws and then the gear

bracket.
Installation
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of Gear bracket

removal. Z2352
7-62
7.3.10 Supply Motor Home Position Sensor (D122)/SSD23 Circuit Board Replacement
Removal
1. Remove the gear bracket (See Subsection 7.3.9). Connector

¸ ¶ (2)
Screw Sensor (D122)

Z2353
7
Installation Screw
Connector

removal.
NOTE: Tighten the screw while pressing the circuit board in

the arrow direction as shown.
SSD23 Circuit Board (D122)

Z2556
7.3.11 IPI Sensor (D121)/SSA23 Circuit Board Replacement
Removal Sensor (D121) Connector

Screws (2)
2. Remove the two screws and then the sensor
assembly.
IPI Sensor Assembly
Z2354
7-63
Installation

removal.
NOTE: • Insert an unexposed film cartridge, align the

detecting arm with the rear edge of the sensor and Sensor
tighten the screws.
• Check that unexposed film cartridges are detected
correctly by following the <Detection Inspection>
below.
Detecting Arm
Screw
Z2356
<Detection Inspection>
1) Install the carrier to the SP-3000 and insert an Unexposed Film Cartridge
unexposed IX240 film cartridge.
Z2576
2) Proceed to the Menu 0421 “NC100AY Input

Check” screen.
3) Make sure “IPI sensor (D121)” is “Unexposed”.

If it is “Unexposed”, proceed to Step 4) below.
If it is “Exposed”, proceed to <Detection
Adjustment>.
7-64
4) Pull the slide bracket in the arrow direction and

hold it in such a position that the sensor plate is IPI Sensor
placed as far rearward as possible.
Make sure “IPI sensor (D121)” is “Unexposed”.
If it is “Exposed”, proceed to <Detection
Adjustment>.
Sensor Plate
Slide Bracket
Z2577
<Detection Adjustment>
7
1) Remove the carrier from the SP-3000 with the IPI Sensor
IX240 film cartridge inserted.
2) Loosen the IPI sensor fixing screw (yellow

painted).
3) Push the IPI sensor fully toward the rear and

retighten the screw.
4) Install the carrier to the SP-3000.
5) Repeat <Detection Inspection> to make sure “IPI

sensor (D121)” is “Unexposed”. Push in Arrow Direction Screw (Yellow painted)
If it is still “Exposed”, replace the nest unit
Z2578
(810C1034422) or carrier assembly with a new
one.
7.3.12 Cartridge Holder Assembly Replacement
Removal
1. Remove the IPI sensor assembly

Screw
2. Remove the screw and then the cartridge holder

assembly.
Cartridge Holder
Assembly
Installation

removal.
Z2355
7-65
7.3.13 Spool Gear Replacement
Removal SSD1 Connector Spool Assembly
1. Remove the gear bracket (See Subsection 7.3.9).
2. Disconnect the SSD1 connector.
3. Remove the three screws and then the spool Screws (3)
assembly.
Z2357
4. Remove the E-ring, then the poly-slider, bearing,

detecting plate, gear (torque limiter), collar and
spool. Bearing
Spool
Collar
Installation
Gear (Torque Limiter)
E-ring
Detecting Plate Poly-slider
removal.
Z2358
7.3.14 Cartridge Release Lever Assembly Replacement
Removal
1. Remove the left-hand front cover Screws (2)

2. Remove the two screws and then the lever

assembly.
Installation
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of Cartridge Release Lever Assembly

removal. Z2374
7-66
7.3.15 Supply Motor (M102) Replacement
Removal
1. Remove the nest section unit

2. Remove:
• 135 entrance guide (See Subsection 7.3.7).

• Gear bracket (See Subsection 7.3.9).
Screws (2)
3. Remove the two screws and then the motor/
bracket.
Motor/Bracket 7
Z2378
4. Remove the screw, D-washer, collar, spring, gear D-washer

Screw
assembly and gear.
Collar
Spring
Gear
Gear Assembly
Z2379
5. Remove the two screws and then the bracket from

the motor.
Bracket
Screws (2)
Z2380
7-67
Installation

removal.
NOTE: • Note the position of the motor harness.

• Align the tab of the gear assembly with the hole as
shown.
Motor
Harness
Tab of Gear
Assembly
Z2381
7.3.16 Keyboard (D131~D134)/MSC22 Circuit Board Replacement
Removal
Screws (2)
2. Remove the two screws securing the MSC22

circuit board.
Z2478
7-68
3. Remove the cover, circuit board and keys. Cover
MSC22
Circuit Board
Installation
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of Keys (4)

removal.
Z2497
7
7.3.17 Indicator Lamp (L/P101)/LEH23 Circuit Board Replacement
Removal Indicator Lamp (L/P101)

2. Remove the screw and then the indicator lamp.
Installation

removal. Screw
Z2479
7-69
7.4 NC100AY Body Section
7.4.1 Carrier Cover Removal/Reinstallation
Removal Carrier Cover
1. Open the carrier cover.
2. Remove the three screws and then the carrier

cover.
Screws (3)
Z2218
Reinstallation Arm

removal.
Spring
NOTE: Install the arm and spring as shown.
Z2219
7.4.2 Load Harness Replacement
Removal Screws (2)

2. Remove the two screws securing the grounding

wires.

cover by shifting it to the arrow direction.
Harness Cover
Screws/Grounding Wires (2)

Z2242
7-70
4. Remove the five screws, then the two clamps and CYA7 Connector
two harness covers.
Load Harness
5. Disconnect the CYA7 connector and remove the

Screws (5)
harness.
Installation
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of Harness Covers Clamps (2)

removal.
Z2341
7
7.4.3 135/IX240 Feed Lane Position Sensor (D129/D130) Replacement
Removal

2. Remove the screw and then the sensor bracket.
Sensor Bracket Screw

Z2342
3. Disconnect the connector from the sensor. Sensor (D130)
4. Release the locking tabs and remove the sensor

from the bracket.
Sensor
Sensor (D129)
Installation
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of Locking Tabs

Connector
removal.
Z2343
7-71
7.4.4 Plug-in Connector Replacement
Removal Screws (2)

2. Change the feed lane to the IX240 position.

wires.
4. Remove the two screws and then the harness Harness Cover

Z2242
5. Disconnect the CYA1 connector. CYA1 Connector Cord Ties
6. Cut the two cord ties.
7. Remove the two screws securing the plug-in

connector.
Screws (2)
Plug-in Connector
Z2383
8. Remove the nest section unit Harness Duct

9. Remove the screw and then the harness duct. Screw
Z2490
7-72
10. Remove the cover from the harness duct and then
the harness from the duct.
Cover
Z2491
11. Disconnect the CYA2 connector.

7
CYA2Connector
Installation

Z2492
removal.
7.4.5 Bottom Cover Removal/Reinstallation
Removal Screws (3)
1. Place the carrier upside down.
2. Remove the three screws and then the bottom

cover.
Reinstallation Bottom Cover

removal.
Z2245
7-73
7.4.6 CYA23 Circuit Board Replacement
Removal
1. Remove:
• Carrier cover (See Subsection 7.4.1).

• Left-hand front cover (See Subsection 7.3.2).
2. Remove the two screws and then the connector

cover.
Connector Cover Screws (2)
Z2240
3. Disconnect the CYA5 connector from the CYA23

circuit board.
CYA5 Connector
Z2241
4. Cut the two cord ties and move the harness to the
Harness
circuit board side.
Cord Tie
Cord Tie
Z2244
7-74
5. Change the feed lane to the IX240 position. Screws (2)

wires.

Harness Cover

Z2242
7
8. Disconnect the CYA1, CYA7 and CYA8 CYA1 Connector
connectors.
CYA7 Connector
CYA8 Connector
Z2243
9. Remove the bottom cover (See Subsection 7.4.5). Screws (2)
10. Remove the two screws and then the left-hand

guide rail.
Left-hand Guide Rail

Z2246
7-75
11. Remove the five screws securing the circuit Screws (5)
board.
CYA23 Circuit Board

Z2247
12. Lift the circuit board and disconnect the CYA2

connector.
CYA2 Connector
CYA23 Circuit Board

Z2248
13. Release the locks of the connectors and CYA23 Circuit Board
disconnect the two flexible cables from the circuit
board.
Connectors
Flexible Cables
Z2249
7-76
14. Disconnect the harness from the CYA6 connector.
CYA6 Connector
Harness
Z2250
Installation
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of 7

removal.
NOTE: • Insert the flexible cable into the connector so that

• Tighten the two screws while pressing the guide
rail toward the left side.
Guide Rail
Z2251
• Align the hook of the harness cover with the pin on Hook Pin
the body and install the cover being careful not to
pinch the harnesses.
• Perform machine data reading by following the
steps below. Harness Cover
Z2480
7-77
<Machine Data Reading after CYA23 Circuit Board

Replacement>
1. Record the carrier ID printed near the plug-in

connector of the carrier.
2. Install the carrier to the scanner.
Carrier ID
Z2517
3. Open the Menu 0446 “NC100AY Installation

4. Enter the carrier ID recorded by step 1 into the

“Carrier ID” box.
5. Click the [Setup] button.
7-78
8. Reinstall the carrier.
9. Click the [Close] button. 7
10. Open the Menu 0451 “NC100AY Machine Data

Setup” screen.
11. Click the [HD Reading] button.
• The data is read out from the HD of the main

control unit and displayed in the screen.
12. Click the [Flash ROM Writing] button.
• The displayed data is written into the Flash

ROM of the carrier.
7-79
7.4.7 NC100AY Unit Replacement
<Fixing Bracket Installation for Shipping>

Scanner Fixing Bracket
1. Remove the rear cover (See Subsection 9.1.2).
2. Loosen the two screws and remove the scanner

fixing bracket.
3. Loosen the screw and remove the carrier fixing

bracket.
Screws (2)
Screw
Carrier Fixing Bracket
Z2522
4. Install the carrier fixing bracket to the carrier to be Carrier to be Send Back
Screw
send back while pushing the feed section toward
the rear (arrow direction) and tighten the screw
securely.
<New Carrier Installation>
1. Remove the carrier fixing bracket from new a

carrier in the reverse order of “Fixing Bracket
Installation for Shipping” and install it in place.
2. Install the carrier and perform the following

adjustments. Carrier Fixing Bracket
Z2520
• Menu 0321 “Focus Position Adjustment”
• Menu 0420 “Mask Position Adjustment”
• Menu 0450 “Film Carrier Information ID Setup/
Delete” (HD backup) (See Subsection 5.5.19).
• Scanner Correction (Pre-operational Check)
7-80
7.5 Multi-film Carrier MFC10AY (Optional)
7.5.1 Right-hand, Left-hand and Circuit Board Cover Removal/Reinstallation
Removal Screws (2)
Screws (2)
1. Remove the two screws, then the right-hand and
Left-hand Cover
left-hand covers.
2. Remove the two screws and then the CYB circuit

board cover.
Right-hand Cover 7
CYB Circuit Board Cover
Z2395
3. Remove the two screws and then the MSB circuit Screws (2)
board cover.
Reinstallation

removal. MSB Circuit Board Cover
Z2399
7.5.2 CYB23Circuit Board Replacement
Screw/Clamp
1. Remove the right-hand, left-hand and CYB circuit
board covers (See Subsection 7.5.1).
2. Remove the screw securing the clamp.

the flexible cable. Connector
4. Disconnect the three connectors from the circuit board.

CYB23
Screws (4) Circuit Board
5. Remove the four screws and then the circuit board.
Z2396
7-81
Installation

removal.
NOTE: Insert the flexible cable into the connector so that its
blue contact area disappears.
7.5.3 Flexible Cable Replacement
Removal
Screw
1. Remove the CYB and MSB circuit board covers
2. Remove the screw securing the plug-in connector

cover.
Plug-in
3. Remove the two screws and then the harness Connector
Cover
cover.
Screws (2) Harness Cover

Z2398
4. Remove the two screws securing the cable cover. M3×6 Screw
5. Remove the M3×6 screw and then the duct from Duct
the cable cover.
Cable Cover
Screws (2)
Z2400
7-82
6. Remove the screw securing the clamp. Screw/Clamp

the flexible cable.
Connector
8. Peel the flexible cable from the adhesive tape on

the base.
Adhesive Tape
Flexible Cable
Z2397
7
9. Release the lock of the connector on the MSB23 Flexible Cable
circuit board and disconnect the flexible cable.
MSB23 Circuit Board Connector

Z2401
Installation

removal.
NOTE: • Bend the flexible cable along the creases as

shown.
• Attach the adhesive tape to the flexible cable as
shown.
Adhesive Tape
Z2404
7-83
7.5.4 MSB23 Circuit Board Replacement
Removal Flexible Cable Connector
1. Remove the MSB circuit board cover


the flexible cable.
4. Remove the four screws and then the circuit

board.
Connector MSB23 Circuit Board Screws (4)
Z2402
5. Remove the five mask detecting pins. Mask Detecting Pins (5)
Installation

removal.
NOTE: Insert the flexible cable into the connector so that its
blue contact area disappears.
Z2403
7.5.5 Solenoid (S480) Replacement
Removal Cord Tie

MSB2 Connector
1. Remove the MSB circuit board cover
2. Disconnect the MSB2 connector. Screw
3. Cut the cord tie.
4. Remove the screw and then the solenoid.
Installation

Solenoid (S480)
removal.
Z2405
7-84
7.5.6 Mask Table Slider Position Sensor (D486) Replacement
Removal CYB4 Connector
1. Remove the CYB circuit board cover

2. Disconnect the CYB4 connector.
3. Remove the screw and then the sensor bracket

assembly.
7
Sensor Bracket Assembly Screw
Z2406
4. Remove the screw and then the cover.
Cover
Screw
Z2407
5. Remove the screw and then the sensor from the

bracket.
Connector
Installation
Sensor (D486) Screw
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of Z2408
removal.
7-85
7.5.7 Mask Cover Gear Replacement
Removal Screws (2)
1. Remove the two screws and then the gear cover.
Gear Cover
Z2409
2. Remove the two screw caps. Screw Caps (2)
3. Remove the four screws, right-hand bearing, Gear Bracket

mask cover and gear bracket.
Screws (4)
Right-hand
Bearing
Mask Cover
Z2410
4. Remove the two screws and then the damper Screws (2)
gear.
Damper Gear
Z2411
7-86
5. Remove the two E-rings, two poly-sliders, two E-ring

Poly-slider
bearings and shaft.
Gear
6. Remove the E-ring then the gear and poly-slider

from the shaft. Shaft
E-rings (2)
7
Bearings (2) Poly-sliders (2)
Z2412
7. Remove the spring.
Spring
Z2413
8. Remove the two E-rings then the two poly-sliders, Poly-sliders (2)
shaft and gear.
Gear
Shaft
E-ring
E-ring
Z2414
7-87
Installation
Upper Gear
removal.
D-flat Surface of
Upper Gear
NOTE: Engage the gears so that the D-flat surface of the Shaft
upper gear shaft faces to the direction shown in the
figure when the pin of the idler gear is moved up Pin on Idler Gear
fully along the groove.
Idler Gear
Z2415
Removal Screw/Clamp
1. Remove the CYB circuit board cover

2. Remove the screw securing the harness clamp.

wires.
4. Disconnect the CYB1 and CYB2 connectors.

Screws/Grounding
Wires (2)
CYB2
Connector
CYB1
Connector
Z2416
5. Remove the screw and then the plug-in connector

cover. Plug-in Connector Cover
6. Remove the two screws and then the plug-in

connector.
Screw
Installation

Screws (2) Plug-in Connector
removal.
Z2417
7-88
7.5.9 Slider Bracket Assembly Replacement
Removal Connector
1. Remove the right-hand, left-hand and MSB circuit

board covers (See Subsection 7.5.1).

the flexible cable from the MSB23 circuit board.
7
Flexible Cable
Z2397
3. Remove the two locknuts while holding the

adjusting screws to keep their original position.
Adjusting
Screws (2)
Locknuts (2)
Z2418
4. Remove the three screws and then the slider/ Screws (3)
mask table assembly.
NOTE: Take care not to apply force to the flexible cable.
Slider/Mask Table Assembly

Z2419
7-89
5. Remove the two screws and then the right-hand Screws (2)
slider bracket.
Right-hand Slider Bracket
Z2420
6. Remove the two screws and then the left-hand

slider bracket.
Screws (2)
Installation

removal.
Left-hand Slider Bracket

NOTE: Take care not to turn the adjusting screws.
Z2421
7.5.10 Mask Table Lock Unit Replacement
Removal Screw Caps (2)

Screws (2)
1. Remove the slider/mask table assembly
2. Remove the two screw caps.
3. Remove the two screws and then the right-hand

bearing.
Right-hand Bearing
Z2422
7-90
4. Remove the screw cap, screw and then the lock Screw Cap Screws (2)
release lever.
5. Remove the two screws securing the lock unit.
Screw
Lock Release Lever
Z2423
6. Remove the screw and then the lock unit. Lock Unit
7
Installation

removal. Screw
Z2424
7.5.11 Mask Table Lock Unit Spring Replacement
Removal
1. Remove the mask table lock unit

2. Remove the two springs.
Installation

Springs (2)
removal.
Z2425
7-91
7.6 Carrier Base Section
Removal
1. Remove:
• Scanner lower cover (See Subsection 8.2.6).

• Rear cover (See Subsection 9.1.2).
2. Disconnect the JCRY2 and JCRY3 connectors.
JCRY3 Connector JCRY2 Connector

Z2175
3. Loosen the screw and open the CTB23 circuit CTB23 Circuit Board Bracket screw
board bracket.
Z2020
4. Remove the screw securing the grounding wires. Screw

Grounding Wires
Z2176
7-92
5. Loosen the screw and remove the connector

cover.
Screw
Connector Cover
Z2177
6. Remove the two screws and then the plug-in

connector assembly.
Screws (2)
7
Plug-in Connector Assembly

Z2179
Installation Screw/Clamp

removal.
NOTE: Make sure the plug-in connector can be moved

back, forth, up, down, right and left direction.
If necessary, adjust by loosening the screw securing
the clamp.
Plug-in Connector
Z2523
7-93
7.6.2 Carrier Base Assembly Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
1. Remove the light source unit (See Subsection 8.1.1).

cover.
Screw
Connector Cover
Z2177
3. Remove the two screws securing the plug-in Screws (2)

connector bracket.
Plug-in Connector Bracket

Z2179
4. Remove the two screws and then the lock release Screws (2)
lever section cover.
Lock Release Lever Section Cover

Z2181
7-94
5. Loosen the screw and open the CTB23 circuit CTB23 Circuit Board Bracket screw
board bracket.
Z2020
6. Disconnect the D208 connector. 7
D208 Connector
Z2183
7. Remove the four hex. socket head bolts and then Hex. Socket Head Bolts (4)
the carrier base assembly.
Reinstallation

removal.
NOTE: • After reinstallation, perform the following

adjustments.
• Menu 0345 “Optical Axis Adjustment”
• Menu 0321 “Focus Position Adjustment”
(See Subsection 5.4.3). Carrier Base Assembly
• Menu 0421 “Mask Position Adjustment” Z2182
7-95
7.6.3 Carrier Lock Sensor (D208) Replacement
Removal Sensor (D208)

Retainer Plate
1. Remove the carrier lock assembly
2. Cut the three cord ties.

Screw
Installation Pin
Screw Cord Ties (3)

Z2184
removal.
NOTE: Tighten the two screws for the retainer plate and
sensor while pressing the sensor against the pin so
that it is ON.
7.6.4 Carrier Lock Assembly Removal/Reinstallation
Removal CTB23 Circuit Board Bracket Screw
1. Remove the scanner lower cover (See Subsection

8.2.6)).
2. Loosen the screw and open the CTB23 circuit

board bracket.
Z2020
3. Disconnect the D208 connector.
D208
Connector
Z2183
7-96

cover.
Screw
Connector Cover
Z2177
5. Remove the two screws securing the plug-in

connector.
Screws (2)
7
Plug-in Connector
Z2179
6. Remove the two screws and then the lock section Screws (2)
cover.
Lock Section Cover

Z2180
7-97
7. Remove the screw and then the cam. Screws (4)
Screw
8. Remove the four screws and then the carrier lock
assembly.
Cam
Reinstallation
Carrier Lock Assembly
removal. Z2524
7.6.5 Lock Release Shaft Disassembly/Reassembly
Disassembly
1. Remove the carrier base assembly


3. Remove the six hex. socket head bolts and then

the lock release shaft assembly.

Z2185
4. Remove the screw and then the cam.
Screw
Cam
Z2187
7-98
5. Remove the E-ring and then the small bearing

from the shaft.
E-ring
Small Bearing ( ‹)
Z2188
6. Release the spring and then the shaft from the Bearing 7
bearing.
E-ring
7. Remove the E-ring and then the spring.
Spring
8. Remove the screw and then the lock release lever.
Screw
Re-assembly Lock Release Lever
Re-assembly is essentially in the reverse order of Spring

Shaft
disassembly.
Z2189
7.6.6 Roller/Arm Replacement
Removal Screw

2. Remove the screw and then the stopper.
Stopper
Z2389
7-99
3. Remove the E-ring and then the roller. Roller
E-ring
4. Remove the E-ring, then the shaft, spring and
arm.
E-ring
Spring
Installation
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of Shaft

Arm
removal.
Z2390
7.6.7 Lock Release Arm Replacement
Removal Spring

Arm
2. Remove the E-ring, then the shaft, arm and
spring.
Installation

Shaft E-ring
removal.
Z2391
7.6.8 Lock Arm Replacement
Removal Stopper
1. Remove:
• Roller arm (See Subsection 7.6.6).

• Lock release arm (See Subsection 7.6.7).
2. Remove the screw and then the stopper.
Screw
Z2392
7-100
3. Loosen the two screws, release the spring hook Arm Assembly
and remove the arm assembly.
Spring Screws (2)

Z2393
4. Disassemble the arm. Arm

7
Shaft Shaft
Spring
Screws (2)
Installation

removal. Z2394
7-101
8. SCANNER SECTION
Parts Location......................................................................................... 8-2
8.1 Light Source Section.............................................................................. 8-3

8.1.1 Light Source Unit Removal/Reinstallation ............................................................ 8-3
8.1.2 CLE23 Circuit Board Replacement ........................................................................ 8-4
8.1.3 135/120 Diffusion Box Sensor (D301/D302) Replacement ................................... 8-4
8.1.4 Light Source Assembly Removal/Reinstallation .................................................. 8-5
8.1.5 LED Heater (LH311/LH312)/Light Source Temperature Sensor (D311)
Replacement .......................................................................................................... 8-6
8.1.6 LED23 Circuit Board Replacement ........................................................................ 8-7
8.1.7 Light Source Section Exhaust Fan (F311) Replacement ..................................... 8-8
8.2 Scanner Section...................................................................................... 8-9

8.2.1 Scanner Section Rear Cover Removal/Reinstallation.......................................... 8-9
8.2.2 Scanner Section Upper Cover Removal/Reinstallation ....................................... 8-9
8.2.3 Scanner Section Front Cover Removal/Reinstallation ........................................ 8-9
8.2.4 Scanner Section Exhaust Fan (F211) Replacement ........................................... 8-10 8
8.2.5 Scanner Section Cooling Fan (F212) Replacement............................................ 8-10
8.2.6 Scanner Section Bracket Removal/Reinstallation.............................................. 8-11
8.2.7 CTB23 Circuit Board Replacement ...................................................................... 8-12
8.2.8 CPZ23 Circuit Board Replacement ...................................................................... 8-12
8.2.9 CCD Unit Removal/Reinstallation ........................................................................ 8-14
8.2.10 Shutter/Gear Replacement ................................................................................... 8-16
8.2.11 Lens Home Position Sensor (D202) Replacement ............................................. 8-17
8.2.12 Lens Drive Motor (M202) Replacement ............................................................... 8-18
8.2.13 Lens Unit Replacement......................................................................................... 8-19
8.2.14 Conjugate Length Variable Motor (M201) Replacement .................................... 8-20
8.2.15 Conjugate Length Variable Section Home Position Sensor (D201)
Replacement ........................................................................................................ 8-21
8.2.16 Conjugate Length Variable Gear/Rack Replacement......................................... 8-22
8.2.17 Program Downloading to Scanner Circuit Board............................................... 8-25
8.2.18 Fixing Bracket Installation.................................................................................... 8-29
8-1
Parts Location
Scanner Section Cooling Fan (F212)
Scanner Section Exhaust Fan (F211)

CPZ23 Circuit Board
CCD23 Circuit Board

Conjugate Length
Variable Motor (M201)
CCD Unit
CTB23
Circuit Board
Lens Unit
Auto Film Carrier

NC100AY
Film Carrier
Lock Release
Lever
Diffusion Box
LED Light Source Unit Magnet

Film Carrier Lock Unit
CLE23 Circuit Board
Z2436
8-2
8.1 Light Source Section
8.1.1 Light Source Unit Removal/Reinstallation
Removal Screws (2)
1. Remove:
• Scanner section lower cover

• Front cover (See Subsection 9.1.1).
2. Install the fixing bracket to conjugate length

variable section (See Subsection 8.2.18).
Light Source
3. Loosen the two screws and remove the light Section Cover
source section cover. Z2157
4. Disconnect the three connectors from the CLE23

8
circuit board.
CLE6 CLE7 CLE1

Connector Connector Connector
Z2158
5. Remove the four screws and then the light source

Screws (4)
unit.
Reinstallation

Light Source Unit
removal.
Z2159
8-3
8.1.2 CLE23 Circuit Board Replacement
Removal CLE4 Connector
1. Remove the light source unit (See Subsection 8.1.1). CLE23 Circuit Board
2. Disconnect the four connectors from the CLE23

circuit board.
CLE5
Connector
CLE2 Connector CLE3 Connector
Z2160
3. Remove the six screws and then the CLE23

circuit board. Screws (6)
Installation

removal.
After installation, perform the following adjustment.
1) Download the program from the HD of the

main control unit to the CLE23 circuit board
(See Subsection 8.2.17). CLE23 Circuit Board
2) In Menu 0350 “Scanner Parameter Check/ Z2161
Update”, click the [Reading] button for “CLE23

CB” to download the parameter from the HD of
the main control unit to the EEPROM on the
CLE23 circuit board (See Subsection 5.4.16).
8.1.3 135/120 Diffusion Box Sensor (D301/D302) Replacement
Removal Harness Clamps
1. Remove the light source unit (See Subsection 8.1.1).
2. Disconnect the CLE5 connector from the CLE23

circuit board.
CLE5 Connector
Z2163
8-4
4. Remove the two screws and then the diffusion box Screws (2)
sensor bracket. Diffusion Box
Sensor Bracket
Z2164
5. Open the harness clamp. Screw
6. Remove the screw and then the diffusion box

120 Diffusion Box
Sensor (D302)
8
sensor.
135 Diffusion Box

Sensor (D301)
Installation
Harness Clamp
Screw
removal.
Z2165
8.1.4 Light Source Assembly Removal/Reinstallation
Removal Harness Clamps (3)
1. Remove the diffusion box sensor bracket

2. Disconnect the CLE2, CLE3 and CLE4

connectors from the CLE23 circuit board.
3. Open the three harness clamps.
CLE4
Connector
CLE2 Connector CLE3 Connector
Z2166
8-5
4. Remove the four screws and then the Light Screws (4)
Source Assembly.
Reinstallation
Reinstallation is essentially in the reverse order of Light Source Assembly

removal. Z2167
8.1.5 LED Heater (LH311/LH312)/Light Source

Temperature Sensor (D311) Replacement
Removal Screw/Harness
Clamp
LED Heater 1
1. Remove the light source assembly (LH311)
2. Remove the screw and then the harness clamp.
3. Remove the three screws and then the bushing,

LED heaters and light source temperature sensor
assembly.
Screw (Short)/
Bushing
Installation
LED Light
Source Temperature LED Heater 2
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of Sensor (D311)
Screws (2) (Long) (LH312)
removal.
Z2168
8-6
8.1.6 LED23 Circuit Board Replacement
Removal Screws (4)
1. Remove the light source assembly

2. Remove the four screws and then the transparent

cover.
Transparent Cover
Z2170
3. Remove the filter and gasket.

8
Filter
Gasket
Z2169
4. Disconnect the four connectors from the LED23 LED1 Connector

circuit board.
LED23 Circuit
Board
LED2
LED4 Connector Connector
LED3 Connector
Z2171
8-7
Installation
LED23 Circuit Board

removal.
NOTE: • Do not touch to the surface of the LED. Gasket

Chamfered
• Place the transparent cover upside down and fit
Corner
the filter in the cover aligning its chamfered corner
with the one in the cover. Position the gasket and Filter
LED23 circuit board as shown.
Transparent
Cover
Z2173
• Turn the light source assembly over being

careful not to shift the filter and then tighten the Light Source
Assembly
four screws.
• After installation, perform the following

adjustments.
1) Menu 0349 “LED Light Amount Adjustment”

2) Menu 0348 “Spectral Calibration”

(See Subsection 5.4.14). Screws (4)
Z2174
3) Scanner Correction (Pre-operational Check)
8.1.7 Light Source Section Exhaust Fan (F311) Replacement
Removal
Arrow
2. Disconnect the fan connector.
3. Remove the fan connector from the fan bracket.
4. Remove the two screws, then the fan and guard.
Fan/Guard
Installation Fan Connector
Screws (2)
Z2190
removal.
NOTE: Install the fan so that its arrow points outside.
8-8
8.2 Scanner Section
8.2.1 Scanner Section Rear Cover Removal/Reinstallation
Removal Screw
1. Perform the post-operational check to shut down

the system.
2. Turn OFF the built in circuit breaker and

disconnect the power supply cord from the wall
outlet.
3. Loosen the screw and remove the scanner rear cover.
Reinstallation
Scanner Section
Reinstallation is essentially in the reverse order of Rear Cover
removal. Z2016
8
8.2.2 Scanner Section Upper Cover Removal/Reinstallation
Removal Scanner Section

Upper Cover
1. Remove the scanner Section rear cover
2. Loosen the screw and remove the scanner

section upper cover.
Screw
Reinstallation

removal.
Z2017
8.2.3 Scanner Section Front Cover Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
Screws (4)
1. Remove the scanner section upper cover
2. Remove the four screws and then the scanner

section front cover.
Reinstallation
Scanner Section
Front Cover
removal. Z2103
8-9
8.2 Scanner Section
8.2.4 Scanner Section Exhaust Fan (F211) Replacement
Removal Harness
Clamps (4)
1. Remove the scanner section upper cover Fan Connector
3. Open the four harness clamps.

Arrow
4. Remove the two screws and then the fan.
Installation
Screws (2) Scanner Section
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of Exhaust Fan (F211)
removal. Z2119
NOTE: Install the fan so that its arrow points outside.
8.2.5 Scanner Section Cooling Fan (F212) Replacement
Removal Harness Clamps (2)
Scanner Section
1. Remove the scanner section front cover Cooling Fan (F212)

Arrow
Installation
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of Screws (2)

removal. Z2120
NOTE: Install the fan so that its arrow points inside.
8-10
8.2 Scanner Section
8.2.6 Scanner Section Bracket Removal/Reinstallation
Removal Screws (6)
1. Remove the scanner section front cover

2. Remove the six screws and then the scanner

section lower cover.
Scanner Section Lower Cover

Z2124 8
3. Open the three harness clamps and disconnect Harness Clamps (3)
the CTB12 connector from the CTB23 circuit
board.
CTB12 Connector
Z2125
4. Remove the six screws and then the scanner Scanner Section
section upper bracket. Upper Bracket
Reinstallation
Screws (6)
Z2126
removal.
8-11
8.2 Scanner Section
8.2.7 CTB23 Circuit Board Replacement
Removal
1. Remove the scanner section rear cover

Screws (6)
2. Disconnect all connectors from the CTB23 circuit
board.
3. Remove the six screws and then the CTB23

circuit board.
Installation

removal.
CTB23 Circuit Board
Z2121

main control unit to the CTB23 circuit board
2) In Menu 0350 “Scanner Parameter Check/

Update”, click the [Reading] button for “CTB23
circuit board (See Subsection 8.2.16).
8.2.8 CPZ23 Circuit Board Replacement
Removal Circuit Board Bracket Screw
1. Remove the scanner section brackets


board bracket.
Z2020
8-12
8.2 Scanner Section
3. Remove the two screws and then the circuit board Screws (2)
cover.
Circuit Board Cover

Z2128
4. Disconnect all connectors from the CPZ23 circuit Screws (4) CPZ23 Circuit Board
board. 8
5. Remove the four screws and then the CPZ23
circuit board.
Installation

removal.
Z2129
main control unit to the CPZ23 circuit board

Update”, click the [Reading] button for “CPZ23
circuit board (See Subsection 5.4.16).
8-13
8.2 Scanner Section
8.2.9 CCD Unit Removal/Reinstallation
Removal PZ202 PZ201

JCD1

2. Open the harness clamp.
3. Disconnect the PZ201, PZ202, JCD1 and M203

connectors.
4. Disconnect the two grounding wires from the CCD Harness

M203 Clamp
unit by removing the two screws.
Screw/
Grounding Wire Screw/Grounding Wire
Z2133
5. Open the harness clamp and disconnect the Screws (2) JCD2 Connector
JD203 connector. CCD1 Cable
Screw/Cable
6. Loosen the two screws and disconnect the JCD2 Clamp
connector.
7. Remove the screw securing the cable clamp and

disconnect the CCD1 cable.
8. Remove the two screws to disconnect the two

grounding wires.
Harness
Clamp
Screw/Grounding JD203
Wire Connector Screw/Grounding
Wire
Z2134
9. Remove the two screws and then the cable cover. Cable Cover
Screws (2)
Z2135
8-14
8.2 Scanner Section
10. Remove the screw and then the clamp. JPC2 Connector
11. Disconnect the JPC2 connector.
Screw/Clamp
Z2136
12. Remove the three screws and then the CCD unit. CCD Unit
Screws (3)
Z2137
Reinstallation

removal.
When the CCD unit has been replaced, perform the

following adjustments after installation.

Update” insert a parameter FD attached to the
new CCD unit and click the [FD reading]
button to download the parameter from the FD
into the HD of the main control unit and the
EEPROM on the CPZ23 circuit board
2) In Menu 0351 “CCD Adjustment” perform “AD

timing adjustment”, “OFD voltage adjustment”
and “Gray pixel detecting”
8-15
8.2 Scanner Section
3) Menu 0345 “Optical Axis Adjustment”

4) Menu 0346 “Optical Magnification Calibration”

5) Menu 0347 “Focus Calibration”

6) Menu 0321 “Focus Position Adjustment”

7) Menu 0349 “LED Light Amount Adjustment”

8) Menu 0420 “Mask Position Adjustment”

9) Scanner Correction (Ore-operational Check)
8.2.10 Shutter/Gear Replacement
Removal Shaft Shaft
1. Remove the CCD unit (See Subsection 8.2.9). Shutter
2. Remove the shaft, shutter and lock washer.
3. Remove the shaft and the drive gear.
Installation
Drive Gear
Lock Washer
removal.
Z2141
8-16
8.2 Scanner Section
8.2.11 Lens Home Position Sensor (D202) Replacement
Removal

2. Remove the three screws and then the lens

Screws (3)
Lens Section
Lower Cover
Z2145
3. Disconnect the D202 connector. D202 Connector

8
4. Remove the connector from the bracket and cut
the cord tie.
Connector
Cord Tie
Z2148
5. Remove the screw and then the lens home Lens Home Position
position sensor. Sensor (D202) Screw
Installation

removal.


Z2149
8-17
8.2 Scanner Section
8.2.12 Lens Drive Motor (M202) Replacement
Removal

2. Remove the three screws and then the lens

Screws (3)
Lens Section
Lower Cover
Z2145
3. Disconnect the M202 connector. M202 Connector
4. Remove the connector from the bracket and cut

the cord tie.
Cord Tie
Connector
Z2146
5. Cut the cord tie. Cord Tie Lens Drive Motor (M202)
6. Remove the two screws and then the lens drive

motor.
Installation

removal.

Z2147

8-18
8.2 Scanner Section
8.2.13 Lens Unit Replacement
Removal
1. Remove the CCD unit (See Subsection 8.2.9).
2. Disconnect the D202 and M202 connectors.
M202 Connector
D202 Connector
Z2142
3. Remove the three screws and then the lens cover. Lens Cover
Screws (3)
Z2143
4. Remove the three lens mounting screws. Screws (3)
Cut-away
5. Align the lens flange with the cut-away in the
scanner base and remove the lens unit.
Installation

removal. Lens Unit
Z2144
8-19
8.2 Scanner Section
NOTE: Wipe clean the lens cover glass using a lens

cleaning cloth (TORAY TORAYSEE or equivalent).
Use a lens cleaning fluid if it is available.
1) Menu 0344 “Lens Registration”

2) Menu 0345 “Optical Axis Adjustment”

3) Menu 0346 “Optical Magnification Calibration” Lens Cover Glass

(See Subsection 5.4.12). Z2498


6) Menu 0420 “Mask Position Adjustment”

8.2.14 Conjugate Length Variable Motor (M201) Replacement
Removal Circuit Board Bracket Screw
1. Remove the scanner section rear cover


board bracket.
Z2020
8-20
8.2 Scanner Section
3. Open the clamp and disconnect the motor Motor Conjugate Length
connector. Connector Variable Motor (M201)
4. Remove the three screws and then the motor.
Installation

removal.
After installation perform the following adjustments.

(See Subsection 5.4.12). Clamp Screws (3)
Z2123
8
8.2.15 Conjugate Length Variable Section Home Position Sensor

(D201) Replacement
Removal

Sensor Bracket
Screw
Connector
Z2131
8-21
8.2 Scanner Section
4. Remove the sensor from the bracket by releasing Locking Tabs

its locking tabs.
Bracket
Installation

removal.

Conjugate Length Variable

2) Menu 0347 “Focus Calibration” Section Home Position
(See Subsection 5.4.13). Sensor (D201)
Z2132

8.2.16 Conjugate Length Variable Gear/Rack Replacement
Removal Screws (2) (Loosen)
CPZ23 Circuit Board Box

1. Remove the CPZ23 circuit board box cover
2. Disconnect all connectors from the CPZ23 circuit

board.

4. Cut the cord tie and open the two harness clamps.
Screws (2) (Remove)
Cord Tie
5. Loosen the two screws, remove the other two Harness Clamps (4)
screws and then the CPZ23 circuit board box. Z2150
8-22
8.2 Scanner Section
6. Remove the conjugate length variable motor Screws (4)

(M201) (See Subsection 8.2.14).
7. Remove the four screws securing the gear

bracket.
8. Raise the conjugate length variable section and

remove the gear bracket.
Conjugate Length
Variable Motor (M201)
Z2151
9. Remove the two screws and then the gear cover. Gear Cover
8
Screws (2)
Z2154
10. Remove the two E-rings and then the two gears E-rings (2)
from the bracket.
Gears (2)
Bracket
Z2155
8-23
8.2 Scanner Section
11. Remove the three screws and then the harness Screws (3)
guide.
Harness Guide
Z2152
12. Remove the four screws and then the rack.

Screws (4)
Installation

removal.
NOTE: Tighten the four screws while pressing the rack

against the elevating frame.
1) Menu 0346 “Optical Magnification Calibration” Rack



8-24
8.2 Scanner Section
8.2.17 Program Downloading to Scanner Circuit Board
If the GMB23, CTB23, CLE23 or CPZ23 circuit board

has been replaced, download its parameter from the
main control unit to the circuit board.
1. Select “NO” for “Rack Auto cleaning” in Menu


the CD-ROM drive.

operational checks.

Processor and then to STADBY.
8
FRONTIER 570
System (A1) Disk
Z2043


appears.

button.
8-25
8.2 Scanner Section

appears.

appears.
• The “Printer Selection [C-015]” screen appears.

button.
8-26
8.2 Scanner Section

dialog box appears.
12. Select “Install from HD to circuit board(s) in

scanner” and click the [Next >] button.
• The “Download start (C-041)” dialog box

appears.

8
• The “Downloading to the GMB23 circuit board
14. If the GMB23 circuit board has been replaced,

click the [Yes] button. If not, click the [No] button.
• The “Downloading to the CTB23 circuit board

15. If the CTB23 circuit board has been replaced,

• The “Downloading to the CLE23 circuit board

16. If the CLE23 circuit board has been replaced, click

the [Yes] button. If not, click the [No] button.
• The “Downloading to the CPZ23 circuit board

17. If the CPZ23 circuit board has been replaced,

8-27
8.2 Scanner Section
• The “Download Complete (C-085)” dialog box

appears.

appears.

screen appears.


23. Select “YES” for “Rack Auto cleaning” in Menu

FRONTIER 570
0625 “Processor Operating Condition Setup” and System (A1) Disk
click the [OK] button. Z2044
8-28
8.2 Scanner Section
8.2.18 Fixing Bracket Installation
Fixing Bracket Installation
1. Remove:
• Rear cover (See Subsection 9.1.2).

• Scanner section front cover
2. Loosen the two screws and remove the fixing

bracket.
3. Loosen the screw and remove the carrier fixing

bracket.
4. Remove the two screws and three hex. socket Screws (2)
head bolts. Hex. Socket Head Bolts (3)
8
Fixing Bracket
Screw
Screws (2)
Carrier Fixing Bracket
Z2522
5. Lift the conjugate length variable section and

install the fixing bracket with the two screws.
Fixing Bracket
Fixing Bracket Removal Conjugate Length

Variable Section
Removal is essentially in the reverse order of
installation. Screws (2)
Z2521
8-29
9. SCANNER ELECTRICAL SECTION
Parts Location......................................................................................... 9-2
9.1 Power Supply Section ............................................................................ 9-3

9.1.1 Front Cover Removal/Reinstallation...................................................................... 9-3
9.1.2 Rear Cover Removal/Reinstallation....................................................................... 9-3
9.1.3 Start Switch (D214) Replacement .......................................................................... 9-4
9.1.4 Power Supply Unit Replacement ........................................................................... 9-5
9.1.5 Power Supply Voltage Adjustment ........................................................................ 9-6
9.2 Image Processing Circuit Board Section ............................................. 9-7

9.2.1 Image Processing Circuit Board Box Removal/Reinstallation............................ 9-7
9.2.2 Box Cover and Circuit Board Holder Removal/Reinstallation ............................ 9-9
9.2.3 GSR23 Circuit Board Replacement........................................................................ 9-9
9.2.4 GIA23 Circuit Board Replacement ....................................................................... 9-10
9.2.5 GIE23 Circuit Board Replacement ....................................................................... 9-10
9.2.6 GPA23 Circuit Board Replacement...................................................................... 9-11
9.2.7 GMB23 Circuit Board Replacement ..................................................................... 9-11
9.2.8 Image Processing Circuit Board Expansion....................................................... 9-12
9.2.9 Image Processing Section Cooling Fan (F321) Replacement ........................... 9-12 9
9.3 Main Control Unit.................................................................................. 9-14
9.3.1 Main Control Unit Replacement ........................................................................... 9-14
9.3.2 Main Control Unit Left-hand Cover Removal/Reinstallation ............................. 9-15
9.3.3 Connecting Grounding Wristband....................................................................... 9-15
9.3.4 Motherboard Backup Battery Replacement........................................................ 9-16
9.3.5 Hard Disk Replacement ........................................................................................ 9-18
9-1
Parts Location
Image Processing Circuit Board box
GIA23 circuit Board GPA23 Circuit Board
Expanded Image Processing

(GPA23) Circuit Board (Optional)
GIE23 Circuit Board
Full Keyboard
Image Processing GSR23 Circuit Board
Section Cooling Fan
(F321)
Image Processing
Circuit Board Box
Power Supply Unit Main Control Unit
Z2438
9-2
9.1 Power Supply Section
9.1.1 Front Cover Removal/Reinstallation
Removal Screws (3)

the system.

outlet.
When servicing the electrical section parts, make

sure the built-in circuit breaker is turned OFF and the
power supply cord is disconnected. If the power
supply cord is connected, electricity will flow as far as
the power supply unit, and this can cause electric
Front Cover
shocks and/or short-circuiting.
Z2450
3. Loosen the three screws and remove the front 9

cover.
Reinstallation

removal.
9.1.2 Rear Cover Removal/Reinstallation
Removal

the system.

outlet.
3. Disconnect the power supply cord from the

SP-3000.

4. Loosen the four screws and remove the rear cover. Z2467
9-3
Reinstallation

removal.
9.1.3 Start Switch (D214) Replacement
Removal Connector
1. Remove the front cover (See Subsection 9.1.1).
2. Disconnect the connector from the start switch.
Start Switch
Z2209
3. Release the locking tabs and remove the start Locking Tabs
switch.
Installation
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of Start Switch

removal. Z2210
9-4
9.1.4 Power Supply Unit Replacement
Removal Screws/Grounding Wires (3)
2. Remove the three screws securing the grounding

wires to the frame.
3. Remove the two screws securing the cable

clamps.
Screws/Cable Clamps (2)

Z2204
4. Open the five harness clamps. Harness Clamps (5)
5. Disconnect the ten cable connectors from the DC 9

power supply unit.
Connectors (10)
Z2206
6. Remove the two screws and then the DC power
supply unit. DC Power Supply Unit
Installation
Screws (2)
removal.
NOTE: After installation, adjust the power supply voltage Z2495

9-5
9.1.5 Power Supply Voltage Adjustment
2. Connect the power supply cable to the DC power

supply unit and turn ON the built-in circuit breaker.
3. Press the START switch to start the system.
4. Measure the DC voltages at the measuring points

as shown in the table below.
5. Adjust the voltages by turning each VR.
Measuring Points
DC Voltage
VR Ground
+Terminal Range
Terminal
D+3.3V PS1-1 PS1-2 3.3±0.1V
D+5V1 PS1-3 PS1-4 5.1±0.1V
D+5V2 PS4-1 PS4-9 5.1V±0.1V
A+5V PS2-4 PS2-8 5.1V±0.1V
A–5V PS6-2 PS6-7 –5.2V±0.1V
A+12V PS4-3 PS4-11 12.2±0.5V
A–12V PS4-5 PS4-13 –12.2V±0.5V
A+20V PS6-5 PS6-10 20.2±0.3V
P+12V1 PS2-3 PS2-7 12.2V±0.5V
P+12V2 PS5-6 PS5-12 12.2V±0.5V
P+24V PS4-7 PS4-15 24.2±1.2V
6. Shut down the system.

disconnect the power supply cord.
8. Reinstall the rear cover.
9 1
6 1 5 1 5 1
4 1
3 1
10 5 8 4 8 4
4 2 6 3
16 8
7 1
VR
12 6
1 4
9-6
9.2 Image Processing Circuit Board Section
9.2.1 Image Processing Circuit Board Box Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
2. Remove the six screws securing the cable

clamps.
Screws/Cable Clamps (6)

Z2486 9
3. Remove the two screws and then the fan duct Fan Duct Screws (2)
from the box.
Z2487

cover.
Connector
Cover
Screws (2)
Z2488
9-7
5. Disconnect the seven connectors from the circuit GIA2 GIA1

boards.
GSR1
GIA3 GIE1
GMB11 GMB3
Z2489
6. Remove the two screws and then the image

processing circuit board box.
Reinstallation
Screws (2)
Reinstallation is essentially in the reverse order of Image Processing
Circuit Board Box
removal.
Z2494
9-8
9.2.2 Box Cover and Circuit Board Holder Removal/Reinstallation
Removal Box Cover
1. Remove the image processing circuit board box

2. Remove the two screws and then the box cover.
Screws (2)
Z2191
3. Remove the two screws and then the circuit board Circuit Board Holder
holder.
Reinstallation

removal.
NOTE: Tighten the two screws while lightly pressing the Screws (2)
circuit board holder against the circuit boards. Z2194
9.2.3 GSR23 Circuit Board Replacement
Removal GSR23 Circuit Board
1. Remove the box cover (See Subsection 9.2.2).
2. Disconnect the connector from the GSR23 circuit

board.
Connector
Z2192
9-9
3. Remove the two special screws, washers and GSR23 Circuit Board
then the GSR23 circuit board.
Installation

Special Screws (2) Washers (2)
removal.
Z2193
9.2.4 GIA23 Circuit Board Replacement
Removal Screw
1. Remove the box cover and circuit board holder GIA23 Circuit Board
2. Remove the screw and then the GIA23 circuit

board from Slot 1 on the GMB23 circuit board.
Installation

removal.
NOTE: Insert the circuit board into the slot on the GMB23
Z2195
circuit board securely.
9.2.5 GIE23 Circuit Board Replacement
Removal Screw
1. Remove the box cover and circuit board holder

2. Remove the screw and then the GIE23 circuit

Installation
removal.
NOTE: • Insert the circuit board into the slot on the GMB23
circuit board securely. GIE23 Circuit Board
• After installation, perform “Scanner Driver
Z2196
Installation” (See Section 3.5).
9-10
9.2.6 GPA23 Circuit Board Replacement
Removal Screw
1. Remove the box cover and circuit board holder

2. Remove the screw and then the GPA23 circuit

Installation

removal.
NOTE: Insert the circuit board into the slot on the GMB23 GPA23 Circuit Board
circuit board securely.
Z2197
9.2.7 GMB23 Circuit Board Replacement 9
Removal Connectors
1. Remove:
• GIA23 circuit board (See Subsection 9.2.4).

• GIE23 circuit board (See Subsection 9.2.5).
• GPA23 circuit board (See Subsection 9.2.6).
2. Disconnect the connectors from the GMB23

circuit board.
GMB23 Circuit Board

Z2200
3. Remove the 11 screws and then the GMB23

circuit board.
Installation

removal.
After installation, download the program from the HD

of the main control unit into the GMB23 circuit board GMB23 Circuit Board
Screws (11)
9-11
9.2.8 Image Processing Circuit Board Expansion
1. Remove the box cover and circuit board holder Screw

2. Remove the screw and then the cover.
Cover
Z2198
3. Insert the expansion circuit board into the slot next Screw
to the present GPA23 circuit board and tighten the
screw.
NOTE: Insert the expansion circuit board into the slot

securely.
4. Reinstall the circuit board holder and box cover.
5. Reinstall the image processing circuit board box

and rear cover.
Expansion (GPA23) circuit board

Z2199
9.2.9 Image Processing Section Cooling Fan (F321) Replacement
Removal GMB6 Connector
Fan Bracket
1. Remove the box cover (See Subsection 9.2.2).
2. Disconnect the GMB6 connector.
3. Remove the screw and then the fan bracket.
Screw
Z2202
9-12
4. Remove the two screws and then the fan from the Bracket
Screws (2)
bracket. Fan (F321)
Arrow
Installation

removal.
NOTE: Install the fan so that the arrow points the inside of
the box.
Z2203
9-13
9.3 Main Control Unit
9.3.1 Main Control Unit Replacement
Removal
1. Perform the post-operational checks to shut down Interface (1394)

Cable
the system.

outlet.

Clamp/Screw
Z2028
3. Remove the screw securing the interface (1394) q w

cable clamp.
4. Disconnect all cables from the main control unit.
q Power Supply Cord

w Mouse Cable e
e Full Keyboard Cable

r Operation Keyboard (USB) Cable r
t MCU1 [Power Supply (1394) Cable from Power
Supply Unit]
u
y MCU2 [Image Processing Signal (1394) Cable] t
u Monitor (CRT) Cable
i Interface Cable (1394) Cable
5. Remove the main control unit

i
y
Z2027
w
Installation e

removal. r
t
NOTE: After installation, perform the following operations. u
• Printer and scanner driver installation
(See Section 3.5).
• System software (A1) reinstallation
(See Section 4.3).
• Optional software reinstallation. y i
• Backup for refreshing (See Subsection 3.5.3). Z2515
9-14
9.3.2 Main Control Unit Left-hand Cover Removal/Reinstallation
Removal Left-hand Cover
1. Remove the main control unit

2. Remove the two screws.
3. Remove the left-hand cover by pulling it slightly

toward the rear.
Reinstallation
Reinstallation is essentially in the reverse order of Screws (2)

removal. Z2540
9.3.3 Connecting Grounding Wristband 9
! CAUTION Wristband Grounding Wire

To avoid damaging the electronic parts due to
discharge of static electricity, be sure to wear the
grounding wristband before replacing the parts.
Grounding the frame of the main control unit is not
necessary.
1. Remove the left-hand cover (See Subsection 9.3.2).
2. Temporarily install the cover screw to the frame as

shown.
3. Wear the grounding wristband on the left wrist.

Cover Screw
4. Connect the grounding wire to the screw. Z2541
9-15
9.3.4 Motherboard Backup Battery Replacement
NOTE: • Normally, replace the backup battery within five Backup Battery
years.
• As the backup battery, use a CR2032 (commercial
item).
Removal
1. Connect the wristband (See Subsection 9.3.3).
2. Remove the backup battery from the

motherboard.
Installation

Motherboard
NOTE: • Install the battery with the plus (+) side facing Z2542
upward.
• After replacement, perform the following:
1) CMOS Initial Setup
2) Date/Time Setting Using BIOS Setup Utility
<CMOS Initial Setup and Date/Time Setting>
1. Insert the “Boot Device Change FD” into the FD

drive.

Z2041
• The error message may be displayed on the

ERROR
lower side of the screen. 0271: Check data and time settings
WARNING
3. If the error message appears, press the [F1] key. 0251: System CMOS checksum bad - Default configuration used
Press <F1> to resume, <F2> to Setup
• The boot device change program starts.

EZ201 PC Boot Device Change FD V1.06
---------------------------- ----------
4. Press the [1] key to select “1 HDD1” and then the 1 HDD1 Boot (Default)
[Enter] key. 2 HDD2 Boot (Optional)
3 CD-ROM Boot
---------------------------------------
A:>
9-16
5. Remove the FD from the FD drive.
6. Press the [Alt] and [Del] keys simultaneously while

pressing [Ctrl] key.
• The main control unit is started.
7. Press the [F2] key immediately after the white

characters appear on the black background.
Z2042
• The BIOS setup screen appears.
• The cursor is positioned on “System Time:”.
NOTE: Do not change the items other than the date and
time.
8. Select hour/minute/second by pressing the [Tab] 9

key and set the current time by pressing the [+] or
[–] key of the numeric keys on the full keyboad.
Press the [+] key to put forward the hour/minute/
second.
Press the [–] key to put back the hour/minute/
second.
NOTE: The [+] and [-] keys of the alphabet keys cannot
be used.
9. Press the [↓] key to move the cursor to “year/

month/date:”
10. Select year/month/date by pressing the [Tab] key

and set the current date by pressing the [+] or [–]
key of the numeric keys on the full keyboard.
Press the [+] key to put forward the year/month/
date.
Press the [–] key to put back the year/month/date.
11. Press the [F10] key.
• The “Setup Confirmation” dialog box appears.
12. Press the [←] or [→] key to move the cursor to

[Yes].
13. Press the [Enter] key.
• The main control unit is restarted.
9-17
9.3.5 Hard Disk Replacement
! CAUTION Flat Cable Connector

• To aviod moisture condensation, if the HDD is very
cold and there is a great difference in temperature
(more than 20°C) between the HDD and the room,
let the HDD sit for about one hour to bring it to room
temperature before unpacking.
• To avoid damaging the HDD, take utmost care to
avoid vibrations or impacts being delivered to the
HDD. Place the HDD on soft material such as the
cushion for packing.
• When carrying the HDD, hold the outside frame. If
the print-circuit board or connector is held, the HDD
may be deformed or damaged.
Power Supply P5 Connector

Removal Z2543
1. Connect the wristband (See Subsection 9.3.3).
2. Disconnect the flat cable connector and power

supply P5 connector form the hard disk.
3. Remove the three screws and then the hard disk Screws (2)
bracket.
Hard Disk Bracket

Z2544
4. Remove the two inch-size screws and then the

hard disk from the bracket.
Hard Disk
Inch-size Screws (2)
Z2545
9-18
Installation

removal.
NOTE: • Remove the shoulder screw from the old hard disk New Hard Disk
and install it to the new one.
• The hard disk is a precision part. Take extreme
care to avoid any impacts being delivered to the
hard disk.
• Make sure each connector is connected properly.
• Do not change the factory-settings of the HDD
jumper plug.
• After installation, perform the following.
1) OS Recovery (See Subsection 3.5.1).
2) Driver Installation ((See Subsection 3.5.2).
3) System Software (A1) Reinstallation
(See Section 4.3).
4) Optional Software Installation
(See Optional Software Manual).
5) Backup for Refreshing (See Subsection 3.5.3).
Shoulder Screw
Z2546 9
9-19
10. PAPER SUPPLY SECTION
Parts Location....................................................................................... 10-2
10.1 Paper Magazine..................................................................................... 10-3

10.1.1 Paper Supply Section Assembly Replacement .................................................. 10-3
10.1.2 Magazine Roller Release Arm Replacement ....................................................... 10-3
10.1.3 Drive Pulley Replacement..................................................................................... 10-4
10.2 Upper Paper Magazine Table.............................................................. 10-5

10.2.1 Upper Magazine Setting Lever Cover Removal/Reinstallation ......................... 10-5
10.2.2 Upper Magazine Setting Lever Removal/Reinstallation..................................... 10-5
10.2.3 Upper Magazine Setting Lever Lock Arm Replacement .................................... 10-6
10.2.4 Upper Magazine Table Unit Removal/Reinstallation .......................................... 10-6
10.2.5 Upper Slide Table/Bracket Removal/Reinstallation ........................................... 10-7
10.2.6 Magazine Moving Cam Roller Replacement ....................................................... 10-7
10.2.7 Upper Magazine Table Slide Lock Replacement ................................................ 10-8
10.3 Lower Magazine Table.......................................................................... 10-9

10.3.1 Lower Magazine Setting Lever Cover Removal/Reinstallation ......................... 10-9
10.3.2 Lower Magazine Setting Lever Removal/Reinstallation .................................... 10-9
10.3.3 Lower Magazine Setting Lever Lock Arm Replacement .................................. 10-10
10.3.4 Lower Magazine Table Unit Removal/Reinstallation........................................ 10-10
10.3.5 Magazine Table Lift Cam Roller Replacement .................................................. 10-11 10
10.3.6 Soft Down Damper Replacement ....................................................................... 10-12
10.4 Magazine Drive Unit/Interlock Switch ............................................... 10-14

10.4.1 Upper Magazine Drive Unit Removal/Reinstallation ........................................ 10-14
10.4.2 Lower Magazine Drive Unit Removal/Reinstallation ........................................ 10-15
10.4.3 Upper/Lower Magazine Paper Supply Motor (M610/M620) Replacement....... 10-15
10.4.4 Drive Belt Replacement ...................................................................................... 10-16
10.4.5 Magazine Door Interlock Switch (D680A/B) Replacement............................... 10-17
10-1
Parts Location
Upper Magazine Drive Unit Upper Magazine Paper

Supply Motor (M610)
Upper Paper Magazine
Lower Magazine Drive Unit Lower Magazine Paper

Supply Motor (M620)
Upper Magazine Table
Lower Paper Magazine
Lower Magazine Table
LII954
10-2
10.1 Paper Magazine
10.1.1 Paper Supply Section Assembly Replacement
Removal
1. Release the latches and open the paper

magazine.
Paper Magazine
Latches (2)
LII360
2. Remove the six outside screws, two inside screws

Paper Supply Section Assembly
and then the paper supply section assembly.
3. Remove each four screws and then the two

latches. 10
Installation
Screws (6)
Screws (2)
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of LII363
removal.
10.1.2 Magazine Roller Release Arm Replacement
Removal Arm
1. Remove the paper supply section assembly Spring

2. Remove the E-ring, arm, spring and push rod.
Installation
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of E-ring Push Rod

removal. LII364
10-3
10.1 Paper Magazine
10.1.3 Drive Pulley Replacement
Removal
1. Remove the E-ring and then the drive pulley.
NOTE: Be careful not to lose the pulley drive straight

pin.
Installation
E-ring
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of Pulley

removal. LII365
10-4
10.2 Upper Paper Magazine Table
10.2.1 Upper Magazine Setting Lever Cover Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
Magazine Door
LII206
2. Turn the setting lever to the left. Screws (3)
3. Remove the three screws and then the setting

lever cover.
10
Reinstallation

Setting Lever Cover
removal.
LII372
10.2.2 Upper Magazine Setting Lever Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
1. Remove the upper magazine setting lever cover

2. Remove the E-ring and then the setting lever.
Reinstallation

removal.
E-ring Setting Lever
NOTE: Reinstall the setting lever so that it is parallel to the LII373
magazine table when it is turned fully to the right.
10-5
10.2.3 Upper Magazine Setting Lever Lock Arm Replacement
Removal Screws (4)
1. Remove the upper magazine setting lever

2. Remove the four screws and then the lock

assembly.
Lock Assembly
LII374
3. Remove the spring, E-ring, two poly-sliders and

E-ring
arm.
Poly-sliders (2)
Arm
Installation
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of Spring

removal. LII375
10.2.4 Upper Magazine Table Unit Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
Screws (8)
2. Align the holes by sliding the magazine table and

remove the following screws.
• Eight screws securing the rail to the cutter side Screws (8)
bracket
• Eight screws securing the center rail to the
frame
• Eight screws securing the rail to the processor
side bracket Screws (8)
LII376
3. Remove the upper magazine table unit.
10-6
Reinstallation

removal.
NOTE: If the magazine table slider does not run smoothly

after reinstallation, loosen the four screws securing
the processor side bracket and retighten them after
sliding the table in and out several times.
Processor Side Bracket Screws (4)
LII400
10.2.5 Upper Slide Table/Bracket Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
Screws (4)
1. Remove the upper magazine table unit
(See Subsection 10.2.4). Slide Table
10
2. Remove the four screws, then the slide table, two
brackets and two magazine guides.
Magazine Guides (2)

Reinstallation
Reinstallation is essentially in the reverse order of Brackets (2)
removal. LII377
10.2.6 Magazine Moving Cam Roller Replacement
Removal Bearings (2)
Camshaft
1. Remove:
• Upper magazine setting lever (See Subsection

10.2.2).
• Upper magazine setting lever lock arm
• Upper slide table/brackets
Collars (4)
E-rings (3)
2. Remove the three E-rings, then the two bearings,

four collars and camshaft. LII378
10-7
3. Remove the two E-rings, two bearings and then

the cam roller.
Installation
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of E-rings (2) Bearings (2) Cam Roller
removal. LII379
10.2.7 Upper Magazine Table Slide Lock Replacement
Removal
Screws (2)
1. Remove the upper magazine table unit Lock Assembly

2. Remove the two screws and then the lock

assembly.
Installation

removal.
LII380
10-8
10.3 Lower Magazine Table
10.3.1 Lower Magazine Setting Lever Cover Removal/Reinstallation
Removal Screws (3)
2. Remove the three screws and then the cover.
Reinstallation
Reinstallation is essentially in the reverse order of Cover

removal. LII381
10.3.2 Lower Magazine Setting Lever Removal/Reinstallation
Removal 10
1. Remove the magazine setting lever cover
2. Remove the two screws and then the setting lever.
Setting lever
Reinstallation

removal.
NOTE: Reinstall the setting lever so that it is parallel to the Screws (2)
magazine table when it is turned fully to the right. LII383
10-9
10.3.3 Lower Magazine Setting Lever Lock Arm Replacement
Removal Screws (3)
1. Remove the magazine setting lever

2. Remove the three screws and then the lock

assembly.
Lock Assembly
LII384
3. Remove the spring, E-ring, two poly-sliders and

Spring E-ring
then the arm.
Poly-sliders (2)
Arm
Installation

removal. LII385
10.3.4 Lower Magazine Table Unit Removal/Reinstallation
Removal Screws (8)

Processor Side Rail
1. Remove the left lower cover

2. Align the holes by sliding the magazine table and

remove the following screws.
Center Rail
• Eight screws securing the rail to the cutter side

bracket
• Eight screws securing the center rail to the
frame
• Eight screws securing the rail to the processor
side bracket Cutter Side Rail
Screws (8)
Screws (8)
3. Remove the lower magazine table unit. LII386
10-10
Reinstallation Shims(4)

removal.
NOTE: • If the lower magazine table unit should be

replaced, measure the shim thickness in four
places and attach shims of the same thickness to
a new magazine table.
LII387
• If the magazine table slider does not run smoothly

after reinstallation, loosen the four screws
securing the processor side bracket and retighten
them after sliding the table in and out several
times.
10
Processor Side Bracket Screws (4)

LII401
10.3.5 Magazine Table Lift Cam Roller Replacement
Removal Magazine Lift Plate

Screws (8)
1. Remove the lower magazine setting lever cover
2. Remove the eight screws, then four lift guides and

magazine lift plate.
Lift Guides (4)

LII388
10-11
3. Remove the E-ring, shaft, two bearings, and then

the roller.
E-ring
Installation

Roller
removal.
NOTE: After installing the lift guides, check the magazine

table for smooth movement by moving it up and
down several times. If necessary, adjust it by Shaft Bearings (2)
following the steps below. LII389
1) Loosen the screws securing the lift guides.

2) Move the magazine table up and down several
times.
3) Retighten the screws.
10.3.6 Soft Down Damper Replacement
Removal
1. Remove the lower magazine table unit

2. Remove the two screws and then the damper

bracket.
Screws (2) Damper Bracket

LII390
3. Remove the two screws and then the damper.

Damper
Screws (2)
LII391
10-12
Installation Damper Bracket
1. Temporarily install the damper to the bracket

using the two screws.
2. Install the bracket with the two screws.
3. Tighten the two damper screws securely.
Screws (2)
Screws (2)
LII392
10
10-13
10.4 Magazine Drive Unit/Interlock Switch
10.4.1 Upper Magazine Drive Unit Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
Harness cover
Screws (2)

cover.
LII393
3. Remove the screw and then the connector cover.

Harness Clamp
5. Disconnect the JMAG2 connector.
JMAG2 Connector
Screw
Connector Cover
LII394
6. Loosen the six screws, remove the other one Screws (Loosen)
screw and then the drive unit by sliding it to the
right-hand side. Drive Unit
Reinstallation

removal.
NOTE: Tighten the drive unit screws by following the steps

below.
1) Align the hole in the drive unit with the half-punch

Screw (Remove)
on the printer frame.
Braket
2) Tighten the four screws while pushing the unit
upward. Screws (Loosen)
3) Push the bracket against the cutter/feed unit and LII395
the drive unit and tighten the removed screw.
4) Tighten the two loosened bracket screws.
10-14
10.4.2 Lower Magazine Drive Unit Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
1. Remove the left cover (See Subsection 11.1.1).
2. Remove the screw and then the connector cover. Screw
Connector Cover
LII402
3. Disconnect the connector (JMAG2).
4. Loosen the four screws and remove the drive unit

by sliding into the sifting down it.
10
Reinstallation
Reinstallation is essentially in the reverse order of Screws (4) (Loosen)

Drive Unit
removal.
Connector
NOTE: Tighten the drive unit screws by following the steps LII403
below.
1) Align the hole in the drive unit with the half-punch

on the printer frame.
2) Tighten the four screws while pushing the unit to
the left-hand side.
10.4.3 Upper/Lower Magazine Paper Supply Motor (M610/M620) Replacement
Removal
Motor Cover
1. Remove the upper or lower magazine drive unit

(See Subsection 10.4.1/10.4.2). Screws (2)
3. Remove the two screws and then the motor cover.

Clamp
LII396
10-15
4. Disengage the drive belt from the motor pulley. Motor Pulley
Belt
LII397
5. Open the clamp and disconnect the motor

Screws (4)
connector.
Motor (M610/M620)
6. Remove the four screws and then the motor.
Installation
Motor Connector
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of Clamp
removal. LII398
NOTE: After belt installation, turn the belt by hand to check

that it operates correctly.
10.4.4 Drive Belt Replacement
Removal Idler Pulley
1. Remove the upper or lower magazine drive unit

(See Subsection 10.4.1/10.4.2).
2. Remove the spring and then the drive belt.
Installation

removal. Spring
Belt
NOTE: After belt installation, turn the belt by hand to check LII399
that it operates correctly.
10-16
10.4.5 Magazine Door Interlock Switch (D680A/B) Replacement
Removal Screws (3)
2. Remove the three screws and then the switch

cover.
Switch Cover
LII369
3. Disconnect the two switch connectors.

Switch Connectors (2)
4. Remove the two screws and then the switch

bracket.
10
Screws (2)
Switch Bracket
LII370
5. Remove the spring, E-ring and then the two

Spring
switches.
E-ring
Installation

removal.
LII371
10-17
11. PAPER FEED SECTION
Parts Location....................................................................................... 11-3
11.1 Cutter/Feed Section.............................................................................. 11-6

11.1.1 Left Cover Removal/Reinstallation ...................................................................... 11-6
11.1.2 Cutter/Feed Unit Removal/Reinstallation ............................................................ 11-6
11.1.3 Upper Sensor Bracket Removal/Reinstallation .................................................. 11-9
11.1.4 Lower Sensor Bracket Removal/Reinstallation .................................................. 11-9
11.1.5 Upper/Lower Magazine Paper End Sensor (D616/D626) Replacement .......... 11-10
11.1.6 Upper Magazine ID Sensor 1 to 6 (D610 to D615), Open/Close Sensor
(D617/D618), Lower Magazine ID Sensor 1 to 6 (D620 to D625),
Open/Close Sensor (D627/D628) Replacement ................................................ 11-10
11.1.7 Feed Motor 1 (M630) Replacement .................................................................... 11-11
11.1.8 Drive Gear Replacement ..................................................................................... 11-11
11.1.9 Upper Magazine Paper Sensor (D631) Replacement ....................................... 11-12
11.1.10 Lower Magazine Paper Sensor (D632P) Replacement..................................... 11-12
11.1.11 Connector Cover Removal/Reinstallation......................................................... 11-13
11.1.12 Upper Cutter Unit Removal/Reinstallation ........................................................ 11-14
11.1.13 Upper and Lower Common use Guide Plate Removal/Reinstallation ............ 11-15
11.1.14 Lower Magazine Paper Sensor LED (D632L) Replacement............................. 11-15
11.1.15 Lower Cutter Unit Removal/Reinstallation........................................................ 11-16
11.1.16 Feed Guide Plate Replacement .......................................................................... 11-17
11.1.17 Exit Nip Roller/Lower Magazine Entrance Nip Roller Replacement ............... 11-17
11.1.18 Lower Cutter Feed Roller Replacement ............................................................ 11-18
11.1.19 Upper Cutter Feed Roller Replacement............................................................. 11-19
11
11.1.20 Emulsion Surface Side Upper Cutter Exit Guide Plate
Removal/Reinstallation ....................................................................................... 11-20
11.1.21 Upper Cutter Nip Roller Replacement ............................................................... 11-21
11.1.22 Back Surface Side Upper Cutter Entrance Guide Plate
11.1.23 Exit Feed Roller Replacement ............................................................................ 11-22
11.2 Back Printing Section......................................................................... 11-23

11.2.1 Back Printing/Feed Unit Removal/Reinstallation ............................................. 11-23
11.2.2 Feed Section Paper Sensor (D633) Replacement............................................. 11-24
11.2.3 Nip Release Solenoid 1 (S631) Replacement.................................................... 11-25
11.2.6 Back Printing Entrance/Cutter Exit Feed Roller Drive Gear Replacement..... 11-27
11.2.8 Back Printing Entrance Feed Roller Replacement ........................................... 11-28
11.2.9 Back Printing Middle Feed Roller Replacement ............................................... 11-29
11.2.10 Back Printing Exit Feed Roller Replacement.................................................... 11-30
11.2.11 Back Printing Exit Guide Plate Removal/Reinstallation .................................. 11-30
11.2.12 Back Printing Middle/Exit Nip Roller Replacement .......................................... 11-31
11.2.13 Back Printing Entrance Nip Roller Replacement.............................................. 11-32
11.2.14 Back Printing Entrance Guide Plate Removal/Reinstallation.......................... 11-33
11.2.15 Platen Replacement ............................................................................................ 11-34
11.2.16 Back Printing Surface Side Guide Plate Replacement .................................... 11-34
11.2.17 Back Printing Drive Gear Replacement............................................................. 11-35
11-1
11.2.18 Back Printing Head Replacement ...................................................................... 11-36

11.2.19 Back Printing Unit Removal/Reinstallation....................................................... 11-37
11.2.20 Back Printing Unit Drive Gear Replacement..................................................... 11-37
11.2.21 Back Printing Head Clearance Adjustment....................................................... 11-38
11.3 Registration Section........................................................................... 11-40

11.3.1 Registration Unit Removal/Reinstallation ......................................................... 11-40
11.3.2 Nip Release Home Position Sensor 1 (D642) Replacement ............................ 11-40
11.3.3 Tilt Home Position Sensor (D641) Replacement .............................................. 11-41
11.3.4 Registration Section Paper Sensor (D640P) Replacement.............................. 11-42
11.3.5 Registration Section Paper Sensor LED (D640L) Replacement...................... 11-42
11.3.7 Registration Tilt Motor (M641) /Nip Release Motor1 (M642) Replacement..... 11-43
11.3.10 Registration Section Feed Roller Replacement................................................ 11-46
11.3.11 Registration Section Nip Roller 2 Replacement ............................................... 11-47
11.3.12 Registration Section Nip Roller 3/4 Replacement ............................................ 11-48
11.3.13 Exit Side Upper and Lower Guide Plate Replacement..................................... 11-49
11.3.14 Tilt Unit Removal/Reinstallation......................................................................... 11-52
11.3.15 Registration Section Feed Roller 1 Replacement............................................. 11-53
11.3.16 Entrance Guide Plate Removal/Reinstallation.................................................. 11-53
11.3.17 Registration Section Nip Roller 1 Replacement ............................................... 11-54
11.3.18 Feed Roller 1 Drive Gear Replacement ............................................................. 11-55
11-2
Parts Location
● Cutter/Feed Unit
Upper Magazine Open/Close

Sensor 1 (D617)
Upper Magazine
Open/Close Sensor 2 (D618)
Upper Magazine
Upper Magazine ID Sensors 1 to 6
Paper End Sensor (D616) 6(D615) Upper Magazine
5(D614) Paper Sensor (D631)
4(D613)
Upper Magazine
3(D612) Splice Sensor (D619)
2(D611)
Feed Motor 1 (M630) 1(D610) Upper Cutter Close
Upper Cutter
Open (Home)
Sensor (D601)
Upper Cutter
Drive Motor
(M600)
11
Lower Magazine
Paper End Sensor (D626)
Lower Magazine
Open/Close Sensors
1/2 (D627/D628)
Lower Magazine
Lower Magazine Paper Sensor (D632)
Splice Sensor (D629)
Lower Magazine
ID Sensor 1 to 6 Lower Cutter Drive
(D620 to D625) Motor (M601)
Lower Cutter Close

Lower Cutter Open
(Home) Sensor (D603)
LII955
11-3
Parts Location
● Back Printing/Feed Unit
Feed Motor 3 (M632)
Feed Section Paper Sensor (D633)
Gear Release Lever
Feed Motor 2 (M631)
Nip Release Solenoid 2

(S632)
(S631) Platen
Back Printer Head (S630)
LII956
11-4
Parts Location
● Registration Unit
Nip Release Motor (M642)

Tilt Home Position Registration Section
Sensor (D641) Paper Sensor (D640)
Nip Release Home Position

Sensor (D642)
Registration
Tilt Motor (M641)
Nip Release
Solenoid 3 (S640)
Nip Release
Solenoid 4 (S641) Feed Motor 4 (M640)
11
LII957
11-5
11.1 Cutter/Feed Section
11.1.1 Left Cover Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
1. Turn OFF the built-in circuit breaker and the main

power supply.
Magazine Door
LII206
3. Pull the lock release lever and remove the left

cover. Lock Release Lever
Reinstallation
Left Side Cover
LII209
removal.
11.1.2 Cutter/Feed Unit Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
2. Push the gear release lever at the back printing

Spacer
section and inset the spacer (approximately 2 cm)
between the lever and the frame flange as shown.
Gear Release Lever
LII404
11-6

Harness Cover Screws (2)
cover.
LII393
Connectors (3)
5. Disconnect the three connectors (Jha1 to Jha3).
Clamp 11
LII405
6. Remove the three screws securing the unit in the

upper magazine section.
Screws (3)
LII406
11-7
7. Remove the four screws securing the unit.
Screws (4)
LII407
8. Remove the cutter/feed unit while pushing the

shutter buttons. Shutter Button
NOTE: Take care not to damage the wire harnesses.
Reinstallation

removal.
NOTE: If the unit has been replaced, perform the following

adjustments.
1) Menu 0558 "Sensor Calibration (Initial)"

2) Menu 0553 "Feeding Position Sensor Fine Cutter/Feed Unit
Adjustment" (See Subsection 5.6.21). LII408
3) Menu 0554 "Image Position Initial Setting"
4) Menu 0520 "Paper Magazine Feeding Fine
Adjustment" (See Subsection 5.6.1).
11-8
11.1.3 Upper Sensor Bracket Removal/Reinstallation
Removal Upper Sensor Bracket
1. Remove the cutter/feed unit (See Subsection 11.1.2).

Screws (2)
2. Open the clamp and disconnect the connector.
3. Remove the two screws and then the bracket.
Reinstallation
Clamp Connector
removal.
NOTE: Align the notch in the bracket with the tab on the LII027
cutter unit and tighten the seven screws.
11.1.4 Lower Sensor Bracket Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
11
Connector
3. Disconnect the connector and remove the bracket.
Reinstallation

removal.
Lower Sensor Bracket

NOTE: Align the notch in the bracket with the tab on the
cutter unit and tighten the seven screws. LII1196
11-9
11.1.5 Upper/Lower Magazine Paper End Sensor (D616/D626) Replacement
Removal
1. Remove: Connector
Locking Tabs
• Upper sensor bracket (D616) (See Subsection 11.1.3).
• Lower sensor bracket (D626) (See Subsection 11.1.4).
3. Release the locking tabs then remove the sensor.
Installation Sensor (D616/D626)

LII029
removal.
11.1.6 Upper Magazine ID Sensor 1 to 6 (D610 to D615), Open/Close

Sensor (D617/D618), Lower Magazine ID Sensor 1 to 6 (D620
to D625), Open/Close Sensor (D627/D628) Replacement
Removal Locking Tabs
1. Remove:
Connector
• Upper sensor bracket (D616) (See Subsection 11.1.3).
• Lower sensor bracket (D626) (See Subsection 11.1.4).

/D 28
Sensor
/D 27
D6 8/D6
/D6 5
6
62

/D6 4
1
2
23
17
D6
/D6 2
15
2
21
14
D6
D6
D610/D620
13
Installation
D6
12/
D6
11
D6
D6
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal. LII028
11-10
11.1.7 Feed Motor 1 (M630) Replacement
Removal
1. Remove the cutter/feed unit (See Subsection 11.1.2). Clamp
2. Open the clamp and disconnect the connector. Motor Bracket
3. Remove the four screws and then the motor bracket.
Screws (4)
Connector
LII031
4. Remove the two screws and then the bracket from Bracket
the motor.
Installation

11
NOTE: Install the motor so that its connector faces as Screws (2)
shown in the figure. Motor (M630)
LII032
11.1.8 Drive Gear Replacement
Removal Upper Cutter Roller Drive Gear

Exit Roller Drive Gear
1. Remove feed motor 1 (M630) (See Subsection 11.1.7).
E-ring
2. Remove the E-ring and then the idler gear. E-rings (2)
3. Remove the two E-rings, upper cutter roller drive

gear, lower cutter roller drive gear and two spacers.
4. Remove the E-ring and then the exit roller drive

gear.
E-ring
Idler Gear
Installation
Lower Cutter Roller Drive Gear
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal. Spacers (2)
LII033
NOTE: Install the gears so that they can be turned only
arrow direction as shown when their shafts are held.
11-11
11.1.9 Upper Magazine Paper Sensor (D631) Replacement
Removal

LII034
3. Disconnect the connector (D631). Connector (D631)
4. Release the locking tabs then remove the sensor. Sensor (D631)
Installation
Locking Tabs

LII035
11.1.10 Lower Magazine Paper Sensor (D632P) Replacement
Removal
Screw
Sensor Bracket
LII036
11-12
4. Disconnect the connector (D632P) from the

sensor.
Installation
Screw
Connector (D632P) Sensor (D632)
LII037
11.1.11 Connector Cover Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
Connector Cover Screws (2)

cover.
11
Reinstallation

removal. LII038
11-13
11.1.12 Upper Cutter Unit Removal/Reinstallation
Removal Clamps(6)
1. Remove the connector cover (See Subsection 11.1.11).
2. Open the six clamps and disconnect the three

connectors (M600, Jha3 and Jha5).
Connectors(3)
LII039
3. Remove the seven screws and then the cutter unit.

Cutter Unit
Reinstallation

removal. Screws (7)
LII040
NOTE: • Align the notch in the bracket with the tab on the
• The connector codes “jha3” or “jha6”, “jha4” or
“jha7” or “jha5” or “jha8” is found on each surface
of the code tag because the upper and lower cutter
units are the same parts.
adjustments.

2) Menu 0553 "Feeding Position Sensor Fine
11-14
11.1.13 Upper and Lower Common use Guide Plate Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
1. Remove: Connector (D632L)
• Upper cutter unit (See Subsection 11.1.12).

• Lower cutter unit (See Subsection 11.1.15).
2. Disconnect the connector (D632L) and open the

four harness clamps.
Clamps (4)
LII047
3. Remove the E-ring and then the guide plate.

E-ring
11
Reinstallation

removal. Guide Plate
LII048
11.1.14 Lower Magazine Paper Sensor LED (D632L) Replacement
Removal
1. Remove the upper and lower common use guide Sensor Bracket
plate (See Subsection 11.1.13).
Screw
LII049
11-15
3. Disconnect the connector from the sensor LED.

Screw
Cover
4. Remove the screw, sensor LED and cover.
Sensor LED (D632L)
Installation

Connector
LII052
11.1.15 Lower Cutter Unit Removal/Reinstallation
Removal Clamps(6)
2. Open the six harness clamps.
3. Disconnect the three connectors

(M601, Jha6 and Jha8).
Connector(3)
LII050
4. Remove the four screws and then the cutter unit. Screws (4)
Reinstallation

removal.
NOTE: • Align the notch in the bracket with the tab on the
• The connector codes “jha3” or “jha6”, “jha4” or
“jha7” or “jha5” or “jha8” is found on each surface
of the code tag because the upper and lower cutter
units are the same parts.
Cutter Unit
adjustments.
LII051

2) Menu 0553 "Feeding Position Sensor Fine
11-16
11.1.16 Feed Guide Plate Replacement
Removal
1. Remove:

2. Open the five clamps and disconnect the

connector (D632P).
Clamps (5)
Connector (D632P)
LII053
3. Remove the E-ring and then the guide plate. E-ring
11
Installation
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal. Guide Plate

LII054
11.1.17 Exit Nip Roller/Lower Magazine Entrance Nip Roller Replacement
Removal Roller Shaft Springs (2)
2. Remove the two springs and then the roller shaft.
LII055
11-17

Roller
the roller.
E-rings (2) Bearings (2)
Installation

LII056
11.1.18 Lower Cutter Feed Roller Replacement
Removal
1. Remove:
• Motor bracket (See Subsection 11.1.7).

2. Remove the four screws and then the connector

bracket.
Connector Bracket
Screws (4)
LII057
3. Remove the E-ring and then the bearing.

E-ring Bearing
LII058
11-18
4. Remove the E-ring and idler gear. E-ring

Spacer Bearing
5. Remove the E-ring and then the roller drive gear,
spacer and bearing.
E-ring Idler Gear

Roller Drive Gear
LII059
6. Open the guide plate and remove the roller.
Installation

11
NOTE: Install the rollers with their hole in the shaft end Roller
toward the rear.
LII060
11.1.19 Upper Cutter Feed Roller Replacement
Removal
1. Remove:


bracket.
Connector Bracket
Screws (4)
LII057
11-19
E-ring
Bearing
LII061
4. Remove the E-ring and idler gear. Spacer

E-ring Roller
5. Remove the E-ring, roller drive gear and spacer.
6. Remove the roller.
Installation
E-ring Idler Gear Roller Drive Gear

NOTE: Install the rollers with their hole in the shaft end
toward the rear. LII062
11.1.20 Emulsion Surface Side Upper Cutter Exit Guide Plate

Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
1. Remove:

Springs (2)
LII063
11-20
3. Remove the E-ring and then the guide plate.
Reinstallation
Reinstallation is essentially in the reverse order of removal. Guide Plate E-ring

LII064
11.1.21 Upper Cutter Nip Roller Replacement
Removal
1. Remove the emulsion surface side upper cutter Roller

exit guide plate (See Subsection 11.1.20).
E-ring
3. Remove the E-ring, bearing and then the roller.

11
Springs (2)
Installation
Bearings
11.1.22 Back Surface Side Upper Cutter Entrance Guide Plate Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
Screw
1. Remove the emulsion surface side upper cutter
exit guide plate (See Subsection 11.1.20).
Sensor Bracket
2. Remove the screw and then the sensor (D631)
bracket.
3. Remove the four screws and then the guide plate.
Reinstallation
Reinstallation is essentially in the reverse order of removal. Screws (4)

Guide Plate
LII066
11-21
11.1.23 Exit Feed Roller Replacement
Removal Connector Bracket

Screws (4)
2. Disconnect the six connectors and open the

thirteen clamps.

bracket.
Clamps(13) Connectors (6)

LII104

E-ring
Bearing
LII102
5. Remove the E-ring, gear and bearing. Roller
Installation
NOTE: • Install the gear so that its black boss faces the Bearing E-ring
roller side. Gear
• Install the rollers with their hole in the shaft end LII103
toward the rear.
11-22
11.2 Back Printing Section
11.2.1 Back Printing/Feed Unit Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
2. Push the gear release lever and insert the spacer

Spacer
(approximately 2 cm) between the lever and the
frame flange as shown.
Gear Release Lever
LII404
3. Remove the two screws and then the harness Screws (2)
Harness Cover
cover.
11
LII393
Screws (4)
LII409
11-23
5. Pull the unit out about 5 cm. Clamps (2)
6. Open the two clamps and disconnect the three

connectors.
7. Remove the unit.
Reinstallation

removal.
NOTE: When the unit has been replaced, perform the Connectors (3)
following adjustments.
1) Back Printing Head Adjustment

Unit
2) Menu 0554 "Image Position Initial Setting" LII410
3) Menu 0520 "Paper Magazine Feeding Fine
11.2.2 Feed Section Paper Sensor (D633) Replacement
Removal
1. Remove the back printing/feed unit (See Subsection

11.2.1).
Installation
Connector
Sensor (D633)
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of Locking Tabs
removal. LII067
11-24
11.2.3 Nip Release Solenoid 1 (S631) Replacement
Removal Connector Cover
1. Remove the back printing/feed unit

2. Open the back printing exit guide plate.
Screws
LII068
4. Open the two clamps and disconnect the connector. Screws (2)
Connector
5. Remove the E-ring.
6. Remove the two screws and then the solenoid.
E-ring
11
Installation Clamps (2) Solenoid (S631)

LII069

Screw
LII070
11-25
3. Open the two clamps and disconnect the connector. Clamps (2)
5. Remove the two screws and then the solenoid.

Screws (2)
Solenoid (S632)
E-ring
Installation
Connector
LII071
Removal Motor/Bracket Clamps (2)

2. Open the two clamps and disconnect the two

connectors.
3. Remove the two screws and then the motor bracket.
Connectors (2) Screws (2)

LII072
4. Remove the two screws and then the motor.

Motor 3 (M632)
Screws (2)
Installation

LII073
11-26
11.2.6 Back Printing Entrance/Cutter Exit Feed Roller Drive Gear Replacement
Removal E-ring

2. Remove the spring, E-ring and then the gear

bracket.
Spring
Gear Bracket
LII074
3. Remove the back printing entrance feed roller

Back Printing Entrance Feed Roller Drive Gear
drive gear and two bearings.
Bearings (2)
4. Remove the screw, then the shaft, and then cutter

exit feed drive gear.
11
Axis
Screw
Cutter Exit Feed Drive Gear
LII075
Installation
NOTE: • Install the gear so that its black boss faces the
roller (front) side.
• Align the pin on the bracket with the slide lever of
the gear bracket.
Pin
Gear Bracket Slide Lever

LII076
11-27
Removal
1. Remove the back printing entrance/cutter exit Screws (2)
feed drive gear bracket (See Subsection 11.2.6).
2. Disconnect the connector.
Connector
Installation
Motor (M631)
11.2.8 Back Printing Entrance Feed Roller Replacement
Removal Back Printing Unit
Roller
1. Remove the back printing entrance/cutter exit
feed drive gear bracket (See Subsection 11.2.6).
2. Remove the rear bearing.
3. Loosen the screw and open the back printing unit.
4. Remove the front E-ring, bearing and then the roller.
Installation
Screw
Bearing Bearing
E-ring
NOTE: Install the rollers with their hole in the shaft end LII078
toward the rear.
11-28
11.2.9 Back Printing Middle Feed Roller Replacement
Removal
1. Remove the motor bracket (See Subsection 11.2.5).
2. Remove the E-ring, bearing, gear and the two

spacers.
Gear
Spacer(2)
E-ring
LII079
3. Remove the E-ring, bearing and then the roller. Roller
11
Installation
NOTE: • Install the gear with its black boss faces the roller
side (front).
• Install the rollers with their hole in the shaft end Bearing E-ring
toward the rear. LII080
11-29
11.2.10 Back Printing Exit Feed Roller Replacement
Removal Bearing

2. Remove the E-ring, two spacers, gear and bearing.
E-ring
Gear Spacers (2)
LII081

Roller
NOTE: • Install the gear with its black boss faces the roller
side (front).
Bearing
• Install the rollers with their hole in the shaft end
toward the rear.
E-ring
Installation

LII082
11.2.11 Back Printing Exit Guide Plate Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
2. Remove the E-ring, two spacers and then the

gear.
Gear
Spacer(2)
E-ring
LII079
11-30
3. Remove the screw and then the connector cover. Connector Cover
Screw
4. Disconnect the connector (S632) and open the
Connector
clamp.
Clamp
LII083
5. Loosen the front and rear fulcrum screws then

remove the guide plate.
Reinstallation

removal.
11
NOTE: Install the gear with its black boss faces the roller
Screws (2)
side (front).
LII084
11.2.12 Back Printing Middle/Exit Nip Roller Replacement
Removal Springs (2)
1. Remove :
• Nip release solenoid 1 (S631)

• Nip release solenoid 2 (S632)
3. Remove the E-ring, and then the roller/bracket by

pulling out the shaft. Roller/Bracket
E-ring Shaft
LII085
11-31
4. Remove the two E-rings, two bearings and then Roller

the roller.
Installation
E-rings (2)
Bearings (2)
11.2.13 Back Printing Entrance Nip Roller Replacement
Removal

2. Remove the two screws.

the roller.
Roller
Installation E-rings (2)
Bearings (2)
LII087
11-32
11.2.14 Back Printing Entrance Guide Plate Removal/Reinstallation

Screws
LII068

two clamps.
11
Connector
Clamps (2)
LII088
4. Remove the eight screws and then the entrance

Screws (8)
guide plate.
Reinstallation
Reinstallation is essentially in the reverse order of Entrance Guide Plate

LII089
removal.
11-33
11.2.15 Platen Replacement
Removal
1. Remove the left cover

2. Remove the two screws and then the platen/bracket.
Screws(2)
Platen/Bracket
LII090
3. Remove the two screws and then the platen.
Screws(2)
Installation
Platen
NOTE: After installation, adjust back printing head
clearance (See Subsection 11.2.21). LII091
11.2.16 Back Printing Surface Side Guide Plate Replacement
Removal
1. Remove:
• Motor bracket (See Subsection 11.2.5).

• Back printing exit guide plate
• Back printing entrance guide plate
2. Remove the E-ring then the two spacer and gear.
E-ring
Gear Spacers (2)
LII081
11-34
3. Release the locking tabs, remove the sensor and

Rocking Tabs
open the two clamps.
Sensor
Clamps (2)
LII092
4. Remove the four screws and then the back

printing surface side guide plate. Back Printing Surface
Side Guide Plate
11
Installation
Screws (4)
11.2.17 Back Printing Drive Gear Replacement
Removal
2. Remove the gear bearing.
Gear Bearing
LII094
11-35
3. Remove the four E-rings then the two gears and pin.
Gears (2)
Installation E-rings (4)
Pin
LII095
11.2.18 Back Printing Head Replacement
Removal Screw

2. Loosen the screw and open the back printing unit,

then secure it with the screw.
3. Release the lock and remove the ink ribbon

cassette.
Connector Cover
LII096
5. Disconnect the flat harness connector. Back Printing Head
6. Remove the two screws and then the back

printing head.
Installation
NOTE: After installation, adjust back printing head

clearance (See Subsection 11.2.21). Screws (2) Flat Harness Connector
LII097
11-36
11.2.19 Back Printing Unit Removal/Reinstallation
Removal Bearing Fulcrum Screw
1. Remove the back printing/feed unit Washer

2. Remove the coil spring 1.
3. Open the two clamps.

Spring 2
4. Remove the screw.
5. Remove the fulcrum screw, washer, spring 2,

Screw
bearing and then the back printing unit. Spring 1
Clamps (2)
Reinstallation LII098

removal.
11.2.20 Back Printing Unit Drive Gear Replacement

11
Removal Bearing

Screws(2)
2. Remove the E-ring, bearing, two screws and then

the gear bracket.
E-ring
Gear Bracket
LII099
11-37
3. Remove the E-ring and then the gear from the

E-ring
bracket.
Gear
LII100
4. Remove the E-ring and then the ink ribbon drive

gear. E-ring
Installation
NOTE: Install the gear so that its black boss faces the Ink Ribbon Drive Gear
outside.
LII101
11.2.21 Back Printing Head Clearance Adjustment
1. Remove the left cover (See Subsection 11.1.1). Back Printing Exit Guide Plate
2. Loosen the two screws securing the platen bracket.
3. Open the back printing exit guide plate.
Screws (2)
LII1067
11-38
4. Insert the feeler gauge of the jig between the head

Feeler Gauge
and platen.
Back Printing Clearance Adjustment Jig: (#332D889498)
5. Raise the feeler gauge up approximately 20 mm

and push the platen pin against the gauge.
Platen Pin
LII1068
6. While pressing the platen pin, tighten the two

Platen Pin
screws.
7. Remove the feeler gauge.
8. Reinstall the left cover.
11
Screws (2)
LII1069
11-39
11.3 Registration Section
11.3.1 Registration Unit Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
3. Pull out the unit until its stoppers touch to the Screws (4)
frame as shown. LII411
4. Disconnect the two connectors (Jre1 and Jre3).
5. Remove the unit. Connectors (2)
Reinstallation

removal.
NOTE: When the unit has been replaced, perform the

following adjustment.
• Menu 0554 "Image Position Initial Setting"

Unit
LII412
11.3.2 Nip Release Home Position Sensor 1 (D642) Replacement
1. Remove the registration unit (See Subsection 11.3.1).

Connector
Installation
Locking Tabs
LII105
11-40
11.3.3 Tilt Home Position Sensor (D641) Replacement
Removal
2. Open the six harness clamps.
3. Disconnect the connector (D641).
Clamps (6) Connector

LII106
4. Remove the three screws and then the tilt drive

gear cover.
11
Screws (3)
Tilt Drive Gear Cover
LII107
Installation
Sensor (D641) Locking Tabs
11-41
11.3.4 Registration Section Paper Sensor (D640P) Replacement
Removal Sensor Bracket

Screws (4)
2. Remove the four screws and then the sensor

bracket.
LII109
3. Remove the screw and then the sensor. Sensor (D640P)
Screw
Connector
Installation
11.3.5 Registration Section Paper Sensor LED (D640L) Replacement
Removal

Connector
Screw
2. Place the registration unit with its upper side
down.
3. Remove the screw and then the sensor LED bracket.
Sensor Bracket
LII111
11-42
5. Remove the screw then the sensor LED and cover.
Cover
Sensor LED (D640L)
Installation
Screw
Removal
Screws(2)
2. Disconnect the motor connector.
11
Connector
Installation
Motor (M640)
11.3.7 Registration Tilt Motor (M641) /Nip Release Motor1 (M642) Replacement
Removal
1. Remove the tilt drive gear cover


down.
3. Remove the E-ring and then the tilt drive gear.
E-ring
Tilt Drive Gear
LII114
11-43
4. Disconnect the connector and remove the two

screws then the registration tilt motor. Screws(2)
Connector
Registration Tilt Motor (M641)

LII115
5. Disconnect the connector and remove the two

screws then Nip Release Motor 1.
Screws(2)
Connector
Nip Release Motor 1 (M642)

LII116
Installation Cam
NOTE: Install the tilt drive gear by aligning its cam with the
roller as shown.
Roller
Tilt Drive Gear

LII117
11-44
Removal
Connector Cover Screw

LII118
3. Disconnect the connector and open the two clamps. Clamps (2)
Plunger
Solenoid (S641)
4. Remove the two screws then the solenoid and
plunger.
11
Installation
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal. Screws (2) Connector

LII119
Removal Screws (2)
1. Remove nip release solenoid 4 (S641)

Connector Bracket
2. Place the unit with its upper side down.

bracket.
Clamp
LII120
11-45
5. Open the two clamps and disconnect the solenoid Clamps (2)
connector.
Connector
6. Remove the connector from the bracket.
LII121
7. Place the unit with its upper side up.

Screws (2)
8. Remove the two screws then the solenoid and Plunger
plunger.
Installation
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal. Solenoid (S640)

LII122
11.3.10 Registration Section Feed Roller Replacement
Removal

E-ring

down.
3. Remove the E-ring and then the drive side idler

gear.
Drive Side Idler Gear

LII123
11-46
4. Release the lock and remove the roller drive gear.
Bearing
E-ring
Roller Drive Gear

LII124
6. Remove the E-ring and then the roller.

E-ring
11
Installation
Roller
11.3.11 Registration Section Nip Roller 2 Replacement
Removal E-ring
2. Remove the two coil springs.
3. Remove the E-ring then the roller/bracket by

pulling the shaft out.
Springs (2)
Roller/Bracket Axle
LII127
11-47

the roller.
Installation
E-rings (2)
Bearings (2)
11.3.12 Registration Section Nip Roller 3/4 Replacement
Removal E-ring
1. Remove the registration unit (See Subsection 11.3.1). Roller
Bearing
Springs (2)
LII128
4. Remove the E-ring and bearing.

E-ring
Bearing
Installation

LII129
11-48
11.3.13 Exit Side Upper and Lower Guide Plate Replacement

Screws (4)
2. Remove the four screws and then the sensor

bracket.
LII109
3. Open the two clamps and disconnect the Clamps (2)

Connector
connector (D642).
11
LII130
Connector Cover Screw

LII118
11-49

Clamps (2)
two clamps. Sensor Bracket
6. Disconnect the connector (Jre2) and remove the

sensor bracket.
Connector
Connector
LII131
Springs (2)
LII132
8. Remove the E-ring and then the idler gear.

E-ring
Idler Gear
LII133
11-50
9. Loosen the two fulcrum screws and remove the

Upper Guide Plate
upper guide plate.
Screws (2)
LII134

down.
11. Open the two clamps and disconnect the

connector (D640L).
11
Connector
Clamps (2)
LII135
12. Place the unit with its upper side up.

Screws (4)
13. Remove the four screws and then the lower guide
plate.
Reinstallation
Lower Guide Plate
LII136
removal.
11-51
11.3.14 Tilt Unit Removal/Reinstallation
Removal Spring
1. Remove:
• Exit side upper and lower guide plate

• Nip release solenoid (S640) (See Subsection 11.3.9).
2. Remove the coil spring.
LII137
3. Remove the front and rear screws and then the

Screws (2)
two tilt guides. Tilt Guides (2)
LII138

down.
5. Remove the E-ring for tilt fulcrum and then the tilt
section and bearing.
Reinstallation
E-ring
Reinstallation is essentially in the reverse order of LII139
removal.
11-52
11.3.15 Registration Section Feed Roller 1 Replacement
Removal
1. Remove the tilt unit (See Subsection 11.3.14). E-rings (2)

the roller.
Installation
Roller
Bearings (2)
11.3.16 Entrance Guide Plate Removal/Reinstallation
Removal Entrance Lower Guide Plate
1. Remove registration section Feed Roller 1

Screws (4)
2. Remove the four screws and then the entrance

lower guide plate.
11
LII141
3. Remove the two screws and then the entrance

Entrance Upper Guide Plate
upper guide plate.

removal. LII142
11-53
11.3.17 Registration Section Nip Roller 1 Replacement
Removal Roller/Bracket Springs (2)
1. Remove the two entrance guide plates (upper and

lower) (See Subsection 11.3.16).
3. Remove the E-ring and then the roller/bracket by

pulling the shaft out.
E-ring
Shaft
LII143

the roller.
Installation
E-rings (2)
Bearings (2)
11-54
11.3.18 Feed Roller 1 Drive Gear Replacement
Removal Idler Gear

E-ring
3. Release the lock and remove the idler gear.
LII144
4. Remove the E-ring, bearing and then the gear E-ring

shaft.
5. Remove the E-ring then the gear and drive pin.

Gear
11
Drive Pin
Installation Gear Shaft
Bearing
E-ring
LII145
11-55
12. EXPOSURE SECTION
Parts Location....................................................................................... 12-2
12.1 LDD Circuit Board/AOM Driver Section.............................................. 12-3

12.1.1 Printer Top Cover Removal/Reinstallation.......................................................... 12-3
12.1.2 Thermohygrometer (HS760) Replacement.......................................................... 12-4
12.1.3 Fan Bracket Removal/Reinstallation ................................................................... 12-4
12.1.4 Feed Section Cooling Fan 5 (F609) Replacement .............................................. 12-5
12.1.5 Feed Section Cooling Fan 4 (F608) Replacement .............................................. 12-5
12.1.6 Louver Removal/Reinstallation ............................................................................ 12-5
12.1.7 LDD/AOM Cooling Fan (F614A/B) Replacement................................................. 12-6
12.1.8 AOM Driver Replacement ..................................................................................... 12-6
12.1.9 LDD23 Circuit Board Replacement ...................................................................... 12-7
12.1.10 Operation Panel/Keyboard Circuit Board (KEY23) Replacement ..................... 12-8
12.2 Laser Optical Unit ............................................................................... 12-10

12.2.1 Laser Optical Unit Air Filter Replacement......................................................... 12-10
12.2.2 Anti-dust Fan 1/2/3 (F610/F611/F612) Replacement ......................................... 12-10
12.2.3 Laser Optical Unit Removal/Reinstallation ....................................................... 12-11
12.2.4 Shutter Solenoid (S673) Replacement............................................................... 12-14
12.2.5 Shutter Open/Close Sensor (D674) Replacement ............................................ 12-15
12.2.6 Exposure Point Thermometer (TS650) Replacement....................................... 12-15
12.3 Sub-scanning Unit .............................................................................. 12-17

12.3.1 Sub-scanning Unit Removal/Reinstallation ...................................................... 12-17
12.3.2 Frame Removal/Reinstallation ........................................................................... 12-18
12.3.3 Sub-scanning Steel Belt Replacement .............................................................. 12-19
12.3.4 Sub-scanning Feed Motor (M650) Replacement............................................... 12-21
12
12.3.5 Timing Belt Replacement.................................................................................... 12-21
12.3.6 Soft Nip Motor (M651) Replacement .................................................................. 12-22
12.3.7 Rubber Flat Belt Replacement ........................................................................... 12-22
12.3.8 Soft Nip Home Position Sensor (D651) Replacement ...................................... 12-24
12.3.9 Exposure Section Entrance Paper Sensor (D650P)/Exposure Position
Paper Sensor (D653P) Replacement ............................................................... 12-25
12.3.10 Exposure Section Entrance Paper Sensor LED (D650L)/Exposure
Position Paper Sensor LED (D653L) Replacement ........................................ 12-26
12.3.11 Soft Nip Pre-turning Belt Replacement ............................................................. 12-27
12-1
Parts Location
Sub-scanning Steel Belt Exposure Position Paper Sensor (D653)
Soft Nip Home Position Sensor (D651)
Sub-scanning Feed Motor (M650)
Exposure Section Entrance Paper Sensor (D650)
Soft Nip Motor (M651)
LII959
12-2
12.1 LDD Circuit Board/AOM Driver Section
12.1.1 Printer Top Cover Removal/Reinstallation
Removal Screws (2)
1. Turn the power switch to STANDBY then the built-

in circuit breaker and the main power supply OFF. Densitometer
2. Loosen the two screws and disconnect the cable

connector from the densitometer.
3. Remove the densitometer.
Cable Connector
LII414
4. Remove the four screws securing the printer top

Screws (4)
cover.
5. Lift the front of the printer top cover slightly,

disconnect the operation panel harness connector
(JKEY1) and remove the cover. 12
Reinstallation
Connector
Reinstallation is essentially in the reverse order of Top Cover
removal.
NOTE: Pass the densitometer cable through the groove in LII292

the printer top cover.
12-3
12.1.2 Thermohygrometer (HS760) Replacement
Removal Screw
1. Remove the printer top cover (See Section 12.1).
Sensor Bracket
LII454
3. Disconnect the connector, release the two locks Connector

and remove the sensor.
Installation
Locks (2)

Thermohygrometer (HS760)
LII455
12.1.3 Fan Bracket Removal/Reinstallation
Removal Connectors (3)
2. Disconnect the two fan connectors and

thermohygrometer connector.
3. Remove the four screws and then the fan bracket.
Screws (4)
Reinstallation

Fan Bracket
removal.
LII456
12-4
12.1.4 Feed Section Cooling Fan 5 (F609) Replacement
Removal Fan (F609) Connector
1. Remove the fan bracket (See Subsection 12.1.3).
3. Remove the two screws and then the fan from the
bracket.
Installation

Screws (2)
LII459
Removal
Screws (2)
Fan (F608)
1. Remove the fan bracket (See Subsection 12.1.3).
3. Remove the two screws and then the fan from the 12
bracket.
Installation
Connector
12.1.6 Louver Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
Screws (2)
2. Remove the two screws and then the three louvers.
Reinstallation
Louvers (3)
removal.
NOTE: Reinstall the louvers so that they faces as shown in

the figure above.
LII461
12-5
12.1.7 LDD/AOM Cooling Fan (F614A/B) Replacement
Removal
1. Remove the printer top cover (See Subsection 12.1.1).
2. Remove the three screws and then the fan bracket.
Fan Bracket Screws (3)

LII467
3. Disconnect the connector and open the harness Fan (F614A/B)

clamp. Screws (2)
Connector
Installation
NOTE: Install the fan so that its arrow mark points to the
outside. Clamp
LII468
12.1.8 AOM Driver Replacement
Removal
AOM Driver
2. Disconnect the four coaxial cables from the AOM

driver.
3. Disconnect the connector from the AOM driver.

Screws (4)
4. Remove the four screws and then the AOM driver.
Installation Coaxial Cables (4)

Connector
removal.
12-6
12.1.9 LDD23 Circuit Board Replacement
Removal
2. Wear the grounding wristband on the left wrist

and connect its other end to the exposure section
grounding wire as shown.
Grounding Wristband
LII318
3. Disconnect fifteen connectors (LDD1 to LDD15)

from the LDD23 circuit board.
12
Connectors (15)
LII470
4. Remove the short connector from the clamp on Screw

the laser optical unit and connect it to the LDD12 Screws (15)
connector.
5. Remove the screw securing the grounding wire.
6. Remove the ten screws and then the circuit board.
Short Connector
LDD23 Circuit Board

LII471
12-7
Installation
Harness with
NOTE: Route the mesh cover harness for LDD1 connector
Mesh Cover
so that it is not in touch with the LDD23 circuit board
as shown.
Clamp LDD1 Connector

LII471
12.1.10 Operation Panel/Keyboard Circuit Board (KEY23) Replacement
Removal Screws (5)

Cover
2. Remove the five screws and then the cover.
LII472
3. Disconnect the connector (KEY7) and remove the Connector

five screws then the circuit board. Screws (5)
KEY23 Circuit Board

LII473
12-8
4. Remove the five screws and then the operation Panel Screws (5)
panel.
LII474
Installation
NOTE: Pass the wire harness through the groove in the

cover as shown.
12
Cover
Harness
LII475
12-9
12.2 Laser Optical Unit
12.2.1 Laser Optical Unit Air Filter Replacement
Removal
2. Loosen the screw and remove the air filter.
Screw
Installation
Filter
LII416
NOTE: After installation, perform the following adjustment.

• Menu 0552 “Filter Replacement History”
12.2.2 Anti-dust Fan 1/2/3 (F610/F611/F612) Replacement
Removal
1. Remove the printer top cover (See Subsection 12.1.1). Screws (2)
3. Remove the fan connector from the bracket.
Installation Connector
Fan
LII417
12-10
12.2.3 Laser Optical Unit Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
2. Disconnect the R, G and B coaxial cables from

the AOM driver and the relay connector.
Coaxial Cables (3)

LII418
3. Wear the grounding wristband on the left wrist

and connect its other end to the exposure section
grounding wire as shown.
12
Grounding Wristband
LII318
4. Disconnect seven connectors (LDD8 to LDD14) Clamps (2)

and open the two harness clamps.
Connectors (7)
LII419
12-11
5. Remove the short connector from the clamp on Short Connector

the unit and connect it to the LDD14 connector. Clamp
Connector
LII420
6. Disconnect the connector (JRO5) from the unit. Clamp
7. Open the clamp for the coaxial cables and LDD23

circuit board harness.
Connector
LII421
8. Loosen the four screws securing the unit.
Screws (4)
LII422
12-12
9. Remove the laser optical unit. Unit
LII423
Reinstallation Clamp
Reinstallation is essentially in the reverse order of Colored Cord Ties

removal.
NOTE: • Secure the harness between the colored cord ties

with the clamp as shown.
Short Connector
12
LII320
• Hook the short connector to the clamp on the laser

Clamp
optical unit as shown.
Short Connector
LII321
12-13
• Do not bend the coaxial cables between the color

tube and the connector. AOM Driver
Color Tube
G Coaxial Cable
• When the laser optical unit has been replaced,

perform the following adjustments.
1) Menu 0522 “G Laser (SHG) Optimal

Temperature Setup”(See Subsection 5.6.2)
2) Menu 0547 "Main Scan/Laser Beam Sync.
Rough Adjustment"(See Subsection 5.6.15)
3) Menu 0548 "Laser Beam Sync. Fine Adjustment
Print"(See Subsection 5.6.16)
B Coaxial Cable
R Coaxial Cable
Relay Connector
LII322
12.2.4 Shutter Solenoid (S673) Replacement
Removal Screws (5) Shutter Section Lower Bracket
1. Remove the laser optical unit (See Subsection 12.2.3).
2. Remove the five screws and then the shutter

section lower bracket.
LII462
3. Disconnect the solenoid connector and remove Guide Screws (4)

the four screws then the guide and the solenoid.
Installation
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal. Solenoid (S673)

LII463
12-14
12.2.5 Shutter Open/Close Sensor (D674) Replacement
Removal Screws (5) Shutter Section Lower Bracket
2. Remove the five screws and then the shutter

section lower bracket.
LII462
3. Disconnect the connector from the sensor. Connector
Sensor (D674)
12
Installation Locking Tabs

LII464
12.2.6 Exposure Point Thermometer (TS650) Replacement
Removal Cover
2. Remove the two screws and then the cover.
Screws (2)
LII465
12-15
3. Disconnect the connector then remove the screw Connector

and the sensor.
Installation Screw
Sensor (TS650)
LII466
12-16
12.3 Sub-scanning Unit
12.3.1 Sub-scanning Unit Removal/Reinstallation
Removal Connectors (2) Grounding Wire
2. Pull out the registration unit (See Subsection 11.3.1).
4. Loosen the front grounding wire screw and

disconnect the wire from the unit.
Screw
LII425
5. Loosen the rear two grounding wire screws and Screws (2)
disconnect the wires from the unit. Grounding wires
12
LII1087
6. Remove the eight screws securing the unit.

Screws (8)
LII426
12-17
7. Remove the sub-scanning unit. Unit
LII427

removal.
Jig
NOTE: • Insert the two locating jigs into the holes in the
frame. Position the frame so that the locating jigs
fall into the locating holes smoothly and tighten the
eight sub-scanning unit mounting screws. Make
sure the jigs can be removed easily.
• When the sub-scanning unit has been replaced,

perform the following adjustments.
1)Menu 0558 "Sensor Calibration (Initial)"

(See Subsection 5.6.25). LII453
2)Menu 0554 "Image Position Initial Setting"

12.3.2 Frame Removal/Reinstallation
Removal Screws (4)
1. Remove the sub-scanning unit (See Subsection 12.3.1). Frame
2. Open the five harness clamps.
3. Remove the four screws and then the frame.
Clamps (5)
Reinstallation

removal.
LII428
12-18
12.3.3 Sub-scanning Steel Belt Replacement
Removal
NOTE: Wear clean gloves when handling the steel belt and
pulley. Fingerprints on the belt and pulley may cause Screws (3)
slippage or corrosion of the belt.
1. Remove the frame (See Subsection 12.3.2).
2. Loosen the three screws securing the motor bracket.
LII429
3. Move the motor bracket to loosen the belt tension

Bracket
and tighten the one screw lightly.
12
Screw
LII430
4. Wear clean gloves and remove the belt.
5. Wipe the pulley surface clean with a cloth

Belt
LII431
12-19
Installation
NOTE: • Take care not to bend or damage the belt as this

may shorten its service life.
• Perform the belt alignment adjustment by following
the steps below.
<Belt Alignment Adjustment>
1. Wear clean gloves and install the belt on the

center of the pulleys.
Screws (3)
2. Loosen the screw to apply tension to the belt and
tighten the three screws in the order (1) to (3) as
shown in the figure.
LII432
3. Rotate the pulley twenty turns. Pulley
LII433
4. Loosen the three screws and retighten them in the

order (1) to (3) as shown in the figure.
Screws (3)
LII434
12-20
12.3.4 Sub-scanning Feed Motor (M650) Replacement
Removal Motor (M650)

Screws (2)
1. Remove the steel belt (See Subsection 12.3.3).
Installation
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal. Connector

LII435
12.3.5 Timing Belt Replacement
Removal

12
2. Remove the three screws and then the timing belt
cover.
Screws (3)
Timing Belt Cover
LII436
3. Loosen the three screws to loosen the tensioner.
4. Remove the timing belt.
Tensioner
Installation Belt
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal. Screws (3)

LII437
12-21
12.3.6 Soft Nip Motor (M651) Replacement
Removal Clamp
1. Remove the timing belt (See Subsection 12.3.5).
2. Open the clamp and disconnect the connector. Connector
Installation
Screw
Motor (M651)
LII438
12.3.7 Rubber Flat Belt Replacement
Removal
1. Remove the timing belt (See Subsection 12.3.5)
2. Remove the five screws and then the tensioner

bracket.
Tensioner Bracket
Screws (5)
LII439
3. Loosen the three screws, move the tensioner to Belt

loosen it and retighten the one screw lightly.
4. Remove the rubber flat belt.
Screws (3) Tensioner

LII440
12-22
Installation
NOTE: Perform the belt alignment adjustment by following

the steps below.
<Belt Alignment Adjustment>
1. Install the belt on the center of the pulleys.
2. Loosen the screw securing the tensioner and

tighten the three screws in the order (1) to (3) as
shown in the figure.
LII441
3. Rotate the knob twenty times.
12
Knob
LII442
4. Loosen the three screws and retighten them in the Screws (3)
order (1) to (3) as shown in the figure.
LII443
12-23
12.3.8 Soft Nip Home Position Sensor (D651) Replacement
Removal Knob
1. Remove the timing belt (See Subsection 12.3.5).
2. Remove the two screws and then the knob.
Screws (2)
LII444
3. Remove the E-ring, cam pulley and two bearings.

Cam Pulley
Bearings (2)
E-ring
LII445
4. Remove the screw and then the sensor bracket. Sensor (D651)
Connector Sensor Bracket
5. Disconnect the connector then remove the screw Screw
and the sensor. Screw
LII446
12-24
Installation Rib
NOTE: Install the knob by aligning the groove in the knob

with the rib on the pulley.
Groove
LII447
12.3.9 Exposure Section Entrance Paper Sensor (D650P)/Exposure

Position Paper Sensor (D653P) Replacement
Removal Screw
1. Remove the sub-scanning unit (See Subsection

12.3.1)
3. Remove the screw and then the sensor case.

12
Sensor Case
Connector
LII448
4. Release the locking tabs to separate the case and

remove the sensor.
Sensor
Locking Tabs
Installation

LII449
• Menu 0558 "Sensor Calibration (Initial)"

12-25
12.3.10 Exposure Section Entrance Paper Sensor LED (D650L)/

Exposure Position Paper Sensor LED (D653L) Replacement
Removal Connector
Screws (6)
1. Remove the sub-scanning unit
Clamp
3. Disconnect the three connectors.
4. Remove the six screws and then the lower bracket.
Lower Bracket
Connectors (3)
LII450
5. Disconnect the connector then remove the screw

and the sensor LED case.
Screw
Connector Sensor LED Case
LII451
6. Release the locking tabs to separate the sensor Sensor LED

LED case and remove the sensor LED.
Installation
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal. Locking Tabs

LII452
• Menu 0558 "Sensor Calibration (Initial)"

12-26
12.3.11 Soft Nip Pre-turning Belt Replacement
Removal Screws (3)
2. Remove the four screws then the upper bracket

Springs (4)
and four coil springs.
Upper Bracket
LII457
3. Remove the belt using a hook tool.
Belt
12
Installation
12-27
13. DISTRIBUTION/PRINTER EXIT SECTION
Parts Location....................................................................................... 13-3
13.1 Distribution Entrance Unit ................................................................... 13-6

13.1.1 Magazine Door Hinge Opening/Closing .............................................................. 13-6
13.1.2 Distribution Section Connector Cover Removal/Reinstallation........................ 13-7
13.1.3 Printer Right Inner Cover Removal/Reinstallation ............................................. 13-7
13.1.4 Distribution Entrance Unit Removal/Reinstallation ........................................... 13-8
13.1.6 Nip Release Timing Belt (M655 Side) Replacement ......................................... 13-10
13.1.7 Nip Release Motor 2 (M655) Replacement ........................................................ 13-12
13.1.8 Nip Roller (M655 Side) Replacement ................................................................. 13-13
13.1.10 Nip Release Timing Belt (M656 Side) Replacement ......................................... 13-15
13.1.11 Nip Release Motor 3 (M656) Replacement ........................................................ 13-16
13.1.12 Nip Roller Replacement ...................................................................................... 13-16
13.1.13 Drive Gear Replacement ..................................................................................... 13-17
13.1.14 Upper Guide Plate Removal/Reinstallation....................................................... 13-18
13.1.15 Feed Roller Replacement.................................................................................... 13-19
13.1.16 Feed Roller Drive Gear Replacement ................................................................ 13-20
13.2 Distribution Unit.................................................................................. 13-23

13.2.1 Distribution Unit Removal/Reinstallation.......................................................... 13-23
13.2.2 Nip Release Home Position Sensor (Front: D662/Rear: D663)
Replacement ........................................................................................................ 13-24
13.2.3 Nip Release Timing Belt (Front) Replacement.................................................. 13-25
13.2.4 Nip Release Motor 4 (Front) (M662) Replacement............................................ 13-26
13.2.5 Nip Release Timing Belt (Rear) Replacement................................................... 13-27
13.2.6 Nip Release Motor 4 (Rear) (M663) Replacement ............................................. 13-27
13
13.2.8 Distribution Home Position Sensor (D661) Replacement................................ 13-29
13.2.9 Distribution Timing Belt Replacement .............................................................. 13-30
13.2.10 Distribution Slide Motor (M661) Replacement .................................................. 13-32
13.2.11 Distribution Roller Replacement........................................................................ 13-33
13.2.13 Drive Belt Replacement ...................................................................................... 13-36
13.2.14 Distribution Section Paper Sensor
(Front: D664P/Center: D660P/Rear: D665P) Replacement............................... 13-36
13.2.15 Distribution Section Paper Sensor LED
13.2.16 Pipe Slider Replacement..................................................................................... 13-38
13.2.17 Distribution Section Drive Standby Sensor (D669) Replacement................... 13-40
13.2.18 Drive Gear with Torque Limiter Replacement................................................... 13-40
13.2.19 Nip Roller Guide Plate Removal/Reinstallation ................................................ 13-41
13.2.20 Exit Side Feed Roller Replacement ................................................................... 13-42
13.3 Printer Exit Section............................................................................. 13-44

13.3.1 Printer Exit Unit Removal/Reinstallation........................................................... 13-44
13.3.2 Feed Section Cooling Fan Cover Removal/Reinstallation............................... 13-44
13.3.3 Feed Section Cooling Fan 3 (F607) Replacement ............................................ 13-45
13-1

13.3.5 Printer Exit Unit Drive Gear Replacement......................................................... 13-46
(Front: D666P/Center: D667P/Rear: D668P) Replacement............................... 13-47
13.3.7 Speed Control Section Paper Sensor LED
13.3.8 Speed Control Motor (M664)/Belt (Front) Replacement................................... 13-48
13.3.9 Speed Control Motor (M665)/Belt (Rear) Replacement .................................... 13-49
13.3.10 Front Entrance Feed Roller Replacement ......................................................... 13-50
13.3.11 Rear Entrance Feed Roller Replacement .......................................................... 13-51
13.3.12 Front/Rear Entrance Nip Roller Replacement................................................... 13-52
13.3.13 Exit Nip Roller Replacement............................................................................... 13-53
13.3.14 Emulsion Surface Guide Plate Removal/Reinstallation................................... 13-53
13.3.15 Entrance Back Surface Guide Plate Removal/Reinstallation .......................... 13-54
13.3.16 Exit Back Surface Guide Plate Removal/Reinstallation................................... 13-54
13.3.17 Exit Feed Roller/Guide Plate Replacement ....................................................... 13-55
13-2
Parts Location
● Distribution Entrance Unit
Nip Release
Motor 3 (M656)

Sensor 3 (D656)
Nip Release
Motor 2 (M655)

Sensor 2 (D655)
LII960
13
13-3
Parts Location
● Distribution Unit
Nip Release Motor 4

(Rear) (M663)
Distribution Slide
Motor (M661)
Distribution Section
Paper Sensor (Rear) (D665P)
Distribution Roller
Paper Sensor (Center) (D660P)
Distribution Home
Paper Sensor
(Front) (D664P)
Feed Motor 5
(M660)
Pipe Slider
Paper Sensor LED (Rear)
(D665L)
Nip Release Home
Position Sensor
Distribution Section (Rear) (D663)
Paper Sensor LED (Center)
(D660L) Nip Release Home
Position Sensor
(Front) (D662)
Paper Sensor LED (Front) Distribution Section Nip Release Motor 4
(D664L) Drive Standby Sensor (D669) (Front) (M662)
LII961
13-4
Parts Location
● Printer Exit Unit
Speed Control Section

Paper Sensor (Rear)(D668P)

Paper Sensor (Center)(D667P)

Paper Sensor (Front)(D666P)
Speed Control
Motor (Rear)(M665)

Paper Sensor LED (Rear)(D668L)

Paper Sensor LED (Center)(D668L)

Paper Sensor LED (Front)(D668L)
Speed Control
13
Motor (Front)(M664)
LII962
13-5
13.1 Distribution Entrance Unit
13.1.1 Magazine Door Hinge Opening/Closing
Hinge Opening
Magazine Door
LII206
2. Loosen the four screws and remove the printer

Screws (4)
front-right cover.
Printer Front Right Cover

LII339
3. Remove the three screws securing the magazine

door hinge bracket and open the magazine door/
hinge.
Hinge Closing
Closing is essentially in the reverse order of opening.

Screws (3)
NOTE: Align the holes in the upper end of the hinge bracket Hinge Bracket
with the locating half-punches on the frame and Magazine Door
tighten the three screws. LII340
13-6
13.1.2 Distribution Section Connector Cover Removal/Reinstallation
Removal Distribution Section Guide Plate

Connector Cover
3. Remove the upper screw securing the connector

cover.
4. Close the distribution section guide plate and

remove the lower screw then the connector cover.
Screw
Screw
LII476
Reinstallation Printer Exit Unit
Reinstallation is essentially in the reverse order of Connector Cover

removal.
NOTE: Install the connector cover so that it is behind the

printer exit unit as shown.
13
LII1156
13.1.3 Printer Right Inner Cover Removal/Reinstallation
Removal Light Shield Cover

Screws (3)
1. Open the magazine door hinge section
3. Remove the three screws and then the light shield

cover.
LII485
13-7
4. Remove the screw and then the knob.

Printer Right Inner Cover
5. Remove the four screws and then the printer right

inner cover.
Knob
Reinstallation
Reinstallation is essentially in the reverse order of Screw Screws (4)
removal. LII486
13.1.4 Distribution Entrance Unit Removal/Reinstallation
1. Remove:
• Distribution section connector cover

• Printer right inner cover (See Subsection 13.1.3).
LII487
3. Loosen the screw securing the drive gear bracket, Screw

swing the bracket up and retighten it.
Drive Gear Bracket

LII488
13-8
4. Remove the two screws mounting the unit.

Unit
5. Remove the distribution entrance unit.
Reinstallation

removal.
NOTE: After unit installation, perform the gear engagement

Screws (2)
adjustment described below.
LII489
<Gear Engagement Adjustment>
1. Align the unit with the rail, slide it in place and

secure with the screw.
Unit
Rail
13
LII515
2. Loosen the screw and remove the jig. Screw
3. Loosen the screw securing the gear bracket. Gear Bracket
Screw
4. Install the jig between the gear shafts and tighten
the screw.
5. Remove the jig and return it to its original position.
Tool
LII516
13-9
1. Remove the distribution entrance unit

Screw
LII490
3. Disconnect the connector, release the locking

tabs and remove the sensor. Connector
Sensor (D655)
Installation
Locking Tab
LII491
13.1.6 Nip Release Timing Belt (M655 Side) Replacement
Removal Screws (2)

2. Loosen the two screws securing the nip release

motor (M655).
3. Remove the tension adjustment spring if it is

installed.
Spring
LII492
13-10
4. Remove the four screws securing the nip roller

Screws (4)
bracket.
LII493
5. Open the nip roller bracket and remove the belt. Nip Roller Bracket
Belt
LII494
Installation 13
NOTE: • Install the tension adjustment spring then tighten

the two motor screws.
Screws (2)
Spring
LII496
13-11
• If there is no spring at the M655 side, it is installed

in the M656 side. Remove it and use to adjust belt
tension.
Spring
LII495
13.1.7 Nip Release Motor 2 (M655) Replacement
Removal Screws (2)

3. Remove the spring, two screws and then the motor.
Motor (M655)
Spring
Connector
LII497
Installation

Screws (2)
Spring
LII496
13-12

tension.
Spring
LII495
13.1.8 Nip Roller (M655 Side) Replacement
Removal Cable

2. Remove the screw securing the cable and hook

the cable end as shown.
13
Screw
LII498
3. Remove the nip release timing belt E-rings (6)

(See Subsection 13.1.6). Nip Roller
Springs (4)
Assembly
4. Remove the four springs.
5. Remove the six E-rings and then the nip roller

assembly.
LII499
13-13
6. Remove two E-rings each then the two black Roller

bearings and roller.
Bearings (2)
E-rings (2)
LII500
Installation

Screws (2)
Spring
LII496

tension.
Spring
LII495
13-14
Removal Connector
Sensor (D656)
Installation
Locking Tabs
13.1.10 Nip Release Timing Belt (M656 Side) Replacement
Removal Belt

2. Loosen the two screws and remove the timing belt.
13
Screws (2)
LII502
Installation
Spring

tension.
Screws (2)
LII503
13-15
13.1.11 Nip Release Motor 3 (M656) Replacement
Removal Connector

2. Remove the spring if it is installed.
3. Disconnect the connector from the motor.
Screws (2)
Spring Motor (M656)

LII504
Installation Spring

tension.
Screws (2)
LII503
13.1.12 Nip Roller Replacement
Removal Clamps (3)
1. Remove:
• Nip release timing belt (See Subsection 13.1.10).

• Nip release motor 3 (M656) (See Subsection 13.1.11).
2. Disconnect the connector (JFKE2) and open the

three clamps.
Connector
3. Remove the four screws and then the nip roller
bracket.
Nip Roller Bracket

Screws (4)
LII505
13-16
4. Remove the four springs. Screws (4)

assembly.
Nip Roller Assembly
Springs (4)
LII506
6. Remove two E-rings each then the two bearings

and roller.
Installation
Roller
Bearings (2)
E-rings (2) 13
LII507
13.1.13 Drive Gear Replacement
Removal

2. Remove the E-ring, screw and then the bracket

assembly.
Screw
E-ring
Bracket Assembly
LII508
13-17
3. Remove each E-ring and then the gear.
E-ring
Installation Gear
NOTE: Tighten the screw while pressing the bracket

upward. LII509
13.1.14 Upper Guide Plate Removal/Reinstallation
Removal Cable

2. Remove the screw securing the cable end and

hook the cable as shown.
Screw
LII498
3. Remove the six screws and then the guide plate. Guide Plate Screws (6)
Reinstallation

removal. LII510
13-18
13.1.15 Feed Roller Replacement
Removal Cable


Screw
LII498
3. Remove the two guide plate fulcrum screws using

a 2.5mm hexagonal wrench.
13
Guide Plate Fulcrum Screws (2)
LII1158
4. Unhook the cable, remove the four screws and Lower Guide Plate
open the lower guide plate.
Screws (4)
Cable
LII511
13-19
5. Remove the gear and bearing. Bearing

E-ring
6. Remove the E-ring then the bearing and the roller.
Installation

Gear
NOTE: Install the gears on both ends of the exit side roller Roller
Bearing
sahft. LII512
13.1.16 Feed Roller Drive Gear Replacement
Removal Cable


Screw
LII498
13-20
3. Remove the two guide plate fulcrum screws using

a 2.5mm hexagonal wrench.
Guide Plate Fulcrum Screws (2)

LII1158
4. Unhook the cable, remove the four screws and Lower Guide Plate
remove the lower guide plate.
Screws (4)
Cable
LII511
13
5. Remove the lock arm return spring.
Lock Arm Collar
6. Remove the two E-rings then the collar and lock

arm.
Spring
E-rings (2)
LII513
13-21
7. Release the locking tabs to remove the roller gears. E-ring

Locking Tab
8. Remove each E-ring and remove the gear.
Installation
Gear Gear
13-22
13.2 Distribution Unit
13.2.1 Distribution Unit Removal/Reinstallation
Removal Screw
1. Remove:

2. Loosen the screw securing the distribution

entrance unit drive gear bracket, swing the
bracket up and retighten it.
Drive Gear Bracket

LII488
3. Loosen the two upper screws, remove the two Distribution Section Inner Cover
lower screws and then the distribution section
inner cover by shifting the spring hook.
Screws (2)
(Remove)
Screws (2) 13
(Loosen)
Hook
Spring
LII517
4. Disconnect the four connectors and open the clamp. Connectors (4)
Clamp
LII518
13-23
5. Remove the two screws and then the unit. Unit
Reinstallation

removal.
NOTE: Perform the gear engagement adjustment described Screws (2)

below. LII519
<Gear Engagement Adjustment>
1. Reinstall the unit. Screw
2. Loosen the screw and remove the jig. Gear Bracket
Screw
3. Loosen the screw securing the gear bracket.
4. Install the jig between the gear shafts and tighten

the screw.
5. Remove the jig and return it to its original position.

Tool
LII516
13.2.2 Nip Release Home Position Sensor (Front: D662/Rear: D663) Replacement
Removal Screws (2)
1. Remove the distribution unit (See Subsection 13.2.1). Sensor Bracket
2. Remove the two screws and then the sensor bracket.
LII520
13-24
3. Disconnect the connector, release the locking Sensor (D663)

tabs and remove the sensor.
Installation Locking Tabs

Sensor (D662)
Connector
13.2.3 Nip Release Timing Belt (Front) Replacement
Removal Belt
1. Remove the distribution unit (See Subsection 13.2.1).
2. Remove the spring if it is installed.
3. Loosen the two screws and remove the belt.
13
Screws (2)
Spring
LII522
Installation
NOTE: Install the tension adjustment spring then tighten the

two screws. If there is no spring there, it is installed
to the rear.
Screws (2)
Spring
LII523
13-25
13.2.4 Nip Release Motor 4 (Front) (M662) Replacement
Removal Spring Screws (2)

installed.
Connector
Motor
LII524

the motor.
Screws (2)
Bracket
Installation
NOTE: • Note the motor connector position when installing

the bracket.
• Install the tension adjustment spring then tighten the
two screws. If there is no spring install there, remove Motor (M662)
the one from the rear and use it to adjust the tension.
LII525
13-26
13.2.5 Nip Release Timing Belt (Rear) Replacement
Removal Belt

installed.
3. Loosen the two screws and remove the belt.
Screws (2)
LII526
Installation
NOTE: Install the tension adjustment spring then tighten the

two screws. If there is no spring installed there,
remove the one from the front and use it to adjust the
tension.
13
Screws (2)
Spring
LII527
13.2.6 Nip Release Motor 4 (Rear) (M663) Replacement
Removal Screws (2)

installed.
4. Remove the two screws securing the motor.
Spring Connector
LII528
13-27
5. Remove the four screws securing the nip roller Nip Roller Bracket
bracket.
6. Lift the nip roller bracket and remove the motor.

Screws (4)
Motor
LII529
7. Remove the two screws then remove the bracket

from the motor.
Screws (2)
Bracket
Installation

the bracket.
Motor (M662)
LII530
remove the one from the front and use it to adjust the
tension.
Removal Nip Roller Bracket

bracket assembly.
Screws (4)
LII531
13-28
3. Remove the two pre-turning belts. Pre-turning Belts (2)
LII532
4. Remove two E-rings each then the roller and two E-rings (2)
bearings each.
Installation
Bearings (2) Roller
13
13.2.8 Distribution Home Position Sensor (D661) Replacement
Removal Connector

Locking
Tabs
Installation
Sensor (D661)
13-29
13.2.9 Distribution Timing Belt Replacement
Removal Belt
2. Remove the spring, two screws and then the

timing belt.
Screws (2) Spring

LII535
3. Move the belt holder toward the motor and Belt Holder
remove the screw then the belt holder. Screw
LII536
4. Loosen the two screws and remove the belt. Belt
Screws (2)
LII537
13-30
Installation
NOTE: Adjust the belt tension by following the steps below.
1) Install the tension adjustment spring at the front Screws (2)

motor and tighten the two screws.
Spring
LII538
2) Reinstall the belt holder.

Belt Holder
Drive Belt
3) Reinstall the drive belt.
4) Remove the tension adjustment spring from the

front motor side, install it at the rear motor side
and tighten the two motor screws.
13
Screws (2)
Spring
LII539
13-31
13.2.10 Distribution Slide Motor (M661) Replacement
Removal Screws (2)

Spring
2. Disconnect the motor connector and open the Connector

clamp.
3. Remove the motor connector from the bracket.
4. Remove the tension adjustment spring.
Motor
Clamp
LII540

the motor.
Screws (2)
Motor (M661)
Installation
Bracket

the bracket.
• Install the tension adjustment spring then tighten
the two screws.
LII541
13-32
13.2.11 Distribution Roller Replacement
Removal Distribution Nip Release Bracket
2. Remove the three rear screws, two front screws

and then the distribution nip release bracket.
Screws(5)
LII542
3. Remove the guide shaft. Guide Shaft
13
LII543
4. Loosen the one screw, remove the one screw, Guide Bearing Bracket
then the guide bearing bracket and two springs.
Screws
(Remove)
Screws
(Loosen)
Springs (2)
LII544
13-33
5. Remove the rear four screws, front three screws and

Distribution Entrance Guide Plates
then the two distribution entrance guide plates.
Screws (4)
Screws (3)
LII545
6. Remove the two E-rings, two bearings and then Bearings (2)
the drive roller.
E-rings (2)
Drive Roller
LII546
7. Remove the E-ring, gear, drive pin and bearing

from the roller shaft.
Bearing
Pin
Gear
E-ring
LII547
13-34
8. Remove two E-rings each, two bearings and then E-rings (2)
the nip roller.
Roller
Installation
Bearings (2)
3. Loosen the three tension adjustment screws.
4. Remove the four screws and then the motor.
13
Screws (4)
Connector
Screws (3) (Loosen)
LII549
NOTE: Adjust the drive belt tension by following the steps

below.
1) Loosen the three tension adjustment screws.
2) Tighten the three tension adjustment screws.
LII551
13-35
13.2.13 Drive Belt Replacement
Removal Idler Gear
1. Remove the feed motor 5 (M660)

2. Remove the E-ring then the idler gear and the belt.
Installation
E-ring
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal. Belt
LII550
13.2.14 Distribution Section Paper Sensor (Front: D664P/Center:

D660P/Rear: D665P) Replacement
Removal
2. Remove the two Screws and then the sensor cover

by moving the slider unit cover.
Screws (2)
Sensor Cover
LII552
13-36

Screw
Sensor (D664P)
Sensor (D660P)
Installation
Connector
Sensor (D665P)
LII553
13.2.15 Distribution Section Paper Sensor LED (Front: D664L/

Center: D660L/Rear: D665L) Replacement
Removal
2. Remove the two screws and then the sensor LED

bracket.
Screws (2)
13
Sensor LED Bracket
LII554
3. Remove the screw and connector cover.
Sensor (D660L)
Sensor (D665L)
Screw Sensor (D664L)
Connector Cover
LII555
13-37
4. Remove the screw then the cover and sensor LED. Screw

Cover
Sensor
Installation

Connector
LII556
13.2.16 Pipe Slider Replacement
Removal Distribution Nip Release Bracket
2. Loosen the three screws at the rear, remove the

three screws at the front and then the distribution
nip release bracket.
Screws(5)
LII542
3. Pill the guide shaft out.

Guide Shaft
LII543
13-38
4. Remove the E-ring and bearing at the rear. Bearing
5. Remove the two screws securing the belt guide E-ring

and then the pipe slider unit.
Screws (2)
LII559
6. Remove the two screws and then the pipe slider

cover. Screws (2)
NOTE: Take care not to get an injury from the edge of

the parts.
Pipe Slide Cover
LII558
7. Remove the pipe slider assembly.

13
Installation
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal. Pipe Slide Assembly

LII560
13-39
13.2.17 Distribution Section Drive Standby Sensor (D669) Replacement
Removal
2. Remove the two screws and then the sensor cover.
Sensor Cover
Screws (2)
LII561
3. Disconnect the sensor connector.

Connector
Installation
Screw Sensor (D669)
LII562
13.2.18 Drive Gear with Torque Limiter Replacement
Removal Pipe Slider Bracket
1. Remove the distribution slide motor

Screws (2)
3. Remove the two screws and then the pipe slider

bracket.
E-ring Bearing
LII563
13-40

E-ring Bearing E-ring
Bearing
5. Remove the gear from the front end of the gear
shaft.
7. Remove the rear E-ring, bearing and gear shaft.
Front Drive Gear
E-ring
Idler Gear
LII564
8. Remove the E-ring and then the drive gear with

E-ring
torque limiter from the gear shaft.
Drive Gear With Torque Limiter

Installation
13
13.2.19 Nip Roller Guide Plate Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
1. Remove:
• Drive gear shaft (See Subsection 13.2.18).

• Distribution section drive standby sensor (D669)
2. From the timing belt side, open the four harness

clamps for the sensor (D669).
Clamps (4)
LII566
13-41
3. Remove the two screws and then the distribution Screws (2)
entrance guide plate. Distribution Entrance Guide Plate
Screws (4)
Reinstallation
Guide Plate

removal. LII567
13.2.20 Exit Side Feed Roller Replacement
Removal Guide Assembly
2. Remove the two E-rings and then the guide

assembly.
E-ring
LII568
3. Remove the spring. Screws (4)

Guide Plate
Spring
LII569
13-42
5. Release the locking tab and remove the gear. E-ring
6. Remove the bearing.

Bearing
7. Remove the E-ring and then the bearing from the
roller shaft.
Bearing
Roller
Gear
LII570

Guide Plate
NOTE: Insert sheets of glossy paper (0.2 to 0.3 mm
thickness) between the guide plate and the
distribution side feed roller and tighten the four
screws. Make sure that sheets of paper have slight
resistance against removal.
Distribution Side Feed Roller
Glossy Paper (0.2 to 0.3 mm)

LII571 13
13-43
13.3 Printer Exit Section
13.3.1 Printer Exit Unit Removal/Reinstallation
1. Remove:

2. Disconnect the two connectors and open the two

clamps.
Clamps (2)
LII477
3. Remove the screw and remove the unit by pulling

Screw
it to the front and moving to the left side.
Unit
Reinstallation

removal.
LII478
13.3.2 Feed Section Cooling Fan Cover Removal/Reinstallation
Removal Cover
Screws (3)
1. Remove the printer exit unit (See Subsection 13.3.1).
2. Remove the three screws and then the fan cover.
Reinstallation

removal. LII479
13-44
Removal Screws (2)
1. Remove the feed section cooling fan cover

2. Disconnect the fan connector and remove it from

the bracket.
Connector
Installation
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal. Fan (F607)

LII480
Removal Screws (2)

Fan Duct
1. Remove the feed section cooling fan cover

Collar
3. Disconnect the fan connector and remove it from

the bracket. 13
4. Remove the two screws and then the fan duct,
fan, three louvers and two collars.
Fan (F606) Louvers (3)
Clamp
Connector
LII481
13-45
Installation Arrow
NOTE: • Point the arrow on the fan upward.

• Install the louvers as shown in the figure.
Louvers (3)
LII482
13.3.5 Printer Exit Unit Drive Gear Replacement
Removal E-ring
2. Remove the E-ring and then the gear.
Gear
LII483
3. Open the printer rear upper cover E-ring

Installation
Gear
LII484
13-46
13.3.6 Speed Control Section Paper Sensor (Front: D666P/Center:

D667P/Rear: D668P) Replacement
Removal Screw
Sensor (D667P)
Sensor (D666P)
LII001

Connector
Installation
13
13.3.7 Speed Control Section Paper Sensor LED (Front: D666L/

Center: D667L/Rear: D668L) Replacement
Removal
Sensor LED Cover
2. Remove the two screws and then the sensor LED

cover.
Screws (2)
LII003
13-47
3. Remove the screw then the sensor and cover. Screw
Sensor/Cover
LII004
Installation
Connector
13.3.8 Speed Control Motor (M664)/Belt (Front) Replacement
Removal Motor Bracket

Screws (2)
2. Disconnect the connector (M664).

installed.

bracket and belt.
Connector Spring
LII006
13-48
5. Remove the two screws and then the bracket from Motor (M664)
the motor.
Screws (2)
Installation

the bracket.
remove the one from the rear and use it to adjust the Bracket
tension. LII007
13.3.9 Speed Control Motor (M665)/Belt (Rear) Replacement
Removal Screws (2)
2. Disconnect the connector (M665).

installed.
4. Remove the two screws and then the motor 13

bracket.
Motor Bracket
Connector
Spring
LII008
5. Remove the two screws and then the bracket from Motor (M664)
the motor.
Screws (2)
Installation

the bracket.
remove the one from the front and use it to adjust the Bracket
tension. LII007
13-49
13.3.10 Front Entrance Feed Roller Replacement
Removal
1. Remove the speed control motor (M664) Bearing

(See Subsection 13.3.8). E-ring
2. Remove the E-ring then the pulley and pin.
Pin
E-ring
Pulley
LII009
Sensor Cover
Screws (2)
LII010
5. Remove the screw and then the roller bracket.

Roller Bracket
Screw
LII011
13-50
6. Remove the E-ring, bearing and then the bracket

from the roller.
Roller
Bearing
Bracket
Installation
E-ring
13.3.11 Rear Entrance Feed Roller Replacement
Removal
Bearing
1. Remove the speed control motor (M665)
E-ring
2. Remove the E-ring then the pulley and pin.

Pulley
Pin
E-ring
LII013
13
Screws (2)
Sensor Cover
LII014
13-51
5. Remove the screw and then the roller bracket.

Roller Bracket
Screw
LII015
6. Remove the E-ring, bearing and then the bracket

from the roller.
Bracket
Roller E-ring
Installation
Bearing
13.3.12 Front/Rear Entrance Nip Roller Replacement
Removal
2. Remove the two screws and then the nip roller

bracket.
Screws (2)
Nip Roller Bracket

LII017
13-52
3. Remove the two springs, two bearings then the Bearings (2)
bracket and roller. Roller
Springs (2)
Installation Bracket
13.3.13 Exit Nip Roller Replacement
Removal
Nip Roller
2. Remove the two springs, two E-rings, two

bearings and then the nip roller.
Springs (2)
Installation
E-rings (2)
13
Bearings (2)
13.3.14 Emulsion Surface Guide Plate Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
Guide Plate
1. Remove: Screws (2)
• Entrance nip roller (See Subsection 13.3.12).

• Exit nip roller (See Subsection 13.3.13).
3. Loosen the two lower screws, remove the two

upper screws and then the guide plate.
Screws (2)
Reinstallation Springs (2)

LII019
Reinstallation is essentially in the reverse order of removal.
13-53
13.3.15 Entrance Back Surface Guide Plate Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
Screws (4)
1. Remove:
Guide Plate
• Front entrance feed roller (See Subsection 13.3.10).
• Rear entrance feed roller (See Subsection 13.3.11).
• Emulsion surface guide plate
Reinstallation
LII021

removal.
13.3.16 Exit Back Surface Guide Plate Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
1. Remove the emulsion surface guide plate

2. Remove the two screws and then the guide plate.
Reinstallation Guide Plate

removal. LII022
13-54
13.3.17 Exit Feed Roller/Guide Plate Replacement
Removal
Clamps(4)
1. Remove:
• Entrance back surface guide plate

• Exit back surface guide plate
Screws (4)
3. Remove the four screws and then the lower frame.
LII1159
4. Remove the E-ring and then the gear. E-rings (2)

Bearings (2)
E-ring
5. Remove the two E-rings and then the two
bearings.
13
Gear
LII1160
6. Remove the two springs from the guide plate. E-rings (2)
Springs (2)
7. Remove the two E-rings and then the guide plate.
8. Remove the two bearings and then the roller.
Installation

removal. Roller
NOTE: Install the gear with its black boss toward the roller. LII1161
13-55
14. PROCESSOR SECTION
Parts Location....................................................................................... 14-2
14.1 Crossover Racks .................................................................................. 14-4

14.1.1 No.1 Crossover Rack Disassembly/Reassembly ............................................... 14-4
14.1.2 No.2/No.3 Crossover Rack Disassembly/Reassembly....................................... 14-4
14.1.3 Dryer Entrance Rack Disassembly/Reassembly ................................................ 14-5
14.2 Processing Racks................................................................................. 14-6

14.2.1 P1/P2/PS1/PS4 Upper Guide Removal/Reinstallation ........................................ 14-6
14.2.2 PS2/PS3 Upper Guide Removal/Reinstallation................................................... 14-6
14.2.3 Upper Guide Disassembly/Reassembly .............................................................. 14-7
14.2.4 P1/P2 Roller Replacement .................................................................................... 14-9
14.2.5 P1/P2/PS1/PS4 Drive Shaft Removal/Reinstallation......................................... 14-12
14.2.6 PS2/PS3 Drive Shaft Removal/Reinstallation ................................................... 14-12
14.2.7 PS2/PS3 Roller Replacement ............................................................................. 14-13
14.2.8 PS1/PS4 Roller Replacement ............................................................................. 14-15
14.3 PS Tank Partition Board..................................................................... 14-20

14.3.1 PS Tank Partition Board Blade/Seal Replacement........................................... 14-20
14.4 Processor Drive System .................................................................... 14-25

14.4.1 Right Cover Removal/Reinstallation.................................................................. 14-25
14.4.2 Processor Rear Cover Removal/Reinstallation ................................................ 14-25
14.4.3 Motor Driver Bracket Removal/Reinstallation .................................................. 14-26
14.4.4 Motor Driver Replacement.................................................................................. 14-27
14.4.5 Auto Chain Tensioner Removal/Reinstallation................................................. 14-27
14.4.6 Processor Drive Motor (M700) Replacement .................................................... 14-28
14.4.7 Drive Bracket Removal/Reinstallation............................................................... 14-29
14.4.8 Drive Sprocket/Gear Replacement..................................................................... 14-30
14.4.9 Processor Drive Chain Replacement................................................................. 14-31
14.4.10 Printer Drive Gear/Sprocket Replacement ........................................................ 14-32
14
14-1
Parts Location
No.2 Crossover Rack

No.1Crossover Rack
No.3 Crossover Rack
Dryer Entrance Rack
P1
Processing
Rack
Printer Exit
Unit Drive Gear
P2
Processing
Processor
Rack
Drive Chain
PS2
Processing PS3
Rack Processing PS4
PS1 Processing Chain
Rack Tensioner
Processing Rack
Rack
P1
P2
PS1
PS2
PS3
PS4
Processor
Drive Motor (M700)
PS Tank Partition Plate
LII964
14-2
Parts Location
● Roller Arrangement
φ20 Black Soft Roller

14
φ20 White Soft Roller
φ20 Brown Soft Roller
φ20 Black Hard Roller

Chrome/Black Mark φ20 Black Hard Roller
Gold/Red Mark
φ20 Ivory Soft Roller
Chrome/Red Mark
φ20 Brown Hard Roller
Chrome/No Mark
Chrome/No Mark φ30 Black Soft Roller
LII1153
14-3
14.1 Crossover Racks
14.1.1 No.1 Crossover Rack Disassembly/Reassembly
Disassembly C-rings (2)
Gears (2)
1. Remove the No.1 crossover rack.
Bearings (2)
2. Remove the two C-rings from the rear of the
crossover rack then the two gears, bearings and
Coil Spring
coil spring.
3. Remove the two C-rings from the front of the

crossover rack then the two bearings and coil
spring.
4. Remove the two rollers.
Rollers (2)
Reassembly
Bearings (2) C-rings (2)
Reassembly is essentially in the reverse order of
Coil Spring
disassembly.
LII573
14.1.2 No.2/No.3 Crossover Rack Disassembly/Reassembly
Disassembly C-rings (4)

Gears (4)
1. Remove the No.2 and No.3 crossover racks. Coil Springs (2)
Bearings (4)
2. Remove the four C-rings from the rear of the
crossover rack then the four gears, bearings and
two coil springs.
Rollers (4)
3. Remove the four C-rings from the front of the
crossover rack then the four bearings and two coil
springs.
4. Remove the four rollers.
Reassembly Bearings (4)
Reassembly is essentially in the reverse order of Coil Springs (2)
disassembly. C-rings (4)

LII574
NOTE: The roller shafts for the No.3 crossover rack are
made of titanium and have 3mm diameter hole in
their end. Take care not to exchange the other roller
shafts.
14-4
14.1 Crossover Racks
14.1.3 Dryer Entrance Rack Disassembly/Reassembly
Disassembly
1. Remove the dryer entrance rack.
2. Remove the seven E-rings and cap from the rear of the dryer entrance rack then the seven gears, eight bearings
and four coil springs.
3. Remove the eight E-rings from the front of the rack then the eight bearings and four coil springs.
4. Remove the four E-rings from the rear of the rack and then the four idler gears.
5. Remove the eight rollers.
Bearings (8) E-rings (8)
Cap Coil Springs (4)
Bearings (8)
Gears (7)
E-rings (4)
Idler Gears (4)
14
Rollers (8)
E-rings (7)
Coil Springs (4)

LII575
Reassembly Black Mark

disassembly.
NOTE: Install the black marked coil springs to the lower

roller bearings as shown.
LII576
14-5
14.2 Processing Racks
14.2.1 P1/P2/PS1/PS4 Upper Guide Removal/Reinstallation
Removal Gear
1. Remove the screw then the gear, poly-slider and

Screw
bearing.
Poly-slider
Bearing
LII578
2. Remove the six screws and then the upper guide Upper Guide Assembly
assembly.
Reinstallation

removal.
LII579
14.2.2 PS2/PS3 Upper Guide Removal/Reinstallation
Removal Screws (4)
1. Remove the four screws and then the upper cover.

Upper Cover
LII577
14-6
2. Remove the screw then the gear, poly-slider and Gear

bearing. Screw
Poly-slider
Bearing
LII585
3. Remove the four screws and then the upper guide Screws (4)
assembly.
Reinstallation

Upper Guide Assembly
removal.
LII586
14.2.3 Upper Guide Disassembly/Reassembly
Disassembly Pin
Sprocket
14
1. Remove the screw, washer, two poly-sliders, two Shaft Poly-sliders (2)
bearings, gear, drive pin, sprocket and shaft. Bearings (2)
Washer
Screw
Gear
LII580
14-7
2. Remove the two screws and then the crossover Crossover Rack Drive Gear Assembly
rack drive gear assembly.
Screws (2)
LII581
Gear
E-ring
LII582
4. Remove the two screws and then the idler gear

assembly.
Screws(2)
LII583
14-8
5. Remove the E-ring and then the idler gear from

the shaft.
Reassembly

removal.
NOTE: • When installing the idler gear assembly, align the

flat surface in the upper guide hole with the flat of
the gear shaft and tighten the screw.
• When installing the sprocket, align the D-flat in the Idler Gear E-ring
washer with the one on the shaft and tighten the
screw. LII584
14.2.4 P1/P2 Roller Replacement
Removal
1. Remove the screw, washer, two poly-sliders and Gear

gear. Screw
Poly-sliders (2) D-Washer 14

LII590
2. Release the locking tabs then remove the drive Drive Side Roller Gear
side roller gear.
Spring
LII591
14-9
4. Release the locking tabs of the gears then remove

Gears
the front gears and spring.
Spring
5. Remove the bearing for the center roller.
Bearing
LII592
6. Remove the two springs, three C-rings and four Rollers (3)
bearings from the drive side.
C-rings (3) Bearings (4)

Springs (2)
LII593
7. Release the locking tabs of the gears then remove Knurled Roller
the four gears, two springs and four bearings.
8. Remove the entrance side knurled soft roller.
Bearings (4)
Springs (2)
Gears (4)
LII594
14-10
9. Remove the four screws and then the turn guide. Black Soft Rollers (2)
10. Remove the PPE roller and two black soft rollers.
Screws (4)
Turn Guide
PPE Roller
LII595
11. Remove the inlet, outlet upper and lower guide

Entrance Guide Plate (2)
plates by releasing their locking tabs.
12. Remove the remaining 12 rollers.
Installation
NOTE: • Check the locking tabs of guide plates are locked

securely by moving each guide plate back forth.
• Install the rollers and coil springs in the proper Locking Tab
position as shown (see page 14-3).
LII589
14
14-11
14.2.5 P1/P2/PS1/PS4 Drive Shaft Removal/Reinstallation
Removal Gear
1. Remove the screw, gear, poly-slider and bearing.

Screw
Poly-slider
Bearing
LII578
2. Remove the lower E-ring, poly-slider and bearing. Middle Bearing

Drive Shaft
3. Shift the middle bearing and remove the drive shaft.
Bearing
Poly-slider
E-ring
Reinstallation

removal. LII596
14.2.6 PS2/PS3 Drive Shaft Removal/Reinstallation
Removal Gear

Screw
Poly-slider
Bearing
LII578
14-12
2. Remove the E-ring, poly-slider and bearing.

Shaft
Bearing
3. Shift the drive shaft to remove it.
Poly-slider
E-ring
Reinstallation

LII597
removal.
14.2.7 PS2/PS3 Roller Replacement
Removal
Screws (4)
1. Remove the four screws and then the turn guide.
Turn Guide
LII598
2. Release the locking tabs of the gears and remove

the four drive side gears. 14
3. Remove the C-ring and then the drive side large
idler gear.
C-ring
Drive Side
Drive Side Idler Gear (Large)
Gears (4)
LII599
14-13
4. Remove the two coil springs and four bearings

from the drive side.
Bearings (4)
Springs (2)
LII600
5. Remove the two coil springs, four C-rings and four

Rollers (4) Bearings (4)
bearings from the front side.
6. Remove the four lower rollers.
Installation

Springs (2)
NOTE: Install the rollers and coil springs in the proper C-rings (4)
position as shown. LII601
14-14
14.2.8 PS1/PS4 Roller Replacement
Removal
1. PS1: Remove the entrance side guide plate.

PS4: Remove the exit side guide plate.
PS1: Entrance Side Guide Plate

PS4: Exit Side Guide Plate
LII602
Poly-slider
Screw
Bearing
Gear 14
LII603
3. Shift the drive shaft to remove it.
Drive Shaft
LII604
14-15
4. Remove the screw, D-washer, two poly-sliders

Roller Drive Gear
and idler gear.
5. Release the locking tab of the gear and remove

the roller drive gear.
Idler Gear
Poly-sliders (2)
D-Washer
Screw
LII605
6. Remove the two coil springs and four bearings.
Bearings (4)
Springs (2)
LII606
7. Remove the C-ring and then the idler gear.

the four roller drive gears.
Roller Drive Gears (4)

C-ring
Idler Gear
LII607
14-16
9. Remove the two coil springs and four bearings. Rollers (4)
Bearings (4)
Springs (2)
LII608
<PS1 Turn Rollers>
11. Remove the C-ring and idler gear. Idler Gear

the four drive gears from the turn rollers.
C-ring
Turn Roller Drive Gears (4)

LII609
14
13. Remove the two coil springs and four bearings.
Bearings (4)
Springs (2)
LII610
14-17
14. Remove the two springs from the drive (rear) side. Rollers (4)
15. Remove the three C-rings and bearings.
Bearings (3)
Springs (2)
C-rings (3)
LII611
<PS4 Turn Rollers>

Lower Turn Guide
17. Remove the two screws and then the lower turn
guide.
Screws (2)
LII612
18. Remove the C-ring and idler gear from the drive
side.

the three roller drive gears.
C-ring
Idler Gear
LII613
14-18
20. Remove the two springs and bearings.
Springs (2)
Bearings (2)
LII614
21. Release the locking tabs of the gears and remove Rollers (4)
the two front roller drive gears.
23. Remove the C-ring and two bearings.
Bearings (2)
Installation
Springs (2) C-ring
NOTE: Install the rollers and coil springs in the proper

Front Side Roller Drive Gear (2) 14
position as shown (see page 14-3). LII615
14-19
14.3 PS Tank Partition Board
14.3.1 PS Tank Partition Board Blade/Seal Replacement
PS Solution Draining
1. Remove the PS1 to PS4 racks. Drain Cock Cover
2. Remove the PS drain cock cover.
LII640
3. Connect a hose (ordinary water hose with 13 mm

I.D.) to the PS1 drain cock.
4. Open the PS1 drain cock to drain the solution in

the PS1 processing tank into the waste solution
tank.
Cock
LII641
5. If the solution being drained off stops flowing,

Cock
replace the waste solution tank with a lower
container (such as tray) that can bring the hose to
a level lower than the cock.
6. Continue draining off the solution.
7. Repeat Steps 3 through 6 to drain the PS2 to PS4

solutions.
8. Reinstall the PS drain cock cover after making

sure the cocks are closed. LII642
14-20
Partition Board Removal Seal Plate
1. Remove the two screws and then the seal plate

between the PS3 and PS4 tanks.
Screws (2)
LII635
2. Remove two screws each and then the partition PS3 · PS4 Partition Board
boards.
Screws (2)
PS2 · PS3 Partition Board
PS1 · PS2 Partition Board

LII636
Blade Assembly/Gasket Removal 14

1. Remove the six screws and then the blade
assembly and gasket.
Blade Assembly
Screws (6)
LII637
14-21
2. Remove the two screws then the two gasket fixing

plates and gasket. Gasket Fixing Plates (2) Gasket
Screws (2)
LII638
Blade Assembly/Gasket Installation
1. Wipe any dirt and water off the sealing surface on

the partition board.
2. Make sure the gasket is installed correctly in the

groove of the blade assembly.
Gasket
LII1099
3. Install the blade assembly by aligning its holes

with the locating pins on the partition board.
Locating pins
LII1100
14-22
4. Install the six screws and hand-tighten them.
5. Tighten the six screws in a crisscross pattern in

two to three steps as shown.
Screws (6)
LII1101
6. Install a new gasket along the groove in the

partition board.
NOTE: • Face the flat surface of the gasket toward the

inside.
• Be careful not to twist the gasket.
• Make sure the sealing surface of the gasket
seated evenly in the groove.
Gasket
RD556
7. Install the gasket fixing plates and tighten the two

screws. Gasket Fixing Plates (2) Gasket
14
Screws (2)
LII638
14-23
Partition Board Reinstallation
1. Reinstall the partition boards with two screws each.
NOTE: • Before installing the partition boards, wipe any

water and dirt off the sealing surface in the
processing tanks.
• Install the partition board to the proper position as
indicated on the label attached to the top of each
board.
• Tighten two screws each alternately in three or
four steps.
2. Reinstall the seal plate between the PS3 and the

PS4 tanks using the two screws.
PS Solution Filling
FSC100 (1 tablet)
1. Put 1 tablet of FSC100 into a plastic film case of
water or warm water and shake the case
approximately 10 seconds to dissolve the tablet.
Plastic Film Case
LII1064
2. Pour the following amount of deionized water and

FSC100 solution into each PS processing tank.
Deionized
Processing Tank FSC100
Water
PS1 Solution of 1 tablet 6 litters
PS2 Solution of 1 tablet 6 litters
PS3 Solution of 1 tablet 6 liters
PS4 Solution of 1 tablet 7 liters
LII1066
3. Reinstall the PS4 to PS1 processing racks, No.3

crossover rack and dryer entrance rack.
14-24
14.4 Processor Drive System
14.4.1 Right Cover Removal/Reinstallation
Removal

operational checks and turn OFF the built-in
circuit breaker and main power supply. Right Cover
Sorter Cable
2. Disconnect the sorter cable.
3. Remove the six screws and then the right cover.
Reinstallation

removal. LII616
14.4.2 Processor Rear Cover Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
2. Loosen the two lower screws and remove the four Cover
upper screws then the cover.
Screws (4)
14
Reinstallation
Screws (2) (Loosen)
LII617
removal.
14-25
14.4.3 Motor Driver Bracket Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
Clamps (3)
1. Remove the processor rear cover

2. Open the three harness clamps.
3. Remove the two screws and then the motor driver

bracket.
Motor Driver Bracket Screws (2)

LII618
4. Remove the plastic cover. Plastic Cover
5. Remove the three screws securing the bracket.
Screws (3)
LII619
6. Open the six harness clamps and remove the Clamps (6)
motor driver bracket. Motor Drive Bracket
Reinstallation

removal.
LII620
14-26
14.4.4 Motor Driver Replacement
Removal
1. Remove the motor driver bracket

2. Disconnect the four connectors from the motor

driver.
Connectors (4)
LII621
3. Remove the five screws and then the motor driver. Screws (5)
Motor Driver
Installation

LII622 14
14.4.5 Auto Chain Tensioner Removal/Reinstallation
Removal Auto Tensioner
2. Remove the three screws and then the auto

tensioner.
Screws (3)
LII626
14-27
Reinstallation Tensioner Arm (Locked)
1. Lock the auto tensioner as shown in the figure.
LII633
2. Align the sprocket of the tensioner with the drive

chain then install the auto tensioner with the three
screws.
Screws (3)
3. Using a screwdriver, release the lock of the auto
tensioner by pushing up the lock arm.
4. Reinstall the right cover.
Screwdriver
LII634
14.4.6 Processor Drive Motor (M700) Replacement
Removal
1. Remove the motor driver bracket

2. Remove the screw and then the motor bracket

assembly by pulling it.
Motor Bracket Assembly Screw

LII627
14-28
3. Remove the three screws and two spacers then

the bracket form the motor. Spacers (2) Screws (3)
Bracket
LII628
4. Remove the two screws and plate. Flat Key
5. Loosen the hexagonal socket head set screw and

remove the gear and flat key.
Gear
Motor (M700) Screws (2)
Installation Plate
Hex. Socket Head Set Screws

14
14.4.7 Drive Bracket Removal/Reinstallation
Removal Clamps (2)
1. Remove:
• Auto tensioner (See Subsection 14.4.5).

• Processor drive motor (M700)
2. Open the two hose clamps and disconnect the

two hoses.
Hoses (2)
LII624
14-29
3. Loosen the chain tensioner and disengage the

chain from the sprocket.
Tensioner
Chain
LII625
4. Remove the four screws and then the drive bracket.
Screws (4)
Reinstallation Drive Bracket

LII623
removal.
14.4.8 Drive Sprocket/Gear Replacement
Removal
1. Remove the drive sprocket (See Subsection 14.4.7).
E-ring
LII630
14-30
3. Remove the drive sprocket, gear and bearing.
Installation

Gear
NOTE: Align the grooves in the sprocket with the ribs on the Sprocket
gear as shown. Bearing
LII631
14.4.9 Processor Drive Chain Replacement
1. Remove the drive bracket (See Subsection 14.4.7).

Old Chain
Master Link
2. Remove the chain clip and master link from the Clip
drive chain.
3. Connect a new chain to the end of the old chain

by using the master link and clip.
4. Pull the old chain through as a guide to route the New Chain
new chain.
5. Remove the clip, master link and old chain.
6. Connect the ends of the new chain with the

LII632 14
master link and clip.

removal.
14-31
14.4.10 Printer Drive Gear/Sprocket Replacement
Removal Screw
1. Remove:
• Auto chain tensioner (See Subsection 14.4.5).

• Processing solution tank exhaust fan
2. Remove the screw and then the printer drive gear

bracket cover.
Printer Drive Gear

Bracket Cover
LII672
3. Remove the three screws and then the fan duct.
Fan Duct
Screw (3)
LII673
4. Remove the E-ring and then the printer drive gear. Drive Gear
E-ring
LII1095
14-32
5. Scribe the position of the gear bracket using a

pencil and remove the two bracket screws.
Screw (2)
LII1094
6. Disengage the drive chain from the sprocket. Screw (Loosen)
7. Loosen the screw, remove the other two screws

then the sprocket and gear brackets.
Gear Bracket
Screws (2)
LII1093
8. Remove the screw, E-ring, idler gear and shaft

Idler gear
from the gear bracket. E-ring
14
Shaft Screw
LII1092
9. Remove the E-ring and then the sprocket.
Sprocket
E-ring
LII1090
14-33
10. Remove the bearing and shaft from the sprocket Bearings (2)
bracket.
Shaft
E-ring
LII1091
Installation
NOTE: Reinstall the gear bracket with two screws by

aligning it with the scribed line marked in Step 5.
Screws (2)
LII704
14-34
15. PROCESSING SOLUTION CIRCULATION SYSTEM
Parts Location....................................................................................... 15-2
15.1 Sub-tank Section .................................................................................. 15-3

15.1.1 Processor Front Cover Removal/Reinstallation ................................................. 15-3
15.1.2 Upper Connector Cover Removal/Reinstallation ............................................... 15-3
15.1.3 Processor Inner Cover Removal/Reinstallation ................................................. 15-4
15.1.4 P1 to PS4 Solution Thermometer (TS700 to TS703) Replacement ................... 15-4
15.1.5 Solution Level Sensor (FS700 to FS705) Replacement ..................................... 15-5
15.1.6 PS4 Solution Concentration Sensor (FS706) Replacement .............................. 15-6
15.2 Processing solution Heater/Circulation Pump Section .................... 15-7

15.2.1 Lower Connector Cover Removal/Reinstallation ............................................... 15-7
15.2.2 Heater Cooling Fan (F700 to F703) Replacement ............................................... 15-7
15.2.3 Heater Safety Thermostat (D700 to D703) Replacement.................................... 15-8
15.2.4 Solution Heater (H700 to H703) Replacement..................................................... 15-9
15.2.5 P1/P2 Circulation Pump (PU700/PU701) Replacement .................................... 15-10
15.2.6 PS1 to PS4 Circulation Pump (PU702 to PU705) Replacement....................... 15-11
15.2.7 Processing Solution Tank Exhaust Fan 1 (F704) Replacement ...................... 15-13
15.2.8 Processing Solution Tank Exhaust Fan 2 (F705) Replacement ...................... 15-13
15.2.9 Hose Connection ................................................................................................. 15-14
15.3 Waste Solution System ...................................................................... 15-15

15.3.1 Waste Solution Level Sensor (FS728) Replacement........................................ 15-15
15.3.2 Waste Solution Tank Replacement.................................................................... 15-16
15.3.3 Waste Solution Hose Replacement ................................................................... 15-17
15
15-1
Parts Location
Solution Level Sensors

(FS700 to FS705)
PS4 Solution Concentration
Sensor (FS706)
Solution Thermometer
(TS700 to TS703)
P1 Circulation Filter Circulation (Pleated)

Filters (PS1 to PS4)
P2 Circulation Filter
Heaters (H700 to H703)/ Waste Solution Tank

SafetyThermostats
(D700 to D703)
Waste Solution
Level Sensor
(FS728)
P1
P2
P1
P2 PS1~
PS1~ PS3
PS3 PS4
PS4 P1
Heater Cooling Fans
(F700 to F703) P2
Waste Solution
Hose
P1 PS1
Drain Cock
P2 PS2
PS3
PS1
PS4
PS2 Circulation Pumps
PS3 (PU700 to PU705)
PS4
Drain Cock
LII965
15-2
15.1 Sub-tank Section
15.1.1 Processor Front Cover Removal/Reinstallation
Removal Circulation Filter Tray Water Supply Port Doo
1. Shut down the system by performing the post- Water Supply Port Inner Cover
circuit breaker and the main power supply.
3. Open the water supply port door.
5. Loosen the screw and remove the water supply

port inner cover.
Replenisher Box Door
LII324
6. Remove the processing solution cooling air filter

Screws (5)
holder.
Screws
7. Remove the screw and then the splash-prevention Splash-prevention Cover

cover.
8. Remove the five screws and then the processor

front cover.
Reinstallation
Processing Solution Cooling
Air Filter Holder Processor Front Cover
LII325
removal.
15.1.2 Upper Connector Cover Removal/Reinstallation 15
Removal
1. Remove the processor front cover

2. Loosen the two screws and remove the upper

connector cover.
Reinstallation

Screws (2)
removal. Upper Connector Cover
LII643
15-3
15.1.3 Processor Inner Cover Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
Processor Inner Cover

2. Remove the dryer entrance rack.
3. Remove the four screws and then the processor

inner cover.

LII644
removal.
15.1.4 P1 to PS4 Solution Thermometer (TS700 to TS703)

Replacement
Removal Clamps (5)
1. Remove:
• Upper connector cover (See Subsection 15.1.2).

• PS1/PS2/PS3: Processor inner cover
2. Open the five harness clamps and disconnect the

solution thermometer connector.
Sensor Connector (TS703)


LII645
15-4
3. Remove the screw and then the solution

thermometer.
Screw
Installation Solution Thermometer (TS700)

LII646
15.1.5 Solution Level Sensor (FS700 to FS705) Replacement
Removal Clamps (5)
1. Remove:

2. Open the five clamps and disconnect the sensor

connector.
Sensor Connector
(FS705)
Sensor Connector (FS704)
15
LII647
Installation
Sensor (FS700) Screw
LII648
15-5
15.1.6 PS4 Solution Concentration Sensor (FS706) Replacement
Removal Water Supply Port Assembly
1. Remove:

Screw
(Remove)
2. Loosen the two screws, remove the other screw
and move the water supply port assembly to one
side.
Screws (2) (Loosen)

LII649
3. Open the three clamps and disconnect the FS706

Clamps (3)
connector.

LII650

Sensor (FS706)
Screw
Installation
LII651
15-6
15.2 Processing solution Heater/Circulation Pump Section
15.2.1 Lower Connector Cover Removal/Reinstallation
Removal Screws (2)

2. Loosen the two screws and remove the lower

connector cover.
Reinstallation

removal. Lower Connector Cover
LII652
15.2.2 Heater Cooling Fan (F700 to F703) Replacement
Removal
1. Remove the lower connector cover

2. Remove the four screws and then the fan duct.
Fan Duct Screws (4)

LII653 15
15-7
3. Open the clamp and disconnect the fan

Fan (F701) Fan (F703)
connector.
Fan (F700)
Fan (F702)
Clamp
Installation

Arrow
NOTE: Install the fan so that its arrow mark points towards Screws (2) Connector
the heater. LII654
15.2.3 Heater Safety Thermostat (D700 to D703) Replacement
Removal Fan Bracket
1. Remove:

• Heater cooling fan (See Subsection 15.2.2).
2. For D701: Open the four clamps then loosen the

two screws and move the fan bracket to one side.
Screws (2)
Clamps (4)
LII655
15-8
3. Disconnect the safety thermostat connector. Connector

Safety Thermostat Cover
4. Remove the safety thermostat cover.
5. Remove the two screws and then the safety Screws (2)
thermostat.
Installation
NOTE: Install the safety thermostat cover so that the Safety Thermostat (D700)
harness comes from underneath. LII656
15.2.4 Solution Heater (H700 to H703) Replacement
Removal
Clamps (4) Upper Connector Bracket
NOTE: For PS1/PS2/PS3 or PS4, drain the processing

solution.
1. Remove:

2. Remove the two screws securing the upper

connector bracket.
3. Open the four harness clamps. Screw (Loosen)

Screw (Loosen)
Screws (2)
4. Loosen the two screws and move the lower
connector bracket to one side.
Lower Connector Bracket
LII657
15
5. Disconnect all connectors on the upper connector
bracket.
All Connectors
LII658
15-9
6. Open the clamp and disconnect the heater

Connector
connector. Clamp
LII659
7. Remove the two screws and then the safety Pinchcocks (2)
thermostat. Outlet Hose
Screws (2)
8. For P1/P2: Pinch the inlet and outlet hoses with

the two pinchcocks.
Safety Thermostat
9. Remove the two screws and then the heater.
10. Loosen the two hose clamps and disconnect the

hoses from the heater.
Installation
Screws (2) Inlet Hose Heater
Clamps (2)
LII660
NOTE: Connect the hoses securely (See Subsection 15.2.9).
15.2.5 P1/P2 Circulation Pump (PU700/PU701) Replacement
Removal
Clamps (4) Upper Connector Bracket
1. Remove:


connector bracket.
4. Loosen the two screws and move the lower

Screw (Loosen)
connector bracket to one side. Screw (Loosen)
Screws (2)
Lower Connector Bracket
LII657
15-10
5. Loosen the two screws and remove the drain cock Pump Bracket Screws (2) (Loosen)
from the bracket.
6. Loosen the two screws and remove the pump

bracket.
Screws (2) Drain Cock

LII661
7. Pull out the pump bracket, pinch the inlet and Outlet Hose
outlet hoses with the two pinchcocks and drain the Clamp
Pinchcocks (2)
Drain Cock
solution in the hose from the drain cock.
Pump
(PU700)
8. Loosen the hose clamps and disconnect the inlet
and outlet hoses from the pump.
9. Remove the two screws and then the pump.
Installation
Pump (PU701)
Inlet Hose
NOTE: Connect the hoses securely (See Subsection 15.2.9). Screws (2)
LII662
15.2.6 PS1 to PS4 Circulation Pump (PU702 to PU705) Replacement 15

Removal Clamps (4) Upper Connector Bracket
1. Drain the PS1 to PS4 processing solutions.
2. Remove:


connector bracket.
4. Open the four harness clamps. Screw (Loosen)

Screw (Loosen)
Screws (2)
5. Loosen the two screws and move the lower Lower Connector Bracket
connector bracket to one side. LII657
15-11
6. Loosen the four screws and remove the drain

Screws (2)
cocks from the brackets. Pump Bracket

bracket.
Drain Cocks (4)

Screws (4)
LII681
8. Disconnect the four pump connectors and open

the seven harness clamps.
Connectors (4)
Clamps (7)
LII682
9. Remove the two screws securing the pump.

Pump (PU702)
10. Loosen the two clamps and disconnect the inlet

and outlet hoses from the pump.
Hose
Installation
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal. Pump (PU704)
Pump (PU703)
Pump (PU705)
Clamps (2) Screws (2)
LII683
15-12
15.2.7 Processing Solution Tank Exhaust Fan 1 (F704) Replacement
Removal Connector

Fan Cover
3. Remove the two screws then the fan cover and fan.
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal. Arrow

Fan (F704)
NOTE: Install the fan so that its arrow points the outside. LII663
15.2.8 Processing Solution Tank Exhaust Fan 2 (F705) Replacement
Removal

Screws (2)
Installation
Fan (F705)
Connector
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal. LII664 15
15-13
15.2.9 Hose Connection
1. Connect the hoses securely so that they extend Docking Portion

as far as the base of the connection opening.
2. Inspect the hose clamps, and replace them if the

docking portion is damaged.
Hose Clamp
0681
3. Check that the hose clamps are not twisted when

they are installed. Hold each end of the clamp
with a pair of pliers and squeeze the ends
together securely.
4. After operating the machine for 30 minutes, check

that there is no solution leakage from the hose
connections.
Hose Clamp
0680
15-14
15.3 Waste Solution System
15.3.1 Waste Solution Level Sensor (FS728) Replacement
Removal Screw

2. Remove the screw and then the waste solution

level sensor cover.
Waste Solution Level Sensor Cover

LII665
3. Disconnect the sensor connector. Flashlight
NOTE: If the space is narrow between the machine and the

wall, put the flashlight from above and look through
the slits (peep holes) in the right cover.
Connector
4. Remove the waste solution tank cap.
Slits (Peep Holes)
Tank Cap
LII1191
15
5. Remove the two screws and then the sensor from
the tank cap.
Screws (2)
Installation
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal. Sensor (FS728)

LII667
15-15
15.3.2 Waste Solution Tank Replacement
Removal

2. Loosen the screw and remove the waste solution

tank bracket.
Waste Solution Tank Bracket

Screw (Loosen)
LII669
3. Loosen the hose clamps and disconnect the P1, Hoses (3)
Connector Clamps (3)
P2 and PS1 waste solution hoses from the tank. Cap
4. Disconnect the level sensor connector and

remove the tank cap.
LII670
5. Loosen the two hose clamps and disconnect the Hoses (2) Clamps (2)
overflow and waste solution hoses from the tank.
6. Remove the waste solution tank.
Installation

Waste Solution Tank
LII671
15-16
15.3.3 Waste Solution Hose Replacement
Removal Water Supply Port Assembly
1. Remove:
• Processor front cover (See Subsection 15.1.1).

• Processor rear cover (See Subsection 14.4.2).
Screw
2. Loosen the two screws, remove the other one and (Remove)
move the water supply port assembly to one side.
Screws (2) (Loosen)

LII649
3. Loosen the hose clamp and disconnect the hose Hose

from the waste solution tank.
15
Hose Clamp
LII910
4. Cut the cord tie and disconnect the drain cock

from the waste solution hose.
Drain Cock
Installation
NOTE: Connect the hoses securely (See Subsection 15.2.9). Cord Tie
LII909
15-17
16. PROCESSING SOLUTION REPLENISHMENT SYSTEM
Parts Location....................................................................................... 16-2
16.1 Replenisher Cartridge Section ............................................................ 16-3

16.1.1 Replenisher Box Door Open/Close Detecting Interlock Switch (D724)
Replacement .......................................................................................................... 16-3
16.1.2 Replenisher Cartridge Setting Sensor (D721) Replacement ............................. 16-3
16.1.3 Replenisher Cartridge Box Upper/Lower Sensor (D722/D723)
Replacement .......................................................................................................... 16-4
16.1.4 Replenisher Cartridge Open Unit Removal/Reinstallation ................................ 16-5
16.1.5 Replenisher Cartridge Open Cam/Gear Replacement ....................................... 16-6
16.1.6 Cartridge Set Box Removal/Reinstallation.......................................................... 16-7
16.1.7 Cartridge Opening Motor (M720) Replacement .................................................. 16-8
16.1.8 Replenisher Box Door Lock Manual Releasing .................................................. 16-9
16.2 Processing Solution Replenishment System .................................. 16-10

16.2.1 Replenisher Filter Replacement......................................................................... 16-10
16.2.2 P1R/P2RA/P2RB Pump (PU721/PU722/PU723) Replacement.......................... 16-10
16.2.3 PSR Pump Bracket Removal/Reinstallation ..................................................... 16-12
16.2.4 PSR Pump (PU724) Replacement ...................................................................... 16-13
16.2.5 PSR Pump Valve Replacement .......................................................................... 16-14
16.2.6 PSR Pump Bellows Replacement ...................................................................... 16-15
16.2.7 PSR Filter Replacement ...................................................................................... 16-16
16.2.8 PSR Upper/Lower Level Sensor (FS723/FS727) Replacement........................ 16-16
16.2.9 P1R Upper/P2RA/B Upper/P1R Lower/P2RA/B Lower Level Sensor
(FS720/FS721/FS722/FS724/FS725/FS726) Replacement ................................ 16-17
16.2.10 PSR Tank Replacement ...................................................................................... 16-18
16.2.11 P1R/P2RA/P2RB Tank Replacement.................................................................. 16-20
16.3 Auto Washing and P1R Stirring System........................................... 16-23

16.3.1 Auto Washing Pump (PU720) Replacement...................................................... 16-23
(S720 to S722) Replacement............................................................................... 16-24
16.3.3 P1R/P2RA/P2RB Cartridge Washing/P1R Stirring Valve
(S728/S729/S730/S731) Replacement ................................................................ 16-25
16
16-1
Parts Location
Replenisher
Nozzles (P1W/P1R/ Auto Washing
P2RA/P2RB/PSR) Nozzles (No.2 Crossover Rack)
P1R/P2RA/P2RB Auto Washing
Cartridge Washing Valves Nozzles (No.3 Crossover Rack)
(S728/S829/S730)/
Auto Washing Nozzles
P1 Stirring Valve (S731)
(Dryer Entrance Rack)
Auto Washing Valves

(No.2/No.3 Crossover Racks/
and Dryer Entrance Rack)
(S720/S721/S722)
P1WR Water Replenishment
Valve (S723)
To Water Supply Port
PSR
Replenisher
Tank
Water
Supply
Port
Replenisher
Cartridge
Box
P1R
PSRPump
(PU724)
P2RA
P2RB PSR Replenisher

Filter
PSR Lower PSR Drain Cock
Level Sensor
(FS727)
Auto Washing
Pump (PU720)
P1R/P2RA/P2RB Pump PSR Upper Level

(PU721/PU722/PU723) Sensor (FS723)
P1R
P1R Upper/P2RA Upper/P2RB P2RB P1R/P2RA/P2RB
Upper/P1R Lower/P2RA Lower/ Replenisher Tanks
P2RB Lower Level Sensors P2RA
(FS720/FS721/FS722/FS724 Replenisher Filters P1R/P2RA/P2RB Drain Cocks
FS725/FS726)
LII967
16-2
16.1 Replenisher Cartridge Section
16.1.1 Replenisher Box Door Open/Close Detecting Interlock Switch

(D724) Replacement
Removal Screw (Loosen)
Screw
2. Loosen the screw, remove the other one and then

the switch bracket.
Switch Bracket
Screw Connector Cover
LII676
4. Disconnect the connector from the switch. Connector

E-ring
5. Remove the spring and E-ring then the switch.

Switch
Installation
Spring
16.1.2 Replenisher Cartridge Setting Sensor (D721) Replacement 16

Removal


LII678
16-3
3. Disconnect the connector from the sensor. Locking Tabs
4. Release the locking tabs then remove the sensor

from the bracket.
Installation
Sensor (D721)
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal. Connector
LII679
16.1.3 Replenisher Cartridge Box Upper/Lower Sensor (D722/D723) Replacement
Removal Screw

2. Remove the screw and then the sensor cover.
Sensor Cover
LII685

Screw
Sensor Bracket
LII686
16-4

Sensor (D723)
Connector
Sensor (D722)
Installation
Locking Tab
16.1.4 Replenisher Cartridge Open Unit Removal/Reinstallation
Removal Clamp
Connector
1. Remove:
• Move the water supply port assembly to one

side(See Subsection 15.1.6).
• Replenisher box door open/close detecting
interlock switch bracket (See Subsection 16.1.1).
• Replenisher cartridge setting sensor bracket
• Replenisher cartridge box upper/lower sensor
bracket (See Subsection 16.1.3).
Clamps (4)
2. Open the four clamps at the right-hand side and
six clamps at the left-hand side. Clamps (6)
LII684 16
3. Disconnect the motor connector and open the
clamp.
16-5
4. Remove the six screws and loosen the other two

ones securing the unit.
5. Remove the replenisher cartridge open unit.
Screws (6)
(Remove)
Reinstallation
Screws (Loosen) Screws (Loosen)
removal.
16.1.5 Replenisher Cartridge Open Cam/Gear Replacement
Removal
1. Remove the replenisher cartridge open unit

2. Remove the six screws and then the gear cover.
Gear Cover
Screws (6)
LII689
3. Remove the E-ring and then the cam gear. E-ring

Screw
4. Remove the screw then the cam roller and nut.
Cam Gear
Nut
Cam Roller
LII690
16-6
5. Remove the two E-rings and then the two idler Idler Gears (2)
E-rings (2)
gears.
LII691
Installation Cam Roller

Groove
NOTE: Install the gear cover by aligning the cam roller with
the groove in the cartridge setting section.
LII692
16.1.6 Cartridge Set Box Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
1. Remove the replenisher cartridge open unit

(See Subsection 16.1.4). 16
2. Remove the six screws and then the gear cover
3. Remove the four screws and then the cartridge

set box.
Screws (4)
Reinstallation
Replenisher Cartridge Setting Box
LII693
removal.
NOTE: Assemble the cartridge set box to the cartridge

bracket so that they are in parallel.
16-7
16.1.7 Cartridge Opening Motor (M720) Replacement
Removal Screws (3)

Motor Bracket
1. Remove the cartridge set box (See Subsection 16.1.6).
2. Remove the three screws and then the motor

bracket.
LII694
3. Remove the two screws and then the motor. Screws (2)
Motor
LII695
4. Loosen the hexagonal socket head setscrew then

Flat Surface
remove the gear and collar.
Installation
2.5mm
NOTE: Align the holes in the gear and collar and the flat Collar Gear
surface on the shaft. Tighten the hexagonal socket
head setscrew so that the shaft end is 2.5 mm from Hexagonal Socket Head Setscrews
the gear end surface as shown. LII696
16-8
16.1.8 Replenisher Box Door Lock Manual Releasing
1. Open the dryer unit. Replenisher Box Door
2. Release the lock by inserting the screwdriver into

the two holes to push down the lock arms as
shown.
NOTE: Insert the tip of the screwdriver straight

approximately 30mm and release the lock arms
one by one while pulling the replenisher box
door toward the front.
Screwdriver
Lock Arm
LII911
16
16-9
16.2 Processing Solution Replenishment System
16.2.1 Replenisher Filter Replacement
Removal Clamps (3) Pinchcocks (2)

2. Open the three clamps and pull out the filter.
3. Pinch the inlet and outlet hoses with the pinchcocks.
4. Loosen the two clamps and disconnect the hoses

from the filter.
Installation
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal. Clamps (2)

Hoses (2) Filter
LII697
NOTE: • Connect the hoses securely
• After installation, perform the following adjustment.
• Menu 0620 "Pump Output Measurement/Setting"
16.2.2 P1R/P2RA/P2RB Pump (PU721/PU722/PU723) Replacement
Removal Connectors (3) Screws (2)
1. Move the water supply port assembly


3. Disconnect the three pump connectors.
LII698
16-10

Pump Bracket
bracket.
Screws (2)
LII699
5. Pinch the inlet and outlet hoses using the pinchcocks.

Hoses (2)
Pump Pinchcocks (2)
6. Cut the cord tie securing the outlet hose and Clamp
disconnect the hose from the pump.
7. Loosen the clamp and disconnect the inlet hose

from the pump.
8. Remove the screw and then pull out the pump. Cord Tie
Screw
LII700
9. Open the four clamps securing the pump harness.
16
Installation

Clamps (4)
Menu 0620 "Pump Output Measurement/Setting" LII1198
16-11
16.2.3 PSR Pump Bracket Removal/Reinstallation
Removal Clamps (2)
2. Open the two clamps.
LII705
3. Remove the two screws and pull the pump

bracket out.
Reinstallation
Reinstallation is essentially in the reverse order of Pump Bracket Screws (2)
removal. LII706
16-12
16.2.4 PSR Pump (PU724) Replacement
Removal Pinchcocks (2)

Hoses (2)
1. Remove the PSR pump bracket

inlet and outlet hoses from the pump.
Clamps (2)
LII709
4. Loosen the two screws and remove the connector

Connector Cover
cover.
Screws (2)
LII708
5. Disconnect the pump connector. Connector

16
Clamps (2)
LII710
16-13
7. Remove the screw and then the pump.

Pump
Installation

Menu 0620 "Pump Output Measurement/Setting" Screw

16.2.5 PSR Pump Valve Replacement
Removal Hoses (2)
1. Remove:
• PSR pump bracket (See Subsection 16.2.3).

• Connector cover (See Subsection 16.2.4).
3. Loosen the two joint nuts.
Pinchcocks (2) Joint Nuts (2)

LII707
4. Remove the two valves.
Installation
Valves (2)
Menu 0620 "Pump Output Measurement/Setting"

RD232
16-14
16.2.6 PSR Pump Bellows Replacement
Removal Hoses (2)
1. Remove:

3. Loosen the two joint nuts.
Pinchcocks (2) Joint Nuts (2)

LII707
4. Remove the screw and then the pump. Pump
Screw
LII711
5. Turn the bellows 90 degrees counterclockwise to Bellows

remove it.
16
Installation
Menu 0620 "Pump Output Measurement/Setting" LII712

16-15
16.2.7 PSR Filter Replacement
Removal Hoses (2)

Pinchcocks (2)
1. Remove the PSR pump bracket

3. Loosen the hose clamps and disconnect the

hoses from the filter.
Installation
Clamp
NOTE: • Connect the hoses securely Filter
1) Menu 0620 "Pump Output Measurement/

Setting" (See Subsection 5.7.1).
2) Menu 0621 "Auto Cleaning Output
Measurement/Setting" (See Subsection 5.7.2).
16.2.8 PSR Upper/Lower Level Sensor (FS723/FS727) Replacement
Removal Connector (FS723)

Connector (FS727)
1. Remove the connector cover

2. Disconnect the sensor connectors.
3. Open the three clamps and cut the cord tie.
Clamps (3)
Cord Tie
LII719
16-16
4. Pinch the upper and lower hoses with the two Pinchcocks (2)
Hoses (2)
pinchcocks. Clamp
5. Remove the screw and then the sensor from the

bracket.

hoses from the sensor.
Installation

Sensor Screw
NOTE: Connect the hoses securely (See Subsection 15.2.9). LII720
16.2.9 P1R Upper/P2RA/B Upper/P1R Lower/P2RA/B Lower Level

Sensor (FS720/FS721/FS722/FS724/FS725/FS726)
Replacement
Removal
Screws (2)
2. Remove the two screws securing the tank bracket

and pull the tank bracket out.
Tank Bracket
LII1197
3. Open the clamp and disconnect the sensor Connector 16

connectors.
4. Remove the two screws and then the level sensors.
Clamp
Screws (2) Sensor

LII726
16-17
Installation " "Marks

Sensor
NOTE: • Align the lower end of the sensor with the bottom
bearing as shown.
• Align the " " mark on the sensor flange with the
" " mark on the tank as shown.
Bearing
LII727
16.2.10 PSR Tank Replacement
When servicing the power input section parts, make

sure the built-in circuit breaker and the main power
supply on the power distribution board are both set to
the OFF position. If the main power is left ON,
electricity will flow as far as the power input section,
and this can cause electric shocks and/or short-
circuiting.
Removal
1. Remove:
• Processor rear cover (See Subsection 14.4.2).

2. Remove the two screws and then the power input

section cover.
Power Input Section Cover

Screws (2)
LII314
16-18
3. Remove the four screws securing the power input

section bracket.
Screws (4)
Ground Harness
LII728
4. Open the two clamps and move the power input

bracket to one side.
Clamps (2)
Power Input Section Bracket

LII729
5. Remove the two screws and then the tank bracket. Tank Bracket
16
Screws (2)
LII730
16-19
6. Loosen the five hose clamps and disconnect the Hoses (5)
five hoses from the tank. Clamps (5)
7. Remove the tank.
Installation

• Use a new toothed washer for tightening the
grounding wire to the frame.
• After installation, perform Installation Menu "91
PSR AIR EXT" from the operation panel on the
LP5700. Tank
LII731
16.2.11 P1R/P2RA/P2RB Tank Replacement
Removal
1. Remove the right cover(See Subsection 14.4.1).
2. Drain remaining solutions from the tanks.
3. Remove the four screws and then the fan duct.
Fan Duct
Screws (4)
LII653
4. Remove the two screws and then the upper Clamps (4)
connector bracket.
5. Loosen the four hose clamps and disconnect the

three inlet hoses and stirring hose.
Stirring Hose Inlet Hose

LII1170
16-20
6. Pull out the replenisher filters.
7. Loosen the three hose clamps and disconnect the

three outlet hoses from the filters.
Outlet Hose Clamps (3)

LII1171
8. Disconnect the P1R, P2RA and P2RB level

sensor connectors.
Sensor Connectors (6)

LII1172
9. Open the clamp, remove the two screws and then Tank
the tanks.
Screws (2)
Clamp
16
LII725
16-21
Installation

removal.

• Take care not to bend or twist the hoses when
connecting the hoses.
• Connect the inlet hoses to the tanks, then install
the tanks being careful not to pinch them between
the bracket and the tanks.
• After installation, perform Installation Menu "92
MIX REPL" and "93 PUMP AIR EXT" from the
operation panel on the LP5700.
LII1173
16-22
16.3 Auto Washing and P1R Stirring System
16.3.1 Auto Washing Pump (PU720) Replacement
Removal Connector
1. Remove:

2. Disconnect the connector and open the three

clamps.
Clamps (3)
LII714
3. Pinch the three inlet and outlet hoses with the

Pump
three pinchcocks. Hoses (3)

hoses from the pump.
5. Remove the two screws and then the pump.
Screws (2)
Installation

(See Subsection 15.2.9). Pinchcocks (3)
• After installation, perform the following adjustment. Clamps (2)
LII715
Menu 0621 "Auto Cleaning Output
Measurement/Setting" (See Subsection 5.7.2).
16
16-23

(S720 to S722) Replacement
Removal Connector
1. Remove:

2. Disconnect the connector and open the two clamps.
Clamps (2)
LII716
3. Remove the two screws and then the valves.

Valves
Screws (2)
LII717
4. Pinch the five hoses with the pinchcocks.

hoses from the valves.
Installation
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal. Hose Clamp

Pinchcocks (5)
NOTE: Connect the hoses securely (See Subsection 15.2.9). LII718
16-24
16.3.3 P1R/P2RA/P2RB Cartridge Washing/P1R Stirring Valve (S728/

S729/S730/S731) Replacement
Removal

2. Disconnect the connector and open the two clamps.
Connector
Clamps (2)
LII721
3. Open the four clamps. Clamps (4)

Screws (2) (Loosen)
4. Remove the two screws and then the valve bracket.
Valve Bracket
LII722
16
16-25
5. Remove the two screws and then the valves. Valves
Screws (2)
LII723
6. Pinch the five hoses with the pinchcocks.

hoses from the valves.
Installation
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal. Pinchcocks (5) Hose

Clamp
LII724
16-26
17. DRYER SECTION
Parts Location....................................................................................... 17-2
17.1 Dryer Belt Unit....................................................................................... 17-3

17.1.1 Dryer Belt Unit Removal/Reinstallation............................................................... 17-3
17.1.2 Dryer Mesh Belt/Roller Replacement................................................................... 17-3
17.1.3 Dryer Belt Unit Open/Close Detecting Interlock Switch (D762B)
Replacement ........................................................................................................ 17-5
17.2 Dryer Rack Section............................................................................... 17-6

17.2.1 Dryer Rack Removal/Reinstallation ..................................................................... 17-6
17.2.2 Dryer Section Open/Close Detecting Interlock Switch (D762A)
Replacement ........................................................................................................ 17-8
17.2.3 Dryer Feed Roller Drive Belt Replacement ......................................................... 17-9
17.2.4 Dryer Feed Roller Replacement ........................................................................... 17-9
17.2.5 Dryer Unit Exit Turn Roller Replacement .......................................................... 17-10
17.2.6 Dryer Unit Exit Roller Replacement ................................................................... 17-12
17.2.7 Dryer Unit Lock Assembly Replacement .......................................................... 17-13
17.2.8 Exit Feed Belt Replacement ............................................................................... 17-13
17.3 Dryer Fan/Heater Section................................................................... 17-14

17.3.1 Dryer Fan Cover Removal/Reinstallation .......................................................... 17-14
17.3.2 Dryer Fan (F760) Replacement........................................................................... 17-15
17.3.3 Dryer Heater Safety Thermostats 1/2 (D760A/B) Replacement ....................... 17-16
17.3.4 Dryer Thermometer (TS760) Replacement........................................................ 17-16
17.3.5 Dryer Heater Assembly (H760 to H767) Replacement...................................... 17-17
17
17-1
Parts Location
Dryer Heaters A to H
(H760 to H767)
Dryer Heaters Safety

Dryer Section Open/Close Thermostats 1/2 (D760A/D760B)
Detecting Interlock Switch (D762A)
Dryer Fan (F760)
Dryer Unit
Dryer Belt Unit Open/
Close Detecting Interlock
Switch (D762B)
Dryer Thermometer
(TS760)
LII969
17-2
17.1 Dryer Belt Unit
17.1.1 Dryer Belt Unit Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
1. Remove the dryer exit unit right cover

2. Remove the dryer belt unit.
Reinstallation

removal. Belt Unit
LII736
17.1.2 Dryer Mesh Belt/Roller Replacement
Removal
1. Remove the dryer belt unit (See Subsection 17.1.1).
2. Remove the two tension springs.
Springs (2)
LII737
3. Remove the two E-rings and two bearings then Bearings (2) Shaft
the entrance side roller.
E-rings (2)
the shaft. Bearings (2)
Screws (2)
17
Roller
E-rings (2)
Bracket
LII738
17-3
6. Remove the E-ring and then the gear. E-ring
Bearing
E-ring
Gear
LII742
8. Remove the E-ring, bearing and then the roller. E-ring
Roller Bearing
LII743
9. Remove the eight screws and then the two stays Screws (8)
and the mesh belt.
Mesh Belt
Installation
Stays (2)
17-4
17.1.3 Dryer Belt Unit Open/Close Detecting Interlock Switch

(D762B) Replacement
Removal Screw
1. Remove the dryer fan cover (See Subsection 17.3.1).
2. Remove the screw and then the switch bracket.
Switch Bracket
LII767
3. Disconnect the connector from the switch. E-ring

Connector
4. Remove the spring and E-ring then the switch.
Installation
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal. Spring

Switch (D762B)
LII766
17
17-5
17.2 Dryer Rack Section
17.2.1 Dryer Rack Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
1. Remove the dryer exit unit (See Subsection 18.1.3).
2. Remove the eight screws and then the two brackets. Screws (8)
NOTE: The one screw tightened together with the

grounding wire.
Brackets (2)
Grounding Wire
LII761
3. Remove the four screws securing the dryer rack.
Screws (4)
LII762
17-6
4. Remove the dryer rack. Dryer Rack
LII763
Reinstallation Fan Duct Channel

removal.
NOTE: • Align the rear channel with the printer end of the
fan duct then the front two holes with the locating
pins.
• Connect the grounding wire correctly.
Dryer Rack
Locating Pins
Holes
LII766
17
17-7
17.2.2 Dryer Section Open/Close Detecting Interlock Switch (D762A)

Replacement
Removal Screw
2. Remove the screw securing the switch bracket.
LII764
3. Remove the switch bracket.
Switch Bracket
LII765
4. Disconnect the connector from the switch. E-ring

Connector
5. Remove the spring and E-ring then the switch
from the bracket.
Installation
Spring
Switch (D762A)
17-8
17.2.3 Dryer Feed Roller Drive Belt Replacement
Removal Screws (2)
1. Remove the dryer rack (See Subsection 17.2.1).
2. Remove the two screws securing the tensioner

and then the tension spring.
3. Remove the drive belt.
Installation Belt
Spring
17.2.4 Dryer Feed Roller Replacement
Removal Screws (6)
1. Remove the dryer feed roller drive belt

2. Remove the six screws and then the dryer guide

plate.
Dryer Guide Plate

LII769
3. Remove the three screws and then the belt cover.
17
Belt Cover
Screws (3)
LII770
17-9
4. Remove the eight screws and then the four guides.

Screws (8)
Guides (4)
LII771
5. Remove the E-ring and then the pulley. Bearings (2)

E-rings (2)
6. Remove the two E-rings and two bearings from
each roller.
Installation
Pulley
E-ring
17.2.5 Dryer Unit Exit Turn Roller Replacement
Removal Screws (6)
2. Remove the six screws and then the dryer guide

plate.
Dryer Guide Plate

LII769
17-10
3. Remove the front five E-rings and then the five

E-rings (5)
gears.
Gears (5)
LII1174
4. Remove the front two coil springs. Springs (2)
5. Remove the front five E-rings and bearings.
Bearings (5) E-rings (5)

LII1175
6. Remove the E-ring and then the gear. Rollers (5)

Springs (2)
7. Remove the rear two coil springs.
8. Remove the rear five E-rings and bearings.
9. Remove the five rollers.

17
Bearings (5) Gear

E-rings (5)
Installation E-ring
LII1176
17-11
17.2.6 Dryer Unit Exit Roller Replacement
Removal
2. Remove the four E-rings, two plain washers and

then the four gears.
Gears (4) E-rings (4)

Washers (2)
LII1178
3. Remove the two screws and fixing pins then the

guide plate.
Fixing Pins (2) Screws (2)

LII1179
4. Remove the two coil springs. Nip Rollers (2)
5. Remove the four E-rings and bearings then the

two nip rollers.
Installation
Springs (2)
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal. E-rings (4) Bearings (4)
LII1180
17-12
17.2.7 Dryer Unit Lock Assembly Replacement
Removal Dryer Unit Front Left Cover
1. Remove the dryer exit unit top cover

2. Remove the three screws and then the dryer unit

front left cover.
Screws (3)
LII815
3. Remove the four screws and then the lock assembly. Screws (4)
Installation
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of removal. Lock Assembly

LII816
17.2.8 Exit Feed Belt Replacement
Removal Gear E-ring

Belt
1. Remove the dryer rack (See Subsection 17.2.1). 17
2. Loosen the two screws securing the belt
tensioner.
4. Remove the belt.
Installation

Screws (2)
removal. LII1177
17-13
17.3 Dryer Fan/Heater Section
17.3.1 Dryer Fan Cover Removal/Reinstallation
Removal Screws (4)

2. Remove the four screws and then the dryer section

right cover.
Dryer Section Right Cover

LII746
3. Remove the two screws and then the two harness Screws (2)
duct covers.
Harness Duct Covers (2)
LII747
4. Disconnect the three connectors (Jso6, Jso12 Connectors (3)

and Jshu3).
5. Remove the two screws and then the connector Screws (2)
bracket.
6. Put the harness to the hinge side.
Connector Bracket
LII748
17-14
7. Open the dryer belt unit and support it with the Dryer Belt Unit
stopper.
8. Remove the two screws and then the dryer fan

cover.
Reinstallation

Screws (2)
removal. Dryer Fan Cover
LII749
17.3.2 Dryer Fan (F760) Replacement
Removal Screws (4)

Dryer Fan (F760)
2. Disconnect the dryer fan connector.
3. Remove the four screws and the fan.
Installation
Connector
LII750
17
17-15
17.3.3 Dryer Heater Safety Thermostats 1/2 (D760A/B) Replacement
Removal Clamps (2)

Connector
1. Remove the dryer fan (See Subsection 17.3.2). Clamps (2)
Screws (2)
2. Disconnect the safety thermostat connector and
open the two clamps.
3. Remove the two screws and two clamps.
4. Remove the four screws and then the safety

thermostats.
Screws (4)
Installation Safety Thermostat (D760B)
Safety Thermostat (D760A)

LII751
17.3.4 Dryer Thermometer (TS760) Replacement
Removal Connector
Clamps (5)
1. Remove the dryer fan cover
Dryer Thermometer (TS760)
2. Open the five clamps and disconnect the
thermometer connector.
3. Remove the screw and then the thermometer.
Installation
NOTE: Be sure to remove the protection tube from the tip of Screw
the thermometer. LII752
17-16
17.3.5 Dryer Heater Assembly (H760 to H767) Replacement
Removal
1. Remove the safety thermostats

2. Disconnect the three heater connectors

(H760, H761 and H766).
Connectors (3)
LII753
3. Remove the two screws and then the heater Screws (2)
assembly.
Installation
Heater Assembly
17
17-17
18. PRINT EXIT SECTION/SORTER
Parts Location....................................................................................... 18-3
18.1 Dryer Exit Unit....................................................................................... 18-9

18.1.1 Dryer Exit Unit Right Cover Removal/Reinstallation.......................................... 18-9
18.1.2 Dryer Exit Unit Top Cover Removal/Reinstallation ............................................ 18-9
18.1.3 Dryer Exit Unit Removal/Reinstallation ............................................................. 18-10
18.1.4 Feeding Path Switching Paper Sensor LED (Rear/Center/Front)
(D770L/D771L/D772L)/Lower Exit Paper Sensor LED (Rear/Center/Front)
(D773L/D774L/D775L) Replacement ................................................................ 18-12
18.1.5 Feeding Path Switching Paper Sensor (Rear/Center/Front)
(D770P/D771P/D772P) Replacement................................................................ 18-13
18.1.6 Lower Exit Paper Sensor (Rear/Center/Front)(D773P/D774P/D775P)
Replacement ...................................................................................................... 18-13
18.1.7 Feeding Path Switching Solenoid (S770) Replacement................................... 18-14
18.1.8 Feeding Path Switch Position Sensor (Large Size)(D776) Replacement ....... 18-15
18.1.9 Dryer Section Drive Motor (M770) Replacement .............................................. 18-16
18.1.10 Feed Roller Drive Belt Replacement.................................................................. 18-17
18.1.11 Guide Plate Removal/Reinstallation .................................................................. 18-18
18.1.12 Roller Replacement ............................................................................................. 18-22
18.2 Print Sending Unit ............................................................................. 18-25

18.2.1 Print Sending Unit Removal/Reinstallation....................................................... 18-25
18.2.2 Print Sending Drive Motor (M771)/Belt Replacement....................................... 18-25
18.2.3 Feed Belt/Feed Belt Drive Roller Replacement................................................. 18-27
18.3 SU1400AY Transversal Sorter ........................................................... 18-29

18.3.1 SU1400AY Transversal Sorter Removal/Reinstallation ................................... 18-29
18.3.2 Cover/Lower Bracket Removal/Reinstallation .................................................. 18-29
18.3.3 Transversal Sorter Stop Sensor LED (D813L) Replacement........................... 18-30
18.3.4 Transversal Sorter Stop Sensor (D813P) Replacement................................... 18-31
18.3.5 Transversal Sorter Drive Motor (M811) Replacement ...................................... 18-31
18.3.6 Feed Belt/Belt Drive Roller Replacement .......................................................... 18-32
18.4 SU1400AY Sorter ................................................................................ 18-34

18.4.1 SU1400AY Sorter Removal/Reinstallation ........................................................ 18-34
18.4.2 Sorter Cover Removal/Reinstallation ................................................................ 18-34
18.4.3 SWA20 Circuit Board Replacement ................................................................... 18-35
18.4.4 Sorter Tray Stop Position Sensor (D810) Replacement................................... 18-35
18.4.5 Sorter Drive Motor (M810) Replacement ........................................................... 18-36
18.4.6 Sorter Full Sensor (D811) Replacement ............................................................ 18-38 18
18.4.7 Chain Tension Adjustment ................................................................................. 18-38
18.5 SU2400AY Transversal Sorter ........................................................... 18-39

18.5.1 SU2400AY Transversal Sorter Removal/Reinstallation ................................... 18-39
18.5.2 Transversal Sorter Upper Cover Removal/Reinstallation................................ 18-40
18.5.3 Transversal Sorter Stop Sensor/LED (D813P/D813L) Replacement............... 18-40
18.5.4 Transversal Sorter Lower Cover Removal/Reinstallation ............................... 18-41
18.5.5 Transversal Sorter Drive Motor (M811) Replacement ...................................... 18-41
18-1
18.5.6 Print Alignment Motor (M812) Replacement ..................................................... 18-42

18.5.7 Print Alignment Stop Sensor (D814) Replacement .......................................... 18-43
18.5.8 Roller/Feed Belt Replacement............................................................................ 18-44
18.6 SU2400AY Sorter................................................................................ 18-46

18.6.1 Sorter Right Upper Cover Removal/Reinstallation........................................... 18-46
18.6.2 Sorter Tray Stop Position Sensor (D810) Replacement................................... 18-46
18.6.3 Sorter Drive Motor (M810) Replacement ........................................................... 18-47
18.6.4 SWA20 Circuit Board Replacement ................................................................... 18-48
18.6.5 Sorter Right Lower Cover Removal/Reinstallation .......................................... 18-48
18.6.6 Sorter Left Upper/Lower Cover Removal/Reinstallation.................................. 18-49
18.6.7 Sorter Full Sensor (D811) Replacement ............................................................ 18-50
18.6.8 Chain Tension Adjustment ................................................................................. 18-50
18.6.9 Sorter Tray Step Position Adjustment............................................................... 18-51
18-2
Parts Location
• Dryer Exit Unit
Feeding Path Switch

Sorter Tray Section

Solenoid (S770)
Lower Exit Paper

Sensors (D773 to D775)
Feeding Path Switching

Paper Sensor (D770 to D772)
Dryer Section
Drive Motor (M770)
LII971
18
18-3
Parts Location
• Print Sending Unit
Print Sending Drive Motor (M771)
Print Sending Belt
LII972
18-4
Parts Location
• SU1400AY Transversal Sorter
Transversal Sorter Belt
Transversal Sorter Stop Sensor (D813)
Transversal Sorter
Transversal Sorter Drive Motor (M811)
LII973A
18
18-5
Parts Location
• SU1400AY Sorter
Sorter Full Sensor (D811)
Sorter Drive Motor (M810)
SU1400AY Sorter
SW20 Circuit Board/

Sorter Full Buzzer (BZ810)/
Sorter Drive Switch (D812)
Sorter Tray Stop Position Sensor (D810)
LII973B
18-6
Parts Location
• SU2400AY Transversal Sorter
Transversal Sorter
Stop Sensor (D813)
Transversal Sorter
Print Alignment
Stop Sensor (D814)
Transversal Sorter
Print Alignment Drive Motor (M811)
Motor (M812)
LII974A
18
18-7
Parts Location
• SU2400AY Sorter
SU2400AY Sorter
Sorter Tray Stop

Position Sensor
(D810)
Sorter Drive
Motor (M810)
SW20 Circuit Board/

Sorter Full Buzzer
(BZ810)/Sorter Drive
Switch (D812)
Sorter Full
Sensor (D811)
LII974B
18-8
18.1 Dryer Exit Unit
18.1.1 Dryer Exit Unit Right Cover Removal/Reinstallation
Removal Screws (6) Cover
1. Remove the print sending unit

2. Disconnect the transversal sorter cable.
3. Remove the six screws and then the cover.
Reinstallation
Cable
removal.
18.1.2 Dryer Exit Unit Top Cover Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
Screws (6)
2. Remove the six screws and then the cover.
Reinstallation
Cover

removal. LII745
18
18-9
18.1.3 Dryer Exit Unit Removal/Reinstallation
Removal Screws (2)

2. Remove the two screws and then the print

sending unit bracket.
NOTE: Use a long shank screwdriver to avoid the

screws from damage.
Print Sending Unit Bracket

LII755
3. Disconnect the three connectors (Jso6/Jso12/

Jshu3).
Connectors (3)
LII756
4. Loosen the two screws and turn the gear bracket Screws (2) (Loosen)
counterclockwise. Tighten the two screws.
Gear Bracket
“ ” Marks
LII757
18-10
5. Remove the four screws and then the unit by

shifting it toward the printer side.
Unit
Screws (4)
LII758
Reinstallation
Screws (2) (Loosen)
removal.
NOTE: After reinstallation, loosen the two screws and align

the " " marks on the gear bracket and the unit.
Tighten the two screws.
“ ” Marks
Gear Bracket
LII1183
18
18-11
18.1.4 Feeding Path Switching Paper Sensor LED (Rear/Center/

Front) (D770L/D771L/D772L)/Lower Exit Paper Sensor LED
(Rear/Center/Front) (D773L/D774L/D775L) Replacement
Removal Sensor LED (D775L) Sensor LED (D773L)

Sensor LED (D774L)
2. Remove the screw then the sensor LED and

cover.
Sensor LED (D770L)

Sensor LED Sensor LED (D771L)
(D772L)
LII784
Cover
Connector
Installation
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of Sensor LED

Screw
removal. LII780
18-12
18.1.5 Feeding Path Switching Paper Sensor (Rear/Center/

Front)(D770P/D771P/D772P) Replacement
Removal
1. Remove the two screws and then the feeding path

switching section lower cover.
Feeding Path Switching

Screws (2)
Section Lower Cover
LII782

Connector Screw
Installation
Sensor (D772P)
Sensor (D770P) Sensor (D771P)
removal.
LII783
18.1.6 Lower Exit Paper Sensor (Rear/Center/Front)(D773P/D774P/

D775P) Replacement
Removal Screws (2) Guide Plate
1. Open the dryer exit unit left cover.
18
LII785
18-13
3. Disconnect the connector from the sensor. Sensor (D775P)

Sensor (D773P)
Sensor (D774P)
Installation
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of Screw

Connector
removal. LII786
18.1.7 Feeding Path Switching Solenoid (S770) Replacement
Removal Solenoid Bracket Screws (2)

3. Disconnect the solenoid connector and open the

two harness clamps.
4. Remove the two screws and then the solenoid

bracket.
Spring Connector
Clamps (2)
LII787
5. Remove the two screws and then the cover from Cover
Screws (2)
the solenoid.

the solenoid.
Screws (2)
Bracket
LII788
18-14
Installation Arm

removal.
NOTE: Adjust the solenoid position so that its roller just

contacts to the arm and tighten the two mount
screws while pushing the lower end of the arm
without coil spring as shown.
Screws (2)
LII791
18.1.8 Feeding Path Switch Position Sensor (Large Size)(D776)

Replacement

Locking Tabs
3. Release the locking tabs and remove the sensor.
Installation

Connector
removal. LII789
18
18-15
18.1.9 Dryer Section Drive Motor (M770) Replacement
Removal Screws (2)

Gear Cover
Clamps (2)
LII790
4. Disconnect the motor connector. Motor (M770)
5. Remove the four screws and then the spacer and

motor.
Screws (4) Connector

LII793
6. Remove the E-ring and then the gear from the Gear
motor.
Installation

removal. Spacer
E-ring
LII796
18-16
18.1.10 Feed Roller Drive Belt Replacement
Removal Screws (2)

Gear Cover
Clamps (2)
LII790
4. Disconnect the motor connector. Screws (5)
5. Remove the five screws and then the motor

bracket.
Motor Bracket
Connector
LII792
6. Loosen the two screws securing the belt tensioner Belt

and remove the drive belt. Screws (2)
18
LII794
18-17
Installation Tesioner

removal.
NOTE: Apply a pressure of 8 ± 1N to the tensioner using

the tension gauge and tighten the tensioner screws
as shown.
Screws (2)
LII795
18.1.11 Guide Plate Removal/Reinstallation
Removal Guide Plates (3)
1. Remove the dryer exit unit (See Subsection 18.1.3).
2. Remove:
• Feeding path switching solenoid (S770)

• Feed roller drive belt (See Subsection 18.1.11).
3. Remove the three screws and then the three

guide plates.
Screws (3) Screws (3)

LII799
4. Remove the two screws and then the dryer exit

unit left lower cover.
Screws (2) Dryer Exit Unit Left

Lower Cover
LII800
18-18
5. Remove the four screws and then the dryer exit

unit left cover.
Screws (4)
Dryer Exit Unit Left-hand Cover
LII801
6. Open the five harness clamps.
7. Remove the three screws and then the three

sensors (D770P, D771P and D772P).
Sensor (D772P)
Sensor (D771P)
Screws (3)
Sensor (D770P)
Clamps (5)
LII8.2
8. Remove the six screws and locking pins then the Screws (3)
three guide plates.
Locking Pins (6)
Guide Plates (3)
Screws (3)
LII8.3
18
18-19
9. Open the ten harness clamps. Sensor LED

Sensor LED (D770L) (D771L)
10. Remove the six screws and then the sensor LEDs Screws (6) Clamps (5)
Sensor LED
(D770L, D771L, D772L, D773L, D774L and
(D772L)
D775L).
Clamps (5)
Sensor LED (D775L)
Sensor LED (D773L)
Sensor LED (D774L)
LII804
11. Remove the two screws and then the entrance

guide plate.
Screws (2)
Entrance Guide Plate

LII805
12. Open the five harness clamps. Screws (3) Clamps (5)
13. Remove the three screws and then the sensors

(D773P, D774P and D775P).
Sensor (D774P)
Sensor (D773P)
Sensor (D775P)
LII8.6
18-20
14. Remove the two screws and locking pins then the <Rear>
guide plate. Locking Pins (2)
Screws (2) Bearing
Pulley
15. Remove the E-ring from the front side and then
Guide Plate
the bearing.
16. Remove the two E-rings, pulley and bearing from

the rear side.
E-rings (2)
E-ring
Roller
Bearing
<Front>
LII807
18. Remove the two screws and then the small size Small Size Exit Guide Plate
exit guide plate.
Screws (2)
LII808
19. Remove the screw and then the arm.

Screw
Arm
20. Remove the two E-rings, bearings and then the Switching Guide Plate
switching guide plate.
18
E-rings (2)
Bearings (2)
LII809
18-21
Reinstallation

removal. Screws (2) Guide Plate
LII810
18.1.12 Roller Replacement
Removal E-ring
1. Remove the guide plates (See Subsection 18.1.11).
2. Remove the E-ring and then the reinforcement

plate.
Reinforcement Plate
LII1181
3. Remove the six E-rings from the rear side then Pulley
the two idler gears, pulley and four roller drive
gears.
E-rings (6)
Idler Gears (2)
LII811
18-22
4. Remove the spring from the rear side. Bearings (5)

E-rings (7) Pulleys (2) E-rings (7)
5. Remove the seven E-rings from the rear side and Spring
then the two pulleys, four ball-bearings and Spring
bearing.
6. Remove the spring from the front side.
7. Remove the seven E-rings from the front side then

the gear, bearing and five ball-bearings.
Bearing
Bearing
Bearings (4)
Gear
<Rear> <Front>
LII812
8. Remove the rollers.
Installation

removal.
NOTE: Install the rollers in their correct position.
φ18 White Hard Roller
φ18 White Hard Roller

18
φ24 Black Soft Roller (With Grooves)
φ24 Black Soft (One Way)
φ30 Black Soft
LII1062
18-23
Removal Roller
1. Open the dryer exit unit left cover.

Bearings (2)
2. Remove the two E-rings.

E-rings (2)
3. Remove the two springs, bearings and then the

roller.
Installation Dryer Exit Unit

Left Cover
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of Springs (2)
LII814
removal.
18-24
18.2 Print Sending Unit
18.2.1 Print Sending Unit Removal/Reinstallation
Removal Screws (2) Upper Cover
1. Remove the SU1400 sorter

2. Remove the large size tray.
3. Remove the two screws and then the upper cover.
LII733
4. Disconnect the connector, remove the two screws Connector

and then the unit.
Screws (2)
Reinstallation

removal.
Unit
LII734
18.2.2 Print Sending Drive Motor (M771)/Belt Replacement
Removal
1. Remove the print sending unit

2. Disconnect the motor connector and open the two

harness clamps.
18
Clamps (2)
Connector
LII146
18-25
3. Remove the two screws and then the motor and Motor (M771)
drive belt.
Belt Screws (2)

LII147
4. Remove the E-ring and then the pulley from the

motor.
E-ring Pulley
Installation
2.0N±1N/3mm
removal.
NOTE: Adjust the belt tension and tighten the motor mount
screws.
Specified Belt Tension:2.0 ±1N/3mm
LII148
18-26
18.2.3 Feed Belt/Feed Belt Drive Roller Replacement
Removal
1. Remove the print sending drive motor (M771)

Screws (2) Bracket

LII150
Spring
LII151
4. Place the unit up side down.

Screws (4)
5. Remove the four screws securing the belt guide

plate.
LII152
18
18-27
6. Turn over the unit to its original condition.
7. Remove the four screws and then the roller

bracket.
Screws (4)
Roller Bracket
LII153
8. Remove the belt guide plate.
Belt Guide Plate

LII154
9. Remove the feed belt and two rollers.

Belt
Rollers (2)
LII155
Installation

removal.
NOTE: After installing the tension spring, tighten the four

bracket fixing screws.
Screws (4)
Spring
LII156
18-28
18.3 SU1400AY Transversal Sorter
18.3.1 SU1400AY Transversal Sorter Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
1. Remove the SU1400AY sorter

Cable
2. Disconnect the transversal sorter cable.
3. Remove the four screws securing the transversal

sorter.
Screws (4)
LII817
4.Remove the transversal sorter.
Reinstallation

Transversal Sorter
removal.
LII818
18.3.2 Cover/Lower Bracket Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
Screws (3) Upper Cover
1. Remove the transversal sorter
2. Remove the three screws and then the upper

cover.
18
18-29
3. Remove the three screws and then the lower Lower Cover
cover.
Screws (3)
LII158
4. Remove the four screws and then the lower

bracket.
Reinstallation

removal.
Lower Bracket
LII159
18.3.3 Transversal Sorter Stop Sensor LED (D813L) Replacement
Removal Screws (2)
1. Remove the lower bracket (See Subsection 18.3.2).
2. Disconnect the connector then remove the screw

and the sensor LED.
Installation

removal.
Sensor LED (D813L)
Connector
LII160
18-30
18.3.4 Transversal Sorter Stop Sensor (D813P) Replacement
Removal

bracket.
Screw
Sensor Bracket
LII161
3. Disconnect the connector then remove the screw Connector

and the sensor from the bracket.
Installation

removal.
NOTE: Secure the sensor bracket so that it is in the neutral Sensor (D813P)
position of the screw holes. Screw
LII162
18.3.5 Transversal Sorter Drive Motor (M811) Replacement

Screws (3)
1. Remove the lower bracket (See Subsection 18.3.2). Idler Gear

E-ring
3. Open the two clamps and disconnect the motor Clamps (2)
connector. 18
Installation Connector
LII163
removal.
18-31
18.3.6 Feed Belt/Belt Drive Roller Replacement
Removal
2. Remove the three E-rings then the two idler and

drive gears.
E-rings (3)
Idler Gears (2) Drive Gear
LII164
3. Remove the two screws and then the rear bracket.
Screws (2) Bracket

LII165
4. Remove the two screws and then the front

bracket.
Screws (2)
Bracket
LII166
18-32
5. Remove the tension spring and screw then the

Screw
rear tension bracket. Spring
6. Remove the tension spring and screw then the

front tension bracket.
Screw
Front Tension Bracket
Rear Tension Bracket Spring

LII167
7. Remove the two rollers and then the feed belt.
Belt
Rollers (2)
LII168
Installation

removal.
NOTE: Tighten the screws after installing the tension

brackets and springs.
Screw Spring
Tension Bracket 18
LII169
18-33
18.4 SU1400AY Sorter
18.4.1 SU1400AY Sorter Removal/Reinstallation
Removal Cable Set Hole
1. Disconnect the sorter cable and insert its end into

the cable set hole as shown,
Cable
LII246
2. Release the lock lever.
3. Remove the sorter by holding the grips as shown.

Lock
Reinstallation

removal.
LII247
18.4.2 Sorter Cover Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
1. Remove the sorter (See Subsection 18.4.1).
2. Remove the two screws and then the sorter left

cover.
Left Side Cover
Screws (2)
LII179
18-34
3. Remove the five screws and then the sorter right

cover.
Reinstallation

Right Side Cover
removal. Screws (5)
LII170
18.4.3 SWA20 Circuit Board Replacement
1. Remove the sorter right cover

2. Disconnect the four connectors from the circuit

board.

board.
Screws (2) SWA20 Circuit Board

Installation LII171

removal.
18.4.4 Sorter Tray Stop Position Sensor (D810) Replacement
Removal
1. Remove the sorter right cover

Connector
18
2. Disconnect the connector from the sensor and
open the harness clamp.
Screw
Sensor Bracket
Clamp
LII172
18-35
4. Release the locking tabs then remove the sensor Locking Tabs
from the bracket.
Installation
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of Sensor (D810)

removal.
LII173
18.4.5 Sorter Drive Motor (M810) Replacement
Removal Clamp
1. Remove the sorter right cover Connector

2. Disconnect the connector (SWA2) from the circuit

board and open the harness clamp.
LII174
3. Disconnect the connector (D810) and open the Screws (4)

harness clamp.
4. Remove the four screws and then the motor

bracket.
Motor Bracket
Clamp
Connector
LII175
18-36
5. Remove the two screws and then the motor from Screws (2)
the bracket.
Motor (M810)
LII176
Installation “ K ” Mark

removal.
NOTE: Install the motor bracket so that the two "K" marks
on the idler gear and the two screws for the sensor
plate are in line as shown.
Screws (2)
LII177
• After starting up the printer/processor, make sure

the sorter tray upper surface is slightly above the Sorter Tray
guide plate. If necessary, adjust by loosening the
two sensor plate screws and turning the sensor Guide Plate
plate.
To lower the tray: Turn the sensor plate

clockwise.
To raise the tray: Turn the sensor plate
counterclockwise.
• Do not over tighten the plastic parts such as

bracket, circuit board, etc.
18
Sensor Plate
Screws (2)
LII178
18-37
18.4.6 Sorter Full Sensor (D811) Replacement
Removal
1. Remove the sorter left cover


bracket.
Screws (2)
Sensor Bracket
LII180
3. Disconnect the connector from the sensor. Connector
4. Release the locking tabs to remove the sensor

from the bracket.
Locking Tabs
Installation

removal.
NOTE: Be careful not to lose the sorter full sensor arm. Sensor (D811)
LII181
18.4.7 Chain Tension Adjustment
1. Remove the sorter right and left covers Locknuts (2) Adjusting Bolts (2)
2. Loosen the locknuts and adjust the distance from

the shaft center to the back of the tie plate to
81mm by turning the adjusting bolts as shown.
3.Tighten the locknuts securely.
81mm
Axle Tie Plate

LII1184
18-38
18.5.1 SU2400AY Transversal Sorter Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
1. Remove the four screws and then the transversal

sorter rear cover.
2. Move the sorter to its storage position.
Screws (4)
Rear Cover
LII1115
3. Disconnect the transversal sorter cable. Transversal Sorter Cable

Screws (6)
4. Remove the six screws securing the transversal
sorter.
5. Remove the transversal sorter.
LII1114
Reinstallation

removal.
NOTE: Move the transversal sorter to the right until it lightly

touches to the SU2400AY sorter and tighten the
mounting screws.
18
LII905
18-39
18.5.2 Transversal Sorter Upper Cover Removal/Reinstallation
Removal Upper Cover
1. Remove the SU2400AY transversal sorter

2. Remove the six screws and then the upper cover.
Screws (6)
LII819
Reinstallation Insertion Tabs (3)

removal.
NOTE: Insert the three tabs of the upper cover into the slits Slits (3)
as shown.
LII1199
18.5.3 Transversal Sorter Stop Sensor/LED (D813P/D813L)

Replacement
Removal Screws (2)
1. Remove the transversal sorter upper cover


bracket.
Sensor Bracket
LII820
18-40
3. Disconnect the connector from the sensor/LED.
4. Remove the screw and then the sensor/LED.

Screw
Installation
Sensor (D813P)
removal.
Sensor LED (D813L)
LII821
18.5.4 Transversal Sorter Lower Cover Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
1. Remove the SU2400AY transversal sorter

2. Remove the three screws and then the lower

cover. Lower Cover
Screws (3)
Reinstallation
LII822

removal.
18.5.5 Transversal Sorter Drive Motor (M811) Replacement
Removal Clamps (2)
1. Remove:
18
• Transversal sorter upper cover
• Transversal sorter lower cover
2. Disconnect the motor connector and open the two

clamps. Connector
LII823
18-41
Remove the two screws and then the motor.
Screws (2)
Installation
Motor (M811)
removal.
LII824
18.5.6 Print Alignment Motor (M812) Replacement
Removal Clamp
Connector
1. Remove:

2. Disconnect the motor connector and open the

harness clamp.
LII825
3. Remove the two screws and then the motor. Motor (M812)
Screws (2)
LII826
18-42
4. Loosen the hexagonal socket head setscrew and Hex. Socket Head Setscrew Screws (2)
remove the cam from the motor.

bracket from the motor.
Installation

removal. Motor Bracket
Cam
NOTE: Align the hexagonal socket head setscrew with the
D-flat in the motor shaft. LII827
18.5.7 Print Alignment Stop Sensor (D814) Replacement

Locking Tabs
1. Remove:

3. Release the locking tabs to remove the sensor.

Connector
LII828
Installation

removal.
18
18-43
18.5.8 Roller/Feed Belt Replacement
Removal
1. Remove:
Screws (2)

2. Remove the two screws from the front side.
LII829
3. Disconnect the two connectors and open the Screws (5)

clamp. Belt ASSY
4. Remove the five rear screws and then the belt

assembly.
Clamp
Connectors (2)
LII830
5. Remove the two screws and two tension springs.
Screws (2)
Springs (2)
LII831
18-44
6. Remove the two rollers.

Rollers (2)
LII832
7. Remove the feed belt.
Installation

removal. Belt
LII833
18
18-45
18.6.1 Sorter Right Upper Cover Removal/Reinstallation
Removal Screws (2) Cover
1. Disconnect the sorter cable.
Reinstallation

removal. LII834
18.6.2 Sorter Tray Stop Position Sensor (D810) Replacement
Removal Locking Tabs Sensor (D810)
1. Remove the sorter right upper cover

3. Release the locking tabs and remove the sensor.
Installation

Connector
removal.
LII835
NOTE: After installation, perform "Sorter Tray Stop Position

18-46
18.6.3 Sorter Drive Motor (M810) Replacement
Removal Screws (3)

Motor (M810)

2. Disconnect the connector (SWA2) From the

SWA20 circuit board.
Clamps (2)
Connector
LII836
5. Remove the E-ring, bearing, gear and drive pin.

Gear
E-ring
Drive Pin
Bearing
Installation

removal.
LII837
18
18-47
18.6.4 SWA20 Circuit Board Replacement

2. Disconnect the four connectors (SWA1 to SWA4)

from the circuit board.
3. Release the locking tabs of the four spacers and

remove the circuit board.
Installation SWA20 Circuit Board Locking Tabs

LII838
removal.
18.6.5 Sorter Right Lower Cover Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
Screws (2)

Reinstallation
Reinstallation is essentially in the reverse order of Cover

removal. LII839
18-48
18.6.6 Sorter Left Upper/Lower Cover Removal/Reinstallation
Removal Left Upper Cover

Screws (3)
1. Remove the three screws and then the sorter left
upper cover.
LII840
2. Remove the two screws and then the sorter left Screws (2)
lower cover.
Reinstallation

removal. Left Lower Cover
LII841
18
18-49
18.6.7 Sorter Full Sensor (D811) Replacement
Removal Connector Locking Tabs
1. Remove the sorter left lower cover

3. Release the locking tabs to remove the sensor.
Installation

removal. Sensor (D811)
LII842
18.6.8 Chain Tension Adjustment
1. Remove:
• Sorter right lower cover (See Subsection 18.6.5).

• Sorter left lower cover (See Subsection 18.6.6).
2. Loosen the right and left locknuts.
3. Adjust the right and left spring lengths to the

specified value by turning the right and left
adjustment nuts.
Springs
Specified Spring Length: 22mm to 23mm (2)
4. Tighten the right and left lock-nuts securely. Adjustment Nuts (2) Lock-nuts (2)
22mm to 23mm
LII843
removal.
18-50
18.6.9 Sorter Tray Step Position Adjustment
1. Remove the two screws and then the sorter right Cover
Screws (2)
upper cover.
LII834
2. Press the sorter drive switch to feed the sorter

Detection Plate
tray one pitch. Hole Upper Surface
Screw
3. Check that the upper surface of the tray aligns

with the hole in the transversal sorter as shown.
If it does not align, loosen the screw and adjust by
turning the detecting plate of the sorter tray stop
position sensor.
If the upper surface is above the hole, turn the

detecting plate clockwise.
If the upper surface is below the hole, turn the
detecting plate counterclockwise.
Tighten the detecting plate screw securely.
4. Reinstall the sorter right-upper cover. Sorter Drive Switch

LII908
18
18-51
19. ELECTRICAL SECTION
Parts Location....................................................................................... 19-2
19.1 Power Input Section ............................................................................. 19-3

19.1.1 Built-in Circuit Breaker Replacement .................................................................. 19-3
19.2 Power Supply/Electrical Equipment Section ..................................... 19-4

19.2.1 Power Supply/Electrical Equipment Section Inner Cover
19.2.2 AC Power Supply Bracket Removal/Reinstallation............................................ 19-4
19.2.3 PAC23 Circuit Board Replacement...................................................................... 19-6
19.2.4 PAC23 Circuit Board Bracket Removal/Reinstallation ...................................... 19-7
19.2.5 Auxiliary Power Supply (SPS23 Circuit Board) Replacement........................... 19-7
19.2.6 Leakage Breaker (LB1 to LB3) Replacement ...................................................... 19-8
19.2.7 Noise Filter (NF1 to NF3)/Capacitor (C1 to C3) Replacement............................ 19-8
19.2.8 Relay (K1 to K5) Replacement.............................................................................. 19-9
19.2.9 Circuit Protector (CP1 to CP6) Replacement ...................................................... 19-9
19.3 Image Control Box.............................................................................. 19-10

19.3.1 Image Control Box/Cover Removal/Reinstallation........................................... 19-10
19.3.2 Image Control Section Cooling Fan (F620) Replacement................................ 19-11
19.3.3 GEP23/GIE23/GPR23 Circuit Board Replacement............................................ 19-12
19.3.4 GMC23 Circuit Board Replacement ................................................................... 19-13
19.3.5 ATX23 Circuit Board Replacement .................................................................... 19-14
19.3.6 GDM23 Circuit Board Replacement ................................................................... 19-14
19.3.7 Program Download to GMC23 Circuit Board .................................................... 19-15
19.4 DC Power Supply Section.................................................................. 19-19

19.4.1 Left Lower Cover Removal/Reinstallation......................................................... 19-19
19.4.2 DC Power Supply Bracket Removal/Reinstallation.......................................... 19-19
19.4.3 PWR23 Circuit Board Replacement ................................................................... 19-20
19.4.4 DC Power Supply Unit Replacement ................................................................. 19-21
19.5 Control Section ................................................................................... 19-23

19.5.1 Printer Rear Cover Open/Close.......................................................................... 19-23
19.5.2 CTL23 Circuit Board Replacement .................................................................... 19-23
19.5.3 Control Circuit Board Bracket Removal/Reinstallation ................................... 19-24
19.5.4 PDA23 Circuit Board Replacement.................................................................... 19-29
19.5.5 PDB23 Circuit Board Replacement.................................................................... 19-29
19.5.6 Control Section Exhaust Fan 1 to 5 (F600 to F604) Replacement .................. 19-30
19.5.7 Power Supply Cooling Fan (F630)/Electrical Equipment Cooling Fan 1/2
(F631A/F631B) Replacement ............................................................................ 19-31
19.5.8 Control Section Exhaust Fan Bracket Removal/Reinstallation....................... 19-32
19.5.9 Left Cover Interlock Switch 1/2 (D681A/D681B) Replacement ........................ 19-32 19
19.5.10 Power Switch (D684) Replacement.................................................................... 19-33
19-1
Parts Location
Operation Panel AOM Driver

Laser Optical Unit (AOM23 Circuit Board)
Densitometer
AD300 LDD23 Circuit Board
Power Switch
PDA23 Circuit
Board Relays
JND23
(K1 to K5)
Circuit Board
Leakage Breakers
Image Control Box (LB1 to LB3)
JNF23 Circuit GDM23
Board Circuit GIE23
Circuit Board Capacitors
Board
(C1 to C3)
GPR23
Circuit Board
CTL23 Circuit
Board GEP23
Circuit Board Noise Filters
(NF1 to NF3)
ATX Power GMC23 Circuit

Supply Board
PDB23 Circuit JNE23 Circuit Board
Board PAC23 Circuit Board
Circuit Protectors
(CP1 to CP6)
DC Power PWR23 Electrical Power Supply Built-in Circuit Auxiliary Power

Supply Section Circuit Board Equipment Section Terminal Section Breaker (SPS23 Circuit Board)
LII1975
19-2
19.1 Power Input Section
19.1.1 Built-in Circuit Breaker Replacement
When servicing the power input section parts, make

sure the built-in circuit breaker and the main power
supply on the power distribution board are both set to
the OFF position. If the main power is left ON,
electricity will flow as far as the power supply section,
and this can cause electric shocks and/or short-
circuiting.
Removal

2. Remove the two screws and then the power input

section cover.
Power Input Section Cover Screws (2)

LII314
3. Remove the four screws and then the built-in

Screws (8)
Wires
circuit breaker.
4. Remove the eight screws to disconnect the wires

from the breaker.
Breaker
Installation

removal. Screws (4)
LII893
19
19-3
19.2 Power Supply/Electrical Equipment Section
19.2.1 Power Supply/Electrical Equipment Section Inner Cover

Removal/Reinstallation
Removal

the system, turn OFF the built-in circuit breaker
and main power supply.
2. Open the magazine door hinge section

3. Remove the nine screws and then the inner cover.
Screws (9)
Inner Cover
LII336
Reinstallation Cover

removal.
NOTE: Rest the left-hand end of the cover on the bracket on

the left lower cover as shown.
Bracket
LII1054
19.2.2 AC Power Supply Bracket Removal/Reinstallation
Removal
1. Remove the power supply/electrical equipment

section inner cover (See Subsection 19.2.1).
2. Remove the two screws and pull out the bracket

slightly.
3. Disconnect the power supply connector.
Bracket
Screws (2)
Power Supply Connector

LII854
19-4
4. Open the three harness clamps, disconnect the

six connectors (PAC1, PAC3, PAC14, PAC15,
PAC16 and PAC18) from the PAC23 circuit board
and pull out the bracket slightly.
Connectors (6) Clamps (3)

LII855
5. Open the three harness clamps, disconnect the

three connectors (PAC4, PAC5 and PAC6) and
pull out the bracket slightly.

LII856
6. Open the two harness clamps and disconnect the

two connectors (PAC7 and PAC8).

LII857
19
19-5
7. Secure the upper harnesses with the two clamps

Clamp
on the image control section as shown.
Clamps (2)
8. Secure the white/black harnesses with the clamp
on the right wall as shown.
9. Pull out the bracket.
Reinstallation

removal. LII1185
19.2.3 PAC23 Circuit Board Replacement
Removal
1. Remove the AC power supply bracket

2. Disconnect the six connectors (PAC2, PAC9 to

PAC12 and PAC17).
3. Remove the seven screws and then the circuit

board.
PAC23 Circuit Board

Installation Connectors (6)
Screws (7)
LII858
removal.
19-6
19.2.4 PAC23 Circuit Board Bracket Removal/Reinstallation
Removal Screws (4)
1. Remove the AC power supply bracket Connector

2. Disconnect the connector (PAC2) and open the

harness clamp.
3. Remove the four screws and then the bracket.
Bracket
Clamp
Reinstallation
LII859

removal.
19.2.5 Auxiliary Power Supply (SPS23 Circuit Board) Replacement
1. Remove the PAC23 circuit board bracket

2. Disconnect the two connectors (SPS1 and CN1).
3. Remove the four screws and then the circuit

board.
Screws (4)
Installation
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of SPS Circuit Board

removal. LII860
19
19-7
19.2.6 Leakage Breaker (LB1 to LB3) Replacement
Removal Leakage Breaker

Terminal Covers (2)
2. Remove the two terminal covers from the leakage

breaker.
3. Remove the four screws to disconnect the wires

from the breaker.
4. Remove the two screws and then the leakage

breaker.
Screws (2) Screws (4)

Wires
LII861
Installation

removal.
19.2.7 Noise Filter (NF1 to NF3)/Capacitor (C1 to C3) Replacement
Removal Noise Filter Screws (2)

(See Subsection 19.2.4)).
2. Remove the four terminal nuts and disconnect the

eight wires from the noise filter.
3. Remove the two screws and then the noise filter.
4. Remove the screw and then the capacitor.
Installation
Nuts (4) Wires (8) Screw Capacitor
LII862
removal.
19-8
19.2.8 Relay (K1 to K5) Replacement
Removal Relay

2. Disconnect the six connectors from the relay.
3. Remove the two screws and then the relay.
Installation
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of Connectors (6)

removal. LII863
19.2.9 Circuit Protector (CP1 to CP6) Replacement
Removal

2. Remove the two screws and then the SPS circuit

board bracket.
Circuit Board Bracket

Screws (2)
LII864
3. Disconnect the two wires from the circuit Circuit Protector

protector.
4. Release the locking tabs to remove the circuit

protector.
19
Wires (2)
Installation

removal. Locking Tabs
LII865
19-9
19.3 Image Control Box
19.3.1 Image Control Box/Cover Removal/Reinstallation
Removal GEP9
R/G/B Cables
Clamps (12) GPR2
1. Remove the power supply/electrical equipment
section inner cover (See Subsection 19.2.1).
2. Open the twelve clamps. LP
3. Remove the two screws and then the two metal

clamps.
4. Disconnect the six connectors, R, G and B cables

from the box.
Screws/Metal
ATX1
Clamps (2)
LII1135
5. Remove the two screws and then the box. Image Control Box
Screws (2)
LII1136
6. Remove the six screws and then the cover from

Cover
the box.
Screws (6)
LII868
19-10
Reinstallation Image Control Box

removal.
NOTE: • Tighten the two mount screws while pressing the

box down.
Screws (2)
LII1138
• Clamp the harnesses between their cord ties. Clamp

• Clamp the mesh covered harnesses so that the
metal clamp make contact with the mesh cover.
Cord Ties
Metal Clamp
Mesh Cover
LII1139
19.3.2 Image Control Section Cooling Fan (F620) Replacement
Removal
1. Remove the image control box cover

2. Open the clamp and disconnect the fan connector

from the GMC23 circuit board.
19
Clamp Fan Connector

LII869
19-11

Fan (F620)
Installation

removal.
Screws (2)
NOTE: Install the fan so that its arrow points the outside.
LII870
19.3.3 GEP23/GIE23/GPR23 Circuit Board Replacement
Removal
Screw
2. Remove the screw and pull out the circuit board.
GPR23 Circuit GEP23 Circuit

Board (Slot 3) Board (Slot 1)
GIE23 Circuit Board (Slot 4)

LII872
Installation Circuit Board

Bracket
removal.
NOTE: • Contact the bracket on the circuit board with the

gasket surface and insert the circuit board straight
into the slot being careful not to peel the gasket.
Slot
Gasket
LII1149
19-12
• If the GPR23 circuit board has been replaced, turn

Backup Battery
ON the backup battery switch. Image Control Box
Switch
• If the GIE23 circuit board has been replaced,
install the device driver (See Subsection 3.5.2).
GPR23 Circuit Board

LII338
19.3.4 GMC23 Circuit Board Replacement
Removal
GMC23 Circuit Board
1. Remove the GEP23, GIE23 and GPR23 circuit

board (See Subsection 19.3.3).
2. Disconnect the two connectors from the circuit

board.
3. Remove the nine screws and then the circuit

board.
Screws (9)
LII873
removal.
NOTE: After installation, perform "Program Download to

GMC23 Circuit Board" (See Subsection 19.3.7).
19
19-13
19.3.5 ATX23 Circuit Board Replacement
Removal

2. Remove the six screws securing the circuit board.
3. Disconnect the connector and remove the circuit

board.
Installation ATX23 Circuit Board Connector

Screws (6)
LII874
removal.
19.3.6 GDM23 Circuit Board Replacement
Removal

2. Release the locking levers and remove the circuit

board.
Installation

Lock Lever GDM23 Circuit Board
removal.
LII1186
19-14
19.3.7 Program Download to GMC23 Circuit Board
When the GMC23 circuit board has been replaced,

download the parameter from the main control unit to
the circuit board.
1. Select “NO” for “Rack Auto cleaning” in Menu


the CD-ROM drive.
FRONTIER 570
System (A1) Disk
Z2043

operational checks.
4. Turn the power switch of the Printer/Processor ON

and STANDBY to keep it to “STANDBY”.

19
19-15

appears.

button.

appears.

appears.
• The “Printer Selection [C-015]” screen appears.
10. Click the [Next>] button.
19-16

button.

dialog box appears.
12. Select “Install from HD to printer” and click the

[Next >] button.
• The “Confirmation (C-040)” dialog box appears.

appears.
• If an optional software is used, the upgrade

screen appears.
NOTE: If the upgrade of the optional software is

19
19-17

18. Select “YES” for “Rack Auto cleaning” in Menu

FRONTIER 570
0625 “Processor Operating Condition Setup” and System (A1) Disk
click the [OK] button. Z2044
19-18
19.4 DC Power Supply Section
19.4.1 Left Lower Cover Removal/Reinstallation
Removal Cover
2. Loosen the two screws and remove the other two

screws then the cover.
Reinstallation

removal.
Screws (2) Screw (Loosen)
LII382
19.4.2 DC Power Supply Bracket Removal/Reinstallation
Removal Connector
1. Remove:
• Remove the left cover (See Subsection 11.1.1).

• Power supply/electrical equipment section inner
cover (See Subsection 19.2.1).
2. Disconnect the power supply connector and

secure its harness with the clamp as shown.
Clamp
LIIT1
3. Disconnect the three connectors (PWR1 to

PWR3) at the left side and open the five clamps.
Connectors (3)
19
Clamps (5)
LIIT2
19-19
4. Disconnect the front connectors (PWR4 to

Connector
PWR11).
5. Pull out the power supply bracket slowly until it

catch on a stopper.
Power Supply Bracket

LIIT3
6. Secure the harnesses with the clamp at the image Connector

control section as shown.
Harness
7. Remove the power supply bracket.
Reinstallation

removal.
Power Supply Bracket
LIIT4
19.4.3 PWR23 Circuit Board Replacement
1. Remove the DC power supply bracket

2. Disconnect all connectors from the circuit board.
3. Remove the seventeen screws, release the

locking tabs of the two spacers and remove the
circuit board.

Spacers (2) PWR23 Circuit Board
removal.
19-20
19.4.4 DC Power Supply Unit Replacement
Removal
1. Remove the DC power supply bracket

2. Disconnect the DC power supply connectors from

the PWR23 circuit board.
Connectors (18)
LII850
3. Disconnect three connectors (L, N and G) each Screws (10)

from the units.
4. Remove the ten screws and then the DC power

supply unit bracket.
Connectors (3)
Bracket
LII851
5. Remove the four screws and then the DC power M4✕8 Screws (Toothed Washers) (2)
supply unit. Screws (4)
Unit 19
LII852
19-21
6. Disconnect the harness connectors from the unit.
Installation

removal.
NOTE: • Use the toothed washers to the two M4 ✕ 8

screws.
• After installation, inspect the DC voltage
(See Subsection 19.4.4). Harness
KII853
19-22
19.5 Control Section
19.5.1 Printer Rear Cover Open/Close
Opening
1. Remove the left lower cover

2. Remove the two screws and open the printer rear

cover.
Closing
Closing is essentially in the reverse order of opening. Rear Cover Screws (2)
LII309
19.5.2 CTL23 Circuit Board Replacement
Removal Bracket
1. Open the printer rear cover (See Subsection 19.5.1).
2. Disconnect all connectors from the CTL23 circuit

Screws (2)
board.
3. Remove the two screws and then the circuit board

bracket.
Connectors (12)
LII882
19
19-23
4. Remove the six screws and then the circuit board.
CTL23 Circuit Board

Screws (6)
LII883
Installation CTL1
Installation is essentially in the reverse order of CTL2

removal. CTL3
NOTE: Connect the connectors to the CTL23 circuit board CTL14 CTL4
as shown.
CTL6
CTL5
CTL13 CTL7
CTL8
CTL10
CTL12 CTL9
CTL11
LII1102
19.5.3 Control Circuit Board Bracket Removal/Reinstallation
Removal CTL1 Clamps CTL2

CTL3
1. Open the printer rear cover (See Subsection 19.5.1). CTL4
Mirror
CTL6
2. Open all harness clamps on the connector cover.
3. Disconnect all connectors (CTL1 to CTL4, CTL6

to CTL11, CTL15) from the CTL23 circuit board.
CTL15
CTL7
CTL9 CTL11
CTL8
CTL10
LII881
19-24
4. Loosen the four screws and remove the connector

cover.
Screws (4)
Connector Cover
LII880
5. Disconnect all relay connectors.
Relay Connector
LII879
6. Remove the circuit board bracket.
Reinstallation 19
removal.
NOTE: Connect the connectors by following the steps

below to avoid damage of the harnesses.
Bracket
LII878
19-25
<Relay Connector Connection>
1. Connect the lower five relay connectors and put Harness

their harness inside the frame by twisting it as
shown.
Frame
Connectors (5)
LII1140
2. Connect the lower four power harness connectors

Connectors (4)
one by one from the bottom.
3. Align the cord tie on the harness with one on the

harness put in Step 1 and store the harness
inside the frame by twisting it.
Cord Ties
Power Supply Harness

LII1141
4. Connect the three upper-front harness (having

Connectors (3) Front Harness
gray wires) connectors one by one from the top.
5. Twist the harness and put it inside the frame.
LII1142
19-26
6. Connect the remaining nine connectors one by

Connectors (9) Remaining Harness
one from the top.
7. Twist the harness and put it inside the frame.
8. Install the connector cover with the four screws.
NOTE: Be careful not to pinch the wires.
LII1143
<CTL23 Circuit Board Connector Connection>
1. Connect the CTL11 connector and clamp its Clamps

CTL11 Connector
harness at the cord tie.
Cord Ties
LII1144
2. Connect the CTL2 and CTL9 connectors and CTL2 Connector

clamp their flat harnesses with the four clamps.
19
CTL9 Connector
Flat Harnesses
LII1145
19-27
3. Connect the CTL15 connector.

CTL3 Connector
4. Connect the CTL6 and CTL3 connectors.
CTL6
Connector
CTL15 Connector
LII1146
5. Connect the remaining connectors (CTL10, CTL8,

CTL7, CTL4 and CTL1) in this order. CTL1
6. Secure the harness with the six clamps.
NOTE: Arrange the harness so that the harness for the

CTL1 connector is outside. CTL4
CTL7
Cable for
CTL8 CTL1
CTL10
Clamps (6)
LII1147
19-28
19.5.4 PDA23 Circuit Board Replacement
Removal Screws (5)
Bracket
1. Remove the control section control circuit board
bracket (See Subsection 19.5.2).
2. Disconnect the three flat cable connectors from

the CTL23 circuit board.
3. Remove the five screws and then the CTL23

circuit board bracket.
Connectors (3)
LII875
4. Disconnect all connectors from the PDA23 circuit PDA23 Circuit Board
board.
5. Remove the fourteen screws and stud and then

the circuit board.
Installation

removal. Stub Connectors (18)
LII876
19.5.5 PDB23 Circuit Board Replacement
Removal Screws (5)
Bracket
1. Remove the control circuit board bracket
2. Disconnect the three flat cable connectors from

the CTL23 circuit board. 19
3. Remove the five screws and then the CTL23
circuit board bracket.
Connectors (3)
LII875
19-29
4. Disconnect all connectors from the PDA23 circuit PDB23 Circuit Board
board.
5. Remove the eight screws and then the circuit

board.
Installation

removal. Screws (8) Connectors (15)
LII877
19.5.6 Control Section Exhaust Fan 1 to 5 (F600 to F604)

Replacement
Removal Fan Guard
2. Remove the three screws and then the fan guard.
Screws (3)
LII884
3. Open the harness clamp, disconnect the fan Fan (F600)

connector and remove the fan.
Installation
Connector
Clamp
removal.
LII885
19-30
19.5.7 Power Supply Cooling Fan (F630)/Electrical Equipment

Cooling Fan 1/2 (F631A/F631B) Replacement
Removal
Screws (2)
2. Remove the two screws and then the fan guard.
Fan Guard
LII886
3. Open the clamp and disconnect the fan

Connector Screws (2)
connector.
Installation

Clamp Fan
removal.
LII887
19
19-31
19.5.8 Control Section Exhaust Fan Bracket Removal/Reinstallation
Removal Bracket Screws (5)
2. Disconnect the five fan connectors.
3. Remove the five screws and then the bracket.
Reinstallation

removal.
Connectors (5)
LII888
19.5.9 Left Cover Interlock Switch 1/2 (D681A/D681B) Replacement
Removal Screws (2)
1. Remove the control section exhaust fan bracket

2. Remove the two screws and then the switch

bracket.
LII889
19-32
3. Disconnect the two connectors and remove the

Spring
spring.
4. Remove the E-ring and then the two interlock

switches.

E-ring
removal. Interlock Switches (2)
LII890
19.5.10 Power Switch (D684) Replacement
Removal Wires
1A 4B Locking tab
2. Release the locking tabs to remove the switch.
3. Disconnect the wires from the switch.
Installation

2A
removal. Switch
LII891
19
19-33
Removal Fan (F605)

Installation

Connector
removal. LII892
19-34
20. ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
20.1 I/O Parts Diagrams................................................................................ 20-2

20.1.1 Scanner Section (SP-3000) ................................................................................... 20-2
20.1.2 Auto Film Carrier NC100AY .................................................................................. 20-4
20.1.3 Multi-film Carrier MFC10AY .................................................................................. 20-6
20.1.4 Printer Section (LP5700) ....................................................................................... 20-7
20.1.5 Processor Section (LP5700) ............................................................................... 20-11
20.2 Electrical Parts and Circuit Board Layout Diagrams ...................... 20-15
20.2.1 Scanner Section (SP-3000) ................................................................................. 20-15
20.2.2 Printer Section (LP5700) ..................................................................................... 20-16
20.3 Block Diagrams................................................................................... 20-18

20.3.1 Scanner Block Diagram ...................................................................................... 20-18
20.3.2 Image Processing Block Diagram...................................................................... 20-19
20.3.3 Printer/Processor Block Diagram ...................................................................... 20-20
20.3.4 Printer/Processor Electrical Equipment Block Diagram.................................. 20-21
20.4 Scanner DC Power Supply Unit and Circuit Boards ....................... 20-22
20.4.1 DC Power Supply Voltage Adjustment.............................................................. 20-22
20.4.2 DC Voltage Check List ........................................................................................ 20-23
20.4.3 DC Power Supply Unit Fuses and LEDs............................................................ 20-24
20.4.4 Circuit Board Layout Diagrams.......................................................................... 20-26
20.5 Scanner (SP-3000) Wiring Diagrams................................................. 20-29

20.5.1 Scanner Wiring Diagram..................................................................................... 20-29
20.5.2 Auto Film Carrier NC100AY Wiring Diagram .................................................... 20-32
20.5.3 Multi-film Carrier MFC10AY Wiring Diagram .................................................... 20-33
20.6 Printer/Processor DC Power Supply Unit and Circuit Boards ....... 20-34
20.6.1 Input Extension Cable Connection .................................................................... 20-34
20.6.2 DC Voltage Check List ........................................................................................ 20-35
20.6.3 “POWER” LEDs on the Operation Panel........................................................... 20-37
20.6.4 DC Power Supply System LED Indication......................................................... 20-39
20.6.5 Circuit Board Layout Diagrams.......................................................................... 20-44
20.7 Printer/Processor Wiring Diagrams .................................................. 20-53

20.7.1 AC Power Supply Wiring Diagram ..................................................................... 20-53
20.7.2 PAC23 Circuit Board Wiring Diagram................................................................ 20-54
20.7.3 PWR23 Circuit Board Wiring Diagram............................................................... 20-55
20.7.4 CTL23 Circuit Board Wiring Diagram ................................................................ 20-56
20.7.5 JND23 Circuit Board Wiring Diagram ................................................................ 20-59
20.7.6 JNE23 Circuit Board Wiring Diagram ................................................................ 20-61
20.7.7 LDD23 Circuit Board Wiring Diagram................................................................ 20-63
20.7.8 Image Control Box Circuit Board Wiring Diagram ........................................... 20-64
20.7.9 PDA23 Circuit Board Wiring Diagram................................................................ 20-65
20.7.10 PDB23 Circuit Board Wiring Diagram................................................................ 20-67 20
20-1
20.1 I/O Parts Diagrams
20.1.1 Scanner Section (SP-3000)
Micro Switch
Motor
Temperature Sensor
Photo-interrupter
Fan
Displacement Sensor
Switch
Heater
Z2217
20-2
Symbol Name Remarks

D201 Conjugate Length Variable Section Home Position Sensor Photo Interrupter
D202 Lens Home Position Sensor Photo Interrupter
D203 Shutter Home Position Sensor Photo Interrupter
D204 Scanner Section Exhaust Fan Sensor
D205 Scanner Section Cooling Fan Sensor
D206 Displacement Sensor 1
D207 Displacement Sensor 2
D208 Carrier Lock Sensor Micro Switch
D301 135 Diffusion box Sensor Micro Switch
D302 120 Diffusion Box Sensor Micro Switch
D311 LED Light Source Temperature Sensor
D214 Start Switch
D303 Light Source Section Exhaust Fan Sensor
F211 Scanner Section Exhaust Fan DC24V/0.07A
F212 Scanner Section Cooling Fan DC24V/0.07A
F311 Light Source Section Exhaust Fan DC24V/0.04A
F321 Image Processing Section Cooling Fan DC12V/0.14A
L301 R-LED Light Source
L302 G-LED Light Source
L303 B-LED Light Source
L304 IR-LED Light Source
LH311 LED Heater 1
LH312 LED Heater 2
M201 Conjugate Length Variable Motor Pulse Motor
M202 Lens Drive Motor Pulse Motor
M203 Shutter Drive Motor Pulse Motor
PZ201 Piezoelectric Actuator 1 (Pixel Shifting)
PZ202 Piezoelectric Actuator 2 (Pixel Shifting)
20
20-3
20.1.2 Auto Film Carrier NC100AY
Micro Switch
Photo-interrupter
Motor
Solenoid
LED
LED/Photosensitive device
Z2216
20-4
Symbol Name Remarks

D101 135 Leading End Sensor LED/Phototransistor
D102 135 Upstream Perforation Sensor LED/Phototransistor
D103 135 Downstream Perforation Sensor LED/Phototransistor
D104 135 Check Tape Sensor LED/Phototransistor
D106-A 135 Rear Inner Bar Code Sensor LED/PSD
D106-B 135 Rear Outer Bar Code Sensor LED/PSD
D108-A 135 Front Inner Bar Code Sensor LED/PSD
D108-B 135 Front Outer Bar Code Sensor LED/PSD
D109 135 Rear Outer Frame Sensor LED/PSD
D110 135 Rear Inner Frame Sensor LED/PSD
D111 135 Front Inner Frame Sensor LED/PSD
D112 135 Front Outer Frame Sensor LED/PSD
D114-A 135 Rear Inner Panorama Sensor LED/PSD
D114-B 135 Rear Outer Panorama Sensor LED/PSD
D115-A 135 Front Inner Panorama Sensor LED/PSD
D115-B 135 Front Outer Panorama Sensor LED/PSD
D116-A IX240 Inner Leading End/Trailing End/Bar Code Sensor LED/PSD
D116-B IX240 Outer Leading End/Trailing End/Bar Code Sensor LED/PSD
D117 IX240 Perforation Sensor LED/Phototransistor
D118 IX240 Rear Unexposed Frame Sensor LED/Phototransistor
D119 IX240 Front Unexposed Frame Sensor LED/Phototransistor
D120 Door Open/Close Sensor Photo Interrupter (SSB22)
D121 IPI Sensor Photo Interrupter (SSA23)
D122 Supply Motor Home Position Sensor Photo Interrupter (SSD23)
D123 Cartridge Set Sensor Photo Interrupter (SSB22)
D124 Magnetic Reading Head
D128 Pressure Cover Open/Close Sensor Micro Switch
D129 135 Feed Lane Position Sensor Photo Interrupter
D130 IX240 Feed Lane Position Sensor Photo Interrupter
D131 Left Frame Adjustment Key (<)
D132 Frame Return Key ([<])
D133 Frame Feed Key ([>])
D134 Right Frame Adjustment Key (>)
D135 Feed Roller Rotation Sensor Photo Interrupter (SSE23)
L/P101 Indicator Lamp LED (Green/Red)
M101 Feed Motor Pulse Motor
M102 Supply Motor Pulse Motor
M104 Door Motor Pulse Motor
MG101 Magnetic Writing Head
S101 Solenoid
20
20-5
20.1.3 Multi-film Carrier MFC10AY
Photo-interrupter
Solenoid
Z2215
Symbol Name Remarks

D480 Film Mask Sensor 0 Photo Interrupter (Rear)
D481 Film Mask Sensor 1 Photo Interrupter
D484 Film Mask Sensor 4 Photo Interrupter (Front)
D486 Mask Table Slider Position Sensor Photo Interrupter
S481 Solenoid
20-6
20.1.4 Printer Section (LP5700)
Switch
M Motor
Photo-interrupter
Photo-transistor
Micro Switch
Solenoid
Temperature Sensor
Fan
20
L21189
20-7
■ Paper Supply Section

Symbol Name Remark
D680A Magazine door interlock switch 1 Micro Switch
D680B Magazine door interlock switch 2 Micro Switch
M610 Upper magazine paper supply motor Pulse Motor
M620 Lower magazine paper supply motor Pulse Motor
■ Paper Feeding Section

Symbol Name Remark
D601 Upper cutter open (home position) sensor Photo Interrupter
D602 Upper cutter close sensor Photo Interrupter
D603 Lower cutter open (home position) sensor Photo Interrupter
D604 Lower shutter close sensor Photo Interrupter
D610~D615 Upper magazine ID sensor Micro Switch
D616 Upper magazine paper end sensor Photo Interrupter
D617 Upper magazine open/close sensor 1 Micro Switch
D618 Upper magazine open/close sensor 2 Micro Switch
D619 Upper magazine splice sensor LED, Photo-transistor
D620~D625 Lower magazine ID sensor Micro Switch
D626 Lower magazine paper end sensor Photo Interrupter
D627 Lower magazine open/close sensor 1 Micro Switch
D628 Lower magazine open/close sensor 2 Micro Switch
D629 Lower magazine splice sensor LED, Photo-transistor
D631 Upper magazine paper sensor Photo Interrupter
D632 Lower magazine paper sensor Separate Type Photo Interrupter
D633 Feed section paper sensor Photo Interrupter
D640 Registration section paper sensor Separate Type Photo Interrupter
D641 Tilt home position sensor (for M641) Photo Interrupter
D642 Nip release home position sensor 1 (for M642) Photo Interrupter
D681A Left side door interlock switch 1 Micro Switch
D681B Left side door interlock switch 2 Micro Switch
M600 Upper cutter drive motor DC Motor
M601 Lower cutter drive motor DC Motor
M630/M631/ Feed motor 1 to 4 Pulse Motor
M632/M640
M641 Registration tilt motor Pulse Motor
M642 Nip release motor 1 Pulse Motor
S630 Back printer head
S631/S632/ Nip release solenoid 1 to 4
S640/S641
20-8
■ Exposure Section
Symbol Name Remark
D650 Exposure section entrance paper sensor LED, Photo-transistor
D651 Soft nip home position sensor (for M651) Photo Interrupter
D653 Exposure position paper sensor LED, Photo-transistor
D674 Shutter open/close sensor Photo Interrupter
D684 Power switch Switch
F608 Feed section cooling fan 4
F610~F612 Anti-dust fan
F690A AOM cooling fan
F690B LDD cooling fan
HS760 Thermohygrometer IC
M650 Sub-scanning feed motor Pulse Motor
M651 Soft nip motor Pulse Motor
S673 Shutter solenoid
TS650 Exposure point temperature sensor IC
■ Distribution/Print Exit Section

Symbol Name Remark
D660 Distribution paper sensor (center) Separate Type Photo Interrupter
D661 Distribution home position sensor (for M661) Photo Interrupter
D662 Nip release home position sensor 4 (front) (for M652) Photo Interrupter
D663 Nip release home position sensor 4 (rear) (for M653) Photo Interrupter
D664 Distribution paper sensor (front) Separate Type Photo Interrupter
D665 Distribution paper sensor (rear) Separate Type Photo Interrupter
D666 Speed control section paper sensor (front) Separate Type Photo Interrupter
D667 Speed control section paper sensor (center) Separate Type Photo Interrupter
D668 Speed control section paper sensor (rear) Separate Type Photo Interrupter
D669 Distribution drive standby sensor Micro Switch
M660 Feed motor 5 Pulse Motor
M661 Distribution motor Pulse Motor
M662 Nip release motor 4 (front) Pulse Motor
M663 Nip release motor 4 (rear) Pulse Motor
M664 Speed control motor (front) Pulse Motor
M665 Speed control motor (rear) Pulse Motor
20
20-9
■ Power/Electrical/Control Section
Symbol Name Remark
D765 Dryer heater selection switch Switch
F600~F604 Control section exhaust fan
F620 Image control section cooling fan
F630 Power supply cooling fan
F631A/B Electrical equipment cooling fan
20-10
20.1.5 Processor Section (LP5700)
Heater
Motor
Photo-interrupter
Photo-transistor
Micro-Switch
Solenoid
Temperature Sensor
Fan
Pump
Safety Thermostat
Solution Level Sensor
Buzzer
Switch
L21190
20
20-11
■ Processor Section
Symbol Name Remark
M700 Processor drive motor DC Motor
■ Processor Solution Circulation System

Symbol Name Remark
F700 P1 heater cooling fan
F701 P2 heater cooling fan
F702 PS1/2/3 heater cooling fan
F703 PS4 heater cooling fan
F704/F705 Processing solution tank exhaust fan 1/2
H700 P1 heater
H701 P2 heater
H702 PS1/2/3 heater
H703 PS4 heater
PU700 P1 circulation pump
PU701 P2 circulation pump
PU702 PS1 circulation pump
PU720 Auto washing pump
PU721 P1R pump
PU722 P2RA pump
PU723 P2RB pump
PU724 PSR pump
S720 Crossover rack front auto washing valve
S721 Crossover rack rear auto washing valve
S722 Dryer entrance rack auto washing valve
S723 P1WR water replenishment valve
S728 P1R cartridge washing
S729 P2RA cartridge washing
S730 P2RB cartridge washing
S731 P1R stirring valve
D700 P1 heater safety thermostat
D701 P2 heater safety thermostat
D702 PS1/2/3 heater safety thermostat
D703 PS4 heater safety thermostat
TS700 P1 solution thermometer
TS701 P2 solution thermometer
TS702 PS1/2/3 solution thermometer
TS703 PS4 solution thermometer
20-12
■ Processing Solution Replenisher

Symbol Name Remark
M720 Cartridge opening motor Pulse Motor
D721 Replenisher cartridge setting sensor Photo Interrupter
D722 Replenisher cartridge box upper sensor Photo Interrupter
D723 Replenisher cartridge box lower sensor Photo Interrupter
D724 Replenisher cartridge door interlock Micro Switch
FS700 P1 solution level sensor
FS701 P2 solution level sensor
FS702 PS1 solution level sensor
FS706 PS4 solution concentration sensor
FS720 P1R upper level sensor
FS721 P2RA upper level sensor
FS722 P2RB upper level sensor
FS723 PSR upper level sensor
FS724 P1R lower level sensor
FS725 P2RA lower level sensor
FS726 P2RB lower level sensor
FS727 PSR lower level sensor
FS728 Waste solution level sensor
■ Dryer Section
Symbol Name Remark
F760 Dryer fan
H760~H767 Dryer heater
M770 Dryer section drive motor DC Motor
D760A Dryer heater safety thermostat 1 To monitor any abnormality in
heater temperature
D760B Dryer heater safety thermostat 2 To monitor any abnormality in
heater temperature
D762A Dryer section open/close detecting interlock switch Micro Switch
D762B Dryer belt unit open/close detecting interlock switch Micro Switch
TS760 Dryer thermometer To monitor any abnormality in
heater temperature
20
20-13
■ Print Exit Sorter Section

Symbol Name Remark
BZ810 Sorter full buzzer
M771 Print exit drive motor DC Motor
M810 Sorter drive motor DC Motor
M811 Transversal sorter drive motor DC Motor
M812 Print alignment motor for SU2400AY DC Motor
S770 Feeding path switching solenoid
D770 Feeding path switching rear paper sensor LED, Photo-transistor
D771 Feeding path switching center paper sensor LED, Photo-transistor
D772 Feeding path switching front paper sensor LED, Photo-transistor
D773 Lower exit paper sensor (rear) LED, Photo-transistor
D774 Lower exit paper sensor (center) LED, Photo-transistor
D775 Lower exit paper sensor (front) LED, Photo-transistor
D776 Feeding path switch position sensor (large size) Photo Interrupter
D810 Sorter tray stop position sensor Photo Interrupter
D811 Sorter full sensor Photo Interrupter
D812 Sorter drive switch Switch
D813 Transversal sorter stop sensor Flood LED, Photo-transistor
D814 Print alignment stop sensor Photo Interrupter
20-14
20.2 Electrical Parts and Circuit Board Layout Diagrams
20.2.1 Scanner Section (SP-3000)
CPZ23 Circuit Board

CCD23 Circuit Board
Monitor
CTB23 Circuit Board
CYA23/CYB23 Circuit Board
LED23 Circuit Board
CLE23 Circuit Board Full Keyboard
GPA23 Circuit Board
GSR23 Circuit Board
GIA23 Circuit Board
GIE23 Circuit Board
GMB23 Circuit Board
Expanded Image
Processing (GOA23) Power Supply Unit
Cirucuit Baord (Optional) Main Control Unit
Z2438
■ Circuit Board Main Functions
Circuit Boards Functions
CCD23 CCD and CCD output amplifier
CLE23 LED light source control
CPZ23 Pixel shifting control
CTB23 Scanner section mechanical control
CYA23 Auto film carrier NC100AY control
CYB23
GIA23
Multi film carrier MFC10AY control
AD converter, CCD correction and scanner light source interface
20
GIE23 IEEE1394 interface
GMB23 Image processing section CPU circuit board
GPA23 Image processing
GSR23 Mechanical control interface
20-15
20.2.2 Printer Section (LP5700)
Operation Panel AOM Driver

Laser Optical Unit (AOM23 Circuit Board)
Densitometer
AD300 LDD23 Circuit Board
Power Switch
PDA23 Circuit
Board Relays
JND23
(K1 to K5)
Circuit Board
Leakage Breakers
Image Control Box (LB1 to LB3)
JNF23 Circuit GDM23
Board Circuit GIE23
Circuit Board Capacitors
Board
(C1 to C3)
GPR23
CTL23 Circuit Circuit Board
Board GEP23
Noise Filters
Circuit Board
(NF1 to NF3)
ATX Power GMC23 Circuit

Supply Board
PDB23 Circuit JNE23 Circuit Board
Board PAC23 Circuit Board
Circuit Protectors
(CP1 to CP6)
DC Power PWR23 Electrical Power Supply Built-in Circuit Auxiliary Power

Supply Section Circuit Board Equipment Section Terminal Section Breaker (SPS23 Circuit Board)
L2975
20-16
■ Circuit Board/Electrical Equipment Function
Circuit Board Function

AOM23 AOM driver for B and G (R is connected to the laser optical unit directly.)
CTL23 Mechanical control for the printer and processor
GDM23 DIMM (accumulates image data) 512MB
GEP23 Exposure control (outputs image data to the laser optical unit.)
GIE23 Interface to SP-3000 (receives input image data.)
Image control motherboard (processes gradation of input image data and outputs to the correct receiver.)
GMC23
and main control for the LP5700
GPR23 Expanded functions (backup, power supply control and operation panel communication) of the GMC23
JND23 Printer sensor relay
JNE23 Processor sensor relay
JNF23 Back printer relay
LDD23 Control of the parts in the laser optical unit
PAC23 AC load (heaters) driver for the processor
PDA23 DC load (motors, solenoids and fans) driver for the printer
PDB23 DC load (motors, solenoids and fans) driver for the processor
PWR23 DC power interlock and distribution
Electrical Equipment Function

AC power supply parts assembly [breakers, noise filters, circuit protectors, relays, transformer,
Power Supply Section
SSR and auxiliary power (SPS23 circuit board)]
DC Power Supply Unit DC 5V, 8V, 12V and 24V power supply
ATX Power Supply (ATX23
DC-DC power supply for image control
Circuit Board)
20
20-17
CCD23 Circuit Board GIE23 Circuit Board
IEEE1394 Card
20.3.1
GPA23 Circuit Board (Optional)
GPA23 Circuit Board
Bridge
GIA23 Circuit Board
Pixel Shifting Unit Pixel Shifting Control

Piezoelectlic Actuator Driver
Displacement Feedback
Displacement
Sensor
20.3 Block Diagrams
CPZ Circuit Board Bridge Bridge

Scanner Section
• Lens (Motor and Scanner Section
Temperature) Control
Scanner Block Diagram
• Conlugate Length GSR23

• Shuther Circuit Board
• Carrer Lock Release
CTB23 Circuit Board 1
20-18
Light Source Section Light Source Control
LED Light Source LED Driver
Temperature Control Temperature Control
LED23 Circuit Board CLE23 Circuit Board

GMB23 Circuit Board
Auto Film Carrier NC100AY Multi Film Carrier MFC10AY

Main Control Unit
Sensors Sensors
Motor Motor Motor
Drive Drive Drive IEEE1394
Light Box (200Mbps)
IEEE1394
(200Mbps)
Carrier Peripheral LP1500SC/

Power Supply Power Supply LP200SC
Device I/F
USB
Keyboard
Z2090
20.3 Block Diagrams
20.3.2 Image Processing Block Diagram
Scanner/Light Image Processing Section

Source Section
CCD23 Circuit
Board (CCD drive)
GMB23 Circuit Board (Image processing motherboard)
LED23 Circuit GIA23 GSR23 GPA23 GPA23 GIE23

Board Circuit Board Circuit Board Circuit Board Circuit Board Circuit Board
(LED light source) (AD converter/ (Mechanical (Image (Optional) (IEEE1394
CCD correction/ control interface) processing) interface)
scanner light
source
CLE23 Circuit interface)
Board
(Light source control)
CPZ23 Circuit
Board
(Pixel shifting control)
CTB23 Circuit Board

(Scanner mechanical
control)
To LP1500SC/
LP2000SC
Main Control Unit
CYA23 CYB23
Circuit Board Circuit Board Mouse/
(Optional Multi film Monitor
Power Supply Unit (Auto film carrier Keyboard
NC100AY control) carrier MFC10AY
control)
Film Carrier Main Control Section
20
20-19
Communication in the LP5700SC : Control Data : Image Data :
Exposure Point to PAC 23

Temperature Sensor Circuit Board
Power Supply
Image Control Box (TS650) RS232C
20.3.3
ATX Thermometer
Operating Panel Power Switch
DC-DC Power Supply to LDD
to LDD
RS232C
Cooling
Fan
RS232C LDD 23 JMR Laser Optical Unit JMG/B
Circuit Board
LDR RFR R-LD
AOM
Driver AOM G-SHG Polygon
Shutter
20.3 Block Diagrams
Interupter
(Gch)
AOM AOM B-LD
Driver SOS
PCI GEP 23 (Bch)
Circuit Board
Printer
JND 23
Sensor
Circuit Board
GMC 23 CTL 23
Circuit Board PCI
20-20
GPP 23 Circuit Board
Circuit Board RS232C
Printer/Processor Block Diagram
Motor
Cooling Fan
Solenoid
PDA 23 Circuit Board JNF 23 Back Printer Head

GDM 23 Circuit Board
GIE 23
Circuit Board PCI Driver
(Main Memoly) Circuit Board
Processor
JNE 23
PDB 23 Circuit Board Sensor
Circuit Board
Driver
Motor
IEEE1394
Cooling Fan
Solenoid
Power Supply PAC 23
Circuit Board
Scanner Motor
: Digital System 20.3.4
±12V from PS A→B : B is generated from A
IL : Interlock
: Analog System
GIE23 GPR23 GEP23 : Power System

Circuit Circuit Circuit
Board Board Board
Laser Optical Unit
5V 5V
Back
Head
Printer
Sensors
Sensors
Motors Motors
IL+24V, IL+24V,
20.3 Block Diagrams
+5V, +3.3V +5V +5V *1 *1 *2

+5V +5V +24V +24V, 12V +24V, 12V
+24V, ±12V,
JND23 JNE23 JNF23
GMC23 Circuit Board +8V, ±5V, Circuit Circuit Circuit PDA23 PDB23
Densitometer Board Board
IL+12V, IL+8V, Board Circuit Board Circuit Board
IL+24V
+24V
LDD23 Circuit Board +24V AOM CTL23 Circuit Board
±12V Driver 24V→12V 5V→3.3V
5V→3.3V
IL+12V→IL+8V +24V AOM 5V→3.3V
20-21
±12V→±5V ±12V Driver +24V
Dryer Fan
+12V,+5V,+3.3V
ATX Power Supply 12V

+5V +24V
Panel
DC Pump
24V→ 5V
Operation
3.3V
IL+24V, IL+12V, +24V, IL+24V, IL+24V,

+24V ±12V, 8V +5V +5V +24V +5V +24V Heater
Main DC Power Supply (PS)

AC200/220/230/240V
PAC23
+24V Circuit
Board +5V
from CTL23
Circuit Board
Printer/Processor Electrical Equipment Block Diagram
200/220/230/240V AC Input *1 +5V supplied to JND/JNE is only relayed and not consumed by the circuit board. 200/220/230/240V AC Input
from Electrical Section *2 +24V supplied to JNF is only relayed and not consumed by the circuit board. from Electrical Section
20
20.4 Scanner DC Power Supply Unit and Circuit Boards
20.4.1 DC Power Supply Voltage Adjustment
2. Connect the power supply cord and turn ON the

built-in circuit breaker.
3. Press the START switch to start up the system.
4. Measure the DC voltage at the points shown in

Measuring Points
the table below. DC Voltage Range
GND
+ Terminal
Terminal
5. Adjust the voltage by turning the VR on the DC
PS6-1 PS6-6 5.2 ± 0.2V
power supply unit.
PS6-2 PS6-7 -5.2 ± 0.2V
6. Shut down the system. PS6-3 PS6-8 12.2V ± 0.5V
PS6-4 PS6-9 -12.2V ± 0.5V
7. Turn OFF the built-in circuit breaker and PS6-5 PS6-10 20.2V ± 0.3V
disconnect the power supply cord. PS5-3 PS5-9 5.2 ± 0.2V
PS5-6 PS5-12 12.2V ± 0.5V
8. Reinstall the rear cover.
PS7-1 PS7-4 5.2 ± 0.2V
PS7-2 PS7-5 12.2V ± 0.5V
PS7-3 PS7-6 24.2V ± 1.2V
PS5-1 PS5-7 5.2 ± 0.2V
PS5-2 PS5-8 24.2V ± 1.2V
PS4-1 PS4-9 5.2 ± 0.2V
PS4-3 PS4-11 12.2V ± 0.5V
PS4-5 PS4-13 -12.2V ± 0.5V
PS4-7 PS4-15 24.2V ± 1.2V
9 1
6 1 5 1 5 1
4 1
3 1
10 5 8 4 8 4
4 2 6 3
16 8
7 1
12 6
1 4
Z2205
20-22
20.4.2 DC Voltage Check List
Circuit Board Check Points on Circuit Board Check Points on DC

Power Supply Unit
Circuit Power Local Power in LED + Terminal GND Voltage Terminal GND Voltage
Board Name Circuit Board Terminal Range Terminal Range
CCD23 A+5V JCD1-1 JCD1-2 5.0 ± 0.2V PS6-1 PS6-6 5.2 ± 0.2V
A-5V JCD1-3 JCD1-4 -5.0 ± 0.2V PS6-2 PS6-7 -5.2 ± 0.2V
A+12V JCD1-5 JCD1-6 12.0V ± 0.5V PS6-3 PS6-8 12.2V ± 0.5V
A-12V JCD1-7 JCD1-8 -12.0V ± 0.5V PS6-4 PS6-9 -12.2V ± 0.5V
A+20V JCD1-9 JCD1-10 20.0V ± 0.3V PS6-5 PS6-10 20.2V ± 0.3V
CPZ23 D+5V D27 TP14 TP19 5.0 ± 0.2V PS5-3 PS5-9 5.2 ± 0.2V
D+3.3V TP30 TP19 3.3V ± 0.15V
I+12V D29 TP16 TP19 12.0V ± 0.5V PS5-6 PS5-12 12.2V ± 0.5V
CLE23 D+5V D33 TP16 TP13 5.0 ± 0.2V PS7-1 PS7-4 5.2 ± 0.2V
D+3.3V TP17 TP13 3.3V ± 0.15V
A+12V D34 TP20 TP24 12.0V ± 0.5V PS7-2 PS7-5 12.2V ± 0.5V
P+24V D36 TP26 TP31 24.0V ± 1.2V PS7-3 PS7-6 24.2V ± 1.2V
CTB23 D+5V D41 TP52 TP53 5.0 ± 0.2V PS5-1 PS5-7 5.2 ± 0.2V
D+3.3V TP63 TP55 3.3V ± 0.15V
P+24V D43 TP58 TP53 24.0V ± 1.2V PS5-2 PS5-8 24.2V ± 1.2V
CYA23 D+5V JCRY1-1 JCRY1-2 5.0 ± 0.2V PS4-1 PS4-9 5.2 ± 0.2V
A+12V JCRY1-3 JCRY1-4 12.0V ± 0.5V PS4-3 PS4-11 12.2V ± 0.5V
A-12V JCRY1-5 JCRY1-6 -12.0V ± 0.5V PS4-5 PS4-13 -12.2V ± 0.5V
P+24V JCRY1-15 JCRY1-16 24.0V ± 1.2V PS4-7 PS4-15 24.2V ± 1.2V
●DC Power Supply Unit

To GMB23 Circuit Board (1 to 3/5 to 7)/
CIA23 Circuit Board (4 and 8)
To Carrier To CLE23 Circuit Board To START Switch
To CCD23
Circuit Board To Light Box Spare (For Optional)
9 1
6 1 5 1 5 1
3 1 4 1
10 5 8 4 8 4
4 2 6 3
16 8
To Main
Control Unit
7 1
12 6
To Main Control
Unit (1 to 3)/
CRT (4 to 6)
1 4 20
GMB23 Circuit Board (GND) VR To CTB23 Circuit Board (1,2,7 and 8)/
CPZ23 Circuit Board (3,6,9 and 12)
Z2205
20-23
20.4.3 DC Power Supply Unit Fuses and LEDs
● Fuse and LED List

Voltage Name Fuses LED No. Connectors For
D+5V F3(3.2A) D3 PS4 Carrier
F7(2.0A) D7 PS5 CTB23
F9(1.0A) D9 PS5 CPZ23
F15(1.0A) D15 PS7 CLE23
F21(4.0A) D21 PS11 Option
F22(4.0A) D22 PS11 Option
A+5V F2(1.0A) D2 PS2 GIA23
F19(2.0A) D19 PS6 CCD23
AÅ|5V F11(1.0A) D11 PS6 CCD23
A+12V F4(2.0A) D4 PS4 Carrier
F12(1.0A) D12 PS6 CCD23
F16(1.0A) D16 PS7 CLE23
AÅ|12V F5(1.0A) D5 PS4 Carrier
F13(1.0A) D13 PS6 CCD23
P+12V F1(3.2A) D1 PS2 Image Processing
F20(2.0A) D20 PS11 Optional
+12V(Insulation) F10(2.0A) D10 PS5 CPZ23
A+20V F14(1.0A) D14 PS6 CCD23
P+24V F6(3.2A) D6 PS4 Carrier
F8(3.2A) D8 PS5 CTB23
F17(3.2A) D17 PS7 CLE23
F18(1.0A) D18 PS8 Light Box
Rated Current: Quantity

1.0A: 10
2.0A: 5
3.2A: 5
4.0A: 2
20-24
●Fuse and Load Connection Diagram
Image Processing Section

D+5V GIA1 GIA23 Fuses on GIA23 Circuit Board:
F1
Circuit Board
A+12V F72 (2A) : GIA Analog Circuit
F2 FAN F73 (4A) : GIA Digital Circuit
GMB3
PS2 Connector
D+5V
F3
Film Carrier
A+12V
F4
A-12V
F5
P+24V
F6
PS4 Connector
CTB23
Circuit Board
D+5V CTB7
F7 F51 D201, D208
CTB8
D202, D203
P+24V CTB12
F8 F52 F211, F212
CTB1
CTB11
F312
D+5V CPZ23
F9
Circuit Board
+12V (Insulated)
F10
CPZ1
PS5 Connector
D+5V CLE23
F15 Circuit Board
A+12V CLE2
F16 F61 D311
P+24V
F17 F62 LH311, LH31
PS4 Connector CLE3, 4

F63 L301R, L302G
L303B, L304IR
A+5V
F19
A-5V CCD23
F11 Circuit Board
A+12V
F12
A-12V
F13
A+20V
F20
CCD2
PS6 Connector
P+24V
F20 Light Box
PS8 Connector
F12 P+12V
F13 D+5V For Optional
F20 D+5V 20
PS11 connector
20-25
20.4.4 Circuit Board Layout Diagrams
●CLE23 Circuit Board
Z2162
Fuse No. Rated Current LED No. (Color) Load

F61 0.3A D35 (Yellow) Light Source Temperature Sensor Circuit
F62 2A D37 (Orange) Light Source LED Heater Circuit
F63 1.6A D38 (Orange) Light Source LED23 Circuit Board
20-26
●CTB23 Circuit Board
Z2122
Fuse No. Rated Current LED No. (Color) Load

F51 1A D42 (Red) Scanner Section Sensors
F52 2A D44 (Orange) Scanner Section Fans
20
20-27
●CPZ23 Circuit Board
Z2130
20-28
20.5 Scanner (SP-3000) Wiring Diagrams
20.5.1 Scanner Wiring Diagram (1/3)

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
Conjugate Length
Variable Section Home Carrier Lock
Position Sensor Sensor
Conjugate Length Light Source Section
A Variable Motor Exhaust Fan D201 D208
M201 F311 D201 D208

1 2 3 1 2
M201 F311
1 3 4 6 2 5 1 2 3
1 7 2 8 3 4 5 6 9 10 11 12 1 2 3 4 5 6 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 9
CTB14 CTB11 CTB10 CTB7
B CTB14 CTB11 CTB10 CTB7
Spare: Temperature
M201B_
Spare S
M201A_
P_GND
P_GND
P_GND
P_GND
P_GND
P_GND
P_GND
P_GND
P_GND
P_GND
D_GND
D_GND
D_GND
M201B
M201A
P+24V
P+24V
Spare I
ch-out
F311
D+5V
D+5V
D201
ch-in
Sensor
D_GND
Collector
D_GND
D_GND
D_GND
D_GND
D_GND
D+5V
Emitter
Spare 1
D_GND
D_GND
D_GND
D_GND
D_GND
D_GND
RXD4+
RXD3+
D+5V
TXD4+
TXD3+
D+5V
D211
RXD4-
RXD3-
Spare
TXD4-
TXD3-
ch-out
Base
D+5V
D+5V
D+5V
D202
D203
ch-in
CTB23 Circuit Board
CTB5 CTB4 CTB8 CTB9
CTB5 CTB4 CTB8 CTB9
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 1 2 3 4 5 6 2 3 4 5 6 7 1 11 8 9 10
C D301 D302
COM
COM
NO
NO
To CPZ_3/3_CPZ4 1 2 3
JD203
JD203
1 2 3 4 5 2 3 4 5 1 6
CLE7 CLE5
CLE7 CLE5
D 1 2 3 1 2 3
D_GND
D_GND
D_GND
D_GND
D210
D211
CLE5_open
RXD+
TXD+
D202 D203
RXD-
TXD-
D202 D203
CLE23 Circuit Board
Lens Home Shutter Home
CLE2_open
Position Position
LH202_B
LH202_E
LH203_B
LH203_E
D_GND
A_GND
P_GND
A+12V
P+24V
A_GND
A_GND
Sensor Sensor
P+24V
P+24V
P+24V
P+24V
P+24V
P+24V
P+24V
P+24V
A+12V
P+24V
P+24V
D+5V
D212
IR10
IR12
IR11
B10
IR2
IR4
IR6
IR8
IR1
IR3
IR5
IR7
IR9
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
G2
G4
G6
G8
G1
G3
G5
G7
R2
R4
R6
R8
R1
R3
R5
R7
B2
B4
B6
B8
B1
B3
B5
B7
B9
CLE1 CLE2 CLE3 CLE4
CLE1 CLE2 CLE3 CLE4
E 1 4 2 5 3 6
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 23 24 22 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 23 24 22 25 26
(AGND)
(VOUT)
(C)
(C)
(B)
(E)
(B)
(E)
(A+VS)
1 2 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 12 13 11 13 12 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 11 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 2 1 3
D311 LH311 LH312 LED4 LED3 LED1 LED2

LED4 LED3 LED1 LED2
LED Temperature
F
Control Unit
P+24V
P+24V
P+24V
P+24V
P+24V
P+24V
P+24V
P+24V
IR10
IR12
IR11
IR2
IR4
IR6
IR8
IR1
IR3
IR5
IR7
IR9
B10
NC
NC
NC
NC
G2
G4
G6
G8
G1
G3
G5
G7
R2
R4
R6
R8
R1
R3
R5
R7
B2
B4
B6
B8
B1
B3
B5
B7
B9
LED23 Circuit Board
P_GND
START Switch
P+12V
FG
FG
D214_1A
D214_1B
D214_2A
D214_2B
N
N
L
D215 F331
Main CRT
1 2
G Control
Unit
Power
Supply 2 1 1 2 3
L201 D215
L201 D215
1 2 3
Light Box
1 4 2 5 3 6 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 3 2 4 1 3 2 4 1 5 2 6 3 7 4 8
PS7 PS10 PS9 PS8 PS11
PS7 PS10 PS9 PS8 PS11
H
P_GND
D_GND
P+24V
A_GND
P_GND
FG
FG
P+12V1_GND
P+12V1_GND
D+5V2
A+12V
P+24V
D214_1A
D214_2A
D214_1B
D214_2B
D+5V2_GND
D+5V2_GND
N
N
L
PS (Power Supply Unit)

NC
NC
P+12V1
P+12V1
D+5V2
D+5V2
Z2091
20-29
Scanner Wiring Diagram (2/3)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
B
GMB23 Circuit Board GSR23 Circuit Board
P_GND
P_GND
P+12V
P+12V
D_GND
D_GND
D_GND
D_GND
D_GND
D_GND
D_GND
D_GND
D_GND
D_GND
D+3.3V
D+3.3V
D+3.3V
ALM
ALM
RX1+
RX1+
RX2+
D+5V
TX1+
TX1+
TX2+
RX1-
RX1-
RX2-
TX1-
TX1-
TX2-
DSR
DSR
GIE23
TO
GMB6 GMB7 GIE1 GSR1 GMB11
GMB6 GMB7 GIE1 GSR1 GMB11
1 2 3 2 3 15 16 6 7 19 20 4 5 17 18 8 21 1 14 23 24 11 12 9 10 22 25 13 1 2 3 4
F321
Image Processing
Section Cooling Fan 1394-1
Operation
D Keyboard
1 2 3 4 9 10 11 12 5 6 7 8
JCRY2
JCRY2
To CTB_3/3_CTB2
1 9 2 10 3 11 4 12 5 13 6 14 7 15 8 16
JCRY3 1 2 3 4 9 10 11 12 5 6 7 8
Main Mouse
JCRY3
Control 1 9 2 10 3 11 4 12 5 13 6 14 7 15 8 16
Unit Full
Keyboard
32 31 16 15 30 14 22 21 6 5 20 19 4 3 18 17 2 1 7 8 23 24 10 9 26 25 12 13 28 29 11 27
Printer JCRY1
Processor JCRY1
E
D_GND
D_GND
D_GND
D_GND
P_GND
P_GND
A_GND
A_GND
A_GND
A_GND
P+24V
P+24V
A+12V
A+12V
A-12V
A-12V
D+5V
D+5V
RX1+
RX1+
TX1+
TX1+
RX1-
RX1-
TX1-
TX1-
DSR
DSR
1394-2
NC
NC
FG
FG
Film Carrier
1 2 3 4
F 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 9 2 10 3 11 4 12 5 13 6 14 7 15 8 16
PS3 PS4 PS1
PS3 PS4 PS1
P_GND
P_GND
D_GND
D_GND
A_GND
A_GND
A_GND
A_GND
A_GND
D_GND
D_GND
D+3.3V
P+24V
P+24V
A+12V
A+12V
A+12V
A-12V
A-12V
D+5V
D+5V
D+5V
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
Z2092
20-30
Scanner Wiring Diagram (3/3)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
A GMB23 Circuit Board
GIA23 Circuit Board
/VDOUT+_CLE
/VDOUT-_CLE
/VDOUT+_CTB
/VDOUT-_CTB
/VDOUT+_CPZ
SDTW+_CLE
/VDOUT-_CPZ
SDTR+_CLE
SDTW-_CLE
SDTR-_CLE
SDTW+_CPZ
SCK+_CLE
SDTR+_CPZ
SDTW-_CPZ
SCK-_CLE
SDTR-_CPZ
SCK+_CPZ
SCK-_CPZ
+S(+3.3V)
-S(+3.3V)
D_GND
D_GND
D_GND
D_GND
D_GND
D_GND
D_GND
D_GND
D_GND
D_GND
D_GND
D_GND
D_GND
D_GND
+S(+5V1)
-S(+5V1)
ADCLK+
ADCLK-
SDTW+
D_GND
D_GND
D_GND
D_GND
P_GND
SDTR+
SDTW-
CCDOS1
SDTR-
A_GND
IDCK+
IDCK-
SCK+
P12V
SCK-
A+5V
HD+
VD+
HD-
VD-
B
GMB3 GIA1 GIA2 GIA3
GMB3 GIA1 GIA2 GIA3
6 3 5 2 4 1 1 2 23 24 21 22 48 49 19 20 44 45 42 43 46 47 17 18 3 4 5 6 28 29 30 31 8 7 13 14 15 16 25 38 39 40 41 50 1 2 26 27 36 37 11 12 9 10 34 35 32 33
CPS23 CPS23
Circuit Board Circuit Board
(D206) (D207)
CPS1 CPS1
1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5
Piezoelectric Actuator
C To CTB_1/3_CTB5
PZ201 PZ202
PZ201 PZ202
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
1 4 2 3 5 1 4 2 3
JCPS1
4 5 2 3 14 15 1 6 9 10 7 8 12 13 11 JCPS1
JCD2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
JCD2
4 5 2 3 14 15 1 6 9 10 7 8 12 13 11
D 15 13 11 9 14 16 7 5 6 8 2 4 10 12 1 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3 4 5 1 3 2 4 6 5 7 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
CCD1 CCD3 CPZ3 CPZ7 CPZ4 CPZ2 CLE6
CCD1 CCD3 CPZ3 CPZ7 CPZ4 CPZ2 CLE6
D_GND
FG
FG
CCDOS1
SDTW+
SDTW+
D_GND
D_GND
D_GND
D_GND
D_GND
D_GND
SCK+
SCK+
DS201 EN
DS202 EN
SDTR+
SDTR+
RXD+
SDTW-
DS201 OUT
DS202 OUT
SDTW-
ADCLK+
DS201 CLK
DS202 CLK
TXD+
SCK-
SCK-
D+3.3V
D+3.3V
SDTR-
SDTR-
RXD-
ADCLK-
/VD+
/VD+
TXD-
SDTW+
PZ201 Driver
PZ202 Driver
/VD-
/VD-
SDTR+
SDTW-
PZ201_GND
PZ202_GND
SDTR-
IDCK+
IDCK-
SCK+
SCK-
HD+
VD+
HD-
VD-
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
CCD23 Circuit Board CLE23 Circuit Board
D_GND
A_GND
A_GND
A_GND
A_GND
A_GND
A_GND
P+12V
A+12V
A+20V
A-12V
D+5V
A+5V
A-5V
NC
NC
E CPZ23 Circuit Board
CCD2 CPZ1
CCD2 CPZ1 To GSR_2/3_GSR1
8 3 9 4 10 5 7 2 6 1 1 4 3 6 2 5
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5
CTB2 CTB3
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 CTB2 CTB3
JCD1
NC
NC
NC
D_GND
D_GND
D_GND
D_GND
RXD+
RXD0+
RXD-
TXD0+
CTB23 Circuit Board
RXD0-
TXD0-
JCD1
F 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
M203ACOM
M203BCOM
D_GND
P_GND
P_GND
P_GND
P_GND
P_GND
-
-
P+24V
M202A-
M202B-
P+24V
P+24V
M203A
M203B
M203B
M203A
Spare
M202A
M202B
D+5V
F211
CTB1 CTB13 CTB12
CTB1 CTB13 CTB12
1 3 2 4 1 8 2 9 4 3 5 11 10 12 6 7 13 14 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
NC
NC
G 1 3 4 6 2 5 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 1 2 3 4
M202 M203 F211 F212
M202 M203 F211 F212
Lens Drive Shutter Drive Scanner Scanner

Motor Motor Section Section
1 5 2 6 3 7 4 8 1 6 2 7 3 8 4 9 5 10 3 9 6 12 4 5 10 11 1 7 2 8 Exhaust Fan Cooling Fan
PS2 PS6 PS5
PS2 PS6 PS5
P+12V1_GND
A_GND
A_GND
A_GND
A_GND
A_GND
P+12V2
D_GND
P_GND
A+12V
A+20V
D+5V2
A_GND
A-12V
D_GND
P_GND
+S(D+3.3V)

A+5V
H
D+5V2
-S(D+3.3V)
A-5V
P+24V
A+5V
+S(D+5V)
-S(D+5V)
NC
NC
P+12V1
NC
NC
To PS_1/2
Z2093
20-31
20.5.2 Auto Film Carrier NC100AY Wiring Diagram

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
Door Open/Close Supply Motor IX240 Leading End/
and Cartridge Home Position IX240 135 Leading Trailing End/ 135 Downstream Magnetic Magnetic
135 End Sensor Bar Code Sensor Perforation Sensor
Set Sensors IPI Sensor Sensor Feed Lane Feed Lane Indicator Lamp Writing Head Reading Head
(D120/D123) (D121) (D122) Position Position Keyboard (L/P101) LED(D101L) LED(D116L) LED(D103L) (MG101) (D124)
Nest Section Sensor Sensor
A SSB23 SSA23 SSD23 MSC22 LEH23 LEE22 LEE23 LEE22 MWH20 MRH23
D130 D129
Plug-in Connector Feed Motor Solenoid Supply Door LEE1 LEE1 LEE1 MWH1 MRH1
Motor Motor SSB1 SSA1 SSD1 D130 D129 MSC1 LEH1
CY1 M101 S101 LEE1 LEE1 LEE1 MWH1 ZHR-6
1 17 2 18 3 19 4 20 5 21 15 31 16 32 6 22 12 28 13 29 9 10 26 25 7 23 8 24 11 27 14 30 M102 M104 SSB1 SSA1 SSD1 D130 D129 MSC1 LEH1
1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6
5 1 4 2 3 1 3 2 4 2 1 3 1 3 2 2 1 3 1 2 3 4 5 2 3 4 1
A +12V
A +12V
DGND
DGND
A -12V
A -12V
AGND
AGND
P+24V
P+24V
AGND
AGND
PGND
PGND
D+5V
D+5V
Rx 1 +
Rx 1 +
GND
GND
DSR
DSR
Tx1+
Tx1+
N.C
N.C
Rx 1 -
Rx 1 -
Tx1-
Tx1-
FG
FG
1 2
S101
S101
BL K
BL K
1 2
B 1 2 3 4 5
M101
1 2 3 4
M102
1 2 3 4
M104
M101 M102 M104
1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4
M3 Screw
240MAG_Ene1
240MAG_Ene2
BRN 240MAGread2
GRY 240MAGread1
240MAGwrite1
240MAGwrite2
D116L_E
D116L_R
D103L_R
M+12V
D101L_R
D103L_E
D101L_E
MGND
DGND
M-12V
DGND
D+5V
C
RED
GRY
RED
BRN
GRY
GRY
BRN
GRY
BRN
GRY
GRY
RED
RED
GRY
GRY
GRY
RED
BLK
BLK
BLK
BLK
BLK
BLK
BLK
ORG
BRN
BRN
ORG
WHIT
RED
RED
YEL
YEL
GRY
GRY
BRN
ORG
RED
BRN
RED
ORG
BRN
ORG
ORG
RED
ORG
BRN
GRY
RED
BRN
BRN
GRY
GRY
BLK
BRN
BRN
BLK
BRN
BLK
BL K
BLU
BLK
BRN
YEL
WHT
WHT
GRY
GRY
BRN
BRN
RED
GRY
GRY
RED
BRN
BLU
BLK
BLK
BLK
YEL
D131 (< )
D132 (<<)
D133 (>>)
D134 (>)
A +12V
A +12V
L101-G
DG N D
DG N D
DG N D
DG N D
A - 12V
A - 12V
DG N D
M101-/B
P+24V
DGND
M102-/B
P+24V
L101-R
DGND
M101-/A
M102-/A
AGND
AGND
M104-/B
DGND
D+5V
DGND
M102-A
DGND
PGND
PGND
M104-/A
M101-A
DGND
DGND
DG ND
M101-B
M102-B
D+5V
D+5V
D120
D123
M104-A
Rx 1 +
Rx 1 +
D+5V
D+5V
D+5V
D+5V
M104-B
Tx1 +
Tx1 +
D121
D122
D130
D129
S101+
Rx 1 -
Rx 1 -
1 2 3 4 5 6
Tx1 -
Tx1 -
N.C
N.C
S101-
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6
DSR
DSR
N.C
N.C
N.C
N.C
N.C
N.C
LBF2 LBF3 LBF4
D 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1314 15 16 1718 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
CYA1 CYA2 CYA7 CYA8 CYA5 CYA6 LBF2 LBF3 LBF4
CYA1 CYA2 CYA7 CYA8 CYA5 CYA6

CYA6
CYA23 Circuit Board LBF23 Circuit Board

CYA3 CYA4 LBF1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 3233 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 4849 50 50 49 4847 46 45 4443 42 4140 3938 37 36 35 34 33 3231 30 2928 27 26 25 24 23 22212019 18 171615 14 13 1211 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
240MAG_Ene1
240MAG_Ene2
240MAGwrite1
240MAGwrite2
240MAGread1
240MAGread2
240M A G _Ene1
240M A G _Ene2
D101 L_R
D102 L_R
D103 L_R
D104 L_R
D106 L_R
D108 L_R
D109 L_R
D110 L_R
D111 L_R
D112 L_R
D114 L_R
D115 L_R
D116 L_R
D117 L_R
D118 L_R
D119 L _R
D101 L_E
D102 L_E
D103 L_E
D104 L_E
D106 L_E
D108 L_E
D109 L_E
D110 L_E
D111 L_E
D112 L_E
D114 L_E
D115 L_E
D116 L_E
D117 L_E
D118 L_E
D119 L_E
240M A G write1
240M A G write2
240M A G read1
240M A G read2
D101L_R
D102L_R
D103L_R
D104L_R
D106L_R
D108L_R
D109L_R
D110L_R
D111L_R
D112L_R
D114L_R
D115L_R
D116L_R
D117L_R
D118L_R
D119L_R
D101L_E
D102L_E
D103L_E
D104L_E
D106L_E
D108L_E
D109L_E
D110L_E
D111L_E
D112L_E
D114L_E
D115L_E
D116L_E
D117L_E
D118L_E
D119L_E
M+12V
M+12V
MGND
MGND
MGND
MGND
DGND
DGND
A +12V
D114PA
D115PA
D116PA
D114PB
D115PB
D116PB
A +12V
A - 12V
A - 12V
D106PA
D108PA
D106PB
D108PB
M-12V
M-12V
M+12V
D12 5
D13 5
M+12V
DGND
DGND
AGND
AGND
M+12 V
M+12 V
M-12 V
M-12 V
D+5V
D+5V
D109P
D110P
D111P
D112P
DG N D
DG N D
D101P
D103P
D102P
D104P
M-12V
M-12V
MGND
MGND
A +12V
A +12V
D117P
D118P
D119P
MGN D
MGN D
A - 12V
A - 12V
D+5V
D+5V
D+5V
D+5V
D128
AGND
AGND
N.C
N.C
N.C
N.C
N.C
N.C
E
50 49 48 47 46 45 44 43 42 41 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 50 49 48 47 46 45 44 43 42 41 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 50 49 4847 46 45 4443 42 4140 3938 37 36 35 34 33 3231 30 2928 27 26 25 24 23 22212019 18 171615 14 13 1211 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
JNC1 JNC2 JNC18
JNC23 Circuit Board

JNC12 JNC13 JNC8 JNC9 JNC14 JNC7 JNC17 JNC10 JNC11
JNC12 JNC13 JNC8 JNC14 JNC7 JNC17 JNC10 JNC11

1 2 1 2 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 1415 16 1718
1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5
D115PB
D117 P
D118 P
D119 P
D114PA
D115PA
N.C
N.C
D114PB
D108PB
D106PA
D108PA
D106PB
A +12V
A - 12V
AGND
D104P
AGND
A+12V
A -12V
D102P
D103P
D101P
D+5V
D109P
D110P
D111P
D112P
AGND
AGND
N.C
N.C
D116PA
D+5V
D+5V
D+5V
D+5V
D116PB
A +12V
A - 12V
DGND
DGND
AGND
D+5V
D135
D128
F
W HIT
RED
R GY
BRN
BRN
GRY
GRY
BLU
BRN
BLU
RED
BLK
RED
BRN
BRN
GRY
BRN
BLK
GRY
GRY
GRY
BRN
BLK
RED
BRN
GRY
ORG
GRY
RED
RED
BRN
BRN
GRY
RED
BRN
BRN
BLK
RED
BLK
BLK
BLU
M3 Screw/ M3 Screw/
Base F1 Lower Feed
G Section F2
1 2
1 3 2 4 1 3 2 4 1 3 2 4 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 CN1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
DTG1 DTE1 DTF1 SSE1 DTE1 DTB1 DBF1

CN1
H DTG1 DTE1 DTF1 SSE1 DTE1 DTB1 DBF1
MSA01
DTG23 DTE22 DTF23 SSE23 DTE23 DTB23 DBF23
Pressure Cover
135 Leading End 135 Downstream 135 Upstream Feed Roller IX240 Leading End/ Open/Close IX240 Perforation/Front/ 135 Bar Code/Frame/Panorama Sensor
Sensor Perforation Sensor Perforation and Rotation Sensor Trailing End/Bar Sensor (D128) Rear Unexposed (D106P/D108P/D109P/D110P/D111P/
(D101P) (D103P) Check Tape Sensors (D135) Code Sensor Frame Sensor D112P/D114P/D115P)
(D102P/D104P) (D116P) (D117P/D118P/D119P)
Z2469
20-32
20.5.3 Multi-film Carrier MFC10AY Wiring Diagram
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Solenoid
A S480
1 2
B
S101+
S101–
C
1 2
MSB2
MSB2
D
MSB23 Circuit Board
MSB1
E
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
D480
D481
D482
D483
D484
DGND
S480–0
S480–1
FG
FG
FPS
F
S480–0
S480–1
DGND
D480
D481
D482
D483
D484
FG
FG
26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
CYB3
CYB23 Circuit Board
H CYB5
CYB1 CYB2 CYB4 CYB6
1 2 3 5 4 3 2 1
CYB1 CYB2 CYB4
D+5V
D48X
DGND
N.C
N.C
RXD0
TXD0
DGND
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1112 13 14 1516 1 2 3
D+5V
D486
DGND
D+5V
D+5V
DGND
DGND
A+12V
A+12V
AGND
AGND
A–12V
A–12V
P+24V
P+24V
PGND
PGND
T✕1+
T✕1+
T✕1–
T✕1–
DGND
DGND
DSR
DSR
DGND
DGND
R✕1+
R✕1+
R✕1–
R✕1–
N.C
N.C
I
ORG
ORG
GRY
GRY
GRY
GRY
GRY
RED
RED
BRN
BRN
BRN
BRN
BRN
RED
BRN
BRU
BRU
BLK
BLK
BLK
BLK
BLK
BLK
BLK
J
1 2 3
D486
20
A+12V
A+12V
P+24V
P+24V
A–12V
A–12V
DGND
DGND
PGND
PGND
AGND
AGND
AGND
AGND
R✕1+
R✕1+
R✕1–
R✕1–
D+5V
D+5V
T✕1+
T✕1+
T✕1–
T✕1–
GND
GND
DSR
DSR
N.C
N.C
FG
FG
Mask Table
Slider Position Sensor
K 1 17 2 18 3 19 4 20 5 211531 16 32 6 22 12 28 1329 9 1026 25 7 23 8 241127 14 30
CY1
Plug-in Connector
Z2514
20-33
20.6 Printer/Processor DC Power Supply Unit and Circuit Boards
20.6.1 Input Extension Cable Connection
1. Remove the DC power supply section bracket

2. Connect the input extension cable (P/N: Power Supply Connector Input Extension Cable
136C1059989) between the power supply
connectors as shown.
Input Extension Cable Power Supply Connector

L2871(1)
3. Connect the grounding wire connectors of the All Connectors

input extension cable to the ground terminals on
the frame and the bracket. Grounding Wire/
Grounding Terminals
4. Reconnect all connectors to the PWR23 circuit

board.
5. Turn ON the four interlock switches.
6. Turn ON the main power supply, built-in circuit

PWR23
breaker and power switch to start up the system. Circuit Board
L2871(2)
20-34
20.6.2 DC Voltage Check List

PS1(AlphaII650) Dc Power Supply Voltage Measuring Circuit Board Voltage Check Points Check Points on PWR23 Circuit Board
PS2(AlphaII650)
Modul-type
PS (AlphaII) PWR23 Fuse Local Power
Slot-1
Slot-2
Slot-3
Slot-4
Slot-5
PWR23 Power LED on Fuse (Rated
Power LED on PS Interlock (Rated Circuit Board Power Name (within Circuit LED + Terminal GND Terminal Voltage Range + Terminal GND Terminal Voltage Range
Channel PWR23 Current)
Channel Current) Board)
1 2A JFL D+5V_MC PD5 (G) D+5V0_MC F60 <2A> PD60 (G) (PWR23) – – – – – – –
- - D7 TP11 TP12 (DGND) +5 ± 0.25 PWR8-1 PWR8-4 +5.10 ± 0.25
D+5Va F112 <2A> D13 TP26 TP12 (DGND) +5 ± 0.25
D+5V D+5Vb F113 <2A> D12 TP25 TP12 (DGND) +5 ± 0.25
D+3.3V D9 TP21 TP12 (DGND) +3.3 ± 0.165
D+5V1_MC F61 <5A> PD61(G) CTL23 D+1.5V TP22 TP12 (DGND) +1.5 ± 0.075
1 2A JFL D+5V_MC PD5 (G)
– D14 TP27 TP28 (AG) +5 ± 0.25
A+5Va D34 TP39 TP28 (AG) +5 ± 0.25
A+5V
A+5V2 D15 TP30 TP31 (AG2) +5 ± 0.25
A-5V2 D16 TP33 TP31 (AG2) -4.75 ± 0.25
D+5V2_MC F62 <5A> PD62 (G) D+5V2 – F111 <2A> D11 TP23 TP24 (DGND2) +5 ± 0.25 PWR8-13 PWR8-16 +5.10 ± 0.25
D+5V2 – D1 TP1 TP2 +5 ± 0.25V PWR8-3 PWR8-6 +5.10 ± 0.25
1 2A JFL D+5V_MC PD5 (G) D+5V2_MC F62 <5A> PD62 (G) P+5V – D4 TP10 T11 +5 ± 0.25V
D+3.3V D3 TP8 TP2 +3.3 ± 0.12V
1 2B JFL +24V0 PD6 (G) +24V01 F63 <4A> PD63 (G) +24V01 – D5 TP20 TP19 +24 ± 1.0V PWR8-7 PWR8-10 +24 ± 1.0V
+24V41 K F72 <4A> PD72 (R) +24V41 – D6 TP21 TP19 +24 ± 1.0V PWR10-5 PWR10-8 +24 ± 1.0V
2 4 DFL +24V4 PD19 (Y) +24V42 K F73 <4A> PD73 (R) +24V42 – D7 TP22 TP19 +24 ± 1.0V PWR10-15 PWR10-17 +24 ± 1.0V
PDA23
+24V51 F76 <4A> PD76 (Y) +24V51 – D9 TP24 TP11 +24 ± 1.0V PWR11-1 PWR11-4 +24 ± 1.0V
2 2 DFL +24V5 PD20 (Y)
+24V53 – D11 TP26 TP11 +24 ± 1.0V PWR11-3 PWR11-5 +24 ± 1.0V
+24V53 K F78 <4A> PD78 (R)
P+12V D15 TP29 TP11 +12 ± 0.5V
2 1 DFL +24V6 PD21 (Y) +24V62 K F80 <4A> PD80 (R) +24V62 – D14 TP28 TP11 +24 ± 1.0V PWR11-17 PWR11-20 +24 ± 1.0V
D+5V2 – D1 TP1 TP2 +5 ± 0.25V PWR8-14 PWR8-17 +5.10 ± 0.25
1 2A JFL D+5V_MC PD5 (G) D+5V2 F62 <5A> PD62 (G) P+5V – D4 TP11 TP12 +5 ± 0.25V
D+3.3V D3 TP8 TP5 +3.3 ± 0.12V
+24V02 PD64 (G) +24V02 – D5 TP21 TP16 +24 ± 1.0V PWR8-19 PWR8-21 +24 ± 1.0V
1 2B JFL +24V0 PD6 (G) F64 <4A>
+24V03 K PD65 (R) +24V03 – D6 TP22 TP16 +24 ± 1.0V PWR8-20 PWR8-22 +24 ± 1.0V
+24V11 F66 <4A> PD66 (Y) PDB23 +24V11 – D7 TP23 TP16 +24 ± 1.0V PWR9-1 PWR9-3 +24 ± 1.0V
1 1A HFL +24V1 PD12 (Y)
1 1B HFL +24V2 PD14 (Y)
2 5 DFL +24V3 PD18 (Y)
S+24V – D16 TP6 TP8 +24 ± 1.2V
1 2B JFL +24V0 PD6 (G) +24V02 F64 <4A> PD64 (G) PAC23 +24V02 – D2 TP4 TP5 +24 ± 1.0V PWR8-8 PWR8-11 +24 ± 1.0V
2 2 DFL +24V5 PD20 (Y) +24V50 F75 <2A> PD75 (Y) +24V50 – D3 TP2 TP3 +24 ± 1.0V PWR5-5 PWR5-2 +24 ± 1.0V
A+24V1_RS F51 <4A> PD51 (Y) A+24V – F132 2A TP33 TP32 +24 ± 1.0V PWR6-1 PWR6-3 +24 ± 1.0V
1 4B PFL A+24V_RS PD8 (Y) <PD82> (Y) IL24V – F139 3.2A TP35 TP38 +24 ± 1.0V PWR6-2 PWR6-4 +24 ± 1.0V
A+24V2_RS K F52 <4A>
PD52 (R)
1 4A PFL A+8V_RS PD9 (Y) A+8V_RS F53 <5A> PD53 (Y) A+8V – F133 4A TP34 TP32 +8 ± 0.4V PWR6-5 PWR6-6 +8.1 ± 0.4V
A+12V1_RS F54 <4A> PD54 (G) A+12V – F134 0.5A TP36 TP32 +12 ± 0.6V PWR6-19 PWR6-21 +12.1 ± 0.6V
1 3A EFL A+12V_RS PD10 (G) <PD85> (Y) IL12V – TP56 TP38 +12 ± 0.6V PWR6-8 PWR6-10 +12.1 ± 0.6V
A+12V2_RS K F55 <4A>
PD55 (R)
A-12V – F136 0.5A TP39 TP38 -12 ± 0.6V PWR6-24 PWR6-23 -12.05 ± 0.6V
– F137 3.2A
A+5V F135 0.5A TP35 TP32 4.75 to 5.25V
LDD23 A-5V TP41 TP32 -4.75 to -5.25V
R+5V TP37 TP40 4.75 to 5.25V
R-5V TP42 TP40 -4.75 to -5.25V
D+5V F138 0.5A TP46 TP47 4.75 to 5.25V
1 3B EFL A-12V_RS PD11 (G) A-12V_RS F56 <4A> PD56 (G)
3.3V TP45 TP47 3.18 to 3.41V
L+5V TP58 TP59 4.75 to 5.25V
L+8V TP55 TP59 7.6 to 8.4V
IL8V F131 0.5A TP30 TP32 7.6 to 8.4V
PREF+5V TP51 TP40 4.90 to 5.10V
REFÅ{5V TP52 TP40 4.90 to 5.10V
REF+3V TP60 TP8 2.94 to 3.06V
D+12V0_IM F57 <2A> PD57 (G) +12V – – – GMC9-1pin GMC9-4pin +12 ± 0.6V PWR7-1 PWR7-4 +12.05 ± 0.6V
Image control
1 5 CFL D+12V_IM PD4 (G) D+12V1_IM F58 <5A> PD58 (G) +3.3V – – – GMC9-2pin GMC9-4pin +3.3 ± 0.165V PWR7-2 PWR7-5 +12.05 ± 0.6V
box(GMC23)
D+12V2_IM F59 <5A> PD59 (G) +5V – – – GMC9-3pin GMC9-4pin +5 ± 0.25V PWR7-3 PWR7-6 +12.05 ± 0.6V
1 3A EFL A+12V_RS PD10 (G) A+12V1_RS F54 <4A> PD54 (G) A+12V – FA1 <1A> – GEP9-2pin GEP9-1pin – PWR6-19 PWR6-21
(GEP23)
1 3B EFL A-12V_RS PD11 (G) A-12V_RS F56 <4A> PD56 (G) A-12V – FA2 <1A> – GEP9-3pin GEP9-4pin – PWR6-24 PWR6-23
LED : (R) = Red, (G) = Green, (Y) = Yellow
20-35
20.6.3 “POWER” LEDs on the Operation Panel
8
DOOR
5
6 REPL
MENU 4 UPPER 7 DOOR
ON LINE
3 1
2 PROC.
PAPER DRIVE
LOWER
ENTER INFO.
ON/OFF
POWER K 1 K 2
L21045
“POWER” 1 Green: Output voltage from the DC power supply unit is normal.
OFF: Output voltage from the DC power supply unit is abnormal (DC power supply unit or AC input
is abnormal).
2 Green: Input power supply of theATX23 circuit board is normal.
Red: Output power supply of the ATX23 circuit board is abnormal (D+3.3V or D+5V output is
abnormal).
OFF: Input power supply of theATX23 circuit board is abnormal (D+12V1 or D+12V2 input is
abnormal).
CP1 Auxiliary Power

(SPS23
Circuit Board) Abnormality
Photo MOS Relay
(PAC23 System ON Signal Timer Start Signal by RTC or
Abnormality Circuit Board) ON/OFF Control Signal by
STANDBY Switch System Software
1
CP2 ATX Power Supply
Relay DC Power Image Control Section
2 (ATX23 3
(K1) Supply (GMC23 Circuit Board)
Built-in Leakage Circuit Board)
Circuit Breaker
Breaker Abnormality Abnormality
1 Green 2 Red 2 Green
20
20-37
■ N LED Pattern at Starting UP and Provable Causes
LED Pattern
Normal Abnormality 1 Abnormality 2 Abnormality 3 Abnormality 4
Condition
1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2
Timer Starting Up Green Green Green* Red * Green* OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF
Power Switch
Green Green Green Red Green OFF OFF OFF Green Green
Starting Up
Standby Green Green OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF Green Green
Running Green Green OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF Green Green
*: The LED lights up for approximately 30 seconds then goes out.
LED Pattern and Provable Causes

LED Pattern Location Provable Causes Part Replacement
Abnormality 1 ATX23 circuit board 1) Faulty ATX23 circuit board (no output) 1) ATX23 circuit board
and after 2) Activated protection circuit of ATX23 circuit 2) GMC23 circuit board
board due to abnormal image control section
(short circuit or over current)
Abnormality 2 Before ATX23 cir- 1) Faulty or tripped circuit protector CP2 1) Circuit protector CP2
cuit board (except 2) Faulty relay K1 2) Relay K1
SPS23 circuit 3) Faulty DC power supply unit 3) DC power supply
board) 4) Blown fuse on PWR23 circuit board 4) Fuse
5) Faulty harness (relay K1-to-DC power supply- 5) Harness
to-ATX23 circuit board)
Abnormality 3 AC power supply to 1) Faulty or tripped leakage breaker 1) Leakage breaker
SPS23 circuit board 2) Faulty or tripped circuit protector CP1 2) Circuit protector CP1
(1) 3) Faulty SPS23 circuit board 3) SPS23 circuit board
Abnormality 4 AC power supply to 1) Faulty GPR23, PAC23 or CTL23 circuit board 1) GPR23, PAC23 or
SPS23 circuit board 2) Faulty harness (GPR23-to-CTL23-to-PAC23 CTL23 circuit board
(2) circuit board) 2) harness
■ ATX23 Circuit Board LED Check
1. Open the magazine door and remove the air filter

holder at the image control box section.
2. Check the LED on the ATX23 circuit board by Image Control Box
peering through the holes in the image control
box. D+3.3V (Green)
D+5V (Green)
LEDs D+12V0 : Power supply for fan
D+12V 1 : Input power for D+3.3V
D+12V2 : Input power for D+5V
D+3.3V : D+3.3V output
D+5V : D+5V output
OVPALM : Over voltage alarm
ATX23 Circuit Board

D+12V2 (Green)
D+12V1 (Green)
OVPALM (Red)
D+12V0 (Green)
20-38
20.6.4 DC Power Supply System LED Indication
The DC power supply system can be diagnosed by checking the LEDs on the PWR23 circuit board after removing
the left lower cover.
LED Condition: [ ] ON
[ ] OFF
■ DC Power Supply Indication LEDs

Green: power supply output (normal ON)
Yellow: ON/OFF condition of control signal from the CTL23 or LDD23 circuit board (normal ON)
Orange: Error alarm (normal ON)
PS_Fail SLOT5 SLOT4 SLOT3 SLOT2 SLOT1
(PD16) (PD17) (PD13) (PD18) (PD19) (PD20) (PD21)

PS2
AC FAN DC +24V3 +24V4 +24V5 +24V6
(PD2) (PD3) (PD7) (PD4) (PD8) (PD9) (PD10) (PD11) (PD5) (PD6) (PD12) (PD14)
PS1
AC FAN DC D+12V A+24V A+8V A+12V A–12V D+5V +24V0 +24V1 +24V2
(PD1) (PD22) (PD23) (PD24) (PD25) (PD26) (PD27) (PD28) (PD29)

AUX main sub main sub +24V13 +24V46 A+24V A+8V
RS12V1 MC5V1 ON/OFF
NOTE: If the fan on the DC power supply unit stops, the unit stops all outputs due to activation of the overheat protection circuit.
■ DC Power Supply Indication LEDs
AlphaII PWR23
Interlock Power Output
Slot ID Connected to fuse_(A) LED Relay SW fuse_(A) LED ID CN_No
F57<2A> (PD57) D+12V0_IM
ATX23
5 D+12V_IM F58<5A> (PD58) D+12V1_IM PWR7
<GMC23>
F59<5A> (PD59) D+12V2_IM
F51<4A> (PD51) A+24V1_RS
A+24V_RS
4 LDD23 F52<4A> (PD82) K201 D680-681 – (PD52) A+24V2_RS PWR6
A+8V_RS F53<5A> (PD53) A+8V_RS
F54<4A> (PD54) A+12V1_RS
A+12V_RS LDD23
3 F55<4A> (PD85) K202 D680-681 – (PD55) A+12V2_RS PWR6
GEP23
A-12V_RS F56<4A> (PD56) A-12V_RS
PS1 CTL23 F60<2A> (PD60) D+5V0_MC
PWR23
D+5V_MC F61<5A> (PD61) D+5V1_MC
PDA23
PDB23 F62<5A> (PD62) D+5V2_MC
2
F63<4A> (PD63) +24V01 PWR8
PAC23
+24V0 PDA23 +24V02
PDB23 F64<4A> (PD64)
K206 D724 – (PD65) +24V03
F66<4A> (PD66) +24V11
+24V1
F67<4A> (PD67) +24V12
1 PDB23 PWR9
F68<4A> (PD68) +24V21
+24V2
F69<4A> (PD69) +24V22
20
20-39
AlphaII PWR23
F70<4A> (PD70) +24V31
5 +24V3 PDB23 – – K207 D762 PWR10
F71<4A> (PD71) +24V32
F72<4A> (PD72) +24V41
4 +24V4 PDA23 – – K203 D680-681 F73<4A> (PD73) +24V42 PWR10
F74<4A> (PD74) +24V43
3
PS2 F75<2A> (PD75) +24V50 PWR4/5
PWR23 F76<4A> (PD76) +24V51
2 +24V5 PAC23
PDA23 F77<4A> (PD77) +24V52 PWR11
– – K204 D680-681
F78<4A> (PD78) +24V53
F79<4A> (PD79) +24V61
1 +24V6 PDA23 F80<4A> (PD80) +24V62 PWR11
– – K205 D680-681
F81<4A> (PD81) +24V63
20-40
<Example 1> No +24V3 Output Due to Faulty DC Module of DC Power Supply Unit PS2
(PD16) (PD17) (PD13) (PD18) (PD19) (PD20) (PD21)

PS2
AC FAN DC +24V3 +24V4 +24V5 +24V6
PS1

RS12V1 MC5V1 ON/OFF
AlphaII PWR23
F57<2A> (PD57) D+12V0_IM
ATX23
<GMC23>
F59<5A> (PD59) D+12V2_IM
F51<4A> (PD51) A+24V1_RS
A+24V_RS
F54<4A> (PD54) A+12V1_RS
A+12V_RS LDD23
GEP23
A-12V_RS F56<4A> (PD56) A-12V_RS
PS1 CTL23 F60<2A> (PD60) D+5V0_MC
PWR23
D+5V_MC F61<5A> (PD61) D+5V1_MC
PDA23
PDB23 F62<5A> (PD62) D+5V2_MC
2
F63<4A> (PD63) +24V01 PWR8
PAC23
+24V0 PDA23 +24V02
PDB23 F64<4A> (PD64)
K206 D724 – (PD65) +24V03
F66<4A> (PD66) +24V11
+24V1
F67<4A> (PD67) +24V12
1 PDB23 PWR9
F68<4A> (PD68) +24V21
+24V2
F69<4A> (PD69) +24V22
AlphaII PWR23
F70<4A> (PD70) +24V31
5 +24V3 PDB23 – – K207 D762 PWR10
F71<4A> (PD71) +24V32
F72<4A> (PD72) +24V41
4 +24V4 PDA23 – – K203 D680-681 F73<4A> (PD73) +24V42 PWR10
F74<4A> (PD74) +24V43
3
PS2 F75<2A> (PD75) +24V50 PWR4/5
PWR23 F76<4A> (PD76) +24V51
2 +24V5 PAC23
PDA23 F77<4A> (PD77) +24V52 PWR11
– – K204 D680-681
F78<4A> (PD78) +24V53
F79<4A> (PD79) +24V61 20
1 +24V6 PDA23 F80<4A> (PD80) +24V62 PWR11
– – K205 D680-681
F81<4A> (PD81) +24V63
20-41
<Example 2> No +5V_MC Output Due to Faulty DC Module of DC Power Supply Unit PS1
(PD16) (PD17) (PD13) (PD18) (PD19) (PD20) (PD21)

PS2
AC FAN DC +24V3 +24V4 +24V5 +24V6
PS1

RS12V1 MC5V1 ON/OFF
AlphaII PWR23
F57<2A> (PD57) D+12V0_IM
ATX23
<GMC23>
F59<5A> (PD59) D+12V2_IM
F51<4A> (PD51) A+24V1_RS
A+24V_RS
F54<4A> (PD54) A+12V1_RS
A+12V_RS LDD23
GEP23
A-12V_RS F56<4A> (PD56) A-12V_RS
PS1 CTL23 F60<2A> (PD60) D+5V0_MC
PWR23
D+5V_MC F61<5A> (PD61) D+5V1_MC
PDA23
PDB23 F62<5A> (PD62) D+5V2_MC
2
F63<4A> (PD63) +24V01 PWR8
PAC23
+24V0 PDA23 +24V02
PDB23 F64<4A> (PD64)
K206 D724 – (PD65) +24V03
F66<4A> (PD66) +24V11
+24V1
F67<4A> (PD67) +24V12
1 PDB23 PWR9
F68<4A> (PD68) +24V21
+24V2
F69<4A> (PD69) +24V22
AlphaII PWR23
F70<4A> (PD70) +24V31
5 +24V3 PDB23 – – K207 D762 PWR10
F71<4A> (PD71) +24V32
F72<4A> (PD72) +24V41
4 +24V4 PDA23 – – K203 D680-681 F73<4A> (PD73) +24V42 PWR10
F74<4A> (PD74) +24V43
3
PS2 F75<2A> (PD75) +24V50 PWR4/5
PWR23 F76<4A> (PD76) +24V51
2 +24V5 PAC23
PDA23 F77<4A> (PD77) +24V52 PWR11
– – K204 D680-681
F78<4A> (PD78) +24V53
F79<4A> (PD79) +24V61
1 +24V6 PDA23 F80<4A> (PD80) +24V62 PWR11
– – K205 D680-681
F81<4A> (PD81) +24V63
20-42
<Example 3> Blown Fuse F60 (D+5V_MC)on PWR23 Circuit Board
(PD16) (PD17) (PD13) (PD18) (PD19) (PD20) (PD21)

PS2
AC FAN DC +24V3 +24V4 +24V5 +24V6
PS1 (PD2) (PD3) (PD7) (PD4) (PD8) (PD9) (PD10) (PD11) (PD5) (PD6) (PD12) (PD14)

RS12V1 MC5V1 ON/OFF
AlphaII PWR23
F57<2A> (PD57) D+12V0_IM
ATX23
<GMC23>
F59<5A> (PD59) D+12V2_IM
F51<4A> (PD51) A+24V1_RS
A+24V_RS
F54<4A> (PD54) A+12V1_RS
A+12V_RS "LDD23
GEP23
A-12V_RS F56<4A> (PD56) A-12V_RS
PS1 "CTL23 F60<2A> (PD60) D+5V0_MC
PWR23
D+5V_MC F61<5A> (PD61) D+5V1_MC
PDA23
PDB23 F62<5A> (PD62) D+5V2_MC
2
F63<4A> (PD63) +24V01 PWR8
PAC23
+24V0 PDA23 +24V02
PDB23 F64<4A> (PD64)
K206 D724 – (PD65) +24V03
F66<4A> (PD66) +24V11
+24V1
F67<4A> (PD67) +24V12
1 PDB23 PWR9
F68<4A> (PD68) +24V21
+24V2
F69<4A> (PD69) +24V22
AlphaII PWR23
F70<4A> (PD70) +24V31
5 +24V3 PDB23 – – K207 D762 PWR10
F71<4A> (PD71) +24V32
F72<4A> (PD72) +24V41
4 +24V4 PDA23 – – K203 D680-681 F73<4A> (PD73) +24V42 PWR10
F74<4A> (PD74) +24V43
3
PS2 F75<2A> (PD75) +24V50 PWR4/5
"PWR23 F76<4A> (PD76) +24V51
2 +24V5 PAC23
PDA23 F77<4A> (PD77) +24V52 PWR11
– – K204 D680-681
F78<4A> (PD78) +24V53
F79<4A> (PD79) +24V61 20
1 +24V6 PDA23 F80<4A> (PD80) +24V62 PWR11
– – K205 D680-681
F81<4A> (PD81) +24V63
20-43
20.6.5 Circuit Board Layout Diagrams
■ PWR23 Circuit Board
L21208
20-44
A■ TX23 Circuit Board
L21201
20
20-45
■ LDD23 Circuit Board
L21205
20-46
■ CTL23 Circuit Board
20
L21206
20-47
■ PDA23 Circuit Board
L21207
20-48
■ PDB23 Circuit Board
20
L21203
20-49
■ PAC23 Circuit Board
L21204
20-50
■ GEP23 Circuit Board
20
L21202
20-51
20.7 Printer/Processor Wiring Diagrams
20.7.1 AC Power Supply Wiring Diagram

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
PDU23-1 PDU23-2
A K1 TB3
Li Lo (BLK) (BLK) (BLK) (BLK) 1 1 (BLK)
1 1
JPW1
JPW1
CP2 1 2 1 1
PW1
PW1
2 2 (WHT) 2 2 (WHT)
(WHT) (WHT) 3 3 (WHT) 2 2 (BLK) 3 3 (BLK) to EZ01300 ( main power supply )
3 4 4 4
(WHT) (WHT)
(ORG)
5 6
(BLK) to PAC17 _ 1p/6p
(BLK)
PDU23-0 : <Single Phase>
SPS
TB1 NFB1 NF1
B (RED) (RED) (RED)
TB2 LB1
Li Lo (BLK) 1
L L1 L1 1Li 1Lo (BLK) (BLK) 1 3 L 4 (BLK) 1
PAC02
PAC02
1 1 1Li 1Lo CP1 +24V S+24V
(BLK)
SPS1
SPS1
SPS2
SPS2
(ORG) (ORG) C1 3
L2 L2 2Li 2Lo 2 2 2Li 2Lo (WHT) 3 +24V
(BRN) (BRN) 2 4 N 2 (WHT) 2
(WHT) (WHT) GND SGND
L3 L3 3Li 3Lo 1
(BLU) (BLU) (YEL/GRN) 5 GND
N N N FG
4Li 4Lo
(YEL/GRN) (YEL/GRN)
(YEL)
(YEL)
NF2
C LB2
(BLK) Li Lo (BLK)
K2
(BLK) 1
PAC12
PAC12
(BLK) (BLK) 1 3 CP3 1 2 (L21) 200V IN
3 3 1Li 1Lo
C2 (WHT) (WHT) 2
4 4 2Li 2Lo 3 4 (N21) 200V IN
2 4
(WHT) (WHT)
(ORG)
5 6 to PAC17 _ 4p/9p
(BLK)
(YEL/GRN)
K3
(BLK) Li Lo (BLK) (BLK) 1 230-210V S1 200-220V
(YEL)
(YEL)
(L22) 200V IN
PAC10
PAC10
CP4 1 2 2
(WHT) (WHT) 3
3 4 (N22) 200V IN
4
(ORG)
5 6 to PAC17 _ 2p/7p
(BLK)
LB3 NF3
D (BLK) Li Lo (BLK)
K4
(BLK) 1
PAC11
PAC11
(BLK) (BLK) CP5 1 2 (L31) 200V IN
5 5 1Li 1Lo
C3
1 3
(WHT)
3 4
(WHT) 2 (N31) 200V IN
PAC23
6 6 2Li 2Lo 2 4
(BLU) (WHT) (WHT)
(ORG)
(ORG) 5 6 to PAC17 _ 5p/10p
(BLK)
7 7
(BRN) (YEL/GRN)
K5
(BLK) Li Lo (BLK)
K1_6p (C+)
K3_6p (C+)
K5_6p (C+)
K2_6p (C+)
K4_6p (C+)
(BLK) 1
K1_5p (C-)
K3_5p (C-)
K5_5p (C-)
K2_5p (C-)
K4_5p (C-)
PAC09
PAC09
(YEL/GRN) CP6 1 2 (L32) 200V IN
2
(WHT) (WHT) 3 (N32) 200V IN
3 4
(ORG)
5 6
(BLK) to PAC17 _ 3p/8p PAC17
PAC17
1 6 2 7 3 8 4 9 5 10
E
(ORG)
(ORG)
(ORG)
(ORG)
(ORG)
(BLK)
(BLK)
(BLK)
(BLK)
(BLK)
<PAC17> to K1-K5_6p/5p
F PDU23-0 : <3-Phase/4-Wire> PDU23-0 : <3-Phase/3-Wire>
TB1 NFB1 TB2 TB1 NFB1 TB2

(RED) (RED) (RED) (BLK) (RED) (RED) (RED) (BLK)
L1 L1 L1 1Li 1Lo 1 1 L1 L1 L1 1Li 1Lo 1 1
(ORG) (ORG) (WHT) (ORG) (ORG) (ORG) (WHT)
L2 L2 L2 2Li 2Lo 2 2 L2 L2 L2 2Li 2Lo 2 2
(BRN) (BRN) (BRN) (BRN)
L3 L3 L3 3Li 3Lo L3 L3 L3 3Li 3Lo
(BLU) (BLU) (BLU) (BLU)
N N N 4Li 4Lo N N N 4Li 4Lo
(YEL)
(YEL)
(YEL/GRN) (YEL/GRN)
(ORG) (BLK) (BLK)
(YEL)
3 3 3 3
G 4 4
(WHT)
4 4
(WHT)
(YEL)
(YEL)
(BRN) (BLK) (BLK)

5 5 5 5
(WHT) (BRN) (WHT)
(BLU) 6 6 6 6
(YEL/GRN) (YEL/GRN) (BLU)

7 7 7 7
(YEL) (YEL) (YEL)
H
20-53
F
E
B
A
H
D
C
20-54
H760 (L) Dryer Heater H760
(BLK)
H760
H760 (N)
1
(200V378W/240V544W)
1 4
1 4
1 4
(WHT)
20.7.2
A1 A2 A3
A26 A25 A24
(BLK)
H760
H760
H762 (N)
H762
(200V378W/240V544W)
2 5
2 5
2 5
PAC06
PAC06
(WHT)

(BLK)
H764
H764 (N) (200V378W/240V544W)
3 6
3 6
3 6
(WHT)

2
(BLK)
H766
H766 (N)
1 2
1 2
1 2
(WHT) (200V378W/240V544W)
H766
H766
PAC07
PAC07
H767 (L) (BLK) Dryer Heater H767
H767
H767 (N)
3 4
3 4
3 4
(WHT) (200V378W/240V544W)
PAC01
PAC01
CTL2
CTL2
Dryer Heater H761
A24 A25 A26 B1 B2 B3

H761 (L) (BLK) H761
(200V378W/240V544W)
A3A2 A1 B26 B25 B24

H761 (N)
1 5
1 4
1 4
(WHT)
CTL23 Circuit Board

3
H763 (L)
Dryer Heater H763
(BLK)
H761
H761
H763
H763 (N) (200V378W/240V544W)
2 6
2 5
2 5
(WHT)
PAC08
PAC08
H765 (L) (BLK) Dryer Heater H765
H765
H765 (N)
3 7
3 6
3 6
(WHT) (200V378W/240V544W)
NC NC
NC NC
4 8
H700 (L) P1 Heater

(BLK)
H700 (N) NC
1 2
H700
H700
H700
(WHT) (200V/250W)
1 2 3
1 2 3
4
B3 B2 B1
B24 B25 B26

PAC04
PAC04
PAC23 Circuit Board Wiring Diagram
H702 (L)
(BLK) PS1/2/3 Heater
H702 (N) NC
3 4
H702
H702
H702
(WHT) (200V/375W)
1 2 3
1 2 3
H701 (L) P2 Heater

(BLK)
H701 (N) N.C
1 4
H701
H701
H701
(WHT) (200V/250W)
1 2 3
1 2 3
NC NC
NC NC
2 5
PAC05
PAC05
5
H703 (L)
(BLK) PS4 Heater
H703 (N) N.C
3 6
H703
H703
H703
(WHT) (200V/375W)
1 2 3
1 2 3
+24V02
To PWR5 (ORG)
GND-24V0
PAC15
PAC15
1 2
1 2
1 2
200V (L) IN Dryer Heater Input (L22) 200V
JPWC1
JPWC1
(BLK) (BLK)
200V (N) IN (From Relay K3)
(WHT)
200V (L) IN NC
PAC10
PAC10
200V (N) IN NC
1 3 2 4
6
+24V50
(ORG)
GND-24V5
5 2
5 2
5 2
(BLK)
200V (L) IN Dryer Heater Input (L32) 200V
(BLK)
D760+ 200V (N) IN
(From Relay K5)
PAC09
PAC09
(ORG) (WHT)
D760- NC NC
1 3 2
6 3
6 3
6 3
(BLK)
To PWR8
PAC14
PAC14
JPWC2
JPWC2
D762B-
(ORG)
D762x rtn
7 4
7 4
7 4
(BLK)
200V (L) IN Solution Heater (L21) 200V
CHECK+ (BLK)
(BLK) 200V (N) IN (From Relay K2)
PAC12
PAC12
CHECK-
1 2
(WHT)
1 8
1 8
1 8
(BLK)
7
200V (L) IN Solution Heater (L31) 200V

(BLK)
200V (N) IN (From Relay K4)
PAC11
PAC11
1 2
(WHT)
D +
PAC13
PAC13
D Rtn
1 2
1A
S+24V
1
1
(ORG) (ORG)
S+24V
Rtn
2
1 2
2
(BLK) (BLK) STANDBY Switch

D684
C1550AT-WW
2A 4B
JD684
JD684
D684+
3
3
D684- (RED) (RED)

8
3 4
4
4
(GRY) (GRY)
5B
PAC16
PAC16
SPS LED (A)

5
1
1
(BRN) (BRN) To JKEY1 (Operation Panel)

GND-24S
JKEY4
JKEY4
JKEY3
JKEY3
6
1 2
2
2
1 2
(BLK) (BLK)
K1 (+)
(ORG)
Relay for DC Power Supply (K1) K1 (-)
1 6
(BLK)
K3 (+)
Dryer Heater 1 (K3) (ORG)
K3 (-)
2 7
(BLK)
K5 (+)
Dryer Heater 2 (K5) (ORG)
K5 (-)
PAC17
PAC17
3 8
(BLK)
9
1
1
1
(YEL) (YEL) COM

Dryer Unit Open/Close Detecting Interlock Switch
3
6
6
(YEL) (YEL) NO (V-152-1C26)

D762A
D762A
NC
K2 (+)
(ORG)
JD762
JD762
Solution Heater 2 (K2) K2 (-)

4 9
(BLK)
From PWR23
2
2
2
(YEL) (YEL) COM

Dryer Section Cover Open/Close Detecting
4
7
7
K4 (+) (YEL) (YEL) NO

PAC23 Circuit Board
(ORG) NC
Interlock Switch (V-152-1C26)
D762B
D762B
Solution Heater 2 (K4) K4 (-)

NC NC
(BLK)
3
5 10
NC NC
8
3 8
JSO12
JSO12
D760A (+) Dryer Heater Safety Thermostat 1

1
1
1
1
1
4
4
1
1
(ORG) (ORG) (ORG) (ORG)

D760A (-) (03EP-15A06B-090)
D760A
8
7
7
4
4
9
9
2
2
(BLK) (BLK) (BLK) (BLK)

NC NC
3
NC NC
D760
D760
JD760
JD760
6
3 6
10
D760B (+) Dryer Heater Safety Thermostat 2

2
2
2
2
2
5
5
3
3

D760B (-) (03EP-15A06B-090)
D760B
9
8
8
5
5
4
4

10
10
NC
NC
3 10
+24V02 D700 (+) P1 Heater Safety Thermostat

(RED) (RED) (ORG) (ORG) (ORG)
D700
D700
D700
F630A D700 (-) (03EP-15A06B-090)

1 2
1 2
Power Supply Cooling Fan (WHT) (WHT)

3 9
3 9
1 5
1 5
F630
F630
F630
F630
4 11
GND-24V0 (BLK) (BLK) (BLK)

1 3 5
1 3 5
1 3 5
(BLK) (BLK)
1 3 4
4 2 1
JD700
JD700
PAC18
PAC18
+24V02
F630B D701 (+) P2 Heater Safety Thermostat
(ORG) (ORG) (ORG)
D701
D701
D701
GND-24V0 D701 (-) (03EP-15A06B-090)

2 4 6
2 4 6
2 4 6
1 2
1 2
2 6
2 6
5 12
4 10
4 10
(BLK) (BLK) (BLK)

+24V02
JFAN4
JFAN4
PAC03
PAC03
(RED) (RED)
JD701
JD701
F631A
Power Supply Cooling Fan (WHT) (WHT)
11
GND-24V0
F631A
F631A
F631A
F631A
(BLK) (BLK)
D702 (+)
(ORG) (ORG) (ORG)
PS1/2/3 Heater Safety Thermostat
1 3 4
4 2 1
7 9 11
7 9 11
7 9 11
D702
D702
D702
D702 (-) (03EP-15A06B-090)

1 2
1 2
3 7
3 7
(BLK) (BLK) (BLK)

6 13
5 11
5 11
+24V02
(RED) (RED)
Power Supply Cooling Fan F631B
(WHT) (WHT) PS4 Heater Safety Thermostat
D703 (+)
F631B
F631B
F631B
F631B
GND-24V0 (ORG) (ORG) (ORG)

8 10 12
8 10 12
8 10 12
(BLK) (BLK)
1 3 4
4 2 1
D703
D703
D703
D703 (-) (03EP-15A06B-090)

1 2
1 2
4 8
4 8
7 14
6 12
6 12
(BLK) (BLK) (BLK)

NC
S+24V
(ORG)
SGND
12
PAC02
PAC02
1 2
(BLK)
SPS2
NC
NC
ZWS30-24/JEZ
4 2 3 1
Auxiliary Power Supply
F
E
B
AA
H
D
C
G
Left-hand Door Interlock Switch 1 NC
1
20.7.3
NO
(V-152-1C25)
D681A
D681A
COM
pwr35_check3+ pwr1_check+ pwr1_check+

(BLK) (BLK)
Left-hand Door Interlock Switch 2 NC pwr35_check3- pwr1_check- pwr1_check-
NO (YEL) D681A/D681B+ (BLK)
(V-152-1C25) pwr35_check+ pwr35_check+
D681B
D681B
COM (YEL) (YEL) (BLK)
D681A/D681B- pwr35_check- pwr35_check-
1 3
1 3
1 14 8 2
(YEL) (YEL) (BLK)
ps1 AC_Fail1 ps1 AC_Fail1
(GRY)
ps2 AC_Fail2 ps2 AC_Fail2
JIL1
JIL1
Magazine Door Interlock Switch 1 NC (GRY)
NO D680A/D680B+ ps1 Fan_ALM1 ps1 Fan_ALM1
(V-152-1C25) (GRY)
D680A
D680A
COM (YEL) (YEL) ps2 Fan_ALM2 ps2 Fan_ALM2
D680A/D680B-
(GRY)
2 4
2 4
9 3
(YEL) (YEL)
ps1 DC_Fail1 ps1 DC_Fail1
(GRY)
NC NC ps2 DC_Fail2 ps2 DC_Fail2
Magazine Door Interlock Switch 2 NC (GRY)
NO (YEL) NC NC +24V50_Fail +24V50_Fail
10 4
(V-152-1C25) (GRY)
D680B
D680B
COM D+5V0_MC_Fail D+5V0_MC_Fail
22 2 21 1 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13
(GRY)
MC5V1m_Fail NC
PWR1
PWR1
CTL11
CTL11
MC5V1s_Fail NC
2
RS12V1m_Fail RS12V1m_Fail1
(GRY)
RS12V1s_Fail RS12V1s_Fail1
PWR4
PWR4
(GRY)
D680A/D680B D680A/D680B
(GRY)
D681A/D681B D681A/D681B
(GRY)
NC NC (D682x)
Replenisher Box Door Open/Close (GRY)
NC D724 D724
Detecting Interlock Switch NO (GRY)
D724+ D762A D762A
D724
D724
(V-152-1C25) COM (YEL) (YEL) (YEL) (YEL) (GRY)
D762B
JIL3
JIL3
D724- D762B
11 5
1 2
1 2
1 4
1 4
(YEL) (YEL) (YEL) (YEL) (GRY)
GND-5MC <CTL> GND-5MC <CTL>
JD724
JD724
(BLK)
GND-5MC <CTL> GND-5MC <CTL>
12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3
1 3 2 4
1 3 2 4
1 23 2 24 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 (BLK)
JIL2
JIL2
D762A+
(YEL) (YEL)
D762A-
To JS012 (YEL) (YEL)
D762B+
JD762
JD762
(YEL) (YEL)
3
D762B- pwr2_check+
12 6 13 7
1 3 2 4
1 3 2 4
2 5 3 6
2 5 3 6
(YEL) (YEL) pwr2_check+ (BLK) pwr2_check-
pwr2_check-
(BLK)
MC5V1m_Fail MC5V1m_Fail
(BLK)
MC5V1s_Fail MC5V1s_Fail
(BLK)
+24V13_on/off +24V13_on/off
(GRY)
+24V46_on/off +24V46_on/off
(GRY)
AUX1_on/off AUX1_on/off
PWR2
PWR2
(GRY)
AUX2_on/off AUX2_on/off
CTL23 Circuit Board
1 10 2 3 4 5 6 7
(GRY) NC
CTL3
CTL3
NC GND-5MC <PWR>
GND-5MC <PWR> GND-5MC <PWR>

(BLK)
GND-5MC <PWR> GND-5MC <PWR>
8 9
(BLK)
NC GND-5MC <PWR>
NC
NC
NC
4
1 16 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
PWR23 Circuit Board Wiring Diagram
D+5V1_MC +5V
(RED)
GND-5MC GND
(BLK)
D+5V1_MC +5V
(RED)
GND-5MC GND
CTL6
CTL6
(BLK)
D+5V2_MC +5V2
(RED)
GND-5MC GND2
2 3 5 6 4 1
(BLK)
1 4 12 15 13 16
D+5V2_MC NC
D+12V0_IM D+12V0_IM
(RED) GND-5MC NC
GND-12IM
5
GND-12IM (BLK) +24V03 NC

D+12V0_IM NC NC D+12V0_IM
GND-12IM +24V01 NC
GND-12IM NC NC
2 5 9 18
D+12V1_IM D+12V1_IM
(RED)
GND-12IM GND-12IM
(BLK) D+5V2_MC
D+12V1_IM (RED)
PWR7
PWR7
D+12V1_IM To PDA17
(RED) GND-5MC
JPWA1
JPWA1
GND-12IM
3 6
1 2
1 2
GND-12IM (BLK) (BLK)

D+12V2_IM D+12V2_IM
(RED)
GND-12IM GND-12IM
(BLK)
D+12V2_IM
ATX1
ATX1
D+12V2_IM (RED)
GND-12IM GND-12IM
(BLK)
1 4 9 12 2 5 10 13 3 6 11 14
1 4 7 10 2 5 8 11 3 6 9 12
D+5V2_MC (RED) To PDB13

GND-5MC
JPWB1
JPWB1
1 2
1 2
(BLK)
14 17
PWR8
PWR8
LED (Atx_out) _A
(BRN)
LED (Atx_in) _A To JKEY1
6
(RED)
LED (Atx_xx) _K
JKEY2
JKEY2
(BLK)
LED (Atx_xx) _K NC +24V01
(ORG)
1 2 3 4
1 2 3 4
To PDA18
7 8 15 16
GND-24V0
JPWA2
JPWA2
1 2
1 2
(BLK)
7 10
Image Control Box
A+12V1 RS +24V02 (ORG)

A+12V1_RS (RED)
GND-12RS GND-24V0 To PDB14
GND_12RS (BLK) (BLK)
GND-12RS +24V03
JPWB2
JPWB2
GND_12RS (ORG)
GEP9
GEP9
(BLK) GND-24V0
A-12V RS
1 3 2 4
1 3 2 4
A-12V1_RS (BLK)
19 21 20 22
2 1 4 3
(BLK)
19 21 23 24
7
PWR23 Circuit Board
+24V02
(ORG) To PAC15
GND-24V0
JPWC1
JPWC1
1 2
1 2
(BLK)
8 11
A+24V2 RS
IL+24V1 (ORG)
NC NC A+24V2 RS
IL+24V1
IL24G1 GND-24RS
(BLK)
IL24G1 NC NC GND-24RS
A+12V2 RS +24V11 (ORG)
IL+12V1 (RED)
A+12V2 RS GND-24V1
IL+12V1 NC NC (BLK)
GND-12RS +24V12
IL12G1 (BLK) (ORG)
GND-12RS GND-24V1
IL12G1 NC NC (BLK) To PAC15
7 14 5 12 3 10 1 8
LDD3
LDD3
+24V21
2 14 4 16 8 20 10 22
(ORG)
JPWB3
JPWB3
NC GND-24V2
(BLK)
NC +24V22
8
(ORG)
NC
PWR6
PWR6
GND-24V2
1 5 2 6 3 7 4 8
1 5 2 6 3 7 4 8
(BLK)
1 3 10 12 5 7 14 16
NC
PWR9
PWR9
NC +24V11 NC
NC GND-24V1 NC
2 9 4 11 6 13
+24V12 NC
GND-24V1 NC
+24V21 NC
GND-24V2 NC
+24V22 NC
A+24V1 RS GND-24V2 NC
A+24V
9 11 2 4 13 15 6 8
(ORG)
A+24V NC NC A+24V1 RS
A24G GND-24RS
(BLK)
A24G NC NC GND-24RS
A+8V A+8V RS
(RED)
A+8V NC NC A+8V RS
9
A8G GND-8RS
(BLK) +24V31
A8G NC NC GND-8RS (ORG)
A+12V1 RS GND-24V2
A+12V (BLK) To PDB16
LDD4
LDD4
1 13 3 15 5 17 6 18 7
(RED) +24V32
JPWB4
JPWB4
A+12V NC (ORG)
GND-12RS GND-24V3
1 3 2 4
1 3 2 4
A12G (BLK)
1 3 11 13
(BLK)
A12G NC
A-12V RS +24V31 NC
A-12V
(BLU) NC
12
GND-24V3
A-12V NC
LDD23 Circuit Board
+24V32 NC
A-12G GND-12RS
(BLK) GND-24V3 NC
11
A-12G NC
8 16 7 15 6 14 5 13 4 12 3 11 2 10 1 9
+24V41 NC
+24V42 NC
PWR10
PWR10
+24V43 NC
GND-24V4 NC
10 12 2 4 14 6 16 18
(BLK)
pwr35_check+ +24V41
(ORG)
pwr35_check2+ GND-24V4
10
(BLK) To PDA18
CPUPOWERC RS12V1m_Fail +24V42 (ORG)
JPWA3
JPWA3
(GRY)
+12VPOWERC RS12V1s_Fail GND-24V4
(GRY) (BLK)
POWRONC A+24V on/off +24V43
PWR3
PWR3
(GRY) (ORG)
POWERONC A+8V on/off GND-24V4
LDD2
LDD2
5 8 15 17 7 9
1 5 2 6 3 7 4 8
1 5 2 6 3 7 4 8
(GRY) (BLK)
PCE GND-5MC <PWR>
(BLK)
PCE GND-5MC <PWR>
1 2 3 4 5 6
1 8 2 3 4 5 6 7
(BLK)
+24V51
(ORG)
GND-24V5
(BLK)
+24V52
(ORG)
GND-24V5
(BLK)
+24V53
(ORG)
GND-24V5
11
(BLK) To PDA19
+24V61
(ORG)
JPWA4
JPWA4
GND-24V6
(BLK)
+24V62
(ORG)
GND-24V6
+24V50 (BLK)
(ORG) +24V63
GND-24V5 (ORG)
(BLK) GND-24V6
PWR11
PWR11
D760+ (BLK)
1 4 12 14 3 5 6 9 17 20 8 10
1 7 2 8 3 9 4 10 5 11 6 12
1 7 2 8 3 9 4 10 5 11 6 12
(ORG)
D760-
To PAC14 (BLK) +24V51 NC
D762B-
PWR5
PWR5
(ORG)
JPWC2
JPWC2
+24V52 NC
D762x rtn
(BLK) +24V53 NC
pwr35 check3+
(BLK) GND-24V5 NC
pwr35 check-
5 2 6 3 7 4 1 8
5 2 6 3 7 4 1 8
5 2 6 3 7 4 1 8
(BLK) +24V61 NC
+24V62 NC
+24V63 NC
GND-24V6 NC
11 2 13 15 16 7 18 19
12
20-55
F
E
B
A
H
D
C
20-56
1
20.7.4
CTL_CN_ST4
CTL_CN_ST4
19 2
(BLK)
A1 A2 A3
A26 A25 A24

FS706
(RED) (RED)
FS706_Rtn PS4 Solution Concentration Sensor
(WHT) (WHT)
FS706
FS706
FS706
AG2 N.C N.C
1 3 5
1 3 5
1 2 3
1 2 3
20 18 17
TS700 P1 Tank Temperature Sensor
(RED) (RED)
2
(0) AG (YT205-56)
(WHT) (WHT)
TS700
TS700
TS700
FG2 N.C N.C
2 4 6
2 4 6
1 2 3
1 2 3
16 14 12
TS701 P2 Tank Temperature Sensor
(RED) (RED)
(0) AG
(WHT) (WHT) (YT205-56)
TS701
TS701
TS701
FG2 N.C N.C
CTL7
CTL7
1 2 3
1 2 3
15 13 11
7 9 11
7 9 11
ana1
ana1
TS702 (RED) (RED) PS1/2/3 Tank Temperature Sensor
(0) AG
(WHT) (WHT) (YT205-56)
TS702
TS702
TS702
FG2 N.C N.C
1 2 3
1 2 3
10 8 6
8 10 12
8 10 12
CTL2
CTL2
PAC01
PAC01
A24A25 A26 B1B2 B3
3
TS703 (RED) (RED) PS4 Tank Temperature Sensor
A3A2A1 B26 B25B24

(0) AG (YT205-56)
(WHT) (WHT) TS703
TS703
TS703
FG2 N.C N.C
9 7 5
1 2 3
1 2 3
13 15 17
13 15 17
PAC23 Circuit Board

TS760 Dryer Temperature Sensor
(RED) (RED) (RED)
(0) AG (GP1AQ36L)
1 2
1 2
TS760
TS760
TS760
(WHT) (WHT) (WHT)

ana2
ana2
FG2
4 3 1
1 2 3
1 2 3
14 16 18
14 16 18
(DGND) CTL_CN_ST4
CTL_CN_ST4
(BLK)
2 11
NC
A+5Va
B3B2B1
1 10
B24B25 B26
A+5Va +5V
(RED)
HS760-2 RHV (Humidity)
1 2
(WHT)
FG2 Temperature/Humidity Sensor
9 7 3
CTL15
CTL15
(CHS-CMC-08)
HS760
HS760
(0) AG GND - TH1

(RED)
CTL23 Circuit Board Wiring Diagram (1/3)
HS760-1 TH2
3 4
(WHT)
FG2
(0) AG 6 8 4
NC
5 12
5
CTL_CN_ST3
CN_STS (BLK) (BLK)
CN_Rtn DGND
(BLK) (BLK)
+5V D+5V2
1 12 2
1 12 2
1 12 2
(RED) (RED) D+5V2
GND DGND2
Circuit Board
3
3
3
(BLK) (BLK) DGND2
CTL4
CTL4
RXD OPTXD
(BRN) (BRN)
TXD OPRXD
(RED) (RED)
GND DGND
4 5 6
4 5 6
4 5 6
(BLK) (BLK) NC
1 10 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 2
Temperature/Humidity
JKEY1
JKEY1
KEY1
KEY1
6
PL1_K (BLK)
(BLK)
PL1_GA (BRN)
(BRN)
PL1_RA
JKEY2
JKEY2
7 8 9
7 8 9
7 8 9
(RED) (RED)
3 1 2 4
3 1 2 4
KEY23 Circuit Board

PL2_A (BRN)
(BRN)
JKEY3
JKEY3
PL2_K
1 2
1 2
(BLK)
10 11
10 11
10 11
T1
T1
(BLK)
C1
C1
T2
T2
T3
T3
CTL5
CTL5
C2 C3
C2 C3
7
CTL23 Circuit Board (1/3)
D653_0
To GEP10 (RED)
D653_Rtn
(BLK)
jgep
jgep
CTL8
CTL8
CTL_CN_ST4
(BLK)
CTL_CN_ST4
2 3 1 4
2 3 1 4
(BLK)
8
T16
T16
pwr2_check+ CPWR_CN_ST1 (DGND)

(BLK) CPWR_CN_ST1
pwr2_check-
C16
C16
(BLK) CIOV_STS2
MC5V1m_Fail
(BLK)
T17
T17
MC5V1s_Fail CTLV_STS2
(BLK)
CTL1
CTL1
GPR2
GPR2
+24V1-3on
C17
C17
+24V13_on/off (GRY) +24V4-6on

+24V46_on/off
T18
T18
(GRY)
AUX1_on/off Spare 1
(GRY)
PWR2
PWR2
Spare 2
C18
C18
AUX2_on/off
1 10 2 3 4 5 6 7
(GRY) NC
CTL3
CTL3
NC Rtn
Image Control Box
9
Rtn
GND-5MC <PWR> (BLK) Rtn
GND-5MC <PWR>
8 9
(BLK) Rtn
NC
NC
NC
NC
1 16 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
pwr1_check+ CPWR
pwr1_check- (BLK)
CPWR
pwr35_check+ (BLK)
PWR_CN_ST
pwr35_check- (BLK)
PWR_CN_ST
ps1 AC_Fail1 (BLK)
AC_Fail1
ps2 AC_Fail2 (GRY) AC_Fail2
10
(GRY)
ps1 Fan_ALM1 Fan_ALM1
(GRY) Fan_ALM2
ps2 Fan_ALM2
T32
T32
(GRY)
ps1 DC_Fail1 DC_Fail1
C32
C32
ps2 DC_Fail2 (GRY)

DC_Fail2
(GRY)
+24V50_Fail +24V50_Fail
T33
T33
(GRY)
D+5V0_MC_Fail MC5V0_Fail
C33
C33
(GRY)
22 2 21 1 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13
MC5V1m_Fail
CTL11
CTL11
PWR1
PWR1
T34
T34
MC5V1s_Fail
RS12V1m_Fail RS12V1m_Fail1
(GRY)
C34
C34
RS12V1s_Fail RS12V1s_Fail1
(GRY)
D680A/D680B D680A/D680B
(GRY)
D681A/D681B D681A/D681B
PWR23 Circuit Board
NC (GRY)
D682
(GRY) D724
D724
(GRY) D762A
D762A
D762B (GRY) D762B
(GRY)
11
GND-5MC <CTL> DGND

(BLK)
GND-5MC <CTL> DGND
12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3
(BLK)
1 23 2 24 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1112 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22
D+5V1_MC +5V
(RED)
GND-5MC GND
D+5V1_MC (BLK)
+5V
(RED)
GND-5MC GND
CTL6
CTL6
(BLK)
PWR8
PWR8
D+5V2_MC +5V2
GND-5MC (RED)
GND2
2 3 5 6 4 1
1 4 12 15 13 16
(BLK)
12
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
JND23 Circuit Board

B
A50 A49 A48 A4 A3 A2 A1 B50 B49 B48 B3 B2 B1

JND1
JND1
CTL9
CTL9
A1 A2 A3 A4 A48 A49 A50 B1 B2 B3 B48 B49 B50
D CTL23 Circuit Board (2/3)
A1 A2 A3 A4 A32 A33 A34 B1 B2 B3 B32 B33 B34

CTL10
CTL10
JNE1
JNE1
A34 A33 A32 A4 A3 A2 A1 B34 B33 B32 B3 B2 B1
F
JNE23 Circuit Board
20-57
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
PDB23 Circuit Board

B
B1 B2 B3 B4 B47 B48 B49 B50 A1 A2 A3 A4 A28 A29 A30

PDB1
PDB1
CTL12
CTL12
A1 A2 A3 A4 A47 A48 A49 A50 B1 B2 B3 B47 B48 B49 B50
D CTL23 Circuit Board (3/3)

A1 A2 A3 A4 A47 A48 A49 A50 B1 B2 B3 B47 B48 B49 B50 A1 A2 A3 A4 A28 A29 A30B1 B2 B3 B28 B29 B30
CTL13 CTL14
CTL13 CTL14
PDA1 PDA2
PDA1 PDA2
B1 B2 B3 B47 B48 B49 B50 A1 A2 A3 A4 A47 A48 A49 A50 B1 B2 B3 B28 B29 B30 A1 A2 A3 A4 A28 A29 A30
F
PDA23 Circuit Board PDA23 Circuit Board
20-58
F
E
B
A
H
D
C
G
1
D+5Va (RED) (RED) (RED)

Upper Cutter Open
20.7.5
D601 (BLU) (BLU) (BLU)
D601
1 3 5
1 3 5
1 2 3
1 3 5
DGND
1 3 5
1 3 5
(BLK) (BLK) (BLK) (Home Position) Sensor
jha3
D+5Va
A1 A2 A3 A4
(RED) (RED) (RED)
A50 A49 A48

jha3/jha6
D602 Upper Cutter Close Sensor
(BLU) (BLU) (BLU)
D602
2 4 6
2 4 6
2 4 6
1 2 3
DGND (BLK) (BLK) (BLK)
2 4 6 78
2 4 6 78
D610 (RED) (RED) (RED) Upper Magazine ID Sensor 1
7 9
7 9
7 9
1 2
D610
D610
1 3
1 3
DGND (GRY) (GRY) (GRY)
2
1 2
D611
D611
2 4
2 4
DGND
8 10
8 10
8 10
(GRY) (GRY) (GRY)

1 2
D612
D612
5 7
5 7
DGND
1113
1113
1113
(GRY) (GRY) (GRY)

1 2
D613
D613
6 8
6 8
DGND
1214
1214
1214
(GRY) (GRY) (GRY)

D614
D614
1 2
DGND
1517
1517
1517
9 11
9 11
(GRY) (GRY) (GRY)
jha4
jha4/jha7
DGND
1 2
D615
D615
1618
1618
1618
1012
1012
(GRY) (GRY) (GRY)
3
jha1
jha1
D617 Upper Magazine
JND2
JND2
(RED) (RED) (RED)
DGND
1 2
D617
D617
Open/Close Sensor 1
1921
1921
1921
1315
1315
(GRY) (GRY) (GRY)
D618 Upper Magazine
(RED) (RED) (RED)
1 2
DGND Open/Close Sensor 2

D618
D618
2022
2022
2022
1416
1416
(GRY) (GRY) (GRY)
D+5Va (RED) (RED) (RED) Upper Magazine

D616
(BLU) (BLU) Paper End Sensor

D616
(BLU)
1 2 3
232527
171819
171819
DGND
232527
232527
(BLK) (BLK) (BLK)
D+5Va Upper Magazine

(RED) (RED) (RED) Splice Sensor LED
1 2
1 2
1 2
D619L
2426
2426
2426
D619L
D619L
JND1
JND1
CTL9
CTL9
(BLK) (BLK) (BLK)
(DGND)
28
28
28
jha5
A48 A49 A50 B1 B2 B3

A4 A3 A2 A1 B50 B49 B48
jha5/jha8
D+5Va (RED) (RED) (RED) Upper Magazine

D619P (BLU) (BLU) (BLU) Splice Sensor
D619P
D619P
1 2 3
3 4 5
3 4 5
DGND
293133
293133
293133
(BLK) (BLK) (BLK)
JND23 Circuit Board Wiring Diagram (1/2)
CTL23 Circuit Board

D+5Va (RED) (RED) Upper Magazine Paper Sensor
D631 (BLU) (BLU)
D631
3 2 1
303234
303234
303234
DGND (BLK) (BLK)

5
D+5Va (RED) (RED) (RED) Lower Cutter Open

D603 (BLU) (BLU) (BLU) (Home Position) Sensor
D603
1 3 5
1 3 5
1 3 5
1 3 5
1 3 5
1 2 3

jha6

jha3/jha6
D604 (BLU) (BLU) (BLU) Lower Cutter Close Sensor

D604
2 4 6
2 4 6
2 4 6
6
1 2 3

2 4 678
2 4 678
D620 (RED) (RED) (RED) Lower Magazine ID Sensor 1

1 3
1 3
7 9
7 9
7 9
1 2
D620
D620

2 4
2 4
1 2
D621
D621
DGND
8 10
8 10
8 10
(GRY) (GRY) (GRY)

5 7
5 7
1 2
D622
D622
DGND
1113
1113
1113
(GRY) (GRY) (GRY)

JND23 Circuit Board (1/2)

7
6 8
6 8
D623
D623
1 2
1214
DGND
1214
1214
(GRY) (GRY) (GRY)
B48 B49 B50

B3 B2 B1

1 2
DGND
1517
1517
1517
9 11
9 11
(GRY) (GRY) (GRY)

jha7
jha4/jha7

1 2
D624 D625
D624 D625
DGND
1618
1618
1618
1012
1012
(GRY) (GRY) (GRY)

Lower Magazine
jha2
jha2
D627 (RED) (RED) (RED)

Open/Close Sensor 1
1 2
D627
D627
DGND
1315
1315
1921
1921
1921
(GRY) (GRY) (GRY)

JND3
JND3
Lower Magazine
D628 (RED) (RED) (RED) Open/Close Sensor 2
1 2
D628
D628
2022
2022
2022

1416 20
1416 20
8
D+5Va (RED) (RED) (RED) Lower Magazine

D626 (BLU) (BLU) (BLU)
D626
Paper End Sensor

1 2 3
171819
171819
DGND
232425
232425
232425
(BLK) (BLK) (BLK)

26
(DGND)
26
26
D+5Va Lower Magazine

(RED) (RED) (RED)
Paper Supply/Feed Section
1 2
1 2
Splice Sensor LED

1 2
D629L
D629L
D629L
2729
2729
2729
(BLK) (BLK) (BLK)

jha8
jha5/jha8
D+5Va (RED) (RED) (RED) Lower Magazine

D629P (BLU) (BLU) (BLU) Splice Sensor
3 4 5
3 4 5
D629P
D629P
1 2 3
DGND
313335
313335
313335
(BLK) (BLK) (BLK)

9
Lower Magazine
Paper Sensor LED
1 2
1 2
1 3
D632L
D632L
D632L
2830
2830
2830
D632L
D632L
(BLK) (BLK) (BLK)
D+5Va (RED) (RED) Lower Magazine

D632P (BLU) (BLU) Paper Sensor
D632P
D632P
1 2 3
323436
323436
DGND
323436
(BLK) (BLK)
10
D+5Va Exposure Section Entrance

(RED) (RED) (RED)
1 3
1 3
1 3
1 3
1 3
Paper Sensor LED

1 2
D650L (BLK) (BLK) (BLK)

jfk2
jfk2
D+5Va Exposure Position

(RED) (RED) (RED)
Paper Sensor LED
2 4
2 4
2 4
2 4
2 4
1 2
D653L
D650L D653L
D650L D653L
(BLK) (BLK) (BLK)

11
D+5Va (RED) (RED) Exposure Section

D650P (BLU) (BLU) Entrance Paper Sensor
D650P
D650P
5 7 9
5 7 9
5 7 9
jfk1
jfk1
1 2 3
DGND
JND6
JND6
(BLK) (BLK)
D+5Va (RED) (RED) Exposure Position

D653P (BLU) (BLU) Paper Sensor
D653P
D653P
1 2 3
DGND
6 8 10
6 8 10
6 8 10
(BLK) (BLK)
D+5Va (RED) (RED) (RED) Soft Nip Home Position

D651
jfk3
jfk3
(BLU) (BLU) (BLU)

D651
Sensor (for M651)

1 2 3
1 2 3
1 2 3

11121314
11121314
11121314
(DGND)
12
Sub-scanning Section
20-59
F
E
B
A
H
D
C
20-60
1
D+5Va (RED) (RED)

D641 Tilt Home Position Sensor (for M641)
D641
D641
(BLU) (BLU)
DGND
1 2 3
1 3 5
1 3 5
1 3 5
(BLK) (BLK)
CTL_CN_ST5
NC D+5Va (RED) (RED)
Registration Section
D640L
1 3
D+5Va Paper Sensor LED
D640L
D640L
7 9
7 9
7 9
(RED) (BLK) (BLK)
D630
(BLU)
DGND
1 2 3 5 7
1 3 5
1 3 5
(BLK)
jre1
jre1
JND5
JND5
JND4
JND4
jin1
jin1
(RED) (RED) D+5Va D+5Va (RED) (RED) (RED) Nip Release Home
Feed Section D633 D642
2
D642
D642
(BLU) (BLU) (BLU) (BLU) (BLU) Position Sensor 1 (for M642)
D633
D633
Paper Sensor DGND DGND
1 2 3
1 2 3
1 2 3
3 2 1
2 4 6
2 4 6
2 4 6
(BLK) (BLK) (DGND) (BLK) (BLK) (BLK)
(DGND)
DGND
jre2
jre2
2 4 6 7 8
2 4 6 7 8
4 6 8 9 10
(BLK)
D+5Va (RED) (RED) (RED) Registration Section
D640P
(BLU) (BLU) (BLU) Paper Sensor
D640P
D640P
Registration Section
DGND
4 5 6
4 5 6
1 2 3
(BLK) (BLK) (BLK)
11 8 10 12
11 8 10 12
11 8 10 12
Back Print/Feed Section

D+5Va (RED) (RED) Nip Release Home Position
D655
3
D655
D655
DGND (BLU) (BLU) Sensor 2 (for M655)
1 2 3
1 3 5
1 3 5
1 3 5
(BLK) (BLK)
D+5Va (RED) (RED) (RED) Nip Release Home Position

D656
jfke1
jfke1
JND23 Circuit Board Wiring Diagram (2/2)
D656
D656
jfke2
jfke2
JND7
JND7
DGND (BLU) (BLU) (BLU) Sensor 3 (for M656)
1 2 3
1 2 3
1 2 3
2 4 6
2 4 6
2 4 6
(BLK) (BLK) (BLK)
NC
NC
7 8
9 10 7 8
9 10 7 8
4
Distribution Entrance Section

D+5Va Nip Release Home Position

(RED) (RED) (RED)
D662
D662
D662
DGND (BLU) (BLU) (BLU) Sensor 4 (Front) (for M662)

1 2 3
1 3 5
1 3 5
1 3 5
1 3 5
1 3 5
(BLK) (BLK) (BLK)
D+5Va (RED) (RED) (RED) Nip Release Home Position

D663P (BLU) (BLU) (BLU)
D663
D663
DGND Sensor 4 (Rear) (for M663)

2 4 6
1 2 3
(BLK) (BLK) (BLK)

2 4 6 7 8
2 4 6 7 8
2 4 6 7 8
2 4 6 7 8
jfur1
jfur1
jfur3
jfur3

5
D658P (BLU)
(BLU) (BLU)
D658P
D658P
DGND
1 2 3
(BLK) (BLK) (BLK)

7 9 11
9 11 13
9 11 13

D659P
(BLU) (BLU) (BLU)
D659P
D659P
DGND
1 2 3
101214
101214
8 1012
(BLK) (BLK) (BLK)
D+5Va (RED) (RED) Distribution Paper Sensor LED (Front)

D664L
1 3
1 2
1 2
D664L
D664L
(BLK) (BLK)
1315
6
D+5Va (RED) (RED) Distribution Paper Sensor LED (Center)

1 3
D660L
3 4
3 4
D660L
D660L
(BLK) (BLK)
14 16
D+5Va (RED) (RED) Distribution Paper Sensor LED (Rear)

D665L
1 3
5 6
5 6
D665L
D665L
(BLK) (BLK)
1718
JND23 Circuit Board (2/2)
D+5Va
D661 (RED) (RED) Distribution Home Position Sensor (for M661)
D661
D661
DGND (BLU) (BLU)

1 2 3
JND8
JND8
19 2123
(BLK) (BLK)
7 9 11
7 9 11
D+5Va (RED) (RED)

D664P (BLU) (BLU) Distribution Paper Sensor (Front)
D664P
D664P
1 2 3
DGND
7
(BLK) (BLK)
8 10 12
8 10 12
2022 24
D+5Va (RED) (RED)

D660P Distribution Paper Sensor (Center)
(BLU) (BLU)
D660P
D660P
1 2 3
DGND
131517
131517
25 2729
(BLK) (BLK)
jfur2
jfur2
D+5Va (RED) (RED)

D665P Distribution Paper Sensor (Rear)
(BLU) (BLU)
D665P
D665P
DGND
1 2 3
141618
141618
(BLK) (BLK)
2628 30
D669
(RED) (RED) Distribution Drive Standby Sensor
D669
D669
DGND
1 2
(GRY) (GRY)
19 20
19 20
31 32
8

1 3
D658L
D658L
D658L
(BLK) (BLK) (BLK)

33 35
21 22
21 22
jfur4
jfur4

1 3
D659L
D659L
D659L
(BLK) (BLK) (BLK)

34 36
23 24
23 24
D+5Va
(RED) (RED) (RED)
D697
jfur5
jfur5
D657
D657
(BLU) (BLU) (BLU)

1 2 3
DGND
373839
252627
252627
(BLK) (BLK) (BLK)

9
(DGND)
28
28
40
CTL_CN_STG
NC
D+5Va (RED) (RED)
1 3
1 2 3 5
D666L Paper Sensor LED (Front)

1 2
1 2
D666L
D666L
(BLK) (BLK)
D+5Va Speed Control Section

10
(RED) (RED)
D667L
1 3
Paper Sensor LED (Center)

4 6
3 4
3 4
D667L
D667L
(BLK) (BLK)

(RED) (RED)
D668L Paper Sensor LED (Rear)
1 3
5 6
5 6
D668L
D668L
7 9
(BLK) (BLK)
(DGND)
11
JND9
JND9
jshu1
jshu1
D+5Va (RED) (RED) Speed Control Section

D666P (BLU) (BLU) Paper Sensor (Front)
D666P
D666P
DGND
1 2 3
7 9 11
7 9 11
(BLK) (BLK)
8 10 12
11
D+5Va (RED) (RED) Speed Control Section

D667P (BLU) (BLU)
Paper Exit Section
Paper Sensor (Center)

D667P
D667P
DGND
1 2 3
131517
(BLK) (BLK)
8 10 12
8 10 12
13
13

(RED) (RED)
D668P
(BLU) (BLU) Paper Sensor (Rear)
D668P
D668P
DGND
1 2 3
141516
141516
(BLK) (BLK)
(DGND)
DGND
141618 19 20
12
F
E
B
A
H
D
C
G
1
20.7.6
D813L
Transversal Sorter (RED) (RED) (RED) (RED) DGND
1 2
5 6
5 6
1 2
1 3
7 8
7 8
7 8
7 8
7 8
D813L
D813L
Stop Sensor LED (BLK) (BLK) (BLK) (BLK)
D+5Va
1
1
1
1
1
Transversal Sorter (RED) (RED) (RED) (RED) D813P
2
D813P
D813P
Stop Sensor DGND
3 4 5
7 8 9
7 8 9
3 4 5
1 2 3
A1 A2 A3 A4
A34 A33 A32

3 5
3 5
3 5
3 5
3 5
jso6
jso6
jso3
jso3
jso7
jso7
JNES4
JNES4
D+5Va
2
2
(RED) (RED) (RED) (RED) (RED)
D814
2 4
JSO6
JSO6
(BLU) (BLU) (BLU) (BLU) (BLU)
D814
D814
D814
D814
DGND
1 2 3
1 2 3
1 2 3
6 7 8
6 7 8
2 4 6
2 4 6
4 6
4 6
6
(BLK) (BLK) (BLK)
10 11 12
(BLK) (BLK)
10 11 12
3
24-order Sorter Print (ORG) (ORG)
1 2
2 4
2 4
3 4
3 4
2 4
M812
M812
M812
Alignment Motor (BLK) (BLK)
JSO17
JSO17
JSO14
1
Transversal Sorter
* The above diagram shows the configuration of the sorter SU2400AY.

(ORG) (ORG)
1 2
1 3
1 3
M811
M811
M811
3
1 2
1 2
Drive Motor (BLK) (BLK)
CTL10
CTL10
JNES1
JNES1
A32 A33 A34 B1 B2 B3

4
A4 A3 A2 A1 B34 B33 B32
Transversal Sorter
1
(RED)
1 3
D813L
D813L
Stop Sensor LED
2
(BLK)
CTL23 Circuit Board
Transversal Sorter (RED)

(BLU)
jso7
D813P
D813P
Stop Sensor
3 4 5
1 2 3
JNE23 Circuit Board Wiring Diagram (1/2)
(BLK)
6 7 8
5
Transversal Sorter
(ORG) (BLK)
M811
1 3
1 2
M811
M811
Drive Motor (BLK) CTL_CN_ST7
NC NC
1 2
JNE23 Circuit Board (1/2)
* The following cables are connected to the sorter SU1400AY.

D+5Va
JSO17
Replenisher Cartridge (RED) (RED)
D721
(BLU) (BLU)
D721
D721
Setting Sensor DGND

1 2 3
1 2 3
1 2 3
2 4
3 5 7
(BLK) (BLK)
B32 B33 B34
B3 B2 B1
D+5Va
1
Replenisher Cartridge (RED) (RED) D722

jho2
jho2
JNES2
JNES2
D722
D722
Box Upper Sensor (BLU) (BLU)

DGND
(BLK) (BLK)
4 5 6
4 5 6
2 3
4 6 8
6
D+5Va
Replenisher Cartridge (RED) (RED) D723
1
(BLU) (BLU)
D723
D723
Box Lower Sensor DGND

(BLK) (BLK) DGND
7 8 9
7 8 9
2 3
9 10 11 12
7
Feeding Path Switching D+5Va

(RED) (RED) (RED)
D770L
1 3
1 3
1 3
1 3
1 3
1 3
Rear Paper Sensor LED (BLK) (BLK) (BLK)

D770L
D770L

(RED) (RED) (RED)
D771L
1 3
Center Paper Sensor LED

D771L
D771L
2 4
2 4
2 4
2 4
2 4
(BLK) (BLK) (BLK)
D+5Va
Feeding Path Switching (RED) (RED) (RED)
D770P
Rear Paper Sensor (BLU) (BLU) (BLU)
D770P
D770P
DGND
1 2 3
(BLK) (BLK) (BLK)

5 7 9
5 7 9
5 7 9
5 7 9
5 7 9
Feeding Path Switching (RED) D+5Va

(RED) (RED)
D771P
8
6
6
Center Paper Sensor (BLU) (BLU) (BLU)

D771P
D771P
DGND
1 2 3
(BLK) (BLK) (BLK)

8 10
8 10
6 8 10
6 8 10
6 8 10

(RED) (RED) (RED)
Front Paper Sensor LED
1 3
1 3
D772L
D772L
D772L
11 13
11 13
11 13
11 13
(BLK) (BLK) (BLK)
Feeding Path Switching (RED) D+5Va

(RED) (RED)
Front Paper Sensor (BLU) (BLU) (BLU) D772P
D772P
D772P
1 2 3
DGND
15 1719
15 17 19
15 17 19
15 1719
15 1719
(BLK) (BLK) (BLK)
High Speed Exit Rear D+5Va

(RED) (RED) (RED)
D773P
9
Paper Sensor (BLU) (BLU) (BLU)

D773P
D773P
1 2 3
DGND
16 18 20
1618 20
1618 20
1618 20
1618 20
(BLK) (BLK) (BLK)

JNE3
JNE3
jshu3
jshu3
Jshu2
Jshu2
High Speed Exit Rear D+5Va

(RED) (RED) (RED)
Paper Sensor LED D773L
1 3
D773L
D773L
12 14
12 14
12 14
12 14
12 14
(BLK) (BLK) (BLK)
High Speed Exit Center D+5Va

(RED) (RED) (RED)
D774L
1 3
Paper Sensor LED

D774L
D774L
21 23
21 23
21 23
21 23
21 23
(BLK) (BLK) (BLK)
High Speed Exit Front D+5Va

(RED) (RED) (RED)
D775L
1 3
Paper Sensor LED

D775L
D775L
22 24
22 24
22 24
22 24
22 24
(BLK) (BLK) (BLK)

10
High Speed Exit Center (RED) (RED) (RED) D+5Va

(BLU) (BLU) (BLU) D774P
Paper Sensor
D774P
D774P
1 2 3
DGND
25 27 29
25 27 29
25 27 29
252 7 29
25 27 29
(BLK) (BLK) (BLK)
D+5Va
High Speed Exit Front (RED) (RED) (RED)
D775P
Paper Sensor (BLU) (BLU) (BLU) DGND
D775P
D775P
1 2 3
26 28 30
26 28 30
26 28 30
26 28 30
26 28 30
(BLK) (BLK) (BLK)
D+5Va
11
Feeding Path Switching (RED) (RED) (RED) D776

(BLU) (BLU) (BLU)
D776
D776
Position Sensor (Large Size) DGND

1 2 3
(BLK) (BLK) (BLK) (DGND)

31 32 3334
31 32 3334
31 32 3334
3132 33 34
31 32 33 34
12
20-61
JNE23 Circuit Board Wiring Diagram (2/2)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
* The following diagram shows the configuration of the sorter SU2400AY.
* The following cables are connected to the sorter SU1400AY.

(Cables for the sorter SU2400AY are used except for two cables.)
Drive Motor
Sorter Tray
D810 D811 SWAT
D810 D811 3 4 5 6 8 7 9 10 1 2
B 1 2 3 1 2 3
M810
UL2464-SB (5P) ✕ 24AWG(7/0.203)

D811
D811
1 2 3
(RED)
(RED)
(BLU)
(BLU)
(BLK)
(BLK)
3 2 1 1 3 2 4 5 6 1 2
SWA3 SWA4 SWA2
SWA3 SWA4 SWA2
(RED)
(BLU)
(BLK)
D811
D+5Va
DGND
DGND
M810+
D+5Va
D810
M810-
1 3 2 4 5 6
SWA4
C SWA20 Circuit Board

5 6 7 8 9 3 4 10 11 12 1 2
Waste Solution Level Sensor
M810+
D+5Va
DGND
M810-
D810
D811
D812
D815
jso4
NC
NC
SWA1
SWA1
3 4 5 6 8 7 9 10 1 2
PS1 Solution Level Sensor

UL2464-SB (5P) ✕ 24AWG(7/0.203)
P1 Solution Level Sensor
P2 Solution Level Sensor

P2RA Upper Level Sensor
P2RB Upper Level Sensor
P2RA Lower Level Sensor
P2RB Lower Level Sensor

PSR Upper Level Sensor
PSR Lower Level Sensor

P1R Upper Level Sensor
P1R Lower Level Sensor
1 2
FS728
FS728 5 6 7 8 9 3 4 1011 12 1 2
1 2 jso4
jso4
5 6 7 8 9 3 4 1011 12 1 2
1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2
FS700 FS701 FS702 FS703 FS704 FS705
FS700 FS701 FS702 FS703 FS704 FS705
1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2
(GRY)
E
(RED)
(ORG)
(RED)
(BLU)
(BLU)
(BLU)
(BLU)
(BLK)
(BLK)
1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 3 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 3 1 2 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2
FS720 FS721 FS722 FS723 FS724 FS725 FS726 FS727 jho1 jso2 JSO4
FS720 FS721 FS722 FS723 FS724 FS725 FS726 FS727 jho1 jso2 JSO4
1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 1 2 3 4 5 6
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
(GRY)
(GRY)
(GRY)
(GRY)
(GRY)
(GRY)
(GRY)
(GRY)
(GRY)
(RED)
(RED)
(RED)
(RED)
(RED)
(RED)
(RED)
(RED)
(RED)
(GRY)
(GRY)
(GRY)
(GRY)
(GRY)
(GRY)
(RED)
(RED)
(RED)
(RED)
(RED)
(RED)
(BLK)
(RED)
(BLU)
(BLU)
(BLU)
(BLU)
(BLK)
(BLK)
NC
1 28 2 3 5 4 6 7 9 8 10 11 13 12 14 15 17 16 18 19 20 21 22 2723 2425 26 1 16 2 15 3 5 4 6 7 9 8 10 1113 1214

JNES JNES
JNES
F JNES
(DGND)
D+5Va
DGND
D810
D811
D812
D815
CTL_CN_ST8
DGND
FS720
DGND
FS721
DGND
FS722
DGND
FS723
DGND
FS724
DGND
FS725
DGND
FS726
DGND
FS727
DGND
FS728
DGND
FS700
FS701
FS702
FS703
FS704
FS705
(D+5Va)
CTL_CN_ST8
NC
DGND
NC
DGND
DGND
DGND
DGND
DGND
DGND
JNE23 Circuit Board (2/2)
20-62
F
E
B
A
H
D
C
G
1
GP+ IL+24VI A+24V2_RS
2
20.7.7
GP-
JMH3
JMH3
LDD14
LDD14
1 2
1 2
IL+24VI
IL+24G1 GND-24RS
4
IL+24G1
A12V2_RS
8
IL+12VI
IL+12VI
GTH+ IL12GI GND-12RS
10
GTH- IL12GI
LDD3
LDD3
7 14 5 12 3 10 1 8
GLD+
AGND NC
GPD+ NC
NC
JMH2
JMH2
AGND
LDD12
LDD12
A+12VP NC
AGND NC
A-12VP NC
9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
2 9 4 11 6 13
NC
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
2
PWR6
PWR6
A+24V A+24V1_RS
1
A+24V
D+5VP2 GND-24RS
A+24G
3
DGND
6 5
A+24G
JMH20 Circuit Board

NC
A+8V A+8V_RS
5
GRCLK
A+8V
JMH1
JMH1
LDD13
LDD13
GD0 GND-8RS
A8G
6
GRD0
A8G
GRCS
4 3 2 1
A+12V1_RS
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
LDD4
LDD4
A+12V
7
A+12V
A12G GND-12RS
9
A12G
A-12V A-12V_RS
12
A-12V
A-12G GND-12RS
3
11
A-12G
PWR23 Circuit Board
RPD+ 8 16 7 15 6 14 5 13 4 12 3 11 2 10 1 9 pwr35_check+
AGND CPUPOWERC RS12V1m_Fail
(GRY)
RMODE +12VPOWERC RS12V1s_Fail
(GRY)
R-5V2 POWERONC A+24V_on/off
(GRY)
AGND A+8V_on/off
LDD2
LDD2
POWERONC
PWR3
PWR3
R+5V2 (GRY)
PCE GND-5MC<PWR>
LDR2
LDR2
RLDON (BLK)
PCE GND-5MC<PWR>
1 2 3 4 5 6
(BLK) pwr35_check2+
RX_TrE
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A-12VP
RX_TrB
9 10 4 5 6 7 8 3 2 1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 14 1516
LDD10
LDD10
4
RMPX_T
AGND
RHFM
AGND
RL+5V
R+5V2
LDD23 Circuit Board Wiring Diagram
NC
1 2 8 10 6 17 18
A+12VP
12 13 8 9 10 11 17 18
A+24VA A+24VA
(ORG)
A24G A24G
(BLK)
A+12VA A+12VA
(RED)
A12G A12G
(BLK)
LDR1
LDR1
AGND A-12VA A-12VA
(BLU)
RTH BAOM_ST BAOM_ST
1 2 3 4 5 6
AOM1
AOM1
(GRY)
R_TrB
LDR23 Circuit Board

LDD5
LDD5
R_TrC A+24VA
(B/G)
AGND A24G
5
D+5V2 A+12VA
DGND A12G
AOM Driver
LDD11
LDD11
RRCLK A-12VA
RD0 NC
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
RRD0
RRCS
4 3 7 8 5 11 12 13 11 14 12
NC
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
+24VP
(RED) (RED)
AGND
(BLK) (BLK)
F614A
F614A
F614A
F614A
F614A_ST
1 4 3
1 2 3
4 1 2
(WHT) (WHT)
6
LDD15
LDD15
+24VP
(RED) (RED)
TxOUT1 AGND
(BLK) (BLK)
F614B
F614B
F614B
F614B
(RED) F614B_ST
4 5 6
1 4 3
4 1 2
RxIN1 (WHT) (WHT)

(GRY)
jgmc2
jgmc2
GND
1 2 3
1 2 3
4 5 9
(BLK) +24VP
AGND
F900_ST
7 8 9
Txd0
GMC2
GMC2
RxIN0 (RED)
TxOUT0 Rxd0
(GRY) DGND
GND
(BLK)
LDDIN DGND
1 2 3 8
2 1 3 6
(BLK)
LDDOUT
7
/LDD_RST0
8 7
D+5VP2
(RED)
LDD1
LDD1
DGND
(BLK)
GMC23 Circuit Board
LDD23 Circuit Board
NC nSOS
(GRY)
NC DTAIN
4 7
(BLK)
DGND
+24VP2
(ORG)
M676_CLK
/SOS SOS (GRY)
(GRY) AGND
GND-SOS DGND (BLK)
6 7
1 2
(BLK) M676_ON
(WHT)
SYNC_L_A M676_ST
(GRY)
SYNC_L_C S673
5 6
(ORG)
GEP10
GEP10
AGND
(BLK)
SYNC_R_A D+5VP2
(RED) (RED)
SYNC_R_C D674
GEP23
3 4
(BLK) (BLU)
DGND
jgep
jgep
(BLK)
F670
8
2 3 1 4
2 3 1 4
(BLK) (RED)
Circuit Board
AGND
(BLK)
LDD7
LDD7
JROS
JROS
F670_S
(WHT)
F671
(RED)
AGNDP
(BLK)
F671_S
(WHT)
F672
(RED)
AGNDP
(BLK)
F672_S
Laser Optical Unit
(WHT)
NC
NC
A+5VP
(RED)
AGND (BLK)
A+12VP
UL2464-SB (5P) ✕ 24AWG(7/0.203) (RED)
(BLK) A-12VP
(BLU)
1 2 3 4 7 5 6 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 2324 25 2629 27 28 30
1 2 3 4 7 5 6 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 2324 25 2629 27 28 30
DGND
A+24VP
AGND
(WHT)
9
AGND
THA
31 32
31 32
Txd2
LDD6
LDD6
AD
Rxd2
DGND
1 5 4 3 9
thermometer
LDD6IN
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
(AD300)
Densitometer
BPD+
AGND
BMODE
A-12VP
DGND AGND
Txd1 A+12VP
BLDON
Rxd1
10
BHFM
LDD16
LDD16
DGND
DGND AGND
1 2 3 4 5
BL+8V
BLDV
LDD8
LDD8
6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
BMPX_T
AGND
BX_TrE
A-12VP
LDB1
LDB1
BX_TrB
NC
A+12VP
A+5VP
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1912 1314 151617 1811 20
AGND
LDD17
LDD17
11
AGND
BTH
B_TrB
B_TrC
AGND
5 4 1 2 3
1 2 3 4 5
NC
LDB23 Circuit Board
D+5VP2
DGND
LDD9
LDD9
BRCLK
BDO
LDD18
LDD18
LDB2
LDB2
BRDO
BRCS
1 2 3 4 5 6
NC
NC
6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
12
20-63
F
E
B
A
H
D
C
20-64
1
20.7.8
TxOUT1
(RED)
RxIN1
(GRY)
jgmc2
GND
1 2 3
4 5 9
(BLK)
GMC2
GMC2
RxIN0 Txd0
(RED)
D+3.3V_IM D+3.3V_IM TxOUT0 Rxd0
D+12V0_IM D+12V0_IM (BRN) (GRY)
(RED) D3.3IM_sense D+3.3V_IM GND DGND
GND-12IM GND-12IM (BRN) (BLK)
(BLK) LDDIN DGND
1 2 3 8
D+3.3V_IM
2
2 1 3 6
D+12V0_IM NC NC D+12V0_IM D+3.3V_IM (BLK)
(RED) NC
GND-12IM NC NC GND-12IM NC
(RED) LDDOUT
D+12V1_IM D+12V1_IM GND-12IM GND-12IM
(RED) (ORG) GND-12IM /LDD_RST0
8 7
GND-12IM GND-12IM GND-12IM
(BLK) (ORG)
D51M_sense D+5V_IM
D+12V1_IM D+12V1_IM
PWR7
PWR7
(RED) (YEL)
LDD1
LDD1
ps_on# GND-12IM
GND-12IM (BLK) GND-12IM (YEL) NC
GND-12IM GND-12IM
D+12V2_IM (RED) D+12V2_IM (GRN) NC
4 5
GND-12IM GND-12IM
GND-12IM (BLK) GND-12IM (GRN)
D+5V_IM D+5V_IM
GMC1
GMC1
D+12V2_IM (RED) D+12V2_IM (BLU)
GND-12IM
ATX2
ATX2
GND-12IM
ATX1
ATX1
GND-12IM GND-12IM (BLU)
(BLK)
1 4 7 10 2 5 8 11 3 6 9 12
1 4 9 12 2 5 10 13 3 6 11 14
GND-12IM GND-12IM /SOS SOS
(VOL) (GRY)
GND-12IM GND-12IM GND-SOS DGND
1 2
6 7
PWR23 Circuit Board

(VOL) (BLK)
NC NC
(GRY) NC
NC SYNC_L_A
LDD23 Circuit Board
(GRY) NC
5 6
NC SYNC_L_C
(WHT)
D+5V_IM D+5V_IM
(WHT) D+12V0_IM
LED(Atx_out)_A D+12V0_IM
3
(BRN) (BLK) D+5V_IM

LED(Atx_in) _A D+5V_IM
(BLK)
1 11 2 12 3 13 4 14 5 15 6 16 7 17 8 18 9 19 10 20
To JKEY1 (RED) NC
LED(Atx_xx) _K
(BLK)
GEP10
GEP10
NC
1 2 3 4
1 2 3 4
NC LED(Atx_xx) _K
ATX23 Circuit Board
7 8 15 16
1 12 2 13 3 14 4 15 5 16 6 17 7 18 8 19 9 20 10 21 11 22
SYNC_R_A D653_0
(RED) (RED)
D653_Rtn
3 4
SYNC_R_C
(BLK) (BLK)
jgep
jgep
CTL8
CTL8
CTL_CN_ST4
(BLK)
2 3 1 4
CTL_CN_ST4
2 3 1 4
2 3 1 4
(BLK) (BLK)
CTL23
Circuit Board
4
PCI
PCI
A+12V1_RS A+12V1_RS
(RED)
GND-12RS GND-12RS
(BLK) GND-12RS
GND-12RS
PWR6
PWR6
GEP9
GEP9
(BLK) A-12V1_RS
A-12V1_RS
2 1 4 3
(BLU)
19 2123 24
PWR23
IEEE1394 (Scanner)
5
GEP23 Circuit Board

Circuit Board
Image Control Box Circuit Board Wiring Diagram
PCI
PCI
RIN
Coaxial R
GEP4
GEP4
Coaxial G
GIN
GEP6
GEP6
GIE23 Circuit Board

6
BIN
Coaxial B
GEP8
GEP8
7
T1
T1
C1
T2
C2
T2 T3
T3
C1 C2 C3
C3
GMC23 Circuit Board

8
9
T16
T16
C16
C16
T17
T17
PCI
PCI
CTL1
CTL1
C17
GPR2
GPR2
C17
T18
T18
C18
C18
ATX1
CTL23 Circuit Board
GPR23 Circuit Board
< Front View>
GMC2
10
GEP9
GEP23
GEP10
B(GEP8)
R(GEP2)
G(GEP6)
T32
T32
C32
C32
T33
T33
11
GPR23
(GPR2)
C33
C33
T34
T34
C34
C34
GIE23
LVDS IEEE1394
12
F
E
B
A
H
D
C
G
1
20.7.9
(CN_ST)
(BLK) (CN_ST_rtn)
(BLK) M631 A
(RED) (RED) (RED) M631/ACOM
(BLK) (BLK) (BLK) M631/ A
(YEL) (YEL) (YEL) M655 A (RED) (RED) (RED)
Feed Motor 2 M631 B
M631
M631
M631
(BLU) (BLU) (BLU) M655 / A (YEL) (YEL) (YEL)
M631/BCOM Nip Release Motor 2
M655
M655
M655
(WHT) (WHT) (WHT) M655 B (BLU) (BLU) (BLU)
M631/ B
1 5 4 3 2 6
1 5 4 3 2 6
1 2 3 4
1 2 3 4
1 2 3 4
1 2 3 4
M655 / B
1 4 3 6
1 4 3 6
1 2 5 6
(ORG) (ORG) (ORG)
1 2 3 9 10 11
1 2 3 9 10 11
(ORG) (ORG) (ORG)
NC
JIN1
JIN1
PDA6
PDA6
1 16 2 3 4 10 11 12 8 9
1 16 2 3 4 1011 12 8 9
NC
1 16 2 3 4 1011 12 8 9
2
JFKE1
JFKE1
PDA12
PDA12
JFKE2
JFKE2
M632 A
(RED) (RED) (RED)
M632/ACOM
(BLK) (BLK) (BLK) M655 A (RED) (RED) (RED)
M632 /A
Feed Motor 3 (YEL) (YEL) (YEL) M655 / A (YEL) (YEL) (YEL) Nip Release Motor 3
M632 B
M632
M632
M632
M656
M656
M656
(BLU) (BLU) (BLU) M655 B (BLU) (BLU) (BLU)

M632/BCOM
1 3 4 6
1 3 4 6
(WHT) (WHT) (WHT) M655 / B
3 4 7 8
5 6 7 8
5 6 7 8
5 6 7 8
5 6 7 8
M632/ B (ORG) (ORG) (ORG)
1 5 4 3 2 6
1 5 4 3 2 6
5 6 7 3 4 5
5 6 7 3 4 5
5 6 7 3 4 5
(ORG) (ORG) (ORG)
4 5 6 12 13 14
4 5 6 12 13 14
JIN4
JIN4
Distribution Entrance Section
(BLK) (CN_ST)
(BLK)
(BLK) (CN_ST_rtn)
S631
Nip Release Solenoid 1 (ORG) (ORG) (ORG)
S631_rtn
S631
S631
S631
1 2
1 2
7 8
7 8
1 6 2 3
1 6 2 3
1 6 2 3
(BLK) (BLK) (BLK)
3
PDA7
PDA7
JIN2
JIN2
S632
Nip Release Solenoid 2 (ORG) (ORG) (ORG) S632_rtn
S632
S632
S632
1 2
1 2
4 5
4 5
4 5
1516
1516
(BLK) (BLK) (BLK)
M660 A (RED) (RED) (RED)
M660 / A Feed Motor 5
(YEL) (YEL) (YEL)
M660 B
M660
M660
M660
(BLU) (BLU) (BLU)

M660 / B
1 2 6 7
1 2 6 7
1 2 6 7
1 2 6 7
1 2 6 7
1 3 4 6
1 3 4 6
(ORG) (ORG) (ORG)

JFUR1
JFUR1
JFUR3
JFUR3
PDA13
PDA13
M661 A
(RED) (RED) (RED)
M661 / ACOM
(BLK) (BLK) (BLK)
M661 / A (YEL) (YEL) (YEL)
Distribution Motor
M661 B
M661
M661
M661
(CN_ST) (BLU) (BLU) (BLU)

4
(GRY) (GRY)
NC M661 / BCOM
(GRY) (GRY) (WHT) (WHT) (WHT)
S630_#5DRY M661 / B
1 2 3 4 5 6
1 2 3 4 5 6
(ORG) (ORG) (ORG)

3 4 5 8 9 10
3 4 5 8 9 10
3 4 5 8 9 10
3 4 5 8 9 10
3 4 5 8 9 10
(GRY) (GRY)
S630_#5COM
(GRY) (GRY)
S630_#9DRY
(GRY) (GRY)
S630_#9COM
Paper Supply/Back Print Section

(GRY) (GRY)
S630_#3DRY
(GRY) (GRY) S630_#3COM
(GRY) (GRY) S630_#11DRY
(GRY) (GRY) S630_#13DRY M662 A (RED) (RED)
(GRY) (GRY) (RED) (RED)
PDA23 Circuit Board Wiring Diagram (1/2)
S630_#13COM M662 /A
(GRY) (GRY) S630_#15DRY (YEL) (YEL) (YEL) (YEL) Nip Release
M662
M662
M662
M662 B
(GRY) (GRY) S630_#15COM (BLU) (BLU) (BLU) (BLU) Motor 4 (Front)
M662 /B
1 2 3 4
1 2 7 8
1 2 7 8
1 2 3 4
1 4 3 6
1 4 3 6
1 2 7 8
1 2 3 4
1 2 3 4
(GRY) (GRY) (ORG) (ORG) (ORG) (ORG)

S630_#17DRY
(GRY) (GRY)
S630_#17COM
(GRY) (GRY)
JFUR5
JFUR5
S630_#18DRY
5
(GRY) (GRY) S630_#18COM M657 A (RED) (RED) (RED) (RED) (RED)

JIN3
JIN3
Printing Head M657 /A
PDA8
PDA8
S630
JNF2
JNF2
JNF1
JNF1
(GRY) (GRY) (YEL) (YEL) (YEL) (YEL) (YEL)
S630_#16COM
M657
M657
M657
M657 B
JFUR6
JFUR6
(GRY) (GRY) (BLU) (BLU) (BLU) (BLU) (BLU)

S630_#2DRY M657 /B
1 3 4 6
1 3 4 6
5 6 7 8
5 6 7 8
PDA14
PDA14
3 4 9 10
3 4 9 10
(ORG) (ORG) (ORG) (ORG) (ORG)

3 4 9 10
JFUR2
JFUR2
(GRY) (GRY)
JFUR4
JFUR4
S630_#2COM
(GRY) (GRY)
JNF23 Circuit Board

S630_#4DRY
(GRY) (GRY) S630_#12DRY M663 A (RED) (RED) (RED)
(GRY) (GRY) S630_#12COM Nip Release
M663 /A
(GRY) (GRY) S630_#6DRY (YEL) (YEL) (YEL)
M663
M663
M663
M663 B Motor 4 (Rear)

(GRY) (GRY) S630_#6COM (BLU) (BLU) (BLU)
M663 /B
1 4 3 6
1 4 3 6
5 6 11 12
5 6 11 12
5 6 11 12
(ORG) (ORG) (ORG)

9 10 11 12
9 10 11 12

6

(GRY) (GRY) NC
(GRY) (GRY) (CN_ST_rtn)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 1213 14 15 16 17 1819 20 21 2223 24 25 26 2728 29 30 3132 33 34 3536 37 38 3940

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 1213 14 15 16 17 1819 20 21 2223 24 25 26 2728 29 30 3132 33 34 3536 37 38 3940
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 1213 14 15 16 17 1819 20 21 2223 24 25 26 2728 29 30 3132 33 34 3536 37 38 3940
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 1213 14 15 16 17 1819 20 21 2223 24 25 26 2728 29 30 3132 33 34 3536 37 38 3940
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 1213 14 15 16 17 1819 20 21 2223 24 25 26 2728 29 30 3132 33 34 3536 37 38 3940
21 2223 24 25 26 2728 29 30 3132 33 34 3536 37 38 3940 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 1213 14 15 16 17 1819 20

(CN_ST)
(BLK)
(CN_ST_rtn)
(BLK)
M664/ACOM (BLK) (BLK) (BLK)
7
M664 / A (YEL) (YEL) (YEL) Speed Control

M664
M664
M664
M664 B (BLU) (BLU) (BLU) Motor (Front)

M664/BCOM (WHT) (WHT) (WHT)
1 14 2 3 4 5 6 7
1 14 2 3 4 5 6 7
1 14 2 3 4 5 6 7
1 2 3 4 5 6
1 2 3 4 5 6
1 5 4 3 2 6
1 5 4 3 2 6
M664/B (ORG) (ORG) (ORG)

Paper Exit Section
JSHU1
JSHU1
PDA15
PDA15
JSHU2
JSHU2

M665/ACOM (BLK) (BLK) (BLK)
M665 / A (YEL) (YEL) (YEL)
Speed Control
M665
M665
M665
M665 B (BLU) (BLU) (BLU) Motor (Rear)

M665/BCOM (WHT) (WHT) (WHT)
M665/B
1 5 4 3 2 6
1 5 4 3 2 6
8 9 10 11 1213
8 9 10 11 1213
8 9 10 11 1213
(ORG) (ORG) (ORG)

7 8 9 10 11 12
7 8 9 10 11 12
PDA23 Circuit Board (1/2)

8
D+5V2_MC
To PWR8 (RED)
GND-5MC
1 2
1 2
1 2
PDA17
PDA17
(BLK)
JPWA1
JPWA1
F600 P+24V
(RED) (RED) GND
F600_rtn
F600
F600
F600
F600
(BLK) (BLK) Control Section Exhaust Fan

4 1 2
1 3 5
1 3 5
1 3 5
1 4 3
F600_err (WHT) (WHT) Sensor Signal
+24V01
To PWR8 (ORG) P+24V
GND-24V0 F601
1 2
1 2
1 2
JPWA2
JPWA2
(BLK) (RED) (RED)

F601_rtn
GND
F601
F601
F601
F601
(BLK) (BLK) Control Section Exhaust Fan

9
4 1 2
2 4 6
2 4 6
2 4 6
1 4 3
F601_err (WHT) (WHT) Sensor Signal

PDA18
PDA18
+24V41
(ORG) F602 P+24V
GND-24V4 (RED) (RED)
(BLK) F602_rtn GND
+24V42 (BLK) (BLK)
F602
F602
F602
F602
(ORG) GND-24V4 F602_err Control Section Exhaust Fan

4 1 2
1 4 3
7 9 11
7 9 11
7 9 11
To PWR10 (BLK) (WHT) (WHT)

+24V43 Sensor Signal
JPWA3
JPWA3
(ORG)
GND-24V4
6 5 8 7 3 4
(BLK)
F603 P+24V
2 6 3 7 4 8 1 5
2 6 3 7 4 8 1 5
(RED) (RED)
F603_rtn GND
F603
F603
F603
F603
(BLK) (BLK)
F603_err Control Section Exhaust Fan
4 1 2
1 4 3
8 10 12
8 10 12
8 10 12
(WHT) (WHT)
Sensor Signal
JFAN1
JFAN1
PDA16
PDA16
F604 P+24V
(RED) (RED) GND
10
+24V51 F604_rtn (BLK) (BLK)

F604
F604
F604
F604
(ORG) Control Section Exhaust Fan

4 1 2
1 4 3
GND-24V5 F604_err (WHT) (WHT)

13 15 17
13 15 17
13 15 17
(BLK) Sensor Signal

+24V52
(ORG)
GND-24V5
(BLK)
+24V53
(ORG) P+24V
GND-24V5 F605
(BLK) (RED) (RED) GND
To PWR11 +24V61 F605_rtn
PDA19
PDA19
(BLK)
F605
F605
F605
F605
JPWA4
JPWA4
(ORG) (BLK) Feed Section Cooling Fan 2

F605_err
4 1 2
GND-24V6
1 4 3
(WHT) (WHT)
14 16 18
14 16 18
14 16 18
(BLK) Sensor Signal

+24V62
(ORG) GND-24V6
(BLK)
+24V63
(ORG) P+24V
GND-24V6 F608
2 3 7 1 9 8 11 10 6 12 4 5
(BLK)
1 7 2 8 3 9 4 10 5 11 6 12
1 7 2 8 3 9 4 10 5 11 6 12
(RED) (RED) GND

F608_rtn
F608
F608
F608
(BLK) (BLK) Feed Section Cooling Fan 5

F608_err
1 2 3
1 2 3
19 21 23
19 21 23
19 21 23
(WHT) (WHT) Sensor Signal

11
P+24V
F609 (RED) (RED)
F609_rtn
GND
(BLK) (BLK)
F609
F609
F609
F609_err
Feed Section Cooling Fan 6
1 2 3
1 2 3
(WHT) (WHT)
20 22 24
20 22 24
20 22 24
Sensor Signal
12
20-65
PDA23 Circuit Board Wiring Diagram (2/2)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
Sub-scanning
Feed Motor

Lower Cutter Driver Motor
Upper Cutter Driver Motor
M650
Registration Tilt Motor

Nip Release Motor 1
Paper Supply Motor
Paper Supply Motor

1 2 3 4 5
Upper Magazine
Lower Magazine
M650
Soft Nip Motor
Sensor Signal
Sensor Signal
M650
Feed Motor
Feed Motor
1 2 3 4 5
P+24V
P+24V
GND
GND
B M642 S640 S641 M640 M641 M600 M601 M630 M651 M610 M620 F606 F607
(ORG)
(RED)
(BLU)
(BLK)
(YEL)
1 4 3
1 4 3 6 1 2 1 2 1 5 4 3 2 6 1 4 3 6 1 2 1 2 1 5 4 3 2 6 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 3 4 6 1 3 4 6 F606 1 2 3
M642 S640 S641 M640 M641 M600 M601 M630 JFUK3 M651 M610 M620 F606 F607
M642 S640 S641 M640 M641 M600 M601 M630 JFUK3 M651 M610 M620 F606 F607
1 5 4 3 2 6 1 4 3 6 1 2 1 2 1 5 4 3 2 6 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 3 4 6 1 3 4 6 4 1 2 1 2 3
1 4 3 6 1 2 1 2
(ORG)
(ORG)
(ORG)
(WHT)
(WHT)
(WHT)
(RED)
(BLK)
(BLK)
(ORG)
(RED)
(RED)
(BLU)
(BLK)
(YEL)
(RED)
(ORG)
(BLK)
(BLK)
(ORG)
(BLU)
(RED)
(YEL)
(RED)
(ORG)
(ORG)
(ORG)
(BLU)
(YEL)
(WHT)
(ORG)
(BLU)
(WHT)
(ORG)
(ORG)
(BLK)
(YEL)
(RED)
(RED)
(RED)
(BLU)
(BLK)
(BLK)
(RED)
(BLU)
(BLU)
(BLK)
(YEL)
(BLK)
(YEL)
(YEL)
(BLU)
(YEL)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 1819 20 1 3 2 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1 2 3 8 9 4 10 11 5 6 7 12 13 14 1 3 2 4 1 3 2 4 1 2 3 4 5 6
C JRE3
JRE3
JHA3
JHA3
JFUK2
JFUK2
JMAG3
JMAG3
JMAG4
JMAG4
JFAN3
JFAN3
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 1819 20 1 3 2 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1 2 3 8 9 4 10 11 5 6 7 12 13 14 1 3 2 4 1 3 2 4 1 2 3 4 5 6
(ORG)
(ORG)
(ORG)
(WHT)
(ORG)
(RED)
(WHT)
(ORG)
(WHT)
(RED)
(ORG)
(RED)
(BLK)
(ORG)
(RED)
(WHT)
(BLK)
(BLK)
(ORG)
(RED)
(BLU)
(RED)
(WHT)
(ORG)
(BLU)
(YEL)
(BLK)
(YEL)
(RED)
(RED)
(BLU)
(ORG)
(BLK)
(BLU)
(ORG)
(ORG)
(YEL)
(RED)
(YEL)
(BLU)
(BLU)
(RED)
(BLK)
(YEL)
(YEL)
(BLU)
(BLK)
(YEL)
(BLK)
(BLU)
(BLK)
(YEL)
(BLK)
(BLK)
(BLK)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 2 3 4 5 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 6 1 2 3 8 9 4 10 11 5 6 7 12 13 14 1 6 2 3 4 5 1 3 2 4 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
JRE1 JHA1 JFUK1 JMAG1 JMAG2 JFAN2
JRE1 JHA1 JFUK1 JMAG1 JMAG2 JFAN2
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 2 3 4 5 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 6 1 2 3 8 9 4 10 11 5 6 7 12 13 14 1 6 2 3 4 5 1 3 2 4 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
(WHT)
(RED)
(ORG)
(WHT)
(ORG)
(ORG)
(BLK)
(ORG)
(ORG)
(ORG)
(ORG)
(RED)
(RED)
(RED)
(WHT)
(ORG)
(RED)
(RED)
(BLU)
(BLU)
(BLK)
(BLK)
(YEL)
(YEL)
(BLK)
(WHT)
(ORG)
(ORG)
(BLK)
(BLU)
(BLU)
(ORG)
(BLK)
(YEL)
(BLK)
(YEL)
(RED)
(BLK)
(RED)
(BLK)
(WHT)
(ORG)
(RED)
(BLU)
(BLU)
(BLK)
(YEL)
(BLK)
(RED)
(YEL)
(BLU)
(YEL)
(BLK)
(BLK)
(BLU)
(BLK)
(YEL)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1 3 2 4 2 3 4 5 6 7 1 8 1 2 3 8 9 4 10 11 5 6 7 12 13 14 1 6 2 3 4 5 1 2 6 7 3 4 5 8 9 10
PDA10 PDA9 PDA4 PDA5 PDA11 PDA3 PDA20
PDA10 PDA9 PDA4 PDA5 PDA11 PDA3 PDA20
M651 BCOM
M651 ACOM
C
D
NC
NC
NC
M600_rtn
M601_rtn
A
B
M651 A
M651 / A
M651 B
M651 / B
M630 A
M630 / A
M630 B
M630 BCOM
M630 / B
M600
M601
M630 ACOM
M610 A
M610 / A
M640 BCOM
(CN_ST_rtn)
(CN_ST_rtn)
M640 ACOM
M642 A
M642 / A
M642 B
M642 / B
M640 A
M640 / A
M640 B
M640 / B
M641 A
M641 / A
M641 B
M641 / B
(CN_ST)
M610 B
M610 / B
F606_rtn
F607_rtn
F606_err
F607_err
S640_rtn
S641_rtn
M620 A
M620 / A
NC
(CN_ST)
F606
F607
M620 B
M620 / B
S640
S641
M650
M650
M650
M650
M650
Registration Section Paper Supply/Feed Section Sub-scanning Section Magazine Drive Section
E
PDA23 Circuit Board (2/2)
B1 B2 B3 B4 B47 B48 B49 B50 A1 A2 A3 A4 A47 A48 A49 A50 B1 B2 B3 B4 B28 B29 B30 A1 A2 A3 A28 A29 A30
PDA1 PDA2
PDA1 PDA2
CTL13 CTL14
CTL13 CTL14
A1 A2 A3 A4 A47 A48 A49 A50 B1 B2 B3 B4 B47 B48 B49 B50 A1 A2 A3 A4 A28 A29 A30 B1 B2 B3 B28 B29 B30
G
CTL23 Circuit Board CTL23 Circuit Board
20-66
F
E
B
A
H
D
C
G
1
NC
24V +24V
20.7.10
(BLK) (BLK) (BLK)

GND GND
(ORG) (ORG) (ORG) +5V
CN601
CN601
5V (RED) (RED) (RED)
GND
3 1 2 4 5
2 7 3 8
2 7 3 8
2 7 3 8
1 7 2 8
1 7 2 8
GND (BLK) (BLK) (BLK)
NC GND
ON/OFF M700_ON
(YEL) (YEL) (YEL)
PDB12
PDB12
JM7-2
JM7-2
JM7-1
JM7-1
DIR M700_DIR (CN_ST)
(BLU) (BLU) (BLU) (BLK)
GND
M700_Driver
GND (BLK) (BLK) (BLK) (CN_ST_rtn)
(BLK) (BLK)
1 14
1 14
1 12
M700_ER(iuput)
CN602
CN602
REOUT (GRY) (GRY) (GRY)
CLK M700_CLK
4 10 9 11 6
4 10 9 11 6
4 10 5 11 6
4 10 5 11 6
2 3 8 4 5
5 4 10 9 11 6
(WHT) (WHT) (WHT)
M720 Cartridge Opening
(ORG) (ORG) (ORG)
M720
M720
M720
M720_rtn Drive Motor
2 3
1 2
1 2
1 2
1 2
2 3 4
2 3 4
(CN_ST) (BLK) (BLK) (BLK)
2
(BLK)
(CN_ST_rtn)
3 9 12
3 9 12
1 12
1 12
(BLK) (BLK)
1 12
S731 P1R Replenisher
(ORG) (ORG) (ORG)
S731
S731_rtn
3 4
3 4
1 5
1 5
Stirring Valve
5 6
5 6
4 5
(BLK) (BLK) (BLK)
PDB8
PDB8
JPR1
JPR1
S728 (ORG) (ORG) (ORG)
P1R Replenisher
JPR8
JPR8
S728
2 6
2 6
S728_rtn
5 6
5 6
7 8
7 8
Cartridge Washing Valve
6 7
+24V (BLK) (BLK) (BLK)
(ORG) (ORG) (ORG) (ORG) (ORG)
GND
(BLK) (BLK) (BLK) (BLK) (BLK)
F760_ON
(RED) (RED) (RED) (RED) (RED)
F760
D764
S728-S731
S728-S731
(BLU) (BLU) (BLU) (BLU) (BLU)
JSO15
JSO15
GND P2RA Replenisher
1 5 2 3 6
1 5 2 3 6
1 5 2 3 6
1 5 2 3 6
S729
1 6 2 3 7
1 6 2 3 7
(BLK) (BLK) (BLK) (BLK) (BLK) (ORG) (ORG) (ORG)
3
GND
JSO11
JSO11
S729
1 6 2 3 7 8
S729_rtn Cartridge Washing Valve
3 7
3 7
8 9
7 8
7 8
1 4 2 3 5 6
1 4 2 3 5 6
(BLK) (BLK) (BLK)
9 10
9 10
7
7
4 7 8
4 7 8
NC
NC S730 P2RB Replenisher
4 9
(ORG) (ORG) (ORG)
8 4 9
8 4 9
S730
S730_rtn
4 8
4 8
PDB9
PDB9
Cartridge Washing Valve
JSO3
JSO3
9 10
9 10
JSO7
JSO7
(BLK) (BLK) (BLK)
10 11
11 12 13
11 12 13
M810
(ORG) (ORG) (ORG)
M810_rtn
1 2
4 8
4 8
JSO4
JSO4
5 10
(BLK) (BLK) (BLK)
4
5 10
5 10
PU720_ON (WHT) (WHT) (WHT) Replenisher Cartridge
PU720
PU720
+24V (ORG) (ORG) (ORG) (ORG) Washing Pump

PU720
GND
4 1 2 3
4 1 2 3
2 3 9
2 3 9
2 3 9
1 2 9
1 2 9

GND(D)
10
10
10
10
10
M812 S720 Crossover Rack Front

(ORG) (ORG) (ORG) (ORG) (ORG) (ORG) (ORG)
S720
S720_rtn Auto Washing Valve

1 5
1 5
M812_rtn
1 3
4 11
4 11
4 11
(BLK) (BLK) (BLK)

3 11
3 11
PDB23 Circuit Board Wiring Diagram (1/2)
6 12
6 12
6 12
7 14
7 14
7 14
7 14
PDB10
PDB10
5
S721 Crossover Rack Rear

M811 (ORG) (ORG) (ORG)
S721
(ORG) (ORG) (ORG) (ORG) S721_rtn Auto Washing Valve

2 6
2 6
M811_rtn (BLK) (BLK) (BLK)

5 12
5 12
5 12
4 12
4 12
2 4
6 13
6 13
6 13
6 13
5 11
5 11
5 11
JPR9
JPR9
S720-S723
S720-S723
JPR2
JPR2
PDB7
PDB7
S722 Dryer Entrance Rack

(ORG) (ORG) (ORG)
S722
S722_rtn
3 7
3 7
(BLK) (BLK) (BLK)

Auto Washing Valve
5 12
5 12
5 12
5 12
6 13
6 13
6 13
5 13
5 13
JSO1
JSO1
JSO5
JSO5
JSO9
JSO9
JSO12
JSO12
S770
(ORG) (ORG) (ORG) (ORG) S770_rtn P1WR Water
(Continued to *A)
S723
1 7
1 7
1 7
1 8
1 8
1 5
1 8
1 8
(BLK) (BLK) (BLK) (BLK) (ORG) (ORG) (ORG)
S723
S723_rtn Replenishment Valve

4 8
4 8
(BLK) (BLK) (BLK)

6 14
6 14
7 14
7 14
7 14
6
PDB11
PDB11
M770 A S724
(RED) (RED) (RED) (RED) (ORG) (ORG) (ORG) ?
S724
M770 ACOM
S724
S724
S724_rtn
1 2
1 2
8 15
8 15
8 15
(BLK) (BLK) (BLK) (BLK) (BLK) (BLK) (BLK)

M770 / A
(YEL) (YEL) (YEL) (YEL) M770 B
(BLU) (BLU) (BLU) (BLU) (CN_ST)
7 15 8 16
7 15 8 16
M770 BCOM (BLK)

(WHT) (WHT) (WHT) (WHT) (CN_ST_rtn)
1 16
1 16
1 16
M770 / B (BLK) (BLK)

2 3 4 6 7 8
2 3 4 9 10 11
2 3 4 9 10 11
2 3 4 9 10 11
2 3 4 9 10 11
2 3 4 8 9 10
2 3 4 8 9 10
2 3 4 8 9 10
PDB23 Circuit Board (1/2)
M771 A
7
(RED) (RED) (RED) (RED) M771 ACOM

(BLK) (BLK) (BLK) (BLK) M771 / A (CN_ST)
(YEL) (YEL) (YEL) (YEL) M771 B (BLK)
JSO2
JSO2
(CN_ST_rtn)
PDB6
PDB6
1 11
(BLK)
1 12
1 12
JSO13
JSO13
JSO10
JSO10
M771 BCOM
JSO6
JSO6
(WHT) (WHT) (WHT) (WHT) M771 / B

2
2
1 2 3 4 5 6
1 2 3 4 5 6
1 2 3 4 5 6
1 2 3 4 5 6
1 2 3 4 5 6
1 2 3 4 5 6
(ORG) (ORG) (ORG) (ORG) F704 Processing Solution

3
3
(ORG) (ORG) (ORG)

F704
F704
F704
F704_rtn Tank Exhaust Fan

1 2
1 2
1 2
1 2
2 3
(Continued to *B)
4
4
1 2 3 5 6 7 4 8
1 2 3 5 6 7 4 8
(BLK) (BLK) (BLK)
F705
(ORG) (ORG) (ORG)
F705_rtn Processor Exhaust Fan
4 5
3 4
3 4
5 6
5 6
F705
F705
F705
F705
(BLK) (BLK) (BLK)

1 4 3
4 1 2
JPR3
JPR3
PDB3
PDB3
8
JPR10
JPR10
PU724 (ORG) (ORG) (ORG)

PU724_rtn
1 2
1 2
5 6
5 6
7 8
7 8
6 7
(BLK) (BLK) (BLK)

3 4
3 4
PSR Replenisher Pump

(ORG) (ORG)
2 4
2 4
3 4
6 12
6 12
(BLK) (BLK)
8
8
PU724(D728)
PU724(D728)
PU724(D728)
+5V (RED) (RED) (RED)

GND
(BLK) (BLK) (BLK)
JSO6
D728(PU724)
JSO14
JSO14
5 6 7
5 6 7
7 8 9
7 8 9
9 10 11
9 10 11
8 9 10
(BLU) (BLU) (BLU)
(ORG) (ORG)
9
1 3
1 3
1 2
5 11
5 11
(BLK) (BLK)
*A
JSO12
JSO12
(ORG)
Feeding Path Switching Solenoid
S770
S770
S770
1 7
1 7
1 2
1 2
(BLK)
(RED)
(BLK)
10
(YEL)
Dryer Section Drive Motor
M770
M770
M770
(BLU)
(WHT)
1 2 3 4 5 6
1 2 3 4 5 6
2 3 4 8 9 10
2 3 4 8 9 10
(ORG)
(RED)
(BLK)
11
*B
(YEL)
Print Exit Drive Motor
M771
M771
M771
JSO13
JSO13
(BLU)
1 2 3 4 5
1 2 3 4 5
(WHT)
1 2 3 4 5 6
6
6
(ORG)
12
20-67
F
E
B
A
H
D
C
20-68
1
B1 B2 B3 B4
A1 A2 A3 A4
(CN_ST)
(BLK)
(CN_ST_rtn)
(BLK) (BLK)
1 10
1 10
1 10
P+24V
F700 GND
(RED) (RED) (RED)
F700_rtn P1 Processing Solution Tank
2 3
2 3
2 3
1 2
1 2
F700
F700
F700
F700
(BLK) (BLK) (BLK) Heater Cooling Fan
4 1 2
1 4 3
Sensor Signal
2
P+24V
F701
(RED) (RED) (RED)
GND
F701_rtn P2 Processing Solution Tank
4 5
4 5
4 5
3 4
3 4
F701
F701
F701
F701
(BLK) (BLK) (BLK)
Heater Cooling Fan
1 4 3
4 1 2
JHO1
JHO1
Sensor Signal
PDB2
PDB2
JHO3
JHO3
P+24V
F702 GND
(RED) (RED) (RED)
F702_rtn PS1/2/3 Processing Solution
6 7
6 7
6 7
5 6
5 6
(BLK) (BLK) (BLK)
F702
F702
F702
F702
Tank Heater Cooling Fan

1 4 3
4 1 2
Sensor Signal
P+24V
F703 (RED) (RED) (RED)
GND
F703_rtn PS4 Processing Solution
8 9
8 9
8 9
7 8
7 8
F703
F703
F703
F703
(BLK) (BLK) (BLK)

Tank Heater Cooling Fan
1 4 3
4 1 2
3
Sensor Signal
PDB23 Circuit Board Wiring Diagram (2/2)
PDB1
PDB1
CTL12
CTL12
B48 B49 B50 A1 A2 A3
A48 A49 A50 B1 B2 B3

2
2
2
NC
PU721
PU721_rtn (ORG) (ORG) (ORG)
3 4
3 4
3 4
1 3
1 3
CTL23 Circuit Board

(BLK) (BLK) (BLK)
P1R Replenisher Pump

PU721(D725)
PU721(D725)
PU721(D725)
+5V (RED) (RED) (RED)

GND
(BLK) (BLK) (BLK)
D725(PU721)
2 4 6
2 4 6
1 2 3 4 8 5 6 7
1 2 3 4 8 5 6 7
5
(BLU) (BLU) (BLU)

9 11 13
9 11 13
9 11 13
PU722
(ORG) (ORG) (ORG)
PU722_rtn
5 6
5 6
5 6
(BLK) (BLK) (BLK)

8 10
8 10
P2RA Replenisher Pump

JHO2
JHO2
JHO4
JHO4
PDB5
PDB5
+5V
PU722(D726)
PU722(D726)
PU722(D726)
(RED) (RED) (RED)

GND
(BLK) (BLK) (BLK)
D726(PU722)
1 2 3 4 8 5 6 7
1 2 3 4 8 5 6 7
5 7 9
5 7 9
(BLU) (BLU) (BLU)

10 12 14
10 12 14
10 12 14
PU723
6
(ORG) (ORG) (ORG)

7 8
PU723_rtn
7 8
7 8
(BLK) (BLK) (BLK)

11 13
11 13
15
15
P2RB Replenisher Pump

PU723(D727)
PU723(D727)
PU723(D727)
+5V
(RED) (RED) (RED)
GND
(BLK) (BLK) (BLK)
D727(PU723)
1 2 3 4 8 5 6 7
1 2 3 4 8 5 6 7
(BLU) (BLU) (BLU)

15 16 17
15 16 17
15 16 17
12 14 16
12 14 16
(CN_ST)
(BLK)
(CN_ST_rtn)
1 18
1 18
1 18
(BLK) (BLK)
PDB23 Circuit Board (2/2)
7
B48 B49 B50

A48 A49 A50
8
(CN_ST)
(BLK)
(CN_ST_rtn)
1 20
1 20
1 20
(BLK)
+24V
(ORG) (ORG) (ORG)
PU700_ON P1 Circulation Pump
(WHT) (WHT) (WHT)
PU700
PU700
PU700
GND
2 3 4
2 3 4
2 3 4
1 2 3
1 2 3
1 2 3
1 2 3
(BLK) (BLK) (BLK)
D+5V2_MC
(RED) GND-5MC
1 2
1 2
PDB13
PDB13
1 2
(BLK)
JPWB1
JPWB1
+24V (ORG) (ORG) (ORG)

9
To PWR9 PU701_ON P2 Circulation Pump

(WHT) (WHT) (WHT)
PU701
PU701
PU701
GND
1 2 3
1 2 3
4 5 6
4 5 6
5 6 7
5 6 7
5 6 7
(BLK) (BLK) (BLK)

+24V02
(ORG)
GND-24V0
(BLK)
+24V03
PDB14
PDB14
JPWB2
JPWB2
(ORG)
GND-24V0
1 2 3 4
1 2 3 4
3 1 2 4
(BLK)

PU702_ON PS1 Circulation Pump
(WHT) (WHT) (WHT)
PU702
PU702
PU702
GND
1 2 3
1 2 3
7 8 9
7 8 9
(BLK) (BLK) (BLK)

8 9 10
8 9 10
8 9 10
PDB4
PDB4
JPR12
JPR12
JPR13
JPR13
+24V11
(ORG)
1 5
1 5
GND-24V1
(BLK) +24V (ORG) (ORG) (ORG)
+24V12
(ORG) PU703_ON PS2 Circulation Pump
(WHT) (WHT) (WHT)
PU703
PU703
PU703
GND-24V1
1 2 3
1 2 3
(BLK) GND
10
(BLK) (BLK) (BLK)

10 11 12
10 11 12
11 12 13
11 12 13
11 12 13
To PWR9 +24V21
PDB15
PDB15
JPWB3
JPWB3
(ORG)
GND-24V2
2 6 3 7
2 6 3 7
(BLK)
+24V22
(ORG) GND-24V2
2 6 5 8 7 3 4
4 8
4 8
(BLK)
PU704_ON PS3 Circulation Pump
(WHT) (WHT) (WHT)
PU704
PU704
PU704
GND
1 2 3
1 2 3
(BLK) (BLK) (BLK)

13 14 15
13 14 15
14 15 16
14 15 16
14 15 16
+24V31
(ORG)
GND-24V3 +24V (ORG) (ORG) (ORG)
(BLK)
To PWR10 +24V32 PU705_ON PS4 Circulation Pump
(WHT) (WHT) (WHT)
PDB16
PDB16
JPWB4
JPWB4
PU705
PU705
PU705
(ORG)
GND
1 2 3
1 2 3
GND-24V3 (BLK) (BLK) (BLK)

1718 19
1718 19
1718 19
1 3 2 4
1 3 2 4
3 1 2 4
16 17 18
16 17 18
(BLK)
11
12
21. APPENDIX
21.1 Adjustment Jigs ................................................................................... 21-2

21.1.2 LP5700 .................................................................................................................... 21-4
21.2 Required Adjustments after Parts Replacement .............................. 21-5

21.2.2 Scanner .................................................................................................................. 21-6
21.2.3 Paper Supply and Feed Sections......................................................................... 21-7
21.2.4 Exposure Section .................................................................................................. 21-7
21.2.5 Processing Solution Replenishment System ..................................................... 21-8
21.2.6 Sorter ...................................................................................................................... 21-8
21.2.7 Power Supply/Electrical Equipment/Control Section ........................................ 21-8
21.3 Index ...................................................................................................... 21-9
21
21-1
21.1 Adjustment Jigs

No. Name and Shape Part Number Purpose Refer to
1 Carrier Extension Cable 136C1042200 Connect it between the carrier and the 5.5.17
scanner to enable input, output and
operation checks to be carrier out.
EZ1810
2 Nest Section Locating Jig 347C1034425 Use this jig to align the nest section against 7.3.4
the IX240 film feed lane.
Z2557
3 135 Entrance Guide Locating Jig Use this jig to align the 135 entrance guide 7.3.4
against the 135 film feed lane.
Z2570
4 Focusing Chart Jig 899C21562A0 Optical axis adjustment (Menu 0345) 5.4.11
Optical magnification calibration 5.4.12

(Menu 0346)
Focus calibration (Menu 0347) 5.4.13
Z2214
21-2
5 Spectral Calibration Chart (for reversal) 610C895788 Spectral calibration (Menu 0348) 5.4.14
EZ1815
6 Spectral Calibration Chart (for negative) 899C21478A0 Spectral calibration (Menu 0348) 5.4.14
EZ1815
21
21-3
21.1.2 LP5700
1 Back Printer Head Clearance Adjusting Jig 332D889498 Back printer head clearance adjustment 11.2.21
EZ1814
2 Exposure Section Frame Locating Jigs 310C1023994 Locating the exposure section frame 12.3.1
CD1026
3 Power Input Extension Cable 136C1059989 Connection between the power supply 20.6.1
connector and the DC power supply
bracket to enable DC power to be checked.
Z21082A
7 Measuring Cup 359D1062656 For auto washing pump output 5.7.2
measurement.
LZ1118
21-4
21.2 Required Adjustments after Parts Replacement

Sub-
No. Replacement Parts Adjustment Item Menu Refer to
section
1 MR22 (Magnetic Reading Circuit Board 7.1.2 (1) Magnetic Reading Adjustment – 7.2.10
2 IX240 Leading End/Trailing End/Bar Code 7.1.4/ (1) Machine Data Writing 0443 7.1.18
Sensor (D116P/L) 7.2.17
(LEE23 Circuit Board)
3 135 Leading End Sensor (D101P/ 7.1.5/ (1) Machine Data Writing 0443 7.1.18
L)(LEE22/DTG23 Circuit Board) 7.2.16
4 135 Downstream Perforation Sensor 7.1.6/ (1) Machine Data Writing 0443 7.1.18
(D103P/L)(LEE22/DTE22 Circuit Board) 7.2.7
5 LBF23 Circuit Board 7.1.8 (1) Machine Data Writing 0443 7.1.18
6 Pressure Cover Hinge 7.1.14 (1) Level Adjustment – 7.1.14
7 Pressure Mask 7.1.15 (1) Pressure Mask Height Adjustment – 7.1.15
8 IX240 Leading End/Trailing End/Bar Code 7.1.4 (1) Machine Data Writing 0443 7.1.18
Sensor (D116P/L) (LEE23 Circuit Board)
9 Feed Section Unit 7.2.1 (1) 135/IX240 Lane Change Phase – 7.3.5
Adjustment
10 Feed Motor (M101) 7.2.4 (1) Belt Tension Adjustment – 7.2.4
11 Reading Head Opposite Roller 7.2.9 (1) Magnetic Reading Adjustment – 7.2.10
12 DTB23 Circuit Board 7.2.18 (1) Machine Data Writing 0443 7.1.18
13 DTF23 Circuit Board 7.2.19 (1) Machine Data Writing 0443 7.1.18
14 DBF23 Circuit Board 7.2.20 (1) Machine Data Writing 0443 7.1.18
15 Nest Section Unit 7.3.3 (1) 135/IX240 Lane Change Phase – 7.3.5
Adjustment
(2) Nest Section-to-Feed Section – 7.3.4
Alignment Adjustment
(3) 135 Entrance Guide-to-Feed Section – 7.3.4
(4) Data Writing after Nest Section Unit 0451 7.3.3
Replacement
16 135 Entrance Guide 7.3.5 (1) 135 Entrance Guide-to-Feed Section – 7.3.4
(2) 135/IX240 Lane Change Phase – 7.3.5
Adjustment
17 CYA23 Circuit Board 7.4.6 (1) Machine Data Reading after CYA23 0446 7.4.6
Circuit board Replacement 0451
18 NC100AY Carrier Unit 7.4.7 (1) Focus Position Adjustment 0321 5.4.3
(2) Mask Position Adjustment 0420 5.5.2
(3) Film Carrier ID Setup/Delete 0450 5.5.19
(4) Scanner Correction – –
19 Carrier Base ASSY 7.6.2 (1) Optical Axis Adjustment 0345 5.4.11
(2) Focus Position Adjustment 0321 5.4.3
21
21-5
21.2.2 Scanner
Sub-
section
1 Monitor 6.1.1 (1) Monitor Screen Adjustment – –

(2) Monitor Adjustment 0222 5.3.4
2 Power Supply Unit 9.1.4 (1) Voltage Adjustment – 9.1.5
3 GIE23 Circuit Board 9.2.5 (1) Device Driver Installation – 3.5.2
4 GMB23 Circuit Board 9.2.7 (1) Program Download – 8.2.17
5 Main Control Unit 9.3.1 (1) Device Driver Installation – 3.5.2
(2) System Software (A1) Reinstallation – 4.3
(3) Optional Software Installation – –
(4) Backup for Refreshing – 3.5.3
6 HDD (Hard Disk) 9.3.3 (1) OS Recovery – 3.5.1
(2) Device Driver Installation – 3.5.2
(3) System Software (A1) Reinstallation – 4.3
(4) Optional Software Installation – –
(5) Backup for Refreshing – 3.5.3
7 Main control Unit Backup battery 9.3.4 (1) CMOS Setup and Date/Time Setting – 9.3.4
8 CLE23 Circuit Board 8.1.2 (1) Program Download – 8.2.17
(2) Parameter Download 0350 5.4.16
9 CTB23 Circuit Board 8.2.7 (1) Program Download – 8.2.17
10 CPZ23 Circuit Board 8.2.8 (1) Program Download – 8.2.17
11 CCD Unit 8.2.9 (1) Parameter Download 0350 5.4.16
(Use FD Attached to CCD unit)
(2) AD Timing Adjustment 0351 5.4.17
(3) OFD Voltage Adjustment 0351 5.4.17
(4) Gray Pixel Detection 0351 5.4.17
(5) Optical Axis Adjustment 0345 5.4.11
(6) Optical Magnification Calibration 0346 5.4.12
(7) Focus Calibration 0347 5.4.13
(9) LED Light Amount Adjustment 0349 5.4.15
(10)Mask Position Adjustment 0420 5.5.2
(11)Scanner Correction – –
12 LED23 Circuit Board 8.1.2 (1) LED Light Amount Adjustment 0349 5.4.15
(2) Spectral Calibration 0348 5.4.14
13 Lens Unit 8.2.13 (1) Lens Registration 0344 5.4.10
(2) Optical Axis Adjustment 0345 5.4.11
(3) Optical Magnification Calibration 0346 5.4.12
(6) LED Light Amount Adjustment 0349 5.4.15
(8) Scanner Correction – –
14 Lens Home Position Sensor 8.2.11 (1) Optical Magnification Calibration 0346 5.4.12
(D202) (2) Focus Calibration 0347 5.4.13
15 Lens Drive Motor (M202) 8.2.12 (1) Optical Magnification Calibration 0346 5.4.12
16 Conjugate Length Variable Motor (M201) 8.2.14 (1) Optical Magnification Calibration 0346 5.4.12
17 Conjugate Length Variable Section Home 8.2.15 (1) Optical Magnification Calibration 0346 5.4.12
Position Sensor (D201) (2) Focus Calibration 0347 5.4.13
21-6
Sub-
section
18 Conjugate Length Variable Gear/Rack 8.2.16 (1) Optical Magnification Calibration 0346 5.4.12
21.2.3 Paper Supply and Feed Sections

Sub-
section
1 Paper Magazine — (1) Paper Magazine Feeding Fine 0520 5.6.1

Adjustment
2 Cutter Unit 11.1.12 (1) Sensor Calibration (Initial) 0558 5.6.25
11.1.15 (2) Feeding Position Sensor Fine 0553 5.6.21
Adjustment
(3) Image Position Initial Setting 0554 5.6.22
3 Cutter/Feed Unit 11.1.2 (1) Sensor Calibration (Initial) 0558 5.6.25
(2) Feeding Position Sensor Fine 0553 5.6.21
Adjustment
(4) Paper Magazine Feeding Fine 0520 5.6.1
Adjustment
4 Back Printing/Feed Unit 11.2.1 (1) Back Printer Head Clearance — 11.2.21
Adjustment
(3) Paper Magazine Feeding Fine 0520 5.6.1
Adjustment
5 Back Printer Head 11.2.18 (1) Back Printer Head Clearance — 11.2.21
Adjustment
6 Platen 11.2.15 (1) Back Printer Head Clearance — 11.2.21
Adjustment
7 Registration Unit 11.3.1 (1) Image Position Initial Setting 0554 5.6.22
21.2.4 Exposure Section

Sub-
section
1 Laser Optical Unit 12.2.3 (1) G Laser (SHG) Optimal Temperature 0522 5.6.2
Setup
(2) Main Scan/Laser Beam Sync. Rough 0547 5.6.15
Adjustment
(3) Laser Beam Sync. Fine Adjustment 0548 5.6.16
Print
2 Laser Optical Unit Air Filter 12.2.1 (1) Filter Replacement History 0552 5.6.20
3 Sub-scanning Unit 12.3.1 (1) Sensor Calibration (Initial) 0558 5.6.25
4 Exposure Section Entrance Paper Sensor 12.3.9 (1) Sensor Calibration (Initial) 0558 5.6.25
(D650)/
Exposure Position Paper Sensor (D653) 12.3.10
21
21-7
21.2.5 Processing Solution Replenishment System

Sub-
section
1 PSR Filter 16.2.7 (1) Pump Output Measurement/Setting 0620 5.7.1

(2) Auto Cleaning Output Measurement/
Setting 0621 5.7.2
2 PSR Pump (PU724) 16.2.4 (1) Pump Output Measurement/Setting 0620 5.7.1
3 PSR Pump Valve 16.2.5 (1) Pump Output Measurement/Setting 0620 5.7.1
4 PSR Pump Bellows 16.2.6 (1) Pump Output Measurement/Setting 0620 5.7.1
5 Auto Washing Pump (PU720) 16.3.1 (1) Auto Cleaning Output Measurement/ 0621 5.7.2
Setting
6 P1R/P2RA/P2RB Filter 16.2.1 (1) Pump Output Measurement/Setting 0620 5.7.1
7 P1R/P2RA/P2RB Pump 16.2.2 (1) Pump Output Measurement/Setting 0620 5.7.1
(PU721/PU722/PU723)
8 PSR Tank 16.2.10 (1) INSTALLATION "91 PSR AIR EXT." — 1.2
9 P1R/P2RA/P2RB Tank 16.2.11 (1) INSTALLATION "92 MIX REPL. — 1.2
(2) INSTALLATION "93 PUMP AIR EXT."
21.2.6 Sorter
Sub-
section
1 SU1400AY Sorter Drive Motor (M810) 18.4.5 (1) Sorter Tray Stop Position Adjustment — 18.4.5
2. SU2400AY Sorter Tray Stop Position 18.6.2 (1) Sorter Tray Stop Position Adjustment — 18.6.9
Sensor
(D810)
21.2.7 Power Supply/Electrical Equipment/Control Section

Sub-
section
1 GMC23 Circuit Board 19.3.4 (1) Program download — 19.3.7

2 DC Power Supply Unit 19.4.4 (1) DC Voltage Inspection — 20.6.1
3. GIE23 Circuit Board 19.3.3 (1) Device Driver Installation — 3.5.2
21-8
21.3 Index
0 [MENU] Item.........................................................1-7 Back Printing Entrance Nip Roller
1 [STARTUP CHK.] Item..........................................1-8 Replacement .................................................. 11-32
135 Downstream Perforation Sensor (D103)/ Back Printing Entrance/Cutter Exit Feed Roller
DTE22 Circuit Board Replacement ..................7-37 Drive Gear Replacement ............................... 11-27
135 Downstream Perforation Sensor LED (D103L)/ Back Printing Exit Feed Roller Replacement...... 11-30
LEE22 Circuit Board Replacement...................7-11 Back Printing Exit Guide Plate Removal/
135 Entrance Guide Brush Replacement .............7-62 Reinstallation .................................................. 11-30
135 Entrance Guide Removal/Reinstallation.........7-61 Back Printing Format (0226)................................. 5-36
135 Feed Roller Replacement ..............................7-12 Back Printing Head Clearance Adjustment........ 11-38
135 Leading End Sensor (D101P)/ Back Printing Head Inspection............................... 2-9
DTG23 Circuit Board Replacement..................7-42 Back Printing Head Replacement ...................... 11-36
135 Leading End Sensor LED (D101L)/ Back Printing Middle Feed Roller
LEE22 Circuit Board Replacement...................7-11 Replacement .................................................. 11-29
135/120 Diffusion Box Sensor (D301/D302) Back Printing Middle/Exit Nip Roller
Replacement ......................................................8-4 Replacement .................................................. 11-31
135/IX240 Feed Lane Position Sensor Back Printing Section ......................................... 11-23
(D129/D130) Replacement...............................7-71 Back Printing Surface Side Guide Plate
135/IX240 Lane Change Phase Adjustment .........7-59 Replacement .................................................. 11-34
2 [END CHK.] Item ................................................1-10 Back Printing Unit Drive Gear Replacement ...... 11-37
3 [LANGUAGE] Item .............................................1-11 Back Printing Unit Removal/Reinstallation.......... 11-37
4 [CHECK] Item.....................................................1-12 Back Printing/Feed Unit Removal/
5 [SELECT FUNC.] Item ........................................1-13 Reinstallation .................................................. 11-23
6 [PRINT COND.] Item ..........................................1-14 Back Surface Side Upper Cutter Entrance
7 [SPECIAL PRINT] Item .......................................1-15 Guide Plate Removal/Reinstallation ............... 11-21
8 [SYSTEM] Item ...................................................1-16 Backup for Refreshing........................................ 3-194
9 [INSTALLATION] Item ........................................1-19 Block Diagrams .................................................. 20-18
Bottom Cover Removal/Reinstallation .................. 7-73
[A] Box Cover and Circuit Board Holder
AC Power Supply Bracket Removal/ Removal/Reinstallation ....................................... 9-9
Reinstallation ....................................................19-4 Built-in Circuit Breaker Replacement ................... 19-3
AC Power Supply Wiring Diagram ......................20-53
Accumulated Production Information (0127) ........5-13 [C]
Adjustment Jigs ....................................................21-2 Cam Follower (Rubber Bearing) Replacement .... 2-12
AF Function Setup (0323) .....................................5-45 Carrier Adjustment/Maintenance (04) .................. 5-69
Anti-dust Fan 1/2/3 (F610/F611/F612) Carrier Base Assembly Removal/Reinstallation ... 7-94
Replacement ..................................................12-10 Carrier Base Section............................................. 7-92
AOM Driver Replacement .....................................12-6 Carrier Base Slider Guide Replacement ................ 2-5
APPENDIX .............................................................21-1 Carrier Base Slider Rail Cleaning ........................... 2-5
ATX23 Circuit Board Replacement .....................19-14 Carrier Cover Removal/Reinstallation................... 7-70
Auto Chain Tensioner Removal/Reinstallation ....14-27 Carrier Inclination Display (0342) ......................... 5-50
Auto Cleaning Output Measurement/Setting Carrier Lock Assembly Removal/Reinstallation.... 7-96
(0621) .............................................................5-122 Carrier Lock Sensor (D208) Replacement ........... 7-96
Auto Film Carrier Inspection....................................2-4 Cartridge Holder Assembly Replacement............ 7-65
Auto Film Carrier NC100AY............... 20-4, 21-2, 21-5 Cartridge Opening Motor (M720) Replacement... 16-8
Auto Film Carrier NC100AY Cartridge Release Lever Assembly
(Pressure Cover Section)....................................7-9 Replacement .................................................... 7-66
Auto Film Carrier NC100AY Wiring Diagram.......20-32 Cartridge Set Box Removal/Reinstallation............ 16-7
Auto Washing and P1R Stirring System ..............16-23 CCD Adjustment (0351) ....................................... 5-65
Auto Washing Pump (PU720) Replacement .......16-23 CCD Data Display (0343) ..................................... 5-51
Auxiliary Power Supply (SPS23 Circuit Board) CCD Unit Removal/Reinstallation ......................... 8-14
Replacement ....................................................19-7 CD-ROM Drive Inspection ...................................... 2-7
Chain Tension Adjustment.......................18-38, 18-50
[B] Circuit Board Layout Diagrams ...............20-26, 20-44
B Laser (B-LD) Data (0545) ................................5-105 Circuit Protector (CP1 to CP6) Replacement ....... 19-9
Back Printer Head Replacement ............................2-9 Circulation Pump Inspection ................................ 2-15
Back Printing Drive Gear Replacement ..............11-35 CLE23 Circuit Board Replacement ........................ 8-4
Back Printing Entrance Feed Roller Clear Error Log (0141).......................................... 5-16
Replacement ..................................................11-28 Command (9942)................................................ 5-140 21
Back Printing Entrance Guide Plate Removal/ Conjugate Length Variable Gear/Rack
Reinstallation ..................................................11-33 Replacement .................................................... 8-22
21-9
21.3 Index
Conjugate Length Variable Motor (M201) Distribution Section Paper Sensor (Front: D664P/
Replacement ....................................................8-20 Center: D660P/Rear: D665P) Replacement... 13-36
Conjugate Length Variable Section Home Distribution Section Paper Sensor LED
Position Sensor (D201) Replacement...............8-21 (Front: D664L/Center: D660L/Rear: D665L)
Connecting Grounding Wristband ........................9-15 Replacement .................................................. 13-37
Connection to Imaging Controller (0100)................5-6 Distribution Slide Motor (M661) Replacement.... 13-32
Connector Cover Removal/Reinstallation ...........11-13 Distribution Timing Belt Replacement ................ 13-30
Control Circuit Board Bracket Removal/ Distribution Unit .................................................. 13-23
Reinstallation ..................................................19-24 Distribution Unit Removal/Reinstallation............. 13-23
Control Section....................................................19-23 DISTRIBUTION/PRINTER EXIT SECTION............. 13-1
Control Section Exhaust Fan 1 to 5 Drive Belt Replacement...........................10-16, 13-36
(F600 to F604) Replacement ..........................19-30 Drive Bracket Removal/Reinstallation................. 14-29
Control Section Exhaust Fan Bracket Drive Gear Replacement .........................11-11, 13-17
Removal/Reinstallation ...................................19-32 Drive Gear with Torque Limiter Replacement .... 13-40
Cover/Lower Bracket Removal/Reinstallation .....18-29 Drive Pulley Replacement .................................... 10-4
CPZ23 Circuit Board Replacement.......................8-12 Drive Sprocket/Gear Replacement..................... 14-30
Crossover Rack/Dryer Entrance Rack Auto Dryer Belt Unit ...................................................... 17-3
Washing Nozzle Inspection ..............................2-14 Dryer Belt Unit Open/Close Detecting Interlock
Crossover Racks ...................................................14-4 Switch (D762B) Replacement .......................... 17-5
CTB23 Circuit Board ...........................................3-164 Dryer Belt Unit Removal/Reinstallation ................. 17-3
CTB23 Circuit Board +24V System.....................3-165 Dryer Entrance Rack Disassembly/Reassembly .. 14-5
CTB23 Circuit Board Replacement.......................8-12 Dryer Exit Unit....................................................... 18-9
CTL23 Circuit Board Replacement .....................19-23 Dryer Exit Unit Removal/Reinstallation ............... 18-10
CTL23 Circuit Board Wiring Diagram..................20-56 Dryer Exit Unit Right Cover Removal/
Custom Button Regist/Save (1023) .....................5-136 Reinstallation .................................................... 18-9
Custom Setting Regist/Delete (0225)....................5-28 Dryer Exit Unit Top Cover Removal/
Cutter Inspection.....................................................2-9 Reinstallation .................................................... 18-9
Cutter/Feed Section ..............................................11-6 Dryer Fan Cover Removal/Reinstallation ............ 17-14
Cutter/Feed Unit Removal/Reinstallation ..............11-6 Dryer Fan (F760) Replacement .......................... 17-15
CYA23 Circuit Board Replacement ......................7-74 Dryer Fan/Heater Section ................................... 17-14
CYB23Circuit Board Replacement .......................7-81 Dryer Feed Roller Drive Belt Replacement........... 17-9
Dryer Feed Roller Replacement ........................... 17-9
[D] Dryer Heater Assembly (H760 to H767)
Dark Correction/Bright Correction (0340) .............5-47 Replacement .................................................. 17-17
Data Backup (0122) ................................................5-9 Dryer Heater Safety Thermostats 1/2
Data Download (0562) ........................................5-119 (D760A/B) Replacement ................................ 17-16
Data Saving (0561) .............................................5-118 Dryer Mesh Belt Inspection .................................. 2-21
DBF23 Circuit Board Replacement.......................7-44 Dryer Mesh Belt/Roller Replacement ................... 17-3
DC Power Supply Bracket Removal/ Dryer Rack Removal/Reinstallation ...................... 17-6
Reinstallation ..................................................19-19 Dryer Rack Section............................................... 17-6
DC Power Supply Section ...................................19-19 DRYER SECTION.................................................. 17-1
DC Power Supply System LED Indication...........20-39 Dryer Section Drive Motor (M770)
DC Power Supply Unit Fuses and LEDs .............20-24 Replacement .................................................. 18-16
DC Power Supply Unit Replacement ..................19-21 Dryer Section Open/Close Detecting Interlock
DC Power Supply Voltage Adjustment................20-22 Switch (D762A) Replacement .......................... 17-8
DC Voltage Check List ............................ 20-23, 20-35 Dryer Temperature Abnormality ......................... 3-172
Device Driver Installation ....................................3-189 Dryer Thermometer (TS760) Replacement......... 17-16
DI Manager Administrative Setting (0124) ............5-11 Dryer Unit Exit Roller Replacement .................... 17-12
Distribution Entrance Unit .....................................13-6 Dryer Unit Exit Turn Roller Replacement ............ 17-10
Distribution Entrance Unit Removal/ Dryer Unit Lock Assembly Replacement............ 17-13
Reinstallation ....................................................13-8 DTB23 Circuit Board Replacement ...................... 7-43
Distribution Home Position Sensor (D661) DTF23 Circuit Board Replacement....................... 7-44
Replacement ..................................................13-29 Dummy Head Opposite Roller Replacement ....... 7-45
Distribution Roller Replacement..........................13-33 Dummy Head Replacement ................................. 7-17
Distribution Section Connector Cover
Removal/Reinstallation .....................................13-7 [E]
Distribution Section Drive Standby Sensor ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS ..................... 20-1
(D669) Replacement ......................................13-40 Electrical Parts and Circuit Board Layout
Distribution Section Nip Release System/ Diagrams........................................................ 20-15
Roller Inspection...............................................2-13 ELECTRICAL SECTION ........................................ 19-1
21-10
21.3 Index
Emulsion Surface Guide Plate Removal/ Feed Section Cooling Fan Cover
Reinstallation ..................................................13-53 Removal/Reinstallation ................................... 13-44
Emulsion Surface Side Upper Cutter Exit Guide Feed Section Paper Sensor (D633)
Plate Removal/Reinstallation ..........................11-20 Replacement .................................................. 11-24
Entrance Back Surface Guide Plate Removal/ Feed Section Unit Removal/Reinstallation............ 7-26
Reinstallation ..................................................13-54 Feeding Path Switch Position Sensor
Entrance Guide Plate Removal/Reinstallation.....11-53 (Large Size)(D776) Replacement .................. 18-15
Error Indication Outline ...........................................3-2 Feeding Path Switching paper Sensor LED
Error Information Check (0123).............................5-10 (Rear/Center/Front) (D770L/D771L/D772L)/
Exit Back Surface Guide Plate Lower Exit Paper Sensor LED
Removal/Reinstallation ...................................13-54 (Rear/Center/Front) (D773L/D774L/D775L)
Exit Feed Belt Replacement................................17-13 Replacement .................................................. 18-12
Exit Feed Roller Replacement.............................11-22 Feeding Path Switching Paper Sensor
Exit Feed Roller/Guide Plate Replacement .........13-55 (Rear/Center/Front)(D770P/D771P/D772P)
Exit Nip Roller Replacement ...............................13-53 Replacement .................................................. 18-13
Exit Nip Roller/Lower Magazine Entrance Nip Feeding Path Switching Solenoid (S770)
Roller Replacement ........................................11-17 Replacement .................................................. 18-14
Exit Side Feed Roller Replacement ....................13-42 Feeding Position Sensor Fine Adjustment
Exit Side Upper and Lower Guide Plate (0553) ............................................................. 5-111
Replacement ..................................................11-49 Film Carrier ......................................................... 3-163
Explorer (9941)....................................................5-139 Film Carrier ID Setup/Delete (0450) ..................... 5-88
Exposure Point Thermometer (TS650) FILM CARRIER SECTION ....................................... 7-1
Replacement ..................................................12-15 Filter Replacement History (0552) ...................... 5-111
EXPOSURE SECTION ...........................................12-1 Fine Adjustment of the Print Mag.Setting (0241).. 5-39
Exposure Section ..................................................21-7 Fixing Bracket Installation..................................... 8-29
Exposure Section Entrance Paper Sensor Flexible Cable (CYA23 to JNC23) Replacement.. 7-50
(D650P)/Exposure Position Paper Sensor Flexible Cable (LBF23 to JNC23) Replacement... 7-24
(D653P) Replacement ....................................12-25 Flexible Cable Replacement ................................ 7-82
Exposure Section Entrance Paper Sensor LED Floppy Disk Drive Inspection.................................. 2-6
(D650L)/Exposure Position Paper Sensor LED Focus Calibration (0347) ...................................... 5-57
(D653L) Replacement ....................................12-26 Focus Position Adjustment (0321)........................ 5-43
Frame Removal/Reinstallation ............................ 12-18
[F] Front Cover Removal/Reinstallation........................ 9-3
Fan Bracket Removal/Reinstallation .....................12-4 Front Entrance Feed Roller Replacement .......... 13-50
Feed Belt/Belt Drive Roller Replacement............18-32 Front/Rear Entrance Nip Roller Replacement .... 13-52
Feed Belt/Feed Belt Drive Roller Replacement ..18-27
Feed Guide Plate Replacement ..........................11-17 [G]
Feed Motor 1 (M630) Replacement ....................11-11 G Laser (G-SHG) Data (0544) ............................ 5-104
Feed Motor 2 (M631) Replacement ....................11-28 G Laser (SHG) Optimal Temperature Setup
Feed Motor 3 (M632) Replacement ....................11-26 (0522) ............................................................... 5-96
Feed Motor 4 (M640) Replacement ....................11-43 GDM23 Circuit Board Replacement................... 19-14
Feed Motor 5 (M660) Replacement ....................13-35 Gear Bracket Replacement .................................. 7-62
Feed Motor (M101) Replacement .........................7-32 GEP23/GIE23/GPR23 Circuit Board
Feed Roller 1 Drive Gear Replacement ..............11-55 Replacement .................................................. 19-12
Feed Roller Drive Belt Replacement ...................18-17 GIA23 Circuit Board Replacement ....................... 9-10
Feed Roller Drive Gear Replacement .................13-20 GIE23 Circuit Board Replacement ....................... 9-10
Feed Roller Replacement ...................................13-19 GMB23 Circuit Board Replacement ..................... 9-11
Feed Roller Rotation Sensor (D135)/ GMC23 Circuit Board Replacement................... 19-13
SSE23 Circuit Board Replacement...................7-37 GPA23 Circuit Board Replacement...................... 9-11
Feed Roller/Belt Replacement ..............................7-48 GSR23 Circuit Board Replacement........................ 9-9
Feed Section Cooling Fan 1 (F605) Guide Plate Removal/Reinstallation.................... 18-18
Replacement ..................................................19-34
Feed Section Cooling Fan 2 (F606) [H]
Replacement ..................................................13-45 Hard Disk Replacement ....................................... 9-18
Feed Section Cooling Fan 3 (F607) Harness Cover Removal/Reinstallation ................ 7-42
Replacement ..................................................13-45 Heater Cooling Fan (F700 to F703)
Feed Section Cooling Fan 4 (F608) Replacement .................................................... 15-7
Replacement ....................................................12-5 Heater Safety Thermostat (D700 to D703) 21
Feed Section Cooling Fan 5 (F609) Replacement .................................................... 15-8
Replacement ....................................................12-5 Help (21)/Self-Diagnostics (Scanner)(22)/
Self-Diagnostics (Printer)(23) ......................... 5-139
21-11
21.3 Index
Holiday File Regist/Delete (1022)........................5-136 [L]

Hose Connection ................................................15-14 Lane Change Lever/Arm Replacement ................ 7-46
Laser Beam Sync. Fine Adjustment Print
[I] (0548) ............................................................. 5-107
Image Control Box ..............................................19-10 Laser Exposure Check (0542)............................ 5-104
Image Control Box Circuit Board Wiring Laser History Display (0549) .............................. 5-109
Diagram ..........................................................20-64 Laser Optical Unit............................................... 12-10
Image Control Box/Cover Removal/ Laser Optical Unit Air Filter Replacement .......... 12-10
Reinstallation ..................................................19-10 Laser Optical Unit Removal/Reinstallation ......... 12-11
Image Control Section Cooling Fan (F620) LBF23 Circuit Board Replacement....................... 7-13
Replacement ..................................................19-11 LDD Circuit Board/AOM Driver Section................ 12-3
Image Correction Setup (0240).............................5-39 LDD23 Circuit Board Replacement ...................... 12-7
Image Export Settings (0101) .................................5-6 LDD23 Circuit Board Wiring Diagram ................ 20-63
Image Position and Tilt Fine Adjustment (0527) ...5-98 LDD/AOM Cooling Fan (F614A/B)
Image Position Initial Setting (0554)....................5-112 Replacement .................................................... 12-6
Image Processing Block Diagram ......................20-19 Leakage Breaker (LB1 to LB3) Replacement....... 19-8
Image Processing Circuit Board Box LED Heater (LH311/LH312)/Light Source
Removal/Reinstallation .......................................9-7 Temperature Sensor (D311) Replacement ........ 8-6
Image Processing Circuit Board Expansion .........9-12 LED Light Amount Adjustment (0349) .................. 5-61
Image Processing Circuit Board Section ................9-7 LED23 Circuit Board Replacement ........................ 8-7
Image Processing Section Adjustment/ Left Cover Interlock Switch 1/2
Maintenance (07)............................................5-133 (D681A/D681B) Replacement ....................... 19-32
Image Processing Section Cooling Fan (F321) Left Cover Removal/Reinstallation........................ 11-6
Replacement ....................................................9-12 Left Lower Cover Removal/Reinstallation ........... 19-19
Image Processing Section Function Setting Left-hand Front Cover Removal/Reinstallation ..... 7-52
(0741) ............................................................5-134 Lens Cleaning......................................................... 2-4
Image Processing Section Information Lens Drive Motor (M202) Replacement................ 8-18
Display (0720) ................................................5-133 Lens Home Position Sensor (D202)
Image Processing Section I/O Check (0740) .....5-133 Replacement .................................................... 8-17
Image Scanning Method (0300) ...........................5-42 Lens Registration (0344) ...................................... 5-53
Index Conditions (0227)........................................5-38 Lens Unit Replacement ........................................ 8-19
Indicator Lamp (L/P101)/LEH23 Circuit Board Light Box (Optional) Replacement ......................... 6-6
Replacement ....................................................7-69 Light Box (Optional) Switch Replacement.............. 6-7
Input Check (0320) ...............................................5-43 Light Source Assembly Removal/Reinstallation ..... 8-5
Input Extension Cable Connection .....................20-34 Light Source Section .............................................. 8-3
Installation Information Reference (0126) .............5-13 Light Source Section Exhaust Fan (F311)
Installation Information Setup (0140) ....................5-15 Replacement ...................................................... 8-8
I/O Check (0341)...................................................5-49 Light Source Unit Removal/Reinstallation............... 8-3
I/O Parts Diagrams................................................20-2 Load Harness Replacement................................. 7-70
IPI Sensor (D121)/SSA23 Circuit Board Lock Arm Replacement ...................................... 7-100
Replacement ....................................................7-63 Lock Release Arm Replacement ........................ 7-100
IX240 Dust Removal Roller Replacement .............7-15 Lock Release Shaft Disassembly/Reassembly .... 7-98
IX240 Feed Roller Replacement ...........................7-14 Louver Removal/Reinstallation ............................. 12-5
IX240 Leading End/Trailing End/Bar Code Low Volume Processing Setup (0622) ............... 5-124
Sensor (D116P)/DTE23 Circuit Board Lower Connector Cover Removal/Reinstallation .. 15-7
Replacement ....................................................7-43 Lower Cutter Feed Roller Replacement ............. 11-18
IX240 Leading End/Trailing End/Bar Code Lower Cutter Unit Removal/Reinstallation .......... 11-16
Sensor LED (D116L)/LEE23 Circuit Board Lower Exit Paper Sensor (Rear/Center/Front)
Replacement ....................................................7-10 (D773P/D774P/D775P) Replacement ............ 18-13
IX240 Lower Dust Removal Roller Replacement ..7-40 Lower Magazine Drive Unit Removal/
Reinstallation .................................................. 10-15
[J] Lower Magazine Paper Sensor (D632P)
JNC23 Circuit Board Replacement.......................7-36 Replacement .................................................. 11-12
JND23 Circuit Board Wiring Diagram .................20-59 Lower Magazine Paper Sensor LED (D632L)
JNE23 Circuit Board Wiring Diagram..................20-61 Replacement .................................................. 11-15
Lower Magazine Setting Lever Cover Removal/
[K] Reinstallation .................................................... 10-9
Keyboard (D131~D134)/MSC22 Circuit Board Lower Magazine Setting Lever Lock Arm
Replacement ....................................................7-68 Replacement .................................................. 10-10
21-12
21.3 Index
Lower Magazine Setting Lever Removal/ MRH23 (Magnetic Reading Head) Circuit
Reinstallation ....................................................10-9 Board Replacement ........................................... 7-9
Lower Magazine Table..........................................10-9 MSB23 Circuit Board Replacement...................... 7-84
Lower Magazine Table Unit Removal/ Multi-film Carrier MFC10AY .................................. 20-6
Reinstallation ..................................................10-10 Multi-film Carrier MFC10AY (Optional) ................. 7-81
Lower Sensor Bracket Removal/Reinstallation .....11-9 Multi-film Carrier MFC10AY Wiring Diagram ...... 20-33
LP5700 ..................................................................21-4 MWH20 (Magnetic Writing Head) Circuit
Board Replacement ......................................... 7-10
[M]
Machine Data Writing............................................7-25 [N]
Magazine Door Hinge Opening/Closing ...............13-6 NC100AY Body Section........................................ 7-70
Magazine Door Interlock Switch (D680A/B) NC100AY Feeding Operation Check (0455) ........ 5-93
Replacement ..................................................10-17 NC100AY Fixed Feeding Setup (0400) ................ 5-69
Magazine Drive Unit/Interlock Switch .................10-14 NC100AY Focus Offset Adjustment (0441) .......... 5-79
Magazine Moving Cam Roller Replacement.........10-7 NC100AY Input Check (0421) .............................. 5-71
Magazine Roller Release Arm Replacement ........10-3 NC100AY Installation Information Display
Magazine Table Lift Cam Roller Replacement....10-11 (0444) ............................................................... 5-83
Magnetic Reading Adjustment .............................7-39 NC100AY Installation Information Setup (0446) ... 5-84
Magnetic Reading Head (D124) Replacement ....7-17 NC100AY I/O Check (0448) ................................. 5-86
Magnetic Writing Head (MG101) Replacement....7-18 NC100AY Lower Feed Section ............................. 7-26
Main Control Unit ..................................................9-14 NC100AY Machine Data Setup (0451)................. 5-90
Main Control Unit Left-hand Cover Removal/ NC100AY Magnetic Information Reading
Reinstallation ....................................................9-15 (0452) ............................................................... 5-91
Main Control Unit Replacement ............................9-14 NC100AY Magnetic Verify (0453)......................... 5-92
Main Scan/Laser Beam Sync. Rough Adjust NC100AY Monitor Frame Ratio Setup (0425)....... 5-76
(0547) .............................................................5-106 NC100AY Nest Section......................................... 7-52
MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION ........................2-1 NC100AY Nest Section Operation Check
Maintenance and Inspection Procedures ...............2-4 (0454) ............................................................... 5-93
MAINTENANCE MENU ...........................................5-1 NC100AY Sensor Calibration (0440) .................... 5-78
Maintenance Schedule ...........................................2-2 NC100AY Sensor Calibration Information
Mask Cover Gear Replacement............................7-86 (0443) ............................................................... 5-81
Mask Position Adjustment (0420)..........................5-69 NC100AY Unit Replacement ................................ 7-80
Mask Table Lock Unit Replacement .....................7-90 NC100AY Working Information Display (0423) .... 5-73
Mask Table Lock Unit Spring Replacement..........7-91 Nest Section Cover Removal/Reinstallation ......... 7-52
Mask Table Slider Position Sensor (D486) Nest Section Unit Removal/Reinstallation............. 7-53
Replacement ....................................................7-85 Nest Section/135 Entrance Guide-to-Feed
MENU TABLE ..........................................................1-1 Section Alignment Adjustment ......................... 7-56
Menu Table .............................................................1-6 New Installation .................................................... 4-26
Message Icon .........................................................3-2 Nip Release Home Position Sensor 1 (D642)
Message Number....................................................3-2 Replacement .................................................. 11-40
MESSAGES AND ACTIONS ....................................3-1 Nip Release Home Position Sensor 2 (D655)
Messages and Actions ...........................................3-3 Replacement .................................................. 13-10
MFC10AY Focus Offset Adjustment (0442) ..........5-80 Nip Release Home Position Sensor 3 (D656)
MFC10AY Input Check (0422) ..............................5-72 Replacement .................................................. 13-15
MFC10AY Installation Information Display Nip Release Home Position Sensor (Front: D662/
(0445) ...............................................................5-83 Rear: D663) Replacement ............................. 13-24
MFC10AY Installation Information Setup (0447) ...5-85 Nip Release Mechanism (before exposure)
MFC10AY I/O Check (0449) .................................5-88 Inspection ........................................................ 2-11
MFC10AY Monitor Frame Ratio Setup (0426) .......5-77 Nip Release Motor 2 (M655) Replacement ........ 13-12
MFC10AY Working Information Display (0424).....5-75 Nip Release Motor 3 (M656) Replacement ........ 13-16
Monitor ....................................................................6-3 Nip Release Motor 4 (Front) (M662)
Monitor Adjustment (0222)....................................5-24 Replacement .................................................. 13-26
Monitor Replacement ..............................................6-3 Nip Release Motor 4 (Rear) (M662)
Monotone Correction Setting (0224) .....................5-27 Replacement .................................................. 13-27
Motherboard Backup Battery Replacement .........9-16 Nip Release Solenoid 1 (S631) Replacement .... 11-25
Motor Driver Bracket Removal/Reinstallation......14-26 Nip Release Solenoid 2 (S632) Replacement .... 11-25
Motor Driver Replacement ..................................14-27 Nip Release Solenoid 3 (S640) Replacement .... 11-45
Mouse Cleaning ......................................................2-4 Nip Release Solenoid 4 (S641) Replacement .... 11-45 21
Mouse Replacement ...............................................6-4 Nip Release Timing Belt (Front) Replacement ... 13-25
Mouse/Keyboard/Light Box (Optional)....................6-4 Nip Release Timing Belt (M655 Side)
Replacement .................................................. 13-10
21-13
21.3 Index
Nip Release Timing Belt (M656 Side) Paper Magazine Feeding Fine Adjustment
Replacement ..................................................13-15 (0520) ............................................................... 5-95
Nip Release Timing Belt (Rear) Replacement ....13-27 Paper Magazine Registration (0221).................... 5-22
Nip Roller Guide Plate Removal/Reinstallation ...13-41 Paper Supply and Feed Sections......................... 21-7
Nip Roller (M655 Side) Replacement..................13-13 PAPER SUPPLY SECTION.................................... 10-1
Nip Roller Replacement .............. 13-16, 13-28, 18-24 Paper Supply Section Assembly Replacement.... 10-3
No.1 Crossover Rack Disassembly/ Paper Surfaces Display Setup (0243) .................. 5-41
Reassembly ......................................................14-4 PDA23 Circuit Board Replacement .................... 19-29
No.2/No.3 Crossover Rack Disassembly/ PDA23 Circuit Board Wiring Diagram ................ 20-65
Reassembly ......................................................14-4 PDB23 Circuit Board Replacement .................... 19-29
Noise Filter (NF1 to NF3)/Capacitor (C1 to C3) PDB23 Circuit Board Wiring Diagram ................ 20-67
Replacement ....................................................19-8 Pipe Slider Inspection........................................... 2-13
Pipe Slider Replacement .................................... 13-38
[O] Platen Replacement ........................................... 11-34
Operation Keyboard Assembly Removal/ Plug-in Connector Replacement ....... 7-72, 7-88, 7-92
Reinstallation ......................................................6-4 Power Input Section.............................................. 19-3
Operation Keyboard Circuit Board Replacement ...6-5 “POWER” LEDs on the Operation Panel............. 20-37
Operation Keyboard Replacement .........................6-5 Power Supply Cooling Fan (F630)/Electrical
Operation Panel/Keyboard Circuit Board Equipment Cooling Fan 1/2 (F631A/F631B)
(KEY23) Replacement ......................................12-8 Replacement .................................................. 19-31
OPERATION SECTION............................................6-1 Power Supply Cord Cleaning ................................. 2-5
Operational Procedure............................................5-4 Power Supply Section............................................. 9-3
Optical Axis Adjustment (0345) ............................5-54 Power Supply Unit Replacement............................ 9-5
Optical Magnification Calibration (0346) ..............5-56 Power Supply Voltage Adjustment ......................... 9-6
OS Recovery .......................................................3-184 Power Supply/Electrical Equipment Section ........ 19-4
OS Recovery and Backup for Refreshing ...........3-184 Power Supply/Electrical Equipment Section
Inner Cover Removal/Reinstallation ................. 19-4
[P] Power Supply/Electrical Equipment/Control
P1 to PS4 Solution Thermometer (TS700 to TS703) Section ............................................................. 21-8
Replacement ....................................................15-4 Power Switch (D684) Replacement.................... 19-33
P1/P2 Circulation Pump (PU700/PU701) Pressure Cover Hinge Replacement .................... 7-19
Replacement ..................................................15-10 Pressure Cover Lock Lever Replacement............ 7-47
P1/P2 Roller Replacement ....................................14-9 Pressure Cover Open/Close Detecting Pin
P1/P2/PS1/PS4 Drive Shaft Removal/ Position Adjustment ......................................... 7-23
Reinstallation ..................................................14-12 Pressure Cover Open/Close Sensor (D128)
P1/P2/PS1/PS4 Upper Guide Removal/ Replacement .................................................... 7-41
Reinstallation ....................................................14-6 Pressure Cover Removal/Reinstallation.................. 7-9
P1R Stirring Valve/Replenishment Cartridge Pressure Mask Replacement................................ 7-22
Washing Valve Diagnostics ............................3-179 Print Alignment Motor (M812) Replacement ...... 18-42
P1R Upper/P2RA/B Upper/P1R Lower/P2RA/B Print Alignment Stop Sensor (D814)
Lower Level Sensor (FS720/FS721/FS722/ Replacement .................................................. 18-43
FS724/FS725/FS726) Replacement................16-17 Print Condition Setup and Check (02).................. 5-17
P1R/P2RA/P2RB Cartridge Washing/P1R PRINT EXIT SECTION/SORTER............................ 18-1
Stirring Valve (S728/S729/S730/S731) Print Sending Drive Motor (M771)/Belt
Replacement ..................................................16-25 Replacement .................................................. 18-25
P1R/P2RA/P2RB Pump (PU721/PU722/PU723) Print Sending Unit............................................... 18-25
Replacement ..................................................16-10 Print Sending Unit Removal/Reinstallation ......... 18-25
P1R/P2RA/P2RB Tank Replacement ..................16-20 Print Size Setup (0220) ......................................... 5-19
PAC23 Circuit Board Bracket Removal/ Printer Adjustment/Maintenance (05) ................... 5-95
Reinstallation ....................................................19-7 Printer Drive Gear/Sprocket Replacement ......... 14-32
PAC23 Circuit Board Replacement ......................19-6 Printer Exit Section.............................................. 13-44
PAC23 Circuit Board Wiring Diagram .................20-54 Printer Exit Unit Drive Gear Replacement .......... 13-46
Paint (9940) .........................................................5-139 Printer Exit Unit Removal/Reinstallation.............. 13-44
Paper Condition Method Setup (0242) .................5-40 Printer Function Select (0528) ............................ 5-100
Paper Condition Setup (0200)...............................5-17 Printer Input Check (0525) ................................... 5-98
Paper Condition Setup Table (LUT) Copy Printer I/O Check (0540)..................................... 5-101
(0550) .............................................................5-109 Printer Mechanical Fine Adjustment (0551) ....... 5-110
Paper Feed (0523) ................................................5-97 Printer Operation Data Display (0560) ............... 5-117
PAPER FEED SECTION.........................................11-1 Printer Rear Cover Open/Close .......................... 19-23
Paper Magazine ....................................................10-3 Printer Right Inner Cover Removal/
Reinstallation .................................................... 13-7
21-14
21.3 Index
Printer Section (LP5700) .....................................20-16 PS4 Solution Concentration Sensor Cleaning ...... 2-18
Printer Section (LP5700SC)...................................20-7 PS4 Solution Concentration Sensor (FS706)
Printer Temperature Display (0524) ......................5-97 Replacement .................................................... 15-6
Printer Top Cover Removal/Reinstallation.............12-3 PSR Filter Replacement...................................... 16-16
Printer/Processor Block Diagram ........................20-20 PSR Level Sensor Inspection ............................... 2-19
Printer/Processor DC Power Supply Unit and PSR Pump Bellows Replacement....................... 16-15
Circuit Boards.................................................20-34 PSR Pump Bracket Removal/Reinstallation........ 16-12
Printer/Processor Electrical Equipment Block PSR Pump (PU724) Replacement ...................... 16-13
Diagram ..........................................................20-21 PSR Pump Valve Replacement .......................... 16-14
Printer/Processor Operation Panel Menu Table......1-6 PSR Tank Replacement...................................... 16-18
Printer/Processor Wiring Diagrams .....................20-53 PSR Upper/Lower Level Sensor
Printing Function Inspection ...................................2-8 (FS723/FS727) Replacement ......................... 16-16
Processing Rack Helical Drive Gear PWR23 Circuit Board Replacement ................... 19-20
Lubrication........................................................2-14 PWR23 Circuit Board Wiring Diagram................ 20-55
Processing Racks .................................................14-6
PROCESSING SOLUTION CIRCULATION [R]
SYSTEM ............................................................15-1 R Laser (R-LD) Data (0543)................................ 5-104
Processing Solution Heater Inspection .................2-15 Rack Auto Cleaning System Diagnostics ........... 3-178
Processing solution Heater/Circulation Pump Rack Auto Washing Valve/P1WR Water
Section..............................................................15-7 Replenishment Valve (S720 to S722)
Processing Solution Level Sensor Cleaning .........2-16 Replacement .................................................. 16-24
PROCESSING SOLUTION REPLENISHMENT Reading Head Opposite Roller Replacement ...... 7-38
SYSTEM ............................................................16-1 Rear Cover Removal/Reinstallation ........................ 9-3
Processing Solution Replenishment Rear Entrance Feed Roller Replacement ........... 13-51
System .................................................. 16-10, 21-8 Register/Delete ................................................... 5-135
Processing Solution Tank Exhaust Fan 1 Registration Section............................................ 11-40
(F704) Replacement .......................................15-13 Registration Section Feed Roller 1
Processing Solution Tank Exhaust Fan 2 Replacement .................................................. 11-53
(F705) Replacement .......................................15-13 Registration Section Feed Roller Cleaning........... 2-10
Processing Solution Tank Level Lowering ..........3-176 Registration Section Feed Roller Replacement.. 11-46
Processing Solution Temperature Abnormality...3-168 Registration Section Nip Roller 1 Replacement . 11-54
Processing Temperature Setting (0640) .............5-129 Registration Section Nip Roller 2 Replacement . 11-47
Processor Adjustment/Maintenance (06)............5-120 Registration Section Nip Roller 3/4
Processor Drive Chain Lubrication .......................2-21 Replacement .................................................. 11-48
Processor Drive Chain Replacement ..................14-31 Registration Section Paper Sensor (D640P)
Processor Drive Motor (M700) Replacement......14-28 Replacement .................................................. 11-42
Processor Drive System ......................................14-25 Registration Section Paper Sensor LED (D640L)
Processor Front Cover Removal/Reinstallation .....15-3 Replacement .................................................. 11-42
Processor Inner Cover Removal/Reinstallation .....15-4 Registration Tilt Motor (M641) /Nip Release
Processor Input Check (0624) ............................5-127 Motor1 (M642) Replacement ......................... 11-43
Processor I/O Check (0642) ...............................5-130 Registration Unit Removal/Reinstallation............ 11-40
Processor Operating Condition Setup (0625).....5-128 Regular Maintenance and Inspection Table .......... 2-3
Processor Operation Data Display (0643) ..........5-131 Reinstallation ........................................................ 4-13
Processor Rear Cover Removal/Reinstallation ...14-25 Relay (K1 to K5) Replacement ............................. 19-9
PROCESSOR SECTION ........................................14-1 Replenisher Box Door Lock Manual Releasing .... 16-9
Processor Section (LP5700) ...............................20-11 Replenisher Box Door Open/Close Detecting
Processor Temperature Calibration (0623).........5-125 Interlock Switch (D724) Replacemen .............. 16-3
Production Information (0120) ................................5-6 Replenisher Cartridge Box Upper/Lower Sensor
Program Download to GMC23 Circuit Board......19-15 (D722/D723) Replacement .............................. 16-4
Program Downloading to Scanner Replenisher Cartridge Open Cam/Gear
Circuit Board.....................................................8-25 Replacement .................................................... 16-6
PS Liquid Concentration Management (0644)....5-131 Replenisher Cartridge Open Unit Removal/
PS Tank Partition Board ......................................14-20 Reinstallation .................................................... 16-5
PS Tank Partition Board Blade/Seal Replenisher Cartridge Section ............................. 16-3
Replacement ..................................................14-20 Replenisher Cartridge Setting Sensor (D721)
PS1 to PS4 Circulation Pump (PU702 to PU705) Replacement .................................................... 16-3
Replacement ..................................................15-11 Replenisher Filter Replacement ......................... 16-10
PS1/PS4 Roller Replacement ..............................14-15
PS2/PS3 Drive Shaft Removal/Reinstallation.......14-12
Replenisher Level Sensor Cleaning ..................... 2-17 21
Replenisher Pump Output Measurement/
PS2/PS3 Roller Replacement ..............................14-13 Setting (0620)................................................. 5-120
PS2/PS3 Upper Guide Removal/Reinstallation .....14-6 Replenishment Cartridge Box Malfunction......... 3-166
21-15
21.3 Index
Replenishment Cartridge Opening SOFTWARE INSTALLATION................................... 4-1

Malfunction .....................................................3-181 Solenoid (S101) Replacement.............................. 7-38
Replenishment Level Sensor Diagnostics ..........3-180 Solenoid (S480) Replacement.............................. 7-84
Replenishment Pump Diagnostics ......................3-177 Solution Heater (H700 to H703) Replacement ..... 15-9
Required Adjustments after Parts Solution Hose and Clamp Inspection ................... 2-20
Replacement ....................................................21-5 Solution Level Sensor (FS700 to FS705)
Restoration of Backup for Refreshing .................3-182 Replacement .................................................... 15-5
Return Action after Replenishment Sorter .................................................................... 21-8
System Error ...................................................3-180 Sorter Cover Removal/Reinstallation .................. 18-34
Reversion ..............................................................4-36 Sorter Drive Motor (M810) Replacement.18-36, 18-47
Right Cover Removal/Reinstallation ....................14-25 Sorter Full Sensor (D811) Replacement ..18-38, 18-50
Right-hand, Left-hand and Circuit Board Sorter Left Upper/Lower Cover Removal/
Cover Removal/Reinstallation...........................7-81 Reinstallation .................................................. 18-49
Roller Replacement.............................................18-22 Sorter Right Lower Cover Removal/
Roller/Arm Replacement .......................................7-99 Reinstallation .................................................. 18-48
Roller/Feed Belt Replacement ............................18-44 Sorter Right Upper Cover Removal/
Rubber Flat Belt Replacement ............................12-22 Reinstallation .................................................. 18-46
Sorter Tray Step Position Adjustment ................. 18-51
[S] Sorter Tray Stop Position Sensor (D810)
Scanner .................................................................21-6 Replacement .......................................18-35, 18-46
Scanner Adjustment/Maintenance (03) ................5-42 Special Film Channel Setting (0223) .................... 5-25
Scanner Block Diagram ......................................20-18 Special Operations (99)...................................... 5-139
Scanner DC Power Supply Unit and Circuit Spectral Calibration (0348)................................... 5-59
Boards ............................................................20-22 Speed Control Motor (M664)/Belt (Front)
SCANNER ELECTRICAL SECTION.........................9-1 Replacement .................................................. 13-48
Scanner Parameter Check/Update (0350)............5-63 Speed Control Motor (M665)/Belt (Rear)
SCANNER SECTION ...............................................8-1 Replacement .................................................. 13-49
Scanner Section ......................................................8-9 Speed Control Section Paper Sensor (Front:
Scanner Section Bracket Removal/ D666P/Center: D667P/Rear: D668P)
Reinstallation ....................................................8-11 Replacement .................................................. 13-47
Scanner Section Cooling Fan (F212) Speed Control Section Paper Sensor LED
Replacement ....................................................8-10 (Front: D666L/Center: D667L/Rear: D668L)
Scanner Section Exhaust Fan (F211) Replacement .................................................. 13-47
Replacement ....................................................8-10 Spool Gear Replacement ..................................... 7-66
Scanner Section Front Cover Removal/ SSB23 Circuit Board Replacement ...................... 7-61
Reinstallation ......................................................8-9 Start Switch (D214) Replacement .......................... 9-4
Scanner Section Rear Cover Removal/ SU1400AY Sorter................................................ 18-34
Reinstallation ......................................................8-9 SU1400AY Sorter Removal/Reinstallation .......... 18-34
Scanner Section (SP-3000) ....................... 20-2, 20-15 SU1400AY Transversal Sorter ............................ 18-29
Scanner Section Upper Cover Removal/ SU1400AY Transversal Sorter Removal/
Reinstallation ......................................................8-9 Reinstallation .................................................. 18-29
Scanner (SP-3000) Wiring Diagrams ..................20-29 SU2400AY Sorter................................................ 18-46
Scanner Wiring Diagram .....................................20-29 SU2400AY Transversal Sorter ............................ 18-39
Scan/Scan Home Position Parameter (0546)......5-105 SU2400AY Transversal Sorter Removal/
Sensor Calibration (Daily) (0559) ........................5-116 Reinstallation .................................................. 18-39
Sensor Calibration (Initial) (0558)........................5-115 Sub-scan Feeding Speed Adjustment (0555) .... 5-113
Setup and Maintenance Menu Table ......................1-2 Sub-scanning Feed Motor (M650)
Shipping Information Reference (0142) ................5-16 Replacement .................................................. 12-21
Shop Logo Regist/Delete (1020).........................5-135 Sub-scanning Section Roller Cleaning................. 2-11
Shutter Open/Close Sensor (D674) Sub-scanning Soft Nip Fine Adjustment (0557) . 5-114
Replacement ..................................................12-15 Sub-scanning Steel Belt Replacement............... 12-19
Shutter Solenoid (S673) Replacement ................12-14 Sub-scanning Unit .............................................. 12-17
Shutter/Gear Replacement ...................................8-16 Sub-scanning Unit Removal/Reinstallation......... 12-17
Simple Upgrade ......................................................4-2 Sub-tank Section .................................................. 15-3
Slide Rail Replacement .........................................7-41 Supply Motor Home Position Sensor (D122)/
Slider Bracket Assembly Replacement.................7-89 SSD23 Circuit Board Replacement.................. 7-63
Soft Down Damper Replacement........................10-12 Supply Motor (M102) Replacement...................... 7-67
Soft Nip Home Position Sensor (D651) SWA20 Circuit Board Replacement ........18-35, 18-48
Replacement ..................................................12-24 System Operation Setup and Check (01)............... 5-6
Soft Nip Motor (M651) Replacement...................12-22
Soft Nip Pre-turning Belt Replacement ...............12-27
21-16
21.3 Index
[T] Upper Magazine ID Sensor 1 to 6 (D610 to D615),

Table Upper Cover Removal/Reinstallation ............6-7 Open/Close Sensor (D617/D618), Lower
Template Regist/Delete (1021) ...........................5-136 Magazine ID Sensor 1 to 6 (D620 to D625),
Test Pattern Printing (0541) ................................5-102 Open/Close Sensor (D627/D628)
Thermohygrometer (HS760) Replacement ...........12-4 Replacement .................................................. 11-10
Tilt Home Position Sensor (D641) Upper Magazine Paper Sensor (D631)
Replacement ..................................................11-41 Replacement .................................................. 11-12
Tilt Unit Removal/Reinstallation ...........................11-52 Upper Magazine Setting Lever Cover
Timer Setup (0121) .................................................5-8 Removal/Reinstallation ..................................... 10-5
Timer Waiting Time Setup (0125)..........................5-12 Upper Magazine Setting Lever Lock Arm
Timing Belt Replacement ....................................12-21 Replacement .................................................... 10-6
Transversal Sorter Drive Motor (M811) Upper Magazine Setting Lever Removal/
Replacement ...................................... 18-31, 18-41 Reinstallation .................................................... 10-5
Transversal Sorter Lower Cover Removal/ Upper Magazine Table Slide Lock
Reinstallation ..................................................18-41 Replacement .................................................... 10-8
Transversal Sorter Stop Sensor (D813P) Upper Magazine Table Unit Removal/
Replacement ..................................................18-31 Reinstallation .................................................... 10-6
Transversal Sorter Stop Sensor LED (D813L) Upper Paper Magazine Table .............................. 10-5
Replacement ..................................................18-30 Upper Sensor Bracket Removal/Reinstallation..... 11-9
Transversal Sorter Stop Sensor/LED Upper Slide Table/Bracket Removal/
(D813P/D813L) Replacement.........................18-40 Reinstallation .................................................... 10-7
Transversal Sorter Upper Cover Removal/ Upper/Lower Magazine Paper End Sensor
Reinstallation ..................................................18-40 (D616/D626) Replacement ............................ 11-10
Trouble Shooting .................................................3-163 Upper/Lower Magazine Paper Supply Motor
(M610/M620) Replacement ........................... 10-15
[U]
Update ....................................................................4-6 [W]
Upper and Lower Common use Guide Plate Waste Solution Hose Replacement .................... 15-17
Removal/Reinstallation ...................................11-15 Waste Solution Level Sensor Cleaning................. 2-18
Upper Connector Cover Removal/Reinstallation ..15-3 Waste Solution Level Sensor (FS728)
Upper Cutter Feed Roller Replacement..............11-19 Replacement .................................................. 15-15
Upper Cutter Nip Roller Replacement ................11-21 Waste Solution System ....................................... 15-15
Upper Cutter Unit Removal/Reinstallation...........11-14 Waste Solution Tank Replacement..................... 15-16
Upper Guide Disassembly/Reassembly ...............14-7 Winding Roller Replacement ................................ 7-30
Upper Guide Plate Removal/Reinstallation .........13-18 Winding Unit Removal/Reinstallation.................... 7-30
Upper Magazine Drive Unit Removal/ Working Information Display (0322) ..................... 5-44
Reinstallation ..................................................10-14 Writing Head Opposite Roller Replacement ........ 7-40
[X]
X-#### Actions ....................................................... 3-2
21
21-17
FAX : 81-3-5484-0454
Questionnaire concerning This Manual

Fujifilm’s Technical Division Photo Products Marketing would be most grateful if you would make copies of this
form, then complete and send them to us by FAX.
Your opinions will contribute greatly to an accurate assessment of the overall quality of each manual.
All questions can be answered by ticking [✓] the appropriate box(es), but in addition to these answers, please
provide us with your written comments in the lined spaces following each block of questions.
Title : Frontier 570 Ver.1.7

SERVICE MANUAL
Manual Title and Reference Number Servicing and Electrical Circuit Diagrams
Reference Number : PP3-C1053E
Name :
Your Name and Company

Company :
E-mail Address :
Your E-mail Address and FAX Number

FAX Number :
Question 1 • How would you rate this manual overall?

(1) Very easy to use and understand (2) Fairly easy to use and understand
(3) Slightly difficult to use (4) Very difficult to use and understand
and understand
• Please provide us with your reasons and comments.
Question 2 • Have you found any technical errors, errors in spelling, or missing words in this manual?
Yes No
• If you have ticked (Yes), please let us know what these errors and missing words are.
Question 3 • How would you rate the writing (language, choice of words/phrases, etc.) and the illustrations/
diagrams, etc.?
(1) Clear and easy to follow (2) Should be simplified
(3) Difficult to follow
(1)’ [Illustrations, etc.] Of adequate size
(2)’ [Illustrations, etc.] Too small
(3)’ [Illustrations, etc.] Difficult to follow
• If you have ticked (2), (3) or (3)’, please give us your reasons.
Additional
Comments/
Requests
concerning
This Manual
Please return this questionnaire to : FAX No. : Tokyo 81-3-5484-0454

FUJI PHOTO FILM CO., LTD.

26-30, Nishiazabu 2-chome, Minato-ku, Tokyo 106-8620, Japan.
Printed on Recycled Paper

Ref.No.PP3-C1053E TD-04.10-FG Printed in Japan

SP 3000

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

SP 3000

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Distributed by minilablaser.

System Disk Ver.1.7 or later First Edition

Precautions Generally Applying to All Serving Operations

Service Manual Appropriations

2. Manual usage is restricted to FUJIFILM equipment related technical and service

3. This manual contains information relating to FUJIFILM equipment and is therefore

4. FUJIFILM’s prior consent is required in regard to the following.

K Manual copying in whole or in part.

1. MENU TABLE........................................................................................................................... 1-1

2. MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION ................................................................................. 2-1

2.3.29 Processor Drive Chain Lubrication.......................................................................... 2-21

3. MESSAGES AND ACTIONS ............................................................................................... 3-1

4. SOFTWARE INSTALLATION ............................................................................................. 4-1

5. MAINTENANCE MENU ......................................................................................................... 5-1

5.2.9 Installation Information Reference (0126) ............................................................... 5-13

5.5.11 MFC10AY Focus Offset Adjustment (0442) ............................................................ 5-80

5.7.4 Processor Temperature Calibration (0623) ........................................................... 5-125

6. OPERATION SECTION ......................................................................................................... 6-1

7. FILM CARRIER SECTION.................................................................................................... 7-1

7.1.8 LBF23 Circuit Board Replacement.......................................................................... 7-13

8. SCANNER SECTION ............................................................................................................. 8-1

9. SCANNER ELECTRICAL SECTION................................................................................. 9-1

10. PAPER SUPPLY SECTION ............................................................................................... 10-1

11. PAPER FEED SECTION ..................................................................................................... 11-1

11.1.15 Lower Cutter Unit Removal/Reinstallation............................................................. 11-16

11.3.17 Registration Section Nip Roller 1 Replacement .................................................... 11-54

12. EXPOSURE SECTION ........................................................................................................ 12-1

13. DISTRIBUTION/PRINTER EXIT SECTION ................................................................... 13-1

13.1.8 Nip Roller (M655 Side) Replacement.................................................................... 13-13

13.3.14 Emulsion Surface Guide Plate Removal/Reinstallation......................................... 13-53

14. PROCESSOR SECTION ..................................................................................................... 14-1

15. PROCESSING SOLUTION CIRCULATION SYSTEM............................................... 15-1

15.2.4 Solution Heater (H700 to H703) Replacement........................................................ 15-9

16. PROCESSING SOLUTION REPLENISHMENT SYSTEM ....................................... 16-1

17. DRYER SECTION ................................................................................................................. 17-1

18. PRINT EXIT SECTION/SORTER...................................................................................... 18-1

18.4 SU1400AY Sorter ............................................................................................................ 18-34

19. ELECTRICAL SECTION ..................................................................................................... 19-1

19.3.6 GDM23 Circuit Board Replacement ...................................................................... 19-14

20. ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS .............................................................................. 20-1

20.6.3 “POWER” LEDs on the Operation Panel............................................................... 20-37

21. APPENDIX ............................................................................................................................... 21-1

1.1 Setup and Maintenance Menu Table..................................................... 1-2

1.2 Printer/Processor Operation Panel Menu Table .................................. 1-6

1.1 Setup and Maintenance Menu Table

01 System Operation Setup 0100 Connection to Imaging Controller K K K

0120 Production Information K K

0121 Timer Setup K K

0122 Data Backup K K

0123 Error Information Check K K

0124 DI Manager Administrative Setting K K

0125 Timer Waiting Time Setup K K

0126 Installation Information Reference K K

0127 Accumulated Production Information K K

0140 Installation Information Setup K

0141 Clear Error Log K

0142 Shipping Information Reference K

02 Print Condition Setup and 0200 Paper Condition Setup K K K

0221 Paper Magazine Registration K K

0222 Monitor Adjustment K K

0223 Special Film Channel Setting K K

0224 Monotone Correction Setting K K

0225 Custom Setting Regist/Delete K K